Use these links to rapidly review the document
TABLE OF CONTENTS
THE TRADE DESK, INC. INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
THE TRADE DESK, INC. INDEX TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 6, 2016.

Registration No. 333-213241


UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549



Amendment No. 1
to
FORM S-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933



THE TRADE DESK, INC.
(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)



Delaware
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  7370
(Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
  27-1887399
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)

42 N. Chestnut Street
Ventura, California 93001
(805) 585-3434

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including
area code, of Registrant's principal executive offices)



Jeff T. Green
Chief Executive Officer
The Trade Desk, Inc.
42 N. Chestnut Street
Ventura, California 93001
(805) 585-3434
(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number,
including area code, of agent for service)



Copies to:

W. Alex Voxman
Steven B. Stokdyk
Latham & Watkins LLP
355 South Grand Avenue
Los Angeles, California 90071
(213) 485-1234

 

Michael Nordtvedt
Damien Weiss
Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati
Professional Corporation
650 Page Mill Road
Palo Alto, California 94304
(650) 493-9300



Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public:
As soon as practicable after this registration statement becomes effective.

           If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act, check the following box:     o

           If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.     o

           If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.     o

           If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.     o

           Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of "large accelerated filer," "accelerated filer" and "smaller reporting company" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

Large accelerated filer  o   Accelerated filer  o   Non-accelerated filer  ý
(Do not check if a
smaller reporting company)
  Smaller reporting company  o



CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

               
 
Title of Each Class of Securities
to be Registered

  Amount to be
Registered (1)

  Proposed Maximum
Offering Price Per
Share

  Proposed Maximum
Aggregate Offering
Price

  Amount of
Registration Fee (2)

 

Class A Common Stock, par value $0.000001 per share

  5,366,667   $16.00   $85,866,672   $8,646.77

 

(1)
Estimated pursuant to Rule 457(a) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. Includes the underwriters' option to purchase an additional 700,000 shares.

(2)
The registration fee was previously paid in connection with the initial filing of the Registration Statement.

            The registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

   


Table of Contents

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. These securities may not be sold until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell nor does it seek an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED SEPTEMBER 6, 2016

PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS

LOGO

4,666,667 Shares

The Trade Desk, Inc.

Class A Common Stock
$            per share



         This is the initial public offering of our Class A common stock. We are selling 4,666,667 shares of our Class A common stock. We and the selling stockholders named in this prospectus are selling up to 700,000 shares of Class A common stock if and to the extent that the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares described below. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of any shares of Class A common stock by the selling stockholders. We currently expect the initial public offering price to be between $14.00 and $16.00 per share of Class A common stock.

         We have two classes of authorized common stock, Class A common stock and Class B common stock. The rights of the holders of Class A common stock and Class B common stock are identical, except for voting and conversion rights. Each share of Class A common stock is entitled to one vote. Each share of Class B common stock is entitled to ten votes and is convertible at any time into one share of Class A common stock. Following this offering, outstanding shares of Class B common stock will represent approximately 99% of the voting power of our outstanding capital stock, and outstanding shares of common stock held by our executive officers, directors and holders of more than 5% of our capital stock will represent approximately 85% of the voting power of our outstanding capital stock, assuming in each case no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase additional shares.

         We have applied to list our Class A common stock on The NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol "TTD".

         We are an "emerging growth company" as defined under federal securities laws and, as such, have elected to comply with certain reduced public company reporting requirements.



         Investing in our Class A common stock involves risks. See "Risk Factors" beginning on page 13.

         Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any other regulatory body has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.



 
  Per Share   Total
Public Offering Price   $   $
Underwriting Discount   $   $
Proceeds to The Trade Desk, Inc. (before expenses)   $   $

         We and the selling stockholders have granted the underwriters the option to purchase up to an additional 700,000 shares of Class A common stock at the initial public offering price, less the underwriting discount.

         The underwriters expect to deliver the shares to purchasers on or about                        , 2016 through the book-entry facilities of The Depository Trust Company.



Citigroup   Jefferies   RBC Capital Markets

Needham & Company

 

 

 

Raymond James

                        , 2016


GRAPHIC


GRAPHIC


GRAPHIC


Table of Contents

         We have not authorized anyone to provide you with different information, and we take no responsibility for any other information others may give you. We are not, and the underwriters are not, making an offer to sell these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted. You should not assume that the information contained in this prospectus is accurate as of any date other than its date.


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
  Page  

Summary

    1  

Risk Factors

    13  

Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

    42  

Market, Industry and Other Data

    44  

Use of Proceeds

    45  

Dividend Policy

    46  

Capitalization

    47  

Dilution

    50  

Selected Consolidated Financial Data

    53  

Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

    56  

Business

    82  

Management

    97  

Executive Compensation

    106  

Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions

    122  

Principal and Selling Stockholders

    125  

Description of Capital Stock

    128  

Shares Eligible for Future Sale

    134  

Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences to Non-U.S. Holders

    137  

Underwriting

    141  

Legal Matters

    148  

Changes in Accountants

    148  

Experts

    148  

Where You Can Find Additional Information

    149  

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements

    F-1  

Index to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

    F-37  



i


Table of Contents

 


SUMMARY

         This summary highlights selected information that is presented in greater detail elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary does not contain all of the information you should consider before investing in our Class A common stock. You should read this entire prospectus carefully, including the sections titled "Risk Factors" and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations," and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus before making an investment decision. Unless the context otherwise requires, the terms "The Trade Desk," "the Company," "we," "us" and "our" refer to The Trade Desk, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries.


Our Company

        Our company provides a technology platform for ad buyers.

        With our self-serve platform, ad buyers are able to share their customized messages and ideas with the people and in the context they deliberately choose.

        Our mission is to help our clients compete in the marketplace of ideas—the place in media and public discourse where ideas and messages compete in the open market for the mindshare of men and women around the world. Since most traditional and digital media is primarily monetized with advertising, ads are the currency of media and the Internet, and therefore at the center of the marketplace of ideas.

        Our platform makes media monetization more effective. Instead of disrupting the foundation of media and advertising, we enable it. By offering compelling improvements in effectiveness, efficiency and reporting, we aim to change media and advertising globally.

        Our platform makes it possible to message specific ideas to specific people. We give advertisers of all sizes the power to have simultaneous 1-to-1 customized interactions with billions of people around the world. Most advertising dollars are spent on awareness, where a brand pushes new information and ideas to a broad audience. Conversely, search engines respond to specific requests from individuals for information. Our technology combines the best of both, making it possible to push out a precise idea or message to a targeted audience with global scale.

        Founded by some of the pioneers of the programmatic ad market, we established our company in 2009 with the intent to make advertising better by deploying massive amounts of data. By providing ad buyers with tools to leverage their first-party data as well as third-party data, we aim to provide a higher return on every advertising dollar spent. While our technology platform is deployed to directly serve ad buyers, the entire advertising marketplace benefits—publishers and content creators can experience a higher yield on their inventory, while consumers can receive advertising that is more relevant and interesting to them.

        Most consumers are unaware that when they land on a webpage, watch a video, use a mobile app or watch an Internet-connected TV, there is often an auction for advertising inventory being run in about 1/10 th  of one second behind the scenes as the content loads. Our platform provides access to approximately 3.2 million ad spots on average every second for our clients to bid on across millions of different scaled media sources—websites, shows, channels, stations and streams. Our technology makes it possible for ad buyers to compete in those real-time auctions. Our platform helps our clients determine what ad will display and what price they should pay for every ad opportunity a buyer can consider.

        In 2015, approximately $639.6 billion was spent on global advertising (including approximately $237.2 billion on TV advertising and approximately $51.1 billion on display advertising), according to International Data Corporation, or IDC, and approximately $14.2 billion was transacted in the

1


Table of Contents

programmatic advertising spot market via real-time marketplaces, according to Magna Global. We aim to power every agent of every advertiser in both the spot and forward markets, including upfront purchases, for programmatic advertising.

        We also believe that the efficiency of programmatic advertising will lead to a greater percentage of every advertising dollar ending up in the pocket of publishers. Publishers can now generate revenue without the large sales forces that were required in the past. Higher revenue yields and lower operating costs make it possible for publishers to increase their investment in creating high quality content.

        Programmatic advertising is currently a small portion of total global advertising spend. Largely because of the price discovery benefits, we believe eventually a vast majority of advertising will be transacted programmatically.

        We enable the programmatic marketplace with our self-serve platform. The unique architecture of our platform allows users access to highly granular targeting and reporting options, which we refer to as expressiveness. When combined with our data management capability and first-party data, our clients can reach their highly specified audiences with customized messages and generate favorable campaign outcomes.

        By using our technology and the reach of the Internet, we can power this data-driven 1-to-1 messaging with massive global scale. We believe in order to do this effectively, we have to be a buy-side only platform across a spectrum of media, which we refer to as omnichannel. As the biggest brands desire to communicate with consumers worldwide, we have to be global, which is why we have employees and offices around the world.

        We derive nearly all of our revenue from ongoing master service agreements that give users constant access to our platform, instead of insertion orders, which typically are one-off deals to run single campaigns.

        We have grown faster than the programmatic market and have achieved significant revenue scale with $552.3 million in gross spend in 2015. Our revenue was $113.8 million in 2015, representing a growth rate of 156% over $44.5 million in 2014, while programmatic advertising spend in the industry grew from $10 billion to $14 billion, according to Magna Global, representing a growth rate of 40% over 2014.

        We generated net income of $5,000 in 2014 and $15.9 million in 2015. We generated $5.7 million of Adjusted EBITDA in 2014 and $39.2 million in 2015. Our net income was $5.7 million for the six months ended June 30, 2015 and $6.6 million for the six months ended June 30, 2016. Our Adjusted EBITDA was $11.1 million for the six months ended June 30, 2015 and $20.1 million for the six months ended June 30, 2016. Adjusted EBITDA is a financial measure not presented in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, or GAAP. For a definition of Adjusted EBITDA, an explanation of our management's use of this measure and a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net income, see footnote 3 in the section captioned "Selected Consolidated Financial Data."


Our Industry

        Since the introduction of ad-funded television in the middle of the 20 th  century and continuing through the present day, most advertising inventory has been transacted based on a rate card. Publishers, content owners, and their agents set a price for their inventory, and buyers place an order to purchase that inventory. Similar to how the equities and commodities markets have transitioned from paper transactions on trading floors to electronic trading, advertising is transitioning from manual to programmatic.

2


Table of Contents

        Several trends happening in parallel are revolutionizing the way that advertising is bought and sold. Some of the key industry trends are:

        Media is Becoming Digital.     Media is increasingly becoming digital as a result of advances in technology and changes in consumer behavior. This shift has enabled unprecedented options for advertisers to target and measure their advertising campaigns across nearly every media channel and device. The digital advertising market is a significant and growing part of the total advertising market. According to IDC, global advertising spend was approximately $639.6 billion in 2015 and is expected to grow to $784.1 billion in 2020, a compound annual growth rate of 4.2%. Also, according to IDC, global digital advertising spend was $177.3 billion in 2015 and is expected to grow to $315.7 billion in 2020, a compound annual growth rate of 12.2%. We believe that the market is evolving and that advertisers will shift more spend to digital media. Since media is becoming increasingly digital, decisions based on consumer and behavioral data are more prevalent.

        Fragmentation of Audience.     As digital media grows, audience fragmentation is accelerating. A growing "long tail" of websites and content presents a challenge for advertisers trying to reach a large audience. Audience fragmentation has substantially impacted TV content distribution, perhaps more than any other channel, which we believe is setting up significant change in how TV advertising inventory is monetized. Mirroring the fragmentation occurring in content, the number of devices used by individual consumers has increased. Both of these fragmentation trends are opportunities for technology companies that can consolidate and simplify media buying options for advertisers and their agencies.

        Shift to Programmatic Advertising.     We believe that the advertising industry is in the early stages of a shift to programmatic advertising, which is the ability to buy and sell advertising inventory electronically. Initially available for digital display advertising and transacted through real-time bidding platforms, programmatic advertising has evolved and is increasingly being used to transact across a wide range of advertising inventory, including display, mobile, video and audio among other inventory types. In particular, we believe that TV advertising is just beginning its transition to programmatic.

        Automation of Ad Buying.     The growing complexity of digital advertising has increased the need for automation. Technology that enables fast, accurate and cost-effective decision-making through the application of computer algorithms that use extensive data sets has become critical for the success of digital advertising campaigns. Using programmatic inventory buying tools, advertisers are able to automate their campaigns, providing them with better price discovery, on an impression by impression basis. As a result, advertisers are able to purchase the advertising inventory they value the most, pay less for advertising inventory they do not value as much, and abstain from buying advertising inventory that does not fit their campaign parameters.

        Increased Use of Data.     Advances in software and hardware and the growing use of the Internet have made it possible to collect and rapidly process massive amounts of user data. Data vendors are able to collect user information across a wide range of Internet properties and connected devices, aggregate it and combine it with other data sources. This data is then made non-identifiable and available within seconds based on specific parameters and attributes. Advertisers can integrate this targeting data with their own or an agency's proprietary data relating to client attributes, the advertisers' own store locations and other related characteristics. Through the use of these data sources, together with real-time feedback from consumer reactions to the ads, programmatic advertising increases the value of impressions for advertisers, inventory owners, content creators and viewers who receive more relevant ads.

        Driven by industry trends, programmatic advertising is expected to grow from $14.2 billion during 2015 to $36.8 billion by 2019, according to Magna Global. We believe that programmatic advertising will grow as more content providers, content distributors and advertisers are able to achieve its benefits.

3


Table of Contents

In addition, we expect that programmatic advertising will help grow the overall advertising market by enabling more advertisers to deploy more spend across a broader range of inventory channels.


What We Do

        We are a technology company that empowers advertising agencies and helps them purchase advertising more efficiently and effectively. We provide an intuitive self-serve platform that enables our clients to manage data-driven, digital advertising campaigns using their own teams.

    We Are an Enabler, Not a Disruptor.   With our self-serve platform, we enable advertising agencies and service providers. We do not compete with our clients by selling our platform directly to their advertisers. Our self-service technology platform provides control to our clients and gives us the benefits of a highly scalable business model.

    We Are Exclusively Focused on the Buy-Side.   We focus on buyers since they control the advertising budgets. Also, the supply of digital advertising inventory exceeds demand, and accordingly we believe it is a buyer's market. We also believe that by aligning our business only with buyers, we are able to avoid inherent conflicts of interest that exist when serving both the buy- and sell-side. This focus allows us to build trust with clients, many of whom incorporate their proprietary data into our platform.

    We Are Data-Driven.   Our technology platform was founded on the principle that data-driven decisions would be the future of advertising. We built a data management platform first, before building our ad buying technology. While data from disparate third-party data providers can improve campaign performance, our clients' success often relies largely on our ability to ingest first-party data from brands and their agencies to enable intelligent decisioning that optimizes advertising campaigns.

    We Do Not Arbitrage Advertising Inventory.   To further align our interests with those of our clients, we do not buy advertising inventory in order to resell it to our clients for a profit. Instead, we provide our clients with a technology platform that allows them to manage their omnichannel advertising campaigns, on a self-serve basis and with full transparency. We derive substantially all of our revenue from ongoing master service agreements with our clients rather than episodic insertion orders.

    We Are a Clear Box, Not a Black Box.   Our platform is transparent and shows our clients their costs of advertising inventory, data, our platform fee and detailed performance metrics on their advertising campaigns. Our clients directly access and execute campaigns on our platform, control all facets of inventory purchasing decisions, and receive detailed, real-time reporting on all their advertising campaigns.

    We Are an Open Platform.   Clients can customize and build their own features on top of our platform. Clients may use our application programming interfaces, or APIs, to, for example, design their own user interface, bulk manage advertising campaigns, and link other systems including ad servers or reporting tools. As of June 30, 2016, all of our top 10 clients used our APIs.

    We Are Omnichannel.   Our platform enables our clients to deliver unified advertising campaigns across multiple devices, including computers, smartphones, tablets, gaming consoles, digital TV and broadcast TV. We also support multiple formats, including display, video, broadcast TV, connected TV, mobile web, in-app mobile and native. The breadth of data that we collect from a multitude of data sources across all channels gives our clients a holistic view of audiences, enabling more effective targeting across different channels.

4


Table of Contents


Our Strengths

        We believe the following attributes and capabilities form our core strengths and provide us with competitive advantages:

    Expressiveness of Our Platform.   Our platform allows clients to easily define and manage advertising campaigns with multiple targeting parameters that may result in quadrillions of permutations, which we refer to as expressiveness. We believe that expressiveness provides clients with the ability to target audiences with an extremely high level of precision.

    Scalable Self-Service Model.   We offer a self-service model that lets clients direct their own purchases of advertising inventory without extensive involvement by our personnel. This model helps us scale efficiently and has allowed us to grow our business at a faster pace than the growth of our sales and support organization.

    Loyal Client Base.   We had approximately 389 clients, including the advertising industry's largest agencies, as of December 31, 2015. Many of our clients use our platform regularly as part of their digital advertising purchase workflow, creating ongoing relationships. As a result, our clients are loyal, with over 95% client retention during 2014 and 2015. In addition, our clients typically grow their use of our platform over time, with our clients who spent with us in 2014 increasing their spend on our platform by 135% during 2015.

    Extensive Data Access.   Our clients can easily buy targeting data from over 80 sources through our platform. We also provide clients access to our proprietary data, which increases with continued use of our platform. We believe that the integration of data and decisioning within a single platform enables us to better serve our clients.

    Focus on Innovation.   Our focus on innovation enables us to enhance our platform rapidly for our clients in a constantly evolving industry. We have designed the technology for our platform to enable us to develop new features and make changes quickly and efficiently. For example, we enhanced our platform with 46 releases of updated features and increased functionality in 2015.

    Scaled and Profitable Business Model.   We have grown our business rapidly while achieving profitability, demonstrating the power of our platform, our strong client relationships and our business model. During 2015, gross spend was $552.3 million, helping us generate $113.8 million in revenue, up 156% from 2014. In 2015, net income was $15.9 million and Adjusted EBITDA increased by 589% to $39.2 million. See footnote 3 in the section captioned "Selected Consolidated Financial Data."


Our Growth Strategy

        The key elements of our long-term growth strategy include:

    increasing our share of existing clients' digital advertising spend;

    growing our client base;

    expanding our omnichannel capabilities;

    extending our reach to TV;

    continuing to innovate in technology and data; and

    expanding our international presence.

5


Table of Contents


Risk Factors Summary

        Our business is subject to numerous risks and uncertainties, including those in the section captioned "Risk Factors" beginning on page 13 and elsewhere in this prospectus. These risks include, but are not limited to, the following:

    our limited operating history, which makes it difficult to evaluate our business and prospects and may increase the risks associated with your investment;

    the loss of advertising agencies as clients, which could significantly harm our business, operating results and financial condition;

    our failure to innovate and make the right investment decisions in our offerings and platform, which could compromise our ability to attract and retain advertisers and advertising agencies, and cause our revenue and results of operations to decline;

    if the market for programmatic advertising, which is relatively new and evolving, develops slower or differently than we expect, our business, growth prospects and financial condition would be adversely affected;

    our failure to manage our growth effectively, which could cause our business to suffer and have an adverse effect on our financial condition and operating results;

    the market in which we participate is intensely competitive, and we may not be able to compete successfully with our current or future competitors;

    we have identified material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting and, if our remediation of these material weaknesses is not effective, or if we fail to maintain an effective system of internal control over financial reporting in the future, we may not be able to accurately or timely report our financial condition or results of operations, which may adversely affect investor confidence in us and the price of our common stock;

    insiders will continue to have substantial control over our company after this offering, including as a result of the dual class structure of our common stock, which could limit your ability to influence the outcome of key decisions, including a change of control;

    our sales cycle can take significant time before executing a client agreement, which may make it difficult to project when, if at all, we will obtain new clients and when we will generate revenue from those clients;

    we are subject to payment-related risks and, if our clients do not pay or dispute their invoices, our business, financial condition and operating results may be adversely affected;

    because our business is primarily dependent on advertisers purchasing display advertising, a decrease in the use of display advertising would harm our business, growth prospects, financial condition and results of operations; and

    if our access to quality advertising inventory is diminished, our revenue could decline and our growth could be impeded.

6


Table of Contents


Corporate Information

        We were incorporated in Delaware in November 2009. Our principal executive offices are located at 42 N. Chestnut Street, Ventura, California 93001, and our telephone number is (805) 585-3434. Our website address is www.thetradedesk.com. The information on, or that can be accessed through, our website is not incorporated by reference into this prospectus, and you should not consider any such information as part of this prospectus or when deciding whether to purchase our Class A common stock.

        The Trade Desk and our other registered or common law trademarks, service marks or trade names appearing in this prospectus are the property of The Trade Desk, Inc. Other trademarks, service marks or trade names appearing in this prospectus are the property of their respective owners. We have omitted the ® and ™ designations, as applicable, for the trademarks used in this prospectus.


Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company

        The Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act, or the JOBS Act, was enacted in April 2012 with the intention of encouraging capital formation in the United States and reducing the regulatory burden on newly public companies that qualify as "emerging growth companies." We are an emerging growth company within the meaning of the JOBS Act. As an emerging growth company, we may take advantage of certain exemptions from various public reporting requirements, including the requirement that our internal control over financial reporting be audited by our independent registered public accounting firm pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, certain requirements related to the disclosure of executive compensation in this prospectus and in our periodic reports and proxy statements, and the requirement that we hold a non-binding advisory vote on executive compensation and any golden parachute payments. We may take advantage of these exemptions until we are no longer an emerging growth company.

        We will remain an emerging growth company until the earliest to occur of: (1) the last day of the fiscal year in which we have $1.0 billion or more in annual gross revenue; (2) the date we qualify as a "large accelerated filer" with, among other things, at least $700 million of equity securities held by non-affiliates; (3) the date on which we have issued, in any three-year period, more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt securities; and (4) the last day of the fiscal year ending after the fifth anniversary of our initial public offering.

        For certain risks related to our status as an emerging growth company, see the section captioned "Risk Factors" beginning on page 13.

7


Table of Contents

 


The Offering

Class A common stock offered by us and outstanding after this offering

  4,666,667 shares

Class B common stock to be outstanding after this offering

 

33,560,152 shares

Total Class A and Class B common stock to be outstanding after this offering

 

38,226,819 shares

Option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock from us and the selling stockholders

 

700,000 shares

Use of proceeds

 

We estimate that the net proceeds to us from the sale of shares of our Class A common stock in this offering will be approximately $61.1 million, based upon the assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions, and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

We currently intend to use a significant portion of the net proceeds from this offering for general corporate purposes, including working capital, funding the expansion of our business, including expanding our sales and marketing programs, and making investments in our technology and development teams to support the development of new applications and features for, and enhancements of, our platform. We may also use a portion of the net proceeds from this offering for the acquisition of, or investment in, technologies or businesses that complement our business, although we have no present commitments or agreements to enter into any such acquisitions or make any such investments.

 

In March 2016, we paid off all remaining principal and interest due under a previous credit facility. Pursuant to the terms of this facility, upon the occurrence of our initial public offering, we remain obligated to pay the lenders a fee of $750,000. We intend to satisfy this obligation with the net proceeds to us from this offering.

 

We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares of common stock by the selling stockholders. See the section captioned "Use of Proceeds" for a more complete description of the intended use of proceeds from this offering.

8


Table of Contents

Directed Share Program

 

The underwriters have reserved for sale, at the initial public offering price, up to 233,333 shares of Class A common stock being sold pursuant to this offering, which equals 5% of such shares being sold. Such shares are being reserved for sale to directors, officers, employees, business associates, advisors and friends of the Company. Any such shares purchased by our directors, officers and employees will be subject to the 180-day contractual lock-up described more fully in "Underwriting." All other such reserved shares purchased will be subject to a 30-day contractual lock-up. The number of shares available for sale to the general public in this offering will be reduced to the extent these persons purchased reserved shares. Any reserved shares not purchased will be offered by the underwriters to the general public on the same terms as the other shares.

Voting Rights

 

Shares of Class A common stock will be entitled to one vote per share.

 

Shares of Class B common stock will be entitled to ten votes per share.

 

Holders of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock will generally vote together as a single class, unless otherwise required by law.

 

Assuming no exercise of the underwriters' option to purchase additional shares, following this offering, outstanding shares of Class B common stock will represent approximately 99% of the voting power of our outstanding capital stock, and outstanding shares of common stock held by our executive officers, directors and holders of more than 5% of our capital stock will represent approximately 85% of the voting power of our outstanding capital stock.

 

See the section captioned "Description of Capital Stock."

Proposed trading symbol on The NASDAQ Global Market

 

"TTD"

   

        The total number of shares of Class A common stock and Class B common stock that will be outstanding after this offering includes 4,666,667 shares of our Class A common stock and 33,560,152 shares of our Class B common stock, and excludes, in each case as of June 30, 2016:

    an aggregate of 5,057,961 shares of Class B common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding options under The Trade Desk, Inc. 2010 Stock Plan, or our 2010 Plan, and The Trade Desk, Inc. 2015 Equity Incentive Plan, or our 2015 Plan, with a weighted-average exercise price of approximately $1.55 per share; and

    shares of Class A common stock, subject to annual increase, reserved for future grant or issuance under our 2016 Incentive Award Plan, or our 2016 Plan, which will become effective upon the completion of this offering, consisting of:

    4,000,000 shares of Class A common stock reserved under our 2016 Plan; and

    an additional number of shares of Class A common stock equal to the number of shares of Class B common stock subject to outstanding awards under the 2015 Plan as of the effective date of the 2016 Plan and which are forfeited or lapse unexercised thereafter.

9


Table of Contents

        Except as otherwise indicated, all information in this prospectus assumes:

    that our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, which we will file in connection with this offering, is in effect;

    a 1-for-3 reverse stock split of our common stock and a proportional adjustment to the conversion ratio of our convertible preferred stock, which was effected on September 2, 2016;

    the reclassification of 11,035,426 shares of our common stock into an equivalent number of shares of Class B common stock and the authorization of our Class A common stock;

    the automatic conversion of outstanding warrants exercisable for 1,382,505 shares of our convertible preferred stock into warrants exercisable for 460,834 shares of our Class B common stock and the net exercise of such warrants resulting in the issuance of 446,088 shares of Class B common stock based upon an assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of the prospectus) immediately prior to the completion of this offering;

    the automatic conversion of all shares of our outstanding convertible preferred stock into an aggregate of 22,078,638 shares of Class B common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering; and

    no exercise of the underwriters' option to purchase additional shares.

        We refer to our Series Seed, Series A-1, Series A-2, Series A-3, Series B and Series C convertible preferred stock collectively as "convertible preferred stock" in this prospectus.

10


Table of Contents



Summary Consolidated Financial Data

        The consolidated statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015 is derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The summary consolidated statements of operations data for the six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2016 and the summary consolidated balance sheet data as of June 30, 2016 are derived from our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements were prepared on a basis consistent with that used to prepare our audited annual consolidated financial statements and include, in the opinion of management, all adjustments, consisting of normal recurring items, necessary for the fair statement of the condensed consolidated financial statements.

        You should read this data together with our audited consolidated financial statements and related notes, as well as the information under the captions "Selected Consolidated Financial Data" and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations," included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of our future results, and results for any interim period below are not necessarily indicative of results for the full year.

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
  Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
 
  2014   2015   2015   2016  
 
  (in thousands, except
per share data)

 

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:

                         

Revenue

  $ 44,548   $ 113,836   $ 42,410   $ 77,560  

Operating expenses (1) :

                         

Platform operations

    12,559     22,967     9,642     16,195  

Sales and marketing

    14,590     26,794     11,692     19,682  

Technology and development

    7,250     12,819     5,096     10,402  

General and administrative

    9,385     13,276     5,177     12,851  

Total operating expenses

    43,784     75,856     31,607     59,130  

Income from operations

    764     37,980     10,803     18,430  

Total other expense, net

    1,707     8,125     1,436     6,524  

Income (loss) before income taxes

    (943 )   29,855     9,367     11,906  

Provision for (benefit from) income taxes          

    (948 )   13,926     3,693     5,348  

Net income

  $ 5   $ 15,929   $ 5,674   $ 6,558  

Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders (2)

  $   $ 8,764   $ 5,470   $ (40,651 )

Earnings (loss) per share—basic (2)

  $   $ 0.85   $ 0.54   $ (3.74 )

Earnings (loss) per share—diluted (2)

  $   $ 0.39   $ 0.15   $ (3.74 )

Pro forma earnings per share—basic (2)

        $ 0.68         $ 0.34  

Pro forma earnings per share—diluted (2)

        $ 0.60         $ 0.30  

Non-GAAP Financial and Operating Data:

                         

Adjusted EBITDA (3)

  $ 5,683   $ 39,159   $ 11,105   $ 20,073  

Gross spend (4)

  $ 211,266   $ 552,325   $ 200,013   $ 404,815  

Gross billings (4)

  $ 201,804   $ 529,975   $ 192,990   $ 389,245  

11


Table of Contents

 
  As of June 30, 2016  
 
  Actual   Pro Forma (5)   Pro Forma
As Adjusted (6)
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

                   

Cash

  $ 37,610   $ 37,610   $ 99,712  

Accounts receivable, net

    236,737     236,737     236,737  

Total assets

    294,951     294,951     354,830  

Accounts payable

    164,296     164,296     163,825  

Long-term debt, net of current portion

    56,623     56,623     56,623  

Total liabilities

    240,000     232,057     231,586  

Convertible preferred stock

    83,241          

Total stockholders' equity (deficit)

    (28,290 )   62,894     123,244  

(1)
Includes stock-based compensation expense as follows:

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
  Six Months
Ended June 30,
 
 
  2014   2015   2015   2016  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Platform operations

  $ 14   $ 71   $ 17   $ 39  

Sales and marketing

    50     127     54     117  

Technology and development

    909     85     29     114  

General and administrative

    3,572     91     35     122  

Total

  $ 4,545   $ 374   $ 135   $ 392  

    See Note 11 to our audited consolidated financial statements and Note 8 to our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements in this prospectus for more information regarding stock-based compensation expense.

(2)
See Note 3 to our audited consolidated financial statements and Note 3 to our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements in this prospectus for more information regarding earnings (loss) per share—basic and diluted and pro forma earnings per share—basic and diluted.

(3)
For information on how we compute Adjusted EBITDA and a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net income on a GAAP basis, see footnote 3 in the section captioned "Selected Consolidated Financial Data."

(4)
For information on how we compute gross spend and gross billings, see footnotes 4 and 5, respectively, in the section captioned "Selected Consolidated Financial Data."

(5)
The unaudited pro forma balance sheet data as of June 30, 2016 reflects (1) the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock into an aggregate of 22,078,638 shares of common stock and (2) the conversion of warrants to purchase 1,382,505 shares of convertible preferred stock into warrants to purchase 460,834 shares of Class B common stock and the net exercise of such warrants resulting in the issuance of 446,088 shares of Class B common stock based upon an assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of the prospectus) and the reclassification of the preferred stock warrant liabilities to additional paid-in capital. Each share of convertible preferred stock will automatically convert into shares of common stock at its then effective conversion rate immediately upon the earlier of (1) the first closing of a sale of shares of our common stock to the public in a firm commitment underwritten initial public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, with proceeds to us of not less than $50.0 million (net of underwriting discounts and commissions), and (2) the date specified by a vote of the holders of at least a majority of all then-outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock, voting together as a single class on an as-converted to common stock basis provided that each series of convertible preferred stock will not be converted as a result of such vote without the consent of the holders of a majority of the shares of such series of convertible preferred stock then outstanding.

(6)
The pro forma as adjusted column gives effect to the pro forma adjustments set forth in footnote 5 hereto and (1) the issuance and sale by us of 4,666,667 shares of our Class A common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the price range on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us and (2) the payment by us of the $750,000 fee that we are obligated to pay to the lenders of our previous 2015 credit facility in connection with this offering.

12


Table of Contents


RISK FACTORS

         Investing in our Class A common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should consider carefully the risks and uncertainties described below, together with all of the other information in this prospectus, including the consolidated financial statements and the related notes, before deciding whether to purchase shares of our Class A common stock. The risks and uncertainties described below include those that we consider material and that we are currently aware of, but are not the only ones we face. If any of the following risks is realized, our business, financial condition, results of operation and prospects could be materially and adversely affected. In that event, the market price of our Class A common stock could decline and you could lose part or all of your investment.

Risks Related to Our Business and Industry

We have a limited operating history, which makes it difficult to evaluate our business and prospects and may increase the risks associated with your investment.

        We were incorporated in 2009 and, as a result, have only a limited operating history upon which our business and prospects may be evaluated. Although we have experienced substantial revenue growth in our limited operating history, we may not be able to sustain this rate of growth or maintain our current revenue levels. We have encountered and will continue to encounter risks and challenges frequently experienced by growing companies in rapidly developing industries, including risks related to our ability to:

        We cannot assure you that we will be successful in addressing these and other challenges we may face in the future. If we are unable to do so, our business may suffer, our revenue and operating results may decline and we may not be able to achieve further growth or sustain profitability.

Our failure to maintain and grow our client base and spend through our platform may negatively impact our revenue and business.

        To sustain or increase our revenue, we must regularly add new clients and encourage existing clients to maintain or increase the amount of advertising inventory purchased through our platform and adopt new features and functionalities that we add to our platform. If competitors introduce lower cost or differentiated offerings that compete with or are perceived to compete with ours, our ability to sell access to our platform to new or existing clients could be impaired. We have spent significant effort in cultivating our relationships with advertising agencies, which has resulted in an increase in the budgets allocated to, and the amount of advertising purchased on, our platform. However, it is possible that we may reach a point of saturation at which we cannot continue to grow our revenue from such agencies

13


Table of Contents

because of internal limits that advertisers may place on the allocation of their advertising budgets to digital media to a particular provider or otherwise. While we generally have master services agreements in place for our clients, such agreements allow our clients to change the amount of spend through our platform or terminate our services with limited notice. Our clients typically have relationships with different providers and there is limited cost to moving budgets to our competitors. As a result, we may have limited visibility as to our future advertising revenue streams. We cannot assure you that our clients will continue to use our platform or that we will be able to replace, in a timely or effective manner, departing clients with new clients that generate comparable revenue. If a major client representing a significant portion of our business decides to materially reduce its use of our platform or to cease using our platform altogether, it is possible that our revenue could be significantly reduced.

The loss of advertising agencies as clients could significantly harm our business, operating results and financial condition.

        Our client base consists primarily of advertising agencies. We do not have exclusive relationships with advertising agencies and we depend on agencies to work with us as they embark on advertising campaigns for advertisers.

        The loss of agencies as clients could significantly harm our business, operating results and financial condition. If we fail to maintain satisfactory relationships with an advertising agency, we risk losing business from the advertisers represented by that agency.

        Advertisers may change advertising agencies. If an advertiser switches from an agency that utilizes our platform to one that does not, we will lose revenue from that advertiser. In addition, some advertising agencies have their own relationships with suppliers of advertising inventory and can directly connect advertisers with such suppliers. Our business may suffer to the extent that advertising agencies and inventory suppliers purchase and sell advertising inventory directly from one another or through intermediaries other than us.

        We had approximately 389 clients, consisting primarily of advertising agencies, as of December 31, 2015. Many of these agencies are owned by holding companies, where decision making is decentralized such that purchasing decisions are made, and relationships with advertisers, are located, at the agency, local branch or division level. If all of our individual client contractual relationships were aggregated at the holding company level, Omnicom Group Inc. and WPP plc would each represent more than 10% of our gross billings for 2015.

        In most cases, we enter into separate contracts and billing relationships with the individual agencies and account for them as separate clients. However, some holding companies for these agencies may choose to exert control over the individual agencies in the future. If so, any loss of relationships with such holding companies and, consequently, of their agencies, local branches or divisions, as clients could significantly harm our business, operating results and financial condition.

If we fail to innovate and make the right investment decisions in our offerings and platform, we may not attract and retain advertisers and advertising agencies and our revenue and results of operations may decline.

        Our industry is subject to rapid and frequent changes in technology, evolving client needs and the frequent introduction by our competitors of new and enhanced offerings. We must constantly make investment decisions regarding offerings and technology to meet client demand and evolving industry standards. We may make wrong decisions regarding these investments. If new or existing competitors have more attractive offerings, we may lose clients or clients may decrease their use of our platform. New client demands, superior competitive offerings or new industry standards could require us to make unanticipated and costly changes to our platform or business model. If we fail to adapt to our rapidly changing industry or to evolving client needs, demand for our platform could decrease and our business, financial condition and operating results may be adversely affected.

14


Table of Contents

Failure to manage our growth effectively could cause our business to suffer and have an adverse effect on our financial condition and operating results.

        We have experienced significant growth in a short period of time. To manage our growth effectively, we must continually evaluate and evolve our organization. We must also manage our employees, operations, finances, technology and development and capital investments efficiently. Our efficiency, productivity and the quality of our platform and client service may be adversely impacted if we do not train our new personnel, particularly our sales and support personnel, quickly and effectively, or if we fail to appropriately coordinate across our organization. Additionally, our rapid growth may place a strain on our resources, infrastructure and ability to maintain the quality of our platform. You should not consider our revenue growth and levels of profitability in recent periods as indicative of future performance. In future periods, our revenue or profitability could decline or grow more slowly than we expect. Failure to manage our growth effectively could cause our business to suffer and have an adverse effect on our financial condition and operating results.

The market for programmatic buying for advertising campaigns is relatively new and evolving. If this market develops slower or differently than we expect, our business, growth prospects and financial condition would be adversely affected.

        The substantial majority of our revenue has been derived from clients that programmatically purchase advertising inventory through our platform. We expect that spending on programmatic ad buying will continue to be our primary source of revenue for the foreseeable future, and that our revenue growth will largely depend on increasing spend through our platform. The market for programmatic ad buying is an emerging market, and our current and potential clients may not shift quickly enough to programmatic ad buying from other buying methods, reducing our growth potential. If the market for programmatic ad buying deteriorates or develops more slowly than we expect, it could reduce demand for our platform, and our business, growth prospects and financial condition would be adversely affected.

        In addition, revenue may not necessary grow at the same rate as spend on our platform. Growth in spend may outpace growth in our revenue as the market for programmatic buying for advertising matures due to a number of factors including quantity discounts and product, media, client and channel mix shifts. For example, TV advertising typically entails relatively large advertising budgets that carry a smaller fee as a percentage of spend. Growth in the use of our platform for TV advertising could impact the rate of our revenue growth relative to the rate of growth in spend on our platform. A significant change in revenue as a percentage of spend could reflect an adverse change in our business and growth prospectus. In addition, any such fluctuations, even if they reflect our strategic decisions, could cause our performance to fall below the expectations of securities analysts and investors, and adversely affect the price of our common stock.

The market in which we participate is intensely competitive, and we may not be able to compete successfully with our current or future competitors.

        We operate in a highly competitive and rapidly changing industry. With the introduction of new technologies and the influx of new entrants to the market, we expect competition to persist and intensify in the future, which could harm our ability to increase revenue and maintain profitability. New technologies and methods of buying advertising present a dynamic competitive challenge, as market participants offer multiple new products and services, such as analytics, automated media buying and exchanges, aimed at capturing advertising spend. In addition to existing competitors and intermediaries, we may also face competition from new companies entering the market, which may include large established companies, all of which currently offer, or may in the future offer, products and services that result in additional competition for advertising spend or advertising inventory.

15


Table of Contents

        Further, we derive a significant portion of our revenue from the display advertising market, which is rapidly evolving, highly competitive, complex and fragmented. We face significant competition in this market which we expect will intensify in the future. We currently compete for advertising spend with large, well-established companies as well as smaller, privately-held companies. Some of our larger competitors with more resources may be better positioned to execute on advertising campaigns conducted over multiple channels such as social media, mobile and video.

        We may also face competition from companies that we do not yet know about or do not yet exist. If existing or new companies develop, market or resell competitive high-value marketing products or services, acquire one of our existing competitors or form a strategic alliance with one of our competitors, our ability to compete effectively could be significantly compromised and our results of operations could be harmed.

        Our current and potential competitors may have significantly more financial, technical, marketing and other resources than we have, allowing them to devote greater resources to the development, promotion, sale and support of their products and services. They may also have more extensive advertiser bases and broader publisher relationships than we have, and may have longer operating histories and greater name recognition. As a result, these competitors may be better able to respond quickly to new technologies, develop deeper advertiser relationships or offer services at lower prices. Any of these developments would make it more difficult for us to sell our platform and could result in increased pricing pressure, increased sales and marketing expense or the loss of market share.

Economic downturns and market conditions beyond our control could adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

        Our business depends on the overall demand for advertising and on the economic health of advertisers that benefit from our platform. Economic downturns or unstable market conditions may cause advertisers to decrease their advertising budgets, which could reduce spend though our platform and adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results. As we explore new countries to expand our business, economic downturns or unstable market conditions in any of those countries could result in our investments not yielding the returns we anticipate.

We may experience fluctuations in our operating results, which could make our future operating results difficult to predict or cause our operating results to fall below analysts' and investors' expectations.

        Our quarterly and annual operating results have fluctuated in the past and we expect our future operating results to fluctuate due to a variety of factors, many of which are beyond our control. Fluctuations in our operating results could cause our performance to fall below the expectations of analysts and investors, and adversely affect the price of our common stock. Because our business is changing and evolving rapidly, our historical operating results may not be necessarily indicative of our future operating results. Factors that may cause our operating results to fluctuate include the following:

16


Table of Contents

        Based upon the factors above and others beyond our control, we have a limited ability to forecast our future revenue, costs and expenses, and as a result, our operating results may, from time to time, fall below our estimates or the expectations of analysts and investors.

We often have long sales cycles, which can result in significant time between initial contact with a prospect and execution of a client agreement, making it difficult to project when, if at all, we will obtain new clients and when we will generate revenue from those clients.

        Our sales cycle, from initial contact to contract execution and implementation can take significant time. Our sales efforts involve educating our clients about the use, technical capabilities and benefits of our platform. Some of our clients undertake an evaluation process that frequently involves not only our platform but also the offerings of our competitors. As a result, it is difficult to predict when we will obtain new clients and begin generating revenue from these new clients. Even if our sales efforts result in obtaining a new client, under our usage-based pricing model, the client controls when and to what extent it uses our platform. As a result, we may not be able to add clients, or generate revenue, as quickly as we may expect, which could harm our growth prospects.

We are subject to payment-related risks and, if our clients do not pay or dispute their invoices, our business, financial condition and operating results may be adversely affected.

        Many of our contracts with advertising agencies provide that if the advertiser does not pay the agency, the agency is not liable to us, and we must seek payment solely from the advertiser, a type of arrangement called sequential liability. Contracting with these agencies, which in some cases have or may develop higher-risk credit profiles, may subject us to greater credit risk than if we were to contract directly with advertisers. This credit risk may vary depending on the nature of an advertising agency's aggregated advertiser base. We may also be involved in disputes with agencies and their advertisers over the operation of our platform, the terms of our agreements or our billings for purchases made by them through our platform. If we are unable to collect or make adjustments to bills to clients, we could incur write-offs for bad debt, which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations for the periods in which the write-offs occur. In the future, bad debt may exceed reserves for such contingencies and our bad debt exposure may increase over time. Any increase in write-offs for bad debt could have a materially negative effect on our business, financial condition and operating results. Even if we are not paid by our clients on time or at all, we are still obligated to pay for the advertising

17


Table of Contents

we have purchased for the advertising campaign, and as a consequence, our results of operations and financial condition would be adversely impacted.

A substantial portion of our business is from advertising agencies that do not pay us until they receive payment from the advertiser, resulting in an increased length of time between our payment for media inventory and our receipt of payment for use of our platform, and our ability to collect for non-payment may be limited to the advertiser, thereby increasing our risk of non-payment.

        Substantially all of our platform spend is from advertising agencies. We are generally contractually required to pay advertising inventory and data suppliers within a negotiated period of time, regardless of whether our clients pay us on time, or at all. Additionally, while we attempt to negotiate long payment periods with our suppliers and shorter periods from our clients, we are not always successful. As a result, we often face a timing issue with our accounts payable on shorter cycles than our accounts receivables, requiring us to remit payments from our own funds, and accept the risk of bad debt.

        This payment process will increasingly consume working capital if we continue to be successful in growing our business. In addition, we typically experience slow payment by advertising agencies as is common in our industry. In this regard, we had average days sales outstanding, or DSO, of 88 days, and average days payable outstanding, or DPO, of 64 days at June 30, 2016. We compute our DSO and DPO as of a given date based on our average trade receivables or trade payables, respectively, for the trailing 12-month period divided by, for DSO, average daily gross billings for the period, and for DPO, by the average daily cost of media, data and operating expenses over such period. The average trade receivables or trade payables are the average of the trade receivables or trade payables balances at the beginning and end of the 12-month period. Historically, our DSOs have fluctuated over time. If our DSOs increase significantly, and we are unable to borrow against these receivables on commercially acceptable terms, our working capital availability could be reduced, and as a consequence our results of operations and financial condition would be adversely impacted.

        Due to this imbalance in our DSOs and DPOs, we rely on our credit facility to partially or completely fund our working capital requirements. We cannot assure you that as we continue to grow, our business will generate sufficient cash flow from operations or that future borrowings will be available to us under the credit facility in an amount sufficient to fund our working capital needs. If our cash flows and credit facility borrowings are insufficient to fund our working capital requirements, we may not be able to grow at the rate we currently expect or at all. In addition, in the absence of sufficient cash flows from operations, we might be unable to meet our obligations under our credit facility and we may therefore be at risk of default thereunder. We cannot assure you that we would be able to locate additional financing or increase amounts borrowed under our existing credit facility to on commercially reasonable terms or at all.

Our business is primarily dependent on advertisers buying display advertising. A decrease in the use of display advertising would harm our business, growth prospects, financial condition and results of operations.

        Historically, our clients have predominantly used our platform to purchase display advertising inventory. We expect that display advertising will continue to be a significant channel used by our clients. Should our clients lose confidence in the value or effectiveness of display advertising, the demand for our platform could decline.

        We are working to enhance our social, native, digital radio and television offerings, including the capability to buy ads on digital television using our platform. We refer to the ability to provide offerings across these channels as omnichannel. These markets may not reach the scale of display advertising, and our omnichannel offerings may not gain market acceptance. A decrease in the use of display advertising, or our inability to further penetrate display and other advertising channels, would harm our growth prospects, financial condition and results of operations.

18


Table of Contents

If our access to quality advertising inventory is diminished, our revenue could decline and our growth could be impeded.

        We must maintain a consistent supply of attractive ad inventory. Our success depends on our ability to secure quality inventory on reasonable terms across a broad range of advertising networks and exchanges, video, audio and mobile inventory, and social media platforms. The amount, quality and cost of inventory available to us can change at any time. A few inventory suppliers hold a significant portion of the programmatic inventory either generally or concentrated in a particular channel. For example, one supplier represented more than 10% of our accounts payable at June 30, 2016. In addition, we compete with companies with which we have business relationships. For example, Google is one of our largest advertising inventory suppliers in addition to being one of our competitors. If Google or a similarly situated company limits our access to advertising inventory, our business could be adversely affected. If our relationships with any of our suppliers were to cease, or if the material terms of these relationships were to change unfavorably, our business would be negatively impacted. Our suppliers are generally not bound by long-term contracts. As a result, there is no guarantee that we will have access to a consistent supply of quality inventory on favorable terms. If we are unable to compete favorably for advertising inventory available on real-time advertising exchanges, or if real-time advertising exchanges decide not to make their advertising inventory available to us, we may not be able to place advertisements or find alternative sources of inventory with comparable traffic patterns and consumer demographics in a timely manner. Furthermore, the inventory that we access through real-time advertising exchanges may be of low quality or misrepresented to us, despite attempts by us and our suppliers to prevent fraud and conduct quality assurance checks.

        Inventory suppliers control the bidding process for the inventory they supply, and their processes may not always work in our favor. For example, suppliers may place restrictions on the use of their inventory, including prohibiting the placement of advertisements on behalf of specific advertisers. Through the bidding process, we may not win the right to deliver advertising to the inventory that is selected through our platform and may not be able to replace inventory that is no longer made available to us.

        As new types of inventory, such as digital advertising for television, become available, we will need to expend significant resources to ensure we have access to such new inventory. Although television advertising is a large market, only a very small percentage of it is currently purchased through digital advertising exchanges. We are investing heavily in our programmatic television offering, including by increasing our workforce and by adding new features, functions and integrations to our platform. If the digital television advertising market does not grow as we anticipate or we fail to successfully serve such market, our growth prospects could be harmed.

        Our success depends on consistently adding valued inventory in a cost-effective manner. If we are unable to maintain a consistent supply of quality inventory for any reason, client retention and loyalty, and our financial condition and operating results could be harmed.

Seasonal fluctuations in advertising activity could have a material impact on our revenue, cash flow and operating results.

        Our revenue, cash flow, operating results and other key operating and performance metrics may vary from quarter to quarter due to the seasonal nature of our clients' spending on advertising campaigns. For example, clients tend to devote more of their advertising budgets to the fourth calendar quarter to coincide with consumer holiday spending. Moreover, advertising inventory in the fourth quarter may be more expensive due to increased demand for advertising inventory. Political advertising could also cause our revenue to increase during election cycles and decrease during other periods. Our historical revenue growth has masked the impact of seasonality, but if our growth rate declines or

19


Table of Contents

seasonal spending becomes more pronounced, seasonality could have a material impact on our revenue, cash flow and operating results from period to period.

As our costs increase, we may not be able to generate sufficient revenue to sustain profitability.

        We have expended significant resources to grow our business in recent years by increasing the offerings of our platform, growing our number of employees and expanding internationally into several countries. We anticipate continued growth that could require substantial financial and other resources to, among other things:

        Investing in the foregoing, however, may not yield anticipated returns. Consequently, as our costs increase, we may not be able to generate sufficient revenue to sustain profitability.

We have identified material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting and, if our remediation of these material weaknesses is not effective, or if we fail to maintain an effective system of internal control over financial reporting in the future, we may not be able to accurately or timely report our financial condition or results of operations, which may adversely affect investor confidence in us and the price of our common stock.

        As a public company, we will be required to maintain internal control over financial reporting and to report any material weaknesses in such internal control. Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, requires that we evaluate and determine the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting and, beginning with our second annual report following this offering, which we expect will cover our year ending December 31, 2017, provide a management report on internal control over financial reporting. A material weakness is a deficiency or combination of deficiencies in internal control over financial reporting such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of our financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis.

        During 2015, we identified the following material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting:

20


Table of Contents

        These material weaknesses contributed to the restatement of previously issued 2014 financial statements and material adjustments in the 2015 financial statements principally, but not limited to, the following areas: presentation of revenue, capitalization of internal use software costs, accounting for preferred stock and preferred stock warrants, allowance for doubtful accounts and stock-based compensation.

        During 2015 and 2016, we began taking steps to address the internal control deficiencies that contributed to the material weaknesses, including the following:

        While we believe that these efforts will improve our internal control over financial reporting, the implementation of these measures is ongoing and will require validation and testing of the design and operating effectiveness of internal controls over a sustained period of financial reporting cycles. We cannot assure you that the measures we have taken to date, and are continuing to implement, will be sufficient to remediate the material weaknesses we have identified or avoid potential future material weaknesses. If the steps we take do not correct the material weaknesses in a timely manner, we will be unable to conclude that we maintain effective internal controls over financial reporting. Accordingly, there could continue to be a reasonable possibility that these deficiencies or others could result in a misstatement of our accounts or disclosures that would result in a material misstatement of our financial statements that would not be prevented or detected on a timely basis.

        The process of designing and implementing internal control over financial reporting required to comply with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act will be time consuming, costly and complicated. If during the evaluation and testing process, we identify one or more other material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting or determine that existing material weaknesses have not been remediated, our management will be unable to assert that our internal control over financial reporting is effective. Even if our management concludes that our internal control over financial reporting is effective, our independent registered public accounting firm may conclude that there are material weaknesses with respect to our internal controls or the level at which our internal controls are documented, designed, implemented or reviewed. If we are unable to assert that our internal control over financial reporting is effective, or when required in the future, if our independent registered public accounting firm is unable to express an opinion as to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting, investors may lose confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports, the market price of our common stock could be adversely affected and we could become

21


Table of Contents

subject to litigation or investigations by the stock exchange on which our securities are listed, the SEC or other regulatory authorities, which could require additional financial and management resources.

We allow our clients to utilize application programming interfaces, or APIs, with our platform, which could result in outages or security breaches and negatively impact our business, financial condition and operating results.

        The use of application programming interfaces, or APIs, by our clients has significantly increased in recent years. Our APIs allow clients to build their own media buying and data management interface by using our APIs to develop custom integration of their business with our platform. The increased use of APIs increases security and operational risks to our systems, including the risk for intrusion attacks, data theft, or denial of service attacks. Furthermore, while APIs allow clients greater ease and power in accessing our platform, they also increase the risk of overusing our systems, potentially causing outages. We have experienced system slowdowns due to client overuse of our systems through our APIs. While we have taken measures intended to decrease security and outage risks associated with the use of APIs, we cannot guarantee that such measures will be successful. Our failure to prevent outages or security breaches resulting from API use could result in government enforcement actions against us, claims for damages by consumers and other affected individuals, costs associated with investigation and remediation damage to our reputation and loss of goodwill, any of which could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition and operating results.

We may experience outages and disruptions of our platform if we fail to maintain adequate security and supporting infrastructure as we scale our platform, which may harm our reputation and negatively impact our business, financial condition and operating results.

        As we grow our business, we expect to continue to invest in technology services and equipment, including data centers, network services and database technologies, as well as potentially increase our reliance on open source software. Without these improvements, our operations might suffer from unanticipated system disruptions, slow transaction processing, unreliable service levels, impaired quality or delays in reporting accurate information regarding transactions in our platform, any of which could negatively affect our reputation and ability to attract and retain clients. In addition, the expansion and improvement of our systems and infrastructure may require us to commit substantial financial, operational and technical resources, with no assurance our business will increase. If we fail to respond to technological change or to adequately maintain, expand, upgrade and develop our systems and infrastructure in a timely fashion, our growth prospects and results of operations could be adversely affected. The steps we take to increase the reliability, integrity and security of our platform as it scales are expensive and complex, and our execution could result in operational failures and increased vulnerability to cyber-attacks. Such cyber-attacks could include denial-of-service attacks impacting service availability (including the ability to deliver ads) and reliability, tricking company employees into releasing control of their systems to a hacker, or the introduction of computer viruses or malware into our systems with a view to steal confidential or proprietary data. Cyber-attacks of increasing sophistication may be difficult to detect and could result in the theft of our intellectual property and data from our platform. We are also vulnerable to unintentional errors or malicious actions by persons with authorized access to our systems that exceed the scope of their access rights, distribute data erroneously, or, unintentionally or intentionally, interfere with the intended operations of our platform. Moreover, we could be adversely impacted by outages and disruptions in the online platforms of our inventory and data suppliers, such as the real-time advertising exchanges. Outages and disruptions of our platform, including due to cyber-attacks, may harm our reputation and negatively impact our business, financial condition and results of operations.

22


Table of Contents

Operational and performance issues with our platform, whether real or perceived, including a failure to respond to technological changes or to upgrade our technology systems, may adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

        We depend upon the sustained and uninterrupted performance of our platform to manage our inventory supply; bid on inventory for each campaign; collect, process and interpret data; and optimize campaign performance in real time and provide billing information to our financial systems. If our platform cannot scale to meet demand, if there are errors in our execution of any of these functions on our platform, or if we experience outages, then our business may be harmed. We may also face material delays in introducing new services, products and enhancements. If competitors introduce new products and services using new technologies or if new industry standards and practices emerge, our existing proprietary technology and systems may become obsolete.

        Our platform is complex and multifaceted, and operational and performance issues could arise both from the platform itself and from outside factors. Errors, failures, vulnerabilities or bugs have been found in the past, and may in the future, be found. Our platform also relies on third-party technology and systems to perform properly, and our platform is often used in connection with computing environments utilizing different operating systems, system management software, equipment and networking configurations, which may cause errors in, or failures of, our platform or such other computing environments. Operational and performance issues with our platform could include the failure of our user interface, outages, errors during upgrades or patches, discrepancies in costs billed versus costs paid, unanticipated volume overwhelming our databases, server failure, or catastrophic events affecting one or more server farms. While we have built redundancies in our systems, full redundancies do not exist. Some failures will shut our platform down completely, others only partially. Partial failures, which we have experienced in the past, could result in unauthorized bidding, cessation of our ability to bid or deliver impressions or deletion of our reporting, in each case resulting in unanticipated financial obligations or impact.

        Operational and performance issues with our platform could also result in negative publicity, damage to our brand and reputation, loss of or delay in market acceptance of our platform, increased costs or loss of revenue, loss of the ability to access our platform, loss of competitive position or claims by clients for losses sustained by them. Alleviating problems resulting from such issues could require significant expenditures of capital and other resources and could cause interruptions, delays or the cessation of our business, any of which may adversely affect our financial condition and operating results.

Legislation and regulation of online businesses, including privacy and data protection regimes, could create unexpected costs, subject us to enforcement actions for compliance failures, or cause us to change our platform or business model, which may have a material adverse effect on our business.

        U.S. and foreign governments have enacted or are considering enacting legislation related to digital advertising and we expect to see an increase in, or changes to, legislation and regulation related to our industry, including the use of geo-location data to inform advertising, the collection and use of non-identifiable or identifiable Internet user data and unique device identifiers, such as IP address or mobile unique device identifiers, and other data protection and privacy-related regulation. Additionally, industry groups in the United States, such as the Digital Advertising Alliance, or DAA, and the Network Advertising Initiative, or NAI, and their international counterparts have self-regulatory guidelines to which we have agreed to adhere. Such legislation and regulation could cause us to incur unexpected compliance costs and adversely affect demand for our platform, or otherwise harm our business, results of operation and financial condition.

        For instance, a wide variety of local, state, national and international laws and regulations apply to the collection, use, retention, protection, disclosure, transfer (including transfer across national

23


Table of Contents

boundaries) and other processing of data collected from or about consumers and devices. While we have not collected data that is traditionally considered personal data, such as an individual's name, email address, address, phone numbers, social security numbers, or credit card numbers, we typically do collect and store IP addresses and other device identifiers, which are or may be considered personal data in some jurisdictions or otherwise may be the subject of legislation or regulation. Evolving definitions of what is considered personal data within the European Union and elsewhere, or personally identifying or identifiable information within the United States, as well as significant changes in the privacy regime in the European Union, have in the past and may cause us in the future to change our business practices, require significant changes to our backend configuration, increase operating costs, or limit our ability to operate or expand our business.

        We take commercially reasonable measures to protect the security of information that we collect, use and disclose in the operation of our business, and to offer privacy protections with respect to such information, including conducting third-party audits of our privacy practices and review our privacy policy. Such measures, however, may not always be effective and may not identify data security or privacy related risks or inadequate or inappropriate practices we have used or adopted.

        Additionally, as the advertising industry evolves, and new ways of collecting, combining and using data are created, governments may enact legislation that could result in our having to re-design features or functions of our platform, therefore incurring unexpected compliance costs. For example, the Federal Trade Commission, or the FTC, has examined, and likely will continue to examine, the privacy issues that arise as marketers track consumers across several devices, otherwise known as cross-device tracking. The FTC may promulgate regulations regarding cross-device tracking, may encourage legislation governing these practices, or may determine that it has sufficient enforcement under Section 5 of the Federal Trade Commission Act to investigate companies engaging in cross-device tracking.

        While we contractually prohibit our clients and inventory and data suppliers from supplying personally identifiable information or other sensitive information to our system, we may inadvertently receive such information, which may result in us breaching privacy-related legislation or regulations. Additionally, we have contractual obligations to indemnify and hold harmless some of our clients and suppliers for the costs or consequences of our failure to comply with privacy-related legislation and regulations, which may be triggered by such inadvertent ingestion of personally identifiable information in our platform.

        In addition to government regulation, the DAA and NAI, and other privacy advocates and industry groups, may propose new and different self-regulatory standards that either legally or contractually apply to us. We also expect that there will continue to be new proposed laws and regulations concerning privacy, data protection and information security, and we cannot yet determine the impact such future laws, regulations and standards may have on our business. Future laws, regulations, standards and other obligations, and changes in the interpretation of existing laws, regulations, standards and other obligations could impair our or our clients' ability to collect, use or disclose information relating to consumers, which could decrease demand for our platform, increase our costs and impair our ability to maintain and grow our client base and increase our revenue. New laws, amendments to or re-interpretations of existing laws and regulations, industry standards, contractual obligations and other obligations may require us to incur additional costs and restrict our business operations. Because the interpretation and application of laws, contractual obligations and other obligations relating to privacy and data protection are still uncertain, it is possible that these laws and other obligations may be interpreted and applied in a manner that is inconsistent with our existing data management practices or the features of our platform. If so, in addition to the possibility of fines, lawsuits and other claims, we could be required to fundamentally change our business activities and practices or modify our products, which could have an adverse effect on our business. We may be

24


Table of Contents

unable to make such changes and modifications in a commercially reasonable manner or at all, and our ability to develop new products and features could be limited.

        Data protection and privacy concerns are an important part of the programmatic advertising buying industry. Even the perception of privacy concerns, whether or not valid, may harm our reputation and inhibit use of our platform by current and future clients. For example, claims or adverse publicity could result from the perception of pharmaceuticals or medical advertisements targeting conditions. Our failure or perceived failure to comply with applicable laws and regulations could result in enforcement actions against us, including fines, imprisonment of our officers and public censure, claims for damages by consumers and other affected individuals, damage to our reputation and loss of goodwill, any of which could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition and operating results.

If the use of "third-party cookies" is rejected by Internet users, restricted or otherwise subject to unfavorable regulation, our performance may decline and we may lose advertisers and revenue.

        Internet advertising relies on the use of "cookies," pixels and other similar technology, which are small text files placed on an Internet user's computer. To provide our platform, we utilize "third-party cookies," which are cookies owned and used by parties other than the owners of the website visited by the Internet user. Our cookies record non-personal information, such as when an Internet user views an ad, clicks on an ad or visits one of our advertiser's websites through a browser while the cookie is active. We use cookies to help us achieve our advertisers' campaign goals, to help us ensure that the same Internet user does not unintentionally see the same advertisement, to report aggregate information to our advertisers regarding the performance of their advertising campaigns and to detect and prevent fraudulent activity throughout our network of inventory. We also use data from cookies, which enable websites to collect information from users, to help our clients decide whether to bid on, and how to price, an opportunity to place an advertisement in a specific location, at a given time, in front of a particular Internet user. Without cookie data, our clients would bid on advertising without sufficient insight into activity that has taken place through an Internet user's browser. Consequently, lack of cookie data may compromise the ability to determine which inventory to purchase for a specific campaign, and undermine the effectiveness of our platform.

        Cookies may be deleted or blocked by Internet users who do not want information to be collected about them. The most commonly used Internet browsers—Chrome, Firefox, Internet Explorer and Safari—allow Internet users to modify their browser settings to prevent cookies from being accepted by their browsers. Additionally, the Safari browser currently blocks third-party cookies by default and the browser provider Mozilla, which publishes the Firefox browser, has announced its intent to block third-party cookies by default in future versions of its browser. In addition, Internet users can also delete cookies from their computers at any time. Some Internet users also download free or paid ad blocking software that prevents third-party cookies from being stored on a user's computer. Additionally, the DAA, NAI and our company have certain opt-out mechanisms for users to opt out of the collection of their information via cookies. If more Internet users adopt these settings or delete their cookies more frequently than they currently do, or restrictions are imposed by advertisers and publishers, there are changes in technology or new developments in laws, regulations or industry standards around cookies, our business could be harmed.

        In addition, in the EU, Directive 2009/136/EC, commonly referred to as the "Cookie Directive," directs EU member states to ensure that accessing information on an Internet user's computer, such as through a cookie, is allowed only if the Internet user has given his or her consent. In response, some member states have adopted and implemented, and may continue to adopt and implement, legislation that negatively impacts the use of cookies for online advertising. Limitations on the use or effectiveness of cookies, whether imposed by EU member state implementations of the Cookie Directive or otherwise, may impact the performance of our platform. We may be required to, or otherwise may

25


Table of Contents

determine that it is advisable to, develop or obtain additional tools and technologies to compensate for the lack of cookie data. We may not be able to develop, implement or acquire additional tools that compensate for the lack of cookie data. Moreover, even if we are able to do so, such additional tools may be subject to further regulation, time consuming to develop or costly to obtain, and less effective than our current use of cookies.

Potential "Do Not Track" standards or government regulation could limit our access to the user data that informs the advertising campaigns we run and, as a result, undermine the effectiveness of our platform.

        As the use of cookies has received ongoing media attention over the past several years, some government regulators and privacy advocates have suggested creating a "Do Not Track" standard that would allow Internet users to express a preference, independent of cookie settings in their browser, not to have their online browsing activities tracked. Similar standards are being set at device-level so that activities on mobile devices, including browsing and app uses, are not tracked. The FTC has issued a staff report criticizing the advertising industry's self-regulatory efforts as too slow and lacking adequate consumer protections, emphasizing a need for simplified notice, choice and transparency to the consumer regarding the collection, use and sharing of data, and suggested implementing a "Do Not Track" browser setting that allows consumers to choose whether or not to allow tracking of their online browsing activities. The major Internet browsers have implemented some version of a "Do Not Track" setting. Internet Explorer 10, for instance, includes a "Do Not Track" setting that is selected by default. The potential regulatory and self-regulatory landscape is inherently uncertain at this point in time, as there is no definition of tracking, no consensus regarding what message is conveyed by a "Do Not Track" setting and no industry standards regarding how to respond to a "Do Not Track" preference. The World Wide Web Consortium, or W3C, chartered a "Tracking Protection Working Group" in 2011 to convene a multi-stakeholder group of academics, thought leaders, companies, industry groups and consumer advocacy organizations, to create a voluntary "Do Not Track" standard for the World Wide Web. The group has yet to agree upon a standard and has considered disbanding due to uncertainty regarding the implementation of a "Do Not Track" standard. Despite the lack of consensus in this arena, the FTC has suggested that it will pursue legislation if the industry cannot agree upon a standard. If a "Do Not Track" browser setting is adopted by many Internet users or if a "Do Not Track" standard imposed by state or federal legislation, or agreed upon by standard setting groups, prohibits us from using non-personal data as we currently do, we may have to change our business practices, our clients may reduce their use of our platform, and our business, financial condition and operating results could be adversely affected.

Failure to comply with industry self-regulation could harm our brand, reputation and business.

        We have committed to comply with the NAI's Code of Conduct and the DAA's Self-Regulatory Principles for Online Behavioral Advertising in the United States, as well as similar self-regulatory principles in Europe and Canada adopted by the local Digital Advertising Alliance. Our efforts to comply with these self-regulatory principles include offering Internet users notice and transparency when advertising is served to them based, in part, on browsing data recorded by cookies. We also offer Internet users the ability to opt out of receiving interest-based advertisements. If we make mistakes in our implementation of these principles, or if self-regulatory bodies expand these guidelines or government authorities issue different guidelines regarding Internet-based advertising, or our opt out mechanisms fail to work as designed, or if Internet users misunderstand our technology or our commitments with respect to these principles, we may, as a result, be subject to negative publicity, government investigation, government or private litigation, or investigation by self-regulatory bodies or other accountability groups. Any such action against us, or investigations, even if meritless, could be costly and time consuming, require us to change our business practices, cause us to divert management's attention and our resources and be damaging to our brand, reputation and business.

26


Table of Contents

Our failure to meet content and inventory standards and provide services that our advertisers and inventory suppliers trust, could harm our brand and reputation and negatively impact our business, financial condition and operating results.

        We do not provide or control either the content of the advertisements we serve or that of the websites providing the inventory. Advertisers provide the advertising content and inventory suppliers provide the inventory. Both advertisers and inventory suppliers are concerned about being associated with content they consider inappropriate, competitive or inconsistent with their brands, or illegal and they are hesitant to spend money without guaranteed brand security. Additionally, advertisers may seek to display advertising campaigns in jurisdictions that do not permit such advertising (for example, pharmaceutical advertising is not permitted in many countries). Consequently, our reputation depends in part on providing services that our advertisers and inventory suppliers trust, and we have contractual obligations to meet content and inventory standards. We contractually prohibit the misuse of our platform by agencies (and their advertiser clients) and inventory suppliers. Additionally, we use our proprietary technology and third-party services to, and we participate in industry co-ops that work to, detect malware and other content issues as well as click fraud (whether by humans or software known as "bots") and to block fraudulent inventory, including "tool bar" inventory, which is inventory that appears within an application and displaces any advertising that would otherwise be displayed on the website. Despite such efforts, our clients may inadvertently purchase inventory that proves to be unacceptable for their campaigns, in which case, we may not be able to recoup the amounts paid to inventory suppliers. Preventing and combating fraud is an industry-wide issue that requires constant vigilance, and we cannot guarantee that we will be fully successful in doing so. There are other means we could use, such as human review of content we serve, that some of our competitors undertake, but because our platform is self-service, and because such means are cost-intensive, we do not utilize all means available to decrease this risk. We may provide access to inventory that is objectionable to our advertisers or we may serve advertising that contains malware or objectionable content to our inventory suppliers, which could harm our or our clients' brand and reputation, and negatively impact our business, financial condition and operating results.

If we fail to offer sufficient client training and support, our business and reputation would suffer.

        Because we offer a self-serve platform, client training and support is important for the successful marketing and continued use of our platform and for maintaining and increasing spend through our platform from existing and new clients. Providing this training and support requires that our platform operations personnel have specific domain knowledge and expertise, making it more difficult for us to hire qualified personnel and to scale up our support operations due to the extensive training required. The importance of high-quality client service will increase as we expand our business and pursue new clients. If we are not responsive and proactive regarding our clients' advertising needs, or do not provide effective support for our clients' advertising campaigns, our ability to retain our existing clients would suffer and our reputation with existing or potential clients would be harmed, which would negatively impact our business.

If the non-proprietary technology, software, products and services that we use are unavailable, have future terms we cannot agree to, or do not perform as we expect, our business, financial condition and operating results could be harmed.

        We depend on various technology, software, products and services from third parties or available as open source, including for critical features and functionality of our platform, data centers and API technology, payment processing, payroll and other professional services. For example, in order for clients to target ads in ways they desire and otherwise optimize and verify campaigns, our platform must have access to data regarding Internet user behavior and reports with demographic information regarding Internet users. Identifying, negotiating, complying with and integrating with third-party terms

27


Table of Contents

and technology are complex, costly and time-consuming matters. Failure by third-party providers to maintain, support or secure their technology either generally or for our accounts specifically, or downtime, errors or defects in their products or services, could materially and adversely impact our platform, our administrative obligations or other areas of our business. Having to replace any third-party providers or their technology, products or services could result in outages or difficulties in our ability to provide our services. For example, we rely upon third-party co-location providers for our data centers, and we are dependent on these third parties to provide continuous power, cooling, Internet connectivity and physical and technological security for our servers. In the event that these third-party providers experience any interruption in operations or cease business for any reason, or if we are unable to agree on satisfactory terms for continued hosting relationships, we would be forced to enter into a relationship with other service providers or assume some hosting responsibilities ourselves. In addition, even a disruption as brief as a few minutes could have a negative impact on marketplace activities and could therefore result in a loss of revenue. If we are unsuccessful in establishing or maintaining our relationships with our third-party providers or otherwise need to replace them, internal resources may need to be diverted and our business, financial condition and operating results could be harmed.

We face potential liability and harm to our business based on the human factor of inputting information into our platform.

        Campaigns are set up using several variables available to our clients on our platform. While our platform includes several checks and balances, it is possible for human error to result in significant over-spending. The system requires a daily cap at the ad group level. We also provide for the client to input daily and overall caps at the advertising inventory campaign level at their discretion. Additionally, we set a credit limit for each user so that they cannot spend beyond the level of credit risk we are willing to accept. Despite these protections, the ability for overspend exists. For example, campaigns which last for a period of time can be set to pace evenly or as quickly as possible. If a client with a high credit limit enters into the wrong daily cap with a campaign set to a rapid pace, it is possible for a campaign to accidently go significantly over budget. While our client contracts state that clients are responsible for media purchased through our platform, we are ultimately responsible for paying the inventory providers and we may be unable to collect for such issues.

International expansion subjects us to additional costs and risks that can adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

        International expansion subjects us to many challenges associated with supporting a rapidly growing business across a multitude of cultures, customs, monetary, legal and regulatory systems and commercial infrastructures. We have a limited operating history outside of the United States, and our ability to manage our business and conduct our operations internationally requires considerable attention and resources.

        We currently have sales personnel in the United Kingdom, Australia, Germany, South Korea, Singapore, Japan, and Hong Kong, and we anticipate expanding our international operations in the future, including in China, Indonesia and potentially other countries that score low on the Corruption Perceptions Index, or CPI, of the Transparency International. Our sales organization outside the United States is substantially smaller than our sales organization in the United States. To the extent we are unable to effectively engage with non-U.S. advertising agencies or international divisions of U.S. agencies due to our limited sales force capacity, we may be unable to effectively grow in international markets.

28


Table of Contents

        Approximately 7% of our gross spend in 2015 was derived from outside of the United States. Our international operations subject us to a variety of additional risks, including:

        We may incur significant operating expenses as a result of our international expansion, and it may not be successful. Our international business also subjects us to the impact of global and regional recessions and economic and political instability, differing regulatory requirements, costs and difficulties in managing a distributed workforce, potentially adverse tax consequences in the United States and abroad and restrictions on the repatriation of funds to the United States. In addition, advertising markets outside of the United States are not as developed as those within the United States, and we may be unable to grow our business sufficiently. Our failure to manage these risks and challenges successfully could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

Exposure to foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations could negatively impact our operating results.

        While the majority of the transactions through our platform are denominated in U.S. dollars, we have transacted in foreign currencies for both inventory and for payments by clients from use of our platform, including the Canadian dollar, British Pound, the Euro, Singapore Dollar, Indonesian Rupiah, Japanese Yen and Australian Dollar. Given our anticipated international growth, we expect the number of transactions in foreign currencies to continue to grow in the future. While we do require a fee from our clients that pay in non-U.S. currency, this fee may not always cover foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations. We currently have a program to hedge exposure to foreign currency fluctuations. However, the use of hedging instruments may not be available for all currencies, or may not always offset losses resulting from foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations. Moreover, the use of hedging instruments can itself result in losses if we are unable to structure effective hedges with such instruments.

29


Table of Contents

Future acquisitions, strategic investments or alliances could disrupt our business and harm our business, financial condition and operating results.

        We may in the future explore potential acquisitions of companies or technologies, strategic investments, or alliances to strengthen our business. However, we have limited experience in acquiring and integrating businesses, products and technologies. Even if we identify an appropriate acquisition candidate, we may not be successful in negotiating the terms or financing of the acquisition, and our due diligence may fail to identify all of the problems, liabilities or other shortcomings or challenges of an acquired business, product or technology, including issues related to intellectual property, product quality or architecture, regulatory compliance practices, revenue recognition or other accounting practices or employee or client issues. Acquisitions involve numerous risks, any of which could harm our business, including:

        Failure to appropriately mitigate these risks or other issues related to such strategic investments and acquisitions could result in reducing or completely eliminating any anticipated benefits of transactions, and harm our business generally. Future acquisitions could also result in dilutive issuances of our equity securities, the incurrence of debt, contingent liabilities, amortization expenses or the impairment of goodwill, any of which could harm our business, financial condition and operating results.

We may not be able to secure additional financing on favorable terms, or at all, to meet our future capital needs, which may in turn impair our growth.

        We intend to continue to grow our business, which will require additional capital to develop new features or enhance our platform, improve our operating infrastructure, finance working capital requirements or acquire complementary businesses and technologies. Accordingly, we may need to engage in additional equity or debt financings to secure additional capital. If we raise additional funds through future issuances of equity or convertible debt securities, our existing stockholders could suffer significant dilution, and any new equity securities we issue could have rights, preferences and privileges superior to those of holders of our common stock. Any debt financing that we secure in the future

30


Table of Contents

could involve restrictive covenants relating to our capital raising activities and other financial and operational matters, which may make it more difficult for us to obtain additional capital and to pursue business opportunities. If we are unable to secure additional funding on favorable terms, or at all, when we require it, our ability to continue to grow our business to react to market conditions could be impaired and our business may be harmed.

Our credit facility contains operating and financial covenants that restrict our business and financing activities.

        Our credit facility contains restrictions that limit our flexibility in operating our business. In March 2016, we entered into a loan and security agreement with a syndicate led by Citibank, N.A., which we refer to as our credit facility. Subject to certain customary conditions, we have access to borrow up to $125.0 million aggregate principal amount of revolver borrowings. The amount of borrowing availability under the credit facility is based on our accounts receivable balance, reduced by certain reserves. At the entry into the credit facility, we incurred $50.8 million in revolver borrowings, which were used to repay our 2015 loan facility. Our credit facility also contains various covenants that limit our ability to engage in specified types of transactions. Subject to limited exceptions, these covenants limit our ability to, among other things:

        In addition, our credit facility contains a fixed charge coverage ratio which requires us to maintain a certain ratio of our earnings to principal and interest payable under the credit facility in a given period. Our obligations under the credit facility are collateralized by a pledge of substantially all of our assets, including accounts receivable, deposit accounts, intellectual property, investment property and equipment. The covenants in our credit facility may limit our ability to take actions and, in the event that we breach one or more covenants, our lenders may choose to declare an event of default and require that we immediately repay all amounts outstanding, terminate the commitment to extend further credit and foreclose on the collateral granted to them to collateralize such indebtedness, which includes our intellectual property. In addition, if we fail to meet the required covenants, we will not have access to further draw-downs under the credit facility.

Our future success depends on the continuing efforts of our key employees, including Jeff T. Green and David R. Pickles, and our ability to attract, hire, retain and motivate highly skilled employees in the future.

        Our future success depends on the continuing efforts of our executive officers and other key employees, including our two founders, Jeff T. Green, our chief executive officer, and David R. Pickles, our chief technology officer. We rely on the leadership, knowledge and experience that our executive officers provide. They foster our corporate culture, which has been instrumental to our ability to attract and retain new talent. We also rely on employees in our product development, support and sales teams to attract and keep key clients.

31


Table of Contents

        The market for talent in our key areas of operations, including California, is intensely competitive, which could increase our costs to attract and retain talented employees. As a result, we may incur significant costs to attract and retain employees, including significant expenditures related to salaries and benefits and compensation expenses related to equity awards, and we may lose new employees to our competitors or other companies before we realize the benefit of our investment in recruiting and training them. New employees often require significant training and, in many cases, take significant time before they achieve full productivity. Our account managers, for instance, need to be trained quickly on the features of our platform since failure to offer high-quality support may adversely affect our relationships with our clients. Technology companies like ours compete to attract the best talent. Additionally, we have little experience with recruiting in geographies outside of the United States, and may face additional challenges in attracting and retaining international employees.

        Employee turnover, including changes in our management team, could disrupt our business. None of our founders or other key employees has an employment agreement for a specific term, and any of our employees may terminate his or her employment with us at any time. The loss of one or more of our executive officers, especially our two founders, or our inability to attract and retain highly skilled employees could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results.

Our management team has limited experience managing a public company.

        Most members of our management team have limited or no experience managing a publicly-traded company, interacting with public company investors, and complying with the increasingly complex laws, rules and regulations that govern public companies. There are significant obligations we will now be subject to relating to reporting, procedures and internal controls, and our management team may not successfully or efficiently manage our transition to being a public company. These new obligations and scrutiny will require significant attention from our management and could divert their attention away from the day-to-day management of our business, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

If we do not effectively grow and train our sales and support teams, we may be unable to add new clients or increase sales to our existing clients and our business will be adversely affected.

        We are substantially dependent on our sales and support teams to obtain new clients and to increase spend by our existing clients. We believe that there is significant competition for sales personnel with the skills and technical knowledge that we require. Our ability to achieve revenue growth will depend, in large part, on our success in recruiting, training, integrating and retaining sufficient numbers of sales personnel to support our growth. Due to the complexity of our platform, new hires require significant training and it may take significant time before they achieve full productivity. Our recent and planned hires may not become productive as quickly as we expect, and we may be unable to hire or retain sufficient numbers of qualified individuals in the markets where we do business or plan to do business. If we are unable to hire and train sufficient numbers of effective sales personnel, or the sales personnel are not successful in obtaining new clients or increasing our existing clients' spend with us, our business will be adversely affected.

Our corporate culture has contributed to our success and, if we are unable to maintain it as we grow, our business, operating results and financial condition could be harmed.

        We have experienced and may continue to experience rapid expansion of our employee ranks. We had 296 employees in the United States and 91 employees outside the United States as of June 30, 2016, compared to 181 employees in the United States and 46 employees outside the United States as of June 30, 2015. We believe our corporate culture has been a key element of our success. However, as our organization grows, it may be difficult to maintain our culture, which could reduce our ability to innovate and operate effectively. The failure to maintain the key aspects of our culture as our

32


Table of Contents

organization grows could result in decreased employee satisfaction, increased difficulty in attracting top talent, increased turnover and could compromise the quality of our client service, all of which are important to our success and to the effective execution of our business strategy. In the event we are unable to maintain our corporate culture as we grow to scale, our business, operating results and financial condition could be harmed.

Our proprietary rights may be difficult to enforce, which could enable others to copy or use aspects of our technology without compensating us, thereby eroding our competitive advantages and harming our business.

        We rely upon a combination of trade secrets, third-party confidentiality and non-disclosure agreements, additional contractual restrictions on disclosure and use, and trademark, copyright and other intellectual property laws to establish and protect our proprietary rights. These laws, procedures and restrictions provide only limited protection. We currently have "The Trade Desk, Inc." registered as a trademark or pending registration in the United States and certain foreign countries. We also rely on copyright laws to protect computer programs related to our platform and our proprietary technologies, although to date we have not registered for statutory copyright protection. We have registered numerous Internet domain names in the United States related to our business in order to protect our proprietary interests. We endeavor to enter into agreements with our employees and contractors in order to limit access to and disclosure of our proprietary information, as well as to clarify rights to intellectual property associated with our business. Protecting our intellectual property is a challenge, especially after our employees or our contractors end their relationship with us, and, in some cases, decide to work for our competitors. Our contracts with our employees and contractors that relate to intellectual property issues generally restrict the use of our confidential information solely in connection with our services, and strictly prohibit reverse-engineering. However, reverse engineering our software or the theft or misuse of our proprietary information could occur by employees or contractors who have access to our technology. Enforceability of the non-compete agreements that we have in place is not guaranteed, and contractual restrictions could be breached without discovery or adequate remedies.

        Policing unauthorized use of our technology is difficult. In addition, the laws of some foreign countries may not be as protective of intellectual property rights as those of the United States, and mechanisms for enforcement of our proprietary rights in such countries may be inadequate. If we are unable to protect our proprietary rights (including in particular, the proprietary aspects of our platform) we may find ourselves at a competitive disadvantage to others who have not incurred the same level of expense, time and effort to create and protect their intellectual property.

We may be sued by third parties for alleged infringement of their proprietary rights, which would result in additional expense and potential damages.

        There is significant patent and other intellectual property development activity in the digital advertising industry. Third-party intellectual property rights may cover significant aspects of our technologies or business methods or block us from expanding our offerings. Our success depends on the continual development of our platform. From time to time, we may receive claims from third parties that our platform and underlying technology infringe or violate such third parties' intellectual property rights. To the extent we gain greater public recognition, we may face a higher risk of being the subject of intellectual property claims. The cost of defending against such claims, whether or not the claims have merit, is significant, regardless of whether we are successful in our defense, and could divert the attention of management, technical personnel and other employees from our business operations. Litigation regarding intellectual property rights is inherently uncertain due to the complex issues involved, and we may not be successful in defending ourselves in such matters. Additionally, we may be obligated to indemnify our clients or inventory and data suppliers in connection with any such litigation. If we are found to infringe these rights, we could potentially be required to cease utilizing portions of our platform. We may also be required to develop alternative non-infringing technology,

33


Table of Contents

which could require significant time and expense. Alternatively, we could be required to pay royalty payments, either as a one-time fee or ongoing, as well as damages for past use that was deemed to be infringing. If we cannot license or develop technology for any allegedly infringing aspect of our business, we would be forced to limit our service and may be unable to compete effectively. Any of these results could harm our business.

We face potential liability and harm to our business based on the nature of our business and the content on our platform.

        Advertising often results in litigation relating to copyright or trademark infringement, public performance royalties or other claims based on the nature and content of advertising that is distributed through our platform. Though we contractually require agencies to represent to us that they have the rights necessary to serve advertisements through our platform, we do not independently verify whether we are permitted to deliver, or review the content of, such advertisements. If any of these representations are untrue, we may be exposed to potential liability and our reputation may be damaged. While our clients are typically obligated to indemnify us, such indemnification may not fully cover us, or we may not be able to collect. In addition to settlement costs, we may be responsible for our own litigations costs, which can be extensive.

We are subject to anti-bribery, anti-corruption and similar laws and non-compliance with such laws can subject us to criminal penalties or significant fines and harm our business and reputation.

        We are subject to anti-bribery and similar laws, such as the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended, or the FCPA, the U.S. domestic bribery statute contained in 18 U.S.C. § 201, the USA PATRIOT Act, U.S. Travel Act, the U.K. Bribery Act 2010 and Proceeds of Crime Act 2002, and possibly other anti-corruption, anti-bribery and anti-money laundering laws in countries in which we conduct activities. Anti-corruption laws have been enforced with great rigor in recent years and are interpreted broadly and prohibit companies and their employees and their agents from making or offering improper payments or other benefits to government officials and others in the private sector. As we increase our international sales and business, particularly in countries with a low score on the CPI by Transparency International, and increase our use of third parties such as sales agents, distributors, resellers or consultants, our risks under these laws will increase. We adopt appropriate policies and procedures and conduct training, but cannot guarantee that improprieties will not occur. Noncompliance with these laws could subject us to investigations, sanctions, settlements, prosecution, other enforcement actions, disgorgement of profits, significant fines, damages, other civil and criminal penalties or injunctions, suspension and/or debarment from contracting with specified persons, the loss of export privileges, reputational harm, adverse media coverage, and other collateral consequences. Any investigations, actions and/or sanctions could have a material negative impact on our business, operating results and financial condition.

We are subject to governmental economic sanctions requirements and export and import controls that could impair our ability to compete in international markets or subject us to liability if we are not in compliance with applicable laws.

        As a U.S. company, we are subject to U.S. export control and economic sanctions laws and regulations, and we are required to export our technology and services in compliance with those laws and regulations, including the U.S. Export Administration Regulations and economic embargo and trade sanction programs administered by the Treasury Department's Office of Foreign Assets Control. U.S. economic sanctions and export control laws and regulations prohibit the shipment of specified products and services to countries, governments and persons targeted by U.S. sanctions. While we are currently taking precautions to prevent doing any business, directly or indirectly, with countries, governments and persons targeted by U.S. sanctions and to ensure that our technology and services are

34


Table of Contents

not exported or used by countries, governments and persons targeted by U.S. sanctions, such measures may be circumvented. There can be no assurance that we will be in compliance with U.S. export control or economic sanctions laws and regulations in the future. Any such violation could result in significant criminal or civil fines, penalties or other sanctions and repercussions, including reputational harm that could materially adversely impact our business.

        Furthermore, if we export our technology, the exports may require authorizations, including a license, a license exception or other appropriate government authorization. Complying with export control and sanctions regulations may be time-consuming and may result in the delay or loss of opportunities.

        In addition, various countries regulate the import of encryption technology, including the imposition of import permitting and licensing requirements, and have enacted laws that could limit our ability to offer our platform or could limit our clients' ability to use our platform in those countries. Changes in our platform or future changes in export and import regulations may create delays in the introduction of our platform in international markets or prevent our clients with international operations from deploying our platform globally. Any change in export or import regulations, economic sanctions or related legislation, or change in the countries, governments, persons, or technologies targeted by such regulations, could result in decreased use of our platform by, or in our decreased ability to export our technology and services to, existing or potential clients with international operations. Any decreased use of our platform or limitation on our ability to export our platform would likely adversely affect our business operations and financial results.

The market growth forecasts included in this prospectus may prove to be inaccurate and, even if the market in which we compete achieves forecasted growth, we cannot assure you our business will grow at similar rates, if at all.

        Market growth forecasts are subject to significant uncertainty and are based on assumptions and estimates which may not prove to be accurate. The forecasts in this prospectus relating to expected growth in the digital advertising and real-time buying markets may prove to be inaccurate. Even if these markets experience the forecasted growth, we may not grow our business at similar rates, or at all. Our growth is subject to many factors, including our success in implementing our business strategy, which is subject to many risks and uncertainties.

Our tax liabilities may be greater than anticipated.

        The U.S. and non-U.S. tax laws applicable to our business activities are subject to interpretation. We are subject to audit by the Internal Revenue Service and by taxing authorities of the state, local and foreign jurisdictions in which we operate. Our tax obligations are based in part on our corporate operating structure, including the manner in which we develop, value, and use our intellectual property, the jurisdictions in which we operate, how tax authorities assess revenue-based taxes such as sales and use taxes, the scope of our international operations and the value we ascribe to our intercompany transactions. Taxing authorities may challenge our tax positions and methodologies for valuing developed technology or intercompany arrangements, as well as our positions regarding the collection of sales and use taxes and the jurisdictions in which we are subject to taxes, which could expose us to additional taxes. Any adverse outcomes of such challenges to our tax positions could result in additional taxes for prior periods, interest and penalties, as well as higher future taxes. In addition, our future tax expense could increase as a result of changes in tax laws, regulations or accounting principles, or as a result of earning income in jurisdictions that have higher tax rates. An increase in our tax expense could have a negative effect on our financial position and results of operations. Moreover, the determination of our provision for income taxes and other tax liabilities requires significant estimates and judgment by management, and the tax treatment of certain transactions is uncertain. Although we believe we will make reasonable estimates and judgments, the ultimate

35


Table of Contents

outcome of any particular issue may differ from the amounts previously recorded in our financial statements and any such occurrence could materially affect our financial position and results of operations.

Risks Related to this Offering and Ownership of Our Class A Common Stock

The market price of our Class A common stock may be volatile or may decline regardless of our operating performance, and you may not be able to resell your shares at or above the initial public offering price.

        The market price of equity securities of technology companies has historically experienced high levels of volatility. If you purchase shares of our Class A common stock in our initial public offering, you may not be able to resell those shares at or above the initial public offering price. Following the completion of our initial public offering, the market price of our Class A common stock may fluctuate significantly in response to numerous factors, some of which are beyond our control and may not be related to our operating performance, including:

        In addition, if the stock market for technology companies, or the stock market generally, experiences a loss of investor confidence, the trading price of our Class A common stock could decline for reasons unrelated to our business, operating results or financial condition. Stock prices of many technology companies have fluctuated in a manner unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of those companies. The trading price of our common stock might also decline in reaction to events that affect other companies in our industry even if these events do not directly affect us. In the past, stockholders have filed securities class action litigation following periods of market volatility. If we were to become involved in securities litigation, it could subject us to substantial costs, divert resources and the attention of management from our business, and adversely affect our business.

36


Table of Contents

Sales of substantial blocks of our common stock into the public market after this offering, including when "lock-up" or "market standoff" periods end, or the perception that such sales might occur, could cause the market price of our common stock to decline.

        Sales of substantial blocks of our common stock into the public market after this offering, including when "lock-up" or "market standoff" periods end, or the perception that such sales might occur, could cause the market price of our Class A common stock to decline and may make it more difficult for you to sell your Class A common stock at a time and price that you deem appropriate. Based on the total number of outstanding shares of our common stock as of June 30, 2016, upon completion of this offering, we will have 38,226,819 shares of common stock outstanding (assuming no exercise of the underwriters' option to purchase additional shares). All of the shares of Class A common stock sold in this offering will be freely tradable without restrictions or further registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act, except for any shares held by our "affiliates" as defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act.

        Subject to exceptions described under the caption "Underwriting," we, all of our directors and officers, the selling stockholders and substantially all of the other holders of our capital stock and securities convertible into, or exchangeable for, our capital stock have agreed not to offer, sell or agree to sell, directly or indirectly, any shares of common stock without the permission of Citigroup for a period of 180 days from the date of this prospectus. Participants in our Directed Share Program that are not directors, officers or employees of us have also entered into lock-up agreements with the underwriters under which they have agreed, subject to specific exceptions, not to sell any of our stock for 30 days following the date of this prospectus without the prior written consent of Citigroup. When the applicable lock-up period expires, we, our directors and officers and locked-up stockholders will be able to sell shares into the public market.

        The underwriters may, in their sole discretion, permit our directors and officers and locked-up stockholders to sell shares prior to the expiration of the restrictive provisions contained in the "lock-up" agreements with the underwriters. In addition, we may, in our sole discretion, permit our employees and current stockholders who are subject to market standoff agreements or arrangements with us and who are not subject to a lock-up agreement with the underwriters to sell shares prior to the expiration of the restrictive provisions contained in those market standoff agreements or arrangements.

        Based on shares outstanding as of June 30, 2016, holders of up to approximately 32,555,652 shares, or 85%, of our common stock after this offering (assuming no exercise of the underwriters' option to purchase additional shares), will have rights to require us to file registration statements covering the sale of such shares or to include such shares in registration statements that we may file for ourselves or other stockholders. We also intend to register the offer and sale of all shares of common stock that we may issue under our equity compensation plans.

        The market price of our Class A common stock could decline as a result of the sale of substantial blocks of our common stock into the public market after this offering, or the perception that such sales might occur.

Insiders will continue to have substantial control over our company after this offering, including as a result of the dual class structure of our common stock, which could limit your ability to influence the outcome of key decisions, including a change of control.

        Our Class B common stock has ten votes per share, and our Class A common stock, which is the stock we are offering in our initial public offering, has one vote per share. Stockholders who hold shares of Class B common stock, including our executive officers, employees, and directors and their affiliates, will together hold approximately 99% of the voting power of our outstanding capital stock following our initial public offering (assuming no exercise of the underwriters' option to purchase

37


Table of Contents

additional shares). Because of the ten-to-one voting ratio between our Class B and Class A common stock, the holders of our Class B common stock collectively will continue to control a majority of the combined voting power of our common stock and therefore be able to control all matters submitted to our stockholders for approval so long as the shares of Class B common stock represent at least 9.1% of all outstanding shares of our Class A and Class B common stock. This concentrated control will limit or preclude your ability to influence corporate matters for the foreseeable future. These stockholders will be able to influence or control matters requiring approval by our stockholders, including the election of directors and the approval of mergers, acquisitions or other extraordinary transactions. Their interests may differ from yours and they may vote in a manner that is adverse to your interests. This ownership concentration may deter, delay or prevent a change of control of our company, deprive our stockholders of an opportunity to receive a premium for their common stock as part of a sale of our company and may ultimately affect the market price of our common stock.

        Future transfers by holders of Class B common stock will generally result in those shares converting to Class A common stock, subject to limited exceptions, such as transfers effected for estate planning or charitable purposes. The conversion of Class B common stock to Class A common stock will have the effect, over time, of increasing the relative voting power of those holders of Class B common stock who retain their shares in the long term. For a description of the dual class structure, see the section captioned "Description of Capital Stock—Anti-Takeover Provisions."

We cannot assure you that an active trading market for our Class A common stock will develop or, if developed, that any such market will be sustained, and we cannot predict the market price at which our Class A common stock will trade in the future.

        We cannot assure you that an active trading market for our Class A common stock will develop or, if developed, that any such market will be sustained. The initial public offering price of our Class A common stock will be determined by negotiations with the underwriters and may not bear any relationship to the market price at which our Class A common stock will trade after this offering or to any other established criteria of the value of our business. We cannot predict the market price at which our Class A common stock will trade in the future.

We have broad discretion in the use of net proceeds that we receive in this offering and we may not use them effectively.

        We currently intend to use a significant portion of the net proceeds from this offering for general corporate purposes, including working capital, funding the expansion of our business, including expanding our sales and marketing programs, and making investments in our technology and development teams to support the development of new applications and features for, and enhancements of, our platform. We may also use a portion of the net proceeds from this offering for the acquisition of, or investment in, technologies or businesses that complement our business, although we have no present commitments or agreements to enter into any such acquisitions or make any investments. Our management will have broad discretion in the application of the net proceeds, including possible acquisitions of, or investments in, businesses or technologies. The failure by our management to apply these funds effectively could harm our business, financial condition and operating results.

The requirements of being a public company may strain our resources, divert our management's attention and affect our ability to attract and retain qualified board members.

        As a public company, we will be subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, and will be required to comply with the applicable requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, the listing requirements of NASDAQ, and other applicable securities rules and regulations. Compliance with these rules and regulations will

38


Table of Contents

increase our legal and financial compliance costs, make some activities more difficult, time-consuming or costly and increase demand on our systems and resources. Among other things, the Exchange Act requires that we file annual, quarterly and current reports with respect to our business and operating results and maintain effective disclosure controls and procedures and internal controls over financial reporting. Significant resources and management oversight will be required to maintain and, if required, improve our disclosure controls and procedures and internal controls over financial reporting to meet this standard. As a result, management's attention may be diverted from other business concerns, which could harm our business and operating results. Although we have already hired additional employees to comply with these requirements, we may need to hire even more employees in the future, which will increase our costs and expenses.

        We also expect that being a public company and these new rules and regulations will make it more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance, and we may be required to accept reduced coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain coverage. These factors could also make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified members of our board of directors, particularly to serve on our audit committee and compensation committee, and qualified executive officers.

If we fail to maintain or implement effective internal controls, we may not be able to report financial results accurately or on a timely basis, or to detect fraud, which could have a material adverse effect on our business and the per share price of our common stock.

        The Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires, among other things, that we maintain effective disclosure controls and procedures, and internal control over financial reporting. We are continuing to develop and refine our disclosure controls and other procedures that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by us in the reports that we will file with the SEC is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in SEC rules and forms. We are also continuing to improve our internal control over financial reporting. We have expended, and anticipate that we will continue to expend, significant resources in order to maintain and improve the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting.

        Our current controls and any new controls that we develop may become inadequate because of changes in conditions in our business, including increased complexity resulting from our international expansion. Further, weaknesses in our disclosure controls or our internal control over financial reporting may be discovered in the future. Any failure to develop or maintain effective controls, or any difficulties encountered in their implementation or improvement, could harm our operating results or cause us to fail to meet our reporting obligations and may result in a restatement of our financial statements for prior periods. Any failure to implement and maintain effective internal control over financial reporting could also adversely affect the results of management reports and independent registered public accounting firm audits of our internal control over financial reporting that we will eventually be required to include in our periodic reports that will be filed with the SEC. Ineffective disclosure controls and procedures, and internal control over financial reporting could also cause investors to lose confidence in our reported financial and other information, which would likely have a negative effect on the market price of our common stock. In addition, if we are unable to continue to meet these requirements, we may not be able to remain listed on NASDAQ.

        We are not currently required to comply with the SEC rules that implement Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, and are therefore not required to make a formal assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting for that purpose. Upon becoming a public company, we will be required to provide an annual management report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting commencing with our second annual report on Form 10-K. Our independent registered public accounting firm is not required to audit the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting until after we are no longer an "emerging growth company," as defined in the JOBS Act. At such time, our independent registered public accounting firm may issue a report that is adverse

39


Table of Contents

in the event it is not satisfied with the level at which our internal control over financial reporting is documented, designed or operating.

        Any failure to maintain effective disclosure controls and internal control over financial reporting could have a material and adverse effect on our business and operating results, and cause a decline in the market price of our common stock.

We are an "emerging growth company" and we cannot be certain if the reduced disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies will make our common stock less attractive to investors.

        For so long as we remain an "emerging growth company" as defined in the JOBS Act, we may take advantage of exemptions from various requirements that are applicable to public companies that are not "emerging growth companies," including not being required to comply with the independent auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. We may take advantage of these exemptions for so long as we are an "emerging growth company," which could be as long as five full fiscal years following the completion of this offering. Investors may find our common stock less attractive because we rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our common stock less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our common stock, and our stock price may be more volatile and may decline.

        In addition, Section 107 of the JOBS Act also provides that an "emerging growth company" can take advantage of an extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards. However, we chose to "opt out" of such extended transition period, and as a result, we will comply with new or revised accounting standards on the relevant dates adoption of such standards is required for non-emerging growth companies. Our decision to opt out of the extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards is irrevocable.

If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or reports about our business, or publish inaccurate or unfavorable research reports about our business, our share price and trading volume could decline.

        The trading market for our Class A common stock will partially depend on the research and reports that securities or industry analysts publish about us or our business. We do not have any control over these analysts. If one or more of the analysts who cover us should downgrade our shares or change their opinion of our business prospects, our share price would likely decline. If one or more of these analysts ceases coverage of our company or fails to regularly publish reports on us, we could lose visibility in the financial markets, which could cause our share price or trading volume to decline.

Our charter documents and Delaware law could discourage takeover attempts and other corporate governance changes.

        Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws that will be in effect upon completion of this offering, each of which we will submit to our pre-IPO stockholders for approval in connection with this offering, contain provisions that could delay or prevent a change in control of our company. These provisions could also make it difficult for stockholders to elect directors that are not nominated by the current members of our board of directors or take other corporate actions, including effecting changes in our management. These provisions include the following provisions:

40


Table of Contents

        In addition, as a Delaware corporation, we are subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law. These provisions may prohibit large stockholders, in particular those owning 15% or more of our outstanding voting stock, from merging or combining with us for a period of time.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will be the exclusive forum for substantially all disputes between us and our stockholders, which could limit our stockholders' ability to choose other forums for disputes with us or our directors, officers or employees.

        Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware shall be the sole and exclusive forum for: (1) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf; (2) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty by any of our directors, officers, employees or our stockholders owed to us or our stockholders; (3) any action asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the Delaware General Corporation Law, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or our amended and restated bylaws, or as to which the Delaware General Corporation Law confers jurisdiction on the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware; or (4) any action asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine. This choice of forum provision may limit a stockholder's ability to bring a claim in other judicial forums for disputes with us or our directors, officers or other employees, which may discourage lawsuits against us and our directors, officers and other employees in jurisdictions other than Delaware. Alternatively, if a court were to find the choice of forum provision contained in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation to be inapplicable or unenforceable in an action, we may incur additional costs associated with resolving such action in other jurisdictions, which could have a material adverse effect our business, financial condition or results of operations.

41


Table of Contents


SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

        This prospectus contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of the federal securities laws, which statements involve substantial risks and uncertainties. Forward-looking statements generally relate to future events or our future financial or operating performance. In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements because they contain words such as "may," "will," "should," "expects," "plans," "anticipates," "could," "intends," "target," "projects," "contemplates," "believes," "estimates," "predicts," "potential" or "continue" or the negative of these words or other similar terms or expressions that concern our expectations, strategy, plans or intentions. Forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus include, but are not limited to, statements about:

        We have based the forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus primarily on our current expectations and projections about future events and trends that we believe may affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, prospects, business strategy and financial needs. The outcome of the events described in these forward-looking statements is subject to risks, uncertainties,

42


Table of Contents

assumptions and other factors described in the section captioned "Risk Factors" and elsewhere in this prospectus. These risks are not exhaustive. Other sections of this prospectus include additional factors that could adversely impact our business and financial performance. Moreover, we operate in a very competitive and rapidly changing environment. New risks and uncertainties emerge from time to time and it is not possible for us to predict all risks and uncertainties that could have an impact on the forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus. We cannot assure you that the results, events and circumstances reflected in the forward-looking statements will be achieved or occur, and actual results, events or circumstances could differ materially from those described in the forward-looking statements.

        In addition, statements that "we believe" and similar statements reflect our beliefs and opinions on the relevant subject. These statements are based upon information available to us as of the date of this prospectus, and while we believe such information forms a reasonable basis for such statements, such information may be limited or incomplete, and our statements should not be read to indicate that we have conducted an exhaustive inquiry into, or review of, all potentially available relevant information. These statements are inherently uncertain and investors are cautioned not to unduly rely upon these statements.

        You should read this prospectus and the documents that we reference in this prospectus and have filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part with the understanding that our actual future results, levels of activity, performance and achievements may be materially different from what we expect. We qualify all of our forward-looking statements by these cautionary statements.

        The forward-looking statements made in this prospectus relate only to events as of the date on which such statements are made. We undertake no obligation to update any forward-looking statements after the date of this prospectus or to conform such statements to actual results or revised expectations, except as required by law.

43


Table of Contents


MARKET, INDUSTRY AND OTHER DATA

        Unless otherwise indicated, information contained in this prospectus concerning our industry and the markets in which we operate, including our general expectations and market position, market opportunity and market size, is based on reports from various sources, including those set forth below, assumptions that we have made based on such data and our knowledge of the market for our platform. Because this information involves a number of assumptions and limitations, you are cautioned not to give undue weight to such information. The content of the below sources, except to the extent specifically set forth in this prospectus, does not constitute a portion of this prospectus and is not incorporated herein.

        In addition, projections, assumptions, and estimates of our future performance and the future performance of the industry in which we operate are necessarily subject to a high degree of uncertainty and risk due to a variety of factors, including those described in the section captioned "Risk Factors" and elsewhere in this prospectus. These and other factors could cause results to differ materially from those expressed in the estimates made by third parties and by us.

44


Table of Contents


USE OF PROCEEDS

        We estimate that the net proceeds to us from the sale of shares of our Class A common stock in this offering will be approximately $61.1 million, based upon the assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full, we estimate that the net proceeds to be received by us and/or the selling stockholders will be approximately $70.9 million, after deducting underwriting discounts, commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares of our Class A common stock by the selling stockholders.

        A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share would increase (decrease) the net proceeds that we receive from this offering by approximately $4.3 million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Similarly, each increase (decrease) of 1.0 million in the number of shares offered by us would increase (decrease) the net proceeds that we receive from this offering by approximately $14.0 million, assuming that the assumed initial public offering price remains the same and after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

        We currently intend to use a significant portion of the net proceeds from this offering for general corporate purposes, including working capital, funding the expansion of our business, including expanding our sales and marketing programs, and making investments in our technology and development teams to support the development of new applications and features for, and enhancements of, our platform. We may also use a portion of the net proceeds from this offering for the acquisition of, or investment in, technologies or businesses that complement our business, although we have no present commitments or agreements to enter into any such acquisitions or make any such investments.

        On March 30, 2016, we paid off all remaining principal and interest due under our previous 2015 credit facility. Pursuant to the terms of this facility, upon the occurrence of our initial public offering, we remain obligated to pay the lenders a fee of $750,000. We intend to satisfy this obligation with the net proceeds to us from this offering.

        We will have broad discretion over the uses of the net proceeds from this offering and investors will be relying on the judgement of our management regarding the application of the net proceeds from this offering. Pending the use of proceeds from this offering as described above, we plan to invest the net proceeds that we receive in this offering in short-term and long-term interest-bearing obligations, including government- and investment-grade debt securities and money market funds.

45


Table of Contents


DIVIDEND POLICY

        We have never declared or paid cash dividends on our capital stock. We currently intend to retain any future earnings for use in the operation of our business and do not intend to declare or pay any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Any further determination to pay dividends on our capital stock will be at the discretion of our board of directors, subject to applicable laws, and will depend on our financial condition, results of operations, capital requirements, general business conditions, and other factors that our board of directors considers relevant. In addition, the terms of our credit facility contains restrictions on our ability to pay dividends. For further information regarding our credit facility, see the sections captioned "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Credit Facility," "Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business and Industry—Our credit facility contains operating and financial covenants that restrict our business and financing activities," and the notes to our audited consolidated financial statements in this prospectus.

46


Table of Contents


CAPITALIZATION

        The following table sets forth cash and our capitalization as of June 30, 2016 on:

47


Table of Contents

 
  As of June 30, 2016  
 
  Actual   Pro Forma   Pro Forma
As Adjusted (1)
 
 
  (in thousands, except share and per share data)
 

Cash

  $ 37,610   $ 37,610   $ 99,712  

Long-term debt, net of current portion

  $ 56,623   $ 56,623   $ 56,623  

Convertible preferred stock warrant liabilities

    7,943          

Convertible preferred stock, $0.000001 par value; 80,021,127 shares authorized, 66,235,964 shares issued and outstanding actual; no shares authorized, issued and outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

    83,241          

Stockholders' equity (deficit):

                   

Preferred stock, $0.000001 par value; no shares authorized, issued and outstanding, actual; 100,000,000 shares authorized, no shares issued and outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

             

Common stock, $0.000001 par value, 142,000,000 shares authorized, 11,035,426 shares issued and outstanding, actual; no shares authorized, issued and outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

             

Class A common stock, $0.000001 par value; no shares authorized, issued and outstanding, actual; 1,000,000,000 shares authorized, no shares issued and outstanding, pro forma; 1,000,000,000 shares authorized, 4,666,667 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted

             

Class B common stock, $0.000001 par value; no shares authorized, issued and outstanding, actual; 95,000,000 shares authorized, 33,560,152 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma; 95,000,000 shares authorized, 33,560,152 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted

             

Additional paid-in capital

    452     91,636     152,736  

Accumulated deficit

    (28,742 )   (28,742 )   (29,492 )

Total stockholders' equity (deficit)

    (28,290 )   62,894     123,244  

Total capitalization

  $ 119,517   $ 119,517   $ 179,867  

(1)
A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of our Class A common stock of $15.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) the pro forma as adjusted amount of cash, and cash equivalents, additional paid-in capital, total stockholders' equity and total capitalization by approximately $4.3 million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We may also increase or decrease the number of shares we are offering. Each increase (decrease) of 1.0 million in the number of shares offered by us would increase (decrease) the pro forma as adjusted amount of cash, and cash equivalents, additional paid-in capital, total stockholders' equity and total capitalization by approximately $14.0 million, assuming that the assumed initial public offering price remains the same and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

48


Table of Contents

        The pro forma as adjusted column in the table above excludes the following, in each case as of June 30, 2016:

49


Table of Contents


DILUTION

        If you invest in our Class A common stock in this offering, your interest will be immediately diluted to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per share of our Class A common stock in this offering and the net tangible book value per share of our common stock after this offering. As of June 30, 2016, we had a historical net tangible book value of $51.6 million, or $4.67 per share of common stock. Our net tangible book value represents total tangible assets less total liabilities, all divided by the number of shares of common stock outstanding on such date. Our pro forma net tangible book value at June 30, 2016, before giving effect to this offering, was $59.5 million, or $1.77 per share of our common stock. Pro forma net tangible book value, before the issuance and sale of shares in this offering, gives effect to:

        After giving effect to the sale of 4,666,667 shares of Class A common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us and the payment by us of the $750,000 fee that we are obligated to pay to the lenders of our previous 2015 credit facility in connection with this offering, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value at June 30, 2016 would have been approximately $122.1 million, or $3.19 per share. This represents an immediate increase in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value of $1.42 per share to existing stockholders and an immediate dilution of $11.81 per share to new investors. The following table illustrates this per share dilution:

Assumed initial public offering price per share

        $ 15.00  

Historical net tangible book value per share as of June 30, 2016

  $ 4.67        

Pro forma decrease in net tangible book value per share

    (2.90 )      

Pro forma net tangible book value per share as of June 30, 2016

    1.77        

Increase in pro forma net tangible book value per share attributable to new investors

    1.42        

Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering

                   3.19  

Dilution per share to investors in this offering

        $ 11.81  

        A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of our Class A common stock of $15.00 per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease), our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering by $0.11, and would increase (decrease) dilution per share to new investors in this offering by $0.89, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of

50


Table of Contents

this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Similarly, each increase (decrease) of 1.0 million shares in the number of shares offered by us would increase (decrease) our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering by approximately $0.28 per share and decrease (increase) the dilution to new investors by approximately $0.28 per share, assuming that the assumed initial public offering price remains the same, and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

        If the underwriters fully exercise their option to purchase additional shares and all such shares are sold by the Company, pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value after this offering would increase to approximately $0.19 per share, and there would be an immediate dilution of approximately $0.19 per share to investors in this offering.

        To the extent that outstanding options with an exercise price per share that is less than the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share, before giving effect to the issuance and sale of shares in this offering, are exercised, new investors will experience further dilution. In addition, we may choose to raise additional capital due to market conditions or strategic considerations even if we believe we have sufficient funds for our current or future operating plans. To the extent that we raise additional capital through the sale of equity or convertible debt securities, the issuance of these securities could result in further dilution to our stockholders.

        The following table shows, as of June 30, 2016, on a pro forma as adjusted basis, after giving effect to the pro forma adjustments described above, the number of shares of common stock purchased from us, the total consideration paid to us and the average price paid per share by existing stockholders and by new investors purchasing Class A common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share, before deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us (in thousands, except per share amounts and percentages):

 
   
   
  Total
Consideration
   
 
 
  Shares Purchased    
 
 
  Average
Price
Per Share
 
 
  Number   Percent   Amount   Percent  

Existing stockholders

    33,560     88 % $ 86,676     55 % $ 2.58  

New investors

    4,667     12     70,000     45     15.00  

Total

    38,227     100 % $ 156,676     100 % $ 4.10  

        Sales by the selling stockholders in this offering will cause the number of shares held by existing stockholders to be reduced to 32,860,152 shares, or 86% of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering, and will increase the number of shares held by new investors to 5,366,667 shares, or 14% of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering, assuming that the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full and that the selling stockholders sell all of such shares to the underwriters.

        The above table and discussion include no shares of Class A common stock and 33,560,152 shares of Class B common stock (in each case, on an as-converted basis) outstanding as of June 30, 2016 and exclude, in each case as of June 30, 2016:

51


Table of Contents

52


Table of Contents


SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

        The selected consolidated statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015 and the selected consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2014 and 2015 are derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected consolidated statements of operations data for the six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2016 and the selected consolidated balance sheet data as of June 30, 2016 are derived from our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements were prepared on a basis consistent with that used to prepare our audited annual consolidated financial statements and include, in the opinion of management, all adjustments, consisting of normal recurring items, necessary for the fair statement of the condensed consolidated financial statements.

        You should read this data together with our audited consolidated financial statements and related notes, as well as the information under the caption "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" in this prospectus. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of our future results, and results for any interim period below are not necessarily indicative of results for the full year.

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
  Six Months
Ended
June 30,
 
 
  2014   2015   2015   2016  
 
  (in thousands, except per share data)
 

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:

                         

Revenue

  $ 44,548   $ 113,836   $ 42,410   $ 77,560  

Operating expenses (1) :

                         

Platform operations

    12,559     22,967     9,642     16,195  

Sales and marketing

    14,590     26,794     11,692     19,682  

Technology and development

    7,250     12,819     5,096     10,402  

General and administrative

    9,385     13,276     5,177     12,851  

Total operating expenses

    43,784     75,856     31,607     59,130  

Income from operations

    764     37,980     10,803     18,430  

Total other expense, net

    1,707     8,125     1,436     6,524  

Income (loss) before income taxes

    (943 )   29,855     9,367     11,906  

Provision for (benefit from) income taxes

    (948 )   13,926     3,693     5,348  

Net income

  $ 5   $ 15,929   $ 5,674   $ 6,558  

Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders (2)

  $   $ 8,764   $ 5,470   $ (40,651 )

Earnings (loss) per share—basic (2) :

  $   $ 0.85   $ 0.54   $ (3.74 )

Earnings (loss) per share—diluted (2)

  $   $ 0.39   $ 0.15   $ (3.74 )

Pro forma earnings per share—basic (2)

        $ 0.68         $ 0.34  

Pro forma earnings per share—diluted (2)

        $ 0.60         $ 0.30  

Non-GAAP Financial and Operating Data:

                         

Adjusted EBITDA (3)

  $ 5,683   $ 39,159   $ 11,105   $ 20,073  

Gross spend (4)

  $ 211,266   $ 552,325   $ 200,013   $ 404,815  

Gross billings (5)

  $ 201,804   $ 529,975   $ 192,990   $ 389,245  

53


Table of Contents

 
  As of December 31,    
 
 
  As of
June 30,
2016
 
 
  2014   2015  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

                   

Cash

  $ 17,315   $ 4,047   $ 37,610  

Accounts receivable, net

    78,364     191,943     236,737  

Total assets

    102,238     210,231     294,951  

Accounts payable

    58,293     108,461     164,296  

Long-term debt, net of current portion

    16,493     45,918     56,623  

Total liabilities

    80,372     171,885     240,000  

Convertible preferred stock

    27,997     24,204     83,241  

Total stockholders' equity (deficit)

    (6,131 )   14,142     (28,290 )

(1)
Includes stock-based compensation expense as follows:

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
  Six Months
Ended June 30,
 
 
  2014   2015   2015   2016  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Platform operations

  $ 14   $ 71   $ 17   $ 39  

Sales and marketing

    50     127     54     117  

Technology and development

    909     85     29     114  

General and administrative

    3,572     91     35     122  

Total

  $ 4,545   $ 374   $ 135   $ 392  

    See Note 11 to our audited consolidated financial statements and Note 8 to our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements in this prospectus for more information regarding stock-based compensation expense.

(2)
See Note 3 to our audited consolidated financial statements and Note 3 to our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements in this prospectus for more information regarding earnings (loss) per share—basic and diluted and pro forma earnings per share—basic and diluted.

(3)
In addition to our results determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, or GAAP, we believe that Adjusted EBITDA, a non-GAAP measure, is useful in evaluating our business. The following table presents a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net income for each of the periods indicated:

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
  Six Months
Ended June 30,
 
 
  2014   2015   2015   2016  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Net income

  $ 5   $ 15,929   $ 5,674   $ 6,558  

Add back (deduct):

                         

Depreciation and amortization expense

    680     1,828     693     1,653  

Stock-based compensation expense

    4,545     374     135     392  

Interest expense

    843     1,141     421     1,317  

Change in fair value of preferred stock warrant liabilities

    558     5,961     489     4,805  

Provision for (benefit from) income taxes

    (948 )   13,926     3,693     5,348  

Adjusted EBITDA

  $ 5,683   $ 39,159   $ 11,105   $ 20,073  

    We use Adjusted EBITDA as a measure of operational efficiency to understand and evaluate our core business operations. We believe that Adjusted EBITDA is useful to investors for period to period comparisons of our core business. Accordingly, we believe Adjusted EBITDA provides useful information to investors and others in understanding and evaluating our operating results in the same manner as our management and board of directors.

54


Table of Contents

    Our use of Adjusted EBITDA has limitations as an analytical tool, and you should not consider it in isolation or as a substitute for analysis of our financial results as reported under GAAP. Some of these limitations are as follows:

    although depreciation and amortization expense are non-cash charges, the assets being depreciated and amortized may have to be replaced in the future, and Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect cash capital expenditure requirements for such replacements or for new capital expenditure requirements;

    Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect: (a) changes in, or cash requirements for, our working capital needs; (b) the potentially dilutive impact of stock-based compensation; or (c) tax payments that may represent a reduction in cash available to us; and

    other companies, including companies in our industry, may calculate Adjusted EBITDA or similarly titled measures differently, which reduces its usefulness as a comparative measure.

    Because of these and other limitations, you should consider Adjusted EBITDA along with other GAAP-based financial performance measures, including various cash flow metrics, net income and our GAAP financial results.

(4)
Gross spend includes the value of a client's purchases through the platform plus our platform fee, which is a percentage of a client's purchases through the platform. We review gross spend for internal management purposes to assess market share and scale and to plan for optimal levels of support for our clients. Some companies in our industry report revenue on a gross basis or use similar metrics, so tracking our gross spend allows us to compare our results to the results of those companies. Gross spend does not represent our revenue reported on a GAAP basis. Our gross spend is influenced by the volume and characteristics of bids for advertising inventory won through our platform. We expect our revenue as a percentage of gross spend, which is sometimes referred to as take rate, to fluctuate due to the types of services and features selected by our clients through our platform and certain volume discounts. We track gross spend based on the location of our office servicing the respective clients. Other companies, including companies in our industry, may calculate gross spend or similarly titled measures differently, which reduces its usefulness as a comparative measure.

(5)
Gross billings represents the amount we invoice our clients, net of allowances. As some of our clients have payment relationships directly with advertising inventory suppliers for the amount of advertising inventory the clients purchase through our platform, we do not invoice these clients for this spend, and we only invoice such clients for the data, other services and our platform fee. Accordingly, gross billings are less than gross spend and represent gross spend, less platform discounts and less the value of advertising and data that our clients purchase directly from publishers through our platform. We report revenue on a net basis which represents gross billings net of amounts we pay suppliers for the cost of advertising inventory, data and add-on features. We expect our revenue as a percentage of gross billings to fluctuate due to the types of services and features selected by our clients through our platform and certain volume discounts. We review gross billings for internal management purposes to adequately plan for our working capital needs and monitor collection risk. We track gross billings based on the billing address of the client. In many cases, international clients are serviced from our United States offices resulting in gross billings exceeding gross spend for international clients.

55


Table of Contents


MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

         You should read the following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations together with the consolidated financial statements and the related notes to the consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. In addition to historical financial information, the following discussion contains forward-looking statements that reflect our plans, estimates, beliefs and expectations, and involve risks and uncertainties. Factors that could cause or contribute to these differences include those discussed below and elsewhere in this prospectus, particularly under the captions "Risk Factors" and "Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements."

Overview

        We are a technology company that empowers ad buyers. We provide a self-service platform that enables our clients to purchase and manage data-driven digital advertising campaigns using their own teams. Our platform allows clients to manage integrated advertising campaigns across various advertising formats, including display, video and social, and on a multitude of devices, including computers, mobile devices and connected TV, an approach that we refer to as omnichannel.

        Our company was founded in 2009 by two pioneers of programmatic advertising buying who were motivated to allow buyers of advertising to precisely target audiences with the most relevant and highest performing ads. We commercially launched our platform in May 2011. Since launch, we have also extended our platform to address additional advertising formats. In 2011, approximately 100% of gross spend on our platform was for display advertising compared to 57% in 2015, with the remainder derived from mobile, video and social. We had 137 clients at the beginning of 2014 and we added 121 additional clients (net of any lost clients) during that year. We had 258 clients at the beginning of 2015 and we added 131 additional clients (net of any lost clients) during that year.

        Our clients are the advertising agencies and other service providers for advertisers. By aligning our business with buyers we avoid inherent conflicts of interest that exist when serving both the buy and sell-side, which we believe helps us build trust with our clients. We provide our platform through a self-service, browser based user interface and also enable clients to customize and build their own features and reports on our platform through our application programming interfaces. After adding a client through our sales team or an in-bound request, we teach clients how to use our platform to design and execute advertising campaigns independently.

        We generate revenue by charging our clients a platform fee based on a percentage of a client's total spend on advertising, data and other features through our platform, the total of which we refer to as gross spend. We enter into ongoing master service agreements with our clients as opposed to episodic insertion orders. To further align our interests with those of our clients, we do not buy advertising inventory in order to resell it to our clients for a profit.

        The growing digitization of media and fragmentation of audiences has increased the complexity of advertising, and thereby increased the need for automation in ad buying, which we provide on our platform. In order to grow, we will need to continue to develop our platform's programmatic capabilities and advertising inventory. We believe that key opportunities include our ongoing expansion into video and television ad inventory and continuing development of our data usage and advertising targeting capabilities.

        We believe that our revenue as a percentage of gross spend, which is sometimes referred to as take rate, may fluctuate from period to period due to a number of factors, such as changes in the proportion of spend represented by our larger customers with the lowest platform fees, our clients' use of platform features and volume discounts. We expect that our revenue as a percentage of gross spend will fluctuate and may decrease in the future, especially as we introduce and as our clients select new

56


Table of Contents

platform features, expand our omnichannel capabilities, extend our reach to TV inventory and add additional clients whose businesses may have different underlying business models.

        We believe that growth of the programmatic advertising market is important for our ability to grow our business. Adoption of programmatic advertising by advertisers allows us to acquire new clients and grow revenue from existing clients. Although our clients include some of the largest advertising agencies in the world, we believe there is significant room for us to expand further within these clients and gain a larger amount of their advertising spend through our platform. We also believe that the industry trends noted above will lead to advertisers adopting programmatic advertising through platforms such as ours.

        Similarly, the adoption of programmatic advertising by inventory owners and content providers allows us to expand the volume and type of advertising inventory that we present to our clients. For example, we have expanded our native advertising offerings through our recent integrations with supply-side partners.

        We plan to invest for long-term growth. We anticipate that our operating expenses will increase significantly in the foreseeable future as we invest in platform operations and technology and development to enhance our product features, including programmatic buying of television ad inventory, and in sales and marketing to acquire new clients and reinforce our relationships with existing clients. In addition, we expect to continue making investments in our infrastructure, including our information technology, financial and administrative systems and controls, to support our operations.

        In addition, we believe the markets outside of the United States offer an opportunity for growth, and we intend to make additional investments in sales and marketing and product development to expand in these markets, including China, where we are making significant investments in launching our platform and growing our team. Gross spend on our platform outside the United States was $17 million in 2014 and $36 million in 2015.

        We believe that these investments will contribute to our long-term growth, although they may negatively impact profitability in the near term.

        Our business model has allowed us to grow significantly and achieve profitability. Our revenue was $44.5 million in 2014 and $113.8 million in 2015, representing a year over year increase of 156%. Our net income was $5,000 in 2014 and $15.9 million in 2015, and our Adjusted EBITDA was $5.7 million in 2014 and $39.2 million in 2015. Our revenue was $42.4 million for the six months ended June 30, 2015 and $77.6 million for the six months ended June 30, 2016, representing a period over period increase of 83%. Our net income was $5.7 million for the six months ended June 30, 2015 and $6.6 million for the six months ended June 30, 2016, and our Adjusted EBITDA was $11.1 million for the six months ended June 30, 2015 and $20.1 million for the six months ended June 30, 2016. Adjusted EBITDA is a non-GAAP financial measure. For information on how we compute Adjusted EBITDA, and a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net income on a GAAP basis, see footnote 3 in the section captioned "Selected Consolidated Financial Data."

Factors Affecting Our Performance

        Our recent growth has been driven by expanding our share of spend by our existing clients and adding new clients. Our clients include some of the largest advertising agencies in the world and we believe there is significant room for us to expand further within these clients. As a result, future revenue growth depends upon our ability to retain our existing clients and to gain a larger amount of their advertising spend through our platform.

57


Table of Contents

GRAPHIC

        In order to analyze the contribution to the growth of our business driven by the increase in gross spend from pre-existing clients, we measure annual gross spend for the set of clients, or cohort, that commenced spending on our platform in a specific year relative to subsequent periods. As illustrated in the following chart, the gross spend from each of our cohorts has increased over subsequent periods. Annual gross spend represents the value of a client's purchases through the platform plus our platform fee, which is a percentage of a client's purchases, through the platform, for each year. We believe that the trends reflected above are illustrative of the value of our client base; however, over time we will likely lose clients from each cohort, clients may spend less on our platform and the growth rate of gross spend may change. Any such change could have a significant negative impact on gross spend and operating results.

        We enable the purchase of advertising inventory in a wide variety of formats. Although display advertising represented 57% of our gross spend in 2015, non-display advertising such as mobile, video and social are significant and increasing components of our gross spend. Non-display gross spend increased from approximately $66 million in 2014 to $237 million in 2015 and from $78 million for the first half of 2015 to $198 million for the first half of 2016. Our future growth will depend on our ability to maintain and grow the inventory of, and spend on, other channels. In addition, we believe that our ability to integrate and offer television and digital radio advertising inventory for purchase through our platform, and in particular our ability to manage the increased costs that will accompany these purchases, will impact the future growth of our business.

        Our operating results and prospects will be impacted by the overall adoption of programmatic advertising by inventory owners and content providers, as well as advertisers and the agencies and service providers that represent them. Programmatic advertising has grown rapidly in recent years, and any acceleration, or slowing, of this growth would affect our operating and financial performance. In addition, even if the programmatic advertising market continues to grow at its current rate, our ability to position ourselves within the market will impact the future growth of our business.

58


Table of Contents

        We have recently increased our focus on markets outside the United States to serve the global needs of our clients. We believe that the global opportunity for programmatic advertising is significant, and should continue to expand as publishers and advertisers outside the United States seek to adopt the benefits that programmatic advertising provides. To capitalize on this opportunity, we intend to continue to invest to grow our presence internationally, including in China and Indonesia, where we have not historically operated to date. Our growth and the success of our initiatives in newer markets will depend on the continued adoption of our platform by our existing clients, as well as new clients, in these markets.

        In the advertising industry, companies commonly experience seasonal fluctuations in revenue. For example, many advertisers allocate the largest portion of their budgets to the fourth quarter of the calendar year in order to coincide with increased holiday purchasing. Historically, the fourth quarter of the year reflects our highest level of advertising activity and the first quarter reflects the lowest level of such activity. We expect our revenue to continue to fluctuate based on seasonal factors that affect the advertising industry as a whole.

Components of Our Results of Operations

        We have one primary business activity and operate in one operating and reportable segment.

        We generate revenue from clients who enter into agreements with us to use our platform to purchase advertising inventory, data and other add-on features.

        We report revenue on a net basis which represents gross billings net of amounts we pay suppliers for the cost of advertising inventory, data and add-on features. Our accounts receivable are recorded at the amount of gross billings to clients, net of allowances, for the amounts we are responsible to collect, and our accounts payable are recorded at the amount payable to suppliers. Accordingly, both accounts receivable and accounts payable appear large in relation to revenue reported on a net basis.

        See "Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates—Revenue Recognition" for a description of our revenue recognition policies.

    Operating Expenses

        We classify our operating expenses into the following four categories:

        Platform Operations.     Platform operations expense consists of expenses related to hosting our platform and providing support to our clients. Platform operations expense includes hosting costs, personnel costs, amortization of capitalized software costs for the development of our platform and allocated overhead. Personnel costs included in platform operations include salaries, bonuses, stock-based compensation, and employee benefit costs, and are primarily attributable to personnel who provide our clients with support using our platform and the network operations group that supports our platform. We capitalize certain costs associated with the development of our platform and amortize these costs in platform operations over their estimated useful lives. We allocate overhead such as information technology infrastructure, rent and occupancy charges based on headcount. Many of the expenses included in platform operations do not increase or decrease proportionately with increases or decreases in our revenue. We expect platform operations expenses to increase in absolute dollars in future periods as we continue to experience increased volumes of transactions through our platform and hire additional personnel to support our clients.

59


Table of Contents

        Sales and Marketing.     Sales and marketing expense consists primarily of personnel costs, including salaries, bonuses, stock-based compensation, employee benefits costs and commission costs for our sales and marketing personnel. Sales and marketing expense also includes costs for market development programs, advertising, promotional and other marketing activities, and allocated overhead. We allocate overhead such as information technology infrastructure, rent and occupancy charges based on headcount. Commissions costs are expensed as incurred.

        Our sales organization focuses on marketing our platform to increase its adoption by existing and new clients. We are also focused on expanding our international business by growing our sales teams in countries in which we currently operate, as well as establishing a presence in additional countries. As a result, we expect sales and marketing expenses to increase in absolute dollars in future periods. Sales and marketing expense as a percentage of revenue may fluctuate from period to period based on revenue levels and the timing of our investments in our sales and marketing functions as these investments may vary in scope and scale over periods and are impacted by the revenue seasonality in our industry and business.

        Technology and Development.     Our technology and development expense consists primarily of personnel costs, including salaries, bonuses, stock-based compensation and employee benefits costs, third party consultant costs associated with the ongoing development and maintenance of our platform, amortization of capitalized third party software used in the development of our platform and allocated overhead. We allocate overhead such as information technology infrastructure, rent and occupancy charges based on headcount. Technology and development costs are expensed as incurred, except to the extent that such costs are associated with software development that qualifies for capitalization, which are then recorded as capitalized software development costs included in other assets, non-current on our consolidated balance sheet. We amortize capitalized software development costs relating to our platform to platform operations expense.

        We believe that continued investment in our platform is critical to attaining our strategic objectives and long-term growth. We therefore expect technology and development expense to increase as we continue to invest in the development of our platform to support additional features and functions, increase the number of advertising and data inventory suppliers and ramp up the volume of advertising spending on our platform. Our development efforts also include additional platform functionality to support our international expansion. We also intend to invest in technology to further automate our business processes.

        General and Administrative.     Our general and administrative expense consists primarily of personnel costs, including salaries, bonuses, stock-based compensation, and employee benefits costs associated with our executive, finance, legal, human resources, compliance, and other administrative personnel, as well as accounting and legal professional services fees, bad debt expense and allocated overhead. We allocate overhead such as information technology infrastructure, rent and occupancy charges based on headcount.

        We expect to continue to invest in corporate infrastructure and incur additional expenses associated with the transition to and operation as a public company, including increased legal and accounting costs, investor relations costs, higher insurance premiums and compliance costs associated with developing the requisite infrastructure required for internal controls. As a result, we expect general and administrative expenses to increase in absolute dollars in future periods.

    Other Expense, Net

        Interest Expense.     Interest expense is mainly related to our debt, which carries a variable interest rate.

60


Table of Contents

        Change in Fair Value of Convertible Preferred Stock Warrant Liabilities.     As of June 30, 2016, we had two outstanding warrants to purchase shares of our convertible preferred stock. These convertible preferred stock warrants are subject to re-measurement at each balance sheet date, and any change in fair value is recognized as a component of other expense, net. In connection with the closing of this offering, the warrants will convert into warrants to purchase shares of common stock. We will no longer be required to re-measure the value of any converted common stock warrants after this offering, and therefore, no further charges or credits related to such warrants will be made to other expense, net.

        Foreign Currency Exchange Loss, Net.     Foreign currency exchange loss, net consists primarily of gains and losses on foreign currency transactions. We have foreign currency exposure related to our accounts receivable and, to a much lesser extent, accounts payable that are denominated in currencies other than the U.S. Dollar, principally the Canadian Dollar, British Pound, the Euro, Singapore Dollar, Indonesian Rupiah, Japanese Yen and Australian Dollar.

    Provision for (Benefit from) Income Taxes

        The provision for (benefit from) income taxes consists primarily of federal, state, and foreign income taxes. Our income tax provision may be significantly affected by changes to our estimates for tax in jurisdictions in which we operate and other estimates utilized in determining the global effective tax rate. Actual results may also differ from our estimates based on changes in economic conditions. Such changes could have a substantial impact on the income tax provision. We reevaluate the judgments surrounding our estimates and make adjustments, as appropriate, each reporting period.

        Our effective tax rate differs from the U.S. federal statutory income tax rate due to state taxes, fair value adjustments associated with our warrant liabilities, federal and foreign tax rate differences, research and development tax credits, non-deductible stock-based compensation and adjustments to our valuation allowance.

        Realization of our deferred tax assets is dependent primarily on the generation of future taxable income. In considering the need for a valuation allowance, we consider our historical, as well as future, projected taxable income along with other objectively verifiable evidence. Objectively verifiable evidence includes our realization of tax attributes, assessment of tax credits and utilization of net operating loss carryforwards during the year.

        In 2014, we released all of our valuation allowance previously established against our U.S. net deferred tax assets of $2.2 million. Our decision to release the valuation allowance on our U.S. deferred tax assets was due to, among other reasons, our three-year cumulative pre-tax income adjusted for permanent items realized in U.S. jurisdictions and significant forecasted U.S. taxable income.

61


Table of Contents

Results of Operations

        The following tables set forth our consolidated results of operations and our consolidated results of operations as a percentage of revenue for the periods presented:

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
  Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
 
  2014   2015   2015   2016  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Revenue

  $ 44,548   $ 113,836   $ 42,410   $ 77,560  

Operating expenses:

                         

Platform operations

    12,559     22,967     9,642     16,195  

Sales and marketing

    14,590     26,794     11,692     19,682  

Technology and development

    7,250     12,819     5,096     10,402  

General and administrative

    9,385     13,276     5,177     12,851  

Total operating expenses

    43,784     75,856     31,607     59,130  

Income from operations

    764     37,980     10,803     18,430  

Total other expense, net

    1,707     8,125     1,436     6,524  

Income (loss) before income taxes

    (943 )   29,855     9,367     11,906  

Provision for (benefit from) income taxes

    (948 )   13,926     3,693     5,348  

Net income

  $ 5   $ 15,929   $ 5,674   $ 6,558  

 

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
  Six Months
Ended
June 30,
 
 
  2014   2015   2015   2016  
 
  (as a percentage of revenue*)
 

Revenue

    100 %   100 %   100 %   100 %

Operating expenses:

                         

Platform operations

    28     20     23     21  

Sales and marketing

    33     24     28     25  

Technology and development

    16     11     12     13  

General and administrative

    21     12     12     17  

Total operating expenses

    98     67     75     76  

Income from operations

    2     33     25     24  

Total other expense, net

    4     7     3     8  

Income (loss) before income taxes

    (2 )   26     22     15  

Provision for (benefit from) income taxes

    (2 )   12     9     7  

Net income

        14 %   13 %   8 %

*
Percentages may not sum due to rounding.

Comparison of the Six Months Ended June 30, 2015 and 2016

    Revenue

 
  Six Months
Ended June 30,
   
   
 
 
  2015   2016   $ Change   % Change  
 
  (in thousands, except percentages)
 

Revenue

  $ 42,410   $ 77,560   $ 35,150     83 %

62


Table of Contents

        The increase in revenue was primarily due to a 102% increase in gross spend on our platform. Gross spend on our platform by existing clients added on or before June 30, 2015 increased by 81% in the aggregate during the six months ended June 30, 2016 over the six months ended June 30, 2015, and these existing clients represented 88% of the total gross spend during the six months ended June 30, 2016. During the six months ended June 30, 2015, 54% of existing clients added on or before June 30, 2014 increased their gross spend on our platform and their average increase in gross spend was approximately $0.8 million. During the six months ended June 30, 2016, 53% of existing clients added on or before June 30, 2015 increased their gross spend on our platform and their average increase in gross spend was approximately $1.2 million. Revenue as a percentage of gross spend in the aggregate may fluctuate from period to period based on our client mix and the extent to which clients utilize our platform's features.

    Platform Operations

 
  Six Months
Ended June 30,
   
   
 
 
  2015   2016   $ Change   % Change  
 
  (in thousands, except percentages)
 

Platform operations

  $ 9,642   $ 16,195   $ 6,553     68 %

Percent of revenue

    23 %   21 %            

        The increase in platform operations expense was primarily due to an increase in hosting costs of $4.5 million and an increase in personnel costs of $1.6 million. The increase in hosting costs was primarily attributable to supporting the increased use of our platform by our clients. The increase in personnel costs was primarily due to an increase in headcount for our client support team.

    Sales and Marketing

 
  Six Months
Ended June 30,
   
   
 
 
  2015   2016   $ Change   % Change  
 
  (in thousands, except percentages)
 

Sales and marketing

  $ 11,692   $ 19,682   $ 7,990     68 %

Percent of revenue

    28 %   25 %            

        The increase in sales and marketing expense was primarily due to an increase in personnel costs of $4.1 million and an increase in marketing expenses of $3.0 million. The increase in personnel costs was primarily due to an increase in sales and marketing headcount in order to support our sales efforts and to continue to develop and maintain relationships with our clients. The increase in marketing expenses was mainly related to our participation in industry events, tradeshows and related public relations activities.

    Technology and Development

 
  Six Months
Ended June 30,
   
   
 
 
  2015   2016   $ Change   % Change  
 
  (in thousands, except percentages)
 

Technology and development

  $ 5,096   $ 10,402   $ 5,306     104 %

Percent of revenue

    12 %   13 %            

        The increase in technology and development expense was primarily due to an increase in personnel costs of $3.6 million and an increase in facilities costs of $1.0 million. The increase in personnel costs was primarily due to an increase in headcount, which reflects our continued hiring of engineers to

63


Table of Contents

maintain and support our technology and development efforts. The increase in facilities costs was due to additional lease costs for premises to support our higher headcount.

    General and Administrative

 
  Six Months
Ended June 30,
   
   
 
 
  2015   2016   $ Change   % Change  
 
  (in thousands, except percentages)
 

General and administrative

  $ 5,177   $ 12,851   $ 7,674     148 %

Percent of revenue

    12 %   17 %            

        The increase in general and administrative expense was primarily due to an increase in personnel costs of $3.2 million, an increase in professional services fees of $2.6 million, and an increase in contractor and temporary staff costs of $1.2 million. The increase in personnel costs, professional services fees, and contractor and temporary staff costs was primarily related to finance and legal services to support our growth and for preparation of an initial public offering.

    Other Expense, Net

 
  Six Months
Ended June 30,
   
 
 
  2015   2016   $ Change  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Interest expense

  $ 421   $ 1,317   $ 896  

Change in fair value of preferred stock warrant liabilities

    489     4,805     4,316  

Foreign currency exchange loss, net

    526     402     (124 )

Total other expense, net

  $ 1,436   $ 6,524   $ 5,088  

        The increase in the fair value of our convertible preferred stock warrant liabilities was primarily due to an increase in the valuation of our preferred stock. The increase in interest expense was primarily attributable to an increase in our debt borrowings and the write-off of deferred debt issuance costs upon extinguishment of our prior debt facility.

    Provision for Income Taxes

 
  Six Months
Ended June 30,
   
 
 
  2015   2016   $ Change  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Provision for income taxes

  $ 3,693   $ 5,348   $ 1,655  

        Our effective income tax rate for the six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2016 was 39.4% and 44.9%, respectively. The increase in the effective income tax rate for the six months ended June 30, 2016 as compared to the corresponding period in 2015 was primary due to higher non-deductible preferred stock warrant expense.

64


Table of Contents

Comparison of the Years Ended December 31, 2014 and 2015

    Revenue

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
   
   
 
 
  2014   2015   $ Change   % Change  
 
  (in thousands, except percentages)
 

Revenue

  $ 44,548   $ 113,836   $ 69,288     156 %

        The increase in revenue was primarily due to a 161% increase in gross spend on our platform. Gross spend on our platform by existing clients added prior to 2015 increased by 135% in the aggregate in 2015, and these existing clients represented 88% of the total gross spend in 2015. In 2014, 57% of existing clients added prior to 2014 increased their gross spend on our platform and their average increase in gross spend was approximately $1.0 million. In 2015, 59% of existing clients added prior to 2015 increased their gross spend on our platform and their average increase in gross spend was approximately $2.0 million. Revenue as a percentage of gross spend in the aggregate may fluctuate from period to period based on our client mix and the extent to which clients utilize our platform's features.

    Platform Operations

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
   
   
 
 
  2014   2015   $ Change   % Change  
 
  (in thousands, except percentages)
 

Platform operations

  $ 12,559   $ 22,967   $ 10,408     83 %

Percent of revenue

    28 %   20 %            

        Platform operations expense in 2015 increased primarily due to increases of $5.7 million in hosting costs and $3.3 million in personnel costs. The increase in hosting costs was primarily attributable to supporting the increased use of our platform by our clients. The increase in personnel costs was primarily due to an increase in headcount for our client support team.

    Sales and Marketing

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
   
   
 
 
  2014   2015   $ Change   % Change  
 
  (in thousands, except percentages)
 

Sales and marketing

  $ 14,590   $ 26,794   $ 12,204     84 %

Percent of revenue

    33 %   24 %            

        The increase in sales and marketing expense in 2015 was primarily due to increases of $9.0 million in personnel costs and $2.5 million in marketing expenses. The increase in personnel costs was primarily due to an increase in sales and marketing headcount in order to support our sales efforts and to continue to develop and maintain relationships with our clients. The increase in marketing expenses was mainly related to our participation in industry events, tradeshows and related public relations activities.

65


Table of Contents

    Technology and Development

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
   
   
 
 
  2014   2015   $ Change   % Change  
 
  (in thousands, except percentages)
 

Technology and development

  $ 7,250   $ 12,819   $ 5,569     77 %

Percent of revenue

    16 %   11 %            

        The increase in technology and development expense in 2015 was primarily due to an increase in personnel costs of $5.6 million which was partially offset by a decrease in stock-based compensation expense of $0.8 million primarily associated with the repurchase of common stock from our founders concurrent with our Series B preferred stock financing in February 2014. The increase in personnel costs was primarily due to an increase in headcount, which reflects our continued hiring of engineers to maintain and support our technology and development efforts. The increase in personnel costs was also partially offset by the amount of software development costs that are capitalized, which were $0.8 million in 2014 and $1.8 million in 2015. The capitalized software development costs were primarily attributable to the development of features and additional platform functionality. These capitalized software development costs are amortized over the estimated useful life of the underlying technology and are included in platform operations expenses.

    General and Administrative

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
   
   
 
 
  2014   2015   $ Change   % Change  
 
  (in thousands, except percentages)
 

General and administrative

  $ 9,385   $ 13,276   $ 3,891     41 %

Percent of revenue

    21 %   12 %            

        The increase in general and administrative expense in 2015 was primarily due to an increase in personnel costs, excluding stock-based compensation, of $3.6 million, an increase in professional services fees of $1.9 million and an increase in bad debt expense of $0.4 million, partially offset by a reduction in stock compensation expense of $3.5 million primarily associated with the repurchase of common stock from our founders, concurrent with our Series B preferred stock financing in February 2014. The increase in personnel costs was primarily due to increased headcount. The increase in headcount and third-party professional services fees was primarily related to finance and legal services to support our growth and for preparation for an initial public offering. The increase in bad debt expense reflected the growth of our client base and increase in our accounts receivable.

    Other Expense, Net

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
   
 
 
  2014   2015   $ Change  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Interest expense

  $ 843   $ 1,141   $ 298  

Change in fair value of preferred stock warrant liabilities

    558     5,961     5,403  

Foreign currency exchange loss, net

    316     1,020     704  

Other (income) expense

    (10 )   3     13  

Total other expense, net

  $ 1,707   $ 8,125   $ 6,418  

66


Table of Contents

        The increase in other expense, net in 2015 primarily related to the increase of $5.4 million in the fair value of our convertible preferred stock warrant liabilities due to the increase in the valuation of our preferred stock from December 31, 2014 to December 31, 2015. In addition, foreign currency exchange losses increased by $0.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 compared to the year ended December 31, 2014 related to increased volume of foreign currency denominated transactions and fluctuations in exchange rates, primarily the Canadian Dollar relative to the U.S. Dollar from January 1, 2015 to December 31, 2015.

    Provision for (Benefit from) Income Taxes

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
   
 
 
  2014   2015   $ Change  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Provision for (benefit from) income taxes

  $ (948 ) $ 13,926   $ 14,874  

        We had an effective income tax benefit of 100.5% in 2014 compared to an effective income tax rate of 46.6% in 2015. The effective tax rate in 2014 of 100.5% versus the federal statutory income tax rate of 34% was primarily due to non-deductible stock based compensation, offset by the release of our valuation allowance in U.S. jurisdictions. The difference between the effective tax rate in 2015 of 46.6% and the federal statutory income tax rate of 35% was mainly due to state taxes, net of federal benefit, and a change in the fair value of our warrant liabilities.

Quarterly Results of Operations

        The following tables set forth our quarterly unaudited consolidated statements of operations data in dollars and as a percentage of revenue for each of the ten quarters in the period ended June 30, 2016. We have prepared the quarterly unaudited consolidated statements of operations data on a basis consistent with the audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. In the opinion of management, the financial information in these tables reflects all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, which management considers necessary for a fair statement of this data. This information should be read together with the audited consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. The results of historical periods are not necessarily indicative of the results for any future period.

 
  Three Months Ended  
 
  Mar 31,
2014
  Jun 30,
2014
  Sept 30,
2014
  Dec 31,
2014
  Mar 31,
2015
  Jun 30,
2015
  Sept 30,
2015
  Dec 31,
2015
  Mar 31,
2016
  Jun 30,
2016
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Revenue

  $ 6,508   $ 8,381   $ 11,187   $ 18,472   $ 17,958   $ 24,452   $ 28,768   $ 42,658   $ 30,378   $ 47,182  

Operating expenses:

                                                             

Platform operations

    2,308     3,096     3,364     3,791     4,521     5,121     5,968     7,357     7,513     8,682  

Sales and marketing

    2,672     3,631     3,640     4,647     4,967     6,725     6,838     8,264     8,431     11,251  

Technology and development

    2,130     1,434     1,578     2,108     2,279     2,817     3,411     4,312     4,639     5,763  

General and administrative

    4,752     1,213     1,522     1,898     2,529     2,648     3,359     4,740     6,399     6,452  

Total operating expenses

    11,862     9,374     10,104     12,444     14,296     17,311     19,576     24,673     26,982     32,148  

Income (loss) from operations

    (5,354 )   (993 )   1,083     6,028     3,662     7,141     9,192     17,985     3,396     15,034  

Total other expense, net

    238     402     365     702     730     706     1,376     5,313     5,264     1,260  

Income (loss) before income taxes

    (5,592 )   (1,395 )   718     5,326     2,932     6,435     7,816     12,672     (1,868 )   13,774  

Provision for (benefit from) income taxes

    3,325     829     (428 )   (4,674 )   1,145     2,548     3,211     7,022     (828 )   6,176  

Net income (loss)

  $ (8,917 ) $ (2,224 ) $ 1,146   $ 10,000   $ 1,787   $ 3,887   $ 4,605   $ 5,650   $ (1,040 ) $ 7,598  

67


Table of Contents

        The following table sets forth our unaudited consolidated results of operations for the specified periods as a percentage of our revenue for those periods.

 
  Three Months Ended  
 
  Mar 31,
2014
  Jun 30,
2014
  Sept 30,
2014
  Dec 31,
2014
  Mar 31,
2015
  Jun 30,
2015
  Sept 30,
2015
  Dec 31,
2015
  Mar 31,
2016
  Jun 30,
2016
 
 
  (as a percentage of revenue*)
 

Revenue

    100 %   100 %   100 %   100 %   100 %   100 %   100 %   100 %   100 %   100 %

Operating expenses:

                                                             

Platform operations

    35     37     30     21     25     21     21     17     25     18  

Sales and marketing

    41     43     33     25     28     28     24     19     28     24  

Technology and development

    33     17     14     11     13     12     12     10     15     12  

General and administrative

    73     14     14     10     14     11     12     11     21     14  

Total operating expenses

    182     112     90     67     80     71     68     58     89     68  

Income (loss) from operations

    (82 )   (12 )   10     33     20     29     32     42     11     32  

Total other expense, net

    4     5     3     4     4     3     5     12     17     3  

Income (loss) before income taxes

    (86 )   (17 )   6     29     16     26     27     30     (6 )   29  

Provision for (benefit from) income taxes

    51     10     (4 )   (25 )   6     10     11     16     (3 )   13  

Net income (loss)

    (137 )%   (27 )%   10 %   54 %   10 %   16 %   16 %   13 %   (3 )%   16 %

*
Percentages may not sum due to rounding.

        The following table presents a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net income (loss), the most directly comparable financial measure calculated in accordance with GAAP. For more information as to the limitations of using non-GAAP measurements, see footnote 3 in the section captioned "Selected Consolidated Financial Data."

 
  Three Months Ended  
 
  Mar 31,
2014
  Jun 30,
2014
  Sept 30,
2014
  Dec 31,
2014
  Mar 31,
2015
  Jun 30,
2015
  Sept 30,
2015
  Dec 31,
2015
  Mar 31,
2016
  Jun 30,
2016
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Net income (loss)

  $ (8,917 ) $ (2,224 ) $ 1,146   $ 10,000   $ 1,787   $ 3,887   $ 4,605   $ 5,650   $ (1,040 ) $ 7,598  

Add back (deduct):

                                                             

Depreciation and amortization expense

    96     146     161     277     323     370     430     705     819     834  

Stock-based compensation expense

    4,450     26     32     37     56     79     116     123     159     233  

Interest expense

    165     128     137     413     194     227     295     425     835     482  

Change in fair value of preferred stock warrant liabilities

    44     201     152     161     155     334     673     4,799     4,383     422  

Provision for (benefit from) income taxes

    3,325     829     (428 )   (4,674 )   1,145     2,548     3,211     7,022     (828 )   6,176  

Adjusted EBITDA

  $ (837 ) $ (894 ) $ 1,200   $ 6,214   $ 3,660   $ 7,445   $ 9,330   $ 18,724   $ 4,328   $ 15,745  

        The following table summarizes the gross spend and gross billings for the periods presented. For a definition of gross spend and gross billings, see footnotes 4 and 5 of the section captioned "Selected Consolidated Financial Data" above.

 
  Three Months Ended  
 
  Mar 31,
2014
  Jun 30,
2014
  Sept 30,
2014
  Dec 31,
2014
  Mar 31,
2015
  Jun 30,
2015
  Sept 30,
2015
  Dec 31,
2015
  Mar 31,
2016
  Jun 30,
2016
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Gross spend

  $ 31,617   $ 40,755   $ 52,859   $ 86,035   $ 83,154   $ 116,859   $ 137,066   $ 215,246   $ 162,279   $ 242,536  

Gross billings

    29,547     38,660     50,441     83,156     80,266     112,724     131,399     205,586     155,724     233,521  

68


Table of Contents

        Over the periods presented, we have experienced a growth trend in gross spend, gross billings and revenue subject to the seasonal factors described in "Factors Affecting Our Performance—Seasonality." The results for the three months ended March 31, 2014 included compensation expense resulting from the repurchase of common stock from our founders as described in our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The absolute increase in general and administrative expense during the three months ended September 30, 2015, December 31, 2015 and March 31, 2016, as well as the sequential increase in general and administrative expense as a percentage of revenue for the three months ended March 31, 2016, was primarily related to the increased headcount and third-party finance and legal services to support our growth and for preparation of an initial public offering. While we may experience revenue seasonality which drives quarterly fluctuations in our costs as a percentage of revenue period to period, we generally expect that over the long term, operating expenses as a percentage of revenue will decline due to the leverage inherent in our business model. The increases in the other expense, net during the three months ended December 31, 2015 and March 31, 2016 primarily related to the increase in the fair value of our convertible preferred stock warrant liabilities due to the increases in the valuations of our preferred stock. Furthermore, during the three months ended December 31, 2014, we released the valuation allowance of $2.2 million on our deferred tax assets due to, among other reasons, three years of cumulative pre-tax income adjusted for permanent items realized in U.S. jurisdictions, and significant forecasted U.S. taxable income.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

        We have financed our operations and capital expenditures primarily through sales of convertible preferred stock, incurrence of debt and cash generated from operations. Between our inception in November 2009 and June 30, 2016, we generated aggregate proceeds of $88 million from the sale of convertible preferred stock and used an aggregate of $59 million to purchase shares of our capital stock. At June 30, 2016, we had cash of $37.6 million and net working capital, consisting of current assets less current liabilities, of $105.4 million.

        We believe our existing cash and cash flow from operations, together with the proceeds from this offering and our undrawn balance under our credit facility will be sufficient to meet our working capital requirements for at least the next 12 months. Our future capital requirements and the adequacy of available funds will depend on many factors, including those set forth under "Risk Factors."

        In the future, we may attempt to raise additional capital through the sale of equity securities or through equity-linked or debt financing arrangements. If we raise additional funds by issuing equity or equity-linked securities, the ownership of our existing stockholders will be diluted. If we raise additional financing by the incurrence of additional indebtedness, we may be subject to increased fixed payment obligations and could also be subject to additional restrictive covenants, such as limitations on our ability to incur additional debt, and other operating restrictions that could adversely impact our ability to conduct our business. Any future indebtedness we incur may result in terms that could be unfavorable to equity investors.

        There can be no assurances that we will be able to raise additional capital. The inability to raise capital would adversely affect our ability to achieve our business objectives. In addition, if our operating performance during the next 12 months is below our expectations, our liquidity and ability to operate our business could be adversely affected.

    Revolving Credit Facility

        In March 2016, we entered into an asset-based senior secured credit facility with a syndicate led by Citibank, N.A., pursuant to which we may incur up to $125.0 million aggregate principal amount of revolver borrowings. Under certain circumstances, the available revolver borrowings may be increased by an additional $50.0 million. The amount of borrowing availability under the credit facility is based

69


Table of Contents

on our accounts receivable balance, reduced by reserves. At the entry into the credit facility, we incurred $50.8 million in revolver borrowings which were primarily used to repay borrowings under our prior debt facility. As of June 30, 2016, our outstanding principal balance under this revolving credit facility was $55.8 million.

        Borrowed funds bear interest, dependent on our time and method of borrowing, at an annual rate of either a Base Rate or a LIBOR rate, plus an applicable margin ("Base Rate Borrowings" and "LIBOR Rate Borrowings"). The Base Rate is defined as a fluctuating interest rate equal to the greatest of (1) the Federal Funds rate plus 0.5%, (2) the Prime Rate, and (3) one month LIBOR rate plus 2.0%. The applicable margin is defined as a rate between 0.5% to 1.0% for Base Rate advances and between 1.5% and 2.0% for LIBOR advances, depending on the amount of monthly average excess availability on the facility. The fee for undrawn amounts ranges from 0.25% to 0.30%. Interest is payable either (a) monthly for Base Rate Borrowings or (b) the last day of the Interest Period applicable for LIBOR Rate Borrowings. At June 30, 2016, all borrowings were designated LIBOR Rate Borrowings that bore interest at a weighted average rate of 2.22%.

        The credit facility matures and all outstanding amounts become due and payable in March 2018. The credit facility contains customary conditions to borrowings, events of default and covenants, including covenants that restrict our ability to sell assets, make changes to the nature of our business, engage in mergers or acquisitions, incur, assume or permit to exist additional indebtedness and guarantees, create or permit to exist liens, pay dividends, issue equity instruments, make distributions or redeem or repurchase capital stock or make other investments, engage in transactions with affiliates and make payments in respect of subordinated debt. The credit facility also requires us to maintain compliance with a consolidated fixed charge coverage ratio covenant of at least 1.15 to 1.00. As of June 30, 2016, we were in compliance with such covenants. Our obligations under the credit facility are collateralized by a pledge of substantially all of our assets, including accounts receivable, deposit accounts, intellectual property, investment property and equipment.

Cash Flows

        The following table summarizes our cash flows for the periods presented:

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
  Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
 
  2014   2015   2015   2016  
 
  (in thousands)
  (in thousands)
 

Cash flows provided by (used in) operating activities

  $ (14,845 ) $ (36,560 ) $ (14,035 ) $ 22,646  

Cash flows used in investing activities

    (2,208 )   (6,376 )   (1,332 )   (3,128 )

Cash flows provided by financing activities

    28,003     29,668     5,002     14,045  

Increase (decrease) in cash

  $ 10,950   $ (13,268 ) $ (10,365 ) $ 33,563  

    Operating Activities

        Our cash flows from operating activities are primarily influenced by growth in our operations, increases or decreases in collections from our clients and related payments to our suppliers of advertising inventory and data, as well as our investment in personnel to support the anticipated growth of our business. Cash flows from operating activities have been affected by changes in our working capital, particularly changes in accounts receivable and accounts payable. The timing of cash receipts from clients and payments to suppliers can significantly impact our cash flows from operating activities. We typically pay suppliers in advance of collections from our clients. Our collection and payment cycles can vary from period to period. In addition, we expect seasonality to impact cash flows from operating activities on a sequential quarter basis.

70


Table of Contents

        We compute our average days sales outstanding, or DSO, and average days payable outstanding, or DPO, as of a given date based on our average trade receivables or trade payables, respectively, for the trailing 12-month period divided by, for DSO, average daily gross billings for the period, and for DPO, by the average daily cost of media, data, and operating expenses, in each case, over such period. The average trade receivables or trade payables are the average of the trade receivables or trade payables balances at the beginning and end of the 12-month period. Historically, our DSOs have fluctuated over time. If our DSOs increase significantly, and we are unable to borrow against these receivables on commercially acceptable terms, our working capital availability could be reduced, and as a consequence our results of operations and financial condition would be adversely impacted. The following table summarizes the DSO and DPO for the periods presented.

 
  As of
December 31,
  As of
June 30,
 
 
  2014   2015   2015   2016  
 
  (days)
 

DSO

    94     93     82     88  

DPO

    73     62     58     64  

        Our DSOs and DPOs are impacted by the aforementioned seasonality of our business.

        In 2014, cash used in operating activities of $14.8 million resulted primarily from net changes in our working capital of ($15.0 million). The net change in working capital was primarily related to an increase in accounts receivable of $53.3 million, partially offset by an increase in accounts payable of $35.7 million. The change in accounts receivable was primarily due to the increase in spend through our platform and the timing of cash receipts from clients and the change in accounts payable was primarily due to the timing of payments to suppliers.

        In 2015, cash used in operating activities of $36.6 million resulted from net changes in our working capital of ($61.7 million), partially offset by our net income of $15.9 million and adjustments for non-cash expenses of $9.2 million. The net change in working capital was primarily related to an increase in accounts receivable of $114.2 million, partially offset by an increase in accounts payable of $50.0 million. The change in accounts receivable was primarily due to the increase in spend through our platform and the timing in cash receipts from clients and the change in accounts payable was primarily due to the timing of payments to suppliers.

        For the six months ended June 30, 2015, cash used in operating activities of $14.0 million mainly resulted from net changes in our working capital of ($21.3 million), partially offset by our net income of $5.7 million and adjustments for non-cash expenses of $1.5 million. The net change in working capital primarily consisted of an increase in accounts receivable of $34.4 million and an increase in prepaid expenses and other current assets of $2.7 million, partially offset by an increase in accounts payable of $14.7 million and an increase in accrued expenses and other current liabilities of $1.1 million. The change in accounts receivable was primarily due to the timing of cash receipts from clients and the change in accounts payable was primarily due to the timing of payments to suppliers.

        For the six months ended June 30, 2016, cash provided by operating activities of $22.6 million resulted from our net income of $6.6 million, adjustments for non-cash expenses of $7.5 million, and net changes in our working capital of $8.6 million. The net change in working capital was primarily driven by an increase in accounts payable of $55.4 million, partially offset by an increase in accounts receivable of $45.1 million and an increase in prepaid expenses and other current assets of $1.7 million. In addition to the increase in gross spend through our platform contributing towards the increases in accounts receivable and accounts payable, the increase in accounts receivable was due to the timing of cash receipts from clients and the increase in accounts payable was due to the timing of payments to suppliers.

71


Table of Contents

    Investing Activities

        Our primary investing activities have consisted of purchases of property and equipment in support of our expanding headcount as a result of our growth, and capital expenditures to develop our software in support of enhancing our technology platform. Purchases of property and equipment may vary from period-to-period due to the timing of the expansion of our operations, the addition of headcount and the development cycles of our software development. As our business grows, we expect our capital expenditures and our investment activity to continue to increase.

        In 2014, we used $2.2 million of cash in investing activities, consisting of $0.8 million to purchase property and equipment, $0.8 million of investments in capitalized software and $0.6 million associated with the purchase of a short-term certificate of deposit.

        In 2015, we used $6.4 million of cash in investing activities, consisting of $5.1 million to purchase property and equipment and $1.8 million of investments in capitalized software, partially offset by $0.6 million associated with the proceeds from the redemption of a short-term certificate of deposit.

        For the six months ended June 30, 2015, we used $1.3 million of cash in investing activities, consisting of $0.6 million to purchase property and equipment and $0.7 million of investments in capitalized software.

        For the six months ended June 30, 2016, we used $3.1 million of cash in investing activities, consisting of $2.0 million to purchase property and equipment and $1.1 million of investments in capitalized software.

    Financing Activities

        Our financing activities consisted primarily of proceeds from the issuance of convertible preferred stock, borrowings and repayments of our debt and the proceeds from exercise of stock options.

        In 2014, cash provided by financing activities of $28.0 million was primarily due to proceeds from the issuance of our Series B convertible preferred stock of $20.3 million. Proceeds from borrowings totaling $16.0 million were partially offset by repayments of prior borrowings of $7.5 million. We also incurred $0.2 million in financing costs associated with our prior debt facility.

        In 2015, cash provided by financing activities of $29.7 million was primarily due to proceeds from borrowings of $45.0 million, partially offset by repayments of prior borrowings of $15.0 million. We incurred $0.2 million in financing costs associated with our prior debt facility. Proceeds from the exercise of stock options were $0.2 million. During 2015, we also paid offering costs of $0.2 million associated with our initial public offering.

        For the six months ended June 30, 2015, cash provided by financing activities of $5.0 million consisted of proceeds from borrowings.

        For the six months ended June 30, 2016, cash provided by financing activities of $14.0 million primarily consisted of proceeds from the issuance of Series C convertible stock of $60.0 million and proceeds from borrowings of $60.8 million, of which $55.8 million was under our revolving credit facility entered into in March 2016, partially offset by the repurchase of common stock, Series Seed, Series A-1, Series A-2, and Series A-3 preferred stock totaling $54.0 million and repayments of prior borrowings of $50.0 million. We additionally paid $1.6 million in costs related to our initial public offering and $1.0 million in financing costs related to our new revolving credit facility.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

        We do not have any relationships with other entities or financial partnerships, such as entities often referred to as structured finance or special purpose entities that have been established for the

72


Table of Contents

purpose of facilitating off-balance sheet arrangements or other contractually narrow or limited purposes. We did not have any other off-balance sheet arrangements at June 30, 2016 other than operating leases and the indemnification agreements described below.

Contractual Obligations and Known Future Cash Requirements

        Our principal commitments consist of our debt obligations and non-cancelable leases for our various office facilities. In certain cases, the terms of the lease agreements provide for rental payments on a graduated basis.

        The following table summarizes our contractual obligations, including interest, at June 30, 2016:

 
  Payments Due by Period  
 
  Total   Less than
1 Year
(Remaining 2016)
  1 - 3 Years
(2017 and 2018)
  3 - 5 Years
(2019 and 2020)
  More than
5 Years
(Thereafter)
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Debt obligations (1)

  $ 58,005   $ 622   $ 57,383   $   $  

Operating lease obligations

    13,934     1,376     5,598     4,737     2,223  

Financing obligation

    1,445     388     1,057          

Other contractual commitments

    4,814     1,783     2,673     358      

Total minimum payments

  $ 78,198   $ 4,169   $ 66,711   $ 5,095   $ 2,223  

(1)
Includes $55.8 million of principal obligations pursuant to our revolving credit facility as of June 30, 2016. Our revolving credit facility matures in March 2018. Interest on the principal balance was estimated from July 1, 2016 to the maturity date using the LIBOR rate as of June 30, 2016 (0.4603%) plus the applicable margin (1.75%).

        In the ordinary course of business, we enter into agreements in which we may agree to indemnify clients, suppliers, vendors, lessors, business partners, lenders, stockholders and other parties with respect to certain matters, including losses resulting from claims of intellectual property infringement, damages to property or persons, business losses, or other liabilities. Generally, these indemnity and defense obligations relate to our own business operations, obligations, and acts or omissions. However, under some circumstances, we agree to indemnify and defend contract counterparties against losses resulting from their own business operations, obligations, and acts or omissions, or the business operations, obligations, and acts or omissions of third parties. These indemnity provisions generally survive termination or expiration of the agreements in which they appear. In addition, we have entered into indemnification agreements with our directors, executive officers and other officers that will require us to indemnify them against liabilities that may arise by reason of their status or service as directors, officers or employees. No demands have been made upon us to provide indemnification under such agreements and there are no claims that we are aware of that could have a material effect on our consolidated financial statements.

Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

        Prior to this offering, we were a private company and had limited accounting and financial reporting personnel and other resources with which to address our internal controls and procedures. In connection with the audits of our consolidated financial statements, we identified material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting, as defined in the standards established by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board of the U.S. A material weakness is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of our financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis.

73


Table of Contents

        We identified the following material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting:

    our failure to maintain a sufficient complement of resources with an appropriate level of accounting knowledge, experience and training commensurate with our structure and financial reporting requirements;

    the absence of formalized policies and controls designed to address accounting policies and procedures across multiple processes; and

    the absence of information technology general controls over certain financially significant applications and a lack of formal policies and procedures around segregation of duties.

        These material weaknesses contributed to the restatement of previously issued 2014 financial statements and material adjustments in the 2015 financial statements principally, but not limited to, the following areas: presentation of revenue, capitalization of internal use software costs, accounting for preferred stock and preferred stock warrants, allowance for doubtful accounts and stock-based compensation.

        During 2015 and 2016, we began taking steps to address the internal control deficiencies that contributed to the material weaknesses, including the following:

    hiring of additional finance and accounting personnel with prior experience working for finance departments of public companies and technical accounting experience, supplemented by third-party resources;

    commenced documenting and formally assessing our accounting and financial reporting policies and procedures and implementing segregation of duties;

    formally assessing significant accounting transactions and other technical accounting and financial reporting issues, preparing accounting memoranda addressing these issues and maintaining these memoranda in our corporate records;

    improving the compilation processes, documentation and monitoring of our critical accounting estimates; and

    implementing processes for creating an effective and timely close process. For example, creating a detailed daily financial close checklist for accountability, creating standard balance sheet reconciliation templates for all accounts and implementing standard compilation, documentation and review procedures for manual journal entries and balance sheet reconciliations.

        While we believe that these efforts will improve our internal control over financial reporting, the implementation of these measures is ongoing and will require validation and testing of the design and operating effectiveness of internal controls over a sustained period of financial reporting cycles.

        We cannot assure you that the measures we have taken to date, and are continuing to implement, will be sufficient to remediate the material weaknesses we have identified or avoid potential future material weaknesses. If the steps we take do not correct the material weaknesses in a timely manner, we will be unable to conclude that we maintain effective internal controls over financial reporting. Accordingly, there could continue to be a reasonable possibility that these deficiencies or others could result in a misstatement of our accounts or disclosures that would result in a material misstatement of our financial statements that would not be prevented or detected on a timely basis.

        The process of designing and implementing internal control over financial reporting required to comply with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act will be time consuming, costly and complicated. If during the evaluation and testing process, we identify one or more other material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting or determine that existing material weaknesses have not been remediated, our management will be unable to assert that our internal control over financial reporting

74


Table of Contents

is effective. Even if our management concludes that our internal control over financial reporting is effective, our independent registered public accounting firm may conclude that there are material weaknesses with respect to our internal controls or the level at which our internal controls are documented, designed, implemented or reviewed. If we are unable to assert that our internal control over financial reporting is effective, or when required in the future, if our independent registered public accounting firm is unable to express an opinion as to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting, investors may lose confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports, the market price of our common stock could be adversely affected and we could become subject to litigation or investigations by the stock exchange on which our securities are listed, the SEC or other regulatory authorities, which could require additional financial and management resources.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

        Our consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with GAAP. The preparation of these consolidated financial statements requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue, expenses and related disclosures. We evaluate our estimates and assumptions on an ongoing basis. Our estimates are based on historical experience and various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances. Our actual results could differ from these estimates.

        We believe that the assumptions and estimates associated with the evaluation of revenue recognition criteria, including the determination of revenue recognition as net versus gross in our revenue arrangements, the assumptions used in the valuation models to determine the fair value of stock options and stock-based compensation expense, and income taxes have the greatest potential impact on our consolidated financial statements. Therefore, we consider these to be our critical accounting policies and estimates.

    Revenue Recognition

        We generate revenue from clients who enter into agreements with us to use our platform to purchase advertising inventory, data and other add-on features. We charge our clients a platform fee, which is a percentage of a client's purchases through the platform. In addition, we invoice our clients for the cost of advertising inventory purchased, plus data and any add-on features purchased through the platform.

        We generate revenue from buyers of advertising inventory through our platform. We maintain separate arrangements with each client and supplier in the form of master agreements, which set out the terms of the relationship and access to our platform. We recognize revenue when four basic criteria are met: (1) persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists; (2) delivery has occurred or services have been rendered; (3) the fees are fixed or determinable; and (4) collectability is reasonably assured. In applying the foregoing criteria, we recognize revenue upon the completion of a transaction, that is, when a bid is won, subject to satisfying these criteria. Subsequent to a bid being won through our platform, the associated fees are generally not subject to adjustment or refund. Historically, any refunds and adjustments have not been material. We assess collectability based on a number of factors, including the creditworthiness of a client and related payment history. We generally bill buyers for the gross amount of advertising inventory, data or other add-on features they purchase through our platform plus our platform fees, although some of our clients have payment relationships directly with advertising inventory suppliers, in which case we only bill the clients for data, other services and our platform fees.

        We report revenue net of amounts we pay suppliers for the cost of advertising inventory, data and add-on features in conformity with Accounting Standards Codification 605-45, Revenue Recognition-Principal Agent Considerations . The determination of whether we are the principal or agent, and hence

75


Table of Contents

whether to report revenue on a gross basis for the amount of the advertising inventory, third-party data and other add-on features the buyers purchase using the platform plus our platform fees or on a net basis for the amount of platform fees charged to the buyer, requires us to evaluate a number of indicators, none of which is presumptive or determinative. We determined that we are not the primary obligor for the purchase of advertising inventory, third-party data and other add-on features but rather the primary obligor to provide a platform that enables buyers to bid on advertising inventory, and use data and other add-on features in designing and executing their campaigns. We do not have pricing latitude with respect to cost of advertising inventory, third-party data and other add-on features purchased by clients through our platform. The fee we charge clients is a percentage of their spend through the platform, similar to a commission, and our fee is not contingent on the results of an advertising campaign. The client can select the advertising inventory supplier, third-party data and other add-on features through the platform. We have credit risk on the spend through our platform as we are required to pay suppliers irrespective of whether we collect from clients.

        As a result of these and other factors, we have determined we are not the principal in the purchase and sale of advertising inventory, data and other add-on features in all of our arrangements and we therefore report revenue on a net basis for the fees we charge clients.

    Stock-Based Compensation

        Compensation expense related to stock options is measured and recognized in the consolidated financial statements based on the fair value of the awards granted. The fair value of each option award is estimated on the grant date using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. Stock-based compensation expense is recognized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service periods of the awards, which is generally four years.

        Stock options granted to non-employees are accounted for at fair value determined by using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. We believe that the fair value of the stock options is more reliably measured than the fair value of the services received. The fair value of the non-employee stock options is re-measured each period until a commitment date is reached, which is generally the vesting date.

        Determining the fair value of stock options at the grant date requires judgment. Our use of the Black-Scholes option-pricing model requires the input of subjective assumptions, including the fair value of the underlying stock, the expected term of the option, the expected volatility of our common stock, risk-free interest rates, and the expected dividend yield of our common stock. The assumptions used in our option-pricing model represent our best estimates. These estimates involve inherent uncertainties and the application of our judgment. If factors change and different assumptions are used, our stock-based compensation expense could be materially different in the future.

        These assumptions and estimates are as follows:

         Fair Value of Common Stock.     Because there is no public market for our common stock, our board of directors has determined the fair value of the common stock at the time of the grant of options by considering a number of objective and subjective factors as discussed below. The fair value of our underlying common stock will be determined by our board of directors until such time as our common stock is listed on an established stock exchange or national market system.

         Expected Term.     Given insufficient historical data relating to stock-option exercises, to determine the expected term, we apply the simplified approach, in which the expected term of an award is presumed to be the weighted average of the mid-points between the vesting dates and the expiration date of the award.

         Volatility.     Because we do not have a trading history for our common stock, we determine the price volatility based on the historical volatilities of a publicly traded peer group based on daily price

76


Table of Contents

observations, to the extent available, over a period equivalent to the expected term of the stock option grants.

         Risk-Free Interest Rate.     The risk-free interest rate is based on the yields of U.S. Treasury securities with maturities approximating the term of employee stock option awards.

         Dividend Yield.     The dividend yield assumption is based on our history and current expectations of dividend payouts. We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our common stock and we do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future, so we used an expected dividend yield of zero.

        The following table summarizes the weighted-average assumptions used in the Black-Scholes option-pricing model to determine the fair value of our stock options as follows:

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
  Six Months
Ended
June 30,
 
 
  2014   2015   2015   2016  

Expected term (in years)

    6.00     6.00     6.01     6.03  

Volatility

    62.5 %   64.5 %   68.9 %   58.7 %

Risk-free interest rate

    2.02 %   1.62 %   1.56 %   1.42 %

Dividend yield

    %   %   %   %

        During the three months ended June 30, 2016, we early adopted Accounting Standards Update, or ASU, No. 2016-09, Compensation—Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting and changed our policy from estimating forfeitures to recording forfeitures when they occur. The impact of forfeitures on our historical consolidated financial statements was not material.

    Common Stock Valuations

        Given the absence of a public trading market for our common stock, our board of directors exercised reasonable judgment and considered a number of objective and subjective factors to determine the best estimate of the fair value of our common stock, including our financial and operating history; the rights, preferences and privileges of our preferred stock relative to those of our common stock; equity market conditions affecting comparable public companies and the lack of marketability of our common stock. In addition, our board of directors also considered valuations of our common stock prepared by an unrelated third-party valuation firm in accordance with the guidance provided by the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Practice Guide, Valuation of Privately-Held-Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation . Estimates of fair value are sensitive to such factors.

        In valuing our common stock at various dates in 2015 and 2016, our board of directors determined the equity value of our business using various valuation methods including combinations of income and market approaches. The income approach estimates value based on the expectation of future cash flows that a company will generate. These future cash flows are discounted to their present values using a discount rate derived from an analysis of the cost of capital of comparable publicly traded companies in our industry or similar lines of business as of each valuation date and is adjusted to reflect the risks inherent in our cash flows.

        The market approach estimates value considering an analysis of both guideline public companies and guideline transactions methods. The guideline public companies method estimates value by applying a representative revenue multiple from a peer group of companies in similar lines of business to us to our forecasted revenue. To determine our peer group of companies, we considered public software and digital advertising companies and selected those that represent similar, but alternative

77


Table of Contents

investment opportunities to an investment in our Company. From time to time, we updated the set of comparable companies as new or more relevant information became available. The guideline transaction method determines value by applying multiples implied by acquisitions involving companies in a similar line of business. This approach involves the identification of relevant transactions, and determining relevant multiplies to apply to our revenue. In addition, the equity value of our business also considered recent sales of preferred stock.

        The equity values implied by the income and market approaches reasonably approximated each other as of each valuation date.

        Once we determined an equity value, we used a combination of approaches to allocate the equity value to each of our classes of stock. We used a combination of option pricing method, or OPM, and Probability Weighted Expected Return Method, or PWERM. The OPM allocates values to each equity class by creating a series of call options on our equity value, with exercise prices based on the liquidation preferences, participation rights, and strike prices of the equity instruments. Using the PWERM, the value of our common stock is estimated based upon a probability-weighted analysis of varying values for our common stock assuming possible future events for our Company, such as a strategic sale, an initial public offering, or IPO, or a downside scenario in which we sell at a lower than expected shareholder liquidation value.

        Application of these approaches involves the use of estimates, judgment and assumptions, such as revenue, expenses and future cash flows and selection of comparable companies and relevant multiples.

        In addition, we also considered an appropriate discount adjustment to recognize the lack of marketability and liquidity due to the fact that stockholders of private companies do not have access to trading markets similar to those enjoyed by stockholders of public companies. The discount for marketability was determined using a protective put option model, in which a put option is used as a proxy for measuring discounts for lack of marketability of securities.

        For valuations after the completion of this offering, our board of directors will determine the fair value of each share of underlying common stock based on the closing price of our common stock as reported on the date of grant. Future expense amounts for any particular period could be affected by changes in our assumptions or market conditions.

    Income Taxes

        Our income tax provision may be significantly affected by changes to our estimates for tax in jurisdictions in which we operate and other estimates utilized in determining the global effective tax rate. Actual results may also differ from our estimate based on changes in economic conditions. Such changes could have a substantial impact on the income tax provision. We reevaluate the judgments surrounding our estimates and make adjustments, as appropriate, each reporting period.

        Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are determined based upon the net effects of the differences between the consolidated financial statements carrying amounts and the tax basis of assets and liabilities and are measured using the enacted tax rate expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which the differences are expected to be reversed.

        A valuation allowance is used to reduce some or all of the deferred tax assets if, based upon the weight of available evidence, it is more likely than not that those deferred tax assets will not be realized. During 2014, we released the valuation allowance previously established against our U.S. net deferred tax assets. Our conclusion to release the valuation allowance was due to, among other reasons, three consecutive years of pre-tax income realized in U.S. jurisdictions, adjusted for permanent items and significant projected U.S. pre-tax income.

78


Table of Contents

        We recognize the tax benefit from an uncertain tax position only if it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained on examination by the taxing authorities, based on the technical merits of the position. The tax benefits recognized in the consolidated financial statements from such positions are then measured based on the largest benefit that has a greater than 50% likelihood of being realized. We recognize interest and penalties accrued related to its uncertain tax positions in its income tax provision in the accompanying consolidated statement of operations.

JOBS Act Accounting Election

        The JOBS Act permits an "emerging growth company" such as us to take advantage of an extended transition period to comply with new or revised accounting standards applicable to public companies. We are choosing to "opt out" of this provision and, as a result, we will comply with new or revised accounting standards as required when they are adopted. This decision to opt out of the extended transition period under the JOBS Act is irrevocable.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

        In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB, issued ASU No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606) , which amends the existing accounting standards for revenue recognition. Under ASU 2014-09, a company will recognize revenue when it transfers promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which it expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. Additionally, the guidance requires improved disclosures to help users of financial statements better understand the nature, amount, timing, and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows arising from contracts with customers. In August 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-14, which defers the effective date of ASU 2014-09 by one year. During 2016, the FASB has continued to issue additional amendments to the new revenue guidance. The new guidance is effective for annual reporting periods (including interim periods within those periods) beginning after December 15, 2017. Early adoption is permitted for annual reporting periods (including interim periods within those periods) beginning after December 15, 2016. The guidance permits the use of either the retrospective or cumulative effect transition method. We have not yet selected a transition method nor determined the effect of this guidance on our consolidated financial statements.

        In November 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-16, Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815) . ASU 2014-16 addresses whether host contract in hybrid financial instrument issued in the form of a share should be accounted for as debt or equity. ASU 2014-16 is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2015. Early adoption was permitted and any adjustments shall be reflected as of the beginning of the fiscal year. We have elected to early adopt ASU 2014-16 effective January 1, 2014. The adoption of ASU 2014-16 had no impact on our consolidated financial statements and note disclosures.

        In April 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-03, Simplifying the Presentation of Debt Issuance Costs, which simplifies the presentation of debt issuance costs by requiring debt issuance costs related to a recognized debt liability to be presented in the balance sheet as a direct deduction from the carrying amount of that debt liability. In August 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-15, an amendment to the original guidance stating an entity may defer and present debt issuance costs associated with line of credit arrangements as an asset and subsequently amortize the deferred debt issuance costs ratably over the term of the line of credit arrangement, regardless of whether there are any outstanding borrowings under the line of credit arrangement. The new guidance was effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2015. Early adoption was permitted. We early adopted this guidance for our previously issued 2014 financial statements and the adoption did not have any material impact.

79


Table of Contents

        In April 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-05. Customer's Accounting for Fees Paid in a Cloud Computing Arrangement , which provides guidance to help companies evaluate the accounting for fees paid by a customer in a cloud computing arrangement. The new guidance clarifies that if a cloud computing arrangement includes a software license, the customer should account for the license consistent with its accounting for other software licenses. If the arrangement does not include a software license, the customer should account for the arrangement as a service contract. ASU 2015-05 was effective for annual periods, including interim periods within those annual periods, beginning after December 15, 2015. An entity can elect to adopt this guidance either prospectively for all arrangements entered into or materially modified after the effective date, or retrospectively. Early adoption was permitted. Our adoption of this guidance during the three months ended March 31, 2016 did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

        In November 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-17, Income Taxes—Balance Sheet Classification of Deferred Taxes . The purpose of this guidance is to simplify the presentation of deferred taxes on a classified balance sheet. Under current U.S. GAAP, deferred income tax assets and liabilities are separated into current and noncurrent amounts in the balance sheet. The amendments in ASU 2015-17 require that all deferred tax assets and liabilities be classified as noncurrent in the balance sheet. The ASU is effective for financial statements issued for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2016, and interim periods within those annual periods, but with early adoption permitted and may be applied either prospectively or retrospectively. We elected to early adopt this guidance for our previously issued 2014 financial statements, which resulted in a reclassification of $1.1 million from current deferred tax assets to non-current deferred tax assets at December 31, 2014.

        In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-02, Leases , which requires an entity to recognize right-of-use assets and lease liabilities on its balance sheet and disclose key information about leasing arrangements. The guidance offers specific accounting guidance for a lessee, lessor, and sale and leaseback transactions. Lessees and lessors are required to disclose qualitative and quantitative information about leasing arrangements to enable a user of the financial statements to assess the amount, timing and uncertainty of cash flows arising from leases. Leases will be classified as either finance or operating, with the classification affecting the pattern of expense recognition in the income statement. The guidance is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2018, including interim periods within that reporting period, and requires a modified retrospective adoption, with early adoption permitted. We are evaluating the impact of this guidance on our consolidated financial statements.

        In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-09, Compensation—Stock Compensation (Topic 718) : Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting . ASU 2016-09 includes multiple provisions intended to simplify various aspects of the accounting for share-based payments, including forfeitures, accounting for income taxes, classification of excess tax benefits on the statement of cash flows, statutory tax withholding requirements and other stock based compensation classification matters. The guidance is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2016, and interim periods within those annual periods. Early adoption is permitted in any interim or annual period with the impact of the adoption recorded as a cumulative-effect adjustment as of the beginning of the year in which the guidance is adopted. Changes in the classification of excess tax benefits on the statement of cash flows as a result of the adoption of this guidance may be recorded on a retrospective or prospective basis. We elected to early adopt this guidance during the three months ended June 30, 2016 and changed our accounting policy to record forfeitures of stock-based awards when they occur. Our adoption of this guidance did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements. We had no excess tax benefits as of December 31, 2015 and elected to record any future excess tax benefits in the statement of cash flows as an operating activity on a prospective basis. The cumulative-effect adjustment as a result of the adoption of this guidance for the change in accounting policy for forfeitures was approximately $5,000 and was recorded in the statement of operations during the three

80


Table of Contents

months ended June 30, 2016, rather than an adjustment to the retained earnings as the amount was not material. The change in accounting policy to record forfeitures when they occur and the requirement to record excess tax benefits when they occur in the statement of operations will result in increased volatility in earnings in the future.

        In August 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-15, Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230), Classification of Certain Cash Receipts and Cash Payments , which addresses eight specific cash flow issues with the objective of reducing the existing diversity in practice. ASU 2016-15 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, and interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted, including adoption in an interim period. If adopted in an interim period, any adjustments should be reflected as of the beginning of the fiscal year that includes such interim period. The adoption of ASU 2016-15 should be applied using a retrospective transition method to each period presented, unless impracticable to do so. We are evaluating the impact of this guidance on our consolidated statement of cash flows.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure about Market Risk

        We have operations both within the United States and internationally, and we are exposed to market risks in the ordinary course of our business. These risks include primarily interest rate, foreign currency exchange and inflation risks.

Interest Rate Risk

        We are exposed to market risk from changes in interest rates on our credit facility, which accrues interest at a variable rate. We have not used any derivative financial instruments to manage our interest rate risk exposure. Based upon the principal balance owed on our revolving credit facility as of June 30, 2016, a hypothetical one percentage point increase or decrease in the interest rate under our revolving credit facility would result in a corresponding increase or decrease in interest expense of approximately $0.6 million annually.

Foreign Currency Exchange Risk

        We have foreign currency risks related to our revenue and expenses denominated in currencies other than the U.S. Dollar, principally the Canadian Dollar, British Pound, the Euro, Singapore Dollar, Indonesian Rupiah, Japanese Yen and Australian Dollar. The volatility of exchange rates depends on many factors that we cannot forecast with reliable accuracy. We have experienced and will continue to experience fluctuations in our net income as a result of transaction gains and losses related to translating cash balances, trade accounts receivable and payable balances that are denominated in currencies other than the U.S. Dollar. The effect of an immediate 10% adverse change in foreign exchange rates on foreign-denominated accounts at June 30, 2016, would result in a foreign currency loss of approximately $1.4 million. In the event our non-U.S. Dollar denominated sales and expenses increase, our operating results may be more greatly affected by fluctuations in the exchange rates of the currencies in which we do business.

        From time to time we may enter into forward contracts or other derivative transactions in an attempt to hedge our foreign currency risk. There can be no assurance that such transactions will be effective in hedging some or all of our foreign currency exposures and under some circumstances could generate losses for us.

Inflation Risk

        We do not believe that inflation has had a material effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations. If our costs were to become subject to significant inflationary pressures, we might not be able to fully offset such higher costs through price increases. Our inability or failure to do so could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.

81


Table of Contents


BUSINESS

Overview

        Our company provides a technology platform for ad buyers.

        With our self-serve platform, ad buyers are able to share their customized messages and ideas with the people and in the context they deliberately choose.

        Our mission is to help our clients compete in the marketplace of ideas—the place in media and public discourse where ideas and messages compete in the open market for the mindshare of men and women around the world. Since most traditional and digital media is primarily monetized with advertising, ads are the currency of media and the Internet, and therefore at the center of the marketplace of ideas.

        Our platform makes media monetization more effective. Instead of disrupting the foundation of media and advertising, we enable it. By offering compelling improvements in effectiveness, efficiency and reporting, we aim to change media and advertising globally.

        Our platform makes it possible to message specific ideas to specific people. We give advertisers of all sizes the power to have simultaneous 1-to-1 customized interactions with billions of people around the world. Most advertising dollars are spent on awareness, where a brand pushes new information and ideas to a broad audience. Conversely, search engines respond to specific requests from individuals for information. Our technology combines the best of both, making it possible to push out a precise idea or message to a targeted audience with global scale.

        Founded by some of the pioneers of the programmatic ad market, we established our company in 2009 with the intent to make advertising better by deploying massive amounts of data. By providing ad buyers with tools to leverage their first-party data as well as third-party data, we aim to provide a higher return on every advertising dollar spent. While our technology platform is deployed to directly serve ad buyers, the entire advertising marketplace benefits—publishers and content creators can experience a higher yield on their inventory, while consumers can receive advertising that is more relevant and interesting to them.

        We believe that an average consumer might be exposed to over one thousand digital advertisements on a typical day. Most consumers are unaware that when they land on a webpage, watch a video, use a mobile app or watch an Internet-connected TV, there is often an auction for advertising inventory being run in about 1/10 th  of one second behind the scenes as the content loads. Our platform provides access to approximately 3.2 million ad spots on average every second for our clients to bid on across millions of different scaled media sources—websites, shows, channels, stations and streams. Our technology makes it possible for ad buyers to compete in those real-time auctions. Our platform helps our clients determine what ad will display and what price they should pay for every ad opportunity a buyer can consider.

        In 2015, approximately $639.6 billion was spent on global advertising (including approximately $237.2 billion on TV advertising and approximately $51.1 billion on display advertising), according to IDC, and approximately $14.2 billion was transacted in the programmatic advertising spot market via real-time marketplaces, according to Magna Global. We aim to power every agent of every advertiser in both the spot and forward markets, including upfront purchases, for programmatic advertising.

        We also believe that the efficiency of programmatic advertising will lead to a greater percentage of every advertising dollar ending up in the pocket of publishers. Publishers can now generate revenue without the large sales forces that were required in the past. Higher revenue yields and lower operating costs make it possible for publishers to increase their investment in creating high quality content.

82


Table of Contents

        Programmatic advertising is currently a small portion of total global advertising spend. Largely because of the price discovery benefits, we believe eventually a vast majority of advertising will be transacted programmatically.

        We power advertising for many of the world's biggest brands, across industry sectors. But beyond just selling more products, our platform has been used to promote a wide variety of ideas and messages. For this reason, we believe programmatic ads are important to the future of journalism.

        Similarly, many non-profits run their precious advertising budgets through our platform so that their agents can carefully and deliberately spend their often modest budgets wisely. Small businesses often have small target audiences and tight budgets, and selecting ads carefully can regularly benefit them more than even bigger companies. We also have ongoing agreements with agencies that power media for both Republican and Democratic campaigns to win elections and shape public opinion. By making it possible to share a different message with different voters and constituents, we make it possible to elevate the discourse in the global marketplace of ideas. We believe that instead of platitudes that are too common when communicating with a general audience, substantive 1-to-1 conversations require a more meaningful message—regardless of whether one is selling a product, raising money for a cause or sharing a political message.

        We enable the programmatic marketplace with our self-serve platform. The unique architecture of our platform allows users access to highly granular targeting and reporting options, which we refer to as expressiveness. When combined with our data management capability and first-party data, our clients can reach their highly specified audiences with customized messages and generate favorable campaign outcomes.

        By using our technology and the reach of the Internet, we can power this data-driven 1-to-1 messaging with massive global scale. We believe in order to do this effectively, we have to be a buy-side only platform across a spectrum of media, which we refer to as omnichannel. As the biggest brands desire to communicate with consumers worldwide, we have to be global, which is why we have employees and offices around the world.

        Our company has had very few employees or clients ever leave the company. We believe this is a commentary on our technology, but this is especially a commentary on our culture and vision.

        Our business and our culture is anchored on four core principles:

        We believe we attract smart employees to our company and sophisticated ad buyers to our platform in large part because of our vision and unwavering commitment to empower the buy-side of advertising. We had $386,000 in 2015 revenue per employee at December 31, 2015, which we believe to be among the highest in the advertising technology industry. Our client retention rate on a year over-year-basis was over 95% for 2014 and 2015.

        We derive nearly all of our revenue and gross spend from ongoing master service agreements that give users constant access to our platform, instead of insertion orders, which typically are one-off deals to run single campaigns.

83


Table of Contents

        We have grown faster than the programmatic market and have achieved significant revenue scale with $552.3 million in gross spend in 2015. Our revenue was $113.8 million in 2015, representing a growth rate of 156% over $44.5 million in 2014, while programmatic advertising spend in the industry grew from $10 billion to $14 billion, according to Magna Global, representing a growth rate of 40% over 2014.

        We generated net income of $5,000 in 2014 and $15.9 million in 2015. We generated $5.7 million of Adjusted EBITDA in 2014 and $39.2 million in 2015. Our net income was $5.7 million for the six months ended June 30, 2015 and $6.6 million for the six months ended June 30, 2016. Our Adjusted EBITDA was $11.1 million for the six months ended June 30, 2015 and $20.1 million for the six months ended June 30, 2016. Adjusted EBITDA is a financial measure not presented in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, or GAAP. For a definition of Adjusted EBITDA, an explanation of our management's use of this measure and a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net income, see footnote 3 in the section captioned "Selected Consolidated Financial Data."

Our Industry

        Since the introduction of ad-funded television in the middle of the 20 th  century and continuing through the present day, most advertising inventory has been transacted based on a rate card. Publishers, content owners, and their agents set a price for their inventory, and buyers place an order to purchase that inventory. Similar to how the equities and commodities markets have transitioned from paper transactions on trading floors to electronic trading, advertising is transitioning from manual to programmatic.

        Several trends, happening in parallel, are revolutionizing the way that advertising is bought and sold. The rise of the Internet has led to a wholesale change in the way that media is consumed and monetized, as ads can be digitally delivered on a 1-to-1 basis. In traditional methods of advertising, such as broadcast TV, ads can target a specific network, program or geography, but not a single household or individual as digital ads can.

        Some of the key industry trends are:

        Media is Becoming Digital.     Media is increasingly becoming digital as a result of advances in technology and changes in consumer behavior. This shift has enabled unprecedented options for advertisers to target and measure their advertising campaigns across nearly every media channel and device. The digital advertising market is a significant and growing part of the total advertising market. According to IDC, global advertising spend was approximately $639.6 billion in 2015 and is expected to grow to $784.1 billion in 2020, a compound annual growth rate of 4.2%. Also according to IDC, global digital advertising spend was $177.3 billion in 2015 and is expected to grow to $315.7 billion in 2020, a compound annual growth rate of 12.2%. We believe that the market is evolving and that advertisers will shift more spend to digital media. Since media is becoming increasingly digital, decisions based on consumer and behavioral data are more prevalent.

        Fragmentation of Audience.     As digital media grows, audience fragmentation is accelerating. A growing "long tail" of websites and content presents a challenge for advertisers trying to reach a large audience. Audience fragmentation has substantially impacted TV content distribution, perhaps more than any other channel, which we believe is setting up a significant change in how TV advertising inventory is monetized. Mirroring the fragmentation occurring in content, the number of devices used by individual consumers has increased. Both of these fragmentation trends are opportunities for technology companies that can consolidate and simplify media buying options for advertisers and their agencies.

        Shift to Programmatic Advertising.     We believe that the advertising industry is in the early stages of a shift to programmatic advertising, which is the ability to buy and sell advertising inventory

84


Table of Contents

electronically. Initially available for digital display advertising and transacted through real-time bidding platforms, programmatic advertising has evolved and is increasingly being used to transact across a wide range of advertising inventory, including display, mobile, video and audio among other inventory types, including TV.

        We believe that TV advertising is just beginning its transition to programmatic. According to IDC research sponsored by our company, programmatic TV advertising spend is projected to grow from $239.8 million in 2015 to $17.3 billion in 2019.

        Automation of Ad Buying.     The growing complexity of digital advertising has increased the need for automation. Technology that enables fast, accurate and cost-effective decision-making through the application of computer algorithms that use extensive data sets has become critical for the success of digital advertising campaigns. Using programmatic inventory buying tools, advertisers are able to automate their campaigns, providing them with better price discovery, on an impression by impression basis. As a result, advertisers are able to purchase the advertising inventory they value the most, pay less for advertising inventory they do not value as much, and abstain from buying advertising inventory that does not fit their campaign parameters. Most of the growth in programmatic advertising to date has been driven by transactions on spot markets on advertising exchanges. Forward advertising markets and upfront purchases, which have traditionally been delivered manually, are also beginning to be handled programmatically.

        Increased Use of Data.     Advances in software and hardware and the growing use of the Internet have made it possible to collect and rapidly process massive amounts of user data. Data vendors are able to collect user information across a wide range of Internet properties and connected devices, aggregate it and combine it with other data sources. This data is then made non-identifiable and available within seconds based on specific parameters and attributes. Advertisers can integrate this targeting data with their own or an agency's proprietary data relating to client attributes, the advertisers' own store locations and other related characteristics. Through the use of these data sources, together with real-time feedback on consumer reactions to the ads, programmatic advertising increases the value of impressions for advertisers, inventory owners and viewers who receive more relevant ads.

        Ability to Target Advertising.     In the past, an agency managing a campaign for a men's basketball shoe brand would typically buy TV time slots during sporting events and buy an ad on a high-traffic website for the entire March Madness basketball tournament. In contrast, by using programmatic technology, the advertiser's agent can have more control and be more deliberate about where they advertise the shoes. Not every single consumer watching the March Madness tournament is interested in men's basketball shoes. So rather than paying the same price for every ad impression and every consumer, the advertiser and agent can more deliberately target the precise audience they want to reach. For instance, they can:

85


Table of Contents

        Driven by these industry trends, programmatic advertising is expected to grow from $14.2 billion during 2015 to $36.8 billion by 2019, according to Magna Global. We believe that programmatic advertising will grow as more content providers, content distributors and advertisers are able to realize its benefits. In addition, we expect that programmatic advertising will help grow the overall advertising market by enabling more advertisers to deploy more spend across a broader range of inventory channels.

        Our industry continues to evolve. Recently, publishers of media content have increasingly been implementing the use of "header bidding," a process in which advertising inventory that would have previously been sold to a certain set of buyers based on previously agreed prices and using a specific selling order is instead competitively bid across a variety of potential buyers, creating more choice for all buyers while potentially helping publishers increase their revenue.

        By creating a more transparent marketplace for inventory, header bidding can have the effect of intensifying competition for intermediaries who are both buyers and sellers of advertising inventory. In addition, we believe that in the recent few years header bidding has contributed to higher average clearing prices for programmatically sold inventory, while also creating more price disparity between various inventory. We believe that we are well positioned to compete in an environment of increased header bidding as it enables us to have access to more inventory, which in turn may help us deliver better results for our clients. In addition, because of our advertiser focused business model, we are not subject to some of the challenges and conflicts that may arise for intermediaries who are both buyers and sellers of inventory, when competing in a transparent and competitive marketplace. Because our revenues are derived primarily from our platform fee, which is a percentage of purchases through our platform, we believe that we may benefit to the extent that header bidding results in higher prices for advertising, particularly as compared to other industry participants that generate their revenues from an arbitrage model whereby they seek to buy advertising inventory at low prices and resell it at higher prices.

Digital Advertising Eco-System

        The digital advertising eco-system is divided into buyers, sellers and marketplaces, which can be further segmented on the basis of whether participants provide services or technology. We believe that participants on the buy-side or sell-side should be advocates for their buyers or sellers, while those in the market business should be more of a referee or have market-driven incentives to protect or enhance the integrity of the marketplace.

GRAPHIC

        Publishers and Their Agents.     Publishers typically rely on advertising income as a key driver for their businesses. Because of the growing scale of digital advertising, publishers have increasingly adopted advanced technologies and tools that help them maximize the yield on their advertising inventory. Traditionally, many publishers used various tools and channels to sell their inventory, ranging from direct sales teams that tend to focus on their most sought-after inventory, to programmatic vendors that help them sell the rest of their inventory. Publishers are increasingly leveraging the benefits of programmatic technology through third-party agents, such as sell-side platforms, in order to

86


Table of Contents

achieve better yield through their own sales teams, as well as from new demand that comes to them from programmatic marketplaces.

        Marketplaces, Exchanges and Transaction Enablers.     Similar to the electronic communication networks that became part of stock exchanges, many companies are trying to create and preserve a fair and neutral marketplace for the buying and selling of ads. In addition, there are companies similar to rating agencies that evaluate advertising inventory and thus facilitate transactions. This ecosystem includes companies offering data and data management tools, independent measurement tools and quality assurance and verification products.

        Advertisers and Their Agents.     As Internet usage has increased, so has the fragmentation of audiences across websites, apps and devices. We believe the digital advertising ecosystem is more complex than ever. We also believe that as markets become more complex, the benefits of programmatic transactions become greater, similar to equities and commodities markets. Electronic transactions allow for more powerful decision making. While programmatic transactions allow buyers and sellers to deal with current market complexities, they also introduce new ones. We believe advertising marketplaces will continue to get more complex as buyers and sellers mature. As a result, the need for advertisers to have true advocates is greater than ever. Agencies and service providers are a critical element of the advertising industry, providing advertisers the advice and help that they need as they tackle a complex and often challenging media landscape. We believe that the scale of their operations, which employ hundreds of thousands of people, is a testament to the fact that advertising is an inherently service oriented industry—where the agencies are, and will continue to be, the key gatekeepers for advertising budgets.

        We believe that there are inherent conflicts of interest as some market participants serve both buyers and sellers.

What We Do

        We are a technology company that empowers advertising agencies to purchase advertising more efficiently and effectively. We provide an intuitive self-serve platform that enables our clients to manage data-driven, digital advertising campaigns using their own teams.

87


Table of Contents

88


Table of Contents

Our Strengths

        We believe the following attributes and capabilities form our core strengths and provide us with competitive advantages:

Our Growth Strategy

        The key elements of our long-term growth strategy include:

89


Table of Contents

Our Platform

        Our platform enables a media planner or buyer at an advertising agency to:

        At the core of our platform is our bid-factor based architecture, which we believe has advantages over line-item based architectures that other buy-side systems use. With a line-item based system, ad buyers need to identify the relevant individual audience characteristics, such as age, gender and location, and assign a bid value and budget for each targeted characteristic, and then choose their targeting data. A line-item based system then computes a potential set of advertising purchases and caches the results ahead of time. The system will subsequently compare the cached results to available inventory and make bids. This architecture limits the number of factors that an ad buyer can use to target, given the manual nature of the process and the memory required to cache all the possible combinations. Additionally, in order to maintain the fast response rates required to participate in

90


Table of Contents

real-time auctions, line-item based bidders often use predictive analytics to evaluate impressions, making them less precise and efficient.

        In contrast, our bid-factor based system allows users to define desirable factors and the value associated with those factors. Based on these factors, our platform can compute in real-time the value of impressions and bid only for optimal impressions. Because of the granularity of the bid factors, users of our platform can rapidly create billions of different bid permutations with only a few clicks. This expressiveness enables better targeting, pricing and campaign results.

        Our platform is useful and user-friendly based on the following:

        Some of the key features of our platform are:

Our Technology

        The core elements of our technology are:

91


Table of Contents

Our Clients

        Our clients consist of purchasers of programmatic advertising inventory and data. As of December 31, 2015, we had approximately 389 clients, consisting primarily of advertising agencies or groups within advertising agencies that have independent relationships with us, manage budgets independently of one-another, are based in different jurisdictions, and are served by unique Trade Desk teams. Many of these agencies are owned by holding companies, where decision-making is decentralized such that purchasing decisions are made, and relationships with advertisers are located, at the agency, local branch or division level. The number of clients is based on the party with which we have the contractual relationship. Additionally, before being counted by us as a client, each client must have cumulatively spent more than $20,000 on our platform, signed a master service agreement with us and be able to support minimum spend thresholds.

        If all of our individual client contractual relationships were aggregated at the holding company level, Omnicom Group Inc. would have represented more than 10% of our gross billings in 2014, and Omnicom Group Inc. and WPP plc would have each represented more than 10% of our gross billings in 2015. Our contractual and billing arrangement with Omnicom Group Inc. is at the holding company level and accounted for 11% and 12% of our gross billings in 2014 and 2015, respectively. For WPP plc, we enter into separate contracts and billing relationships with various of its individual agencies and account for them as separate clients. We do not have any contractual relationship with the holding company WPP plc. Mindshare, which is affiliated with WPP plc, accounted for 12% of our gross billings in 2015.

        Our clients typically enter into master service agreements, or MSAs, with us that give users constant access to our platform. The MSAs do not contain any material commitments on behalf of clients to use our platform to purchase ad inventory, data or other features. These MSAs typically have one year terms that renew automatically for one year periods, unless earlier terminated. The MSAs are terminable at any time upon 60 days' notice by either party.

        Our clients are loyal, as reflected by our client retention rate of over 95% in 2014 and 2015. In addition, our clients typically grow their use of our platform over time.

92


Table of Contents

Our Advertising and Data Inventory Suppliers

        For suppliers of programmatic advertising inventory and data, we believe that we are an important business client, as we represent one of the largest sources of buy-side demand within the digital advertising industry.

        We obtain digital advertising inventory from over 40 ad exchanges, supply-side platforms, publishers and ad networks, providing us with access to a breadth of programmatic advertising inventory across computers, smartphones, audio devices and digital TV. On average each day, our platform provides our clients with access to over 200 billion ad impressions per day, reaching over 180 million devices per day on a global basis.

        For third-party data vendors, we believe that we represent an important distribution channel. As of December 31, 2015, we have integrated our platform with over 80 third-party data vendors whose products we make available for purchase through our platform.

Our Competition

        Our industry is highly competitive and fragmented. We compete with mostly smaller, private companies, but we also compete with divisions of large, well-established companies such as Google, as well as other demand-side platform providers. We believe that we compete primarily based on the performance, capabilities and transparency of our platform and our focus on the buy-side. We generally do not compete with advertising agencies and we refrain from serving advertisers who have a relationship with one of our clients. We believe that we are differentiated from our competitors in the following areas:

        In addition, we believe that new entrants would find it difficult to gain direct access to inventory providers, given their limited scale and the costs that additional integrations impose on inventory providers.

Sales and Marketing

        Given our self-serve business model, we focus on supporting, advising and training our clients to use our platform independently as soon as they are ready to transact. Our sales and marketing team, which consisted of 150 employees as of June 30, 2016, employs a consultative approach to both new and existing clients.

        Once a new client has access to our platform, they work closely with our client service teams as they onboard the new client and provide continuous support throughout the early campaigns. Typically, once a client has gained some initial experience, it will move to a fully self-serve model and request support as needed.

        To help train our clients, suppliers and other digital media participants, we have created an e-learning program called The Trading Academy. We believe that this initiative is an important component in our strategy of enabling rapid onboarding to our platform.

93


Table of Contents

        Our marketing efforts are focused on increasing awareness for our brand, executing thought-leadership initiatives, supporting our sales team and generating new leads. We seek to accomplish these objectives by presenting at industry conferences, hosting client conferences, publishing white papers and research, public relations activities, social media presence and advertising campaigns.

Platform Development

        Rapid innovation is a core driver of our business success and our corporate culture. We empower our development teams by encouraging them to release updated features and increase functionality fast and often. As a company, we refresh our platform on a weekly basis. Our development teams are intentionally lean and nimble in nature, providing for transparency and accountability.

        We expect to continue investing in our technology in order to support increased volume of advertising spend on our platform and to facilitate our international expansion. In addition, we intend to invest in efforts aimed at developing new technologies and functionalities that will enhance our platform and further automate our business processes. As of June 30, 2016, we had 110 employees primarily engaged in technology and development. Our technology development expense totaled $7.3 million in 2014, $12.8 million in 2015 and $10.4 million for the six months ended June 30, 2016.

Our Employees and Culture

        As of June 30, 2016, we had 387 employees, of whom 296 are in the United States. Our team draws from a broad spectrum of backgrounds and experiences, across technology, advertising and securities trading and other areas. Led by our co-founders, Jeff T. Green and David R. Pickles, who were recognized by Ernst & Young in 2015 with Entrepreneur of the Year awards in the greater Los Angeles area, we facilitate an entrepreneurial culture so that we may remain focused and innovative over time, as we strive to serve our clients with openness, transparency and humility. When hiring, we place a special emphasis on our key cultural attributes of "Grit, Humility, Emotional Intelligence and Generosity," which we believe have been instrumental in delivering value to our clients and thus contributing to our growth.

        We have been consistently ranked as one of the best places to work for in the advertising industry as recognized by awards from Inc., Entrepreneur, Crain's New York, Outside Magazine and the Great Place to Work Institute. We believe that our low employee voluntary turnover rate since our founding is a testament to our culture and team spirit.

Intellectual Property

        The protection of our technology and intellectual property is an important component of our success. We rely on intellectual property laws, including trade secret, copyright and trademark laws in the United States and abroad, and use contracts, confidentiality procedures, non-disclosure agreements, employee disclosure and invention assignment agreements and other contractual rights to protect our intellectual property. We hold no patents because we believe our proprietary technology is best protected by keeping our technology architecture, trade secrets, and engineering roadmap private. We believe our platform is difficult to replicate and would be expensive to build. We also believe that the most important protection in digital advertising technology is the ability to execute and deliver new functionality quickly, and are continually developing new intellectual property as we innovate.

Privacy and Data Protection Regulation

        Privacy and data protection legislation and regulation play a significant role in our business. We and our clients use non-identifiable data about Internet users collected through our platform to manage and execute digital advertising campaigns in a variety of ways, including delivering advertisements to Internet users based on their particular geographic locations, the type of device they are using, or their

94


Table of Contents

interests as inferred from their web browsing or app usage activity. We do not use this data to identify specific individuals, and we do not seek to associate this data with information that can be used to identify specific individuals. We take steps not to collect or store personally identifiable information, or personal data. The definitions of personally identifiable information and personal data, however, vary by jurisdiction and are evolving. As a result, our platform and business practices must be assessed regularly in each jurisdiction where we do business to avoid violating applicable legislation and regulation.

        In the United States, both state and federal legislation govern activities such as the collection and use of data by companies like us. Digital advertising in the United States has primarily been subject to regulation by the Federal Trade Commission, or the FTC, which has primarily relied upon Section 5 of the Federal Trade Commission Act, which prohibits companies from engaging in "unfair" or "deceptive" trade practices, including alleged violations of representations concerning privacy protections and acts that allegedly violate individuals' privacy interests. Because our platform reaches users throughout the world, including Europe, Australia and Asia, some of our activities may also be subject to foreign legislation. As we continue to expand internationally, we will be subject to additional legislation and regulation, and these laws may affect how we conduct business.

        Additionally, U.S. and foreign governments have enacted or are considering enacting legislation that could significantly restrict our ability to collect, augment, analyze, use and share data collected through cookies and similar technologies, such as by regulating the level of consumer notice and consent required before a company can employ cookies or other electronic tools to track people online. In the United States, the FTC has commenced the examination of privacy issues that arise when marketers track consumers across multiple devices, otherwise known as cross-device tracking. In the European Union, or EU, Directive 2009/136/EC, commonly referred to as the Cookie Directive, directs EU member states to ensure that accessing information on an Internet user's computer, such as through a cookie, is allowed only if the Internet user has given his or her consent. In response, some member states have adopted and implemented, and may continue to adopt and implement legislation that impacts the use of cookies for online advertising. The EU also recently enacted the General Data Protection Regulation, which will take effect in May 2018 and similarly will restrict the collection and use of IP addresses, cookie identifiers, and device identifiers for advertising purposes.

        In prior years, some government regulators and privacy advocates advocated vigorously for a Do Not Track standard that would allow Internet users to express a preference, independent of cookie settings in their browser, not to have their online browsing activities tracked. In 2010, the FTC issued a staff report emphasizing the need for simplified notice, choice and transparency to the consumer regarding the collection, use and sharing of data, and suggested implementing a Do Not Track browser setting that would allow consumers to choose whether or not to allow tracking of their online browsing activities. All major Internet browsers have implemented some version of a Do Not Track setting. However, there is no commonly accepted definition of "tracking," no consensus regarding what message is conveyed by a Do Not Track setting and no industry standards regarding how to respond to a Do Not Track preference. The World Wide Web Consortium chartered a "Tracking Protection Working Group" in 2011 to convene a multi-stakeholder group of academics, thought leaders, companies, industry groups and consumer advocacy organizations, to create a voluntary Do Not Track standard for the World Wide Web. The group has yet to agree upon a standard that has the backing of industry. California amended its main privacy law, the California Online Privacy Protection Act, or CalOPPA, to require companies to declare in their privacy policies how they respond to Do Not Track signals or similar mechanisms, and Delaware enacted a similar requirement in the Delaware Online Privacy and Protection Act, or DOPPA. Neither CalOPPA nor DOPPA, however, requires any particular response to those signals.

        We participate in several industry self-regulatory programs, mainly initiated by the Network Advertising Initiative, or NAI, the Digital Advertising Alliance, or DAA, and their international

95


Table of Contents

counterparts. Under such programs, in addition to other compliance obligations, we provide consumers with notice about our use of cookies and similar technologies and our collection and use of data in connection with the delivery of targeted advertising. We also allow consumers to opt out from the use of data we collect for the delivery of targeted advertising, and we provide consumers notice with how to exercise such choice. We believe that this user-centric approach to addressing consumer privacy empowers consumers to make informed decisions on the use of their data.

Facilities

        We maintain our principal office, totaling approximately 12,200 square feet, in Ventura, California, under a lease that expires in September 2020. We also lease offices in other U.S. cities and seven countries outside of the United States. We believe that our facilities are adequate to meet our needs for the immediate future and that, should it be needed, we will be able to secure additional space to accommodate expansion of our operations.

Legal Proceedings

        We are not currently a party to any legal proceedings, litigation or claims, which, if determined adversely to us, would have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results, financial condition or cash flows. We may from time to time, be party to litigation and subject to claims incident to the ordinary course of business. Regardless of the outcome, litigation can have an adverse impact on us because of defense and settlement costs, diversion of management resources and other factors.

96


Table of Contents


MANAGEMENT

Executive Officers and Directors

        The following table sets forth information regarding our executive officers and directors, as of June 30, 2016:

Name
  Age   Position(s)

Executive Officers

         

Jeff T. Green

    39   President and Chief Executive Officer, Director

David R. Pickles

    38   Chief Technology Officer

Robert D. Perdue

    49   Chief Operating Officer, Director

Brian J. Stempeck

    37   Chief Client Officer

Paul E. Ross

    42   Chief Financial Officer

Non-Employee Directors

   
 
 

 

Roger Ehrenberg (2)

    50   Director

Kathryn E. Falberg (1)(3)

    55   Director

Thomas Falk (1)

    37   Director

Eric B. Paley (3)

    40   Director

Juan N. Villalonga (2)

    63   Director

David B. Wells (1)(2)

    45   Director

(1)
Member of the compensation committee.

(2)
Member of the audit committee.

(3)
Member of the nominating and corporate governance committee.

    Executive Officers

         Jeff T. Green has served as our president and chief executive officer and as a member of our board of directors since November 2009. Prior to The Trade Desk, Mr. Green founded AdECN, the world's first online advertising exchange. As chief operating officer of AdECN, he led all strategy, product and business development. AdECN was acquired by the Microsoft Corporation within three years of launch. At Microsoft, Mr. Green oversaw the AdECN exchange business, as well as all reseller and channel partner business. Additionally, he advised the roll-up strategy for the Online Services Division of Microsoft. Mr. Green has also played a leadership role in the ad tech industry, having served on the Networks and Exchanges Quality Assurance Guidelines Committee for the Internet Advertising Bureau, or IAB, from 2011 to 2012. At IAB, Mr. Green led working groups that established rules and best practices for acquiring inventory, and set data transaction standards. Previously, Mr. Green served on the board of Falk Technologies, a global advertising technology company based in Europe. Mr. Green has also served as an advisor to a series of companies including AppNexus, a technology platform based in New York City, and SiteWit, an SMB search engine marketing firm. In 2015, Ernst & Young named Mr. Green Entrepreneur of the Year in the Greater Los Angeles region. We believe that Mr. Green is qualified to serve on our board of directors due to his extensive management experience and sophisticated industry background.

         David R. Pickles has served as our chief technology officer since March 2010. Mr. Pickles has spent his entire career building real-time Internet delivery systems. At the Internet telephony startup CallWave, Inc., he was involved in building all back end components of the system: client session management services, telephone call handling services, client registration services, B2B integrations with all major telephone carriers, and complex high performance database systems (including a custom billing and CRM system). Mr. Pickles and his team were the recipients of multiple awards and recognition for high performance while at CallWave. In 2015, Ernst & Young named Mr. Pickles

97


Table of Contents

Entrepreneur of the Year in the Greater Los Angeles region. Mr. Pickles received a B.S. in Computer Science from University of California, Santa Barbara.

         Robert D. Perdue has served as our chief operating officer since January 2013 and as a member of our board of directors since May 2014. Prior to The Trade Desk, Mr. Perdue was the chief operating officer of EyeWonder from November 2009 to March 2012, managing sales, business operations and expansion efforts worldwide. Prior to EyeWonder, Mr. Perdue specialized in mergers and acquisitions, capital raising and online strategy for The Jordan, Edmiston Group, or JEGI, an investment bank serving the online media and technology industry. While at JEGI, he developed wide-ranging experience in online media, advising ad serving companies, targeting platforms, ad networks, search and lead generation platforms and workflow automation software companies. Prior to JEGI, Mr. Perdue worked for more than a decade in progressive leadership and management roles at Time Warner and Ernst & Young, LLP. Mr. Perdue received an M.B.A. from Georgetown University. We believe that Mr. Perdue is qualified to serve on our board of directors due to his extensive management experience and industry background.

         Brian J. Stempeck has served as our chief client officer since February 2015 and initially joined The Trade Desk in June 2010. Mr. Stempeck has spent the majority of his career in online media and marketing. Prior to The Trade Desk, Mr. Stempeck worked for Bain & Company, where he advised Fortune 500 clients in the retail and pharmaceutical sectors on online marketing strategies. He started his career as a political journalist with E&E Publishing, or E&E, and launched E&E's online video division in 2006. Mr. Stempeck received a B.A. in English Literature from the University of Virginia and an M.B.A. from the Kenan-Flagler Business School, University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill.

         Paul E. Ross has served as our chief financial officer since November 2014. Prior to The Trade Desk, Mr. Ross independently served as a contract, part-time or interim chief financial officer for several companies, including as the interim chief financial officer and principal accounting officer of DecisionPoint Systems, Inc. from September 2012 to February 2013. Mr. Ross served as the chief financial officer and principal accounting officer of GenMark Diagnostics, Inc. from April 2011 until April 2012 and served as its treasurer and secretary. He has worked in accounting and finance for more than 18 years. He served as chief financial officer of Teledata Technology Solutions Limited from October 2009 until April 2011. Mr. Ross served as chief financial officer, principal accounting officer and senior vice president of Finance at Meade Instruments Corp. from March 2007 to April 2009. From May 2005 to March 2007, Mr. Ross served as chief financial officer and treasurer of Power-One, Inc. (now ABB Product Group Solar). From April 2001 to May 2005, he held various positions with Power-One including corporate controller, vice president of finance, director of corporate finance, and manager of financial planning and reporting. He acquired his certified public accountant license from California while at PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP and maintains his active license from Florida. Mr. Ross received a B.A. degree in History from University of California, Los Angeles and an M.B.A. from the USC Marshall School of Business.

    Non-Employee Directors

         Roger Ehrenberg has served as a member of our board of directors since March 2010. He is the founder and managing partner of IA Ventures, a seed-stage venture capital firm. Mr. Ehrenberg serves on the board of directors of numerous private companies. Previously, Mr. Ehrenberg served as president and chief executive officer of DB Advisors, Deutsche Bank's internal hedge fund trading platform. Before DB Advisors, Mr. Ehrenberg was global co-head of Deutsche Bank's Strategic Equity Transactions Group. As an investment banker and managing director at Citibank, he held a variety of roles in the Global Derivatives, Capital Markets, Mergers & Acquisitions and Capital Structuring groups. Mr. Ehrenberg received a B.B.A. in Finance and Economics from University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, and an M.B.A. in Accounting, Finance and Management from Columbia Business School. We believe that Mr. Ehrenberg is qualified to serve on our board of directors due to his extensive

98


Table of Contents

management experience, strategic leadership track record and service on other boards of directors of technology companies.

         Kathryn E. Falberg has served as a member of our board of directors since August 2016. Ms. Falberg served as executive vice president and chief financial officer of Jazz Pharmaceuticals, PLC from March 2012 to March 2014 after serving as senior vice president and chief financial officer since December 2009. From 2001 through 2009, Ms. Falberg worked with a number of smaller companies, including AdECN, while serving as a corporate director and audit committee chair for several companies. Ms. Falberg was with Amgen from 1995 through 2001, where she served as senior vice president, finance and strategy and chief financial officer and before that as vice president, controller and chief accounting officer, and vice president, treasurer. Ms. Falberg currently serves on the board of directors of BioMarin Pharmaceutical, Medivation, Aimmune Therapeutics and aTyr Pharma and previously served on several boards including Halozyme Therapeutics and QLT. Ms. Falberg received an M.B.A. and B.A. in Economics from the University of California, Los Angeles and is a Certified Public Accountant (inactive). We believe that Ms. Falberg is qualified to serve on our board of directors due to her extensive management experience, strategic leadership track record, and service on other boards of directors.

         Thomas Falk has served as a member of our board of directors since May 2012. He is the chief executive officer of the eValue Group, consisting of the publicly traded eValue Europe AG, the media investment bank Digital Capital Advisors and the investment fund Revel Partners. Mr. Falk serves on the board of directors of numerous private companies. Previously, Mr. Falk served as president EMEA of Doubleclick after selling his company, Falk eSolutions, to the latter. We believe that Mr. Falk is qualified to serve on our board of directors due to his extensive entrepreneurial background, strategic leadership track record and service on other boards of directors of technology companies.

         Eric B. Paley has served as a member of our board of directors since March 2010. He is a co-founder and managing partner at Founder Collective, a seed stage venture capital fund. Mr. Paley serves on the board of directors of numerous private companies. Previously, Mr. Paley served as the chief executive officer and a co-founder of Brontes Technologies, the general manager of the 3M Brontes subsidiary of 3M Corporation, and as the chief executive officer and co-founder of Abstract Edge, a web application development and marketing company. Mr. Paley started his career as a strategy consultant for Monitor Group. He has served as an Entrepreneur In Residence at Harvard Business School and actively writes columns for publications such as Techcrunch and Inc. Magazine. Mr. Paley also serves on the board of directors of New England Venture Capital Association, a non-profit entity. Mr. Paley received a B.A. in Government from Dartmouth College and an M.B.A. from the Harvard Business School. We believe that Mr. Paley is qualified to serve on our board of directors due to his extensive management experience, entrepreneurial background and strategic leadership track record.

         Juan N. Villalonga has served as a member of our board of directors since April 2015. He is a partner at Hermes Growth Partners. Mr. Villalonga serves on the board of directors of ACIBADEM, Axiata and Virgin Mobile Latin America, and is a member of the Lutetia Capital Advisory Board and of the Telefónica Foundation. Previously, Mr. Villalonga served as the executive chairman and chief executive officer of Telefónica Group, and as a former partner at McKinsey and Company. Mr. Villalonga received a B.A. in Law from the University of Deusto and a J.D. from Navarra University. We believe that Mr. Villalonga is qualified to serve on our board of directors due to his extensive management experience, financial industry background and service on other boards of directors of technology companies.

         David B. Wells has served as a member of our board of directors since December 2015. He is the chief financial officer of Netflix, Inc. Previously, Mr. Wells served as vice president, financial planning and analysis, of Netflix and in progressive roles as a management consultant with Deloitte Consulting.

99


Table of Contents

Mr. Wells received a B.S. in Commerce and English from the University of Virginia and an M.B.A./M.P.P. from the University of Chicago. We believe that Mr. Wells is qualified to serve on our board of directors due to his extensive management experience, high-growth company background and strategic leadership track record.

    Director Independence

        Our board of directors currently consists of eight members and one vacancy. Our board of directors has determined that all of our directors, other than our chief executive officer and chief operating officer, qualify as "independent" directors in accordance with the NASDAQ listing requirements. In addition, as required by NASDAQ rules, our board of directors has made a subjective determination as to each independent director that no relationships exist, which, in the opinion of our board of directors, would interfere with the exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director. In making these determinations, our board of directors reviewed and discussed information provided by the directors and us with regard to each director's business and personal activities and relationships as they may relate to us and our management. There are no family relationships among any of our directors or executive officers.

    Voting Arrangements

        The election of the members of our board of directors is governed by the second amended and restated voting agreement, as amended, that we entered into with certain holders of our common stock and convertible preferred stock, and by our amended and restated certificate of incorporation. Pursuant to these documents:

    for so long as the holders of each class of outstanding convertible preferred stock hold at least 1,000,000 of the applicable class of convertible preferred stock, such holders, voting separately as a single class, have the right to elect four directors, which directors are designated as follows:

    one individual designated by Founder Collective, L.P. (together with its affiliated entities), for which Eric B. Paley has been designated;

    one individual designated by IA Venture Strategies Fund I, LP (together with its affiliated entities), for which Roger Ehrenberg has been designated;

    one individual designated by Revel Venture Fund I, LP and reasonably satisfactory to the board of directors, for which Thomas Falk has been designated;

    one individual designated by Highwind S.a.r.l. (together with its affiliated entities), for which Juan N. Villalonga has been designated;

    the holders of our common stock, voting separately as a single class, have the right to elect three directors (one of whom is our chief executive officer), for which Messrs. Green, Perdue and Wells have been designated; and

    the remaining two directors are elected by either (1) the holders of a majority of the outstanding common stock and of any other class or series of voting stock, exclusively and voting together as a single class or (2) a majority of the directors then serving on the board. The holders of a majority of the outstanding common stock and of any other class or series of voting stock, exclusively and voting together as a single class have designated Kathryn E. Falberg to serve on our board of directors. There is currently one vacancy on our board of directors.

        The second amended and restated voting agreement, as amended, and the applicable provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation by which our current directors were elected will terminate in connection with this offering, and there will be no further contractual obligations

100


Table of Contents

regarding the election of our directors. Our current directors will hold office until their successors have been elected and qualify, or appointed or until the earlier of their death, resignation or removal.

Leadership Structure of the Board

        Our board of directors recognizes that one of its key responsibilities is to evaluate and determine its optimal leadership structure so as to provide effective oversight of management. Our amended and restated bylaws and corporate governance guidelines, which will become effective immediately prior to the consummation of this offering, will provide our board of directors with flexibility to combine or separate the positions of chairman of the board of directors and chief executive officer.

        Our board of directors currently believes that our existing leadership structure, under which our chief executive officer, Mr. Green, serves as chairman of our board of directors and Mr. Ehrenberg, our lead independent director, assumes specific responsibilities on behalf of the independent directors, is effective, provides the appropriate balance of authority between those who oversee the company and those who manage it on a day-to-day basis, and achieves the optimal governance model for us and for our stockholders. Mr. Green's knowledge of the issues, opportunities and risks facing us, our business and our industry renders him best positioned among our directors to fulfill the chairman's responsibility to develop agendas that focus the time and attention of our board of directors on the most critical matters.

        Our board of directors will continue to periodically review our leadership structure and may make such changes in the future as it deems appropriate.

Role of Board in Risk Oversight Process

        Risk assessment and oversight are an integral part of our governance and management processes. Our board of directors encourages management to promote a culture that incorporates risk management into our corporate strategy and day-to-day business operations. Management discusses strategic and operational risks at regular management meetings, and conducts specific strategic planning and review sessions during the year that include a focused discussion and analysis of the risks facing us. Throughout the year, senior management reviews these risks with the board of directors at regular board meetings as part of management presentations that focus on particular business functions, operations or strategies, and presents the steps taken by management to mitigate or eliminate such risks.

        Our board of directors does not have a standing risk management committee, but rather administers this oversight function directly through our board of directors as a whole, as well as through various standing committees of our board of directors that address risks inherent in their respective areas of oversight. In particular, our board of directors is responsible for monitoring and assessing strategic risk exposure and our audit committee is responsible for overseeing our major financial risk exposures and the steps our management has taken to monitor and control these exposures. The audit committee also monitors compliance with legal and regulatory requirements and considers and approves or disapproves any related-persons transactions. Our nominating and governance committee monitors the effectiveness of our corporate governance guidelines. Our compensation committee assesses and monitors whether any of our compensation policies and programs has the potential to encourage excessive risk-taking.

Board Meetings

        Our board of directors held a total of seven meetings during 2015. Each director attended at least 75% of the total number of board of directors meetings that were held during the time he was a director in 2015. Our board of directors also acted by unanimous consent on two occasions.

101


Table of Contents

Board Committees

    Audit Committee

        Our audit committee oversees our corporate accounting and financial reporting process. Among other matters, the audit committee:

    appoints our independent registered public accounting firm;

    evaluates the independent registered public accounting firm's qualifications, independence and performance;

    determines the engagement of the independent registered public accounting firm;

    reviews and approves the scope of the annual audit and the audit fee;

    discusses with management and the independent registered public accounting firm the results of the annual audit and the review of our quarterly financial statements;

    approves the retention of the independent registered public accounting firm to perform any proposed permissible non-audit services;

    monitors the rotation of partners of the independent registered public accounting firm on our engagement team in accordance with requirements established by the SEC;

    is responsible for reviewing our financial statements and our management's discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations to be included in our annual and quarterly reports to be filed with the SEC;

    reviews our critical accounting policies and estimates; and

    reviews the audit committee charter and the committee's performance at least annually.

        After this offering, we expect that the members of our audit committee will be Messrs. Wells (chairperson), Ehrenberg and Villalonga. All members of our audit committee meet the requirements for financial literacy under the applicable rules and regulations of the SEC and NASDAQ. Our board of directors has determined that Mr. Wells is an audit committee financial expert as defined under the applicable rules of the SEC and has the requisite financial sophistication as defined under the applicable rules and regulations of NASDAQ. Under the rules of the SEC, members of the audit committee must also meet heightened independence standards. However, a minority of the members of the audit committee may be exempt from the heightened audit committee independence standards for one year from the date of effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. Our board of directors has determined that each of Messrs. Wells and Villalonga are independent under the heightened audit committee independence standards of the SEC and NASDAQ. As allowed under the applicable rules and regulations of the SEC and NASDAQ, we intend to phase in compliance with the heightened audit committee independence requirements prior to the end of the one-year transition period. The audit committee operates under a written charter that satisfies the applicable standards of the SEC and NASDAQ.

    Compensation Committee

        Our compensation committee reviews and recommends policies relating to compensation and benefits of our officers and employees. Among other matters, the compensation committee:

    reviews and recommends corporate goals and objectives relevant to compensation of our chief executive officer and other executive officers;

    evaluates the performance of these officers in light of those goals and objectives recommends to our board of directors the compensation of these officers based on such evaluations;

102


Table of Contents

    recommends to our board of directors the issuance of stock options and other awards under our stock plans; and

    reviews and evaluates, at least annually, the performance of the compensation committee and its members, including compliance by the compensation committee with its charter.

        After this offering, we expect that the members of our compensation committee will be Ms. Falberg (chairperson), and Messrs. Falk and Wells. Each of the members of our compensation committee is independent under the applicable rules and regulations of NASDAQ, is a "non-employee director" as defined in Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act and is an "outside director" as that term is defined in Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or Section 162(m). The compensation committee operates under a written charter that satisfies the applicable standards of the SEC and NASDAQ.

    Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

        The nominating and corporate governance committee is responsible for making recommendations to our board of directors regarding candidates for directorships and the size and composition of our board of directors. In addition, the nominating and corporate governance committee is responsible for overseeing our corporate governance policies and reporting and making recommendations to our board of directors concerning governance matters. After this offering, we expect that the members of our nominating and corporate governance committee will be Ms. Falberg (chairperson) and Mr. Paley. Each of the members of our nominating and corporate governance committee is an independent director under the applicable rules and regulations of NASDAQ relating to nominating and corporate governance committee independence. The nominating and corporate governance committee operates under a written charter that satisfies the applicable standards of the SEC and NASDAQ.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

        During 2015, our compensation committee consisted of Messrs. Ehrenberg and Falk. None of the expected members of our compensation committee has at any time been one of our officers or employees. None of our executive officers currently serves, or in the past fiscal year has served, as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee of any entity that has one or more executive officers on our board of directors or compensation committee.

Board Diversity

        Upon consummation of this offering, our nominating and corporate governance committee will be responsible for reviewing with the board of directors, on an annual basis, the appropriate characteristics, skills and experience required for the board of directors as a whole and its individual members. In evaluating the suitability of individual candidates (both new candidates and current members), the nominating and corporate governance committee, in recommending candidates for election, and the board of directors, in approving (and, in the case of vacancies, appointing) such candidates, will take into account many factors, including the following:

    personal and professional integrity;

    ethics and values;

    experience in corporate management, such as serving as an officer or former officer of a publicly held company;

    experience in the industries in which we compete;

    experience as a board member or executive officer of another publicly held company;

103


Table of Contents

    diversity of expertise and experience in substantive matters pertaining to our business relative to other board members;

    conflicts of interest; and

    practical and mature business judgment.

        Currently, our board of directors evaluates, and following the consummation of this offering will evaluate, each individual in the context of the board of directors as a whole, with the objective of assembling a group that can best maximize the success of the business and represent stockholder interests through the exercise of sound judgment using its diversity of experience in these various areas.

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

        After this offering, we will adopt a code of business conduct and ethics that will apply to all of our employees, officers and directors, including those officers responsible for financial reporting. The code of business conduct and ethics will be available on our website at www.thetradedesk.com. We expect that any amendments to the code of business conduct and ethics, or any waivers of its requirements, will be disclosed on our website. The reference to our web address does not constitute incorporation by reference of the information contained at or available through our website.

Limitation on Liability and Indemnification Matters

        Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation that will become effective immediately prior to the consummation of this offering, contains provisions that limit the liability of our directors for monetary damages to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Consequently, our directors will not be personally liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duties as directors, except liability for:

    any breach of the director's duty of loyalty to us or our stockholders;

    any act or omission not in good faith or that involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

    unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions as provided in Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law; or

    any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

        Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws that will become effective immediately prior to the consummation of this offering, provide that we are required to indemnify our directors and officers, in each case to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Our amended and restated bylaws will also provide that we are obligated to advance expenses incurred by a director or officer in advance of the final disposition of any action or proceeding, and permit us to secure insurance on behalf of any officer, director, employee or other agent for any liability arising out of his or her actions in that capacity regardless of whether we would otherwise be permitted to indemnify him or her under Delaware law. We have entered and expect to continue to enter into agreements to indemnify our directors, executive officers and other employees as determined by our board of directors. With specified exceptions, these agreements provide for indemnification for related expenses including, among other things, attorneys' fees, judgments, fines and settlement amounts incurred by any of these individuals in any action or proceeding. We believe that these bylaw provisions and indemnification agreements are necessary to attract and retain qualified persons as directors and officers. We also maintain directors' and officers' liability insurance.

        The limitation of liability and indemnification provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit

104


Table of Contents

against our directors and officers for breach of their fiduciary duty. They may also reduce the likelihood of derivative litigation against our directors and officers, even though an action, if successful, might benefit us and our stockholders. Further, a stockholder's investment may be adversely affected to the extent that we pay the costs of settlement and damage.

Director Compensation

        In 2015, our non-employee directors did not receive any cash compensation or equity awards for their services as directors, except that David B. Wells was granted a stock option to purchase 25,000 shares of our Class B common stock on December 20, 2015 in connection with his commencement of service as a member of our board of directors. Mr. Wells' option has an exercise price equal to $3.36 per share (the fair market value of our Class B common stock on the date of grant) and vests with respect to one-fourth of the shares subject thereto on the first anniversary of the grant date and with respect to one-forty-eighth of the shares subject thereto on each monthly anniversary of the grant date thereafter, subject to his continued service as a director through the applicable vesting date. In addition, we have reimbursed our non-employee directors for reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in attending board and committee meetings. Our employee directors did not receive any additional compensation for their service as members of our board of directors in 2015.

        The following table sets forth information for the year ended December 31, 2015 regarding the compensation awarded to, earned by or paid to our non-employee directors:

Name
  Fees Earned
or Paid in
Cash ($)
  Option
Awards
($) (1)(2)
  All Other
Compensation
($)
  Total
($)
 

Roger Ehrenberg

                 

Kathryn E. Falberg

                 

Thomas Falk

                 

Eric B. Paley

                 

Juan N. Villalonga

                 

David B. Wells

        50,169         50,169  

(1)
Amounts reflect the full grant-date fair value of stock options granted during 2015 computed in accordance with ASC Topic 718. We provide information regarding the assumptions used to calculate the value of all stock options awards granted to our directors in Note 11 to the audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

(2)
As of December 31, 2015, Mr. Wells held stock options to purchase an aggregate of 25,000 shares. None of our other non-employee directors held stock options as of December 31, 2015.

        We are currently considering a compensation program for our non-employee directors for future implementation that may consist of annual retainer fees and/or long-term equity awards; however, there can be no assurance at this time that such a program will be implemented or that it will consist of the components noted here. Directors who are also employees of the company will not receive fees for service on our board of directors.

105


Table of Contents


EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

        This section discusses the material components of the executive compensation program for our executive officers who are named in the "2015 Summary Compensation Table" below. In 2015, our named executive officers, or NEOs, and their positions were as follows:

        This discussion may contain forward-looking statements that are based on our current plans, considerations, expectations and determinations regarding future compensation programs. Actual compensation programs that we adopt following the completion of this offering may differ materially from the currently planned programs summarized in this discussion.

2015 Summary Compensation Table

        The following table sets forth information concerning the compensation of our NEOs for 2015.

Name and Principal Position
  Year   Salary
($)
  Option
Awards
($) (1)
  Non-Equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation
($) (2)
  All Other
Compensation
($) (3)
  Total
($)
 

Jeff T. Green
Chief Executive Officer

    2015     307,500     88,064     325,000     3,163     723,727  

Robert D. Perdue
Chief Operating Officer

    2015     268,750     121,870     265,000     3,039     658,659  

Brian J. Stempeck
Chief Client Officer

    2015     268,750     123,593     265,000     3,975     661,318  

Paul E. Ross
Chief Financial Officer

    2015     265,000     172,737     225,000     2,904     665,641  

(1)
Amounts reflect the full grant-date fair value of options to purchase shares of Class B common stock granted to our NEOs during 2015, calculated in accordance with ASC Topic 718. For a discussion of the assumptions used to calculate the value of stock option awards, see Note 11 to our audited consolidated financial statements in this prospectus.

(2)
Amounts represent 2015 cash incentive awards earned by our NEOs in 2015. For additional information, see the section captioned "Narrative to Summary Compensation Table—2015 Cash Incentives."

(3)
Amounts represent our 401(k) matching contributions on the NEO's behalf for 2015.

Narrative to Summary Compensation Table

    2015 Salaries

        Each NEO receives a base salary to compensate him for services rendered to us. The base salary payable to each NEO is intended to provide a fixed component of compensation reflecting his skill set, experience, role and responsibilities. Messrs. Green, Perdue, Stempeck and Ross had base salaries equal to $250,000, $225,000, $225,000 and $220,000, respectively as of January 1, 2015. The base salaries for Messrs. Green, Perdue, Stempeck and Ross increased to $280,000, $240,000, $240,000 and $240,000, respectively, on February 1, 2015 (or, for Mr. Ross, on July 1, 2015) in connection with our annual merit review process. The base salaries for Messrs. Green, Perdue, Stempeck and Ross further increased to $400,000, $360,000, $360,000 and $380,000, respectively, on October 1, 2015 in order to bring their salaries in line with the salaries of similarly-situated executives at public companies.

106


Table of Contents

        The actual base salaries earned by our NEOs during 2015 are set forth in the 2015 Summary Compensation Table above.

    2015 Cash Incentives

        In 2015, each of the NEOs was eligible to earn quarterly cash incentives based on our revenue during 2015. Total cash incentives for 2015 were targeted at $150,000 for Mr. Green, $120,000 for Mr. Perdue, $120,000 for Mr. Stempeck and $100,000 for Mr. Ross. Potential cash incentive award payouts ranged from 0% to 200% of the applicable NEO's target award, with an additional $25,000 to be awarded to each NEO if our revenue during 2015 exceeded $100 million. Our actual 2015 revenue exceeded $100 million and, accordingly, each NEO earned 200% of his respective target award plus an additional $25,000 payment.

        The actual annual cash bonuses earned to each NEO for 2015 performance are set forth above in the Summary Compensation Table in the column entitled "Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation."

    Equity Compensation

        We have historically granted stock options to our NEOs under The Trade Desk, Inc. 2010 Stock Plan, or the 2010 Plan, or, from and after December 9, 2015, under The Trade Desk, Inc. 2015 Equity Incentive Plan, or the 2015 Plan. For additional information about the 2010 Plan and the 2015 Plan, see the section captioned "Equity Incentive Plans."

        On January 20, 2015, Messrs. Green, Perdue, Stempeck and Ross were granted options to purchase shares of our Class B common stock under our 2010 Plan and on December 9, 2015, Messrs. Green, Perdue, Stempeck and Ross were granted options to purchase shares of our Class B common stock under our 2015 Plan, which we refer to collectively as the 2015 options. All of the 2015 options, other than Mr. Green's January 2015 stock option grant, are intended to qualify as tax-qualified "incentive stock options." The 2015 options generally vest with respect to one-forty-eighth of the shares subject thereto on each monthly anniversary of the vesting commencement date, subject to the applicable NEO's continued employment through the vesting date, except that the 2015 option granted to Mr. Ross on January 20, 2015 vests with respect to one-fourth of the shares subject thereto on the first anniversary of the vesting commencement date and with respect to one-forty-eighth of the shares subject thereto on each monthly anniversary of the vesting commencement date thereafter, subject to Mr. Ross' continued employment through the applicable vesting date. If a change in control of our company occurs, 50% of the then-unvested portion of each 2015 option will vest upon such change in control, subject to the applicable NEO remaining employed with us until at least immediately prior to such change in control. In addition, upon a termination of the applicable NEO's employment by us without cause within three months prior to, or two years following, a change in control of our company, subject to the applicable NEO's execution of a general release of claims, the NEO's 2015 option will vest in full (to the extent then-unvested).

        The following table sets forth the stock options granted to our NEOs during the 2015 fiscal year.

Named Executive Officer
  2015 Options  
 
  (Number of Shares)
 

Jeff T. Green

    84,178  

Robert D. Perdue

    117,447  

Brian J. Stempeck

    120,780  

Paul E. Ross

    209,735  

        In connection with this offering, we intend to adopt a 2016 Incentive Award Plan, or the 2016 Plan, in order to facilitate the grant of cash and equity incentives to our directors, employees (including our NEOs) and consultants and those of certain of our affiliates and to enable us and certain of our

107


Table of Contents

affiliates to obtain and retain services of these individuals, which is essential to our long-term success. We expect that the 2016 Plan will become effective on the day immediately preceding the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. Because we have not yet adopted the 2016 Plan, there can be no assurance at this time that it will be implemented. For additional information about the 2016 Plan, see the section captioned "—Equity Compensation Plans—2016 Plan."

        In addition to the 2016 Plan, in connection with this offering, we intend to adopt a 2016 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, or the ESPP, in order to allow our eligible employees to purchase shares of our Class A common stock at a discount using payroll deductions. We expect that the ESPP will become effective on the day immediately preceding the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. Because we have not yet adopted the ESPP, there can be no assurance at this time that it will be implemented. For additional information about the expected terms of the ESPP, see the section captioned "—Equity Compensation Plans—2016 Employee Stock Purchase Plan."

Other Elements of Compensation

    Retirement Plans

        We currently maintain a 401(k) retirement savings plan for our employees, including our NEOs, who satisfy certain eligibility requirements. Our NEOs are eligible to participate in the 401(k) plan on the same terms as other full-time employees. The Internal Revenue Code allows eligible employees to defer a portion of their compensation, within prescribed limits, on a pre-tax or after-tax (Roth) basis through contributions to the 401(k) plan. Currently, we match 25% of the first 6% of the contributions made by participants in the 401(k) plan, and these matching contributions are fully vested as of the date on which the contribution is made. We believe that providing a vehicle for tax-deferred retirement savings though our 401(k) plan, and making fully vested matching contributions, adds to the overall desirability of our executive compensation package and further incentivizes our employees, including our NEOs, in accordance with our compensation policies.

    Employee Benefits and Perquisites

        All of our full-time employees, including our NEOs, are eligible to participate in our health and welfare plans, including medical, dental and vision benefits, medical and dependent care flexible spending accounts, short-term and long-term disability insurance and life insurance. We do not provide our NEOs with perquisites or other personal benefits, other than the retirement, health and welfare benefits that apply uniformly to all of our employees.

    No Tax Gross-Ups

        We do not make gross-up payments to cover our NEOs' personal income taxes that may pertain to any of the compensation or perquisites paid or provided by us.

108


Table of Contents

Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End

        The following table summarizes the number of shares of common stock underlying outstanding equity incentive plan awards for each NEO as of December 31, 2015.

 
   
   
  Option Awards
Name
  Grant Date   Vesting
Commencement
Date
  Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options
Exercisable (#)
  Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options
Unexercisable (#)
  Option
Exercise
Price ($)
  Option
Expiration
Date

Jeff T. Green

  1/20/2015   1/20/2015     8,801     29,607 (1)   0.819   1/19/2025

Chief Executive Officer

  12/9/2015   1/1/2016         45,770 (1)   3.696   12/8/2020

Robert D. Perdue

 
2/8/2013
 
1/7/2013
   
315,277
   
126,389

(2)
 
0.171
 
2/7/2023

Chief Operating Officer

  4/23/2014   4/23/2014     27,777     38,889 (1)   0.819   4/22/2024

  1/20/2015   1/20/2015     7,544     25,377 (1)   0.819   1/19/2025

  1/20/2015   1/20/2015     9,930     33,403 (1)   0.819   1/19/2025

  12/9/2015   1/1/2016         41,193 (1)   3.360   12/8/2025

Brian J. Stempeck

 
7/23/2010
 
6/21/2010
   
100,000

(2)
 
   
0.069
 
7/22/2020

Chief Client Officer

  10/12/2010   10/12/2010     33,333 (1)       0.069   10/11/2020

  2/28/2011   2/28/2011     33,333 (1)       0.069   2/27/2021

  4/4/2011   4/4/2011     33,333 (1)       0.069   4/3/2021

  7/8/2011   7/8/2011     133,333 (1)       0.069   7/7/2021

  10/17/2012   10/17/2012     237,500     62,500 (1)   0.171   10/16/2022

  1/20/2015   1/20/2015     7,544     25,377 (1)   0.819   1/19/2025

  1/20/2015   1/20/2015     10,694     35,972 (1)   0.819   1/19/2025

  12/9/2015   1/1/2016         41,193 (1)   3.360   12/8/2025

Paul E. Ross

 
1/20/2015
 
1/20/2015
   
2,058
   
25,377

(1)
 
0.819
 
1/19/2025

Chief Financial Officer

  1/20/2015   11/3/2014     36,110     97,223 (2)   0.819   1/19/2025

  12/9/2015   1/1/2016         43,481 (1)   3.360   12/8/2025

(1)
Represents stock options vesting with respect to one-forty-eighth of the shares of Class B common stock subject thereto on each monthly anniversary of the vesting commencement date, subject to the applicable NEO's continued employment through the applicable vesting date. If a change in control of our company occurs, 50% of the then-unvested portion of the option will vest upon such change in control, subject to the applicable NEO remaining employed with us until at least immediately prior to such change in control. In addition, upon a termination of the applicable NEO's employment by us without cause within three months prior to, or two years following, a change in control of our company, subject to the applicable NEO's execution of a general release of claims, the option will vest in full (to the extent then-unvested).

(2)
Represents stock options vesting with respect to one-fourth of the shares of Class B common stock subject thereto on the first anniversary of the vesting commencement date and with respect to one-forty-eighth of the shares of Class B common stock subject thereto on each monthly anniversary of the vesting commencement date thereafter, subject to the applicable NEO's continued employment through the applicable vesting date. If a change in control of our company occurs, 50% of the then-unvested portion of the option will vest upon such change in control, subject to the applicable NEO remaining employed with us until at least immediately prior to such change in control. In addition, upon a termination of the applicable NEO's employment by us without cause within three months prior to, or two years following, a change in control of our company, subject to the applicable NEO's execution of a general release of claims, the option will vest in full (to the extent then-unvested).

Executive Compensation Arrangements

        During 2015, we were party to employment offer letters with Messrs. Green, Perdue, Stempeck and Ross, the terms and conditions of which are described below. In January 2016, we entered into executive employment agreements with each of our NEOs which supersede their prior employment offer letters. The material terms of the employment offer letters for Messrs. Green, Perdue, Stempeck

109


Table of Contents

and Ross, as well as the material terms of the new executive employment agreements for each of our NEOs, are described in more detail below.

    Jeff T. Green Offer Letter

        Pursuant to the employment offer letter between us and Mr. Green, dated March 3, 2010, or the Green offer letter, Mr. Green was employed during 2015 as our chief executive officer. The Green offer letter provided for an annual base salary, eligibility for bonuses as determined by our board of directors, and eligibility to participate in health, disability and other benefit plans provided to our employees generally. Pursuant to the Green offer letter, upon an Involuntary Termination of Mr. Green's employment (as defined in the Green offer letter), subject to Mr. Green's execution of a general release of claims, he would have been eligible to receive three months of continued base salary and health and welfare benefits.

    Robert D. Perdue Offer Letter

        Pursuant to the employment offer letter between us and Mr. Perdue, dated January 7, 2013, or the Perdue offer letter, Mr. Perdue was employed during 2015 as our chief operating officer. The Perdue offer letter provided for an annual base salary, eligibility for bonuses as determined by us, and eligibility to participate in health, disability and other benefit plans provided to our employees generally. Mr. Perdue was not entitled to severance under the Perdue offer letter.

    Brian J. Stempeck Offer Letter

        Pursuant to the employment offer letter between us and Mr. Stempeck, dated June 3, 2010, or the Stempeck offer letter, Mr. Stempeck was employed during 2015 as our chief client officer. The Stempeck offer letter provided for an annual base salary, eligibility for bonuses as determined by us, and eligibility to participate in health, disability and other benefit plans provided to our employees generally. Mr. Stempeck was not entitled to severance under the Stempeck offer letter.

    Paul E. Ross Offer Letter

        Pursuant to the employment offer letter between us and Mr. Ross, dated September 2, 2014, or the Ross offer letter, Mr. Ross was employed during 2015 as our chief financial officer. The Ross offer letter provided for an annual base salary, eligibility for bonuses as determined by us, eligibility to receive a commission bonus for 2015, eligibility to participate in health, disability and other benefit plans provided to our employees generally, a one-time payment equal to $17,500 in connection with his relocation to Ventura, California, and reimbursement for temporary housing costs in connection with such relocation (capped at $6,000). Mr. Ross was not entitled to severance under the Ross offer letter.

    New Executive Employment Agreements

        As noted above, on January 28, 2016, we entered into executive employment agreements with each of our NEOs that provide for Messrs. Green, Perdue, Stempeck and Ross to receive annual base salaries equal to $400,000, $360,000, $360,000 and $380,000, respectively, and for eligibility to participate in health, disability and other benefit plans provided to our employees generally. In addition, the employment agreements provide that the executives will be eligible to receive cash incentive awards during 2016. Potential cash incentive award payouts range from 0% to 0.24% of 2016 revenue (for Messrs. Green, Perdue and Stempeck) and from 0% to 0.20% of 2016 revenue (for Mr. Ross), dependent upon the level of gross spend attained by us during 2016. Earned awards are payable to the executives in quarterly installments within 60 days after the end of each calendar quarter.

110


Table of Contents

        Under their respective employment agreements, if the applicable NEO is terminated by us without "cause," then, subject to the executive's execution and non-revocation of a general release of claims, the NEO will be entitled to receive (1) four months of continued payment of base salary and (2) if such termination occurs within three months prior to or two years after a change in control of our company, accelerated vesting of the 2015 option granted to such NEO on December 9, 2015. Each NEO has also entered into a confidentiality and inventions agreement with us, which supersedes a prior confidentiality and intellectual property agreement, and in each case, contains certain nondisclosure and invention assignment provisions, as well as non-solicitation and certain other restrictive covenants that are effective during the applicable NEO's employment with us and for 12 months thereafter.

Equity Compensation Plans

        We currently maintain the 2015 Plan. Upon the effectiveness of the 2015 Plan, we ceased to grant awards under the 2010 Plan. We have previously granted stock options to our NEOs under each of the 2015 Plan and the 2010 Plan, as described in more detail above. In connection with the closing of this offering, we intend to adopt the 2016 Plan. We expect that, upon the effectiveness of the 2016 Plan, no further awards will be made under the 2015 Plan.

    2010 Plan

        The material terms of the 2010 Plan are summarized below.

        Share Reserve.     An aggregate of 6,921,083 shares of Class B common stock were reserved for issuance pursuant to awards granted under the 2010 Plan.

        Administration.     Our board of directors is authorized to administer the 2010 Plan, but consistent with its authority under the 2010 Plan, the board has delegated its administrative authority to the compensation committee of our board of directors. Subject to the terms and conditions of the 2010 Plan, the plan administrator has the authority to interpret the terms of the 2010 Plan and to take all other actions necessary or advisable for the administration of the 2010 Plan.

        Eligibility.     The 2010 Plan provided for the grant of options and stock purchase rights to our officers, employees and consultants and certain of our subsidiaries. Awards could also be granted to our directors. Only our employees or the employees of certain of our subsidiaries were eligible to receive grants of incentive stock options.

        Awards.     The 2010 Plan provided for the grant of stock options (including incentive stock options, or ISOs, and nonqualified stock options, or NSOs) and for the grant or sale of shares, or any combination thereof. Each award is set forth in a separate agreement which indicates the type and terms and conditions of the award.

    Stock Options.   Stock options provide for the right to purchase shares of Class B common stock in the future at a specified price that is established on the date of grant. ISOs, by contrast to NSOs, may provide tax deferral beyond exercise and favorable capital gains tax treatment to their holders if certain holding period and other requirements of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, are satisfied. The exercise price of a stock option may not be less than 100% of the fair market value of the underlying share on the date of grant (or 110% in the case of ISOs granted to certain significant stockholders). The term of a stock option may not be longer than ten years (or five years in the case of ISOs granted to certain significant stockholders). Vesting conditions determined by the plan administrator may apply to stock options and may include continued service, performance and/or other conditions.

    Grants or Sales of Shares.   Share awards represent grants of Class B common stock, while sales of shares under the 2010 Plan (known as stock purchase rights) provide participants with the right

111


Table of Contents

      to acquire shares under the 2010 Plan at a fixed purchase price that may not be less than 100% of the fair market value of the shares on the date of grant. Share awards and stock purchase rights remain forfeitable unless and until specified vesting conditions are met.

        Certain Transactions.     The plan administrator has broad discretion to take action under the 2010 Plan, as well as make adjustments to the terms and conditions of outstanding awards, in the event of a merger or consolidation involving us. In addition, in the event of a subdivision of stock, declaration of a dividend or extraordinary dividend, combination or consolidation of stock, recapitalization, spin-off or similar occurrence, the plan administrator will make appropriate adjustments to outstanding awards and the number of shares available for issuance under the 2010 Plan.

        Transferability and Restrictions.     Awards granted under the 2010 Plan may subject to a right of first refusal in our favor and transfer and other restrictions to the extent set forth in the applicable award agreement.

        Amendment and Termination.     The plan administrator may terminate, amend or suspend the 2010 Plan at any time. However, we must generally obtain stockholder approval to the extent required by applicable law. In addition, no amendment of the 2010 Plan may, without the consent of the holder, materially and adversely affect any award previously granted. From and after the effective date of the 2015 Plan, no awards have been or may in the future be granted pursuant to the 2010 Plan; however, awards under the 2010 Plan that were outstanding on the date on which the 2015 Plan became effective will remain in force according to the terms of the 2010 Plan and the applicable award agreement.

    2015 Plan

        The material terms of the 2015 Plan are summarized below.

        Share Reserve.     The aggregate number of shares of Class B common stock reserved for issuance pursuant to awards granted under the 2015 Plan is the sum of 1,333,695 shares plus any shares which, as of the effective date of the 2015 Plan, were subject to awards under the 2010 Plan and which, following the effective date of the 2015 Plan, are forfeited or repurchased for a nominal price, terminate or lapse without being exercised.

        Administration.     Our board of directors is authorized to administer the 2015 Plan, but consistent with its authority under the 2015 Plan, the board has delegated its administrative authority to the compensation committee of our board of directors. Subject to the terms and conditions of the 2015 Plan, the plan administrator has the authority to select the persons to whom awards are to be made, to determine the number of shares to be subject to awards and the terms and conditions of awards, and to make all other determinations and to take all other actions necessary or advisable for the administration of the 2015 Plan. The administrator is also authorized to adopt, amend or repeal rules relating to administration of the 2015 Plan.

        Eligibility.     Options, restricted stock, restricted stock units and other stock-based awards under the 2015 Plan may be granted to our officers, employees and consultants and certain of our subsidiaries. Awards also may be granted to our directors. Only our employees or the employees of certain of our subsidiaries may be granted incentive stock options.

        Awards.     The 2015 Plan provides for the grant of stock options (including ISOs and NSOs), restricted stock, restricted stock units, or RSUs, other stock-based awards, or any combination thereof. No determination has been made as to the types or amounts of awards that will be granted to specific individuals in the future pursuant to the 2015 Plan (and, as noted above, following the effectiveness of this offering, we do not expect to make any further awards under the 2015 Plan). Each award will be set forth in a separate agreement and will indicate the type and terms and conditions of the award.

112


Table of Contents

    Stock Options.   Stock options provide for the right to purchase shares of Class B common stock in the future at a specified price that is established on the date of grant. ISOs, by contrast to NSOs, may provide tax deferral beyond exercise and favorable capital gains tax treatment to their holders if certain holding period and other requirements of the Code are satisfied. The exercise price of a stock option may not be less than 100% of the fair market value of the underlying share on the date of grant (or 110% in the case of ISOs granted to certain significant stockholders), except with respect to certain substitute options granted in connection with a corporate transaction. The term of a stock option may not be longer than ten years (or five years in the case of ISOs granted to certain significant stockholders). Vesting conditions determined by the plan administrator may apply to stock options and may include continued service, performance and/or other conditions.

    Restricted Stock.   Restricted stock is an award of shares of Class B common stock that remains forfeitable unless and until specified vesting conditions are met. In general, restricted stock may not be sold or otherwise transferred until restrictions are removed or expire. Holders of restricted stock will have voting rights and will have the right to receive dividends, if any, prior to the time when the restrictions lapse.

    Restricted Stock Units.   RSUs are contractual promises to deliver shares of Class B common stock (or the fair market value of such shares in cash) in the future, which may also remain forfeitable unless and until specified vesting conditions are met. RSUs generally may not be sold or transferred until vesting conditions are removed or expire. The shares underlying RSUs will generally not be issued until the RSUs have vested, and recipients of RSUs generally will have no voting or dividend rights prior to the time when the RSUs are settled in shares, unless the RSU includes a dividend equivalent right (in which case the holder may be entitled to dividend equivalent payments under certain circumstances). Delivery of the shares underlying RSUs may be deferred under the terms of the award or at the election of the participant, if the plan administrator permits such a deferral.

    Other Stock-Based Awards.   Other stock-based awards are awards denominated in shares of Class B common stock and other awards that are valued by reference to, or are based on, shares of Class B common stock or other property. Other stock-based awards may be paid in shares, cash or other property, as determined by the plan administrator. The plan administrator will determine the terms and conditions of other stock-based awards, including any purchase price, transfer, vesting and/or other conditions.

        Certain Transactions.     The plan administrator has broad discretion to take action under the 2015 Plan, as well as to make adjustments to the terms and conditions of existing and future awards, to prevent the dilution or enlargement of intended benefits and to facilitate necessary or desirable changes in the event of certain transactions and events affecting our Class B common stock, such as stock dividends, stock splits, extraordinary dividends, mergers, acquisitions, consolidations and other corporate transactions. In addition, in the event of certain non-reciprocal transactions with our stockholders known as "equity restructurings," the plan administrator will make equitable adjustments to the 2015 Plan and outstanding awards. In the event of a change in control of our company (as defined in the 2015 Plan), to the extent that the surviving entity declines to assume or substitute for outstanding awards or it is otherwise determined that awards will not be assumed or substituted, all then-unvested awards will become fully vested and exercisable immediately prior to the change in control, and will be cancelled upon the change in control in exchange for the right to receive the change in control consideration.

113


Table of Contents

        Transferability, Restrictions and Claw-Back Provisions.     With limited exceptions for the laws of descent and distribution, awards under the 2015 Plan are generally non-transferable prior to vesting unless otherwise determined by the plan administrator, and are exercisable only by the participant. Additionally, awards granted under the 2015 Plan are subject to a right of first refusal in our favor and take-along rights in connection with the sale of all or a portion of our company. All awards will be subject to the provisions of any claw-back policy implemented by us to the extent set forth in such claw-back policy and/or in the applicable award agreement.

        Amendment and Termination.     The plan administrator may terminate, amend or modify the 2015 Plan at any time. However, we must generally obtain stockholder approval to the extent required by applicable law. In addition, no amendment of the 2015 Plan may, without the consent of the holder, materially and adversely affect any award previously granted. No award may be granted pursuant to the 2015 Plan after the tenth anniversary of the date on which the 2015 Plan was adopted by our board of directors (or, if later, approved by our stockholders); however, we expect to cease granting any awards under the 2015 Plan upon the effectiveness of the 2016 Plan. Any award that is outstanding on the termination date of the 2015 Plan will remain in force according to the terms of the 2015 Plan and the applicable award agreement.

    2016 Incentive Award Plan

        Prior to the effectiveness of this offering, we intend to adopt the 2016 Plan, subject to approval by our stockholders, under which we would be authorized to grant cash and equity incentive awards to eligible service providers in order to attract, motivate and retain the talent for which we compete. The material terms of the 2016 Plan, as it is currently contemplated, are summarized below. Our board of directors is still in the process of developing, approving and implementing the 2016 Plan and, accordingly, there can be no assurance that the 2016 Plan will be implemented or will contain the terms described below. Accordingly, this summary is subject to change.

        Share Reserve.     The aggregate number of shares of Class A common stock reserved for issuance pursuant to awards granted under the 2016 Plan, which we refer to as the Share Limit, is the sum of (1) 4,000,000 shares of Class A common stock, and (2) a number of shares of Class A common stock equal to the number of shares of Class B common stock that, as of the effective date of the 2016 Plan, are subject to awards under the 2010 Plan or the 2015 Plan which are forfeited or lapse unexercised and which, following the effective date of the 2016 Plan, are not issued under the 2010 Plan or 2015 Plan, and (3) an annual increase on the first day of each calendar year beginning on January 1, 2017 and ending on (and including) January 1, 2026 equal to the lesser of (a) 4% of the shares outstanding (on an as-converted basis) on the final day of the immediately preceding calendar year and (b) such smaller number of shares as determined by our board of directors. No more than 16,666,666 shares may be issued upon the exercise of incentive stock options under the 2016 Plan.

        If an award under the 2016 Plan is forfeited, expires or is settled for cash or, after the effective date of the 2016 Plan, any award under the 2010 Plan or the 2015 Plan is forfeited, expires or is settled for cash, any shares subject to such award may, to the extent of such forfeiture, expiration or cash settlement, be used again for new grants under the 2016 Plan. However, the following shares may not be used again for grant under the 2016 Plan: (1) shares tendered or withheld in payment of the exercise price of an option, (2) shares tendered or withheld to satisfy any tax withholding obligations associated with an award; (3) shares subject to a stock appreciation right, or SAR, that are not issued in connection with the stock settlement of the SAR on its exercise; and (4) shares purchased on the open market with the cash proceeds from the exercise of options.

        Awards granted under the 2016 Plan upon the assumption of, or in substitution for, awards authorized or outstanding under a qualifying equity plan maintained by an entity with which we enter into a merger or similar corporate transaction will not reduce the shares available for grant under the

114


Table of Contents

2016 Plan. The maximum number of shares of Class A common stock that may be subject to one or more awards granted to any participant pursuant to the 2016 Plan during any calendar year will be 2,666,666 shares, the maximum amount of cash that may be paid to any one participant during any calendar year period pursuant to the 2016 Plan with respect to one or more awards payable in cash will be $3,000,000 and, to the extent required by Section 162(m) of the Code, shares subject to awards which are canceled will continue to be counted against the foregoing award limits; however, the foregoing limitations shall not apply until the earliest of the following events to occur after the date on which we become a publicly-traded company: (1) the first material modification of the 2016 Plan (including any increase in the Share Limit); (2) the issuance of all of the shares reserved for issuance under the 2016 Plan; (3) the expiration of the 2016 Plan; (4) the first meeting of stockholders at which members of our board of directors are to be elected that occurs after the first calendar year following the calendar year in which an equity security of ours was first registered under Section 12 of the Exchange Act; or (5) such other date required by Section 162(m) of the Code. The sum of (1) the value (determined as of the grant date in accordance with applicable accounting standards) of equity-based awards and (2) the dollar amount of cash awards, in each case, granted to any non-employee director pursuant to the 2016 Plan during any fiscal year may not exceed $1,000,000.

        Administration.     Our board of directors will administer the 2016 Plan with respect to awards granted to non-employee directors and our compensation committee will administer the 2016 Plan with respect to awards granted to other participants. The board or compensation committee may delegate their duties and responsibilities to committees of directors and/or officers, subject to certain limitations that may be imposed under Section 162(m) of the Code, Section 16 of the Exchange Act and/or stock exchange rules. The plan administrator must consist of at least two members of our board of directors, each of whom is intended to qualify as an "outside director," within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code, a "non-employee director" for purposes of Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act and an "independent director" within the meaning of the rules of the applicable stock exchange on which shares of Class A common stock are traded. Subject to the terms and conditions of the 2016 Plan, the plan administrator has the authority to select the persons to whom awards are to be made, to determine the number of shares to be subject to awards and the terms and conditions of awards, and to make all other determinations and to take all other actions necessary or advisable for the administration of the 2016 Plan. The administrator is also authorized to adopt, amend or rescind rules relating to administration of the 2016 Plan.

        Eligibility.     Options, SARs, restricted stock and all other stock-based and cash-based awards under the 2016 Plan may be granted to our officers, employees and consultants and certain of our affiliates. Awards also may be granted to our directors. Only our employees or the employees of certain of our subsidiaries may be granted incentive stock options.

        Awards.     The 2016 Plan provides for the grant of stock options (including ISOs and NSOs), SARs, restricted stock, RSUs, dividend equivalents, performance awards and other stock-based or cash-based awards, or any combination thereof. No determination has been made as to the types or amounts of awards that will be granted to specific individuals pursuant to the 2016 Plan. Each award will be set forth in a separate agreement and will indicate the type and terms and conditions of the award.

    Stock Options.   Stock options provide for the right to purchase shares of Class A common stock in the future at a specified price that is established on the date of grant. ISOs, by contrast to NSOs, may provide tax deferral beyond exercise and favorable capital gains tax treatment to their holders if certain holding period and other requirements of the Code are satisfied. The exercise price of a stock option may not be less than 100% of the fair market value of the underlying share on the date of grant (or 110% in the case of ISOs granted to certain significant stockholders), except with respect to certain substitute options granted in connection with a corporate transaction. The term of a stock option may not be longer than ten years (or five

115


Table of Contents

      years in the case of ISOs granted to certain significant stockholders). Vesting conditions determined by the plan administrator may apply to stock options and may include continued service, performance and/or other conditions.

    Restricted Stock.   Restricted stock is an award of nontransferable shares of Class A common stock that remains forfeitable unless and until specified vesting conditions are met. In general, restricted stock may not be sold or otherwise transferred until restrictions are removed or expire. Holders of restricted stock will have voting rights and, except with respect to performance vesting awards, will have the right to receive dividends, if any, prior to the time when the restrictions lapse.

    Restricted Stock Units.   RSUs are contractual promises to deliver shares of Class A common stock (or the fair market value of such shares in cash) in the future, which may also remain forfeitable unless and until specified vesting conditions are met. RSUs generally may not be sold or transferred until vesting conditions are removed or expire. The shares underlying RSUs will not be issued until the RSUs have vested, and recipients of RSUs generally will have no voting or dividend rights prior to the time when the RSUs are settled in shares, unless the RSU includes a dividend equivalent right (in which case the holder may be entitled to dividend equivalent payments under certain circumstances). Delivery of the shares underlying RSUs may be deferred under the terms of the award or at the election of the participant, if the plan administrator permits such a deferral.

    Stock Appreciation Rights.   SARs entitle their holder, upon exercise, to receive an amount equal to the appreciation of the shares subject to the award between the grant date and the exercise date. The exercise price of any SAR granted under the 2016 Plan must be at least 100% of the fair market value of a share of Class A common stock on the date of grant (except with respect to certain substitute SARs granted in connection with a corporate transaction) and the term of a SAR may not be longer than ten years. Vesting conditions determined by the plan administrator may apply to SARs and may include continued service, performance or other conditions. SARs under the 2016 Plan will be settled in cash or shares of Class A common stock, or in a combination of both, as determined by the administrator.

    Dividend Equivalents.   Dividend equivalents represent the value of the dividends, if any, per share paid by us, calculated with reference to the number of shares covered by the award. Dividend equivalents generally are credited as of dividend record dates during the period between the date an award is granted and the date such award vests, is exercised, is distributed or expires, as determined by the plan administrator, and may be settled in cash or shares as determined by the plan administrator. Dividend equivalents with respect to an award with performance-based vesting that are based on dividends paid prior to the vesting of such award shall only be paid out to the extent that the performance-based vesting conditions are subsequently satisfied and the award vests.

    Other Stock or Cash Based Awards.   Other stock or cash based awards consist of cash payments, cash bonus awards, stock payments, stock bonus awards, performance awards or other incentive awards paid in cash, shares of Class A common stock or a combination of both, either delivered immediately or in the future, and which may include, without limitation, deferred stock, deferred stock units, performance awards, retainers, committee fees and meeting-based fees. Other stock or cash based awards may be subject to vesting and other terms and conditions determined by the plan administrator.

        Performance Awards.     Performance awards include any of the foregoing awards that are granted subject to vesting and/or payment based on the attainment of specified performance goals. The plan administrator will determine whether performance awards are intended to constitute "qualified performance-based compensation," or QPBC, within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code, in

116


Table of Contents

which case the applicable performance criteria will be selected from the list below in accordance with the requirements of Section 162(m) of the Code.

        Section 162(m) of the Code imposes a $1,000,000 cap on the compensation deduction that a publicly-held corporation may take in respect of compensation paid to its "covered employees" (which generally includes the corporation's chief executive officer and next three most highly compensated employees other than the chief financial officer), but excludes from the calculation of amounts subject to this limitation any amounts that constitute QPBC. Under a special transition rule for private companies that become publicly held, we do not expect Section 162(m) of the Code to apply to certain awards under the 2016 Plan until the earliest to occur of (1) the annual stockholders' meeting at which members of our board of directors are to be elected that occurs after the close of the third calendar year following the calendar year in which occurred the first registration of our equity securities under Section 12 of the Exchange Act; (2) a material modification of the 2016 Plan; (3) the exhaustion of the share supply under the 2016 Plan; and (4) the expiration of the 2016 Plan. However, QPBC performance criteria may be used with respect to performance awards that are not intended to constitute QPBC. In addition, we may issue awards that are not intended to, or that otherwise do not, constitute QPBC even if such awards might be non-deductible as a result of Section 162(m) of the Code.

        In order to constitute QPBC under Section 162(m) of the Code, in addition to certain other requirements, the relevant amounts must be payable only upon the attainment of pre-established, objective performance goals set by the compensation committee and linked to stockholder-approved performance criteria. For purposes of the 2016 Plan, one or more of the following performance criteria will be used in setting performance goals applicable to QPBC, and may be used in setting performance goals applicable to other performance awards: (1) net earnings or losses (as may be adjusted before or after one or more of the following: (a) interest, (b) taxes, (c) depreciation, (d) amortization, and (e) non cash equity based compensation expense); (2) gross or net sales or revenue or sales or revenue growth; (3) net income (either before or after taxes); (4) adjusted net income; (5) operating earnings or profit (either before or after taxes); (6) cash flow (including, but not limited to, operating cash flow and free cash flow); (7) return on assets; (8) return on capital (or invested capital) and cost of capital; (9) return on stockholders' equity; (10) total stockholder return; (11) return on sales; (12) gross or net profit or operating margin; (13) costs, reductions in costs and cost control measures; (14) expenses; (15) working capital; (16) earnings or loss per share; (17) adjusted earnings or loss per share; (18) price per share or dividends per share (or appreciation in and/or maintenance of such price or dividends); (19) regulatory achievements or compliance (including, without limitation, regulatory body approval for commercialization of a product); (20) implementation or completion of critical projects; (21) market share; (22) economic value; (23) gross spend; and (24) the percentage revenue represents of gross spend, any of which may be measured either in absolute terms or as compared to any incremental increase or decrease or as compared to results of a peer group or to market performance indicators or indices.

        The 2016 Plan also permits the plan administrator to provide for objectively determinable adjustments to the applicable performance criteria in setting performance goals for QPBC awards. Such adjustments may include one or more of the following: (1) items related to a change in applicable accounting standards; (2) items relating to financing activities; (3) expenses for restructuring or productivity initiatives; (4) other non-operating items; (5) items related to acquisitions; (6) items attributable to the business operations of any entity acquired by us during the applicable performance period; (7) items related to the sale or disposition of a business or segment of a business; (8) items related to discontinued operations that do not qualify as a segment of a business under applicable accounting standards; (9) items attributable to any stock dividend, stock split, combination or exchange of stock occurring during the applicable performance period; (10) any other items of significant income or expense which are determined to be appropriate adjustments; (11) items relating to unusual or

117


Table of Contents

extraordinary corporate transactions, events or developments; (12) items related to amortization of acquired intangible assets; (13) items that are outside the scope of our core, on-going business activities; (14) items related to acquired in-process research and development; (15) items relating to changes in tax laws; (16) items relating to major licensing or partnership arrangements; (17) items relating to asset impairment charges; (18) items relating to gains or losses for litigation, arbitration and contractual settlements; (19) items attributable to expenses incurred in connection with a reduction in force or early retirement initiative; (20) items relating to foreign exchange or currency transactions and/or fluctuations; or (21) items relating to any other unusual or nonrecurring events or changes in applicable laws, accounting principles or business conditions

        Certain Transactions.     The plan administrator has broad discretion to take action under the 2016 Plan, as well as make adjustments to the terms and conditions of existing and future awards, to prevent the dilution or enlargement of intended benefits and facilitate necessary or desirable changes in the event of certain transactions and events affecting our Class A common stock, such as stock dividends, stock splits, mergers, acquisitions, consolidations and other corporate transactions. In addition, in the event of certain non-reciprocal transactions with our stockholders known as "equity restructurings," the plan administrator will make equitable adjustments to the 2016 Plan and outstanding awards. In the event of a change in control of our company (as defined in the 2016 Plan) unless the plan administrator elects to terminate outstanding awards in exchange for cash or other property or to cause outstanding awards to become fully vested and exercisable prior to such change in control, outstanding awards will continue in effect or be assumed or substituted by the successor corporation. If an award vests and, as applicable, is exercised in lieu of assumption or substitution in connection with a change in control, the award will terminate upon the change in control.

        Foreign Participants, Claw-Back Provisions, Transferability, and Participant Payments.     The plan administrator may modify award terms, establish subplans and/or adjust other terms and conditions of awards, subject to the share limits described above, in order to facilitate grants of awards subject to the laws and/or stock exchange rules of countries outside of the United States. All awards will be subject to the provisions of any claw-back policy implemented by us to the extent set forth in such claw-back policy and/or in the applicable award agreement. With limited exceptions for estate planning, domestic relations orders, certain beneficiary designations and the laws of descent and distribution, awards under the 2016 Plan are generally non-transferable prior to vesting unless otherwise determined by the plan administrator, and are exercisable only by the participant. With regard to tax withholding, exercise price and purchase price obligations arising in connection with awards under the 2016 Plan, the plan administrator may, in its discretion, accept cash or check, shares of Class A common stock that meet specified conditions, a market sell order or such other consideration as it deems suitable.

        Amendment and Termination.     Our board of directors may terminate, amend or modify the 2016 Plan at any time. However, we must generally obtain stockholder approval to increase the number of shares available under the 2016 Plan or the individual award limits under the 2016 Plan (other than in connection with certain corporate events, as described above), to reprice options or SARs, or to cancel any stock option or SAR in exchange for cash or another award when the option or SAR price per share exceeds the fair market value of the underlying shares. In addition, no amendment, suspension or termination of the 2016 Plan may, without the consent of the holder, materially and adversely affect any rights or obligations under any award previously granted, unless the award itself otherwise expressly so provides. No award may be granted pursuant to the 2016 Plan after the tenth anniversary of the effective date of the 2016 Plan. Any award that is outstanding on the termination date of the 2016 Plan will remain in force according to the terms of the 2016 Plan and the applicable award agreement.

118


Table of Contents

    2016 Employee Stock Purchase Plan

        Prior to the effectiveness of this offering, we intend to adopt the ESPP, subject to approval by our stockholders. The material terms of the ESPP, as it is currently contemplated, are summarized below. Our board of directors is still in the process of developing, approving and implementing the ESPP and, accordingly, there can be no assurance that the ESPP will be implemented or that it will contain the terms described below. Accordingly, this summary is subject to change in all respects.

        The ESPP is comprised of two distinct components in order to provide increased flexibility to grant purchase rights under the ESPP to U.S. and to non-U.S. employees. Specifically, the ESPP authorizes (1) the grant of purchase rights to U.S. employees that are intended to qualify for favorable U.S. federal tax treatment under Section 423 of the Code, (referred to as the Section 423 Component), and (2) the grant of purchase rights that are not intended to be tax-qualified under Section 423 of the Code to facilitate participation for employees located outside of the United States who do not benefit from favorable U.S. tax treatment and to provide flexibility to comply with non-U.S. law and other considerations, (the Non-Section 423 Component). Where possible under local law and custom, we expect that the Non-Section 423 Component generally will be operated and administered on terms and conditions similar to the Section 423 Component.

        Share Reserve.     The aggregate number of shares of Class A common stock that may be issued pursuant to rights granted under the ESPP will be 800,000 shares. In addition, on the first day of each calendar year beginning on January 1, 2017 and ending on (and including) January 1, 2026, the number of shares available for issuance under the ESPP will be increased by a number of shares equal to the least of (1) 800,000 shares, (2) 1% of the shares outstanding (on an as-converted basis) on the final day of the immediately preceding calendar year, and (3) such smaller number of shares as determined by our board of directors. If any right granted under the ESPP terminates for any reason without having been exercised, the shares subject thereto that are not purchased under such right will again be available for issuance under the ESPP.

        Administration.     Our compensation committee will administer the ESPP, unless otherwise determined by our board of directors. The compensation committee may delegate its duties and responsibilities to committees of directors. To the extent necessary to comply with Rule 16b-3 of the Exchange Act, the plan administrator will consist solely of two members of our board of directors, each of whom is intended to qualify as an "outside director," within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code, a "non-employee director" for purposes of Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act and an "independent director" within the meaning of the rules of the applicable stock exchange on which shares of Class A common stock are traded. Subject to the terms and conditions of the ESPP, the plan administrator has the authority to determine when rights to purchase shares will be offered and the provisions of each offering under the ESPP, to determine which subsidiaries will participate in the ESPP (including in the Non-Section 423 and the Section 423 Components), and to make all other determinations and to take all other actions necessary or advisable for the administration of the ESPP. The administrator is also authorized to establish, amend or revoke rules relating to administration of the ESPP.

        Eligible Employees.     Employees eligible to participate in the ESPP for a given offering generally include employees who are employed by the company or one of its designated subsidiaries on the first trading day of the offering (or with respect to the initial offering, on the date on which the ESPP becomes effective), referred to as the enrollment date. However, an employee who owns (or is deemed to own through attribution) 5% or more of the combined voting power or value of all classes of the company's or one of its subsidiaries' stock will not be allowed to participate in the Section 423 Component. In addition, the plan administrator may provide that an employee may not be eligible to participate in an offering under the Section 423 Component if the employee is a citizen or resident of a non-U.S. jurisdiction and the grant of a right to purchase shares would be prohibited under applicable

119


Table of Contents

law or would cause the Section 423 Component (or any offering thereunder) to violate the requirements of Section 423 of the Code. Additionally, the plan administrator may provide that certain highly compensated, seasonal and/or part-time employees may not be eligible to participate in an offering or, with respect to offerings under the Non-Section 423 Component, that only certain employees are eligible to participate in such offerings (regardless of the foregoing rules).

        Participation.     Employees may become participants in the ESPP for an offering by completing an enrollment form prior to the enrollment date of the applicable offering, which will designate a whole percentage or fixed dollar amount of the employee's compensation to be withheld by the Company as payroll deductions under the ESPP during the offering. The compensation to be withheld with respect to each employee may not be less than 1% or more than 25% of the employee's compensation (or such other percentage designated by the plan administrator in the applicable offering document). The accumulated deductions will be applied to the purchase of shares on each purchase date during an offering. However, a participant may not purchase more than 6,000 shares during any one purchase period and, with respect to the Section 423 Component, may not subscribe for more than $25,000 worth of shares under the ESPP per calendar year in which such rights to purchase stock are outstanding (considered together with any other ESPP maintained by the Company or certain parent or subsidiary entities) based on the fair market value of the shares at the time the purchase right is granted.

        Offerings; Purchase Periods.     Under the ESPP, participants are offered the right to purchase shares of the company's Class A common stock at a discount during a series of offerings. The initial offering will commence on the date on which the ESPP becomes effective and terminate on November 15, 2018, and, except as otherwise set forth in an offering document, the subsequent offerings will cover the 24-month periods commencing each November 16 th  and May 16 th  to occur following the initial offering period. Each offering will be comprised of one or more purchase periods designated by the plan administrator in the applicable offering document.

        The purchase price for each offering will be designated by the plan administrator in the applicable offering document or, in the absence of a designation by the plan administrator, the purchase price will be the lower of 85% of the closing trading price per share of the company's Class A common stock on the enrollment date of the applicable offering or 85% of the closing trading price per share on the applicable purchase date, which will occur on the last trading day of each purchase period during an offering.

        Unless a participant has previously withdrawn his or her participation in, or has otherwise become ineligible to participate in, the ESPP prior to any applicable purchase date, the participant's accumulated payroll deductions will be applied to the purchase of whole shares as of each purchase date. The participant will purchase the maximum number of whole shares of Class A common stock that his or her accumulated payroll deductions will buy at the purchase price, subject to the participation limitations described above, and any fractional shares will be credited to the participant's account and carried forward and applied toward the purchase of whole shares for the next offering.

        In the event that the fair market value of a share of Class A common stock on any purchase date during an offering is less than the fair market value of a share on the enrollment date of such offering, the offering will automatically terminate after the purchase of shares of Class A common stock on the purchase date and a new subsequent offering will commence on the May 16 th  or November 16 th  next following the purchase date. In the event of any such offering reset, each participant in the offering will automatically be enrolled in the next-subsequent offering on the same terms and conditions on which he or she participated in the terminated offering.

        Payroll Deduction Changes and Withdrawals.     A participant may increase or decrease his or her payroll deductions twice during any purchase period. In addition, a participant may cancel his or her

120


Table of Contents

payroll deductions and withdraw his or her participation from the ESPP at any time by submitting written notice to the company at least one week prior to the end of the offering in which such participant is enrolled. Upon withdrawal, the participant will receive a refund of the participant's account balance in cash, and his or her payroll deductions shall cease.

        Transfer Restrictions.     A participant may not transfer (other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution) any right granted under the ESPP and, during a participant's lifetime, purchase rights granted under the ESPP shall be exercisable only by such participant. In addition, except as otherwise provided in an offering document, a participant may not transfer, sell or otherwise dispose of any shares purchased under the ESPP until the earlier of (1) the six-month anniversary of the purchase date on which the participant purchased the shares and (2) the occurrence, after the applicable purchase date, of a change in control of the company.

        Adjustments; Changes in Capitalization.     The plan administrator has broad discretion to take action under the ESPP, as well as make adjustments to the terms and conditions of existing and future purchase rights, to prevent the dilution or enlargement of intended benefits and facilitate necessary or desirable changes in the event of certain transactions and events affecting the company's Class A common stock, such as stock dividends, stock splits, mergers, acquisitions, consolidations and other corporate transactions. In the event of certain changes in control of our company (as defined in the ESPP) in which outstanding rights are not assumed or substituted, the plan administrator will set a new purchase date on which all offering periods under the ESPP will terminate.

        Amendment and Termination.     The plan administrator may amend, suspend or terminate the ESPP at any time, subject to stockholder approval to the extent required under Section 423 of the Code (with respect to the Section 423 Component) or other applicable law. The ESPP will terminate upon the expiration of the purchase period during which the tenth anniversary of the date on which the ESPP is initially approved by the company's stockholders occurs, unless earlier terminated.

        Form S-8.     The company intends to file with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-8 covering the shares of Class A common stock issuable under the ESPP.

121


Table of Contents


CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

        The following is a description of transactions since January 1, 2013, to which we have been a party, in which the amount involved exceeds or will exceed $120,000 and in which any of our directors, executive officers or holders of more than 5% of our capital stock, or an affiliate or immediate family member thereof, had or will have a direct or indirect material interest.

Sales and Purchases of Securities

    Series B Convertible Preferred Stock Financing

        Between February and May 2014, we issued 8,371,030 shares of Series B convertible preferred stock at a price per share of $2.43 for aggregate gross consideration of $20.3 million. The table below sets forth the number of shares of Series B convertible preferred stock sold to our directors, executive officers or holders of more than 5% of our capital stock, or an affiliate or immediate family member thereof:

Name
  Number of Shares
of Series B
Convertible Preferred Stock
  Purchase Price  

Highwind S.a.r.l. (1)

    6,993,000   $ 16,999,983  

IA Venture Strategies Fund I, LP (2)

    1,234,060     3,000,000  

(1)
As of June 30, 2016, Highwind S.a.r.l. is the holder of more than 5% of our capital stock. Juan N. Villalonga, one of our directors, has been designated to our board of directors by Highwind S.a.r.l.

(2)
As of June 30, 2016, IA Venture Strategies Fund I, LP is the holder of more than 5% of our capital stock. Roger Ehrenberg, one of our directors, is the founder and managing partner of IA Ventures, an entity affiliated with IA Venture Strategies Fund I, LP., which has voting and dispositive power over the shares held by IA Venture Strategies Fund I, LP.

    Series C Convertible Preferred Stock Financing

        In February 2016, we issued 11,500,587 shares of Series C convertible preferred stock at a price per share of $5.22 for aggregate gross consideration of $60.0 million. The table below sets forth the number of shares of Series C convertible preferred stock sold to our directors, executive officers or holders of more than 5% of our capital stock, or an affiliate or immediate family member thereof:

Name
  Number of Shares
of Series C
Convertible Preferred Stock
  Purchase Price  

Entities affiliated with Wellington Management (1)

    11,500,587   $ 60,000,000  

(1)
Consists of (a) 17,091 shares of Series C convertible preferred stock purchased by Global Multi-Strategy Fund, (b) 9,583,823 shares of Series C convertible preferred stock purchased by Hadley Harbor Master Investors (Cayman) L.P., (c) 42,279 shares of Series C convertible preferred stock purchased by Hartford Global Capital Appreciation Fund, (d) 99,405 shares of Series C convertible preferred stock purchased by The Hartford Capital Appreciation Fund, and (e) 1,757,989 shares of Series C convertible preferred stock purchased by The Hartford Growth Opportunities Fund. Wellington Management Company LLP is the investment adviser to each of these entities.

Falk Technologies GmbH

        From January to May 2015, we processed $0.2 million of spend through our platform with Falk Technologies GmbH. Thomas Falk, one of our directors, was previously the chief executive officer of Falk Technologies GmbH during such period.

122


Table of Contents

Second Amended and Restated Investors' Rights Agreement

        We have entered into a second amended and restated investors' rights agreement with the holders of our convertible preferred stock and common stock, and holders of warrants to purchase our convertible preferred stock, including entities with which certain of our directors are affiliated. These holders are entitled to rights with respect to the registration of their shares following our initial public offering under the Securities Act. The following executive officers, directors and holders of more than 5% of our capital stock are entitled to registration rights under the second amended and restated investors' rights agreement:

Jeff T. Green, Chief Executive Officer

Robert D. Perdue, Chief Operating Officer

David R. Pickles, Chief Technology Officer

Brian J. Stempeck, Chief Client Officer

Entities affiliated with Founder Collective (1)

Entities affiliated with Wellington Management (2)

Highwind S.a.r.l. (3)

IA Venture Strategies Fund I, LP (4)


(1)
As of June 30, 2016, Founder Collective, L.P. and Founder Collective Entrepreneurs' Fund, LLC are collectively the holders of more than 5% of our capital stock. Founder Collective GP, LLC is the general partner of Founder Collective, LP and the managing member of Founder Collective Entrepreneurs' Fund, LLC. Eric Paley, one of our directors, is one of the two managing members of Founder Collective GP, LLC.

(2)
As of June 30, 2016, Global Multi-Strategy Fund, Hadley Harbor Master Investors (Cayman) L.P., Hartford Global Capital Appreciation Fund, The Hartford Capital Appreciation Fund and The Hartford Growth Opportunities Fund are collectively the holders of more than 5% of our capital stock. Wellington Management Company LLP is the investment adviser to each of these entities.

(3)
As of June 30, 2016, Highwind S.a.r.l. is the holder of more than 5% of our capital stock. Juan N. Villalonga, one of our directors, has been designated to our board of directors by Highwind S.a.r.l.

(4)
As of June 30, 2016, IA Venture Strategies Fund I, LP is the holder of more than 5% of our capital stock. Roger Ehrenberg, one of our directors, is the founder and managing partner of IA Ventures, an entity affiliated with IA Venture Strategies Fund I, LP.

        For a description of these registration rights, see the section captioned "Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights."

Second Amended and Restated Voting Agreement

        We have entered into a second amended and restated voting agreement, as amended, with the holders of our convertible preferred stock and common stock, and holders of warrants to purchase our convertible preferred stock, including entities with which certain of our directors are affiliated. These holders are entitled to certain director designation rights with respect to our board of directors. For a description of these voting rights, see the section captioned "Management—Executive Officers and Directors—Voting Arrangements." This agreement shall terminate upon the consummation of this offering.

Indemnification Agreements and Directors' and Officers' Liability Insurance

        We have entered into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and executive officers. These agreements, among other things, require us to indemnify each director and executive officer to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law, including indemnification of expenses such as attorneys' fees, judgments, penalties fines and settlement amounts incurred by the director or executive officer in any action or proceeding, including any action or proceeding by or in right of us, arising out of the person's services as a director or executive officer.

123


Table of Contents

Policies and Procedures for Related Party Transactions

        Our board of directors has adopted a written related person transaction policy, to be effective upon the consummation of this offering, setting forth the policies and procedures for the review and approval or ratification of related person transactions. This policy will cover, with certain exceptions set forth in Item 404 of Regulation S-K under the Securities Act, any transaction, arrangement or relationship, or any series of similar transactions, arrangements or relationships in which we were or are to be a participant, where the amount involved exceeds $120,000 and a related person had or will have a direct or indirect material interest, including, without limitation, purchases of goods or services by or from the related person or entities in which the related person has a material interest, indebtedness, guarantees of indebtedness and employment by us of a related person. In reviewing and approving any such transactions, our audit committee is tasked to consider all relevant facts and circumstances, including, but not limited to, whether the transaction is on terms comparable to those that could be obtained in an arm's length transaction with an unrelated third party and the extent of the related person's interest in the transaction. All of the transactions described in this section occurred prior to the adoption of this policy.

124


Table of Contents


PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS

        The following table sets forth information with respect to the beneficial ownership of our common stock as of August 31, 2016, and as adjusted to reflect the sale of Class A common stock offered by us and the selling stockholders in this offering, for:

        We have determined beneficial ownership in accordance with the rules of the SEC, which generally means that a person has beneficial ownership of a security if he or she possesses sole or shared voting or investment power of that security, including options that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of August 31, 2016. Unless otherwise indicated, to our knowledge, the persons and entities named in the table below have sole voting and sole investment power with respect to all shares that they beneficially own, subject to community property laws where applicable. The information in the table below does not necessarily indicate beneficial ownership for any other purpose, including for purposes of Sections 13(d) and 13(g) of the Securities Act. Unless otherwise indicated, based on the information supplied to us by or on behalf of the selling stockholders, no selling stockholder is a broker-dealer or an affiliate of a broker-dealer.

        We have based our calculation of the percentage of beneficial ownership prior to this offering on no shares of Class A common stock and 33,238,730 shares of Class B common stock (including convertible preferred stock on an as converted basis) outstanding as of August 31, 2016. We have based our calculation of the percentage of beneficial ownership after this offering on 4,666,667 shares of Class A common stock and 33,684,818 shares of Class B common stock outstanding immediately after the completion of this offering. We have deemed shares of our common stock subject to stock options that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of August 31, 2016 to be outstanding and to be beneficially owned by the person holding the stock option for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of that person. We did not, however, deem such shares outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person.

125


Table of Contents

        Unless otherwise indicated, the address of each beneficial owner listed in the table below is c/o The Trade Desk, Inc., 42 N. Chestnut Street, Ventura, California 93001.

 
  Shares
Beneficially
Owned Prior to
this Offering
  Number of
Shares
Being
Offered (1)
  Shares
Beneficially
Owned After
this
Offering (2)
  % of
Total
Voting
Power
After this
Offering (2)
 
Name of Beneficial Owner
  Shares   %     Shares   %    

5% Stockholders:

                                     

IA Venture Strategies Fund I, LP ( 3 )

    6,575,272     19.8         6,575,272     17.1     19.3  

Entities affiliated with Founder Collective ( 4 )

    4,688,122     14.1     266,168     4,421,954     11.6     13.0  

Entities affiliated with Wellington Management ( 5 )

    3,833,528     11.5         3,833,528     10.0     11.2  

Highwind S.a.r.l. ( 6 )

    2,331,000     7.0         2,331,000     6.1     6.8  

Named Executive Officers and Directors:

   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 

Jeff T. Green ( 7 )

    8,869,576     26.7         8,869,576     23.1     26.0  

Brian J. Stempeck ( 8 )

    675,872     2.0         675,872     1.7     1.9  

Robert D. Perdue ( 9 )

    520,247     1.5         520,247     1.3     1.5  

Paul E. Ross ( 10 )

    86,435     *         86,435     *     *  

Roger Ehrenberg ( 11 )

    6,575,272     19.8         6,575,272     17.1     19.3  

Kathryn E. Falberg ( 12 )

    30,303     *         30,303     *     *  

Thomas Falk ( 13 )

    904,275     2.7     33,118     871,157     2.3     2.6  

Eric B. Paley ( 14 )

    4,688,122     14.1     266,168     4,421,954     11.6     13.0  

Juan N. Villalonga

                         

David B. Wells

                         

All executive officers and directors as a group (11 persons) ( 15 )

    23,556,207     68.0     299,286     23,256,921     58.9     66.0  

Other Selling Stockholders:

   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 

SV Angel II-Q LP ( 16 )

    333,333     1.0     236,562     96,771     *     *  

Kim Reed Perell ( 17 )

    262,777     *     92,969     169,808     *     *  

Chris Young ( 18 )

    137,380     *     17,742     119,638     *     *  

All other selling stockholders ( 19 )

    203,936     *     86,559     117,377     *     *  

*
Less than 1%.

(1)
Represents maximum number of shares that may be sold only if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full. The actual number of shares to be sold by each selling stockholder is subject to change depending on the actual public offering price. To the extent that the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares and the selling stockholders sell fewer than the number of shares subject to any such exercise, the company will issue and sell the remainder of the shares subject to any such exercise.

(2)
Assumes no shares are issued by the company in respect of any exercise of underwriters' option to purchase additional shares. Percentage of total voting power represents voting power with respect to all shares of Class A and Class B common stock, as a single class. Holders of Class B common stock are entitled to ten votes per share, and holders of Class A common stock are entitled to one vote per share. For more information about the voting rights of our Class A and Class B common stock, see the section captioned "Description of Capital Stock—Common Stock."

(3)
Consists of 7,500,000 shares of Seed preferred stock, 5,165,600 shares of Series A-1 preferred stock, 4,193,250 shares of Series A-2 preferred stock, 1,632,910 shares of Series A-3 preferred stock and 1,234,060 shares of Series B preferred stock held of record by IA Venture Strategies Fund I, LP, each share of which will automatically convert into one third of one share of Class B common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering. Roger Ehrenberg, one of our directors, is the founder and managing member of IA Venture Partners, LLC, which is the general partner of IA Venture Strategies Fund I, LP and has voting and dispositive power over the shares held by IA Venture Strategies Fund I, LP. As a result, Mr. Ehrenberg may be deemed to have indirect beneficial ownership of the reported shares. The address for IA Venture Strategies Fund I, LP is 156 Fifth Avenue Suite 1119, New York, New York 10010.

(4)
Consists of (a) 5,700,000 shares of Seed preferred stock, 4,081,640 shares of Series A-1 preferred stock, and 1,104,220 shares of Series A-2 preferred stock held of record by Founder Collective, L.P., and (b) 1,800,000 shares of Seed preferred stock, 1,084,990 shares of Series A-1 preferred stock, and 293,520 shares of Series A-2 preferred stock held of record by Founder Collective Entrepreneurs' Fund, LLC, each share of which will automatically convert into one third of one share of Class B common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering. Founder Collective GP, LLC is the general

126


Table of Contents

    partner of Founder Collective, LP and the managing member of Founder Collective Entrepreneurs' Fund, LLC (collectively referred to as the "Founder Collective Entities"). Eric Paley, one of our directors, and David Frankel are the two managing members of Founder Collective GP, LLC and have shared voting and investment power over the reported shares. The address for the Founder Collective Entities is 1 Mifflin Place, Suite 300, Cambridge, Massachusetts 02138.

(5)
Consists of (a) 17,091 shares of Series C preferred stock held of record by Global Multi-Strategy Fund, (b) 9,583,823 shares of Series C preferred stock held of record by Hadley Harbor Master Investors (Cayman) L.P., (c) 42,279 shares of Series C preferred stock held of record by Hartford Global Capital Appreciation Fund, (d) 99,405 shares of Series C preferred stock held of record by The Hartford Capital Appreciation Fund, and (e) 1,757,989 shares of Series C preferred stock held of record by The Hartford Growth Opportunities Fund, each share of which will automatically convert into one third of one share of Class B common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering. These entities are collectively referred to as the "Wellington Entities." Wellington Management Company LLP is the investment adviser to the Wellington Entities. Wellington Management Company LLP is an investment adviser registered under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended, and is an indirect subsidiary of Wellington Management Group LLP. Wellington Management Company LLP and Wellington Management Group LLP may each be deemed to share beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act) of the shares indicated in the table, all of which are held of record by the entity named in the table or a nominee on its behalf. The business address of the Wellington Entities table is c/o Wellington Management Company LLP, 280 Congress Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02110.

(6)
Consists of 6,993,000 shares of Series B preferred stock held of record by Highwind S.a.r.l, each share of which will automatically convert into one third of one share of Class B common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering. Juan N. Villalonga, one of our directors, has been designated to our board of directors by Highwind S.a.r.l. The address for Highwind S.a.r.l is 75 Parc d'Activités, L-8308 Capellen, Luxembourg.

(7)
Consists of (a) 7,286,331 shares of common stock held of record by Jeff T. Green, (b) 1,566,666 shares of common stock held of record by Jeff T. Green, trustee of the Green Irrevocable Trust of 2015, and (c) 16,579 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of August 31, 2016.

(8)
Consists of (a) 15,000 shares of common stock held of record by Brian J. Stempeck, and (b) 660,872 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of August 31, 2016.

(9)
Consists of (a) 46,666 shares of common stock held of record by Robert D. Perdue, and (b) 473,581 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of August 31, 2016.

(10)
Consists of (a) 9,999 shares of common stock held of record by Paul E. Ross, and (b) 76,436 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of August 31, 2016.

(11)
See footnote 3.

(12)
Includes 30,303 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options currently exercisable within 60 days of August 31, 2016.

(13)
Consists of (i) 2,330,082 shares of Series A-3 preferred stock held of record by Revel Venture Fund I, L.P. ("Revel"), (ii) 28,349 shares of Seed preferred stock and 170,990 shares of Series A-1 preferred stock held of record by eValue AG ("eValue") and (iii) 183,410 shares of Series A-3 preferred stock held of record by Entrepreneurs Investment Fund I, LP ("EIF I"), each share of which will automatically convert into one third of one share of Class B common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering. Thomas Falk is a member of our board of directors, is one of four managing members of Revel, owns approximately 90% of the economic interest and all of the voting interest of eValue, and is a member of the general partner of EIF I. Mr. Falk may be deemed to beneficially own the shares of Revel, eValue and EIF I. The address for Revel is 250 Hudson Street, 4th Floor, New York, New York 10013, the address for eValue is Kennedydamm 1, 40476 Dusseldorf, Germany and the address of EIF is c/o Digital Capital Advisors, The Empire State Building, 350 5th Avenue, Suite 7640, New York, New York 10118.

(14)
Consists of the shares described in footnote (4) above. Mr. Paley is a managing member of Founder Collective GP, LLC and may be deemed the indirect beneficial owner of such shares.

(15)
Includes 22,155,214 outstanding shares of Class B common stock and 1,400,993 shares of common stock issuable pursuant to options currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of August 31, 2016.

(16)
Consists of 1,000,000 shares of Seed preferred stock held of record by SV Angel II-Q LP, each share of which will automatically convert into one third of one share of Class B common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering. Robert Pollak and Christopher Conway are each general partners of SV Angel II-Q LP and share voting and dispositive power. As a result, Messrs. Pollak and Conway may be deemed to be the beneficial owners of the reported shares. The address for SV Angel II-Q LP is 588 Sutter Street #299, San Francisco, California 94102.

(17)
Consists of 788,332 shares of Series A-3 preferred stock held of record by Kim Reed Perell, each share of which will automatically convert into one third of one share of Class B common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering.

(18)
Consists of 45,310 shares of Seed preferred stock, 176,190 shares of Series A-1 preferred stock and 190,643 shares of Series A-3 preferred stock held of record by Chris Young, each share of which will automatically convert into one third of one share of Class B common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering.

(19)
Consists of 114,850 shares of Seed preferred stock, 171,430 shares of Series A-1 preferred stock and 325,533 shares of Series A-3 preferred stock held of record by four selling stockholders not listed above who, as a group, own less than 1% of our shares of preferred stock prior to this offering, and each share of which will automatically convert into one third of one share of Class B common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering. Such shares of Class B common stock include an aggregate of up to 33,118 shares of Class B common stock that may be sold by Entrepreneurs Investment Fund I, LP, of which Thomas Falk may be deemed to be the beneficial owner. See footnote 13.

127


Table of Contents


DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

General

        As of the closing of this offering, our authorized capital stock will consist of 1,095,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.000001 per share, and 100,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.000001 per share. Our common stock will be divided into two classes, Class A common stock and Class B common stock. Following this offering, our authorized Class A common stock will consist of 1,000,000,000 shares and our authorized Class B common stock will consist of 95,000,000 shares.

        The following description of our capital stock and provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws are summaries and are qualified by reference to the amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws that will become effective upon the closing of this offering. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws will be approved by our pre-IPO stockholders prior to this offering. Copies of these documents will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission as exhibits to our registration statement, of which this prospectus forms a part. The description of our capital stock reflects changes to our capital structure that will occur upon the closing of this offering.

Class A and Class B Common Stock

        As of June 30, 2016, there were no shares of our Class A common stock outstanding and 33,560,152 shares of Class B common stock outstanding and held of record by 146 stockholders, assuming (1) the reclassification of all outstanding shares of common stock into shares of Class B common stock prior to the completion of this offering; (2) the automatic conversion of all the outstanding shares of preferred stock into shares of Class B common stock, which will occur immediately prior to the completion of this offering; and (3) the automatic conversion of outstanding warrants exercisable for shares of our convertible preferred stock into warrants exercisable for shares of our Class B common stock and the net exercise of such warrants resulting in the issuance of shares of Class B common stock, which will occur immediately prior to the completion of this offering.

        Holders of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock have identical rights, provided that, except as otherwise expressly provided in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or required by applicable law, on any matter that is submitted to a vote of our stockholders, holders of our Class A common stock are entitled to one vote per share of Class A common stock and holders of our Class B common stock are entitled to 10 votes per share of Class B common stock. Holders of shares of Class A common stock and Class B common stock will vote together as a single class on all matters (including the election of directors) submitted to a vote of stockholders.

        Upon the completion of this offering, under our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, we may not increase or decrease the authorized number of shares of Class A common stock or Class B common stock without the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of the outstanding shares of our capital stock entitled to vote, voting together as a single class. In addition, we may not issue any shares of Class B common stock (other than upon exercise of options or other rights to acquire Class B common stock or in connection with a reclassification or dividend), unless that issuance is approved by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Class B common stock.

        We have not provided for cumulative voting for the election of directors in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation.

128


Table of Contents

        Except as otherwise expressly provided in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or required by applicable law, shares of Class A common stock and Class B common stock will have the same rights and privileges and rank equally, share ratably and be identical in all respects as to all matters, including, without limitation, those described below.

        Dividends.     Any dividend or distributions paid or payable to the holders of shares of Class A common stock and Class B common stock shall be paid pro rata, on an equal priority, pari passu basis, unless different treatment of the shares of each such class is approved by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Class A common stock and Class B common stock, each voting separately as a class; provided, however, that if a dividend or distribution is paid in the form of Class A common stock or Class B common stock (or rights to acquire shares of Class A common stock or Class B common stock), then the holders of the Class A common stock shall receive Class A common stock (or rights to acquire shares of Class A common stock) and holders of Class B common stock shall receive Class B common stock (or rights to acquire shares of Class B common stock).

        Subdivisions and Combinations.     If we subdivide or combine in any manner outstanding shares of Class A common stock or Class B common stock, then the outstanding shares of all common stock will be subdivided or combined in the same proportion and manner.

        Change of Control Transaction.     In connection with any change of control transaction (as defined in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation), the holders of Class A common stock and Class B common stock will be treated equally and identically with respect to shares of Class A common stock or Class B common stock owned by them, unless different treatment of the shares of each class is approved by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Class A common stock and Class B common stock, each voting separately as a class.

        Each share of Class B common stock is convertible at any time at the option of the holder into one share of Class A common stock. In addition, each share of Class B common stock will convert automatically into one share of Class A common stock upon any transfer, whether or not for value and whether voluntary or involuntary or by operation of law, except for certain transfers described in our restated certificate of incorporation, including, without limitation, certain transfers for tax and estate planning purposes. In addition, upon the earlier of (1) the date on which the outstanding shares of Class B common stock represent less than 10% of the aggregate number of the then outstanding shares of Class A common stock and Class B common stock and (2) the affirmative vote or written consent of the holders of at least 66 2 / 3 % of the outstanding shares of Class B common stock, all outstanding shares of Class B common stock shall convert automatically into Class A common stock, and no additional shares of Class B common stock will be issued.

Choice of Forum

        Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative form, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will be the sole and exclusive forum for: (1) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf; (2) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty by any of our directors, officers, employees or stockholders owed to us or our stockholders; (3) any action asserting a claim against us arising pursuant to any provision of the Delaware General Corporation Law, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or our amended and restated bylaws, or as to which the Delaware General Corporation Law confers jurisdiction on the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware; or (4) any

129


Table of Contents

action asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation also provides that any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of our capital stock will be deemed to have notice of and to have consented to this choice of forum provision. It is possible that a court of law could rule that the choice of forum provision contained in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation is inapplicable or unenforceable if it is challenged in a proceeding or otherwise. This choice of forum provision has important consequences for our stockholders. See "Risk Factors—Risks Related to this Offering and Ownership of Our Class A Common Stock—Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will be the exclusive forum for substantially all disputes between us and our stockholders, which could limit our stockholders' ability to choose other forums for disputes with us or our directors, officers or employees."

Preferred Stock

        Under the terms of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation that will become effective upon the closing of this offering, our board of directors is authorized to direct us to issue shares of preferred stock in one or more series without stockholder approval. Our board of directors has the discretion to determine the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions, including voting rights, dividend rights, conversion rights, redemption privileges and liquidation preferences, of each series of preferred stock.

        The purpose of authorizing our board of directors to issue preferred stock and determine its rights and preferences is to eliminate delays associated with a stockholder vote on specific issuances. The issuance of preferred stock could adversely affect the voting power of holders of our common stock and the likelihood that such holders will receive dividend payments and payments upon liquidation. The issuance of preferred stock, while providing flexibility in connection with possible acquisitions, future financings and other corporate purposes, could have the effect of making it more difficult for a third party to acquire, or could discourage a third party from seeking to acquire, a majority of our outstanding voting stock. Upon the closing of this offering, there will be no shares of preferred stock outstanding, and we have no present plans to issue any shares of preferred stock.

Options

        As of June 30, 2016, we had outstanding options to purchase an aggregate of 5,057,961 shares of our Class B common stock under our 2010 Plan and 2015 Plan at a weighted-average exercise price of $1.55 per share.

Registration Rights

        Under our second amended and restated investor rights agreement, based on the number of shares outstanding at June 30, 2016 and after giving effect to the closing of this offering (assuming no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase additional shares), the holders of approximately 32,555,652 shares of Class B common stock, including shares issuable upon net exercise of warrants to purchase preferred stock, or their transferees, have the right to require us to register their shares under the Securities Act so that those shares may be publicly resold, or to include their shares in any registration statement we file, in each case as described below.

        Beginning on the earlier of (1) May 10, 2018 and (2) six months following the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, the holders of at least a majority of registrable securities outstanding can request in writing that we register the offer and sale of all or a portion of

130


Table of Contents

their shares on a maximum of two effective registration statements, provided that the anticipated aggregate price to the public is at least $5.0 million.

        If we determine to register any of our securities under the Securities Act (subject to certain exceptions), either for our own account or for the account of other security holders, the holders of registrable securities will be entitled to certain "piggyback" registration rights allowing the holders to include their shares in such registration, subject to certain marketing and other limitations. As a result, whenever we propose to file a registration statement under the Securities Act, other than with respect to a registration related to employee benefit plans, convertible debt securities, or certain other transactions, the holders of these shares are entitled to notice of the registration and have the right, subject to limitations that the underwriters may impose on the number of shares included in the registration, to include their shares in the registration. In an underwritten offering, the managing underwriter, if any, has the right to limit the number of shares such holders may include.

        The holders of registrable securities can request that we register the offer and sale of all or a portion of their shares on Form S-3 if we are eligible to file a registration statement on Form S-3 and the aggregate price to the public of the shares offered is at least $1.0 million. We are required to file no more than two registration statements on Form S-3 upon exercise of these rights per 12-month period.

        We will pay the registration expenses of the holders of registrable shares in connection with the transactions described above, except for underwriting discounts and commissions. However, we will not pay for any expenses of any demand or Form S-3 registration if the request is subsequently withdrawn at the request of at least a majority of the holders of the registrable securities to be registered, subject to certain exceptions.

        The registration rights described above will expire, with respect to any particular stockholder, upon the earlier of (1) five years after the consummation of this offering, (2) a deemed liquidation event under our certificate of incorporation, or (3) when that stockholder can sell all its registrable securities under Rule 144 of the Securities Act during any 90 day period without the requirement for the company to be in compliance with the current public information requirement thereunder.

Anti-Takeover Provisions

        Upon the closing of this offering, we will be subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law. Subject to certain exceptions, Section 203 prevents a publicly held Delaware corporation from engaging in a "business combination" with any "interested stockholder" for three years following the date that the person became an interested stockholder, unless the interested stockholder attained such status with the approval of our board of directors or unless the business combination is approved in a prescribed manner. A "business combination" includes, among other things, a merger or consolidation involving us and the "interested stockholder" and the sale of more than 10% of our assets. In general, an "interested stockholder" is any entity or person beneficially owning 15% or more of our outstanding voting stock and any entity or person affiliated with or controlling or controlled by such entity or person.

131


Table of Contents

        As described above in "—Class A and Class B Common Stock—Voting Rights," our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide for a dual class common stock structure, which provides our founders, current investors, executives and employees with significant influence over all matters requiring stockholder approval, including the election of directors and significant corporate transactions, such as a merger or other sale of our company or its assets.

        Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws provide that a director may be removed only for cause and only by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66 2 / 3 % of the votes that all of our stockholders would be entitled to cast in an annual election of directors. Any vacancy on our board of directors, including a vacancy resulting from an enlargement of our board of directors, may be filled only by vote of a majority of our directors then in office.

        The limitations on the removal of directors and filling of vacancies could make it more difficult for a third party to acquire, or discourage a third party from seeking to acquire, control of our company.

        The Delaware General Corporation Law provides generally that the affirmative vote of a majority of the shares entitled to vote on any matter is required to amend a corporation's certificate of incorporation or bylaws, unless a corporation's certificate of incorporation or bylaws, as the case may be, requires a greater percentage. Our amended and restated bylaws may be amended or repealed by a majority vote of our board of directors or the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66 2 / 3 % of the votes that all of our stockholders would be entitled to cast in an annual election of directors. In addition, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66 2 / 3 % of the votes which all our stockholders would be entitled to cast in an election of directors is required to amend or repeal or to adopt any provisions inconsistent with any of the provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation described in this paragraph and the prior two paragraphs.

        Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that any action required or permitted to be taken by our stockholders must be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting of such stockholders and may not be effected by any consent in writing by such stockholders. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws also provide that, except as otherwise required by law, special meetings of our stockholders can only be called by our chairman of the board (or in the event of co-chairmen, either chairman), our chief executive officer, our president (if there is no chief executive officer) or our board of directors.

        The authorized but unissued shares of our common stock and preferred stock are available for future issuance without stockholder approval, subject to any limitations imposed by the listing standards of NASDAQ. These additional shares may be used for a variety of corporate finance transactions, acquisitions and employee benefit plans. The existence of authorized but unissued and unreserved common stock and preferred stock could make more difficult or discourage an attempt to obtain control of us by means of a proxy contest, tender offer, merger or otherwise.

132


Table of Contents

Transfer Agent and Registrar

        Upon completion of this offering, the transfer agent and registrar for our common stock will be Computershare Trust Company, N.A. The address of the transfer agent and registrar is 250 Royall Street, Canton, Massachusetts 02021.

Limitations of Liability and Indemnification

        See the section captioned "Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Indemnification Agreements and Directors' and Officers' Liability Insurance."

Listing

        We have applied to list our Class A common stock on NASDAQ under the symbol "TTD".

133


Table of Contents


SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

        Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our Class A common stock, and we cannot predict the effect, if any, that market sales of shares of our Class A common stock or the availability of shares of our Class A common stock for sale will have on the market price of our Class A common stock prevailing from time to time. Future sales of our Class A common stock in the public market, or the availability of such shares for sale in the public market, could adversely affect market prices prevailing from time to time. As described below, only a limited number of shares of our Class A common stock will be available for sale shortly after this offering due to contractual and legal restrictions on resale. Nevertheless, sales of our Class A common stock in the public market after such restrictions lapse, or the perception that those sales may occur, could adversely affect the prevailing market price at such time and our ability to raise equity capital in the future.

        Following the completion of this offering, based on the number of shares of our capital stock outstanding as of June 30, 2016, 4,666,667 shares of Class A common stock and 33,560,152 shares of Class B common stock will be outstanding, assuming no exercise of the underwriters' option to purchase additional shares and no exercise of outstanding options. Of these outstanding shares, all of the shares of our Class A common stock sold in this offering will be freely tradable, except that any shares purchased in this offering by our affiliates, as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act, would only be able to be sold in compliance with the Rule 144 limitations described below.

        The remaining outstanding shares of our Class B common stock will be, and shares subject to stock options will be upon issuance, deemed "restricted securities" as defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. Restricted securities may be sold in the public market only if they are registered or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under Rule 144 or Rule 701 under the Securities Act, which rules are summarized below. All of our executive officers, directors, employee participants in the Directed Share Program, the selling stockholders and holders of substantially all of our capital stock and securities convertible into or exchangeable for our capital stock have entered into market standoff agreements with us or lock-up agreements with the underwriters under which they have agreed, subject to specific exceptions, not to sell any of our stock for 180 days following the date of this prospectus. Participants in our Directed Share Program that are not our directors, officers or employees have entered into lock-up agreements with the underwriters under which they have agreed, subject to specific exceptions, not to sell any of our stock for 30 days following the date of this prospectus without the prior written consent of Citigroup. As a result of these agreements and subject to the provisions of Rule 144 or Rule 701, shares of our Class A common stock will be available for sale in the public market as follows:

Lock-Up Agreements

        We, our officers, directors, the selling stockholders and substantially all other holders of our capital stock and securities convertible into or exchangeable for our capital stock have agreed that, subject to

134


Table of Contents

certain exceptions, for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, we and they will not, without the prior written consent of Citigroup Global Markets Inc., or Citigroup, dispose of or hedge any shares or any securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of our capital stock. Participants in our Directed Share Program that are not our directors, officers or employees have entered into lock-up agreements with the underwriters under which they have agreed, subject to specific exceptions, not to sell any of our stock for 30 days following the date of this prospectus without the prior written consent of Citigroup. Citigroup may, in its discretion, release any of the securities subject to lock-up agreements at any time.

Rule 144

        In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, once we have been subject to the public company reporting requirements of Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act for at least 90 days, a person who is not deemed to have been one of our affiliates for purposes of the Securities Act at any time during the 90 days preceding a sale and who has beneficially owned the shares of our Class A common stock proposed to be sold for at least six months is entitled to sell those shares without complying with the manner of sale, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144, subject to compliance with the public information requirements of Rule 144. If such a person has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least one year, including the holding period of any prior owner other than our affiliates, then that person would be entitled to sell those shares without complying with any of the requirements of Rule 144.

        In general, under Rule 144, as currently in effect, our affiliates or persons selling shares of our Class A common stock on behalf of our affiliates are entitled to sell upon expiration of the market standoff agreements and lock-up agreements described above, within any three-month period, a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of:

        Sales under Rule 144 by our affiliates or persons selling shares of our Class A common stock on behalf of our affiliates are also subject to manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us.

Rule 701

        Rule 701 generally allows a stockholder who purchased shares of our capital stock pursuant to a written compensatory plan or contract and who is not deemed to have been an affiliate of our company during the immediately preceding 90 days to sell these shares in reliance upon Rule 144, but without being required to comply with the public information, holding period, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144. Rule 701 also permits affiliates of our company to sell their Rule 701 shares under Rule 144 without complying with the holding period requirements of Rule 144. All holders of Rule 701 shares, however, are required to wait until 90 days after the date of this prospectus before selling those shares pursuant to Rule 701.

Registration Rights

        The holders of approximately 32,555,652 shares of our Class B common stock, including shares issuable upon net exercise of warrants to purchase preferred stock, or their transferees, will be entitled to certain rights with respect to the registration of the offering and sale of those shares under the Securities Act, assuming no exercise of the underwriters' option to purchase additional shares. For a

135


Table of Contents

description of these registration rights, see the section captioned "Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights." If the offer and sale of these shares is registered, they will generally be freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act.

Registration Statement

        We intend to file a registration statement on Form S-8 under the Securities Act promptly after the completion of this offering to register shares of our common stock subject to options outstanding, as well as reserved for future issuance, under our equity compensation plans. The registration statement on Form S-8 is expected to become effective immediately upon filing, and shares of our common stock covered by the registration statement will then become eligible for sale in the public market, subject to the Rule 144 limitations applicable to affiliates, vesting restrictions and any applicable market standoff agreements and lock-up agreements. See the section captioned "Executive Compensation—Equity Incentive Plans" for a description of our equity compensation plans.

136


Table of Contents


MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES TO NON-U.S. HOLDERS

        The following discussion is a summary of the material U.S. federal income tax consequences to Non-U.S. Holders (as defined below) of the purchase, ownership and disposition of our common stock issued pursuant to this offering, but does not purport to be a complete analysis of all potential tax effects. The effects of other U.S. federal tax laws, such as estate and gift tax laws, and any applicable state, local or non-U.S. tax laws are not discussed. This discussion is based on the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, judicial decisions, and published rulings and administrative pronouncements of the U.S. Internal Revenue Service, or the IRS, in each case in effect as of the date hereof. These authorities may change or be subject to differing interpretations. Any such change or differing interpretation may be applied retroactively in a manner that could adversely affect a Non-U.S. Holder. We have not sought and will not seek any rulings from the IRS regarding the matters discussed below. There can be no assurance the IRS or a court will not take a contrary position to that discussed below regarding the tax consequences of the purchase, ownership and disposition of our common stock.

        This discussion is limited to Non-U.S. Holders that hold our common stock as a "capital asset" within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code (generally, property held for investment). This discussion does not address all U.S. federal income tax consequences relevant to a Non-U.S. Holder's particular circumstances, including the impact of the Medicare contribution tax on net investment income. In addition, it does not address consequences relevant to Non-U.S. Holders subject to special rules, including, without limitation:

        If an entity treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes holds our common stock, the tax treatment of a partner in the partnership will depend on the status of the partner, the activities of the partnership and certain determinations made at the partner level. Accordingly, partnerships holding our common stock and the partners in such partnerships should consult their tax advisors regarding the U.S. federal income tax consequences to them.

         THIS DISCUSSION IS NOT TAX ADVICE. INVESTORS SHOULD CONSULT THEIR TAX ADVISORS WITH RESPECT TO THE APPLICATION OF THE U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX LAWS TO THEIR PARTICULAR SITUATIONS AS WELL AS ANY TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE

137


Table of Contents

PURCHASE, OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSITION OF OUR COMMON STOCK ARISING UNDER THE U.S. FEDERAL ESTATE OR GIFT TAX LAWS OR UNDER THE LAWS OF ANY STATE, LOCAL OR NON-U.S. TAXING JURISDICTION OR UNDER ANY APPLICABLE INCOME TAX TREATY.

Definition of a Non-U.S. Holder

        For purposes of this discussion, a "Non-U.S. Holder" is any beneficial owner of our common stock that is neither a "U.S. person" nor an entity treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes. A U.S. person is any person that, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, is or is treated as any of the following:

Distributions

        As described in the section entitled "Dividend Policy," we do not intend to declare or pay any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. However, if we do make distributions of cash or property on our common stock, such distributions will constitute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. Amounts not treated as dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes will constitute a return of capital and first be applied against and reduce a Non-U.S. Holder's adjusted tax basis in its common stock, but not below zero. Any excess will be treated as capital gain and will be treated as described below under "—Sale or Other Taxable Disposition."

        Subject to the discussion below on effectively connected income, dividends paid to a Non-U.S. Holder will be subject to U.S. federal withholding tax at a rate of 30% of the gross amount of the dividends (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty, provided the Non-U.S. Holder furnishes a valid IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E (or other applicable documentation) certifying qualification for the lower treaty rate). A Non-U.S. Holder that does not timely furnish the required documentation, but that qualifies for a reduced treaty rate, may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld by timely filing an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS. Non-U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisors regarding their entitlement to benefits under any applicable tax treaties.

        If dividends paid to a Non-U.S. Holder are effectively connected with the Non-U.S. Holder's conduct of a trade or business within the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, the Non-U.S. Holder maintains a permanent establishment in the United States to which such dividends are attributable), the Non-U.S. Holder will be exempt from the U.S. federal withholding tax described above. To claim the exemption, the Non-U.S. Holder must furnish to the applicable withholding agent a valid IRS Form W-8ECI, certifying that the dividends are effectively connected with the Non-U.S. Holder's conduct of a trade or business within the United States.

        Any such effectively connected dividends will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis at the regular graduated rates. A Non-U.S. Holder that is a corporation also may be

138


Table of Contents

subject to a branch profits tax at a rate of 30% (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty) on such effectively connected dividends, as adjusted for certain items. Non-U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisors regarding any applicable tax treaties that may provide for different rules.

Sale or Other Taxable Disposition

        A Non-U.S. Holder will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on any gain realized upon the sale or other taxable disposition of our common stock unless:

        Gain described in the first bullet point above generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis at the regular graduated rates. A Non-U.S. Holder that is a corporation also may be subject to a branch profits tax at a rate of 30% (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty) on such effectively connected gain, as adjusted for certain items.

        Gain described in the second bullet point above will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at a rate of 30% (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty), which may be offset by certain U.S. source capital losses of the Non-U.S. Holder (even though the individual is not considered a resident of the United States), provided the Non-U.S. Holder has timely filed U.S. federal income tax returns with respect to such losses.

        With respect to the third bullet point above, we believe we currently are not, and do not anticipate becoming, a USRPHC. Because the determination of whether we are a USRPHC depends, however, on the fair market value of our USRPIs relative to the fair market value of our non-U.S. real property interests and our other business assets, there can be no assurance we currently are not a USRPHC or will not become one in the future. Even if we are or were to become a USRPHC, gain arising from the sale or other taxable disposition by a Non-U.S. Holder of our common stock will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax if our common stock is "regularly traded," as defined by applicable Treasury Regulations, on an established securities market, and such Non-U.S. Holder owned, actually and constructively, 5% or less of our common stock throughout the shorter of the five-year period ending on the date of the sale or other taxable disposition or the Non-U.S. Holder's holding period.

        Non-U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisors regarding any applicable tax treaties that may provide for different rules.

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

        Payments of dividends on our common stock will not be subject to backup withholding, provided the Non-U.S. Holder certifies its non-U.S. status, such as by furnishing a valid IRS Form W-8BEN, W-8BEN-E or W-8ECI, or otherwise establishes an exemption. However, information returns are required to be filed with the IRS in connection with any dividends on our common stock paid to the Non-U.S. Holder, regardless of whether any tax was actually withheld. In addition, proceeds of the sale or other taxable disposition of our common stock within the United States or conducted through certain U.S.-related brokers generally will not be subject to backup withholding or information

139


Table of Contents

reporting if the applicable withholding agent receives the certification described above or the Non-U.S. Holder otherwise establishes an exemption. Proceeds of a disposition of our common stock conducted through a non-U.S. office of a non-U.S. broker that does not have certain enumerated relationships with the United States generally will not be subject to backup withholding or information reporting.

        Copies of information returns that are filed with the IRS may also be made available under the provisions of an applicable treaty or agreement to the tax authorities of the country in which the Non-U.S. Holder resides or is established.

        Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules may be allowed as a refund or a credit against a Non-U.S. Holder's U.S. federal income tax liability, provided the required information is timely furnished to the IRS.

Additional Withholding Tax on Payments Made to Foreign Accounts

        Withholding taxes may be imposed under Sections 1471 to 1474 of the Code (such Sections commonly referred to as the Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act, or FATCA) on certain types of payments made to non-U.S. financial institutions and certain other non-U.S. entities. Specifically, a 30% withholding tax may be imposed on dividends on, or gross proceeds from the sale or other disposition of, our common stock paid to a "foreign financial institution" or a "non-financial foreign entity" (each as defined in the Code), unless (1) the foreign financial institution undertakes certain diligence and reporting obligations, (2) the non-financial foreign entity either certifies it does not have any "substantial United States owners" (as defined in the Code) or furnishes identifying information regarding each substantial United States owner, or (3) the foreign financial institution or non-financial foreign entity otherwise qualifies for an exemption from these rules. If the payee is a foreign financial institution and is subject to the diligence and reporting requirements in (1) above, it must enter into an agreement with the U.S. Department of the Treasury requiring, among other things, that it undertake to identify accounts held by certain "specified United States persons" or "United States-owned foreign entities" (each as defined in the Code), annually report certain information about such accounts, and withhold 30% on certain payments to non-compliant foreign financial institutions and certain other account holders. Foreign financial institutions located in jurisdictions that have an intergovernmental agreement with the United States governing FATCA may be subject to different rules.

        Under the applicable Treasury Regulations and administrative guidance, withholding under FATCA generally applies to payments of dividends on our common stock, and will apply to payments of gross proceeds from the sale or other disposition of such stock on or after January 1, 2019.

        Prospective investors should consult their tax advisors regarding the potential application of withholding under FATCA to their investment in our common stock.

140


Table of Contents


UNDERWRITING

        Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Jefferies LLC and RBC Capital Markets, LLC are acting as joint book-running managers of the offering and as representatives of the underwriters named below. Subject to the terms and conditions stated in the underwriting agreement dated the date of this prospectus, each underwriter named below has severally agreed to purchase, and we and the selling stockholders have agreed to sell to that underwriter, the number of shares set forth opposite the underwriter's name.

Underwriter
  Number
of Shares
 

Citigroup Global Markets Inc. 

       

Jefferies LLC

       

RBC Capital Markets, LLC

       

Needham and Company, LLC

       

Raymond James & Associates, Inc. 

       

Total

    4,666,667  

        The underwriting agreement provides that the obligations of the underwriters to purchase the shares included in this offering are subject to approval of legal matters by counsel and to other conditions. The underwriters are obligated to purchase all the shares (other than those covered by the underwriters' option to purchase additional shares described below) if they purchase any of the shares.

        Shares sold by the underwriters to the public will initially be offered at the initial public offering price set forth on the cover of this prospectus. Any shares sold by the underwriters to securities dealers may be sold at a discount from the initial public offering price not to exceed $            per share. If all the shares are not sold at the initial offering price, the underwriters may change the offering price and the other selling terms. The representatives have advised us that the underwriters do not intend to make sales to discretionary accounts.

        If the underwriters sell more shares than the total number set forth in the table above, we and the selling stockholders have granted to the underwriters an option, exercisable for 30 days from the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to 700,000 additional shares at the public offering price less the underwriting discount. To the extent the option is exercised, each underwriter must purchase a number of additional shares approximately proportionate to that underwriter's initial purchase commitment as set forth in the table above. Any shares issued or sold under the option will be issued and sold on the same terms and conditions as the other shares that are the subject of this offering.

        We, our officers and directors, the selling stockholders and substantially all other holders of our capital stock and securities convertible into or exchangeable for our capital stock have agreed that for a period of 180 days from the date of this prospectus, we and they will not, without the prior written consent of Citigroup, dispose of or hedge any shares or any securities convertible into or exchangeable for our capital stock. Citigroup may, in its sole discretion, release any of the securities subject to these lock-up agreements at any time.

        The lock-up agreements are subject to certain exceptions, including for (1) the sale of shares to the underwriters in this offering, (2) transfers by our stockholders of our securities (a) as a bona fide gift, (b) to any trust for the direct or indirect benefit of the party subject to the lock-up restrictions or the immediate family of such person, (c) to another entity controlled, managed or under common control by the party subject to the lock-up restrictions, (d) by will or intestate succession or (e) as a distribution to partners, members or stockholders of the party subject to the lock-up restrictions, (3) establishment of a trading plan pursuant to 10b-5 under the Exchange Act, (4) certain option and warrant exercises, (5) transfers of our securities to us to satisfy tax withholding obligations, (6) transfers by operation of law, (7) transfers pursuant to a bona fide third party tender offer, merger, consolidation or other similar transaction made to all holders of common stock involving a change of

141


Table of Contents

control of our company, and (8) transfers of shares of common stock acquired in open market transactions after the completion of this offering; each subject to certain further restrictions and qualifications.

        Citigroup may, in its sole discretion, release any of the securities subject to these lock-up agreements at any time. Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our shares. Consequently, the initial public offering price for the shares was determined by negotiations among us, the selling stockholders and the representatives. Among the factors considered in determining the initial public offering price were our results of operations, our current financial condition, our future prospects, our markets, the economic conditions in and future prospects for the industry in which we compete, our management, and currently prevailing general conditions in the equity securities markets, including current market valuations of publicly traded companies considered comparable to our company. We cannot assure you, however, that the price at which the shares will sell in the public market after this offering will not be lower than the initial public offering price or that an active trading market in our shares will develop and continue after this offering.

        The underwriters have reserved for sale, at the initial public offering price, up to 233,333 shares of Class A common stock being sold pursuant to this offering, which equals 5% of such shares being sold. Such shares are being reserved for sale to directors, officers, employees, business associates, advisors and friends of the company. Any such shares purchased by our directors, officers and employees will be subject to the 180-day contractual lock-up described above. All other reserved shares purchased will be subject to a 30-day contractual lock-up. The number of shares available for sale to the general public in this offering will be reduced to the extent these persons purchased reserved shares. Any reserved shares not purchased will be offered by the underwriters to the general public on the same terms as the other shares. We have agreed to indemnify Citigroup against certain liabilities and expenses, including liabilities under the Securities Act, in connection with its administration of the Directed Share Program.

        We have applied to have our shares listed on NASDAQ under the symbol "TTD".

        The following table shows the underwriting discounts and commissions that we and the selling stockholders are to pay to the underwriters in connection with this offering. These amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters' option to purchase additional shares.

 
  Paid by The
Trade Desk, Inc.
  Paid by Selling
Stockholders
 
 
  No Exercise   Full Exercise   No Exercise   Full Exercise  

Per share

  $     $         $    

Total

  $     $         $    

        We estimate that our portion of the total expenses of this offering will be approximately $4.0 million.

        In connection with the offering, the underwriters may purchase and sell shares in the open market. Purchases and sales in the open market may include short sales, purchases to cover short positions, which may include purchases pursuant to the underwriters' option to purchase additional shares, and stabilizing purchases.

142


Table of Contents

        Purchases to cover short positions and stabilizing purchases, as well as other purchases by the underwriters for their own accounts, may have the effect of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the shares. They may also cause the price of the shares to be higher than the price that would otherwise exist in the open market in the absence of these transactions. The underwriters may conduct these transactions on NASDAQ, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise. If the underwriters commence any of these transactions, they may discontinue them at any time.

Conflicts of Interest

        The underwriters are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include securities trading, commercial and investment banking, financial advisory, investment management, principal investment, hedging, financing and brokerage activities. The underwriters and their respective affiliates have in the past performed commercial banking, investment banking and advisory services for us from time to time for which they have received customary fees and reimbursement of expenses and may, from time to time, engage in transactions with and perform services for us in the ordinary course of their business for which they may receive customary fees and reimbursement of expenses. In the ordinary course of their various business activities, the underwriters and their respective affiliates may make or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments (which may include bank loans or credit default swaps) for their own account and for the accounts of their clients and may at any time hold long and short positions in such securities and instruments. Such investments and securities activities may involve securities and/or instruments of ours or our affiliates.

        For example, affiliates of Citigroup and RBC Capital Markets, LLC are lenders under our credit facility. See the section captioned "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Credit Facility" for further information about our credit facility. Certain of the underwriters or their affiliates that have a lending relationship with us routinely hedge their credit exposure to us consistent with their customary risk management policies. A typical such hedging strategy would include these underwriters or their affiliates hedging such exposure by entering into transactions which consist of either the purchase of credit default swaps or the creation of short positions in our securities.

        The underwriters and their affiliates may also make investment recommendations or publish or express independent research views in respect of such securities or financial instruments and may hold, or recommend to clients that they acquire, long or short positions in such securities and instruments.

143


Table of Contents

        We and the selling stockholders have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act, or to contribute to payments the underwriters may be required to make because of any of those liabilities.

Notice to Prospective Investors in the European Economic Area

        In relation to each member state of the European Economic Area that has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a relevant member state), with effect from and including the date on which the Prospectus Directive is implemented in that relevant member state (the relevant implementation date), an offer of shares described in this prospectus may not be made to the public in that relevant member state other than:

provided that no such offer of shares shall require us or any underwriter to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive.

        For purposes of this provision, the expression an "offer of securities to the public" in any relevant member state means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe for the shares, as the expression may be varied in that member state by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that member state, and the expression "Prospectus Directive" means Directive 2003/71/EC (and amendments thereto, including the 2010 PD Amending Directive, to the extent implemented in the relevant member state) and includes any relevant implementing measure in the relevant member state. The expression 2010 PD Amending Directive means Directive 2010/73/EU.

        The sellers of the shares have not authorized and do not authorize the making of any offer of shares through any financial intermediary on their behalf, other than offers made by the underwriters with a view to the final placement of the shares as contemplated in this prospectus. Accordingly, no purchaser of the shares, other than the underwriters, is authorized to make any further offer of the shares on behalf of the sellers or the underwriters.

Notice to Prospective Investors in the United Kingdom

        This prospectus is only being distributed to, and is only directed at, persons in the United Kingdom that are qualified investors within the meaning of Article 2(1)(e) of the Prospectus Directive that are also (i) investment professionals falling within Article 19(5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005 (the "Order") or (ii) high net worth entities, and other persons to whom it may lawfully be communicated, falling within Article 49(2)(a) to (d) of the Order (each such person being referred to as a "relevant person"). This prospectus and its contents are confidential and should not be distributed, published or reproduced (in whole or in part) or disclosed by recipients to any other persons in the United Kingdom. Any person in the United Kingdom that is not a relevant person should not act or rely on this document or any of its contents.

144


Table of Contents

Notice to Prospective Investors in France

        Neither this prospectus nor any other offering material relating to the shares described in this prospectus has been submitted to the clearance procedures of the Autorité des Marchés Financiers or of the competent authority of another member state of the European Economic Area and notified to the Autorité des Marchés Financiers. The shares have not been offered or sold and will not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, to the public in France. Neither this prospectus nor any other offering material relating to the shares has been or will be:

        Such offers, sales and distributions will be made in France only:

        The shares may be resold directly or indirectly, only in compliance with articles L.411-1, L.411-2, L.412-1 and L.621-8 through L.621-8-3 of the French Code monétaire et financier .

Notice to Prospective Investors in Hong Kong

        The shares may not be offered or sold in Hong Kong by means of any document other than (i) in circumstances which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap. 32, Laws of Hong Kong), or (ii) to "professional investors" within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder, or (iii) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a "prospectus" within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap. 32, Laws of Hong Kong) and no advertisement, invitation or document relating to the shares may be issued or may be in the possession of any person for the purpose of issue (in each case whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere), which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public in Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to shares which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to "professional investors" within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Japan

        The shares offered in this prospectus have not been and will not be registered under the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law of Japan. The shares have not been offered or sold and will not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to or for the account of any resident of Japan (including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan), except (i) pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law and (ii) in compliance with any other applicable requirements of Japanese law.

145


Table of Contents

Notice to Prospective Investors in Singapore

        This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the shares may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the shares be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore (the "SFA"), (ii) to a relevant person pursuant to Section 275(1), or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions specified in Section 275 of the SFA or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA, in each case subject to compliance with conditions set forth in the SFA.

        Where the shares are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 of the SFA by a relevant person which is:

shares, debentures and units of shares and debentures of that corporation or the beneficiaries' rights and interest (howsoever described) in that trust shall not be transferred within six months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the shares pursuant to an offer made under Section 275 of the SFA except:

Notice to Prospective Investors in Australia

        No prospectus or other disclosure document (as defined in the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth) of Australia ("Corporations Act")) in relation to the common stock has been or will be lodged with the Australian Securities & Investments Commission ("ASIC"). This document has not been lodged with ASIC and is only directed to certain categories of exempt persons. Accordingly, if you receive this document in Australia:

146


Table of Contents

Notice to Investors in Canada

        The shares offered in this prospectus are not being offered and may not be sold to any purchaser in a province or territory of Canada other than the provinces of Alberta, British Columbia, Nova Scotia, New Brunswick, Ontario, Prince Edward Island, Quebec, Saskatchewan and the Yukon territory.

        The shares offered in this prospectus may be sold only to purchasers purchasing, or deemed to be purchasing, as principal that are accredited investors, as defined in National Instrument 45-106 Prospectus Exemptions or subsection 73.3(1) of the Securities Act (Ontario), and are permitted clients, as defined in National Instrument 31-103 Registration Requirements, Exemptions and Ongoing Registrant Obligations . Any resale of the securities must be made in accordance with an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the prospectus requirements of applicable securities laws.

        Securities legislation in certain provinces or territories of Canada may provide a purchaser with remedies for rescission or damages if this prospectus (including any amendment thereto) contains a misrepresentation, provided that the remedies for rescission or damages are exercised by the purchaser within the time limit prescribed by the securities legislation of the purchaser's province or territory. The purchaser should refer to any applicable provisions of the securities legislation of the purchaser's province or territory for particulars of these rights or consult with a legal advisor.

        Pursuant to section 3A.3 (or, in the case of securities issued or guaranteed by the government of a non-Canadian jurisdiction, section 3A.4) of National Instrument 33-105 Underwriting Conflicts (NI 33-105), the underwriters are not required to comply with the disclosure requirements of NI 33-105 regarding underwriter conflicts of interest in connection with this offering.

147


Table of Contents


LEGAL MATTERS

        Latham & Watkins, LLP, Los Angeles, California will pass upon the validity of the shares of our Class A common stock being offered by this prospectus. Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati Professional Corporation, Palo Alto, California is acting as counsel to the underwriters.


CHANGES IN ACCOUNTANTS

Dismissal of Independent Auditors

        We dismissed Grant Thornton LLP as our independent auditors on September 24, 2015. The decision to dismiss Grant Thornton was approved by our board of directors. Grant Thornton issued an audit report on our consolidated financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014. Grant Thornton did not audit our consolidated financial statements for any period subsequent to the year ended December 31, 2014.

        For our fiscal years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015, no report by Grant Thornton on our financial statements contained an adverse opinion or a disclaimer of opinion, or was qualified or modified as to uncertainty, audit scope or accounting principles.

        During our fiscal years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014, and the subsequent period, (1) there were no disagreements (as that term is used in Item 304(a)(1)(iv) of Regulation S-K and the related instructions) between us and Grant Thornton on any matter of accounting principles or practices, financial statement disclosure, or auditing scope or procedure, which disagreements, if not resolved to the satisfaction of Grant Thornton, would have caused Grant Thornton to originally make reference thereto in its report upon on our audited consolidated financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014, and (2) there were no "reportable events" as such term is defined in Item 304(a)(1)(v) of Regulation S-K.

        We have provided Grant Thornton with a copy of the disclosures set forth under the heading "Changes in Accountants" included in this prospectus and have requested that Grant Thornton furnish a letter addressed to the SEC stating whether or not Grant Thornton agrees with statements related to them made by us under the heading "Change in Accountants" in this prospectus. A copy of that letter is filed as Exhibit 16.1 to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

Newly Appointed Independent Registered Public Accountant

        We engaged PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, or PwC, as our independent registered public accounting firm on September 24, 2015 to audit our consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2015. Subsequent to their appointment, we engaged PwC to reaudit our consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2014, previously audited by Grant Thornton. The decision to change our principal independent registered public accounting firm was approved by our board of directors.

        During our fiscal years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014, and the subsequent period preceding our engagement of PwC as our independent registered public accounting firm, we did not consult with PwC on matters that involved the application of accounting principles to a specified transaction, the type of audit opinion that might be rendered on our financial statements or any other matter that was either the subject of a disagreement or reportable event.


EXPERTS

        The financial statements as of December 31, 2014 and 2015 and for the years then ended included in this prospectus have been so included in reliance on the report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an

148


Table of Contents

independent registered public accounting firm, given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.


WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

        We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the shares of our Class A common stock offered by this prospectus. This prospectus, which constitutes a part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement, some of which is contained in exhibits to the registration statement as permitted by the rules and regulations of the SEC. For further information with respect to us and our Class A common stock, we refer you to the registration statement, including the exhibits filed as a part of the registration statement. Statements contained in this prospectus concerning the contents of any contract or any other document are not necessarily complete. If a contract or document has been filed as an exhibit to the registration statement, please see the copy of the contract or document that has been filed. Each statement in this prospectus relating to a contract or document filed as an exhibit is qualified in all respects by the filed exhibit. You may obtain copies of this information by mail from the Public Reference Section of the SEC, 100 F Street, N.E., Room 1580, Washington, D.C. 20549, at prescribed rates. You may obtain information on the operation of the public reference rooms by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC also maintains a website that contains reports, proxy statements and other information about issuers, like us, that file electronically with the SEC. The address of that website is www.sec.gov.

        As a result of this offering, we will become subject to the information and reporting requirements of the Exchange Act and, in accordance with this law, will file periodic reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. These periodic reports, proxy statements and other information will be available for inspection and copying at the public reference facilities and website of the SEC referred to above. We also maintain a website at www.the tradedesk.com where, upon completion of this offering, you may access these materials free of charge as soon as reasonably practicable after they are electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC. The information on or that can be accessed through our website is not a part of this prospectus and the inclusion of our website address in this prospectus is an inactive textual reference only.

149


Table of Contents


THE TRADE DESK, INC.

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 
  PAGE  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

    F-2  

Consolidated Balance Sheets

    F-3  

Consolidated Statements of Operations

    F-4  

Consolidated Statements of Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders' Equity (Deficit)

    F-5  

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

    F-6  

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

    F-7  

F-1


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

      To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of The Trade Desk, Inc.:

              In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and the related consolidated statements of operations, of convertible preferred stock and stockholders' equity (deficit) and of cash flows present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of The Trade Desk, Inc. and its subsidiaries at December 31, 2014 and 2015, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2015 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits of these statements in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

      /s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

      Los Angeles, California
      April 22, 2016, except for the revision to the 2015 consolidated financial statements described in Note 2, as to which the date is June 17, 2016, and the reverse stock split described in Note 2, as to which the date is September 2, 2016.

F-2


Table of Contents


THE TRADE DESK, INC.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(in thousands, except par values)

 
  As of December 31,  
 
  2014   2015  

ASSETS

             

Current assets:

             

Cash

  $ 17,315   $ 4,047  

Accounts receivable, net

    78,364     191,943  

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

    1,412     3,812  

TOTAL CURRENT ASSETS

    97,091     199,802  

Property and equipment, net

    2,379     6,625  

Deferred taxes, net

    1,509     1,171  

Other assets, non-current

    1,259     2,633  

TOTAL ASSETS

  $ 102,238   $ 210,231  

LIABILITIES, CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT)

             

LIABILITIES

             

Current liabilities:

             

Accounts payable

  $ 58,293   $ 108,461  

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

    4,470     9,937  

Financing obligation, current portion

    68     502  

TOTAL CURRENT LIABILITIES

    62,831     118,900  

Debt, net

    14,929     44,888  

Convertible preferred stock warrant liabilities

    966     6,927  

Other liabilities, non-current

    82     140  

Financing obligation, non-current

    1,564     1,030  

TOTAL LIABILITIES

    80,372     171,885  

Commitments and contingencies (Note 14)

             

Convertible preferred stock, par value $0.000001; 68,521 shares authorized, 66,330 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2014 and 2015; liquidation preference of $27,997 as of December 31, 2015. 

    27,997     24,204  

STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT)

             

Common stock, par value $0.000001; 130,000 shares authorized as of December 31, 2014 and 2015; 10,166 and 10,884 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2014 and 2015, respectively

         

Additional paid-in capital

    488     1,039  

Retained earnings (accumulated deficit)

    (6,619 )   13,103  

TOTAL STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT)

    (6,131 )   14,142  

TOTAL LIABILITIES, CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT)

  $ 102,238   $ 210,231  

   

The accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements are an integral part of these statements.

F-3


Table of Contents


THE TRADE DESK, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(in thousands, except per share amounts)

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
 
  2014   2015  

Revenue

  $ 44,548   $ 113,836  

Operating expenses:

             

Platform operations

    12,559     22,967  

Sales and marketing

    14,590     26,794  

Technology and development

    7,250     12,819  

General and administrative

    9,385     13,276  

Total operating expenses

    43,784     75,856  

Income from operations

    764     37,980  

Interest expense

    843     1,141  

Change in fair value of preferred stock warrant liabilities

    558     5,961  

Foreign exchange loss, net

    316     1,020  

Other (income) expense

    (10 )   3  

Total other expense, net

    1,707     8,125  

Income (loss) before income taxes

    (943 )   29,855  

Provision for (benefit from) income taxes

    (948 )   13,926  

Net income

  $ 5   $ 15,929  

Net income attributable to common stockholders

  $   $ 8,764  

Earnings per share:

             

Basic

  $   $ 0.85  

Diluted

 
$

 
$

0.39
 

Weighted average shares outstanding:

             

Basic

    10,233     10,290  

Diluted

   
13,134
   
16,779
 

Pro forma earnings per share (unaudited):

             

Basic

        $ 0.68  

Diluted

       
$

0.60
 

Pro forma weighted average shares outstanding (unaudited):

             

Basic

          32,400  

Diluted

         
36,646
 

   

The accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements are an integral part of these statements.

F-4


Table of Contents


THE TRADE DESK, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT)

(in thousands)

 
  Convertible
Preferred Stock
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
   
  Common Stock    
  Retained
Earnings
(Accumulated
Deficit)
   
 
 
   
  Additional
Paid-In
Capital
  Total
Stockholders'
Equity (Deficit)
 
 
  Shares   Amount    
  Shares   Amount  
 
   
 

Balance at December 31, 2013

    57,959   $ 7,647         10,848   $   $ 396   $ (6,083 ) $ (5,687 )

Issuance of Series B convertible preferred stock

    8,371     20,350                          

Repurchase and retirement of common stock

                (686 )       (20 )   (541 )   (561 )

Exercise of common stock options

                2         1         1  

Issuance of common stock to employee

                2                  

Stock-based compensation

                        111         111  

Net Income

                            5     5  

Balance at December 31, 2014

    66,330     27,997         10,166         488     (6,619 )   (6,131 )

Modification to Series B participation rights          

        (3,793 )                   3,793     3,793  

Exercise of common stock options

                711         166         166  

Issuance of common stock to employee

                7                  

Stock-based compensation

                        385         385  

Net income

                            15,929     15,929  

Balance at December 31, 2015

    66,330   $ 24,204         10,884   $   $ 1,039   $ 13,103   $ 14,142  

   

The accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements are an integral part of these statements.

F-5


Table of Contents


THE TRADE DESK, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(in thousands)

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
 
  2014   2015  

OPERATING ACTIVITIES:

             

Net income

  $ 5   $ 15,929  

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash used in operating activities            

                   

Depreciation and amortization

    680     1,828  

Amortization of debt issuance costs and loss on extinguishment

    56     125  

Bad debt expense

    144     542  

Stock-based compensation

    107     374  

Change in fair value of preferred stock warrant liabilities

    558     5,961  

Deferred income taxes

    (1,509 )   338  

Unrealized foreign currency loss

    89     51  

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

             

Accounts receivable

    (53,315 )   (114,170 )

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

    (98 )   (2,898 )

Other assets, non-current

    (429 )   (142 )

Accounts payable

    35,706     50,021  

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

    3,136     5,423  

Other liabilities, non-current

    25     58  

Net cash used in operating activities

    (14,845 )   (36,560 )

INVESTING ACTIVITIES:

             

Purchase of property and equipment

    (832 )   (5,128 )

Capitalized software development costs

    (825 )   (1,799 )

Purchase of short-term investment

    (551 )    

Redemption of short-term investment

        551  

Net cash used in investing activities

    (2,208 )   (6,376 )

FINANCING ACTIVITIES:

             

Proceeds from line of credit

    1,000     30,000  

Repayment on line of credit

    (4,000 )   (15,000 )

Proceeds from term debt

    15,000     15,000  

Repayment of term debt

    (3,500 )    

Payment of debt financing costs

    (178 )   (190 )

Payment of financing obligations

    (109 )   (109 )

Proceeds from issuance of Series B convertible preferred stock

    20,350      

Repurchase and retirement of common stock

    (561 )    

Proceeds from exercise of stock options

    1     166  

Payment of stock repurchase costs

        (39 )

Payment of offering costs—initial public offering

        (160 )

Net cash provided by financing activities

    28,003     29,668  

CHANGE IN CASH

    10,950     (13,268 )

CASH—Beginning of year

    6,365     17,315  

CASH—End of year

  $ 17,315   $ 4,047  

SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF OTHER CASH FLOW INFORMATION:

             

Cash paid for income taxes

  $ 150   $ 12,931  

Cash paid for interest

  $ 487   $ 895  

Capitalized assets financed by accounts payable

  $ 27   $ 88  

Stock-based compensation included in capitalized software development costs

  $ 4   $ 11  

Deferred stock repurchase costs and initial public offering costs included in accounts payable

  $   $ 58  

   

The accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements are an integral part of these statements.

F-6


Table of Contents


THE TRADE DESK, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 1—Nature of Operations

        The Trade Desk, Inc. (the "Company") was formed and began operations in November 2009 as a Delaware corporation. The Company is headquartered in Ventura, California and has offices in various cities in the United States, Europe, Asia and Australia. The Company is a technology company that empowers advertising agencies to purchase advertising inventory. The Company provides a proprietary technology platform that enables the Company's clients to purchase advertising inventory, data and other add-on features to engage, target and convert their customers.

    Capital Resources and Risks

        The Company generated negative cash flows from operations of $14.8 million in 2014 and $36.6 million in 2015. Historically, the Company's liquidity needs have been met by the sale of preferred stock and incurrence of revolver and term borrowings. Subsequent to December 31, 2015, the Company entered into additional preferred stock and debt arrangements (Note 16).

        The Company believes that existing cash resources and amounts available under the Company's credit facility will be sufficient to meet working capital, capital requirements and debt service obligations for at least the next 12 months. Future capital requirements will depend on many factors, including the Company's rate of revenue growth and its level of expenditures. To the extent that existing capital resources, revenue growth and cash flow from operations are not sufficient to fund future activities, the Company may need to raise additional funds through equity or debt financing or curtail expenses. If the Company needs to raise additional capital, the Company would pursue additional fundraising through alternative financing arrangements from new or existing investors or creditors. However, no assurances can be provided that additional funding or alternative financing will be available at terms acceptable to the Company, if at all.

        The Company is also subject to certain business risks, including dependence on key employees, competition, market acceptance of the Company's platform, ability to source demand from buyers of advertising inventory and dependence on growth to achieve its business plan.

Note 2—Basis of Presentation and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

    Revision to the Previously Issued 2015 Consolidated Financial Statements

        During the preparation of the consolidated financial statements as of and for the three months ended March 31, 2016, the Company identified an error relating to an under accrual of media costs as of December 31, 2015. The Company has revised the consolidated financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2015 to correct for this error. The revision resulted in an increase in accounts payable and a reduction of revenues of $0.5 million and a corresponding decrease in accrued expenses and other current liabilities and a decrease in the provision for income taxes of $0.2 million for the related income tax effects of the error as of and for the year ended December 31, 2015. The revision had no impact on the net cash used in operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2015. The Company evaluated this error and concluded that it was not material to the 2015 consolidated financial statements. The Company also made immaterial disclosure revisions.

    Reverse Stock Split

        On September 2, 2016, the Company effected a 1-for-3 reverse stock split of its outstanding common stock and a proportional adjustment to the existing conversion ratios for each series of

F-7


Table of Contents


THE TRADE DESK, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 2—Basis of Presentation and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

convertible preferred stock. Accordingly, all share and per share amounts for all periods presented in these consolidated financial statements and notes thereto, have been adjusted retrospectively, where applicable, to reflect this reverse stock split and adjustment of the preferred stock conversion ratios.

    Basis of Consolidation

        The accompanying consolidated financial statements are presented in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America ("GAAP") and include the operations of the Company and its wholly owned subsidiaries. All intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated in consolidation.

    Segments

        Management has determined that it operates as one operating segment. The Company's chief operating decision maker reviews financial information on an aggregated and consolidated basis, together with certain operating and performance measures principally to make decisions about how to allocate resources and to measure the Company's performance.

    Use of Estimates

        The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ materially from these estimates.

        On an on-going basis, management evaluates its estimates, primarily those related to: (1) revenue recognition criteria, including the determination of revenue reporting as net versus gross in the Company's revenue arrangements, (2) allowances for doubtful accounts, (3) the useful lives of property and equipment and capitalized software development costs, (4) income taxes, (5) the valuation of common and preferred stock and preferred stock warrants, (6) assumptions used in the Black-Scholes option pricing model to determine the fair value of stock options and preferred stock warrants and (7) the recognition and disclosure of contingent liabilities. These estimates are based on historical data and experience, as well as, various other factors that management believes to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying value of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Estimates relating to the valuation of common and preferred stock require the selection of appropriate valuation methodologies and models, and significant judgment in evaluating ranges of assumptions and financial inputs. Actual results may differ materially from those estimates under different assumptions or circumstances.

    Unaudited Pro Forma Information

        The pro forma basic and diluted earnings per share amounts for 2015 reflect the conversion upon a Qualified IPO or upon the consent of the holders of at least a majority of all then-outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock voting together as a single class on an as-converted to common share basis of each outstanding convertible preferred share into one third of one share of common stock using the as-if-converted method, as of January 1, 2015.

F-8


Table of Contents


THE TRADE DESK, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 2—Basis of Presentation and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

        In February 2016, the Company issued 11,500,587 shares of Series C convertible preferred stock and the Company repurchased shares of common and preferred stock (Note 16). The issuance and repurchase of shares are not reflected in the pro forma basic and diluted net earnings per share amounts.

    Revenue Recognition

        The Company generates revenue from clients who enter into agreements to use the Company's platform to purchase advertising inventory, data and other add-on features. The Company charges clients a platform fee, which is a percentage of a client's purchases through the platform. In addition, the Company invoices clients for the cost of advertising inventory purchased, plus data and any add-on features purchased through the platform less any advertising inventory that clients purchase directly from suppliers through the Company's platform. The Company maintains agreements with each client and supplier in the form of master agreements, which set out the terms of the relationship and access to the Company's platform.

        The Company recognizes revenue when four basic criteria are met: (1) persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists; (2) delivery has occurred or services have been rendered; (3) the fees are fixed or determinable, and (4) collectability is reasonably assured. In applying the foregoing criteria, the Company recognizes revenue upon the completion of a transaction, that is, when a bid is won, subject to satisfying these criteria. Subsequent to a bid being won through the Company's platform, the associated fees are generally not subject to adjustment or refund. Historically, any refunds and adjustments have not been material. The Company assesses collectability based on a number of factors, including the creditworthiness of a client or advertiser and related payment history. The Company generally bills clients for the gross amount of advertising inventory, data or other add-on features they purchase through the Company's platform plus the Company's platform fees, although some of the Company's clients have payment relationships directly with advertising inventory suppliers in which case the Company only bills the clients for data, other services and the Company's platform fees.

        The Company reports revenue net of amounts it pays suppliers for the cost of advertising inventory, data and add-on features in conformity with Accounting Standards Codification ("ASC") 605-45, Revenue Recognition-Principal Agent Considerations . The determination of whether the Company is the principal or agent, and hence whether to report revenue on a gross basis for the amount of the advertising inventory, third-party data and other add-on features the clients purchase using the platform plus the Company's platform fees or on a net basis for the amount of platform fees charged to the client, requires the Company to evaluate a number of indicators, none of which is presumptive or determinative. The Company determined that it is not the primary obligor for the purchase of advertising inventory, third-party data and other add-on features but rather the primary obligor to provide a platform that enables clients to bid on advertising inventory, and use data and other add-on features in designing and executing their campaigns. The Company does not have pricing latitude with respect to the cost of advertising inventory, third-party data and other add-on features purchased by clients through the Company's platform. The fee the Company charges clients is a percentage of their purchases through the Company's platform, similar to a commission, and the Company's fee is not contingent on the results of an advertising campaign. The client has supplier selection for the advertising inventory, third-party data and other add-on features through the platform. The Company has credit risk on the gross spend through the Company's platform, which includes the amounts due to suppliers for purchases through the Company's platform plus the Company's platform

F-9


Table of Contents


THE TRADE DESK, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 2—Basis of Presentation and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

fees, as the Company is required to pay suppliers irrespective of whether the Company collects from clients.

        Based on these and other factors, the Company has determined it is not the principal in the purchase and sale of advertising inventory, data and other add-on features in all of the Company's arrangements and therefore reports revenue on a net basis for the fees the Company charges clients.

        The Company's accounts receivable are recorded at the amount of gross billings to clients, net of allowances ("Gross Billings"), for the amounts it is responsible to collect, and accounts payable are recorded at the net amount payable to suppliers. Accordingly, both accounts receivable and accounts payable appear large in relation to revenue reported on a net basis.

    Operating Expenses

        The Company classifies its operating expenses into four categories:

        Platform Operations.     Platform operations expense consists of expenses related to hosting the Company's platform and providing support to clients. Platform operations expense includes hosting costs, personnel costs, amortization of capitalized software costs for the development of the Company's platform and allocated overhead. Personnel costs included in platform operations include salaries, bonuses, stock-based compensation, and employee benefit costs, and are primarily attributable to personnel who provide the Company's clients with support using the Company's platform and the Company's network operations group, who support the Company's platform. The Company capitalizes certain costs associated with the development of the Company's platform and amortizes these costs over their estimated useful lives in platform operations expense. The Company allocates overhead such as information technology infrastructure, rent and occupancy charges based on headcount.

        Sales and Marketing.     Sales and marketing expense consists primarily of personnel costs, including salaries, bonuses, stock-based compensation, employee benefits costs and commission costs for the Company's sales and marketing personnel. Sales and marketing expense also includes costs for market development programs, advertising, promotional and other marketing activities, and allocated overhead. The Company allocates overhead such as information technology infrastructure, rent and occupancy charges based on headcount. Commissions costs are expensed as incurred.

        Technology and Development.     The Company's technology and development expenses consist primarily of personnel costs, including salaries, bonuses, stock-based compensation and employee benefits costs, third party consultant costs associated with the ongoing development and maintenance of the Company's platform, amortization of capitalized third party software used in the development of the Company's platform and allocated overhead. The Company allocates overhead such as information technology infrastructure, rent and occupancy charges based on headcount. Technology and development costs are expensed as incurred, except to the extent that such costs are associated with software development that qualify for capitalization, which are then recorded as capitalized software development costs included in other assets, non-current on the Company's consolidated balance sheet. The Company amortizes capitalized software development costs relating to the Company's platform to platform operations expense.

        General and Administrative.     The Company's general and administrative expenses consist primarily of personnel costs, including salaries, bonuses, stock-based compensation, and employee benefits costs

F-10


Table of Contents


THE TRADE DESK, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 2—Basis of Presentation and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

associated with the Company's executive, finance, legal, human resources, compliance, and other administrative personnel, as well as accounting and legal professional services fees, bad debt expense and allocated overhead. The Company allocates overhead such as information technology infrastructure, rent and occupancy charges based on headcount.

    Stock-Based Compensation

        Compensation expense related to stock options is measured and recognized in the consolidated financial statements based on the fair value of the options granted. The fair value of each option award is estimated on the grant date using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. Stock-based compensation expense is recognized on a straight-line basis, net of forfeitures, over the requisite service periods of the awards, which is generally four years.

        Stock options granted to non-employees are accounted for at fair value determined by using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. The Company believes that the fair value of the stock options is more reliably measured than the fair value of the services received. The fair value of the non-employee stock options is re-measured each period until a commitment date is reached, which is generally the vesting date.

        Determining the fair value of stock options at the grant date requires judgment. The Company's use of the Black-Scholes option pricing model requires the input of subjective assumptions, including the fair value of the underlying common stock, the expected term of the option, the expected volatility of the Company's common stock, risk-free interest rates, and the expected dividend yield of the Company's common stock. The assumptions used in the Company's option-pricing model represent management's best estimates. These estimates involve inherent uncertainties and the application of management's judgment.

        These assumptions and estimates are as follows:

        Fair Value of Common Stock.     Because there is no public market for the Company's common stock, the board of directors has determined the fair value of the common stock at the time of the grant of options by considering a number of objective and subjective factors including the Company's actual operating and financial performance, market conditions and performance of comparable publicly traded companies, developments and milestones in the Company, the likelihood of achieving a liquidity event and transactions involving the Company's preferred or common stock, among other factors. The fair value of the underlying common stock will be determined by the board of directors until such time as the Company's common stock is listed on an established stock exchange or national market system. The fair value was determined in accordance with applicable elements of the practice aid issued by the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants, Valuation of Privately Held Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation .

        Risk-Free Interest Rate.     The risk-free interest rate is based on the yields of U.S. Treasury securities with maturities approximating the term of employee stock option awards.

        Expected Term.     Given insufficient historical data relating to stock-option exercises, to determine the expected term, the Company applies the simplified approach, in which the expected term of an award is presumed to be the mid-point between the vesting date and the expiration date of the award.

F-11


Table of Contents


THE TRADE DESK, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 2—Basis of Presentation and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

        Volatility.     Because the Company does not have a trading history for its common stock, the Company determines volatility based on the historical volatilities of a publicly traded peer group based on daily price observations over a period equivalent to the expected term of the stock option grants.

        Dividend Yield.     The dividend yield assumption is based on the Company's history and current expectations of dividend payouts. The Company has never declared or paid any cash dividends on its common stock and does not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future, so the Company used an expected dividend yield of zero.

        In addition to the assumptions used in the Black-Scholes option-pricing model, the Company also estimates a forfeiture rate to calculate the stock-based compensation expense for stock-based awards. The Company's forfeiture rate is based on an analysis of the Company's historical forfeitures and estimated future forfeitures. Changes in the estimated forfeiture are recognized in the period the forfeiture estimate is changed.

        The Company will continue to use judgment in evaluating the assumptions related to the Company's stock-based compensation. Future expense amounts for any particular period could be affected by changes in the Company's assumptions or market conditions.

    Income Taxes

        Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are determined based upon the net tax effects of the differences between the Company's consolidated financial statements carrying amounts and the tax basis of assets and liabilities and are measured using the enacted tax rate expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which the differences are expected to be reversed.

        A valuation allowance is used to reduce some or all of the deferred tax assets if, based upon the weight of available evidence, it is more likely than not that those deferred tax assets will not be realized. During 2014, the Company released the valuation allowance previously established against its U.S. net deferred tax assets. Management's conclusion to release such valuation allowance was due to, among other reasons, three years of cumulative pre-tax income adjusted for permanent items realized in U.S. jurisdictions, and significant projected U.S. pre-tax income.

        The Company recognizes the tax benefit from an uncertain tax position only if it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained on examination by the taxing authorities, based on the technical merits of the position. The tax benefits recognized in the consolidated financial statements from such positions are then measured based on the largest benefit that has a greater than 50% likelihood of being realized. The Company recognizes interest and penalties accrued related to its uncertain tax positions in its income tax provision in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.

        The Company recognizes excess tax benefits associated with stock-based compensation to stockholders' equity only when realized based on applying a with-and-without approach.

    Earnings Per Share

        Basic earnings per share is calculated by dividing the net income attributable to common stockholders by the weighted-average number of shares of common stock outstanding. The Company applies the two-class method to allocate earnings between common and other participating securities based on their participation rights. Because the holders of the Company's convertible preferred stock

F-12


Table of Contents


THE TRADE DESK, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 2—Basis of Presentation and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

are entitled to participate in dividends, the Company allocates earnings to common and preferred stock based on their respective rights to receive dividends, whether or not declared. For 2015, the adjustment to the carrying value of the Series B preferred stock (Note 10) has been recorded as an increase to net income attributable to common stockholders.

        Diluted earnings per share attributable to common stockholders adjusts the basic earnings per share attributable to common stockholders and the weighted-average number of shares of common stock outstanding for the potential dilutive impact of stock options and warrants, using the treasury-stock method, and convertible preferred stock using the as-if-converted method.

    Cash

        At December 31, 2014 and 2015, cash consisted of cash held in checking accounts.

    Short-Term Investments

        Short-term investments are classified as available-for-sale and are carried at fair value. At December 31, 2014, the Company's short-term available-for-sale investment consisted entirely of a certificate of deposit and is included in prepaid expenses and other current assets in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet. During 2015, the Company redeemed this certificate of deposit.

    Accounts Receivable and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

        Accounts receivable are recorded at the invoiced amount, are unsecured and do not bear interest. The Company performs ongoing credit evaluations of its clients and certain advertisers when the Company's agreements with its clients contain sequential liability terms that provide that the client payments are not due to the Company until the client has received payment from its customers who are advertisers. The allowance for doubtful accounts is based on the best estimate of the amount of probable credit losses in existing accounts receivable. The allowance for doubtful accounts is determined based on historical collection experience and the review in each period of the status of the then-outstanding accounts receivable, while taking into consideration current client information, subsequent collection history and other relevant data. The Company reviews the allowance for doubtful accounts on a quarterly basis. Account balances are charged off against the allowance when the Company believes it is probable the receivable will not be recovered.

        The following table presents changes in the allowance for doubtful accounts (in thousands):

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
 
  2014   2015  

Beginning balance

  $ 524   $ 172  

Add: bad debt expense

    144     542  

Less: write-offs, net of recoveries

    (496 )   (28 )

Ending Balance

  $ 172   $ 686  

F-13


Table of Contents


THE TRADE DESK, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 2—Basis of Presentation and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

    Property and Equipment, Net

        Property and equipment are recorded at historical cost, less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method based upon the following estimated useful lives:

 
  Years  

Computer equipment

    2  

Purchased software

    5  

Furniture, fixtures and office equipment

    5  

Leasehold improvements

    *  

*
Leasehold improvements are amortized on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease, or the useful life of the assets, whichever is shorter.

        Repair and maintenance costs are charged to expense as incurred, while renewals and improvements are capitalized. When assets are retired or otherwise disposed of, the cost and related accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts and any resulting gain or loss is reflected in the Company's operating results.

    Capitalized Software Development Costs

        The Company capitalizes certain costs associated with creating and enhancing internally developed software related to the Company's technology infrastructure. These costs include personnel and related employee benefits expenses for employees who are directly associated with and who devote time to software development projects, and external direct costs of materials and services consumed in developing or obtaining the software. Software development costs that do not qualify for capitalization, as further discussed below, are expensed as incurred and recorded in technology and development expenses in the consolidated statements of operations.

        Software development activities typically consist of three stages: (1) the planning phase; (2) the application and infrastructure development stage; and (3) the post implementation stage. Costs incurred in the planning and post implementation phases, including costs associated with the post-configuration training and repairs and maintenance of the developed technologies, are expensed as incurred. The Company capitalizes costs associated with software developed when the preliminary project stage is completed, management implicitly or explicitly authorizes and commits to funding the project and it is probable that the project will be completed and perform as intended. Costs incurred in the application and infrastructure development phases, including significant enhancements and upgrades, are capitalized. Capitalization ends once a project is substantially complete and the software is ready for its intended purpose. Software development costs are amortized using a straight-line method over the estimated useful life of two years, commencing when the software is ready for its intended use. The straight-line recognition method approximates the manner in which the expected benefit will be derived.

        The Company does not transfer ownership of its internally developed software, or lease its software, to third parties.

F-14


Table of Contents


THE TRADE DESK, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 2—Basis of Presentation and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

    Operating Leases

        The Company records rent expense for operating leases, some of which have escalating rent payments, on a straight-line basis over the lease term. The Company begins recognition of rent expense on the date of initial possession, which is generally when the Company enters the leased premises and begins to make improvements in preparation for its intended use. Some of the Company's lease arrangements provide for concessions by the landlords, including payments for leasehold improvements and rent-free periods. The Company accounts for the difference between the straight-line rent expense and rent paid as a deferred rent liability.

    Debt Issuance Costs

        Debt issuance costs related to the term loans have been recorded as a reduction of the carrying amount of the debt and are amortized to interest expense using the effective interest method. Debt financing costs associated with credit facilities have been deferred and recorded in other assets and are amortized to interest expense on a straight-line basis over the term of the credit facilities.

    Preferred Stock Warrant Liabilities

        The Company issued warrants to purchase preferred stock in connection with two prior debt facilities and accounts for such warrants as liabilities at fair value because the underlying shares of convertible preferred stock are contingently redeemable, including in the case of a deemed liquidation, which may obligate the Company to transfer assets to the preferred stock holders. The preferred stock warrants are recorded at fair value at the time of issuance and changes in the fair value of the preferred stock warrants each reporting period are recorded in the Company's consolidated statements of operations until the earlier of the exercise or expiration of the warrants or the warrants' conversion to warrants to purchase common stock, at which time any remaining liability is reclassified to additional paid-in capital.

    Fair Value of Financial Instruments

        Fair value is defined as the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. Valuation techniques used to measure fair value must maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs. Fair value measurements are based on a fair value hierarchy, based on three levels of inputs, of which the first two are considered observable and the last unobservable, which are the following:

            Level 1—Quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that the Company has the ability to access at the measurement date.

            Level 2—Inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly, such as quoted market prices for similar assets and liabilities; quoted prices in markets that are not active; or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the asset or liability.

            Level 3—Unobservable inputs.

F-15


Table of Contents


THE TRADE DESK, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 2—Basis of Presentation and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

        Observable inputs are based on market data obtained from independent sources. At December 31, 2014 and 2015 the Company's warrants to purchase preferred stock are measured using unobservable inputs that require a high level of judgment to determine fair value, and thus classified as Level 3.

        The carrying amounts of accounts receivable, accounts payable, accrued expenses and other current liabilities approximate fair value due to the short-term nature of these instruments. The carrying value of the line of credit and term loans approximates fair value based on borrowing rates currently available to the Company for financing with similar terms and were determined to be Level 2.

        Certain long lived assets including capitalized software development costs are also subject to measurement at fair value on a non-recurring basis if they are deemed to be impaired as a result of an impairment review. For 2014 and 2015, no impairments were recorded on those assets.

    Concentration of Risk

        Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentration of credit risk consist principally of cash, short term investments and accounts receivable. The Company maintains its cash with financial institutions which exceed the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation ("FDIC") federally insured limits.

        For 2014, one client accounted for 11% of Gross Billings. For 2015, two clients each accounted for 12% of Gross Billings. At December 31, 2014, two clients accounted for 12% and 11% of consolidated accounts receivable. At December 31, 2015, three clients accounted for 18%, 13% and 10% of consolidated accounts receivable. At December 31, 2014, two suppliers each accounted for 11% of consolidated accounts payable. At December 31, 2015, one supplier accounted for 11% of consolidated accounts payable.

    Foreign Currency Transactions and Translation

        The Company has entities operating in various countries. Each of these entities' functional currency is the U.S. Dollar. Transactions in foreign currencies are translated into U.S. Dollars at the rates of exchange in effect at the date of the transaction. Net transaction losses were approximately $0.3 million and $1.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015, respectively, and are included in foreign exchange loss, net in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.

        Commencing in 2015 the Company entered into forward contracts to hedge foreign currency exposures related primarily to the Company's foreign currency denominated accounts receivable. The Company does not designate the foreign exchange forward contracts as hedges for accounting purposes and changes in the fair value of the foreign exchange forward contracts are recorded in foreign exchange loss, net in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations. At December 31, 2015, the Company had open forward contracts with aggregate notional amounts of $5.9 million. The fair value of the open forward contracts were not material. The Company's forward contracts generally have terms of 30-180 days.

    Recent Accounting Pronouncements

        Under the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act ("JOBS Act"), the Company meets the definition of an emerging growth company. The Company has irrevocably elected to opt out of the extended

F-16


Table of Contents


THE TRADE DESK, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 2—Basis of Presentation and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards pursuant to Section 107(b) of the JOBS Act.

        In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued Accounting Standards Update No. ("ASU") 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606) , which amends the existing accounting standards for revenue recognition. Under ASU 2014-09, a company will recognize revenue when it transfers promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the company expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. Additionally, the guidance requires improved disclosures to help users of financial statements better understand the nature, amount, timing, and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows arising from contracts with customers. In August 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-14, which defers the effective date of ASU 2014-09 by one year. The new guidance is effective for annual reporting periods (including interim periods within those periods) beginning after December 15, 2017. Early adoption is permitted for annual reporting periods (including interim periods within those periods) beginning after December 15, 2016. The guidance permits the use of either the retrospective or cumulative effect transition method. The Company has not yet selected a transition method nor determined the effect of this guidance on its consolidated financial statements.

        In November 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-16, Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815) . ASU 2014-16 addresses whether host contract in hybrid financial instrument issued in the form of a share should be accounted for as debt or equity. ASU 2014-16 is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2015. Early adoption is permitted and any adjustments shall be reflected as of the beginning of the fiscal year. The Company elected to early adopt ASU 2014-16 effective January 1, 2014. The adoption of ASU 2014-16 had no impact on its consolidated financial statements and note disclosures.

        In April 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-03, Simplifying the Presentation of Debt Issuance Costs, which simplifies the presentation of debt issuance costs by requiring debt issuance costs related to a recognized debt liability to be presented in the balance sheet as a direct deduction from the carrying amount of that debt liability. In August 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-15, an amendment to the original guidance stating an entity may defer and present debt issuance costs associated with line of credit arrangements as an asset and subsequently amortize the deferred debt issuance costs ratably over the term of the line of credit arrangement, regardless of whether there are any outstanding borrowings under the line of credit arrangement. The new guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2015. Early adoption is permitted for financial statements that have not been previously issued. The Company early adopted this guidance for its previously issued 2014 financial statements and the adoption did not have any material impact.

        In April 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-05, Customer's Accounting for Fees Paid in a Cloud Computing Arrangement , which provides guidance to help companies evaluate the accounting for fees paid by a customer in a cloud computing arrangement. The new guidance clarifies that if a cloud computing arrangement includes a software license, the customer should account for the license consistent with its accounting for other software licenses. If the arrangement does not include a software license, the customer should account for the arrangement as a service contract. ASU 2015-05 is effective for annual periods, including interim periods within those annual periods, beginning after December 15, 2015. An entity can elect to adopt this guidance either prospectively for all arrangements entered into or materially modified after the effective date, or retrospectively. Early adoption is

F-17


Table of Contents


THE TRADE DESK, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 2—Basis of Presentation and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

permitted. The Company does not anticipate that the adoption of this guidance will have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.

        In November 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-17, Income Taxes—Balance Sheet Classification of Deferred Taxes . The purpose of this guidance is to simplify the presentation of deferred taxes on a classified balance sheet. Under current U.S. GAAP, deferred income tax assets and liabilities are separated into current and noncurrent amounts in the balance sheet. The amendments in ASU 2015-17 require that all deferred tax assets and liabilities be classified as noncurrent in the balance sheet. The ASU is effective for financial statements issued for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2016 and interim periods within those annual periods, but with early adoption permitted and may be applied either prospectively or retrospectively. The Company early adopted this guidance for its previously issued 2014 financial statements which resulted in a reclassification of $1.1 million from current deferred tax assets to non-current deferred tax assets at December 31, 2014.

        In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-02, Leases , which requires an entity to recognize right-of-use assets and lease liabilities on its balance sheet and disclose key information about leasing arrangements. The guidance offers specific accounting guidance for a lessee, lessor, and sale and leaseback transactions. Lessees and lessors are required to disclose qualitative and quantitative information about leasing arrangements to enable a user of the financial statements to assess the amount, timing and uncertainty of cash flows arising from leases. Leases will be classified as either finance or operating, with the classification affecting the pattern of expense recognition in the income statement. The guidance is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2018, including interim periods within that reporting period, and requires a modified retrospective adoption, with early adoption permitted. The Company is evaluating the impact of this guidance on its consolidated financial statements.

        In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-09, Compensation—Stock Compensation (Topic 718) : Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting . ASU 2016-09 includes multiple provisions intended to simplify various aspects of the accounting for share-based payments, including accounting for income taxes, classification of excess tax benefits on the statement of cash flows, statutory tax withholding requirements and other stock-based compensation classification matters. The guidance is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2016, and interim periods within those annual periods. Early adoption is permitted in any interim or annual period. The Company is evaluating the impact of this guidance on its consolidated financial statements.

F-18


Table of Contents


THE TRADE DESK, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 3—Earnings Per Share

        The reconciliations of the numerators and denominators of the basic and diluted earnings per share computations are as follows (in thousands, except per share amounts):

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
 
 
  2014   2015  

Earnings per share—basic:

             

Numerator:

             

Net income

  $ 5   $ 15,929  

Less: Income attributable to convertible preferred stock

    (5 )   (10,958 )

Add: Preferred stock modification

        3,793  

Net income attributable to common stockholders

  $   $ 8,764  

Denominator:

             

Weighted-average common shares outstanding

    10,233     10,290  

Earnings per share—basic

  $   $ 0.85  

Earnings per share—diluted:

             

Numerator:

             

Net income attributable to common stockholders—basic

  $   $ 8,764  

Add: Income attributable to dilutive convertible preferred stock

        1,624  

Less: Preferred stock modification

        (3,793 )

Net income attributable to common stockholders—diluted

  $   $ 6,595  

Denominator:

             

Weighted-average shares outstanding

    10,233     10,290  

Dilutive convertible preferred stock

        2,790  

Options to purchase common stock

    2,901     3,699  

Weighted-average shares outstanding—diluted

    13,134     16,779  

Earnings per share—diluted

  $   $ 0.39  

        The following table presents the weighted average number of anti-dilutive shares excluded from the calculation of diluted earnings per share (in thousands):

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
 
 
  2014   2015  

Anti-dilutive options to purchase common stock

    307     248  

Common shares issuable upon conversion of convertible preferred stock

    21,761     19,320  

Common shares issuable upon conversion of preferred stock warrants

    361     547  

Total shares excluded from earnings per share—diluted

    22,429     20,115  

F-19


Table of Contents


THE TRADE DESK, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 3—Earnings Per Share (Continued)

    Unaudited Pro Forma Earnings Per Share

        The following table sets forth the computation of the Company's unaudited pro forma basic and diluted earnings per share (in thousands, except per share amounts):

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
2015
 

Numerator:

       

Net income attributable to common stockholders

  $ 8,764  

Add: Income attributable to convertible preferred stock

    10,958  

Add: Change in fair value of preferred stock warrant liabilities

    5,961  

Less: Preferred stock modification

    (3,793 )

Pro forma net income attributable to common stockholders—basic and diluted

  $ 21,890  

Denominator—basic:

       

Weighted-average common shares outstanding

    10,290  

Pro forma adjustment to reflect assumed conversion of convertible preferred stock to common stock

    22,110  

Pro forma weighted-average shares outstanding—basic

    32,400  

Pro forma earnings per share—basic

  $ 0.68  

Denominator—diluted:

       

Pro forma weighted-average shares outstanding—basic

    32,400  

Pro forma adjustment to reflect assumed conversion of convertible preferred stock warrants to common stock warrants

    547  

Options to purchase common stock

    3,699  

Pro forma weighted-average shares outstanding—diluted

    36,646  

Pro forma earnings per share—diluted

  $ 0.60  

Note 4—Property and Equipment

        Major classes of property and equipment were as follows (in thousands):

 
  As of December 31,  
 
  2014   2015  

Computer equipment

  $ 314   $ 1,164  

Purchased software

    2,064     5,306  

Furniture and fixtures

    7     755  

Leasehold improvements

    284     665  

    2,669     7,890  

Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization

    (290 )   (1,265 )

  $ 2,379   $ 6,625  

F-20


Table of Contents


THE TRADE DESK, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 4—Property and Equipment (Continued)

        Depreciation expense for 2014 and 2015 was $0.3 million and $1.0 million, respectively.

        The Company has purchased software under a financing arrangement where the Company makes installment payments over a four-year period. The Company has taken possession of the software and runs the software on its own equipment. At December 31, 2014 and 2015, the software had a cost basis of $1.8 million. Accumulated depreciation on this software at December 31, 2014 and 2015 was $0.2 million and $0.5 million respectively. Depreciation expense on this software was $0.1 million for 2014 and $0.4 million for 2015.

        There were no impairment charges to property and equipment for the year ended December 31, 2015.

Note 5—Capitalized Software Development Costs

        Capitalized software development costs, included in other assets, non-current, were as follows (in thousands):

 
  As of December 31,  
 
  2014   2015  

Capitalized software development costs, gross

  $ 1,154   $ 2,964  

Accumulated amortization

    (415 )   (1,273 )

Capitalized software development costs, net

  $ 739   $ 1,691  

        The Company capitalized $0.8 million and $1.8 million of software development costs in 2014 and 2015, respectively. Amortization expense was $0.4 million and $0.9 million for 2014 and 2015, respectively. Based on the Company's capitalized software development costs at December 31, 2015, estimated amortization expense of $1.1 million and $0.6 million is expected to be recognized in 2016 and 2017, respectively.

Note 6—Fair Value Measurements

        The table below sets forth a summary of financial instruments that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis at December 31, 2014 (in thousands):

 
   
  Fair Value Measurements at Reporting Date Using  
 
  As of
December 31,
2014
  Quoted Prices in
Active Markets for
Identical Assets
(Level 1)
  Significant Other
Observable
Inputs (Level 2)
  Significant Other
Unobservable
Inputs (Level 3)
 

Certificate of deposit

  $ 551   $ 551   $   $  

Convertible preferred stock warrant liabilities

    966             966  

F-21


Table of Contents


THE TRADE DESK, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 6—Fair Value Measurements (Continued)

        The table below sets forth a summary of financial instruments that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis at December 31, 2015 (in thousands):

 
   
  Fair Value Measurements at Reporting Date Using  
 
  As of
December 31,
2015
  Quoted Prices in
Active Markets for
Identical Assets
(Level 1)
  Significant Other
Observable
Inputs (Level 2)
  Significant Other
Unobservable
Inputs (Level 3)
 

Convertible preferred stock warrant liabilities

  $ 6,927   $   $   $ 6,927  

        The Company's preferred stock warrants are recorded at fair value and were determined to be Level 3 fair value items. See Note 10—Capitalization for discussion of the convertible preferred stock warrant valuation. The changes in the fair value of preferred stock warrants are summarized below (in thousands):

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
 
 
  2014   2015  

Beginning balance

  $ 408   $ 966  

Change in value of preferred stock warrants recorded in other expense, net

    558     5,961  

Ending balance

  $ 966   $ 6,927  

Note 7—Accounts Payable

        Accounts payable included the following (in thousands):

 
  As of December 31,  
 
  2014   2015  

Accounts payable—media and data

  $ 56,498   $ 105,085  

Accounts payable—other

    1,795     3,376  

Total

  $ 58,293   $ 108,461  

Note 8—Debt

    2013 Term Debt

        In March 2013, the Company incurred $3.5 million aggregate principal amount of term borrowings which accrued interest at a fixed rate of 12%. The term borrowings were to mature on September 30, 2016 and the Company was required to make interest only payments for the first 12 months.

    Prior Debt Facility

        In July 2013, the Company entered into a loan agreement the ("Prior Debt Facility") pursuant to which it was entitled to incur revolver borrowings up to the lesser of $6.5 million and 80% of eligible accounts receivable, subject to certain borrowing base limitations. The Prior Debt Facility was to

F-22


Table of Contents


THE TRADE DESK, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 8—Debt (Continued)

mature on July 30, 2015. Interest accrued at a variable rate equal to the prime rate (with a prime rate floor of 3.25%) plus 1.5%.

        In November 2014, the Prior Debt Facility was amended to provide for $15 million of term borrowings and up to $30 million in revolver borrowings. The Company borrowed $15 million on the term loan and used a portion of the proceeds to repay the then outstanding borrowings. The revolver was scheduled to mature on November 24, 2017 and the term loan was repayable over 48 months, with interest only payments for the first 20 months. Interest accrued on the revolver and the term loan at a variable rate equal to the prime rate plus a spread depending on the Company's compliance with established ratios (3.75% at December 31, 2014). Through October 2015, the Company borrowed $20 million under the revolver.

        In October 2015, the Prior Debt Facility was further amended to provide for an aggregate of $30 million in term borrowings and up to an aggregate of $70 million in revolver borrowings less outstanding term borrowings. The Company borrowed $30 million under the term loan which was used to refinance the then outstanding borrowings under the original term loan of $15 million and repay $15 million on the revolver. The revolver, as amended, was scheduled to mature on November 24, 2017 and the term loan was payable over 48 months, with interest only payments for the first 20 months. Interest accrued on the revolver and the term loan at a variable rate equal to the prime rate plus 1.00% (4.5% at December 31, 2015). The term loan does not include a prepayment penalty. In December 2015, the Company borrowed an additional $10 million on the revolver. At December 31, 2015, $30 million and $15 million were outstanding on the term loan and revolver, respectively.

        Scheduled future principal payments for the term loan and revolver, as amended in October 2015 were as follows as of December 31, 2015 (in thousands):

Fiscal Year
  Amount  

2016

  $  

2017

    21,429  

2018

    12,857  

2019

    10,714  

2020

     

Thereafter

     

  $ 45,000  

Less: unamortized debt issuance costs

    (112 )

  $ 44,888  

        In March 2016, the Company repaid all amounts outstanding under the Prior Debt Facility with proceeds from a new credit facility (Note 16).

        The Company's obligations under the Prior Debt Facility were collateralized by substantially all the assets of the Company, and contained customary limitations on additional indebtedness, change in control, and also required the Company to maintain all of its depository and operating bank accounts with the collateral agent. The Prior Debt Facility also included financial covenants that required the Company to maintain: (1) an asset coverage ratio of 1.75 to 1.00 and (2) a requirement to achieve

F-23


Table of Contents


THE TRADE DESK, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 8—Debt (Continued)

Gross Billings of at least 75% of the original plan provided to the lenders. As of December 31, 2015, the Company was in compliance with all covenants.

        The Prior Debt Facility, as amended, includes a fee of $0.8 million payable upon the occurrence of a liquidity event which includes an initial public offering of the Company's common stock. The liquidation fee survives the termination of the Prior Debt Facility.

Note 9—Financing Obligation

        Future principal payments for the financing obligation for the purchase of software as of December 31, 2015, were as follows:

Fiscal Year
  Amount  
 
  (in thousands)
 

2016

  $ 502  

2017

    1,030  

  $ 1,532  

Note 10—Capitalization

        At December 31, 2015, the authorized capital stock of the Company consisted of 130,000,000 shares of common stock and 68,520,540 shares of preferred stock, of which 23,450,000 shares were designated Series Seed preferred stock ("Series Seed preferred stock"), 15,291,840 shares were designated Series A-1 preferred stock ("Series A-1 preferred stock"), 6,986,650 shares were designated Series A-2 preferred stock ("Series A-2 preferred stock"), 14,421,020 shares were designated Series A-3 preferred stock ("Series A-3 preferred stock") and 8,371,030 shares were designated Series B preferred stock ("Series B preferred stock"), and together with the Series Seed preferred stock, Series A-1 preferred stock, Series A-2 preferred stock, Series A-3 preferred stock, referred to as ("convertible preferred stock").

    Common Stock

        Each holder of common stock is entitled to one vote per share. The holders of common stock shall be entitled to receive dividends declared by the Board of Directors out of any assets of the Company legally available after the payment of dividends to the holders of the convertible preferred stock.

    Convertible Preferred Stock

        During 2014, the Company completed the sale of 8,371,030 shares of Series B preferred stock for $20.3 million, of which $5.0 million was used to repurchase 685,586 shares of common stock from our founders. The repurchased common shares were retired by the Company. See Note 11—Stock-Based Compensation for further discussion of the founders' stock repurchase.

F-24


Table of Contents


THE TRADE DESK, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 10—Capitalization (Continued)

        At December 31, 2014 and 2015, the Company's outstanding convertible preferred stock consisted of the following (in thousands, except original issue price per share):

 
  December 31, 2014 and 2015   December 31,
2014
  December 31, 2015  
 
  Shares
Authorized
  Shares
Outstanding
  Original
Issue Price
Per Share
  Carrying
Values
  Carrying
Values
  Liquidation
Preference
 

Seed

    23,450     22,250   $ 0.100000   $ 2,225   $ 2,225   $ 2,225  

Series A-1

    15,292     15,292     0.126084     1,928     1,928     1,928  

Series A-2

    6,987     6,987     0.146976     1,027     1,027     1,027  

Series A-3

    14,421     13,430     0.183720     2,467     2,467     2,467  

Series B

    8,371     8,371     2.431000     20,350     16,557     20,350  

Total

    68,521     66,330         $ 27,997   $ 24,204   $ 27,997  

    Modification of Series B Preferred Stock

        In 2015, the Series B preferred stockholders agreed to modify the liquidation rights and preferences of the Series B preferred stock. Prior to the modification, the Series B preferred stockholders were entitled to receive upon a liquidation event and prior to amounts payable to the other holders of convertible preferred stock or common stock an amount per share equal to the Series B preferred stock original issue price ("Series B Preferred Initial Liquidation Amount"), plus any dividends declared but unpaid thereon. Thereafter, after payment of the liquidation preference to the other holders of convertible preferred stock, the remaining assets of the Company available for distribution to its stockholders were to be distributed among the holders of shares of common stock and Series B preferred stock, pro rata based on the number of shares held by each holder on an as-converted to common stock basis, until such time as the holders of shares of Series B preferred stock have received, together with the Series B Preferred Initial Liquidation Amount, an amount equal to three times the Series B Preferred Stock original issue price.

        After the modification, the Series B are entitled to receive upon a liquidation event the liquidation preference as described below under "—Rights and Preferences of Convertible Preferred Stock—Liquidation Preferences."

        The Company recorded the modification as an extinguishment as the fair value of the Series B preferred stock immediately before and immediately after the modification were substantially different (i.e., more than 10%). The Company recorded the difference between the carrying value of the Series B preferred stock and the fair value after the modification, of $3.8 million, as a reduction to the carrying value of the Series B preferred stock and a reduction to accumulated deficit. The $3.8 million has been recorded as an adjustment to the net income attributable to common stockholders in accordance with ASC 260, Earnings per Share .

    Rights and Preferences of Convertible Preferred Stock

        The rights and preferences of convertible preferred stock are as follows:

        Voting Rights :    Each holder of convertible preferred stock is entitled to the number of votes equal to the number of shares of common stock into which such shares of preferred stock could be

F-25


Table of Contents


THE TRADE DESK, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 10—Capitalization (Continued)

converted. The holders of convertible preferred stock and the holders of common stock will vote together as a single class on all matters.

        Dividends Rights :    The holders of Series B preferred stock have a preferential dividend right whereby they are to receive a dividend prior to any other class of stock. After payment of any dividend to the holders of Series B preferred stock, the other holders of convertible preferred stock on a pari passu basis will be entitled to receive dividends declared by the Board of Directors out of any assets of the Company legally available prior to the payment of dividends to the holders of common Stock. The dividend rate is $0.008 for holders of Series Seed preferred, $0.010087 for holders of Series A-1 preferred stock, $0.011758 for Series A-2 preferred stock, $0.014698 for Series A-3 preferred stock and $0.194 for Series B preferred stock, per share per annum, when and if declared. If a common stock dividend is declared, such that the convertible preferred holders' share, on an as-converted basis, would exceed the amount declared under the specified preferred stock dividend rate, the convertible preferred holders are entitled to receive the greater amount, as if the convertible preferred stock is converted to common stock.

        Liquidation Preferences :    In the event of any liquidation event, either voluntary or involuntary, the holders of Series B preferred stock will be entitled to receive, prior to the other holders of convertible preferred stock or common stock in an amount per share equal to the greater of the Series B preferred stock original issue price, plus any dividends declared but unpaid thereon or an amount as would have been payable had the shares of Series B preferred stock immediately converted to common stock. After payment of the amounts to the Series B preferred stock, the other holders of convertible preferred stock are entitled to receive a liquidation preference of the greater of (1) the original issue price, plus any dividend declared but unpaid thereon and (2) such amount per share as would have been payable had all shares of the preferred stock been converted into common stock immediately prior to liquidation, dissolution or winding up. Thereafter, any remaining assets available for distribution are to be distributed among the holders of shares of common stock pro rata based on the number of shares held by each holder.

        The liquidation preference provisions of the convertible preferred stock are considered contingent redemption provisions because there are certain elements that are not solely within the control of the Company, such as a change in control of the Company. Accordingly, the Company has presented the convertible preferred stock within the mezzanine portion of the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

        Conversion Features :    Each share of convertible preferred stock are convertible at any time, at the option of the holder thereof, into such number of fully paid non-assessable shares of common stock as is determined by dividing the original issue price by the conversion price applicable to such share, in effect on the date of the conversion. As of December 31, 2015, the original issue price per share was $0.10 for Series Seed preferred stock, $0.126084 for Series A-1 preferred stock, $0.146976 for Series A-2 preferred stock, $0.183720 for Series A-3 preferred stock, and $2.431 for Series B preferred stock. As of December 31, 2015, the conversion price per share, as adjusted for the reverse stock split described in Note 2, was $0.30 for Series Seed preferred stock, $0.378252 for Series A-1 preferred stock, $0.440928 for Series A-2 preferred stock, $0.55116 for Series A-3 preferred stock, and $7.293 for Series B preferred stock. As of December 31, 2015, as adjusted for the reverse stock split described in Note 2, each share of convertible preferred stock is entitled to convert into one third of one share of common stock.

F-26


Table of Contents


THE TRADE DESK, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 10—Capitalization (Continued)

        Each share of convertible preferred stock will automatically convert into shares of common stock at its then effective conversion rate immediately upon the earlier of (1) the first closing of a sale of shares of the Company's common stock to the public at a price of at least 7.5 times the original issue price of the Series B preferred stock (as adjusted for the reverse stock-split described in Note 2), in a firm commitment underwritten initial public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, with proceeds to the Company of not less than $50.0 million (net of underwriting discounts and commissions) ("Qualified IPO"), and (2) the date specified by a vote of the holders of at least a majority of all then-outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock, voting together as a single class on an as-converted to common stock basis provided that each series of convertible preferred stock will not be converted as a result of such vote without the consent of the holders of a majority of the shares of such series of convertible preferred stock then outstanding.

Preferred Stock Warrants

        In 2011, the Company issued warrants to purchase 1.2 million shares of the Series Seed preferred stock, with an exercise price of $0.10 per share. The warrants expire upon the earlier of August 2021 or upon certain corporate events, as defined.

        In 2013, the Company issued warrants to purchase 990,640 shares of the Company's Series A-3 preferred stock, with an exercise price of $0.18372 per share. The warrants expire upon the earliest of (1) March 2023 (2) three years from the closing of the Company's initial public offering and (3) upon a change in control, as defined.

        For 2014 and 2015, the Company determined the fair value of the preferred stock warrants utilizing the Black-Scholes model with the following assumptions:

 
  Series Seed   Series A-3  
 
  As of December 31,   As of December 31,  
 
  2014   2015   2014   2015  

Expected term (years)

    6.66     5.66     8.24     7.24  

Expected volatility

    53.9 %   60.3 %   54.1 %   61.3 %

Risk-free interest rate

    2.0 %   1.8 %   2.1 %   2.1 %

Estimated dividend yield

    %   %   %   %

        During 2014 and 2015, the Company recognized expense of $0.6 million and $6.0 million, respectively, from the remeasurement of the warrants to fair value.

    Common Shares Reserved For Issuance

        The Company is required to reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued shares of common stock such number of shares sufficient to effect the conversion of all outstanding shares of preferred stock and all outstanding warrants, plus shares granted and available for grant under the Company's stock option plan.

F-27


Table of Contents


THE TRADE DESK, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 10—Capitalization (Continued)

        The amount of such shares of the Company's common stock reserved for these purposes were as follows (in thousands):

 
  As of
December 31,
2015
 

Reserved under stock award plans

    6,921  

Conversion of preferred stock

    22,110  

Warrants to purchase convertible preferred stock

    730  

Total required availability

    29,761  

    Deferred Offering Costs

        During 2015, the Company incurred third-party costs directly attributable to its repurchase of common stock, Series Seed preferred stock and Series A preferred stock (Note 16) and the proposed initial public offering of its common stock. These costs have been deferred within other assets, non-current in the accompanying balance sheet. The deferred repurchase costs will be included as part of the repurchase price of the repurchased shares and the deferred initial public offering costs will be offset against the proceeds of the offering upon completion of the offering.

Note 11—Stock-Based Compensation

        The 2010 Stock Option Plan (the "2010 Plan") provides for the grant of incentive stock options, nonqualified stock options and stock purchase rights. The compensation committee of the board of directors has the authority to select the employees and consultants of the Company to whom awards are granted and determine the terms of each award, including: (1) the number of shares of common stock subject to the award; (2) when the award becomes vested and, if applicable, exercisable; (3) the exercise price of options, which, in the case of incentive stock options, must be at least 100% of the fair market value of the common stock as of the date of grant; and (4) the duration of awards which, in the case of incentive stock options, may not exceed 10 years. Incentive stock options issued to a shareholder holding 10% or more of the Company must have a term that cannot exceed five years and an exercise price that is no less than 110% of the fair market value of the underlying shares on the date of grant. Options granted under the 2010 Plan generally vest over four years, subject to the holder's continued employment through the vesting date, and expire no later than 10 years from the date of grant.

        In December 2015, the Company adopted the 2015 Equity Incentive Plan (the "2015 Plan") which provides for the grant of incentive stock options and nonqualified stock options, as well as other stock-based awards such as restricted stock and restricted stock units to employees, directors and consultants of the Company. On the effective date of the 2015 Plan, the shares of common stock available for grant under the 2010 Plan were 1,333,695. The aggregate number of shares of Company common stock reserved for issuance under the 2015 Plan equals the sum of 1,333,695 shares of common stock plus the number of shares of common stock which, as of the effective date of the 2015 Plan, were subject to awards under the 2010 Plan and, following such effective date, are forfeited or repurchased for a nominal price, terminated or lapse without being exercised under the 2010 Plan. No further shares of common stock can be issued or sold under the 2010 Plan. The 2015 Plan is administered by the

F-28


Table of Contents


THE TRADE DESK, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 11—Stock-Based Compensation (Continued)

Company's board of directors, which has the authority to determine all terms and conditions of the awards granted under the 2015 Plan, including: (1) the number of shares of common stock subject to the award; (2) when the award becomes vested and, if applicable, exercisable; (3) the exercise price of options, which, in the case of incentive stock options, must be at least 100% of the fair market value of the common stock as of the date of grant; and (4) the duration of awards which, in the case of incentive stock options, may not exceed 10 years. Incentive stock options issued to a shareholder holding 10% or more of the Company must have a term that cannot exceed five years and an exercise price that is no less than 110% of the fair market value of the underlying shares on the date of grant. Options granted under the 2015 Plan generally vest over four years, subject to the holder's continued employment through the vesting date, and expire no later than 10 years from the date of grant.

        As of December 31, 2015, the Company has reserved a total of 6,921,083 shares of common stock under both the 2010 Plan and 2015 Plan, of which 1,031,257 shares remained available for future grant under the 2015 Plan.

    Stock Options

        A summary of stock option activity for 2015, is as follows:

 
  Shares Under
Option
  Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price
  Weighted-
Average
Contractual
Life
  Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
 
 
  (in thousands)
   
   
  (in thousands)
 

Outstanding at December 31, 2014

    4,494   $ 0.27   7.6 years        

Granted

    1,558     1.88            

Exercised

    (711 )   0.23            

Cancelled

    (164 )   0.79            

Outstanding at December 31, 2015

    5,177     0.74   7.4 years   $ 47,870  

Vested and expected to vest at December 31, 2015

    4,967     0.71   6.8 years     46,098  

Exercisable at December 31, 2015

    2,836     0.25   6.5 years     27,629  

        The total intrinsic value of options exercised during 2015 was $1.9 million.

F-29


Table of Contents


THE TRADE DESK, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 11—Stock-Based Compensation (Continued)

        The table below sets forth information regarding stock options granted from January 1, 2015 to December 31, 2015:

Grant Date
  Number of
Shares
  Exercise
Price at
Grant Date
  Common Stock
Fair Value
Per Share at
Grant Date
 
 
  (in thousands)
   
   
 

January 20, 2015

    619   $ 0.82   $ 0.82  

April 30, 2015

    281     2.04     2.04  

May 19, 2015

    168     2.04     2.04  

August 26, 2015

    109     2.37     2.37  

September 9, 2015

    46     2.37     2.37  

November 24, 2015

    33     3.36     3.36  

December 9, 2015 (1)

    46     3.70     3.36  

December 9, 2015

    169     3.36     3.36  

December 20, 2015

    87     3.36     3.36  

(1)
Options granted with exercise price of 110% of fair value to comply with ISO qualifying rules for greater than 10% shareholder

        The fair value of options on the date of grant is estimated based on the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The weighted average assumptions used to value options granted to employees during 2014 and 2015 were as follows:

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
 
 
  2014   2015  

Expected term (in years)

    6.00     6.00  

Volatility

    62.5 %   64.5 %

Risk-free interest rate

    2.02 %   1.62 %

Dividend yield

    %   %

        The weighted average grant date fair value per share of stock options granted for 2014 and 2015 were $0.48 and $1.12, respectively.

        At December 31, 2015, the Company had unrecognized employee stock-based compensation relating to stock options of approximately $1.6 million, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 3.3 years.

F-30


Table of Contents


THE TRADE DESK, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 11—Stock-Based Compensation (Continued)

    Stock-Based Compensation Expense

        Total stock-based compensation expense for 2014 and 2015, recorded in the consolidated statements of operations was as follows (in thousands):

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
 
 
  2014   2015  

Platform operations

  $ 14   $ 71  

Sales and marketing

    50     127  

Technology and development

    909     85  

General and administrative

    3,572     91  

  $ 4,545   $ 374  

        In February 2014, concurrent with the Series B financing, the Company repurchased 2.1 million shares of common stock from its founders at the Series B issuance price of $2.4310 per share for total consideration of $5.0 million. The Company recorded $0.6 million in additional paid-in capital and accumulated deficit for the fair value of the common stock repurchased and, in accordance with ASC 718, Stock Compensation , the Company recorded additional compensation expense of $4.4 million, representing the excess of the purchase price paid over the fair value of the common stock at the date of repurchase. The above table includes stock-based compensation expense of $0.9 million and $3.5 million in technology and development and general and administrative expenses, respectively, relating to this repurchase.

Note 12—Income Taxes

        The following are the domestic and foreign components of the Company's income (loss) before income taxes for 2014 and 2015 (in thousands):

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
 
 
  2014   2015  

Domestic

  $ (1,226 ) $ 29,224  

International

    283     631  

Income (loss) before income taxes

  $ (943 ) $ 29,855  

F-31


Table of Contents


THE TRADE DESK, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 12—Income Taxes (Continued)

        The following are the components of the (benefit from) provision for income taxes for 2014 and 2015 (in thousands):

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
 
 
  2014   2015  

Current:

             

Federal

  $ 321   $ 11,123  

State and local

    167     2,325  

Foreign

    73     140  

Total current provision

    561     13,588  

Deferred:

             

Federal

    (827 )   197  

State and local

    (682 )   141  

Total deferred (benefit) provision

    (1,509 )   338  

Total provision for (benefit from) income taxes

  $ (948 ) $ 13,926  

        A reconciliation of the statutory tax rate to the effective tax rate for 2014 and 2015 is as follows:

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
 
 
  2014   2015  

U.S. federal statutory income tax rate

    34.0 %   35.0 %

State and local income taxes, net of federal benefit

    8.5     5.4  

Foreign income at other than U.S. rates

    2.0     (0.3 )

Stock-based compensation expense

    (163.8 )   0.4  

Meals and entertainment

    (5.5 )   0.2  

Change in preferred stock warrant liabilities

    (20.1 )   7.0  

Research and development credit

    20.6     (1.0 )

Other permanent items

    (3.4 )   (0.1 )

Change in valuation allowance

    228.2      

Effective income tax rate

    100.5 %   46.6 %

F-32


Table of Contents


THE TRADE DESK, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 12—Income Taxes (Continued)

        Set forth below are the tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to a significant portion of the deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities as of December 31, 2014 and 2015 (in thousands).

 
  As of
December 31,
 
 
  2014   2015  

Deferred tax assets (liabilities):

             

Prepaid expenses

  $ (177 ) $ (244 )

Reserves and allowances

    105     919  

Accrued expenses

    975     2,093  

Property and equipment

    (398 )   (1,226 )

Net operating losses

    1,080     55  

Capitalized software development costs

    (284 )   (664 )

Other

    208     238  

Total deferred tax assets, net

  $ 1,509   $ 1,171  

        As of each reporting date, the Company's management considers new evidence, both positive and negative, that could impact management's view with regard to future realization of deferred tax assets. At December 31, 2013, management recorded a valuation allowance against its U.S. net deferred tax assets, based on the previous history of cumulative losses and the conclusion that future taxable profit may not be available for the utilization of the deferred tax assets for federal and state income tax purposes. During 2014, management released the valuation allowance due to, among other reasons, three years of cumulative pre-tax income adjusted for permanent items realized in U.S. jurisdictions, and significant projected U.S. pre-tax income. Management determined that sufficient positive evidence existed to conclude that it is more likely than not there will be full utilization of the deferred tax assets for all jurisdictions; therefore, the entire valuation allowance in U.S. jurisdictions of $2.2 million was released during 2014.

        At December 31, 2015, the Company had U.S. federal net operating loss carryforwards ("NOLs") of approximately $0.1 million, which will begin to expire in 2030. At December 31, 2015, the Company had state NOLs of approximately $0.3 million, which will begin to expire in 2030. At December 31, 2015, the Company had state research and development tax credits of approximately $0.2 million, which carry forward indefinitely. The Company has determined that the future utilization of a portion of its net operating losses is limited annually pursuant to Internal Revenue Code Section 382. The Company has determined that none of its net operating losses will expire because of the annual limitation.

        At December 31, 2015, unremitted earnings of the subsidiaries outside of the United States were approximately $0.7 million, on which no U.S. taxes have been paid. The Company's intention is to indefinitely reinvest these earnings outside the United States. Upon distribution of those earnings in the form of a dividend or otherwise, the Company would be subject to both U.S. income taxes (subject to an adjustment for foreign tax credits) and withholding taxes payable to various foreign countries. The amounts of such tax liabilities that might be payable upon repatriation of foreign earnings, after consideration of corresponding foreign tax credits, are not material.

        At December 31, 2015, the Company did not have a liability for unrecognized tax benefits and has no accrued interest or penalties related to uncertain tax positions.

F-33


Table of Contents


THE TRADE DESK, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 12—Income Taxes (Continued)

        The Company is subject to examination by taxing authorities in the U.S. federal, state and various foreign jurisdictions. For federal income tax, the Company remains subject to examination for 2011 and subsequent years. For state income tax, the Company remains subject to examination for 2010 and subsequent years. The majority of our foreign subsidiaries remain subject to examination by the local taxing authorities for 2013 and subsequent periods.

Note 13—Geographic Information

        The Company's Gross Billings to clients in international markets, based on the billing address of the client or client affiliate, for 2014 and 2015 were $29 million and $53 million, respectively. Total Gross Billings to clients in the U.S. and international markets were $202 million and $530 million for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015, respectively. No single international market accounted for more than 10% of Gross Billings for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015, respectively. The Company's property and equipment located outside the United States was not material at December 31, 2014 and 2015.

Note 14—Commitments and Contingencies

        At December 31, 2015, the Company has various non-cancelable operating leases primarily for its corporate and international offices. These leases expire at various times through 2022. The Company's non-cancelable minimum lease commitments were as follows (in thousands):

Year
  Amount  

2016

  $ 2,584  

2017

    2,207  

2018

    2,273  

2019

    2,260  

2020

    2,163  

Thereafter

    2,223  

  $ 13,710  

        Rent expense for 2014 and 2015 for non-cancelable operating leases was $1.2 million and $2.2 million, respectively.

        At December 31, 2015, the Company has non-cancelable commitments to its hosting services providers, marketing contracts and commitments to providers of software as a service. These commitments expire at various times through 2019. At December 31, 2015, the Company's purchase obligations were as follows (in thousands):

Year
  Amount  

2016

  $ 3,755  

2017

    1,796  

2018

    1,160  

2019

    90  

Total

  $ 6,801  

F-34


Table of Contents


THE TRADE DESK, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 14—Commitments and Contingencies (Continued)

    Guarantees and Indemnification

        In the ordinary course of business, the Company may provide indemnifications of varying scope and terms to clients, vendors, lessors, business partners, and other parties with respect to certain matters, including, but not limited to, losses arising out of breach of such agreements, services to be provided by the Company or from intellectual property infringement claims made by third parties. In addition, the Company has entered into indemnification agreements with directors and certain officers and employees that will require the Company, among other things, to indemnify them against certain liabilities that may arise by reason of their status or service as directors, officers or employees. No demands have been made upon the Company to provide indemnification under such agreements, and thus there are no claims that the Company is aware of that could have a material effect on the Company's balance sheet, statement of operations or statement of cash flows. Accordingly, no amounts for any obligation have been recorded at December 31, 2014 or at December 31, 2015.

    Litigation

        From time to time, the Company is subject to various legal proceedings and claims, either asserted or unasserted, that arise in the ordinary course of business. Although the outcome of the various legal proceedings and claims cannot be predicted with certainty, management does not believe that any of these proceedings or other claims will have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

    Employment Contracts

        The Company has entered into agreements with severance terms with certain employees and officers, all of whom are employed at-will. The Company may be required to accelerate the vesting of certain stock options in the event of changes in control, as defined and involuntary terminations.

Note 15—Related Party Transactions

        During 2015, the Company's clients purchased $0.2 million of data through the Company's platform from entities affiliated with a holder of the Company's common stock and member of the Company's board of directors.

Note 16—Subsequent Events

        The Company has evaluated subsequent events through April 22, 2016, which is the date the consolidated financial statements were issued. The Company has also evaluated subsequent events through June 17, 2016, which is the date the consolidated financial statements were reissued. The Company has also evaluated subsequent events through September 2, 2016, for the effects of the reverse stock split described in Note 2.

    Series C Preferred Stock Financing and Repurchase of Common and Preferred Stock

        In February 2016, the Company issued 11,500,587 shares of Series C convertible preferred stock for $60.0 million and used $54.0 million of the proceeds to repurchase 3,897,928 and 8,485,350 shares of Series Seed preferred stock (including shares issued upon exercise of warrant described below) and Series A preferred stock, respectively, each at 80% of the Series C offering price per share of $5.22 and 188,786 shares of common stock at a price per share of $12.51 as adjusted for the reverse

F-35


Table of Contents


THE TRADE DESK, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 16—Subsequent Events (Continued)

stock-split described in Note 2. Warrants to purchase 808,135 shares of Seed preferred stock were net exercised resulting in the issuance of 788,755 shares of Series Seed preferred stock of which 614,052 shares were then repurchased. The repurchase price of the preferred stock exceeded its carrying value at the date of repurchase by approximately $47 million which the Company recorded as a reduction to net income attributable to common stockholders for the computation of earnings per share during the three-month period ended March 31, 2016.

    Revolving Credit Facility

        On March 30, 2016, the Company entered into a senior secured asset-based revolving credit agreement (the "Revolving Credit Agreement") with a syndicate of banks, led by Citibank, N.A. The Revolving Credit Agreement provides for a senior secured asset-based revolving credit facility (the "Credit Facility"), which the Company may draw upon as needed. Available funding commitments to the Company under the Credit Facility, subject to certain conditions, total up to $125.0 million. Under certain circumstances' the available revolver borrowings may be increased by an additional $50.0 million. The Credit Agreement is collateralized by a pledge of certain of the Company's accounts receivable, deposit accounts, intellectual property, investment property, and equipment, and availability under the Credit Agreement is based on the value of accounts receivable, as reduced by certain reserves.

        Borrowed funds bear interest, dependent on the Company's time and method of borrowing, at an annual rate of either a Base Rate or a LIBOR rate, plus an applicable margin ("Base Rate Borrowings" and "LIBOR Rate Borrowings"). The Base Rate is defined as a fluctuating interest rate equal to the greatest of (i) the Federal Funds rate plus 0.5%, (ii) the Prime Rate, and (iii) one month LIBOR rate plus 2.0%. The applicable margin is defined as a rate between 0.5% to 1.0% for Base Rate advances and between 1.5% and 2.0% for LIBOR advances, depending on the amount of monthly average excess availability on the facility. The fee for undrawn amounts ranges from 0.25% to 0.30%. Interest is payable either (a) monthly for Base Rate Borrowings or (b) the last day of the Interest Period applicable for LIBOR Rate Borrowings. The credit facility matures and all outstanding amounts become due and payable in March 2018. The credit facility contains customary conditions to borrowings, events of default and covenants, including covenants that restrict our ability to sell assets, make changes to the nature of our business, engage in mergers or acquisitions, incur, assume or permit to exist additional indebtedness and guarantees, create or permit to exist liens, pay dividends, issue equity instruments, make distributions or redeem or repurchase capital stock or make other investments, engage in transactions with affiliates and make payments in respect of subordinated debt. The credit facility also requires us to maintain compliance with a consolidated fixed charge coverage ratio covenant of at least 1.15 to 1.00.

        On March 30, 2016, the Company borrowed $50.8 million under the Revolving Credit Agreement to repay all then outstanding borrowings under, and terminate, the Prior Debt Facility, as well as pay fees and expenses associated with the Revolving Credit Agreement.

    Grants of Stock Options

        On February 2, 2016, the Company granted stock options to purchase 0.1 million shares of common stock at an exercise price of $9.99 per share. The grant date fair value of these options was $0.3 million, which is expected to be recognized over the vesting period of four years.

F-36


Table of Contents


THE TRADE DESK, INC.

INDEX TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

F-37


Table of Contents


THE TRADE DESK, INC.

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS (UNAUDITED)

(in thousands, except par values)

 
  As of
December 31,
2015
  As of
June 30,
2016
  Pro Forma
As of
June 30,
2016
 

ASSETS

                   

Current assets:

                   

Cash

  $ 4,047   $ 37,610   $ 37,610  

Accounts receivable, net

    191,943     236,737     236,737  

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

    3,812     5,579     5,579  

TOTAL CURRENT ASSETS

    199,802     279,926     279,926  

Property and equipment, net

    6,625     7,701     7,701  

Deferred taxes, net

    1,171     1,171     1,171  

Other assets, non-current

    2,633     6,153     6,153  

TOTAL ASSETS

  $ 210,231   $ 294,951   $ 294,951  

LIABILITIES, CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT)

                   

LIABILITIES

                   

Current liabilities:

                   

Accounts payable

  $ 108,461   $ 164,296   $ 164,296  

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

    9,937     9,615     9,615  

Financing obligation, current portion

    502     621     621  

TOTAL CURRENT LIABILITIES

    118,900     174,532     174,532  

Debt, net

    44,888     55,847     55,847  

Convertible preferred stock warrant liabilities

    6,927     7,943      

Other liabilities, non-current

    140     902     902  

Financing obligation, non-current

    1,030     776     776  

TOTAL LIABILITIES

    171,885     240,000     232,057  

Commitments and contingencies (Note 10)

                   

Convertible preferred stock, par value $0.000001; 80,021 shares authorized as of June 30, 2016; 66,330 and 66,236 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2015 and June 30, 2016, respectively; liquidation preference of $86,342 as of June 30, 2016. No shares issued and outstanding as of June 30, 2016 pro forma

    24,204     83,241      

STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT)

                   

Common stock, par value $0.000001; 142,000 shares authorized as of June 30, 2016; 10,884, 11,035 and 33,114 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2015, June 30, 2016 and June 30, 2016 pro forma, respectively

             

Additional paid-in capital

    1,039     452     91,636  

Retained earnings (accumulated deficit)

    13,103     (28,742 )   (28,742 )

TOTAL STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT)

    14,142     (28,290 )   62,894  

TOTAL LIABILITIES, CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT)

  $ 210,231   $ 294,951   $ 294,951  

   

The accompanying Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements are an integral
part of these statements.

F-38


Table of Contents


THE TRADE DESK, INC.

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS (UNAUDITED)

(in thousands, except per share amounts)

 
  Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
 
  2015   2016  

Revenue

  $ 42,410   $ 77,560  

Operating expenses:

             

Platform operations

    9,642     16,195  

Sales and marketing

    11,692     19,682  

Technology and development

    5,096     10,402  

General and administrative

    5,177     12,851  

Total operating expenses

    31,607     59,130  

Income from operations

    10,803     18,430  

Interest expense

    421     1,317  

Change in fair value of preferred stock warrant liabilities

    489     4,805  

Foreign currency exchange loss, net

    526     402  

Total other expense, net

    1,436     6,524  

Income before income taxes

    9,367     11,906  

Provision for income taxes

    3,693     5,348  

Net income

  $ 5,674   $ 6,558  

Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders

  $ 5,470   $ (40,651 )

Earnings (loss) per share:

             

Basic

  $ 0.54   $ (3.74 )

Diluted

  $ 0.15   $ (3.74 )

Weighted average shares outstanding:

             

Basic

    10,175     10,871  

Diluted

    16,369     10,871  

Pro forma earnings per share:

             

Basic

        $ 0.34  

Diluted

        $ 0.30  

Pro forma weighted average shares outstanding:

             

Basic

          33,010  

Diluted

          38,188  

   

The accompanying Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements are an integral
part of these statements.

F-39


Table of Contents


THE TRADE DESK, INC.

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK AND
STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT) (UNAUDITED)

(in thousands)

 
  Convertible
Preferred Stock
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
   
  Common Stock    
  Retained
Earnings
(Accumulated
Deficit)
  Total
Stockholders'
Equity
(Deficit)
 
 
   
  Additional
Paid-In
Capital
 
 
  Shares   Amount    
  Shares   Amount  
 
   
 

Balance at December 31, 2015

    66,330   $ 24,204         10,884   $   $ 1,039   $ 13,103   $ 14,142  

Exercise of common stock options

                340         185         185  

Stock-based compensation

                        396         396  

Issuance of series C convertible preferred stock, net of issuance costs

    11,501     59,871                          

Reclassification of preferred stock warrant liability upon net exercise of warrant                   

    789     3,789                          

Repurchase of convertible preferred stock

    (12,384 )   (4,623 )               (1,168 )   (46,041 )   (47,209 )

Repurchase and retirement of common stock

                (189 )           (2,362 )   (2,362 )

Net income

                            6,558     6,558  

Balance at June 30, 2016

    66,236   $ 83,241         11,035   $   $ 452   $ (28,742 ) $ (28,290 )

   

The accompanying Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements are an integral
part of these statements.

F-40


Table of Contents


THE TRADE DESK, INC.

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (UNAUDITED)

(in thousands)

 
  Six Months
Ended June 30,
 
 
  2015   2016  

OPERATING ACTIVITIES:

             

Net income

  $ 5,674   $ 6,558  

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:            

                   

Depreciation and amortization

    693     1,653  

Amortization of debt issuance costs and loss on extinguishment

    59     353  

Bad debt expense

    227     296  

Stock-based compensation

    135     392  

Change in fair value of preferred stock warrant liabilities

    489     4,805  

Unrealized foreign currency gain

    (55 )   (38 )

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

             

Accounts receivable

    (34,361 )   (45,054 )

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

    (2,669 )   (1,743 )

Other assets, non-current

    (10 )   (369 )

Accounts payable

    14,657     55,383  

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

    1,086     (352 )

Other liabilities, non-current

    40     762  

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

    (14,035 )   22,646  

INVESTING ACTIVITIES:

             

Purchase of property and equipment

    (649 )   (2,036 )

Capitalized software development costs

    (683 )   (1,092 )

Net cash used in investing activities

    (1,332 )   (3,128 )

FINANCING ACTIVITIES:

             

Proceeds from line of credit

    5,000     60,847  

Repayment on line of credit

        (20,000 )

Repayment of term debt

        (30,000 )

Payment of debt financing costs

        (976 )

Payment of financing obligations

    (11 )   (135 )

Proceeds from issuance of Series C convertible preferred stock

        60,000  

Repurchase of preferred stock and common stock

        (54,000 )

Proceeds from exercise of stock options

    13     185  

Payment of stock repurchase costs

        (155 )

Payment of Series C convertible preferred stock offering cost

        (129 )

Payment of offering costs—initial public offering

        (1,592 )

Net cash provided by financing activities

    5,002     14,045  

CHANGE IN CASH

    (10,365 )   33,563  

CASH—Beginning of period

    17,315     4,047  

CASH—End of period

  $ 6,950   $ 37,610  

SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF OTHER CASH FLOW INFORMATION:

             

Cash paid for income taxes

  $ 5,285   $ 6,388  

Cash paid for interest

  $ 325   $ 912  

Capitalized assets financed by accounts payable

  $ 63   $ 179  

Stock-based compensation included in capitalized development costs

  $ 6   $ 4  

Deferred initial public offering costs included in accounts payable

  $   $ 471  

Net exercise of warrants to purchase Series Seed convertible preferred stock

  $   $ 3,789  

   

The accompanying Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements are an integral
part of these statements.

F-41


Table of Contents


THE TRADE DESK, INC.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)

Note 1—Nature of Operations

        The Trade Desk, Inc. (the "Company") was formed and began operations in November 2009 as a Delaware corporation. The Company is headquartered in Ventura, California and has offices in various cities in the United States, Europe, Asia and Australia. The Company is a technology company that empowers advertising agencies to purchase advertising inventory. The Company provides a proprietary technology platform that enables the Company's clients to purchase advertising inventory, data and other add-on features to engage, target and convert their customers.

    Capital Resources and Risks

        Historically, the Company's liquidity needs have been met by the sale of preferred stock and incurrence of revolver and term borrowings. The Company believes that existing cash resources and amounts available under the Company's credit facility will be sufficient to meet working capital, capital requirements and debt service obligations for at least the next 12 months. Future capital requirements will depend on many factors, including the Company's rate of revenue growth and its level of expenditures. To the extent that existing capital resources, revenue growth and cash flow from operations are not sufficient to fund future activities, the Company may need to raise additional funds through equity or debt financing or curtail expenses. If the Company needs to raise additional capital, the Company would pursue additional fundraising through alternative financing arrangements from new or existing investors or creditors. However, no assurances can be provided that additional funding or alternative financing will be available at terms acceptable to the Company, if at all.

        The Company is also subject to certain business risks, including dependence on key employees, competition, market acceptance of the Company's platform, ability to source demand from buyers of advertising inventory and dependence on growth to achieve its business plan.

Note 2—Basis of Presentation and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

        The accompanying condensed consolidated financial statements were prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America ("GAAP") for interim financial information. Certain information and disclosures normally included in consolidated financial statements prepared in accordance with GAAP have been condensed or omitted. Accordingly, these condensed consolidated financial statements should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015 included elsewhere in this prospectus. The accompanying condensed consolidated balance sheet as of June 30, 2016, and the condensed consolidated statements of operations and of cash flows for the six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2016, and the condensed consolidated statements of convertible preferred stock and stockholder's equity (deficit) for the six months ended June 30, 2016 are unaudited. The unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements have been prepared on a basis consistent with that used to prepare our audited annual consolidated financial statements and include, in the opinion of management, all adjustments, consisting of normal recurring items, necessary for the fair statement of the condensed consolidated financial statements. The operating results for the six months ended June 30, 2016 are not necessarily indicative of the results expected for the full year ending December 31, 2016.

        There have been no significant changes in our accounting policies from those disclosed in our audited consolidated financial statements and the related notes. During the three months ended June 30, 2016, the Company adopted the new accounting guidance for stock-based awards and made a

F-42


Table of Contents


THE TRADE DESK, INC.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED) (Continued)

Note 2—Basis of Presentation and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

policy election to record forfeitures of stock-based awards when they occur. The adoption of this guidance did not have a material impact on the Company's consolidated financial statements.

    Reverse Stock Split

        On September 2, 2016, the Company effected a 1-for-3 reverse stock split of its outstanding common stock and a proportional adjustment to the existing conversion ratios for each series of convertible preferred stock. Accordingly, all share and per share amounts for all periods presented in these condensed consolidated financial statements and notes thereto, have been adjusted retrospectively, where applicable, to reflect this reverse stock split and adjustment of the preferred stock conversion ratios.

    Use of Estimates

        The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ materially from these estimates.

        Actual results may differ materially from those estimates under different assumptions or circumstances.

    Unaudited Pro Forma Information

        The unaudited pro forma balance sheet data as of June 30, 2016 reflects (1) the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of the Company's convertible preferred stock into an aggregate of 22,078,638 shares of common stock and (2) the reclassification of the preferred stock warrant liabilities to additional paid-in capital. Each share of convertible preferred stock will automatically convert into shares of common stock at its then effective conversion rate immediately upon the earlier of (1) the first closing of a sale of shares of the Company's common stock to the public in a firm commitment underwritten initial public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, with proceeds to the Company of not less than $50.0 million (net of underwriting discounts and commissions) ("Qualified IPO"), and (2) the date specified by a vote of the holders of at least a majority of all then-outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock, voting together as a single class on an as-converted to common stock basis provided that each series of convertible preferred stock will not be converted as a result of such vote without the consent of the holders of a majority of the shares of such series of convertible preferred stock then outstanding.

        The pro forma basic and diluted earnings per share amounts for the six months ended June 30, 2016 reflect the conversion upon a Qualified IPO or upon the consent of the holders of at least a majority of all then-outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock voting together as a single class on an as-converted to common share basis of each outstanding convertible preferred share into one third of one share of common stock using the as-if-converted method, as of January 1, 2015, or the date of issuance, if later.

F-43


Table of Contents


THE TRADE DESK, INC.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED) (Continued)

Note 2—Basis of Presentation and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

    Fair Value of Financial Instruments

        Fair value is defined as the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. Valuation techniques used to measure fair value must maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs. Fair value measurements are based on a fair value hierarchy, based on three levels of inputs, of which the first two are considered observable and the last unobservable, which are the following:

            Level 1—Quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that the Company has the ability to access at the measurement date.

            Level 2—Inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly, such as quoted market prices for similar assets and liabilities; quoted prices in markets that are not active; or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the asset or liability.

            Level 3—Unobservable inputs.

        Observable inputs are based on market data obtained from independent sources. At December 31, 2015 and June 30, 2016 the Company's warrants to purchase preferred stock are measured using unobservable inputs that require a high level of judgment to determine fair value, and thus classified as Level 3. There were no changes in the methodologies used to determine the fair value of the warrants to purchase preferred stock during the six months ended June 30, 2016.

        The carrying amounts of accounts receivable, accounts payable, accrued expenses and other current liabilities approximate fair value due to the short-term nature of these instruments. The carrying value of the line of credit and term loans approximates fair value based on borrowing rates currently available to the Company for financing with similar terms and were determined to be Level 2.

        Certain long lived assets including capitalized software development costs are also subject to measurement at fair value on a non-recurring basis if they are deemed to be impaired as a result of an impairment review. For the year ended December 31, 2015 and six months ended June 30, 2016, no impairments were recorded on those assets.

    Recent Accounting Pronouncements

        Under the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act ("JOBS Act"), the Company meets the definition of an emerging growth company. The Company has irrevocably elected to opt out of the extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards pursuant to Section 107(b) of the JOBS Act.

        In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB, issued Accounting Standards Update, or ASU, No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606) , which amends the existing accounting standards for revenue recognition. Under ASU 2014-09, a company will recognize revenue when it transfers promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which it expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. Additionally, the guidance requires improved disclosures to help users of financial statements better understand the

F-44


Table of Contents


THE TRADE DESK, INC.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED) (Continued)

Note 2—Basis of Presentation and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

nature, amount, timing, and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows arising from contracts with customers. In August 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-14, which defers the effective date of ASU 2014-09 by one year. During 2016, the FASB has continued to issue additional amendments to the new revenue guidance. The new revenue guidance is effective for annual reporting periods (including interim periods within those periods) beginning after December 15, 2017. Early adoption is permitted for annual reporting periods (including interim periods within those periods) beginning after December 15, 2016. The guidance permits the use of either the retrospective or cumulative effect transition method. The Company has not yet selected a transition method nor determined the effect of this guidance on its consolidated financial statements.

        In April 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-05, Customer's Accounting for Fees Paid in a Cloud Computing Arrangement , which provides guidance to help companies evaluate the accounting for fees paid by a customer in a cloud computing arrangement. The new guidance clarifies that if a cloud computing arrangement includes a software license, the customer should account for the license consistent with its accounting for other software licenses. If the arrangement does not include a software license, the customer should account for the arrangement as a service contract. ASU 2015-05 is effective for annual periods, including interim periods within those annual periods, beginning after December 15, 2015. An entity can elect to adopt this guidance either prospectively for all arrangements entered into or materially modified after the effective date, or retrospectively. The Company's adoption of this guidance during the three months ended March 31, 2016 did not have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.

        In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-02, Leases , which requires an entity to recognize right-of-use assets and lease liabilities on its balance sheet and disclose key information about leasing arrangements. The guidance offers specific accounting guidance for a lessee, lessor, and sale and leaseback transactions. Lessees and lessors are required to disclose qualitative and quantitative information about leasing arrangements to enable a user of the financial statements to assess the amount, timing and uncertainty of cash flows arising from leases. Leases will be classified as either finance or operating, with the classification affecting the pattern of expense recognition in the income statement. The guidance is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2018, including interim periods within those reporting periods, and requires a modified retrospective adoption, with early adoption permitted. The Company is evaluating the impact of this guidance on its consolidated financial statements.

        In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-09, Compensation—Stock Compensation (Topic 718) : Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting . ASU 2016-09 includes multiple provisions intended to simplify various aspects of the accounting for share-based payments, including accounting for income taxes, classification of excess tax benefits on the statement of cash flows, statutory tax withholding requirements and other stock-based compensation classification matters. The guidance is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2016, and interim periods within those annual periods. Early adoption is permitted in any interim or annual period with the impact of the adoption recorded as a cumulative-effect adjustment as of the beginning of the year in which the guidance is adopted. Changes in the classification of excess tax benefits on the statement of cash flows as a result of the adoption of this guidance may be recorded on a retrospective or prospective basis. The Company elected to early adopt this guidance during the three months ended June 30, 2016 and changed its accounting policy to record forfeitures of stock-based awards when they

F-45


Table of Contents


THE TRADE DESK, INC.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED) (Continued)

Note 2—Basis of Presentation and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

occur. The Company's adoption of this guidance did not have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements. The Company had no excess tax benefits as of December 31, 2015 and elected to record any future excess tax benefits in the statement of cash flows as an operating activity on a prospective basis. The cumulative-effect adjustment as a result of the adoption of this guidance for the change in accounting policy for forfeitures was approximately $5,000 and was recorded in the statement of operations during the three months ended June 30, 2016, rather than an adjustment to the retained earnings as the amount was not material. The change in accounting policy to record forfeitures when they occur and the requirement to record excess tax benefits when they occur in the statement of operations will result in increased volatility in earnings in the future.

F-46


Table of Contents


THE TRADE DESK, INC.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED) (Continued)

Note 3—Earnings (Loss) Per Share

        The reconciliations of the numerators and denominators of the basic and diluted earnings (loss) per share computations are as follows (in thousands, except per share amounts):

 
  Six Months
Ended June 30,
 
 
  2015   2016  

Earnings (loss) per share—basic:

             

Numerator:

             

Net income

  $ 5,674   $ 6,558  

Less: Income attributable to convertible preferred stock

    (3,997 )    

Add: Preferred stock modification

    3,793      

Less: Premium on repurchase of convertible preferred stock

        (47,209 )

Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders

  $ 5,470   $ (40,651 )

Denominator:

             

Weighted-average common shares outstanding

    10,175     10,871  

Earnings (loss) per share—basic

  $ 0.54   $ (3.74 )

Earnings (loss) per share—diluted:

             

Numerator:

             

Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders—basic

  $ 5,470   $ (40,651 )

Add: Income attributable to dilutive convertible preferred stock

    812      

Less: Preferred stock modification

    (3,793 )    

Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders—diluted

  $ 2,489   $ (40,651 )

Denominator:

             

Weighted-average shares outstanding

    10,175     10,871  

Dilutive convertible preferred stock

    2,790      

Options to purchase common stock

    3,404      

Weighted-average shares outstanding—diluted

    16,369     10,871  

Earnings (loss) per share—diluted

  $ 0.15   $ (3.74 )

F-47


Table of Contents


THE TRADE DESK, INC.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED) (Continued)

Note 3—Earnings (Loss) Per Share (Continued)

        The following table presents the anti-dilutive shares excluded from the calculation of diluted earnings (loss) per share (in thousands):

 
  Six Months
Ended June 30,
 
 
  2015   2016  

Anti-dilutive options to purchase common stock

    448     5,058  

Common shares issuable upon conversion of convertible preferred stock

    19,320     22,079  

Common shares issuable upon conversion of preferred stock warrants

    730     461  

Total shares excluded from earnings (loss) per share—diluted

    20,498     27,598  

    Pro Forma Earnings Per Share

        The following table sets forth the computation of the Company's pro forma basic and diluted earnings per share (in thousands, except per share amounts):

 
  Six Months
Ended
June 30,
2016
 

Numerator:

       

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

  $ (40,651 )

Add: Change in fair value of preferred stock warrant liabilities

    4,805  

Add: Premium on repurchase of convertible preferred stock

    47,209  

Pro forma net income attributable to common stockholders—basic and diluted

  $ 11,363  

Denominator—basic:

       

Weighted-average common shares outstanding

    10,871  

Pro forma adjustment to reflect assumed conversion of convertible preferred stock to common stock                   

    22,139  

Pro forma weighted-average shares outstanding—basic

    33,010  

Pro forma earnings per share—basic

  $ 0.34  

Denominator—diluted:

       

Pro forma weighted-average shares outstanding—basic

    33,010  

Pro forma adjustment to reflect assumed conversion of convertible preferred stock warrants to common stock warrants

    511  

Options to purchase common stock

    4,667  

Pro forma weighted-average shares outstanding—diluted

    38,188  

Pro forma earnings per share—diluted

  $ 0.30  

F-48


Table of Contents


THE TRADE DESK, INC.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED) (Continued)

Note 4—Fair Value Measurements

        The table below sets forth a summary of financial instruments that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis at December 31, 2015 (in thousands):

 
   
  Fair Value Measurements at Reporting Date Using  
 
  As of
December 31,
2015
  Quoted Prices in
Active Markets for
Identical Assets
(Level 1)
  Significant Other
Observable
Inputs (Level 2)
  Significant Other
Unobservable
Inputs (Level 3)
 

Convertible preferred stock warrant liabilities

  $ 6,927   $   $   $ 6,927  

        The table below sets forth a summary of financial instruments that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis at June 30, 2016 (in thousands):

 
   
  Fair Value Measurements at Reporting Date Using  
 
  As of
June 30, 2016
  Quoted Prices in
Active Markets for
Identical Assets
(Level 1)
  Significant Other
Observable
Inputs (Level 2)
  Significant Other
Unobservable
Inputs (Level 3)
 

Convertible preferred stock warrant liabilities

  $ 7,943   $   $   $ 7,943  

        The Company's preferred stock warrants are recorded at fair value and were determined to be Level 3 fair value items. The changes in the fair value of preferred stock warrants are summarized below (in thousands):

 
  Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
 
  2015   2016  

Beginning balance

  $ 966   $ 6,927  

Change in value of preferred stock warrants recorded in other expense, net

    489     4,805  

Reclassification to convertible preferred stock upon net exercise of Series Seed warrant

        (3,789 )

Ending balance

  $ 1,455   $ 7,943  

        For the six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2016, the Company determined the fair value of the preferred stock warrants utilizing the Black-Scholes model with the following assumptions:

 
  Series Seed   Series A-3  
 
  As of June 30,   As of June 30,  
 
  2015   2016   2015   2016  

Expected term (years)

    6.16     5.16     7.74     6.74  

Expected volatility

    57.2 %   58.7 %   61.7 %   58.7 %

Risk-free interest rate

    1.9 %   1.0 %   2.2 %   1.3 %

Estimated dividend yield

    %   %   %   %

F-49


Table of Contents


THE TRADE DESK, INC.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED) (Continued)

Note 5—Accounts Payable

        Accounts payable included the following (in thousands):

 
  As of
December 31,
2015
  As of
June 30,
2016
 

Accounts payable—media and data

  $ 105,085   $ 158,543  

Accounts payable—other

    3,376     5,753  

Total

  $ 108,461   $ 164,296  

Note 6—Debt

    Revolving Credit Facility

        On March 30, 2016, the Company entered into a credit agreement (the "Revolving Credit Agreement") with a syndicate of banks, led by Citibank, N.A. The Revolving Credit Agreement provides for a senior secured asset-based revolving credit facility (the "Credit Facility"), which the Company may draw upon as needed. Available funding commitments to the Company under the Credit Facility, subject to certain conditions, total up to $125.0 million. Under certain circumstances the available revolver borrowings may be increased by an additional $50.0 million. The Revolving Credit Agreement is collateralized by a pledge of certain of the Company's accounts receivable, deposit accounts, intellectual property, investment property, and equipment, and availability under the Credit Agreement is based on the value of accounts receivable, as reduced by certain reserves.

        Borrowed funds bear interest, dependent on the Company's time and method of borrowing, at an annual rate of either a Base Rate or a LIBOR rate, plus an applicable margin ("Base Rate Borrowings" and "LIBOR Rate Borrowings"). The Base Rate is defined as a fluctuating interest rate equal to the greatest of (1) the Federal Funds rate plus 0.5%, (2) the Prime Rate, and (3) one month LIBOR rate plus 2.0%. The applicable margin is defined as a rate between 0.5% to 1.0% for Base Rate advances and between 1.5% and 2.0% for LIBOR advances, depending on the amount of monthly average excess availability on the facility. The fee for undrawn amounts ranges from 0.25% to 0.30%. Interest is payable either (a) monthly for Base Rate Borrowings or (b) the last day of the Interest Period applicable for LIBOR Rate Borrowings. At June 30, 2016, all borrowings were designated LIBOR Rate Borrowings that bore interest at a weighted average rate of 2.22%.

        The Credit Facility matures and all outstanding amounts become due and payable in March 2018. The Credit Facility contains customary conditions to borrowings, events of default and covenants, including covenants that restrict our ability to sell assets, make changes to the nature of our business, engage in mergers or acquisitions, incur, assume or permit to exist additional indebtedness and guarantees, create or permit to exist liens, pay dividends, issue equity instruments, make distributions or redeem or repurchase capital stock or make other investments, engage in transactions with affiliates and make payments in respect of subordinated debt. The Credit Facility also requires the Company to maintain compliance with a consolidated fixed charge coverage ratio covenant of at least 1.15 to 1.00. As of June 30, 2016, the Company was in compliance with all covenants.

F-50


Table of Contents


THE TRADE DESK, INC.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED) (Continued)

Note 6—Debt (Continued)

        On March 30, 2016, the Company borrowed $50.8 million under the Revolving Credit Agreement to repay all then outstanding borrowings under, and terminate, the Company's prior debt facility ("Prior Debt Facility"), as well as pay fees and expenses associated with the Revolving Credit Agreement. The Company borrowed an additional $5.0 million under the Revolving Credit Agreement in June 2016. As of June 30, 2016, $55.8 million was outstanding under the Revolving Credit Agreement.

        The Prior Debt Facility, as amended, includes a fee of $0.8 million payable upon the occurrence of a liquidity event which includes an initial public offering of the Company's common stock. The liquidation fee survives the termination of the Prior Debt Facility.

Note 7—Capitalization

        In February 2016, the Company increased the authorized shares of common stock from 130,000,000 shares to 142,000,000 shares and the authorized shares of convertible preferred stock from 68,520,540 shares to 80,021,127 shares, of which 11,500,587 shares were designated as Series C preferred stock ("Series C preferred stock").

    Convertible Preferred Stock

        In February 2016, the Company issued 11,500,587 shares of Series C convertible preferred stock for $60.0 million and used $54.0 million of the proceeds to repurchase 3,897,928 and 8,485,350 shares of Series Seed preferred stock (including shares issued upon exercise of warrant described below) and Series A preferred stock (comprising shares of Series A-1, A-2 and A-3), respectively, each at 80% of the Series C offering price per share of $5.22 and 188,786 shares of common stock at a price per share of $12.51, as adjusted for the reverse stock-split described in Note 2. Warrants to purchase 808,135 shares of Seed preferred stock were net exercised resulting in the issuance of 788,755 shares of Series Seed preferred stock of which 614,052 shares were then repurchased.

        The repurchase price of the convertible preferred stock, including legal costs, of $51.8 million exceeded the carrying value of $4.6 million at the date of repurchase. The repurchase price in excess of the then carrying value of the preferred stock of $47.2 million was recorded as a reduction to additional paid-in capital of $1.2 million and a reduction to retained earnings of $46.0 million. For the computation of earnings per share for the six month period ended June 30, 2016, the repurchase price in excess of the then carrying value of the preferred stock of $47.2 million was recorded as a decrease to net income attributable to common stockholders.

F-51


Table of Contents


THE TRADE DESK, INC.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED) (Continued)

Note 7—Capitalization (Continued)

        At June 30, 2016, the Company's outstanding convertible preferred stock consisted of the following (in thousands, except original issue price per share):

 
  Shares
Authorized
  Shares
Outstanding
  Original
Issue Price
Per Share
  Carrying
Values
  Liquidation
Preference
 

Seed

    23,450     19,141   $ 0.100000   $ 2,736   $ 1,914  

Series A-1

    15,292     12,465     0.126084     1,571     1,572  

Series A-2

    6,987     5,591     0.146976     822     822  

Series A-3

    14,421     9,167     0.183720     1,684     1,684  

Series B

    8,371     8,371     2.431000     16,557     20,350  

Series C

    11,501     11,501     5.217125     59,871     60,000  

Total

    80,021 *   66,236         $ 83,241   $ 86,342  

*
Total does not sum due to rounding

    Rights and Preferences of Convertible Preferred Stock

        The rights and preferences of convertible preferred stock are as follows:

        Voting Rights:     Each holder of convertible preferred stock is entitled to the number of votes equal to the number of shares of common stock into which such shares of preferred stock could be converted. The holders of convertible preferred stock and the holders of common stock will vote together as a single class on all matters.

        Dividends Rights:     The holders of Series C preferred stock have a preferential dividend right whereby they are to receive a dividend prior to any other class of stock. After payment of any dividend to the holders of Series C preferred stock, the holders of Series B preferred stock have a preferential dividend right whereby they are to receive a dividend prior to any other class of stock. After payment of any dividend to the holders of Series C preferred stock and the holders of Series B preferred stock, the other holders of convertible preferred stock on a pari passu basis will be entitled to receive dividends declared by the Board of Directors out of any assets of the Company legally available prior to the payment of dividends to the holders of common Stock. The dividend rate is $0.008 for holders of Series Seed preferred, $0.010087 for holders of Series A-1 preferred stock, $0.011758 for Series A-2 preferred stock, $0.014698 for Series A-3 preferred stock, $0.194 for Series B preferred stock and $0.417 for Series C preferred stock, per share per annum, when and if declared. If a common stock dividend is declared, such that the convertible preferred holders' share, on an as-converted basis, would exceed the amount declared under the specified preferred stock dividend rate, the convertible preferred holders are entitled to receive the greater amount, as if the convertible preferred stock is converted to common stock.

        Liquidation Preferences:     In the event of any liquidation event, either voluntary or involuntary, the holders of Series B preferred stock and the holders of Series C preferred stock will be entitled to receive, prior to the other holders of convertible preferred stock or common stock, on a pro rata and pari passu basis, an amount per share equal to the greater of their respective original issue price, plus any dividends declared but unpaid thereon or an amount as would have been payable had their shares

F-52


Table of Contents


THE TRADE DESK, INC.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED) (Continued)

Note 7—Capitalization (Continued)

of preferred stock immediately converted to common stock. After payment of the amounts to the Series B preferred stockholders and the Series C preferred stockholders, the other holders of convertible preferred stock are entitled to receive a liquidation preference of the greater of (1) the original issue price, plus any dividend declared but unpaid thereon and (2) such amount per share as would have been payable had all shares of the preferred stock been converted into common stock immediately prior to liquidation, dissolution or winding up. Thereafter, any remaining assets available for distribution are to be distributed among the holders of shares of common stock pro rata based on the number of shares held by each holder.

        The liquidation preference provisions of the convertible preferred stock are considered contingent redemption provisions because there are certain elements that are not solely within the control of the Company, such as a change in control of the Company. Accordingly, the Company has presented the convertible preferred stock within the mezzanine portion of the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

        Conversion Features:     Each share of convertible preferred stock are convertible at any time, at the option of the holder thereof, into such number of fully paid non-assessable shares of common stock as is determined by dividing the original issue price by the conversion price applicable to such share, in effect on the date of the conversion. As of June 30, 2016, the original issue price per share was $0.10 for Series Seed preferred stock, $0.126084 for Series A-1 preferred stock, $0.146976 for Series A-2 preferred stock, $0.183720 for Series A-3 preferred stock and $2.431 for Series B preferred stock. As of June 30, 2016, the conversion price per share, as adjusted for the reverse stock split described in Note 2, was $0.30 for Series Seed preferred stock, $0.378252 for Series A-1 preferred stock, $0.440928 for Series A-2 preferred stock, $0.55116 for Series A-3 preferred stock and $7.293 for Series B preferred stock. As of June 30, 2016, as adjusted for the reverse stock split described in Note 2, each share of convertible preferred stock is entitled to convert into one third of one share of common stock.

        Each share of convertible preferred stock will automatically convert into shares of common stock at its then effective conversion rate immediately upon the earlier of (1) a Qualified IPO, and (2) the date specified by a vote of the holders of at least a majority of all then-outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock, voting together as a single class on an as-converted to common stock basis provided that each series of convertible preferred stock will not be converted as a result of such vote without the consent of the holders of a majority of the shares of such series of convertible preferred stock then outstanding.

    Preferred Stock Warrants

        In 2011, the Company issued warrants to purchase 1.2 million shares of the Series Seed preferred stock, with an exercise price of $0.10 per share. The warrants expire upon the earlier of August 2021 or upon certain corporate events, as defined.

        In 2013, the Company issued warrants to purchase 990,640 shares of the Company's Series A-3 preferred stock, with an exercise price of $0.18372 per share. The warrants expire upon the earliest of (1) March 2023 (2) three years from the closing of the Company's initial public offering and (3) upon a change in control, as defined.

F-53


Table of Contents


THE TRADE DESK, INC.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED) (Continued)

Note 7—Capitalization (Continued)

        In February 2016, warrants to purchase 808,135 shares of Series Seed preferred stock were net exercised resulting in the issuance of 788,755 shares of Series Seed preferred stock of which 614,052 shares were then repurchased in connection with the preferred stock repurchase discussed above. As of June 30, 2016 warrants to purchase 391,865 shares of the Company's Series Seed preferred stock remain outstanding.

Note 8—Stock-Based Compensation

    Stock Options

        A summary of stock option activity for the six months ended June 30, 2016, is as follows:

 
  Shares
Under Option
  Weighted-Average
Exercise Price
  Weighted-Average
Contractual
Life
 
  (in thousands)
   
   

Outstanding at December 31, 2015

    5,177   $ 0.74   7.4 years

Granted

    281     15.27    

Exercised

    (340 )   0.55    

Cancelled

    (60 )   1.76    

Outstanding at June 30, 2016

    5,058     1.55   7.0 years

        The table below sets forth information regarding stock options granted during the six months ended June 30, 2016:

Grant Date
  Number of
Shares
  Exercise
Price at
Grant Date
  Common Stock
Fair Value
Per Share
at Grant Date
 
 
  (in thousands)
   
   
 

February 2, 2016

    62   $ 9.99   $ 9.99  

April 26, 2016

    85     16.74     16.74  

May 9, 2016

    69     16.74     16.74  

June 14, 2016

    65     16.83     16.83  

        The fair value of options on the date of grant is estimated based on the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The weighted average assumptions used to value options granted to employees during six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2016 were as follows:

 
  Six Months
Ended
June 30,
 
 
  2015   2016  

Expected term (in years)

    6.01     6.03  

Volatility

    68.9 %   58.7 %

Risk-free interest rate

    1.56 %   1.42 %

Dividend yield

    %   %

F-54


Table of Contents


THE TRADE DESK, INC.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED) (Continued)

Note 8—Stock-Based Compensation (Continued)

        The weighted average grant date fair value per share of stock options granted for six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2016 were $0.82 and $8.39, respectively.

        At June 30, 2016, the Company had unrecognized employee stock-based compensation relating to stock options of approximately $3.7 million, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 3.4 years.

    Stock-Based Compensation Expense

        Total stock-based compensation expense for six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2016, recorded in the consolidated statements of operations was as follows (in thousands):

 
  Six Months
Ended
June 30,
 
 
  2015   2016  

Platform operations

  $ 17   $ 39  

Sales and marketing

    54     117  

Technology and development

    29     114  

General and administrative

    35     122  

  $ 135   $ 392  

Note 9—Income Taxes

        In determining the interim income tax provision, the Company uses the annual estimated effective tax rate applied to the actual year-to-date income. The Company's annual estimated effective tax rate differs from the U.S. federal statutory income rate of 35% primarily as a result of state taxes, foreign taxes, and changes in the fair value of preferred stock warrant liabilities.

        There were no material changes to the Company's unrecognized tax benefits in the six months ended June 30, 2016, and the Company does not expect to have any significant changes to unrecognized tax benefits through the end of the fiscal year.

F-55


Table of Contents


THE TRADE DESK, INC.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED) (Continued)

Note 10—Commitments and Contingencies

        At June 30, 2016, the Company has various non-cancelable operating leases primarily for its corporate and international offices. These leases expire at various times through 2022. The Company's non-cancelable minimum lease commitments were as follows (in thousands):

Year
  Amount  

2016 (for remaining six months)

  $ 1,376  

2017

    2,805  

2018

    2,793  

2019

    2,574  

2020

    2,163  

Thereafter

    2,223  

  $ 13,934  

        At June 30, 2016, the Company has non-cancelable commitments to its hosting services providers, marketing contracts and commitments to providers of software as a service. These commitments expire at various times through 2019. At June 30, 2016, the Company's purchase obligations were as follows (in thousands):

Year
  Amount  

2016 (for remaining six months)

  $ 1,783  

2017

    1,457  

2018

    1,216  

2019

    358  

Total

  $ 4,814  

    Guarantees and Indemnification

        In the ordinary course of business, the Company may provide indemnifications of varying scope and terms to clients, vendors, lessors, business partners, and other parties with respect to certain matters, including, but not limited to, losses arising out of breach of such agreements, services to be provided by the Company or from intellectual property infringement claims made by third parties. In addition, the Company has entered into indemnification agreements with directors and certain officers and employees that will require the Company, among other things, to indemnify them against certain liabilities that may arise by reason of their status or service as directors, officers or employees. No demands have been made upon the Company to provide indemnification under such agreements, and thus there are no claims that the Company is aware of that could have a material effect on the Company's balance sheet, statement of operations or statement of cash flows. Accordingly, no amounts for any obligation have been recorded at June 30, 2016.

    Litigation

        From time to time, the Company is subject to various legal proceedings and claims, either asserted or unasserted, that arise in the ordinary course of business. Although the outcome of the various legal proceedings and claims cannot be predicted with certainty, management does not believe that any of

F-56


Table of Contents


THE TRADE DESK, INC.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED) (Continued)

Note 10—Commitments and Contingencies (Continued)

these proceedings or other claims will have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

    Employment Contracts

        The Company has entered into agreements with severance terms with certain employees and officers, all of whom are employed at-will. The Company may be required to accelerate the vesting of certain stock options in the event of changes in control, as defined and involuntary terminations.

Note 11—Subsequent Events

        The Company has evaluated subsequent events through August 12, 2016, which is the date these interim condensed consolidated financial statements were issued. The Company has also evaluated subsequent events through September 2, 2016, for the effects of the reverse stock split described in Note 2.

    Revolving Credit Facility

        On July 1, 2016, the Company borrowed an additional $15.0 million under its Revolving Credit Agreement at a LIBOR borrowing rate of 2.22%.

    Grants of Stock Options

        On July 27, 2016 and August 3, 2016, the Company granted in aggregate stock options to purchase 0.1 million shares of common stock at an exercise price of $18.03 per share, equal to the per share value of common stock on the grant date. The aggregate grant date fair value of these options of approximately $0.9 million is expected to be recognized over the vesting period of four years.

        On August 15, 2016 and August 17, 2016, the Company granted in aggregate stock options to purchase 0.3 million shares of common stock at a weighted average exercise price of $18.08 per share. The aggregate grant date fair value of these options of approximately $2.8 million is expected to be recognized over the vesting period of four years.

F-57


GRAPHIC


Table of Contents

 

4,666,667 Shares

The Trade Desk, Inc.

Class A Common Stock

$              per share

LOGO



PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS

                        , 2016


Citigroup   Jefferies   RBC Capital Markets

 

Needham & Company   Raymond James



         Through and including                  , 2016 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers effecting transactions in our Class A common stock, whether or not participating in our initial public offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This delivery requirement is in addition to a dealer's obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to an unsold allotment or subscription.

   


Table of Contents


PART II
INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

ITEM 13.    OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION.

        The following table sets forth all expenses to be paid by us, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, upon completion of this offering. All amounts shown are estimates except for the SEC registration fee and the FINRA filing fee.

SEC registration fee

  $ 8,647  

FINRA filing fee

    13,438  

Exchange listing fee

    150,000  

Printing and engraving expenses

    285,000  

Legal fees and expenses

    2,400,000  

Accounting fees and expenses

    875,000  

Transfer agent and registrar fees

    15,000  

Miscellaneous expenses

    252,915  

Total

  $ 4,000,000  

ITEM 14.    INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS.

        Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law authorizes the board of directors of a corporation to grant, and authorizes a court to award, indemnity to officers, directors and other corporate agents.

        We expect to adopt an amended and restated certificate of incorporation, which will become effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering, and which will contain provisions that limit the liability of our directors for monetary damages to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Consequently, our directors will not be personally liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duties as directors, except liability for the following:

    any breach of their duty of loyalty to our company or our stockholders;

    any act or omission not in good faith or that involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

    unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions as provided in Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law; or

    any transaction from which they derived an improper personal benefit.

        Any amendment to, or repeal of, these provisions will not eliminate or reduce the effect of these provisions in respect of any act, omission or claim that occurred or arose prior to that amendment or repeal. If the Delaware General Corporation Law is amended to provide for further limitations on the personal liability of directors of corporations, then the personal liability of our directors will be further limited to the greatest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law.

        In addition, we expect to adopt amended and restated bylaws, which will become effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering, and which will provide that we will indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any person who was or is made or is threatened to be made a party or is otherwise involved in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (a "proceeding"), by reason of the fact that he or she, or a person for whom he or she is the legal representative, is or was a director or officer of the corporation or, while a director or officer of the corporation, is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or of a partnership, joint venture, trust, enterprise or nonprofit entity,

II-1


Table of Contents

including service with respect to employee benefit plans, against all liability and loss suffered and expenses (including attorneys' fees) reasonably incurred. Our amended and restated bylaws will also provide that we must pay the expenses (including attorneys' fees) incurred by a director or officer in defending any proceeding in advance of its final disposition, subject to limited exceptions.

        Further, we have entered into or will enter into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and executive officers that may be broader than the specific indemnification provisions contained in the Delaware General Corporation Law. These indemnification agreements require us, among other things, to indemnify our directors and executive officers against liabilities that may arise by reason of their status or service. These indemnification agreements also require us to advance all expenses incurred by the directors and executive officers prosecuting, defending, preparing to prosecute or defend, investigating, being or preparing to be a witness in, or otherwise participating in any such action, suit, arbitration, alternate dispute resolution mechanism, investigation, inquiry, administrative hearing or any other actual, threatened or completed proceeding. We believe that these agreements are necessary to attract and retain qualified individuals to serve as directors and executive officers.

        The limitation of liability and indemnification provisions that are expected to be included in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, amended and restated bylaws and in indemnification agreements that we have entered into or will enter into with our directors and executive officers may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against our directors and executive officers for breach of their fiduciary duties. They may also reduce the likelihood of derivative litigation against our directors and executive officers, even though an action, if successful, might benefit us and other stockholders. Further, a stockholder's investment may be adversely affected to the extent that we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and executive officers as required by these indemnification provisions. At present, we are not aware of any pending litigation or proceeding involving any person who is or was one of our directors, officers, employees or other agents or is or was serving at our request as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, for which indemnification is sought, and we are not aware of any threatened litigation that may result in claims for indemnification.

        We have obtained insurance policies under which, subject to the limitations of the policies, coverage is provided to our directors and executive officers against loss arising from claims made by reason of breach of fiduciary duty or other wrongful acts as a director or executive officer, including claims relating to public securities matters, and to us with respect to payments that may be made by us to these directors and executive officers pursuant to our indemnification obligations or otherwise as a matter of law.

        Certain of our non-employee directors may, through their relationships with their employers, be insured and/or indemnified against certain liabilities incurred in their capacity as members of our board of directors.

        The underwriting agreement to be filed as Exhibit 1.1 to this registration statement will provide for indemnification by the underwriters of us, and our officers and directors, and the selling stockholders for certain liabilities arising under the Securities Act or otherwise.

ITEM 15.    RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES.

        The following list sets forth information as to all securities we have sold since January 1, 2013 that were not registered under the Securities Act.

    (1)
    Between February and May 2014, we issued an aggregate of 8,371,030 shares of our Series B convertible preferred stock solely to accredited investors at a price per share of $2.43, for aggregate consideration of approximately $20.3 million.

II-2


Table of Contents

    (2)
    In February 2016, we issued an aggregate of 11,500,587 shares of our Series C convertible preferred stock solely to accredited investors at a price per share of $5.22, for aggregate consideration of approximately $60.0 million.

    (3)
    We granted stock options and stock awards to employees, directors and consultants under our 2010 Plan and 2015 Plan, covering an aggregate of 4,642,702 shares of common stock at a weighted average exercise price of $3.26 per share. Of these, options covering an aggregate of 442,234 shares were cancelled without being exercised. The preceding information gives effect to a 1-for-3 reverse stock split of our common stock effected on September 2, 2016.

    (4)
    We sold an aggregate of 1,177,962 shares of common stock to employees, directors and consultants for cash consideration in the aggregate amount of approximately $0.5 million upon the exercise of stock options and stock awards and individual issuances of stock. The preceding information gives effect to a 1-for-3 reverse stock split of our common stock effected on September 2, 2016.

        We claimed exemption from registration under the Securities Act for the sale and issuance of securities in the transactions described in paragraphs (1) and (2) by virtue of Section 4(a)(2) and/or Regulation D promulgated thereunder as transactions not involving any public offering. All of the purchasers of unregistered securities for which we relied on Section 4(a)(2) and/or Regulation D represented that they were accredited investors as defined under the Securities Act. We claimed such exemption on the basis that (a) the purchasers in each case represented that they intended to acquire the securities for investment only and not with a view to the distribution thereof and that they either received adequate information about the registrant or had access, through employment or other relationships, to such information and (b) appropriate legends were affixed to the stock certificates issued in such transactions.

        We claimed exemption from registration under the Securities Act for the sales and issuances of securities in the transactions described in paragraphs (3) and (4) above under Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act in that such sales and issuances did not involve a public offering or under Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act, in that they were offered and sold either pursuant to written compensatory plans or pursuant to a written contract relating to compensation, as provided by Rule 701.

ITEM 16.    EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES.

    (a)
    Exhibits .    See the Exhibit Index attached to this registration statement, which is incorporated by reference herein.

    (b)
    Financial Statement Schedules .    All financial statement schedules are omitted because the information called for is not required or is shown either in the consolidated financial statements or in the notes thereto.

ITEM 17.    UNDERTAKINGS.

        The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

        Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act, may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of

II-3


Table of Contents

the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

        The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

    (1)
    For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

    (2)
    For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

II-4


Table of Contents


SIGNATURES

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the registrant has duly caused this Amendment No. 1 to registration statement on Form S-1 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in Ventura, California, on the 6 th day of September, 2016.

    THE TRADE DESK, INC.

 

 

By:

 

/s/ PAUL E. ROSS

Paul E. Ross
Chief Financial Officer


SIGNATURES

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this Amendment No. 1 to registration statement on Form S-1 has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signature
 
Title
 
Date

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
*

Jeff T. Green
  Chief Executive Officer, Director (principal executive officer)   September 6, 2016

/s/ PAUL E. ROSS

Paul E. Ross

 

Chief Financial Officer (principal financial officer and principal accounting officer)

 

September 6, 2016

*

Robert D. Perdue

 

Chief Operating Officer, Director

 

September 6, 2016

*

Roger Ehrenberg

 

Director

 

September 6, 2016

*

Kathryn E. Falberg

 

Director

 

September 6, 2016

*

Thomas Falk

 

Director

 

September 6, 2016

*

Eric B. Paley

 

Director

 

September 6, 2016

II-5


Table of Contents

Signature
 
Title
 
Date

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
*

Juan N. Villalonga
  Director   September 6, 2016

*

David B. Wells

 

Director

 

September 6, 2016

*By:

 

/s/ PAUL E. ROSS

Paul E. Ross
Attorney-in-fact

 

 

 

 

II-6


Table of Contents


EXHIBIT INDEX

 
   
  Previously Filed    
 
Exhibit
Number
   
  Filed
Herewith
 
  Exhibit Description   Form   Date   Number  
  1.1   Form of Underwriting Agreement.                       X  
                                  
  3.1   Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as currently in effect.                       X  
                                  
  3.2   Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, to be in effect upon the consummation of this offering.                       X  
                                  
  3.3   Bylaws, as currently in effect.                       X  
                                  
  3.4   Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws, to be in effect upon the consummation of this offering.     S-1     8/22/2016     3.4        
                                  
  4.1   Reference is made to Exhibits 3.1 through 3.4.                          
                                  
  4.2   Form of Class A Common Stock Certificate.                       X  
                                  
  5.1   Opinion of Latham & Watkins LLP.                       X  
                                  
  10.1   Second Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement dated as of February 9, 2016, by and among The Trade Desk, Inc. and the investors listed therein.                       X  
                                  
  10.2   Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of March 30, 2016, among The Trade Desk, Inc., the lenders party thereto, and Citibank, N.A., as administrative agent.                       X  
                                  
  10.3   Warrant to Purchase Shares of Series Preferred Stock, dated as of August 30, 2011, between Leader Equity, LLC and The Trade Desk, Inc.                       X  
                                  
  10.4   Warrant to Purchase Shares of Series Preferred Stock, dated as of March 28, 2013, between Eastward Capital Partners V, L.P. and The Trade Desk, Inc.                       X  
                                  
  10.5(a) + The Trade Desk, Inc. 2010 Stock Plan.                       X  
                                  
  10.5(b) + Form of Stock Option Agreement under The Trade Desk, Inc. 2010 Stock Plan.                       X  
                                  
  10.5(c) + Exercise Notice under The Trade Desk, Inc. 2010 Stock Plan.                       X  
                                  
  10.6(a) + The Trade Desk, Inc. 2015 Equity Incentive Plan.                       X  
                                  
  10.6(b) + Form of Stock Option Agreement under The Trade Desk, Inc. 2015 Equity Incentive Plan.                       X  
                                  
  10.6(c) + Form of Stock Option Agreement under The Trade Desk, Inc. 2015 Equity Incentive Plan (with accelerated vesting).                       X  
 
                             

II-7


Table of Contents

 
   
  Previously Filed    
 
Exhibit
Number
   
  Filed
Herewith
 
  Exhibit Description   Form   Date   Number  
  10.6(d) + Exercise Notice under The Trade Desk, Inc. 2015 Equity Incentive Plan.                       X  
                                  
  10.7(a) + The Trade Desk, Inc. 2016 Incentive Award Plan.     S-1     8/22/2016     10.7 (a)      
                                  
  10.7(b) + Form of Stock Option Agreement under The Trade Desk, Inc. 2016 Equity Incentive Plan.     S-1     8/22/2016     10.7 (b)      
                                  
  10.8 + Form of Indemnification Agreement.     S-1     8/22/2016     10.8        
                                  
  10.9 + Employment Agreement, dated as of January 28, 2016, between The Trade Desk, Inc. and Jeff T. Green.                       X  
                                  
  10.10 + Employment Agreement, dated as of January 28, 2016, between The Trade Desk, Inc. and David R. Pickles.                       X  
                                  
  10.11 + Employment Agreement, dated as of January 28, 2016, between The Trade Desk, Inc. and Paul E. Ross.                       X  
                                  
  10.12 + Employment Agreement, dated as of January 28, 2016, between The Trade Desk, Inc. and Robert D. Perdue.                       X  
                                  
  10.13 + Employment Agreement, dated as of January 28, 2016, between The Trade Desk, Inc. and Brian J. Stempeck.                       X  
                                  
  16.1   Letter from Grant Thornton LLP to the Securities and Exchange Commission.                       X  
                                  
  21.1   List of Subsidiaries of the Registrant.                       X  
                                  
  23.1   Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, independent registered public accounting firm.                       X  
                                  
  23.2   Consent of Latham & Watkins LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1).                          
                                  
  24.1   Power of Attorney (see page II-5).     S-1     8/22/2016     24.1        

+
Indicates a management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.

II-8




Exhibit 1.1

 

The Trade Desk, Inc.

 

[       ] Shares
Class A Common Stock
($0.000001 par value)

 

Form of Underwriting Agreement

 

New York, New York
   , 2016

 

Citigroup Global Markets Inc.
Jefferies LLC
RBC Capital Markets, LLC
As Representatives of the several Underwriters,

 

c/o Citigroup Global Markets Inc.
388 Greenwich Street
New York, New York 10013

 

c/o Jefferies LLC
520 Madison Avenue, 10th Floor
New York, NY 10022

 

c/o RBC Capital Markets, LLC
200 Vesey Street
New York, NY 10281-8098

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

The Trade Desk, Inc., a corporation organized under the laws of Delaware (the “ Company ”), proposes to sell to the several underwriters named in Schedule I hereto (the “ Underwriters ”), for whom you (the “ Representatives ”) are acting as representatives,  [  ] shares of Class A common stock, $0.000001 par value (“ Common Stock ”) of the Company propose to sell to the several Underwriters [  ] shares of Common Stock (said shares to be issued and sold by the Company being hereinafter called the “ Underwritten Securities ”).  The Company and the persons named in Schedule II hereto (the “ Selling Stockholders ”) also propose to grant to the Underwriters an option to purchase up to [  ] and [  ], respectively, additional shares of Common Stock to cover over-allotments, if any (the “ Option Securities ”; the Option Securities, together with the Underwritten Securities, being hereinafter called the “ Securities ”).  To the extent there are no additional Underwriters listed on Schedule I other than you, the term Representatives as used herein shall mean you, as Underwriters, and the terms Representatives and Underwriters shall mean either the singular or plural as the context requires.  The use of the neuter in this Agreement shall include the feminine and masculine wherever appropriate.  Certain terms used herein are defined in Section 20 hereof.

 



 

As part of the offering contemplated by this Agreement, Citigroup Global Markets Inc. has agreed to reserve out of the Securities set forth opposite its name on the Schedule II to this Agreement, up to [ · ] shares, for sale to the Company’s employees, officers, and directors [and other parties associated with the Company] (collectively, “ Participants ”), as set forth in the Prospectus under the heading “Underwriting” (the “ Directed Share Program ”).  The Securities to be sold by Citigroup Global Markets Inc. pursuant to the Directed Share Program (the “ Directed Shares ”) will be sold by Citigroup Global Markets Inc. pursuant to this Agreement at the public offering price.  Any Directed Shares not orally confirmed for purchase by any Participants by [ · ] [A./P.]M. New York City time on the business day following the date on which this Agreement is executed will be offered to the public by Citigroup Global Markets Inc. as set forth in the Prospectus.

 

1.                                       Representations and Warranties .

 

(i)                                      The Company represents and warrants to, and agrees with, each Underwriter as set forth below in this Section 1.

 

(a)                                  The Company has prepared and filed with the Commission a registration statement (file number 333-213241) on Form S-1, including a related preliminary prospectus, for registration under the Act of the offering and sale of the Securities.  Such Registration Statement, including any amendments thereto filed prior to the Execution Time, has become effective. The Company may have filed one or more amendments thereto, including a related preliminary prospectus, each of which has previously been furnished to you.  The Company will file with the Commission a final prospectus in accordance with Rule 424(b).  As filed, such final prospectus shall contain all information required by the Act and the rules thereunder and, except to the extent the Representatives shall agree in writing to a modification, shall be in all substantive respects in the form furnished to you prior to the Execution Time or, to the extent not completed at the Execution Time, shall contain only such specific additional information and other changes (beyond that contained in the latest Preliminary Prospectus) as the Company has advised you, prior to the Execution Time, will be included or made therein.

 

(b)                                  On the Effective Date, the Registration Statement did, and when the Prospectus is first filed in accordance with Rule 424(b) and on the Closing Date (as defined herein) and on any date on which Option Securities are purchased, if such date is not the Closing Date (a “ settlement date ”), the Prospectus (and any supplement thereto) will, comply in all material respects with the applicable requirements of the Act and the rules thereunder; on the Effective Date and at the Execution Time, the Registration Statement did not and will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein not misleading; and on the date of any filing pursuant to Rule 424(b) and on the

 



 

Closing Date and any settlement date, the Prospectus (together with any supplement thereto) will not include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided , however , that the Company makes no representations or warranties as to the information contained in or omitted from the Registration Statement, or the Prospectus (or any supplement thereto) in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished in writing to the Company by or on behalf of any Underwriter through the Representatives specifically for inclusion in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus (or any supplement thereto), it being understood and agreed that the only such information furnished by or on behalf of any Underwriter consists of the information described as such in Section 8 hereof.

 

(c)                                   (i) The Disclosure Package and the price to the public, the number of Underwritten Securities and the number of Option Securities to be included on the cover page of the Prospectus, when taken together as a whole, (ii) each electronic road show, when taken together as a whole with the Disclosure Package and the price to the public, the number of Underwritten Securities and the number of Option Securities to be included on the cover page of the Prospectus, and (iii) any individual Written Testing-the-Waters Communication (as defined below), when taken together as a whole with the Disclosure Package and the price to the public, the number of Underwritten Securities and the number of Option Securities to be included on the cover page of the Prospectus, does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.  The preceding sentence does not apply to statements in or omissions from the Disclosure Package or any individual Written Testing-the-Waters Communication based upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by any Underwriter through the Representatives specifically for use therein, it being understood and agreed that the only such information furnished by or on behalf of any Underwriter consists of the information described as such in Section 8 hereof.

 

(d)                                  (i) At the time of filing the Registration Statement and (ii) as of the Execution Time (with such date being used as the determination date for purposes of this clause (ii)), the Company was not and is not an Ineligible Issuer (as defined in Rule 405), without taking account of any determination by the Commission pursuant to Rule 405 that it is not necessary that the Company be considered an Ineligible Issuer

 

(e)                                   From the time of initial confidential submission of the Registration Statement to the Commission (or, if earlier, the first date on which the Company engaged directly or through any Person authorized to act on its behalf in any Testing-the-Waters Communication) through the Execution Time, the Company has been and is an emerging growth company as defined in Section 2(a) of the Securities Act (an “ Emerging Growth Company ”).  “ Testing-the-Waters Communication ” means any oral or written communication within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act with potential investors undertaken in reliance on Section 5(d) of the Securities Act.

 



 

(f)                                    The Company (i) has not alone engaged in any Testing-the-Waters Communication other than Testing-the-Waters Communications with the consent of the Representatives with entities that are qualified institutional buyers within the meaning of Rule 144A under the Securities Act or institutions that are accredited investors within the meaning of Rule 501 under the Securities Act and (ii) has not authorized anyone other than the Representatives to engage in Testing-the-Waters Communications.  The Company reconfirms that the Representatives have been authorized to act on its behalf in undertaking Testing-the-Waters Communications.  The Company has not distributed any Written Testing-the-Waters Communications other than those regarding which the Company has notified and previously provided to the Representatives in writing. “ Written Testing-the-Waters Communication ” means any Testing-the-Waters Communication that is a written communication within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act.

 

(g)                                   Each Issuer Free Writing Prospectus does not include any information that conflicts with the information contained in the Registration Statement, including any document incorporated by reference therein that has not been superseded or modified.  The foregoing sentence does not apply to statements in or omissions from any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus based upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by any Underwriter through the Representatives specifically for use therein, it being understood and agreed that the only such information furnished by or on behalf of any Underwriter consists of the information described as such in Section 8 hereof.

 

(h)                                  Each of the Company and its subsidiaries (i) has been duly incorporated and is validly existing as a corporation or other business entity, as applicable, in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction in which it is chartered or organized with full corporate or other organizational power and authority to own or lease, as the case may be, and to operate its properties and conduct its business as described in the Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, and (ii) is duly qualified to do business as a foreign corporation or other business entity and is in good standing under the laws of each jurisdiction which requires such qualification, except in the case of (ii), to the extent it would not have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(i)                                      All the outstanding shares of capital stock of each subsidiary have been duly and validly authorized and issued and are fully paid and nonassessable, and, except as otherwise set forth in the Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, all outstanding shares of capital stock of the subsidiaries are owned by the Company either directly or through wholly owned subsidiaries and are free and clear of any perfected security interest or any other security interests, claims, liens or encumbrances.

 



 

(j)                                     There is no franchise, contract or other document of a character required to be described in the Registration Statement or Prospectus, or to be filed as an exhibit thereto, which is not described or filed as required (and the Preliminary Prospectus contains in all material respects the same description of the foregoing matters contained in the Prospectus); and the statements in the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus under the headings “Description of Capital Stock”, “Shares Eligible for Future Sale” and “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences to Non-U.S. Holders of Our Class A Common Stock” insofar as such statements summarize legal matters, agreements, documents or proceedings discussed therein, are accurate and fair summaries of such legal matters, agreements, documents or proceedings.

 

(k)                                  This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company.

 

(l)                                      The Company is not and, after giving effect to the offering and sale of the Securities and the application of the proceeds thereof as described in the Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, will not be an “ investment company ” as defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

 

(m)                              No consent, approval, authorization, filing with or order of any court or governmental agency or body is required in connection with the transactions contemplated herein, except (i) such as have been obtained under the Act, (ii) such as may be required under the blue sky laws of any jurisdiction in connection with the purchase and distribution of the Securities by the Underwriters in the manner contemplated herein and in the Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, and (iii) any necessary qualification under the rules and regulations of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, (iv) any consents, approvals or authorizations that have been, or prior to the Closing Date will be, obtained.

 

(n)                                  Neither the issue and sale of the Securities nor the consummation of any other of the transactions herein contemplated nor the fulfillment of the terms hereof will conflict with, result in a breach or violation of, or imposition of any lien, charge or encumbrance upon any property or assets of the Company or any of its subsidiaries pursuant to, (i) the charter or by-laws of the Company or the charter, by-laws or other constitutive document of any of its subsidiaries, (ii) the terms of any indenture, contract, lease, mortgage, deed of trust, note agreement, loan agreement or other agreement, obligation, condition, covenant or instrument to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is a party or bound or to which its or their property is subject, or (iii) any statute, law, rule, regulation, judgment, order or decree applicable to the Company or any of its subsidiaries of any court, regulatory body, administrative agency, governmental body, arbitrator or other authority having jurisdiction over the Company or any of its subsidiaries or any of its or their properties; except in the case of (ii) and (iii), as would not have a Material Adverse Effect, provided that such conflict, breach, violation or imposition will not have a material adverse effect on the ability of Underwriters to consummate any other of the transactions herein contemplated or fulfill the terms hereof.

 



 

(o)                                  No holders of securities of the Company have rights to the registration of such securities under the Registration Statement, except as disclosed in the Disclosure Package and the Prospectus or to the extent such securities have been included in the Registration Statement or which rights have been duly waived in writing.

 

(p)                                  The consolidated historical financial statements and schedules of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries included in the Preliminary Prospectus, the Prospectus and the Registration Statement present fairly, in all material respects, the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the Company as of the dates and for the periods indicated, comply as to form with the applicable accounting requirements of the Act and have been prepared in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles applied on a consistent basis throughout the periods involved (except as otherwise noted therein).  The selected financial data set forth under the caption “Selected Financial Data” in the Preliminary Prospectus, the Prospectus and Registration Statement present fairly, in all material respects, on the basis stated in the Preliminary Prospectus, the Prospectus and the Registration Statement, the information included therein.

 

(q)                                  No action, suit or proceeding by or before any court or governmental agency, authority or body or any arbitrator involving the Company or any of its subsidiaries or its or their property is pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened that (i) would reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the performance of this Agreement or the consummation of any of the transactions contemplated hereby or (ii) would have a Material Adverse Effect, except as set forth in or contemplated in the Disclosure Package and the Prospectus (exclusive of any supplement thereto).

 

(r)                                     Each of the Company and each of its subsidiaries owns or leases all such properties as are necessary to the conduct of its operations in all material respects as presently conducted.

 

(s)                                    Neither the Company nor any subsidiary is in violation or default of (i) any provision of its charter, bylaws or other constitutive document, (ii) the terms of any indenture, contract, lease, mortgage, deed of trust, note agreement, loan agreement or other agreement, obligation, condition, covenant or instrument to which it is a party or bound or to which its property is subject, or (iii) any statute, law, rule, regulation, judgment, order or decree of any court, regulatory body, administrative agency, governmental body, arbitrator or other authority having jurisdiction over the Company or such subsidiary or any of its properties, as applicable, except, with respect to (ii) and (iii), as would not have a Material Adverse Effect.

 



 

(t)                                     PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, who have certified certain financial statements of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries and delivered their report with respect to the audited consolidated financial statements and schedules included in the Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, are independent public accountants with respect to the Company within the meaning of the Act and the applicable published rules and regulations thereunder.

 

(u)                                  There are no transfer taxes or other similar fees or charges under Federal law or the applicable laws of any state, or any political subdivision thereof, required to be paid in connection with the execution and delivery of this Agreement or the issuance by the Company or initial sale by the Company of the Securities.

 

(v)                                  The Company has filed all tax returns that are required to be filed or has requested extensions thereof (except in any case in which the failure so to file would not have a Material Adverse Effect, except as set forth in or contemplated in the Disclosure Package and the Prospectus (exclusive of any supplement thereto)) and has paid all taxes required to be paid by it and any other assessment, fine or penalty levied against it, to the extent that any of the foregoing is due and payable, except for any such assessment, fine or penalty that is currently being contested in good faith or as would not have a Material Adverse Effect, except as set forth in or contemplated in the Disclosure Package and the Prospectus (exclusive of any supplement thereto).

 

(w)                                No labor problem or dispute with the employees of the Company or any of its subsidiaries exists or, to the knowledge of the Company, is threatened or imminent, and the Company is not aware of any existing or imminent labor disturbance by the employees of any of its or its subsidiaries’ principal suppliers, contractors or customers that would have a Material Adverse Effect, except as set forth in or contemplated in the Disclosure Package and the Prospectus (exclusive of any supplement thereto).

 

(x)                                  The Company and each of its subsidiaries are insured by insurers of recognized financial responsibility against such losses and risks and in such amounts as are reasonable and customary in the businesses in which they are engaged, except as would not have a Material Adverse Effect; all policies of insurance insuring the Company or any of its subsidiaries or their respective businesses, assets, employees, officers and directors are in full force and effect; the Company and its subsidiaries are in compliance with the terms of such policies and instruments in all material respects; and there are no material claims by the Company or any of its subsidiaries under any such policy or instrument as to which any insurance company is denying liability or defending under a reservation of rights clause; neither the Company nor any such subsidiary has been refused any insurance coverage sought or applied for, except as would not have a Material Adverse Effect; and neither the Company nor any such subsidiary has any reason to believe that it will not be able to renew its existing insurance coverage as and when such coverage expires or to obtain similar coverage from similar insurers as may be necessary to continue its business at a cost that would not have a Material Adverse Effect, except as set forth in or contemplated in the Disclosure Package and the Prospectus (exclusive of any supplement thereto).

 



 

(y)                                  Other than with respect to that certain Loan and Security Agreement by and among the Company, Citibank, N.A., and the other parties thereto, dated as of March 30, 2016, no subsidiary of the Company is currently prohibited, directly or indirectly, from paying any dividends to the Company, from making any other distribution on such subsidiary’s capital stock, from repaying to the Company any loans or advances to such subsidiary from the Company or from transferring any of such subsidiary’s property or assets to the Company or any other subsidiary of the Company, except as described in or contemplated by the Disclosure Package and the Prospectus (exclusive of any supplement thereto).

 

(z)                                   The Company and its subsidiaries possess all licenses, certificates, permits and other authorizations issued by all applicable authorities necessary to conduct their respective businesses as described in the Disclosure Package and Prospectus, except as would not have a Material Adverse Effect, and neither the Company nor any such subsidiary has received any notice of proceedings relating to the revocation or modification of any such certificate, authorization or permit which, singly or in the aggregate, if the subject of an unfavorable decision, ruling or finding, would have a Material Adverse Effect, except as set forth in or contemplated in the Disclosure Package and the Prospectus (exclusive of any supplement thereto).

 

(aa)                           Except as set forth in or contemplated in the Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, the Company and each of its subsidiaries maintain a system of internal accounting controls designed to provide reasonable assurance that (i) transactions are executed in accordance with management’s general or specific authorizations; (ii) transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles and to maintain asset accountability; (iii) access to assets is permitted only in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization; and (iv) the recorded accountability for assets is compared with the existing assets at reasonable intervals and appropriate action is taken with respect to any differences. The Company and its subsidiaries are not aware of any material weakness in their internal controls over financial reporting, except as set forth in or contemplated in the Disclosure Package and the Prospectus.

 

(bb)                           The Company and its subsidiaries maintain “ disclosure controls and procedures ” (as such term is defined in Rule 13a-15(e) under the Exchange Act).

 

(cc)                             The Company has not taken, directly or indirectly, without giving effect to activities by the Underwriters, any action designed to or that would constitute or that might reasonably be expected to cause or result in, under the Exchange Act or otherwise, stabilization or manipulation of the price of any security of the Company to facilitate the sale or resale of the Securities.

 



 

(dd)                           The Company and its subsidiaries are (i) in compliance with any and all applicable foreign, federal, state and local laws and regulations relating to the protection of human health and safety, the environment or hazardous or toxic substances or wastes, pollutants or contaminants (“ Environmental Laws ”), (ii) have received and are in compliance with all permits, licenses or other approvals required of them under applicable Environmental Laws to conduct their respective businesses and (iii) have not received notice of any actual or potential liability under any environmental law; in each case, except where such non-compliance with Environmental Laws, failure to receive required permits, licenses or other approvals, or liability would not, individually or in the aggregate, be reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, except as set forth in or contemplated in the Disclosure Package and the Prospectus (exclusive of any supplement thereto).  Except as set forth in the Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, neither the Company nor any of the subsidiaries has received notice that any of them has been named as a “ potentially responsible party ” under the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act of 1980, as amended.

 

(ee)                             Any costs and liabilities associated with Environmental Laws (including, without limitation, any capital or operating expenditures required for clean-up, closure of properties or compliance with Environmental Laws, or any permit, license or approval, any related constraints on operating activities and any potential liabilities to third parties) are not expected by the Company, singly or in the aggregate, to have a Material Adverse Effect, except as set forth in or contemplated in the Disclosure Package and the Prospectus (exclusive of any supplement thereto).

 

(ff)                               None of the following events has occurred or exists:  (i) a failure to fulfill the obligations, if any, under the minimum funding standards of Section 302 of the United States Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ ERISA ”), and the regulations and published interpretations thereunder with respect to a Plan, determined without regard to any waiver of such obligations or extension of any amortization period that would have a Material Adverse Effect; (ii) an audit or investigation by the Internal Revenue Service, the U.S. Department of Labor, the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation or any other federal or state governmental agency or any foreign regulatory agency with respect to the employment or compensation of employees by any of the Company or any of its subsidiaries that would have a Material Adverse Effect; or (iii) any breach of any contractual obligation, or any violation of law or applicable qualification standards, with respect to the employment or compensation of employees by the Company or any of its subsidiaries that would have a Material Adverse Effect.  None of the following events has occurred or is reasonably likely to occur:  (i) a material increase in the aggregate amount of contributions required to be made to all Plans in the current fiscal year of the Company and its subsidiaries compared to the amount of such contributions made in the most

 



 

recently completed fiscal year of the Company and its subsidiaries; (ii) a material increase in the “ accumulated post-retirement benefit obligations ” (within the meaning of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards 106) of the Company and its subsidiaries compared to the amount of such obligations in the most recently completed fiscal year of the Company and its subsidiaries; (iii) any event or condition giving rise to a liability under Title IV of ERISA that would have a Material Adverse Effect; or (iv) the filing of a claim by one or more employees or former employees of the Company or any of its subsidiaries related to their employment that would have a Material Adverse Effect.  For purposes of this paragraph, the term “ Plan ” means a plan (within the meaning of Section 3(3) of ERISA) subject to Title IV of ERISA with respect to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries may have any liability.

 

(gg)                             There is and has been no failure on the part of the Company and any of the Company’s directors or officers, in their capacities as such, to comply with any applicable provision of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the rules and regulations promulgated in connection therewith (the “ Sarbanes-Oxley Act ”) applicable to the Company.

 

(hh)                           Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries nor, to the knowledge of the Company, any director, officer, agent, employee or affiliate of the Company or any of its subsidiaries is aware of or has taken any action, directly or indirectly, that could result in a violation by such persons of the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder or the U.K. Bribery Act 2010 or similar law of any other relevant jurisdiction; and neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries nor, to the knowledge of the Company, any director, officer, agent, employee or affiliate of the Company or any of its subsidiaries is aware of or has taken any action, directly or indirectly, that could result in a sanction for violation by such persons of the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder or the U.K. Bribery Act 2010 or similar law of any other relevant jurisdiction; and prohibition of noncompliance therewith is covered by the codes of conduct or other procedures instituted and maintained by the Company and its subsidiaries.

 

(ii)                                   The operations of the Company and its subsidiaries are and have been conducted at all times in compliance with applicable financial recordkeeping and reporting requirements and the money laundering statutes and the rules and regulations thereunder and any related or similar rules, regulations or guidelines, issued, administered or enforced by any governmental agency (collectively, the “ Money Laundering Laws ”) and no action, suit or proceeding by or before any court or governmental agency, authority or body or any arbitrator involving the Company or any of its subsidiaries with respect to the Money Laundering Laws is pending or, to the best knowledge of the Company, threatened.

 


 

(jj)                                 Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries nor, to the knowledge of the Company, any director, officer, agent, employee or controlled affiliate of the Company or any of its subsidiaries (i) is currently subject to any sanctions administered or imposed by the United States (including any administered or enforced by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Treasury Department, the U.S. Department of State, or the Bureau of Industry and Security of the U.S. Department of Commerce), the United Nations Security Council, the European Union, or the United Kingdom (including sanctions administered or controlled by Her Majesty’s Treasury) (collectively, “ Sanctions ” and such persons, “ Sanction Persons ”)  or (ii) will, directly or indirectly, use the proceeds of this offering, or lend, contribute or otherwise make available such proceeds to any subsidiary, joint venture partner or other person in any manner that will result in a violation of any economic Sanctions by, or could result in the imposition of Sanctions against, any person (including any person participating in the offering, whether as underwriter, advisor, investor or otherwise).

 

(kk)                           Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries nor, to the knowledge of the Company, any director, officer, agent, employee or affiliate of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, is a person that is, or is 50% or more owned or otherwise controlled by a person that is: (i) the subject of any Sanctions; or (ii) located, organized or resident in a country or territory that is, or whose government is, the subject of Sanctions that broadly prohibit dealings with that country or territory (currently, Cuba, Iran, North Korea, Sudan, and Syria) (collectively, “ Sanctioned Countries ” and each, a “ Sanctioned Country ”). Except as has been disclosed to the Underwriters or is not material to the analysis under any Sanctions, neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has engaged in any dealings or transactions with or for the benefit of a Sanctioned Person, or with or in a Sanctioned Country, in the preceding 3 years, nor does the Company or any of its subsidiaries have any plans to increase its dealings or transactions with Sanctioned Persons, or with or in Sanctioned Countries.

 

(ll)                                   The Company and its subsidiaries own, possess, license or have other rights to use, on reasonable terms, all patents, patent applications, trade and service marks, trade and service mark registrations, trade names, copyrights, licenses, inventions, trade secrets, technology, know-how and other intellectual property (collectively, the “ Intellectual Property ”) necessary for the conduct of the Company’s business as now conducted or as proposed in the Disclosure Package and Prospectus to be conducted.  Except as set forth in the Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, (a) there are no rights of third parties to any such Intellectual Property owned or purported to be owned by the Company or its subsidiaries, except where it would not have a Material Adverse Effect; and (b) there is no material infringement by third parties of any such Intellectual Property.

 

Except as set forth in the Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, to the Company’s knowledge, (a)  there is no pending or threatened action, suit, proceeding or claim by others challenging the Company’s rights in or to any such Intellectual Property, and the Company is unaware of any facts which would form a reasonable basis for any such claim; (b) there is no pending or threatened action,

 



 

suit, proceeding or claim by others challenging the validity or scope of any such Intellectual Property owned by or exclusively licensed to the Company or its subsidiaries, and the Company is unaware of any facts which would form a reasonable basis for any such claim; and (c) there is no pending or threatened action, suit, proceeding or claim by others that the Company infringes or otherwise violates any patent, trademark, copyright, trade secret or other proprietary rights of others, and the Company is unaware of any other fact which would form a reasonable basis for any such claim; in each case, except where, if determined adversely, it would not have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

Furthermore, the Company represents and warrants to Citigroup Global Markets Inc. that (i) the Registration Statement, the Prospectus, any preliminary prospectus and any Issuer Free Writing Prospectuses comply, and any further amendments or supplements thereto will comply in all material respects, with any applicable laws or regulations of foreign jurisdictions in which the Prospectus or any preliminary prospectus and any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, as amended or supplemented, if applicable, are distributed in connection with the Directed Share Program, and that (ii) no authorization, approval, consent, license, order, registration or qualification of or with any government, governmental instrumentality or court, other than such as have been obtained, is necessary under the securities laws and regulations of foreign jurisdictions in which the Directed Shares are offered outside the United States.  The Company has not offered, or caused the Underwriters to offer, Securities to any person pursuant to the Directed Share Program with the specific intent to unlawfully influence (i) a customer or supplier of the Company to alter the customer’s or supplier’s level or type of business with the Company, or (ii) a trade journalist or publication to write or publish favorable information about the Company or its products.

 

Any certificate signed by any officer of the Company and delivered to the Representatives or counsel for the Underwriters in connection with the offering of the Securities shall be deemed a representation and warranty by the Company, as to matters covered thereby, to each Underwriter.

 

(ii)                                   Each Selling Stockholder represents and warrants to, and agrees with, each Underwriter that:

 

(a)                                  Such Selling Stockholder is the record and beneficial owner of the Securities to be sold by it hereunder free and clear of all liens, encumbrances, equities and claims and has duly endorsed such Securities in blank, and has full power and authority to sell its interest in the Securities, and, assuming that each Underwriter acquires its interest in the Securities it has purchased from such Selling Stockholder without notice of any adverse claim (within the meaning of Section 8-105 of the New York Uniform Commercial Code (“ UCC ”)), each Underwriter that has purchased such Securities delivered on the Closing Date to The Depository Trust Company or other securities intermediary by making payment therefor as provided herein, and that has had such Securities credited to the securities account or accounts of such Underwriters maintained with The Depository Trust Company or such other securities intermediary will have

 



 

acquired a security entitlement (within the meaning of Section 8-102(a)(17) of the UCC) to such Securities purchased by such Underwriter, and no action based on an adverse claim (within the meaning of Section 8-105 of the UCC) may be successfully asserted against such Underwriter with respect to such Securities.

 

(b)                                  Such Selling Stockholder has not taken, directly or indirectly, any action designed to or that would constitute or that might reasonably be expected to cause or result in, under the Exchange Act or otherwise, stabilization or manipulation of the price of any security of the Company to facilitate the sale or resale of the Securities.

 

(c)                                   Certificates in negotiable form for book entry securities entitlements or such Selling Stockholder’s Securities have been placed in custody, for delivery pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, under a Custody Agreement and Power of Attorney duly authorized (if applicable), executed and delivered by such Selling Stockholder, in the form heretofore furnished to you (the “ Custody Agreement ”) with                     , as Custodian (the “ Custodian ”); the Securities represented by the certificates so held in custody for each Selling Stockholder are subject to the interests hereunder of the Underwriters; the arrangements for custody and delivery of such certificates, made by such Selling Stockholder hereunder and under the Custody Agreement, are not subject to termination by any acts of such Selling Stockholder, or by operation of law, whether by the death or incapacity of such Selling Stockholder or the occurrence of any other event; and if any such death, incapacity or any other such event shall occur before the delivery of such Securities hereunder, certificates for the Securities or book entry securities entitlements will be delivered by the Custodian in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the Custody Agreement as if such death, incapacity or other event had not occurred, regardless of whether or not the Custodian shall have received notice of such death, incapacity or other event.

 

(d)                                  No consent, approval, authorization or order of any court or governmental agency or body is required for the consummation by such Selling Stockholder of the transactions contemplated herein, except such as may have been obtained under the Act and such as may be required under the blue sky laws of any jurisdiction in connection with the purchase and distribution of the Securities by the Underwriters and such other approvals as have been obtained and except for such consents, approvals, authorizations, or orders as would not, individually or in the aggregate, be reasonably expected to have a material adverse effect on the ability of the Selling Stockholder to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, the Custody Agreement and the Power of Attorney (a “ Selling Stockholder Material Adverse Effect ”).

 

(e)                                   Neither the sale of the Securities being sold by such Selling Stockholder nor the consummation of any other of the transactions herein contemplated by such Selling Stockholder or the fulfillment of the terms hereof by such Selling Stockholder will conflict with, result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under any law or the charter or by-laws of such Selling

 



 

Stockholder or the terms of any indenture or other agreement or instrument to which such Selling Stockholder or any of its subsidiaries is a party or bound, or any judgment, order or decree applicable to such Selling Stockholder or any of its subsidiaries of any court, regulatory body, administrative agency, governmental body or arbitrator having jurisdiction over such Selling Stockholder or any of its subsidiaries except for such conflicts, breaches, violations, defaults, as would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Selling Stockholder Material Adverse Effect.

 

(f)  Such Selling Stockholder is familiar with the Disclosure Package and Registration Statement and the sale of Securities by such Selling Stockholder pursuant hereto is not prompted by any information concerning the Company or any of its subsidiaries which is not set forth in the Disclosure Package and the Prospectus.

 

(g)  Any statements in or omissions from the Registration Statement, the Prospectus, any Preliminary Prospectus or any Free Writing Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto used by the Company or any Underwriter, as the case may be, made in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished in writing to the Company by any Selling Stockholder specifically for use in connection with the preparation thereof, do not include any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, it being understood and agreed that the only information furnished in writing to the Company by such Selling Stockholder consists of the name of such Selling Shareholder, the number of offered shares and the address and other information with respect to such Selling Shareholder (excluding percentages) which appear in the Registration Statement, the Prospectus, any Preliminary Prospectus or any other Free Writing Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto in the table (and corresponding footnotes) under the caption “Principal and Selling Stockholders” (the “ Selling Stock Information ”).

 

Any certificate signed by any Selling Stockholder and delivered to the Representatives or counsel for the Underwriters in connection with the offering of the Securities shall be deemed a representation and warranty by such Selling Stockholder, as to matters covered thereby, to each Underwriter.

 

2.                                       Purchase and Sale .  (a)  Subject to the terms and conditions and in reliance upon the representations and warranties herein set forth, the Company agrees to sell to each Underwriter, and each Underwriter agrees, severally and not jointly, to purchase from the Company, at a purchase price of $[  ] per share, the amount of the Underwritten Securities set forth opposite such Underwriter’s name in Schedule I hereto.

 



 

(b)                                  Subject to the terms and conditions and in reliance upon the representations and warranties herein set forth, the Company and the applicable Selling Stockholders named in Schedule II hereto hereby grants an option to the several Underwriters to purchase, severally and not jointly, up to [  ] Option Securities at the same purchase price per share as the Underwriters shall pay for the Underwritten Securities, less an amount per share equal to any dividends or distributions declared by the Company and payable on the Underwritten Securities but not payable on the Option Securities.  Said option may be exercised only to cover over-allotments in the sale of the Underwritten Securities by the Underwriters.  Said option may be exercised in whole or in part at any time on or before the 30th day after the date of the Prospectus upon written or electronic notice by the Representatives to the Company and such Selling Stockholders setting forth the number of shares of the Option Securities as to which the several Underwriters are exercising the option and the settlement date. The maximum number of Option Securities to be sold by the Company is [  ] and the maximum aggregate number of Option Securities to be sold by the Selling Stockholders is [  ].  The maximum number of Option Securities which each Selling Stockholder agrees to sell is set forth in Schedule II hereto.  In the event that the Underwriters exercise less than their full option to purchase Option Securities, the number of Option Securities to be sold by the Company and each Selling Stockholder listed on Schedule II shall be, as nearly as practicable, in the same proportion as the maximum number of Option Securities to be sold by the Company and each Selling Stockholder and the number of Option Securities to be sold.  The number of Option Securities to be purchased by each Underwriter shall be the same percentage of the total number of shares of the Option Securities to be purchased by the several Underwriters as such Underwriter is purchasing of the Underwritten Securities, subject to such adjustments as you in your absolute discretion shall make to eliminate any fractional shares.

 

3.                                       Delivery and Payment .  Delivery of and payment for the Underwritten Securities and the Option Securities (if the option provided for in Section 2(b) hereof shall have been exercised on or before the third Business Day immediately preceding the Closing Date) shall be made at 10:00 AM, New York City time, on [  ], 2016, or at such time on such later date not more than three Business Days after the foregoing date as the Representatives shall designate, which date and time may be postponed by agreement among the Representatives, the Company and the Selling Stockholders or as provided in Section 9 hereof (such date and time of delivery and payment for the Securities being herein called the “ Closing Date ”).  Delivery of the Securities shall be made to the Representatives for the respective accounts of the several Underwriters against payment by the several Underwriters through the Representatives of the respective aggregate purchase prices of the Securities being sold by the Company and each of the Selling Stockholders to or upon the order of the Company and the Selling Stockholders by wire transfer payable in same-day funds to the accounts specified by the Company and the Selling Stockholders.  Delivery of the Underwritten Securities and the Option Securities shall be made through the facilities of The Depository Trust Company unless the Representatives shall otherwise instruct.

 



 

Each Selling Stockholder will pay all applicable state transfer taxes, if any, involved in the transfer to the several Underwriters of the Securities to be purchased by them from such Selling Stockholder and the respective Underwriters will pay any additional stock transfer taxes involved in further transfers.

 

If the option provided for in Section 2(b) hereof is exercised after the third Business Day immediately preceding the Closing Date, the Company and the Selling Stockholders named in Schedule II hereto will deliver the Option Securities (at the expense of the Company) to the Representatives, at 388 Greenwich Street, New York, New York, on the date specified by the Representatives (which shall be within three Business Days after exercise of said option) for the respective accounts of the several Underwriters, against payment by the several Underwriters through the Representatives of the purchase price thereof to or upon the order of the Company and the applicable Selling Stockholders named in Schedule II by wire transfer payable in same-day funds to the accounts specified by the Company and the applicable Selling Stockholders named in Schedule II hereto. If settlement for the Option Securities occurs after the Closing Date, the Company and such Selling Stockholders will deliver to the Representatives on the settlement date for the Option Securities, and the obligation of the Underwriters to purchase the Option Securities shall be conditioned upon receipt of, supplemental opinions, certificates and letters confirming as of such date the opinions, certificates and letters delivered on the Closing Date pursuant to Section 6 hereof.

 

4.                                       Offering by Underwriters .  It is understood that the several Underwriters propose to offer the Securities for sale to the public as set forth in the Prospectus.

 

5.                                       Agreements .

 

(i)                                      The Company agrees with the several Underwriters that:

 

(a)                                  Prior to the termination of the offering of the Securities, the Company will not file any amendment of the Registration Statement or supplement to the Prospectus or any Rule 462(b) Registration Statement unless the Company has furnished the Representatives a copy for their review prior to filing and will not file any such proposed amendment or supplement to which the Representatives reasonably object. The Company will cause the Prospectus, properly completed, and any supplement thereto to be filed in a form approved by the Representatives with the Commission pursuant to the applicable paragraph of Rule 424(b) within the time period prescribed and will provide evidence satisfactory to the Representatives of such timely filing.  The Company will promptly advise the Representatives (i) when the Prospectus, and any supplement thereto, shall have been filed (if required) with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) or when any Rule 462(b) Registration Statement shall have been filed with the Commission, (ii) when, prior to termination of the offering of the Securities, any amendment to the Registration Statement shall have been filed or become effective, (iii) of any request by the Commission or its staff for any amendment of the Registration Statement, or any Rule 462(b) Registration Statement, or for any supplement to the Prospectus or for any additional information, (iv) of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order suspending

 



 

the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or of any notice objecting to its use or the institution or threatening of any proceeding for that purpose and (v) of the receipt by the Company of any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification of the Securities for sale in any jurisdiction or the institution or threatening of any proceeding for such purpose.  The Company will use its reasonable best efforts to prevent the issuance of any such stop order or the occurrence of any such suspension or objection to the use of the Registration Statement and, upon such issuance, occurrence or notice of objection, to obtain as soon as possible the withdrawal of such stop order or relief from such occurrence or objection, including, if necessary, by filing an amendment to the Registration Statement or a new registration statement and using its reasonable best efforts to have such amendment or new registration statement declared effective as soon as practicable.

 

(b)                                  If, at any time prior to the filing of the Prospectus pursuant to Rule 424(b), any event occurs as a result of which the Disclosure Package would include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein in the light of the circumstances under which they were made or the circumstances then prevailing not misleading, the Company will (i) notify promptly the Representatives so that any use of the Disclosure Package may cease until it is amended or supplemented; (ii) amend or supplement the Disclosure Package to correct such statement or omission; and (iii) supply any amendment or supplement to the Representatives in such quantities as they may reasonably request.

 

(c)                                   If, at any time when a prospectus relating to the Securities is required to be delivered under the Act (including in circumstances where such requirement may be satisfied pursuant to Rule 172), any event occurs as a result of which the Prospectus as then supplemented would include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein in the light of the circumstances under which they were made at such time not misleading, or if it shall be necessary to amend the Registration Statement or supplement the Prospectus to comply with the Act or the rules thereunder, the Company promptly will (i) notify the Representatives of any such event; (ii) prepare and file with the Commission, subject to the second sentence of paragraph (a) of this Section 5, an amendment or supplement which will correct such statement or omission or effect such compliance; and (iii) supply any supplemented Prospectus to the Representatives in such quantities as they may reasonably request.

 

(d)                                  As soon as practicable, the Company will make generally available to its security holders and to the Representatives an earnings statement or statements of the Company and its subsidiaries which will satisfy the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Act and Rule 158; provided that the Company will be deemed to have satisfied this obligation to the extent it files such documents on the EDGAR system of the Commission.

 



 

(e)                                   The Company will furnish to the Representatives and counsel for the Underwriters, without charge, signed copies of the Registration Statement (including exhibits thereto) and to each other Underwriter a copy of the Registration Statement (without exhibits thereto) and, so long as delivery of a prospectus by an Underwriter or dealer may be required by the Act (including in circumstances where such requirement may be satisfied pursuant to Rule 172), as many copies of each Preliminary Prospectus, the Prospectus and each Issuer Free Writing Prospectus and any supplement thereto as the Representatives may reasonably request.   The Company will pay the expenses of printing or other production of all documents relating to the offering subject to Section 5(j) hereof.

 

(f)                                    The Company will arrange, if necessary, for the qualification of the Securities for sale under the laws of such jurisdictions as the Representatives may designate and will maintain such qualifications in effect so long as required for the distribution of the Securities; provided that in no event shall the Company be obligated to qualify to do business in any jurisdiction where it is not now so qualified or to take any action that would subject it to service of process in suits, other than those arising out of the offering or sale of the Securities, in any jurisdiction where it is not now so subject.

 

(g)                                   The Company will not, without the prior written consent of Citigroup Global Markets Inc., offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge, or otherwise dispose of, (or enter into any transaction which is designed to, or might reasonably be expected to, result in the disposition (whether by actual disposition or effective economic disposition due to cash settlement or otherwise) by the Company or any controlled affiliate of the Company, directly or indirectly, including the filing (or participation in the filing) of a registration statement with the Commission in respect of, or establish or increase a put equivalent position or liquidate or decrease a call equivalent position within the meaning of Section 16 of the Exchange Act, any other shares of Common Stock or any securities convertible into, or exercisable, or exchangeable for, shares of Common Stock; or publicly announce an intention to effect any such transaction, for a period of 180  days after the date of the Underwriting Agreement.

 

The restrictions contained in the preceding paragraph shall not apply to (a) the Securities to be sold hereunder, (b) the issuance by the Company of shares of capital stock upon the exercise or conversion of an option or warrant (whether by cash exercise or “net” or “cashless exercise”) or the conversion of a security outstanding on the date hereof, including shares of capital stock issuable upon conversion of convertible preferred stock in connection with this offering, (c) the issuance of equity-based awards and/or equity pursuant to the Company’s equity incentive award plans and employee stock purchase plan described in the Prospectus, (d) the filing of a Registration Statement on Form S-8 relating to the shares of capital stock granted, or options to purchase, pursuant to or reserved for issuance under the Company’s equity incentive award plans and employee stock purchase plan and (e) the sale or issuance of or entry into an agreement to sell or issue shares of capital stock or securities convertible into or exercisable or

 



 

exchangeable for capital stock in connection with (1)mergers, (2) acquisition of securities, businesses, proper or other assets, (3) joint ventures or (4) strategic alliances; provided, that the aggregate number of shares of capital stock or securities convertible into or exercisable for capital stock (on an as-converted or as-exercised basis, as the case may be) that the Company may sell or issue or agree to sell or issue pursuant to this clause (e) shall not exceed 5% of the total number of shares of the Company’s capital stock issued and outstanding immediately following the completion of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement; and provided further, that each recipient of shares of capital stock or securities convertible into or exercisable for capital stock pursuant to clauses (b), (c) or (e) of this Section 5(g) shall execute a lock-up agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto.

 

(h)                                  If Citigroup Global Markets Inc., in its sole discretion, agrees to release or waive the restrictions set forth in a lock-up letter described in Section 6(k) hereof for an officer or director of the Company and provides the Company with notice of the impending release or waiver (in substantially the form of Exhibit C hereto) at least three Business Days before the effective date of the release or waiver, the Company agrees to announce the impending release or waiver by a press release substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto through a major news service at least two Business Days before the effective date of the release or waiver.

 

(i)                                      The Company will not take, directly or indirectly, any action designed to or that would constitute or that might reasonably be expected to cause or result in, under the Exchange Act or otherwise, stabilization or manipulation of the price of any security of the Company to facilitate the sale or resale of the Securities.

 

(j)                                     The Company agrees to pay the costs and expenses relating to the following matters:  (i) the preparation, printing or reproduction and filing with the Commission of the Registration Statement (including financial statements and exhibits thereto), each Preliminary Prospectus, the Prospectus and each Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, and each amendment or supplement to any of them; (ii) the printing (or reproduction) and delivery (including postage, air freight charges and charges for counting and packaging) of such copies of the Registration Statement, each Preliminary Prospectus, the Prospectus and each Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, and all amendments or supplements to any of them, as may, in each case, be reasonably requested for use in connection with the offering and sale of the Securities; (iii) the preparation, printing, authentication, issuance and delivery of certificates for the Securities, including any stamp or transfer taxes in connection with the original issuance and sale of the Securities; (iv) the printing (or reproduction) and delivery of this Agreement and all other agreements or documents printed (or reproduced) and delivered in connection with the offering of the Securities; (v) the registration of the Securities under the Exchange Act and the listing of the Securities on the Stock Exchange; (vi) any registration or qualification of the Securities for offer and sale under the securities

 



 

or blue sky laws of the several states; (vii) the transportation and other expenses incurred by or on behalf of Company representatives in connection with presentations to prospective purchasers of the Securities, provided that in relation to such presentations, (A) the Company and the Underwriters will each bear 50%  of the costs associated with any private or chartered aircraft used, (B) the Company and the Underwriters will each pay their own costs associated with hotel accommodations and (C) the Underwriters will bear the cost of any expenses associated with meals on the roadshow, including all meetings at which potential investors are present; (viii) the fees and expenses of the Company’s accountants and the fees and expenses of counsel (including local and special counsel) for the Company and the Selling Stockholders; and (ix) all other costs and expenses incident to the performance by the Company and the Selling Stockholders of their obligations hereunder.

 

(k)                                  The Company agrees to pay (1) all reasonable and documented fees and disbursements of counsel incurred by the Underwriters in connection with the Directed Share Program, (2) all reasonable and documented costs and expenses incurred by the Underwriters in connection with the printing (or reproduction) and delivery (including postage, air freight charges and charges for counting and packaging) of copies of the Directed Share Program material and (3) all stamp duties, similar taxes or duties or other taxes, if any, incurred by the Underwriters in connection with the Directed Share Program.

 

(l)                                      The Company agrees that, unless it has or shall have obtained the prior written consent of the Representatives, and each Underwriter, severally and not jointly, agrees with the Company that, unless it has or shall have obtained, as the case may be, the prior written consent of the Company, it has not made and will not make any offer relating to the Securities that would constitute an Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or that would otherwise constitute a “ free writing prospectus ” (as defined in Rule 405) required to be filed by the Company with the Commission or retained by the Company under Rule 433; provided that the prior written consent of the parties hereto shall be deemed to have been given in respect of the Free Writing Prospectuses included in Schedule III hereto and any electronic road show.  Any such free writing prospectus consented to by the Representatives or the Company is hereinafter referred to as a “ Permitted Free Writing Prospectus .”  The Company agrees that (x) it has treated and will treat, as the case may be, each Permitted Free Writing Prospectus as an Issuer Free Writing Prospectus and (y) it has complied and will comply, as the case may be, with the requirements of Rules 164 and 433 applicable to any Permitted Free Writing Prospectus, including in respect of timely filing with the Commission, legending and record keeping.

 

(m)                              If at any time following the distribution of any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication, any event occurs as a result of which such Written Testing-the-Waters Communication would include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein in the light of the circumstances under which they were made

 


 

at such time not misleading, the Company will (i) notify promptly the Representatives so that use of the Written Testing-the-Waters Communication may cease until it is amended or supplemented; (ii) amend or supplement the Written Testing-the-Waters Communication to correct such statement or omission; and (iii) supply any amendment or supplement to the Representatives in such quantities as may be reasonably requested.

 

Furthermore, the Company covenants with Citigroup Global Markets Inc. that the Company will comply in all material respects with all applicable securities and other applicable laws, rules and regulations in each foreign jurisdiction in which the Directed Shares are offered in connection with the Directed Share Program.

 

(ii)                                   Each Selling Stockholder agrees with the several Underwriters that:

 

(a)                                  Such Selling Stockholder will not, without the prior written consent of Citigroup Global Markets Inc., offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge or otherwise dispose of, (or enter into any transaction which is designed to, or might reasonably be expected to, result in the disposition (whether by actual disposition or effective economic disposition due to cash settlement or otherwise) by the Selling Stockholder or any affiliate of the Selling Stockholder or any person in privity with the Selling Stockholder or any affiliate of the Selling Stockholder) directly or indirectly, or file (or participate in the filing of) a registration statement with the Commission in respect of, or establish or increase a put equivalent position or liquidate or decrease a call equivalent position within the meaning of Section 16 of the Exchange Act with respect to, any shares of capital stock of the Company or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for such capital stock, or publicly announce an intention to effect any such transaction, for a period of 180 days after the date of this Agreement, other than shares of Common Stock disposed of as bona fide gifts approved by Citigroup Global Markets Inc.

 

(b)                                  Such Selling Stockholder will not take, directly or indirectly, any action designed to or that would constitute or that might reasonably be expected to cause or result in, under the Exchange Act or otherwise, stabilization or manipulation of the price of any security of the Company to facilitate the sale or resale of the Securities.

 

(c)                                   Such Selling Stockholder will advise you promptly, and if requested by you, will confirm such advice in writing, so long as delivery of a prospectus relating to the Securities by an underwriter or dealer may be required under the Act, of (i) any material change in the Company’s condition (financial or otherwise), prospects, earnings, business or properties, (ii) any change in information in the Registration Statement, the Prospectus any Preliminary Prospectus or any Free Writing Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto relating to such Selling Stockholder or (iii) any new material information relating to the Company or relating to any matter stated in the Prospectus or any

 



 

Free Writing Prospectus which comes to the attention of such Selling Stockholder.

 

(d)                                  Such Selling Stockholder represents that it has not prepared or had prepared on its behalf or used or referred to, and agrees that it will not prepare or have prepared on its behalf or use or refer to, any Free Writing Prospectus, and has not distributed and will not distribute any written materials in connection with the offer or sale of the Securities.

 

6.                                       Conditions to the Obligations of the Underwriters .  The obligations of the Underwriters to purchase the Underwritten Securities and the Option Securities, as the case may be, shall be subject to the accuracy of the representations and warranties on the part of the Company and the Selling Stockholders contained herein as of the Execution Time, the Closing Date and any settlement date pursuant to Section 3 hereof, to the accuracy of the statements of the Company and the Selling Stockholders made in any certificates pursuant to the provisions hereof, to the performance by the Company and the Selling Stockholders of their respective obligations hereunder and to the following additional conditions:

 

(a)                                  The Prospectus, and any supplement thereto, have been filed in the manner and within the time period required by Rule 424(b); any other material required to be filed by the Company pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Act shall have been filed with the Commission within the applicable time periods prescribed for such filings by Rule 433; and no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or any notice objecting to its use shall have been issued and no proceedings for that purpose shall have been instituted or threatened.

 

(b)                                  The Company shall have requested and required Latham & Watkins, LLP, counsel for the Company, to have furnished to the Representatives their opinion, dated the Closing Date and addressed to the Representatives, in substance and form reasonably acceptable to the Representatives.

 

(c)                                   The Selling Stockholders shall have requested and caused Whalen LLP, counsel for the Selling Stockholders, to have furnished to the Representatives their opinion dated the Closing Date and addressed to the Representatives, in substance and form reasonably acceptable to the Representatives.

 

(d)                                  The Representatives shall have received from Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, P.C., counsel for the Underwriters, such opinion or opinions, dated the Closing Date and addressed to the Representatives, with respect to the issuance and sale of the Securities, the Registration Statement, the Disclosure Package, the Prospectus (together with any supplement thereto) and other related matters as the Representatives may reasonably require, and the Company and each Selling Stockholder shall have furnished to such counsel such documents as they reasonably request for the purpose of enabling them to pass upon such matters.

 



 

(e)                                   The Company shall have furnished to the Representatives a certificate of the Company, signed by the chief executive officer and the principal financial or accounting officer of the Company, dated the Closing Date, to the effect that the signers of such certificate have carefully examined the Registration Statement, the Disclosure Package, the Prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto, as well as each electronic road show used in connection with the offering of the Securities, and this Agreement and that:

 

(i)                                      the representations and warranties of the Company in this Agreement are true and correct on and as of the Closing Date with the same effect as if made on the Closing Date and the Company has complied with all the agreements and satisfied all the conditions on its part to be performed or satisfied at or prior to the Closing Date;

 

(ii)                                   no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or any notice objecting to its use has been issued and no proceedings for that purpose have been instituted or, to the Company’s knowledge, threatened; and

 

(iii)                                since the date of the most recent financial statements included in the Disclosure Package and the Prospectus (exclusive of any supplement thereto), there has been no Material Adverse Effect, except as set forth in or contemplated in the Disclosure Package and the Prospectus (exclusive of any supplement thereto).

 

(f)                                    The Company shall have requested and required PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP to have furnished to the Representatives at the Execution Time and at the Closing Date, letters, dated respectively as of the Execution Time and as of the Closing Date, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Representatives, containing statements and information of the type customarily included in accountants’ comfort letters to underwriters with respect to the financial statements and certain financial information contained in the Disclosure Package and the Prospectus; provided, that the letter delivered on the Closing Date shall use a cut-off date no more than three business days prior to such Closing Date.

 

(g)                                   At the Execution Time and on the Closing Date or any subsequent Option Securities Closing Date, the Company shall have furnished to the Representatives a certificate, dated the respective dates of delivery thereof and addressed to the Representatives, of its chief financial officer with respect to certain financial data contained in the Disclosure Package and the Prospectus (exclusive of any amendment or supplement thereto), providing “management comfort” with respect to such information, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Representatives.

 



 

(h)                                  Subsequent to the Execution Time or, if earlier, the dates as of which information is given in the Registration Statement (exclusive of any amendment thereof) and the Prospectus (exclusive of any supplement thereto), there shall not have been (i) any change or decrease specified in the letter or letters referred to in paragraph (f) of this Section 6 or (ii) any Material Adverse Effect, except as set forth in or contemplated in the Disclosure Package and the Prospectus (exclusive of any amendment or supplement thereto), the effect of which, in any case referred to in clause (i) or (ii) above, is, in the sole judgment of the Representatives, so material and adverse as to make it impractical or inadvisable to proceed with the offering or delivery of the Securities as contemplated by the Registration Statement (exclusive of any amendment thereto), the Disclosure Package and the Prospectus (exclusive of any amendment or supplement thereto).

 

(i)                                      Subsequent to the Execution Time and prior to the Closing Date, there shall not have occurred any downgrading, nor shall any notice have been given of any intended or potential downgrading or of any review for a possible change that does not indicate the direction of the possible change, in the rating accorded any of the securities of the Company or any of its subsidiaries by any “nationally recognized statistical rating organization,” as such term is defined in Section 3(a)(62) of the Securities Exchange Act.

 

(j)                                     The Securities shall have been listed and admitted and authorized for trading on the Stock Exchange, and satisfactory evidence of such actions shall have been provided to the Representatives.

 

(k)                                  The lock-up agreements, each substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto, between you and certain stockholders, officers and directors of the Company relating to sales and certain other dispositions of securities of the Company, delivered to you on or before the Execution Time, shall be full force and effect at the Execution Time.

 

(l)                                      Prior to the Closing Date, the Company and the Selling Stockholders shall have furnished to the Representatives such further information, certificates and documents as the Representatives may reasonably request.

 

If any of the conditions specified in this Section 6 shall not have been fulfilled when and as provided in this Agreement, or if any of the opinions and certificates mentioned above or elsewhere in this Agreement shall not be reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Representatives and counsel for the Underwriters, this Agreement and all obligations of the Underwriters hereunder may be canceled at, or at any time prior to, the Closing Date by the Representatives.  Notice of such cancellation shall be given to the Company and each Selling Stockholder in writing, or by telephone or facsimile confirmed in writing.

 



 

The documents required to be delivered by this Section 6 shall be delivered to Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, P.C., counsel for the Underwriters on the Closing Date.

 

7.                                       Reimbursement of Underwriters’ Expenses .  If the sale of the Securities provided for herein is not consummated because any condition to the obligations of the Underwriters set forth in Section 6 hereof is not satisfied, because of any termination pursuant to Section 10 hereof or because of any refusal, inability or failure on the part of the Company or any Selling Stockholders to perform any agreement herein or comply with any provision hereof other than by reason of a default by any of the Underwriters, the Company will reimburse the Underwriters severally through Citigroup Global Markets Inc. on demand for all reasonable and documented expenses (including reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel) that shall have been incurred by them in connection with the proposed purchase and sale of the Securities. If the Company is required to make any payments to the Underwriters under this Section 7 because of any Selling Stockholder’s refusal, inability or failure to satisfy any condition to the obligations of the Underwriters set forth in Section 6, the Selling Stockholders pro rata in proportion to the percentage of Securities to be sold by each shall reimburse the Company on demand for all amounts so paid.

 

8.                                       Indemnification and Contribution .

 

(a)                                  The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each Underwriter, the directors, officers, employees, controlled affiliates and agents of each Underwriter and each person who controls any Underwriter within the meaning of either the Act or the Exchange Act against any and all losses, claims, damages or liabilities, joint or several, to which they or any of them may become subject under the Act, the Exchange Act or other Federal or state statutory law or regulation, at common law or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the registration statement for the registration of the Securities as originally filed or in any amendment thereof, or in any Preliminary Prospectus, or the Prospectus, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, or any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication or in any amendment thereof or supplement thereto, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and agrees to reimburse each such indemnified party, as incurred, for any legal or other out-of-pocket expenses reasonably incurred by them in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action; provided , however , that the Company will not be liable in any such case to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage or liability arises out of or is based upon any such untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made therein in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by or on behalf of any Underwriter through the Representatives specifically for inclusion therein.  This indemnity agreement will be in addition to any liability which the Company may otherwise have.

 



 

(b)                                  Each Selling Stockholder severally agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Company, each of its directors, each of its officers who signs the Registration Statement, each Underwriter, the directors, officers, employees, affiliates and agents of each Underwriter and each person who controls the Company or any Underwriter within the meaning of either the Act or the Exchange Act and each other Selling Stockholder, if any, to the same extent as the foregoing indemnity from the Company to each Underwriter, provided that each Selling Stockholder shall be liable only to the extent that such untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission has been made in the registration statement for the registration of the Securities as originally filed or in any amendment thereof, or in any Preliminary Prospectus, or the Prospectus, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, or any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication or in any amendment thereof or supplement thereto, in reliance upon and in conformity with the Selling Stockholder Information; provided, further, that the aggregate liability under this paragraph (b) and the contribution provisions of paragraph (e) below of each Selling Stockholder shall be limited to an amount equal to the initial public offering price of the Securities sold by such Selling Stockholder to the Underwriters (after deducting underwriting commissions and discounts, but before expenses) (the “ Selling Stockholder Proceeds ”). This indemnity agreement will be in addition to any liability which any Selling Stockholder may otherwise have.

 

(c)                                   The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless Citigroup Global Markets Inc., the directors, officers, employees, controlled affiliates and agents of Citigroup Global Markets Inc. and each person, who controls Citigroup Global Markets Inc. within the meaning of either the Act or the Exchange Act (“ Citigroup Entities ”), against any and all losses, claims, damages or liabilities to which they may become subject under the Act, the Exchange Act or other Federal or state statutory law or regulation, at common law or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) (i) arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the prospectus wrapper material prepared by or with the consent of the Company for distribution in foreign jurisdictions in connection with the Directed Share Program attached to the Prospectus, any preliminary prospectus or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statement therein, when considered in conjunction with the Prospectus or any applicable preliminary prospectus, not misleading; (ii) caused by the failure of any Participant to pay for and accept delivery of the securities which immediately following the Effective Date of the Registration Statement, were subject to a properly confirmed agreement to purchase; or (iii) related to, arising out of, or in connection with the Directed Share Program, except that this clause (iii) shall not apply to the extent that such loss, claim, damage or liability is finally judicially determined to have resulted primarily from the bad faith, gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Citigroup Entities.

 



 

(d)                                  Each Underwriter severally and not jointly agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Company, each of its directors, each of its officers who signs the Registration Statement, and each person who controls the Company within the meaning of either the Act or the Exchange Act and each Selling Stockholder, to the same extent as the foregoing indemnity from the Company to each Underwriter, but only with reference to written information relating to such Underwriter furnished to the Company by or on behalf of such Underwriter through the Representatives specifically for inclusion in the documents referred to in the foregoing indemnity.  This indemnity agreement will be in addition to any liability which any Underwriter may otherwise have.  The Company and each Selling Stockholder acknowledges that the statements set forth (i) in the last paragraph of the cover page regarding delivery of the Securities and, under the heading “Underwriting” or “Plan of Distribution”, (ii) the list of Underwriters and their respective participation in the sale of the Securities, (iii) the sentences related to concessions and reallowances and (iv) the paragraph related to stabilization, syndicate covering transactions and penalty bids in the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus constitute the only information furnished in writing by or on behalf of the several Underwriters for inclusion in the Preliminary Prospectus, the Prospectus or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus.

 

(e)                                   Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under this Section 8 of notice of the commencement of any action, such indemnified party will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against the indemnifying party under this Section 8, notify the indemnifying party in writing of the commencement thereof; but the failure so to notify the indemnifying party (i) will not relieve it from liability under paragraph (a), (b) (c) or (d) above unless and to the extent it did not otherwise learn of such action and such failure results in the forfeiture by the indemnifying party of substantial rights and defenses and (ii) will not, in any event, relieve the indemnifying party from any obligations to any indemnified party other than the indemnification obligation provided in paragraph (a), (b) (c) or (d) above.  The indemnifying party shall be entitled to appoint counsel of the indemnifying party’s choice at the indemnifying party’s expense to represent the indemnified party in any action for which indemnification is sought (in which case the indemnifying party shall not thereafter be responsible for the reasonable and documented fees and expenses of any separate counsel retained by the indemnified party or parties except as set forth below); provided , however , that such counsel shall be reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party.  Notwithstanding the indemnifying party’s election to appoint counsel to represent the indemnified party in an action, the indemnified party shall have the right to employ separate counsel (including local counsel), and the indemnifying party shall bear the reasonable and documented fees, costs and expenses of such separate counsel if (i) the use of counsel chosen by the indemnifying party to represent the indemnified party would present such counsel with a conflict of interest, (ii) the actual or potential defendants in, or targets of, any such action include both the indemnified party and the indemnifying party and the indemnified party shall have reasonably concluded that there may be legal defenses available to it and/or other indemnified parties which are different from

 



 

or additional to those available to the indemnifying party, (iii) the indemnifying party shall not have employed counsel reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party to represent the indemnified party within a reasonable time after notice of the institution of such action or (iv) the indemnifying party shall authorize the indemnified party to employ separate counsel at the expense of the indemnifying party.  An indemnifying party will not, without the prior written consent of the indemnified parties, settle or compromise or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to any pending or threatened claim, action, suit or proceeding in respect of which indemnification or contribution may be sought hereunder (whether or not the indemnified parties are actual or potential parties to such claim or action) unless such settlement, compromise or consent includes an unconditional release of each indemnified party from all liability arising out of such claim, action, suit or proceeding. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, if indemnity may be sought pursuant to Section 8(c) hereof in respect of such action or proceeding, then in addition to such separate firm for the indemnified parties, the indemnifying party shall be liable for the reasonable fees and expenses of not more than one separate firm (in addition to any local counsel) for Citigroup Global Markets Inc., the directors, officers, employees and agents of Citigroup Global Markets Inc., and all persons, if any, who control Citigroup Global Markets Inc. within the meaning of either the Act or the Exchange Act for the defense of any losses, claims, damages and liabilities arising out of the Directed Share Program.

 

(f)                                    In the event that the indemnity provided in paragraph (a), (b) (c) or (d) of this Section 8 is unavailable to or insufficient to hold harmless (as contemplated by, and in compliance with, such paragraphs) an indemnified party for any reason, the Company, the Selling Stockholders and the Underwriters agree to contribute to the aggregate losses, claims, damages and liabilities (including legal or other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with investigating or defending the same) (collectively “ Losses ”) to which the Company, one or more of the Selling Stockholders and one or more of the Underwriters may be subject in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Company, by the Selling Stockholders and by the Underwriters from the offering of the Securities. If the allocation provided by the immediately preceding sentence is unavailable for any reason, the Company, the Selling Stockholders and the Underwriters shall contribute in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only such relative benefits but also the relative fault of the Company, of the Selling Stockholders and of the Underwriters in connection with the statements or omissions which resulted in such Losses as well as any other relevant equitable considerations.  Benefits received by the Company and by the Selling Stockholders shall be deemed to be equal to the total net proceeds from the offering (before deducting expenses) received by each of them, and benefits received by the Underwriters shall be deemed to be equal to the total underwriting discounts and commissions, in each case as set forth on the cover page of the Prospectus. Relative fault shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether any untrue or any alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information

 



 

provided by the Company, the Selling Stockholders on the one hand or the Underwriters on the other, the intent of the parties and their relative knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such untrue statement or omission.  The Company, the Selling Stockholders and the Underwriters agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution were determined by pro rata allocation or any other method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to above.  Notwithstanding the provisions of this paragraph (f), (i) in no event shall any Underwriter be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the total underwriting discounts and commissions received by such Underwriter with respect to the offering of the Securities exceeds the amount of any damages that such Underwriter has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission, and (ii) the aggregate liability of each Selling Stockholder under the contribution provisions contained in this paragraph (f) and the indemnification provisions contained in paragraph (b) above shall be limited to an amount equal to the Selling Stockholder Proceeds. No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.  For purposes of this Section 8, each person who controls an Underwriter within the meaning of either the Act or the Exchange Act and each director, officer, employee, controlled affiliate and agent of an Underwriter shall have the same rights to contribution as such Underwriter, and each person who controls the Company within the meaning of either the Act or the Exchange Act, each officer of the Company who shall have signed the Registration Statement and each director of the Company shall have the same rights to contribution as the Company, subject in each case to the applicable terms and conditions of this paragraph (f).

 

(g)                                   The liability of each Selling Stockholder under such Selling Stockholder’s representations and warranties contained in Section 1 hereof, under the indemnity and contribution agreements contained in this Section 8 or otherwise pursuant to this Agreement shall be limited to an amount equal to the Selling Stockholder Proceeds.  The Company and the Selling Stockholders may agree, as among themselves and without limiting the rights of the Underwriters under this Agreement, as to the respective amounts of such liability for which they each shall be responsible.

 

9.                                       Default by an Underwriter .  If any one or more Underwriters shall fail to purchase and pay for any of the Securities agreed to be purchased by such Underwriter or Underwriters hereunder and such failure to purchase shall constitute a default in the performance of its or their obligations under this Agreement, the remaining Underwriters shall be obligated severally to take up and pay for (in the respective proportions which the amount of Securities set forth opposite their names in Schedule I hereto bears to the aggregate amount of Securities set forth opposite the names of all the remaining Underwriters) the Securities which the defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters agreed but failed to purchase; provided , however , that in the event that the aggregate amount of Securities which the defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters agreed but failed

 



 

to purchase shall exceed 10% of the aggregate amount of Securities set forth in Schedule I hereto, the remaining Underwriters shall have the right to purchase all, but shall not be under any obligation to purchase any, of the Securities, and if such nondefaulting Underwriters do not purchase all the Securities, this Agreement will terminate without liability to any nondefaulting Underwriter, the Selling Stockholders or the Company.  In the event of a default by any Underwriter as set forth in this Section 9, the Closing Date shall be postponed for such period, not exceeding five Business Days, as the Representatives shall determine in order that the required changes in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus or in any other documents or arrangements may be effected.  Nothing contained in this Agreement shall relieve any defaulting Underwriter of its liability, if any, to the Company, the Selling Stockholders and any nondefaulting Underwriter for damages occasioned by its default hereunder.

 

10.                                Termination .  This Agreement shall be subject to termination in the absolute discretion of the Representatives, by notice given to the Company prior to delivery of and payment for the Securities, if at any time prior to such delivery and payment (i) trading in the Company’s Common Stock shall have been suspended by the Commission, the Stock Exchange or trading in securities generally on the NASDAQ shall have been suspended or limited or minimum prices shall have been established on either of such exchanges, (ii) a banking moratorium shall have been declared either by Federal or New York State authorities, (iii) there shall have occurred a material disruption in commercial banking or securities settlement or clearance services or (iv) there shall have occurred any outbreak or escalation of hostilities, declaration by the United States of a national emergency or war, or other calamity or crisis the effect of which on financial markets is such as to make it, in the sole judgment of the Representatives, impractical or inadvisable to proceed with the offering or delivery of the Securities as contemplated by the Preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus (exclusive of any amendment or supplement thereto).

 

11.                                Representations and Indemnities to Survive . The respective agreements, representations, warranties, indemnities and other statements of the Company or its officers, of each Selling Stockholder and of the Underwriters set forth in or made pursuant to this Agreement will remain in full force and effect, regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of any Underwriter, any Selling Stockholder or the Company or any of the officers, directors, employees, agents, controlled affiliates or controlling persons referred to in Section 8 hereof, and will survive delivery of and payment for the Securities.  The provisions of Sections 7 and 8 hereof shall survive the termination or cancellation of this Agreement.

 

12.                                Notices .  All communications hereunder will be in writing and effective only on receipt, and, if sent to the Representatives, will be mailed, delivered or telefaxed to (a) the Citigroup Global Markets Inc. 388 Greenwich Street, New York, New York 10013, Attention: General Counsel, Fax: (646) 291-1469, (b) RBC Capital Markets, LLC, 200 Vesey Street, New York, NY 10281, Attention: Michael Goldberg, Syndicate Director, Fax: (212) 428-6260 and (c) Jefferies LLC, 520 Madison Avenue, 10th Floor, New York, N.Y. 10022, Attention: General Counsel; or, if sent to the Company, will be mailed or delivered to it at 42 N. Chestnut Street, Ventura, CA 93001, attention of the Chief Financial Officer; or if sent to any Selling Stockholder, will be mailed, delivered or telefaxed and confirmed to it at the address set forth in Schedule II hereto.

 


 

13.                                Successors .  This Agreement will inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective successors and the officers, directors, employees, agents and controlling persons referred to in Section 8 hereof, and no other person will have any right or obligation hereunder.

 

14.                                No fiduciary duty . The Company and the Selling Stockholders hereby acknowledge that (a) the purchase and sale of the Securities pursuant to this Agreement is an arm’s-length commercial transaction between the Company and the Selling Stockholders, on the one hand, and the Underwriters and any affiliate through which it may be acting, on the other, (b) the Underwriters are acting as principal and not as an agent or fiduciary of the Company or the Selling Stockholders and (c) the Company’s engagement of the Underwriters in connection with the offering and the process leading up to the offering is as independent contractors and not in any other capacity. Furthermore, the Company and the Selling Stockholders agree that they are solely responsible for making their own judgment in connection with the offering (irrespective of whether any of the Underwriters has advised or is currently advising the Company or any Selling Stockholder on related or other matters).  The Company and the Selling Stockholders agree that they will not claim that the Underwriters have rendered advisory services of any nature or respect, or owe an agency, fiduciary or similar duty to the Company or any of the Selling Stockholders, in connection with such transaction or the process leading thereto.

 

15.                                Integration . This Agreement supersedes all prior agreements and understandings (whether written or oral) between the Company, the Selling Stockholders and the Underwriters, or any of them, with respect to the subject matter hereof.

 

16.                                Applicable Law .  This Agreement will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York applicable to contracts made and to be performed within the State of New York.

 

17.                                Waiver of Jury Trial . The Company, the Selling Stockholders and the Underwriters hereby irrevocably waive, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any and all right to trial by jury in any legal proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

18.                                Counterparts .  This Agreement may be signed in one or more counterparts (including in electronic format), each of which shall constitute an original and all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

 

19.                                Headings .  The section headings used herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.

 

20.                                Definitions .  The terms that follow, when used in this Agreement, shall have the meanings indicated.

 



 

Act ” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder.

 

Business Day ” shall mean any day other than a Saturday, a Sunday or a legal holiday or a day on which banking institutions or trust companies are authorized or obligated by law to close in New York City.

 

Commission ” shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

Disclosure Package ” shall mean (i) the Preliminary Prospectus that is generally distributed to investors and used to offer the Securities, (ii) the Issuer Free Writing Prospectuses, if any, identified in Schedule III hereto, and (iii) any other Free Writing Prospectus that the parties hereto shall hereafter expressly agree in writing to treat as part of the Disclosure Package.

 

Effective Date ” shall mean each date and time that the Registration Statement, any post-effective amendment or amendments thereto and any Rule 462(b) Registration Statement became or becomes effective.

 

Exchange Act ” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder.

 

Execution Time ” shall mean the date and time that this Agreement is executed and delivered by the parties hereto.

 

Free Writing Prospectus ” shall mean a free writing prospectus, as defined in Rule 405.

 

Issuer Free Writing Prospectus ” shall mean an issuer free writing prospectus, as defined in Rule 433.

 

Material Adverse Effect ” shall mean a circumstance that would reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the condition (financial or otherwise), prospects, earnings, business or properties of the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, whether or not arising from transactions in the ordinary course of business.

 

Preliminary Prospectus ” shall mean any preliminary prospectus referred to in paragraph 1(i)(a) above and any preliminary prospectus included in the Registration Statement at the Effective Date that omits Rule 430A Information.

 

Prospectus ” shall mean the prospectus relating to the Securities that is first filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) after the Execution Time.

 

Registration Statement ” shall mean the registration statement referred to in paragraph 1(i)(a) above, including exhibits and financial statements and any prospectus supplement relating to the Securities that is filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) and deemed part of such registration statement pursuant to Rule

 



 

430A, as amended at the Execution Time and, in the event any post-effective amendment thereto or any Rule 462(b) Registration Statement becomes effective prior to the Closing Date, shall also mean such registration statement as so amended or such Rule 462(b) Registration Statement, as the case may be.

 

Rule 158 ”, “ Rule 163 ”, “ Rule 164 ”, “ Rule 172 ”, “ Rule 405 ”, “ Rule 415 ”, “ Rule 424 ”, “ Rule 430A ” and “ Rule 433 ” refer to such rules under the Act.

 

Rule 430A Information ” shall mean information with respect to the Securities and the offering thereof permitted to be omitted from the Registration Statement when it becomes effective pursuant to Rule 430A.

 

Rule 462(b) Registration Statement ” shall mean a registration statement and any amendments thereto filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) relating to the offering covered by the registration statement referred to in Section 1(a) hereof.

 

Stock Exchange ” shall mean NASDAQ.

 



 

If the foregoing is in accordance with your understanding of our agreement, please sign and return to us the enclosed duplicate hereof, whereupon this letter and your acceptance shall represent a binding agreement among the Company, the Selling Stockholders and the several Underwriters.

 

 

Very truly yours,

 

 

 

The Trade Desk, Inc.

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

[Selling Stockholder]

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title: As Attorney-in-Fact acting on behalf of the Selling Stockholders named in Schedule II hereto

 

 

 

 

 

[Selling Stockholder]

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

[ Signature Page to Underwriting Agreement ]

 



 

The foregoing Agreement is hereby confirmed and accepted as of the date first above written.

 

 

 

Citigroup Global Markets Inc.

 

Jefferies LLC

 

RBC Capital Markets, LLC

 

 

 

By:  Citigroup Global Markets Inc.

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

By:  Jefferies LLC

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

By:  RBC Capital Markets, LLC

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

[ Signature Page to Underwriting Agreement ]

 



 

SCHEDULE I

 

Underwriters

 

Number of Underwritten
Securities to be Purchased

 

 

 

Citigroup Global Markets Inc.

 

 

Jefferies LLC

 

 

RBC Capital Markets, LLC

 

 

Needham & Company, LLC

 

 

Raymond James & Associates, Inc.

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

 

 



 

SCHEDULE II

 

Selling Stockholders:

 

Number of Underwritten
Securities to be Sold

 

Maximum Number of
Option Securities
to be Sold

 

 

 

 

 

[name]
[address, fax no.]

 

 

 

 

[name]
[address, fax no.]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 



 

SCHEDULE III

 

Schedule of Free Writing Prospectuses included in the Disclosure Package

 

[list all FWPs included in the Disclosure Package]

 


 

[Form of Lock-Up Agreement]

EXHIBIT A

 

The Trade Desk, Inc.
Public Offering of Common Stock

 

, 2016

 

Citigroup Global Markets Inc.
Jefferies LLC
RBC Capital Markets, LLC
As Representatives of the several Underwriters,

 

c/o Citigroup Global Markets Inc.
388 Greenwich Street
New York, New York 10013

 

c/o Jefferies LLC
520 Madison Avenue, 10th Floor
New York, NY 10022

 

c/o RBC Capital Markets, LLC
200 Vesey Street
New York, NY 10281-8098

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

This letter (this “ Letter Agreement ”) is being delivered to you in connection with the proposed Underwriting Agreement (the “ Underwriting Agreement ”), between The Trade Desk, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and each of Citigroup Global Markets Inc. (“ Citi ”), Jefferies LLC and RBC Capital Markets, LLC, as representatives of a group of Underwriters named therein, relating to an underwritten public offering (the “ Offering ”) of the Company’s Class A Common Stock, $0.000001 par value (together with the Company’s Class B Common Stock, $[ · ] par value, the “ Common Stock ”), of the Company.

 

In order to induce you and the other Underwriters to enter into the Underwriting Agreement, the undersigned will not, without the prior written consent of Citi, offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge or otherwise dispose of (or enter into any transaction which is designed to, or might reasonably be expected to, result in the disposition (whether by actual disposition or effective economic disposition due to cash settlement or otherwise) by the undersigned or any controlled affiliate of the undersigned), directly or indirectly, including the filing (or participation in the filing) of a registration statement (other than in connection with the Offering) with the Securities and Exchange Commission in respect of, or establish or increase a put equivalent position or liquidate or decrease a call equivalent position within the meaning of Section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act ”), and the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission promulgated thereunder with

 



 

respect to, any shares of capital stock of the Company or any securities convertible into, or exercisable or exchangeable for such capital stock, or publicly announce an intention to effect any such transaction, for a period from the date of the first confidential submission of the registration statement in connection with the Offering with the Securities and Exchange Commission until 180 days after the date of the Underwriting Agreement (such period, the “ Restricted Period ”), other than:

 

(A)                                any securities to be sold by the undersigned pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement,

 

(B)                                transfers or dispositions of shares of Common Stock:

 

(i)                                      as a bona fide gift or gifts;

 

(ii)                                   to any trust for the direct or indirect benefit of the undersigned or the immediate family of the undersigned;

 

(iii)                                to any corporation, partnership, limited liability company, investment fund or other entity controlled or managed, or under common control or management by the undersigned or the immediate family of the undersigned;

 

(iv)                               by will, other testamentary document or intestate succession to the legal representative, heir, beneficiary or a member of the immediate family of the undersigned; or

 

(v)                                  as distributions to partners, members or stockholders of the undersigned;

 

provided that in the case of any transfer, disposition or distribution pursuant to this clause (B), each transferee, donee or distributee shall execute and deliver to Citi a lock-up letter in the form of this Letter Agreement and provided further that no filing under the Exchange Act or other public announcement shall be required or voluntarily made in connection therewith during the Restricted Period (other than a filing on a Form 5),

 

(C)                                the establishment of a trading plan pursuant to Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act for the transfer of shares of Common Stock, provided that such plan does not provide for the transfer of Common Stock during the Restricted Period and provided further that no filing under the Exchange Act or other public announcement shall be required or voluntarily made in connection therewith during the Restricted Period,

 

3



 

(D)                                the exercise of options to purchase shares of Common Stock granted under any stock incentive plan or stock purchase plan of the Company, provided that the underlying shares shall continue to be subject to the restrictions on transfer set forth in this Letter Agreement and provided further that no filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act shall be required or voluntarily made in connection therewith during the Restricted Period (other than a filing on a Form 5),

 

(E)                                 the exercise (whether for cash, cashless, or net exercise) of warrants to purchase shares of Common Stock (or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock), provided that the underlying shares shall continue to be subject to the restrictions on transfer set forth in this Letter Agreement and provided further that no filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act shall be required or voluntarily made in connection therewith during the Restricted Period (other than a filing on a Form 5),

 

(F)                                  the transfer of shares of Common Stock (or any security convertible into Common Stock) to the Company or sold in connection with a vesting event of the Company’s securities or upon the exercise of options to purchase the Company’s securities, on a “cashless” or “net exercise” basis or to cover tax withholding obligations of the undersigned in connection with such vesting or exercise provided that no filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act shall be required or voluntarily made in connection therewith during the Restricted Period (other than a filing on a Form 5),

 

(G)                                the transfer or disposition of the undersigned’s shares of Common Stock (or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock) that occurs by operation of law, including pursuant to a qualified domestic order or in connection with a divorce settlement or decree, provided that each transferee shall execute and deliver to Citi a lock-up letter in the form of this Letter Agreement,

 

(H)                               the transfer of shares of Common Stock (or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock) pursuant to a bona fide third party tender offer, merger, consolidation or other similar transaction made to all holders of the Common Stock involving a change of control of the Company provided that the transaction has been approved by the Company’s board of directors; provided further that in the event that the tender offer, merger, consolidation or other such transaction is not completed, the Common Stock owned by the undersigned shall remain subject to the restrictions contained in this Letter Agreement, or

 

(I)                                    the transfer or disposal of shares of Common Stock acquired on the open market following the Offering (including shares purchased in the Offering) provided that no filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act shall be required or voluntarily made in connection therewith during the Restricted Period (other than a filing on a Form 5).

 

4



 

For purposes of this Letter Agreement, “ immediate family ” shall mean any relationship by blood, marriage or adoption, not more remote than first cousin, and “ change of control ” shall mean the consummation of any bona fide third party tender offer, merger, consolidation or other similar transaction the result of which is that any “person” (as defined in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act), or group of persons, other than the Company, becomes the beneficial owner (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 of the Exchange Act) of 50% of total voting power of the voting stock of the Company.

 

If the undersigned is an officer or director of the Company, the undersigned further agrees that the foregoing restrictions shall be equally applicable to any issuer-directed shares of Common Stock the undersigned may purchase in the Offering.

 

If the undersigned is an officer or director of the Company, (i) Citi agrees that, at least three business days before the effective date of any release or waiver of the foregoing restrictions in connection with a transfer of shares of Common Stock, Citi will notify the Company of the impending release or waiver, and (ii) the Company has agreed in the Underwriting Agreement to announce the impending release or waiver by press release through a major news service at least two business days before the effective date of the release or waiver.  Any release or waiver granted by Citi hereunder to any such officer or director shall only be effective two business days after the publication date of such press release.  The provisions of this paragraph will not apply if (a) the release or waiver is effected solely to permit a transfer not for consideration and (b) the transferee has executed and delivered to Citi a lock-up letter in the form of this Letter Agreement to the extent and for the duration that such terms remain in effect at the time of the transfer.

 

In furtherance of the foregoing, the Company, and any duly appointed transfer agent for the registration or transfer of the securities described herein, are hereby authorized to decline to make any transfer of securities if such transfer would constitute a violation or breach of this Letter Agreement.

 

The undersigned understands that, if (i) Citi, on the one hand, or the Company, on the other hand, informs the other, prior to the execution of the Underwriting Agreement, that it has determined not to proceed with the Offering; (ii) the Underwriting Agreement does not become effective by December 31, 2016, (iii) the Underwriting Agreement (other than the provisions thereof which survive termination) shall terminate or be terminated prior to payment for and delivery of the Common Stock to be sold thereunder or (iv) the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission in connection with the Offering is withdrawn, the undersigned shall be released from all obligations under this Letter Agreement.

 

[ Signature Page Follows ]

 

5



 

 

Yours very truly,

 

 

 

[ NAME OF STOCKHOLDER ]

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 



 

[Form of Press Release]

EXHIBIT B

 

The Trade Desk, Inc.
[Date]

 

The Trade Desk, Inc. (the “ Company ”) announced today that Citigroup Global Markets Inc., the lead book-running manager in the Company’s recent public sale of [     ] shares of Class A common stock, is [waiving] [releasing] a lock-up restriction with respect to [     ] shares of the Company’s common stock held by [certain officers or directors] [an officer or director] of the Company.  The [waiver] [release] will take effect on      ,          20    , and the shares may be sold on or after such date.

 

This press release is not an offer for sale of the securities in the United States or in any other jurisdiction where such offer is prohibited, and such securities may not be offered or sold in the United States absent registration or an exemption from registration under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 



 

[Form of Waiver of Lock-up]

EXHIBIT C

 

The Trade Desk, Inc.
Public Offering of Common Stock

 

, 20  

 

[Name and Address of
Officer or Director
Requesting Waiver]

 

Dear Mr./Ms. [Name]:

 

This letter is being delivered to you in connection with the offering by The Trade Desk, Inc. (the “ Company ”) of [  ] shares of Class A common stock, $0.000001 par value (the “ Common Stock ”), of the Company and the lock-up letter dated    , 2016 (the “ Lock-up Letter ”), executed by you in connection with such offering, and your request for a [waiver] [release] dated   , 20   , with respect to         shares of Common Stock (the “ Shares ”).

 

Citigroup Global Markets Inc. hereby agrees to [waive] [release] the transfer restrictions set forth in the Lock-up Letter, but only with respect to the Shares, effective    , 20   ; provided , however , that such [waiver] [release] is conditioned on the Company announcing the impending [waiver] [release] by press release through a major news service at least two business days before effectiveness of such [waiver] [release].  This letter will serve as notice to the Company of the impending [waiver] [release].

 

Except as expressly [waived] [released] hereby, the Lock-up Letter shall remain in full force and effect.

 

 

Yours very truly,

 

 

cc:  Company

 




Exhibit 3.1

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED

 

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

 

OF

 

THE TRADE DESK, INC.

 

The Trade Desk, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware, hereby certifies as follows:

 

A.            The name of the corporation is The Trade Desk, Inc.  The corporation’s original Certificate of Incorporation was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on November 12, 2009.

 

B.            This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, which restates, integrates and also further amends the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, as amended and restated from time to time prior to the date hereof, was duly authorized and adopted by the Corporation’s Board of Directors and stockholders in accordance with the provisions of Sections 242 and 245 of the Delaware General Corporation Law.

 

C.            The Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation, as amended and restated from time to time prior to the date hereof, is hereby amended, integrated and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

 

FIRST:  The name of the corporation is The Trade Desk, Inc. (the “ Corporation ”).

 

SECOND:  The address of the registered office of the Corporation in the State of Delaware is 160 Greentree Drive, Suite 101, in the City of Dover, DE 19904, County of Kent, and the name of its registered agent at such address National Registered Agents, Inc.

 

THIRD:  The nature of the business or purposes to be conducted or promoted is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “ General Corporation Law ”).

 

FOURTH:  Authorized Shares . The total number of shares of all classes of capital stock that the Corporation is authorized to issue is 1,175,021,127 shares.  The Corporation is authorized to issue Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock and Preferred Stock.  The Corporation shall have authority to issue 1,000,000,000 shares of Class A Common Stock, par value $0.000001 per share (the “ Class A Common Stock ”), 95,000,000 shares of Class B Common Stock, par value $0.000001 per share (the “ Class B Common Stock ” and, together with the Class A Common Stock, the “ Common Stock ”) and 80,021,127 shares of Preferred Stock, par value $0.000001 per share (the “ Preferred Stock ”).  23,450,000  shares of the Preferred Stock are designated Seed Preferred Stock (the “ Seed Preferred Stock ”), 15,291,840 shares of the Preferred Stock are designated Series A-1 Preferred Stock (the “ Series A-1 Preferred Stock ”); 6,986,650 shares of the Preferred Stock are designated “ Series A-2 Preferred Stock”); 14,421,020 shares of the Preferred Stock are designated Series A-3 Preferred Stock (the “ Series A-3 Preferred Stock ” and together with the Series A-1 Preferred Stock and Series A-2 Preferred Stock, the “ Series A Preferred Stock ”); 8,371,030 shares of the Preferred Stock are designated Series B Preferred Stock (the “ Series B Preferred Stock ”) and 11,500,587 shares of the Preferred Stock are designated Series C Preferred Stock (the “ Series C Preferred Stock ”).  The rights, preferences and privileges of the Preferred Stock and Common Stock are as set forth in this Article Fourth .

 



 

Reverse Stock Split . Immediately upon the filing and effectiveness of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (the “ Certificate of Incorporation ”) with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware (the “ Effective Time ”):

 

(i)            Each three (3) shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding shall, automatically and without any action on the part of the respective holders thereof, be reclassified, combined and converted into one (1) validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable share of Class B Common Stock (the “ Reverse Stock Split ”).

 

(ii)           Each stock certificate representing shares of Common Stock immediately prior to the Effective Time shall, from and after the Effective Time, represent that number of shares of Class B Common Stock into which such shares shall have been reclassified, combined or converted pursuant to the Reverse Stock Split; provided, however, that each holder of any stock certificate(s) that represented shares of Common Stock immediately prior to the Effective Time shall be entitled to receive, upon surrender of such certificate(s), one or more certificates (or book entry share(s)) evidencing and representing the number of shares of Class B Common Stock into which the shares represented by such certificate(s) shall have been reclassified pursuant to the Reverse Stock Split.

 

(iii)          No fractional shares shall be issued for shares of Common Stock pursuant to the Reverse Stock Split.  If the Reverse Stock Split would result in the issuance of any fractional share of Class B Common Stock, the Corporation shall, in lieu of issuing any such fractional share, pay cash in an amount equal to the fair value of such fractional share (as determined in good faith by the Board (as defined below)).  All share, per share and dollar references in this Certificate of Incorporation shall be adjusted for the Reverse Stock Split only as explicitly provided herein.

 

A.                                     PREFERRED STOCK

 

Unless otherwise indicated, references to “Sections” or “Subsections” in Part A of this Article Fourth refer to sections and subsections of Part A of this Article Fourth .  In addition, the following definitions shall apply:

 

Additional Shares of Common Stock ” is defined in Section 4.4.1 .

 

Aggregate Junior Preferred Stock Liquidation Amount ” is defined in Section 2.2.4 .

 

Board of Directors ” shall mean the Corporation’s Board of Directors.

 

Conversion Price ” is defined in Section 4.1.1 .

 

Convertible Securities ” shall mean any evidences of indebtedness, shares or other securities directly or indirectly convertible or exercisable into, or exchangeable for, Common Stock other than Options.

 

Exempted Securities ” is defined in Section 4.4.1 .

 

Filing Date ” means the date that this Certificate of Incorporation is filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware.

 

Junior Preferred Stock ” means the Seed Preferred Stock and Series A Preferred Stock.

 

Liquidation Transaction” is defined in Section 2.4.1 .

 



 

Original Issue Price ” shall mean (i) for the Seed Preferred Stock, $0.10 per share, (ii) for the Series A-1 Preferred Stock, $0.126084 per share; (iii) for the Series A-2 Preferred Stock, $0.146976 per share; (iv) for the Series A-3 Preferred Stock, $0.183720 per share, (v) for the Series B Preferred Stock, $2.431 per share, and (vi) for the Series C Preferred Stock, $5.217125 per share, subject in each case to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to the applicable series of Preferred Stock.

 

Options ” shall mean rights, options or warrants to subscribe for, purchase or otherwise acquire Common Stock or Convertible Securities.

 

Preferred Directors ” is defined in Section 3.2 .

 

Qualified Public Offering ” means the first closing of a sale of shares of the Corporation’s Class A Common Stock to the public, in a firm-commitment underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, resulting in at least $50,000,000 of aggregate net proceeds to the Corporation and/or selling stockholders.

 

Requisite Holders ” means the holders of at least 50% of the then outstanding Preferred Stock, voting together as a class.

 

Seed Preferred Liquidation Amount ” is defined in Section 2.2.1 .

 

Series A-1 Preferred Liquidation Amount ” is defined in Section 2.2.2 .

 

Series A-2 Preferred Liquidation Amount ” is defined in Section 2.2.3 .

 

Series A-3 Preferred Liquidation Amount ” is defined in Section 2.2.4 .

 

Series B Preferred Aggregate Liquidation Amount ” is defined in Section 2.1.1 .

 

Series C Preferred Aggregate Liquidation Amount ” is defined in Section 2.1.1 .

 

Series B Preferred Director ” is defined in Section 3.2 .

 

Series C Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement ” means the Series C Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement dated on or about February 9, 2016 among the Corporation and the purchasers of the Series C Preferred Stock.

 

1.             Dividends .

 

1.1          No Dividends Unless Declared.   Dividends shall be payable only when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors and the Corporation shall be under no obligation to declare dividends.

 

1.2          Series C Preferential Dividend.   The Corporation shall not declare, pay or set aside any dividends on shares of any other class or series of capital stock of the Corporation (other than dividends on shares of Common Stock payable in shares of Common Stock) unless (in addition to the obtaining of any consents required elsewhere in the Certificate of Incorporation) the holders of the Series C Preferred Stock then outstanding shall first receive, or simultaneously receive, a dividend on each outstanding share of Series C Preferred Stock in an amount at least equal to the greater of:

 



 

(i)            $0.417 per share of Series C Preferred Stock (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to the Series C Preferred Stock) per year; or

 

(ii)           (A) in the case of a dividend on Common Stock (or any class or series that is convertible into Common Stock), that dividend per share of Series C Preferred Stock as would equal the product of (1) the dividend payable on the Common Stock (or each share of such class or series determined, if applicable, as if all shares of such class or series had been converted into Class B Common Stock) and (2) the number of shares of Class B Common Stock issuable upon conversion of a share of the Series C Preferred Stock, in each case calculated on the record date for determination of holders entitled to receive such dividend or (B) in the case of a dividend on any class or series that is not convertible into Common Stock, at a rate per share of Series C Preferred Stock determined by (1) dividing the amount of the dividend payable on each share of such class or series of capital stock by the original issuance price of such class or series of capital stock (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to such class or series) and (2) multiplying such fraction by an amount equal to the Original Issue Price for the Series C Preferred Stock; provided that, if the Corporation declares, pays or sets aside, on the same date, a dividend on shares of more than one class or series of capital stock of the Corporation, the dividend payable to the holders of Preferred Stock pursuant to this Section 1 shall be calculated based upon the dividend on the class or series of capital stock that would result in the highest Series C Preferred Stock dividend.

 

1.3          After payment of any dividend on the Series C Preferred Stock pursuant to Section 1.2, the Corporation shall not declare, pay or set aside any dividends on shares of any other class or series of capital stock of the Corporation (other than dividends on shares of Common Stock payable in shares of Common Stock) unless (in addition to the obtaining of any consents required elsewhere in the Certificate of Incorporation) the holders of the Series B Preferred Stock then outstanding shall first receive, or simultaneously receive, a dividend on each outstanding share of Series B Preferred Stock in an amount at least equal to the greater of:

 

(i)            $0.194 per share of Series B Preferred Stock (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to the Series B Preferred Stock) per year; or

 

(ii)           (A) in the case of a dividend on Common Stock (or any class or series that is convertible into Common Stock), that dividend per share of Series B Preferred Stock as would equal the product of (1) the dividend payable on the Common Stock (or each share of such class or series determined, if applicable, as if all shares of such class or series had been converted into Class B Common Stock) and (2) the number of shares of Class B Common Stock issuable upon conversion of a share of the Series B Preferred Stock, in each case calculated on the record date for determination of holders entitled to receive such dividend or (B) in the case of a dividend on any class or series that is not convertible into Common Stock, at a rate per share of Series B Preferred Stock determined by (1) dividing the amount of the dividend payable on each share of such class or series of capital stock by the original issuance price of such class or series of capital stock (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to such class or series) and (2) multiplying such fraction by an amount equal to the Original Issue Price for the Series B Preferred Stock; provided that, if the Corporation declares, pays or sets aside, on the same date, a dividend on shares of more than one class or series of capital stock of the Corporation, the dividend payable to the holders of Preferred Stock pursuant to this Section 1 shall be calculated based upon the dividend on the class or series of capital stock that would result in the highest Series B Preferred Stock dividend.

 



 

1.4          After payment of any dividends on the Series B Preferred Stock and Series C Preferred Stock pursuant to Sections 1.2 and 1.3 , the Corporation shall not declare, pay or set aside any dividends on shares of any other class or series of capital stock of the Corporation (other than dividends on shares of Common Stock payable in shares of Common Stock) unless (in addition to the obtaining of any consents required elsewhere in the Certificate of Incorporation) the holders of the Junior Preferred Stock then outstanding shall first receive, or simultaneously receive, a dividend on each outstanding share of Junior Preferred Stock in an amount at least equal to the greater of:

 

(i)            $0.008 per share of Seed Preferred Stock, $0.010087 per share of Series A-1 Preferred Stock, $0.011758 per share of Series A-2 Preferred Stock and $0.014698 per share of Series A-3 Preferred Stock (subject in each case to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to the applicable series of Junior Preferred Stock) per year; or

 

(ii)           (A) in the case of a dividend on Common Stock (or any class or series that is convertible into Common Stock), that dividend per share of Junior Preferred Stock as would equal the product of (1) the dividend payable on the Common Stock (or each share of such class or series determined, if applicable, as if all shares of such class or series had been converted into Class B Common Stock) and (2) the number of shares of Class B Common Stock issuable upon conversion of a share of the applicable series of Junior Preferred Stock, in each case calculated on the record date for determination of holders entitled to receive such dividend or (B) in the case of a dividend on any class or series that is not convertible into Common Stock, at a rate per share of Junior Preferred Stock determined by (1) dividing the amount of the dividend payable on each share of such class or series of capital stock by the original issuance price of such class or series of capital stock (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to such class or series) and (2) multiplying such fraction by an amount equal to the applicable Original Issue Price; provided that, if the Corporation declares, pays or sets aside, on the same date, a dividend on shares of more than one class or series of capital stock of the Corporation, the dividend payable to the holders of Junior Preferred Stock pursuant to this Section 1 shall be calculated based upon the dividend on the class or series of capital stock that would result in the highest Junior Preferred Stock dividend.

 

2.            Liquidation, Dissolution or Winding Up; Certain Mergers, Consolidations and Asset Sales .

 

2.1          Payments to Holders of Series B Preferred Stock and Series C Preferred Stock .

 

2.1.1       In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation (including without limitation a Liquidation Transaction), the holders of shares of Series B Preferred Stock and Series C Preferred Stock then outstanding shall be entitled to be paid out of the assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders before any payment shall be made to the holders of Junior Preferred Stock or Common Stock by reason of their ownership thereof, on a pro rata and pari passu basis as among the Series B Preferred Stock and Series C Preferred Stock, an amount per share equal to (i) for the holders of Series B Preferred Stock, the greater of (A) the Series B Preferred Stock Original Issue Price, plus any dividends declared but unpaid thereon, or (B) such amount per share as would have been payable had all shares of Series B Preferred Stock been converted into Class B Common Stock pursuant to Section 4 immediately prior to such liquidation, dissolution or winding up (the amount payable pursuant to this clause (i) is hereinafter referred to as the “ Series B Preferred Aggregate Liquidation Amount ”) and (ii) for the holders of Series C

 



 

Preferred Stock, the greater of (A) the Series C Preferred Stock Original Issue Price, plus any dividends declared but unpaid thereon, or (B) such amount per share as would have been payable had all shares of Series C Preferred Stock been converted into Class B Common Stock pursuant to Section 4 immediately prior to such liquidation, dissolution or winding up (the amount payable pursuant to this clause (ii) is hereinafter referred to as the “ Series C Preferred Aggregate Liquidation Amount ”).

 

2.1.2       If upon any such liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, the assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders shall be insufficient to pay the holders of shares of Series B Preferred Stock the Series B Preferred Aggregate Liquidation Amount and the holders of shares of Series C Preferred Stock the Series C Preferred Aggregate Liquidation Amount, the holders of shares of Series B Preferred Stock and the holders of shares of Series C Preferred Stock shall share ratably in any distribution of the assets available for distribution in proportion to the respective amounts which would otherwise be payable in respect of the shares held by them upon such distribution if all amounts payable on or with respect to such shares were paid in full.

 

2.2          Payments to Holders of Junior Preferred Stock .  In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation (including without limitation a Liquidation Transaction), after payment in full of the Series B Preferred Aggregate Liquidation Amount and Series C Preferred Aggregate Liquidation Amount, the holders of shares of Junior Preferred Stock then outstanding shall be entitled to be paid out of the assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders before any payment shall be made to the holders of Common Stock by reason of their ownership thereof, on a pro rata and pari passu basis as among the Seed Preferred Stock and each series of Series A Preferred Stock, an amount per share equal to:

 

2.2.1       For the holders of the Seed Preferred Stock, the greater of (i) the Seed Preferred Original Issue Price, plus any dividends declared but unpaid thereon, or (ii) such amount per share as would have been payable had all shares of Seed Preferred Stock been converted into Class B Common Stock pursuant to Section 4 immediately prior to such liquidation, dissolution or winding up (the amount payable pursuant to this sentence is hereinafter referred to as the “ Seed Preferred Liquidation Amount ”);

 

2.2.2       For the holders of the Series A-1 Preferred Stock, the greater of (i) the Series A-1 Preferred Stock Original Issue Price, plus any dividends declared but unpaid thereon, or (ii) such amount per share as would have been payable had all shares of Series A-1 Preferred Stock been converted into Class B Common Stock pursuant to Section 4 immediately prior to such liquidation, dissolution or winding up (the amount payable pursuant to this sentence is hereinafter referred to as the “ Series A-1 Preferred Liquidation Amount ”);

 

2.2.3       For the holders of the Series A-2 Preferred Stock, the greater of (i) the Series A-2 Preferred Stock Original Issue Price, plus any dividends declared but unpaid thereon, or (ii) such amount per share as would have been payable had all shares of Series A-2 Preferred Stock been converted into Class B Common Stock pursuant to Section 4 immediately prior to such liquidation, dissolution or winding up (the amount payable pursuant to this sentence is hereinafter referred to as the “ Series A-2 Preferred Liquidation Amount ”);

 



 

2.2.4       For the holders of the Series A-3 Preferred Stock, the greater of (i) the Series A-3 Preferred Stock Original Issue Price, plus any dividends declared but unpaid thereon, or (ii) such amount per share as would have been payable had all shares of Series A-3 Preferred Stock been converted into Class B Common Stock pursuant to Section 4 immediately prior to such liquidation, dissolution or winding up (the amount payable pursuant to this sentence is hereinafter referred to as the “ Series A-3 Preferred Liquidation Amount ” and together with the Seed Preferred Liquidation Amount, the Series A-1 Preferred Liquidation Amount and the Series A-2 Preferred Liquidation Amount, the “ Aggregate Junior Preferred Stock Liquidation Amount ”).

 

2.2.5       If upon any such liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, the assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders after payment in full of the Series B Preferred Aggregate Liquidation Amount and Series C Preferred Aggregate Liquidation Amount shall be insufficient to pay the holders of shares of Junior Preferred Stock the Aggregate Junior Preferred Stock Liquidation Amount, the holders of shares of Junior Preferred Stock shall share ratably in any distribution of the assets available for distribution in proportion to the respective amounts which would otherwise be payable in respect of the shares held by them upon such distribution if all amounts payable on or with respect to such shares were paid in full.

 

2.3          Payments After Liquidation Preference .  In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation (including without limitation a Liquidation Transaction), after payment of the Series B Preferred Aggregate Liquidation Amount, the Series C Preferred Aggregate Liquidation Amount and the Aggregate Junior Preferred Stock Liquidation Amount to the holders of Preferred Stock, the remaining assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders shall be distributed among the holders of shares of Common Stock pro rata based on the number of shares of Common Stock held by each such holder.

 

2.4          Liquidation Transactions .

 

2.4.1       Definition .  Each of the following events shall be considered a “ Liquidation Transaction ” and deemed a liquidation of the Corporation pursuant to Section 2 unless the Requisite Holders, including holders of at least a majority of the Series C Preferred Stock, elect otherwise in writing:

 

(a)           a merger or consolidation in which (i) the Corporation is a constituent party or (ii) a subsidiary of the Corporation is a constituent party and the Corporation issues shares of its capital stock pursuant to such merger or consolidation, except any such merger or consolidation involving the Corporation or a subsidiary in which the shares of capital stock of the Corporation outstanding immediately prior to such merger or consolidation continue to represent, or are converted into or exchanged for shares of capital stock that represent, immediately following such merger or consolidation, a majority, by voting power, of the capital stock of (1) the surviving or resulting corporation or (2) if the surviving or resulting corporation is a wholly owned subsidiary of another corporation immediately following such merger or consolidation, the parent corporation of such surviving or resulting corporation (provided that, for the purpose of this Subsection 2.4.1 , all shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of Options outstanding immediately prior to such merger or consolidation or upon conversion of Convertible Securities outstanding immediately prior to such merger or consolidation shall be deemed to be outstanding immediately prior to such merger or consolidation and, if applicable, converted or exchanged in such merger or consolidation on the same terms as the actual outstanding shares of Common Stock are converted or exchanged); or

 



 

(b)           the sale, lease, transfer, exclusive license or other disposition, in a single transaction or series of related transactions, by the Corporation or any subsidiary of the Corporation of all or substantially all the assets of the Corporation and its subsidiaries taken as a whole or the sale or disposition (whether by merger or otherwise) of one or more subsidiaries of the Corporation if substantially all of the assets of the Corporation and its subsidiaries taken as a whole are held by such subsidiary or subsidiaries, except where such sale, lease, transfer, exclusive license or other disposition is to a wholly owned subsidiary of the Corporation.

 

2.4.2       Effecting a Liquidation Transaction .

 

(a)           The Corporation shall not have the power to effect a Liquidation Transaction referred to in Subsection 2.4.1(a)(i)  unless the agreement or plan of merger or consolidation for such transaction (the “ Merger Agreement ”) provides that the consideration payable to the stockholders of the Corporation shall be allocated among the holders of capital stock of the Corporation in accordance with Subsections 2.1, 2.2 and 2.3 .

 

(b)           In the event of a Liquidation Transaction referred to in Subsection 2.4.1(a)(ii)  or 2.4.1(b) , if the Corporation does not effect a dissolution of the Corporation under the General Corporation Law within 90 days after such Liquidation Transaction, then:

 

(i)            the Corporation shall send a written notice to each holder of Preferred Stock no later than the 90th day after the Liquidation Transaction advising such holders of their right (and the requirements to be met to secure such right) pursuant to the terms of the following clause (ii)  to require the redemption of such shares of Preferred Stock, and (ii) if the Requisite Holders so request in a written instrument delivered to the Corporation not later than 120 days after such Liquidation Transaction, the Corporation shall use the consideration received by the Corporation for such Liquidation Transaction (net of any retained liabilities associated with the assets sold or technology licensed, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors), together with any other assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders (the “ Available Proceeds ”), to the extent legally available therefor, on the 150th day after such Liquidation Transaction, to redeem (A) first, all outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock at a price per share equal to the Series B Preferred Aggregate Liquidation Amount and all outstanding shares of Series C Preferred Stock at a price per share equal to the Series C Preferred Aggregate Liquidation Amount; and (B) then, all outstanding shares of Junior Preferred Stock at a price per share equal to the Seed Preferred Liquidation Amount in the case of the Seed Preferred Stock, the Series A-1 Preferred Liquidation Amount in the case of the Series A-1 Preferred Stock, the Series A-2 Preferred Liquidation Amount in the case of the Series A-2 Preferred Stock, and the Series A-3 Preferred Liquidation Amount in the case of the Series A-3 Preferred Stock.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event of a redemption pursuant to the preceding sentence, if the Available Proceeds are not sufficient to redeem all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock, the Corporation shall first, redeem pro rata each holder’s shares of Series B Preferred Stock and Series C Preferred Stock on a pari passu basis to the fullest extent of such Available Proceeds, based on the respective amounts which would otherwise be payable in respect of the shares of Series B Preferred Stock and Series C Preferred Stock to be redeemed if the Available Proceeds were sufficient to redeem all such shares (and taking into account the seniority of the Series B Preferred Stock and Series C Preferred Stock as set forth in preceding clause (A)), and shall redeem the remaining shares to have been redeemed as soon as practicable after the Corporation has funds legally available therefor.  Thereafter, the Corporation shall redeem pro rata each holder’s shares of Series A Preferred Stock and Series Seed Preferred Stock on a pari passu basis to the fullest extent of such Available Proceeds, based on the respective amounts which would otherwise be payable in respect of the shares of Series A Preferred Stock and Series Seed Preferred Stock to be redeemed if the Available Proceeds were sufficient to redeem all such shares, and shall redeem the remaining shares to have been redeemed as soon as practicable after the Corporation has funds

 



 

legally available therefor. Prior to the distribution or redemption provided for in this Subsection 2.4.2(b) , except to the extent otherwise required by law, the Corporation shall not expend or dissipate the consideration received for such Liquidation Transaction, except to discharge expenses incurred in connection with such Liquidation Transaction or in the ordinary course of business.

 

(c)           In the event of a redemption pursuant to this Subsection 2.4.2 , the Corporation shall send written notice of the mandatory redemption (the “ Redemption Notice ”) to each holder of record of Preferred Stock not less than 30 days prior to the date of such redemption (the “ Redemption Date ”).  The Redemption Notice shall state: (i) the Redemption Date and the redemption price determined in accordance with Subsection 2.1 (the “ Redemption Price ”); (ii) the date upon which the holder’s right to convert such shares terminates (as determined in accordance with Subsection 4.1 ); and (iii) that the holder is to surrender to the Corporation, in the manner and at the place designated, his, her or its certificate or certificates representing the shares of Preferred Stock to be redeemed.  On or before the Redemption Date, each holder of shares of Preferred Stock to be redeemed on such redemption Date, unless such holder has exercised his, her or its right to convert such shares as provided in Section 4 , shall surrender the certificate or certificates representing such shares (or, if such registered holder alleges that such certificate has been lost, stolen or destroyed, a lost certificate affidavit and agreement reasonably acceptable to the Corporation to indemnify the Corporation against any claim that may be made against the Corporation on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of such certificate) to the Corporation, in the manner and at the place designated in the Redemption Notice, and thereupon the Redemption Price for such shares shall be payable to the order of the person whose name appears on such certificate or certificates as the owner thereof.  In the event less than all of the shares of Preferred Stock represented by a certificate are redeemed, a new certificate representing the unredeemed shares of Preferred Stock shall promptly be issued to such holder. If the Redemption Notice shall have been duly given, and if on the applicable Redemption Date the Redemption Price payable upon redemption of the shares of Preferred Stock to be redeemed on such Redemption Date is paid or tendered for payment or deposited with an independent payment agent so as to be available therefor in a timely manner, then notwithstanding that the certificates evidencing any of the shares of Preferred Stock so called for redemption shall not have been surrendered, dividends with respect to such shares of Preferred Stock shall cease to accrue after such Redemption Date and all rights with respect to such shares shall forthwith after the Redemption Date terminate, except only the right of the holders to receive the Redemption Price without interest upon surrender of their certificate or certificates therefor.

 

2.4.3       Amount Deemed Paid or Distributed .  The amount deemed paid or distributed to the holders of capital stock of the Corporation upon any such merger, consolidation, sale, transfer, exclusive license, other disposition or redemption shall be the cash or the value of the property, rights or securities paid or distributed to such holders by the Corporation or the acquiring person, firm or other entity.  The value of such property, rights or securities shall be determined in good faith by the Board of Directors.

 

2.4.4       Allocation of Escrow and Contingent Consideration .  In the event of a Liquidation Transaction pursuant to Subsection 2.4.1(a)(i) , if any portion of the consideration payable to the stockholders of the Corporation is payable only upon satisfaction of contingencies (the “ Additional Consideration ”), the Merger Agreement shall provide that (a) the portion of such consideration that is not Additional Consideration (such portion, the “ Initial Consideration ”) shall be allocated among the holders of capital stock of the Corporation in accordance with Subsections 2.1 and 2.2 as if the Initial Consideration were the only consideration payable in connection with such Liquidation Transaction; and (b) any Additional Consideration which becomes payable to the stockholders of the Corporation upon satisfaction of such contingencies shall be allocated among the holders of capital stock of the Corporation in accordance with Subsections 2.1 and 2.2 after taking into account the previous payment of the Initial Consideration as part of the same transaction.  For the purposes of this Subsection 2.4.4 , consideration

 



 

placed into escrow or retained as holdback to be available for satisfaction of indemnification or similar obligations in connection with such Liquidation Transaction shall be deemed to be Additional Consideration.

 

3.            Voting .

 

3.1          General .  On any matter presented to the stockholders of the Corporation for their action or consideration at any meeting of stockholders of the Corporation (or by written consent of stockholders in lieu of meeting), each holder of outstanding shares of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to cast the number of votes equal to the number of votes such holder would be entitled to cast if all shares of Preferred Stock held by such holder were converted into Class B Common Stock as of the record date for determining stockholders entitled to vote on such matter.  Except as provided by law or by the other provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, holders of Preferred Stock shall vote together with the holders of Common Stock as a single class.

 

3.2          Election of Directors .  The authorized number of directors constituting the entire Board of Directors shall be seven.  The holders of record of the shares of Seed Preferred Stock, exclusively and as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect two directors of the Corporation (the “Seed Preferred Directors”); the holders of record of the shares of Series A Preferred Stock, exclusively voting together as a single class, shall be entitled to elect one director of the Corporation (the “Series A Preferred Director”); the holders of record of Series B Preferred Stock, exclusively and as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect one director of the Corporation (the “ Series B Preferred Director ” and together with the Seed Preferred Directors and the Series A Preferred Director, the “ Preferred Directors ”) and the holders of record of the shares of Common Stock, exclusively and as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect three directors of the Corporation.  Any director elected as provided in the preceding sentence may be removed without cause by, and only by, the affirmative vote of the holders of the shares of the class or series of capital stock entitled to elect such director or directors, given either at a special meeting of such stockholders duly called for that purpose or pursuant to a written consent of stockholders.  If the holders of shares of Seed Preferred Stock, Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock or Common Stock, as the case may be, fail to elect a sufficient number of directors to fill all directorships for which they are entitled to elect directors, voting exclusively and as a separate class, pursuant to the first sentence of this Subsection 3.2, then any directorship not so filled shall remain vacant until such time as the holders of the Seed Preferred Stock, Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock or Common Stock, as the case may be, elect a person to fill such directorship by vote or written consent in lieu of a meeting; and no such directorship may be filled by stockholders of the Corporation other than by the stockholders of the Corporation that are entitled to elect a person to fill such directorship, voting exclusively and as a separate class.  At any meeting held for the purpose of electing a director, the presence in person or by proxy of the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of the class or series entitled to elect such director shall constitute a quorum for the purpose of electing such director.  Except as otherwise provided in this Subsection 3.2, a vacancy in any directorship filled by the holders of any class or series shall be filled only by vote or written consent in lieu of a meeting of the holders of such class or series or by any remaining director or directors elected by the holders of such class or series pursuant to this Subsection 3.2 .

 

3.3          Preferred Stock Protective Provisions .  At any time when at least 5,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock are outstanding (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to the Preferred Stock):

 

3.3.1       The Corporation shall not, either directly or indirectly by amendment, merger, consolidation or otherwise, do any of the following without (in addition to any other vote required by law or the Certificate of Incorporation) the written consent or affirmative vote of the

 


 

Requisite Holders, given in writing or by vote at a meeting, consenting or voting (as the case may be) separately as a class:

 

(a)           liquidate, dissolve or wind-up the business and affairs of the Corporation, effect any Liquidation Transaction, or consent to any of the foregoing;

 

(b)           amend, alter or repeal any provision of the Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws of the Corporation;

 

(c)           create, or authorize the creation of, or issue or obligate itself to issue shares of, any additional class or series of capital stock unless the same ranks junior to the Preferred Stock with respect to the distribution of assets on the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, the payment of dividends and rights of redemption, or increase the authorized number of shares of any additional class or series of capital stock unless the same ranks junior to the Preferred Stock with respect to the distribution of assets on the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, the payment of dividends and rights of redemption, other than the issuance of Preferred Stock pursuant to warrants outstanding on the Filing Date and the issuance of the Series C Preferred Stock pursuant to the Series C Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement;

 

(d)           (i) reclassify, alter or amend any existing security of the Corporation that is pari passu with the Preferred Stock in respect of the distribution of assets on the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, the payment of dividends or rights of redemption, if such reclassification, alteration or amendment would render such other security senior to the Preferred Stock in respect of any such right, preference or privilege, or (ii) reclassify, alter or amend any existing security of the Corporation that is junior to the Preferred Stock in respect of the distribution of assets on the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, the payment of dividends or rights of redemption, if such reclassification, alteration or amendment would render such other security senior to or pari passu with the Preferred Stock in respect of any such right, preference or privilege;

 

(e)           change the number of authorized shares of Preferred Stock or any series thereof;

 

(f)            create, or hold capital stock in, any subsidiary that is not wholly owned (either directly or through one or more other subsidiaries) by the Corporation, or sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of any capital stock of any direct or indirect subsidiary of the Corporation, or permit any direct or indirect subsidiary to sell, lease, transfer, exclusively license or otherwise dispose (in a single transaction or series of related transactions) of all or substantially all of the assets of such subsidiary;

 

(g)           purchase or redeem (or permit any subsidiary of the Corporation to purchase or redeem) or pay or declare any dividend or make any distribution on, any shares of capital stock of the Corporation other than (i) redemptions of or dividends or distributions on the Preferred Stock as expressly authorized herein, (ii) dividends or other distributions payable on the Common Stock solely in the form of additional shares of Common Stock, (iii) repurchases of capital stock from former employees, officers, directors, consultants or other persons who performed services for the Corporation or any subsidiary of the Corporation in connection with the cessation of such employment or service at the lower of the original purchase price or the then-current fair market value thereof, or (iv) as approved by the Board of Directors, including the approval of a majority of the Preferred Directors; or

 

(h)           increase or decrease the authorized number of directors constituting the Board of Directors.

 



 

3.3.2       The Corporation shall not, either directly or indirectly by amendment, merger, consolidation or otherwise, do any of the following without (in addition to any other vote required by law or the Certificate of Incorporation) the written consent or affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series C Preferred Stock, given in writing or by vote at a meeting, consenting or voting (as the case may be) separately as a class:

 

(a)           any amendment, modification or waiver of any provision of the Certificate of Incorporation so as to alter or change the rights, preferences or privileges of the Series C Preferred Stock in a manner that is adverse in any material respect to the Series C Preferred Stock; provided , that any amendment to authorize additional shares of any series of Preferred Stock (other than Series C Preferred Stock) or to create a class or series of capital stock (whether junior, pari passu or senior to the Series C Preferred Stock) shall be deemed to not adversely alter or change the rights, preferences or privileges of the Series C Preferred Stock for this purpose;

 

(b)           purchase or redeem (or permit any subsidiary of the Corporation to purchase or redeem) or pay or declare any dividend or make any distribution on, any shares of capital stock of the Corporation other than (i) redemptions of or dividends or distributions on the Preferred Stock as expressly authorized herein, (ii) dividends or other distributions payable on the Common Stock solely in the form of additional shares of Common Stock, (iii) repurchases of capital stock from former employees, officers, directors, consultants or other persons who performed services for the Corporation or any subsidiary of the Corporation in connection with the cessation of such employment or service at the lower of the original purchase price or the then-current fair market value thereof, or (iv) up to $25 million of repurchases not covered by clauses (i) through (iii);

 

(c)           the consummation of any Liquidation Transaction in which the holders of Series C Preferred Stock do not receive consideration per share of Series C Preferred Stock equal to or greater than the Series C Preferred Stock Original Issue Price; or

 

(d)           change the number of authorized shares of Series C Preferred Stock.

 

4.            Optional Conversion .

 

The holders of the Preferred Stock shall have conversion rights as follows (the “ Conversion Rights ”):

 

4.1          Right to Convert .

 

4.1.1       Conversion Ratio .  Each share of Preferred Stock shall be convertible, at the option of the holder thereof, at any time and from time to time, and without the payment of additional consideration by the holder thereof, into such number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of Class B Common Stock as is determined by dividing the applicable Original Issue Price by the applicable Conversion Price (as defined below) in effect at the time of conversion.  The “ Conversion Price ” shall initially be equal to $0.30 per share for the Seed Preferred Stock, $0.378252 per share for the Series A-1 Preferred Stock, $0.440928 per share for the Series A-2 Preferred Stock, $0.551160 per share for the Series A-3 Preferred Stock, $7.293 per share for the Series B Preferred Stock and $15.651375 per share for the Series C Preferred Stock.  Such initial Conversion Price, and the rate at which shares of each series of Preferred Stock may be converted into shares of Class B Common Stock, shall be subject to adjustment as provided below.

 



 

4.1.2       Termination of Conversion Rights .  In the event of a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation or a Liquidation Transaction, the Conversion Rights shall terminate at the close of business on the last full day preceding the date fixed for the payment of any such amounts distributable on such event to the holders of Preferred Stock.

 

4.2          Fractional Shares .  No fractional shares of Class B Common Stock shall be issued upon conversion of the Preferred Stock.  In lieu of any fractional shares to which the holder would otherwise be entitled, the Corporation shall pay cash equal to such fraction multiplied by the fair market value of a share of Class B Common Stock as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors.  Whether or not fractional shares would be issuable upon such conversion shall be determined on the basis of the total number of shares of Preferred Stock the holder is at the time converting into Class B Common Stock and the aggregate number of shares of Class B Common Stock issuable upon such conversion.

 

4.3          Mechanics of Conversion .

 

4.3.1       Notice of Conversion .  In order for a holder of Preferred Stock to voluntarily convert shares of Preferred Stock into shares of Class B Common Stock, such holder shall surrender the certificate or certificates for such shares of Preferred Stock (or, if such registered holder alleges that such certificate has been lost, stolen or destroyed, a lost certificate affidavit and agreement reasonably acceptable to the Corporation to indemnify the Corporation against any claim that may be made against the Corporation on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of such certificate), at the office of the transfer agent for the Preferred Stock (or at the principal office of the Corporation if the Corporation serves as its own transfer agent), together with written notice that such holder elects to convert all or any number of the shares of the Preferred Stock represented by such certificate or certificates and, if applicable, any event on which such conversion is contingent.  Such notice shall state such holder’s name or the names of the nominees in which such holder wishes the certificate or certificates for shares of Class B Common Stock to be issued.  If required by the Corporation, certificates surrendered for conversion shall be endorsed or accompanied by a written instrument or instruments of transfer, in form satisfactory to the Corporation, duly executed by the registered holder or his, her or its attorney duly authorized in writing.  The close of business on the date of receipt by the transfer agent (or by the Corporation if the Corporation serves as its own transfer agent) of such certificates (or lost certificate affidavit and agreement) and notice shall be the time of conversion (the “ Conversion Time ”), and the shares of Class B Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the shares represented by such certificate shall be deemed to be outstanding of record as of such date.  The Corporation shall, as soon as practicable after the Conversion Time, (i) issue and deliver to such holder of Preferred Stock, or to his, her or its nominees, a certificate or certificates for the number of full shares of Class B Common Stock issuable upon such conversion in accordance with the provisions hereof and a certificate for the number (if any) of the shares of Preferred Stock represented by the surrendered certificate that were not converted into Class B Common Stock, (ii) pay in cash such amount as provided in Subsection 4.2 in lieu of any fraction of a share of Common Stock otherwise issuable upon such conversion and (iii) pay all declared but unpaid dividends on the shares of such series of Preferred Stock converted.

 

4.3.2       Reservation of Shares .  The Corporation shall at all times when Preferred Stock shall be outstanding, reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued capital stock, for the purpose of effecting the conversion of the Preferred Stock, such number of its duly authorized shares of Class B Common Stock as shall from time to time be sufficient to effect the conversion of all outstanding Preferred Stock; and if at any time the number of authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock shall not be sufficient to effect the conversion of all then outstanding shares of the Preferred Stock, the Corporation shall take such corporate action as may be necessary to increase its authorized but unissued shares of Class B Common Stock to such number of shares as shall be sufficient for such purposes, including, without limitation, engaging in best efforts to obtain the requisite stockholder

 



 

approval of any necessary amendment to the Certificate of Incorporation.  Before taking any action which would cause an adjustment reducing the Conversion Price for a particular series of Preferred Stock below the then par value of the shares of Class B Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Preferred Stock, the Corporation will take any corporate action which may, in the opinion of its counsel, be necessary in order that the Corporation may validly and legally issue fully paid and nonassessable shares of Class B Common Stock at such adjusted Conversion Price.

 

4.3.3       Effect of Conversion .  All shares of Preferred Stock which shall have been surrendered for conversion as herein provided shall no longer be deemed to be outstanding and all rights with respect to such shares shall immediately cease and terminate at the Conversion Time, except only the right of the holders thereof to receive shares of Class B Common Stock in exchange therefor, to receive payment in lieu of any fraction of a share otherwise issuable upon such conversion as provided in Subsection 4.2 and to receive payment of any dividends declared but unpaid thereon.  Any shares of Preferred Stock so converted shall be retired and cancelled and may not be reissued as shares of such series, and the Corporation may thereafter take such appropriate action (without the need for stockholder action) as may be necessary to reduce the authorized number of shares of Preferred Stock accordingly.

 

4.3.4       No Further Adjustment .  Upon any such conversion, no adjustment to the Conversion Price for such Preferred Stock shall be made for any declared but unpaid dividends on such Preferred Stock surrendered for conversion or on the Common Stock delivered upon conversion.

 

4.3.5       Taxes .  The Corporation shall pay any and all issue and other similar taxes that may be payable in respect of any issuance or delivery of shares of Class B Common Stock upon conversion of shares of Preferred Stock pursuant to this Section 4 .  The Corporation shall not, however, be required to pay any tax which may be payable in respect of any transfer involved in the issuance and delivery of shares of Class B Common Stock in a name other than that in which the shares of Preferred Stock so converted were registered, and no such issuance or delivery shall be made unless and until the person or entity requesting such issuance has paid to the Corporation the amount of any such tax or has established, to the satisfaction of the Corporation, that such tax has been paid.

 

4.4          Adjustments to Conversion Price for Diluting Issues .

 

4.4.1       Additional Shares of Common Stock .  As used herein “ Additional Shares of Common Stock ” shall mean all shares of Common Stock issued (or, pursuant to Subsection 4.4.3 deemed to be issued) by the Corporation after the Filing Date, other than (1) the following shares of Common Stock and (2) shares of Common Stock deemed issued pursuant to the following Options and Convertible Securities (clauses (1) and (2), collectively, “ Exempted Securities ”):

 

(i)            shares of Common Stock, Options or Convertible Securities issued as a dividend or distribution on Preferred Stock;

 

(ii)           shares of Common Stock, Options or Convertible Securities issued by reason of a dividend, stock split, split-up or other distribution on shares of Common Stock that is covered by Subsection 4.5 , 4.6 , 4.7 or 4.8 ;

 

(iii)          shares of Common Stock or Options issued to employees or directors of, or consultants or advisors to, the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries pursuant to a plan, agreement or arrangement approved by the Board of Directors of the Corporation including one of the Preferred Directors;

 



 

(iv)          shares of Common Stock or Convertible Securities actually issued upon the exercise of Options (including Options outstanding as of the Filing Date) or shares of Common Stock actually issued upon the exercise, conversion or exchange of Convertible Securities (including Convertible Securities outstanding as of the Filing Date), in each case provided such issuance is pursuant to the terms of such Option or Convertible Security;

 

(v)           shares of Common Stock issued in a Qualified Public Offering; and

 

(vi)          shares of Common Stock, Options or Convertible Securities issued (A) to banks, equipment lessors or other financial institutions, or to real property lessors, pursuant to a debt financing, equipment leasing or real property leasing transaction; (B) to suppliers or third party service providers in connection with the provision of goods or services; (C) pursuant to the acquisition of another corporation by the Corporation by merger, purchase of substantially all of the assets or other reorganization or to a joint venture agreement; or (D) in connection with sponsored research, collaboration, technology license, development, OEM, marketing or other similar agreements or strategic partnerships; provided that in each of (A)-(D) such transactions, and such issuances, are approved by the Board of Directors including the affirmative votes of a majority of the Preferred Directors.

 

4.4.2       No Adjustment of Conversion Price .  No adjustment in the Conversion Price for a particular series of Preferred Stock shall be made as the result of the issuance or deemed issuance of Additional Shares of Common Stock if the Corporation receives written notice from the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of such series of Preferred Stock, either retroactively or prospectively agreeing that no such adjustment shall be made as the result of the issuance or deemed issuance of such Additional Shares of Common Stock.

 

4.4.3       Deemed Issue of Additional Shares of Common Stock .

 

(a)           If the Corporation at any time or from time to time after the Filing Date shall issue any Options or Convertible Securities (excluding Options or Convertible Securities which are themselves Exempted Securities) or shall fix a record date for the determination of holders of any class of securities entitled to receive any such Options or Convertible Securities, then the maximum number of shares of Common Stock (as set forth in the instrument relating thereto, assuming the satisfaction of any conditions to exercisability, convertibility or exchangeability but without regard to any provision contained therein for a subsequent adjustment of such number) issuable upon the exercise of such Options or, in the case of Convertible Securities and Options therefor, the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, shall be deemed to be Additional Shares of Common Stock issued as of the time of such issue or, in case such a record date shall have been fixed, as of the close of business on such record date.

 

(b)           If the terms of any Option or Convertible Security, the issuance of which resulted in an adjustment to a Conversion Price pursuant to the terms of Subsection 4.4.4 , are revised as a result of an amendment to such terms or any other adjustment pursuant to the provisions of such Option or Convertible Security (but excluding automatic adjustments to such terms pursuant to anti-dilution or similar provisions of such Option or Convertible Security) to provide for either (1) any increase or decrease in the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise, conversion and/or exchange of any such Option or Convertible Security or (2) any increase or decrease in the consideration payable to the Corporation upon such exercise, conversion and/or exchange, then, effective upon such increase or decrease becoming effective, the Conversion Price computed upon the original issue of such Option or Convertible Security (or upon the occurrence of a record date with respect thereto) shall be readjusted to the Conversion Price as would have obtained had such revised terms been

 



 

in effect upon the original date of issuance of such Option or Convertible Security.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, no readjustment pursuant to this clause (b)  shall have the effect of increasing a Conversion Price to an amount which exceeds the lower of (i) the Conversion Price in effect for such series immediately prior to the original adjustment made as a result of the issuance of such Option or Convertible Security, or (ii) the Conversion Price that would have resulted from any issuances of Additional Shares of Common Stock (other than deemed issuances of Additional Shares of Common Stock as a result of the issuance of such Option or Convertible Security) between the original adjustment date and such readjustment date.

 

(c)           If the terms of any Option or Convertible Security (excluding Options or Convertible Securities which are themselves Exempted Securities), the issuance of which did not result in an adjustment to the Conversion Price for a particular series pursuant to the terms of Subsection 4.4.4 (either because the consideration per share (determined pursuant to Subsection 4.4.4 ) of the Additional Shares of Common Stock subject thereto was equal to or greater than the Conversion Price then in effect for such series, or because such Option or Convertible Security was issued before the Filing Date), are revised after the Filing Date as a result of an amendment to such terms or any other adjustment pursuant to the provisions of such Option or Convertible Security (but excluding automatic adjustments to such terms pursuant to anti-dilution or similar provisions of such Option or Convertible Security) to provide for either (1) any increase in the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise, conversion or exchange of any such Option or Convertible Security or (2) any decrease in the consideration payable to the Corporation upon such exercise, conversion or exchange, then such Option or Convertible Security, as so amended or adjusted, and the Additional Shares of Common Stock subject thereto (determined in the manner provided in Subsection 4.4.3(a) ) shall be deemed to have been issued effective upon such increase or decrease becoming effective.

 

(d)           Upon the expiration or termination of any unexercised Option or unconverted or unexchanged Convertible Security (or portion thereof) which resulted (either upon its original issuance or upon a revision of its terms) in an adjustment to a Conversion Price pursuant to the terms of Subsection 4.4.4 , that Conversion Price shall be readjusted to the Conversion Price as would have obtained had such Option or Convertible Security (or portion thereof) never been issued.

 

(e)           If the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise, conversion and/or exchange of any Option or Convertible Security, or the consideration payable to the Corporation upon such exercise, conversion and/or exchange, is calculable at the time such Option or Convertible Security is issued or amended but is subject to adjustment based upon subsequent events, any adjustment to a Conversion Price provided for in this Subsection 4.4.3 shall be effected at the time of such issuance or amendment based on such number of shares or amount of consideration without regard to any provisions for subsequent adjustments (and any subsequent adjustments shall be treated as provided in clauses (b) and (c) of this Subsection 4.4.3 ).  If the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise, conversion and/or exchange of any Option or Convertible Security, or the consideration payable to the Corporation upon such exercise, conversion and/or exchange, cannot be calculated at all at the time such Option or Convertible Security is issued or amended, any adjustment to a Conversion Price that would result under the terms of this Subsection 4.4.3 at the time of such issuance or amendment shall instead be effected at the time such number of shares and/or amount of consideration is first calculable (even if subject to subsequent adjustments), assuming for purposes of calculating such adjustment to that Conversion Price that such issuance or amendment took place at the time such calculation can first be made.

 

4.4.4       Adjustment of Conversion Price Upon Issuance of Additional Shares of Common Stock .  In the event the Corporation shall at any time after the Filing Date, issue Additional Shares of Common Stock (including Additional Shares of Common Stock deemed to be issued pursuant

 



 

to Subsection 4.4.3 ), without consideration or for a consideration per share less than the Conversion Price in effect for a series of Preferred Stock immediately prior to such issue, then the Conversion Price for such series shall be reduced, concurrently with such issue, to a price, calculated to the nearest one-hundredth of a cent determined in accordance with the following formula:

 

CP 2  = CP 1 * (A + B) ÷ (A + C).

 

For purposes of the foregoing formula, the following definitions shall apply:

 

(a)           “CP 2 ” shall mean the Conversion Price in effect for such series immediately after such issue of Additional Shares of Common Stock

 

(b)           “CP 1 ” shall mean the Conversion Price in effect for such series immediately prior to such issue of Additional Shares of Common Stock;

 

(c)           “A” shall mean the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to such issue of Additional Shares of Common Stock (treating for this purpose as outstanding all shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of Options outstanding immediately prior to such issue or upon conversion or exchange of Convertible Securities (including the Preferred Stock) outstanding (assuming exercise of any outstanding Options therefor) immediately prior to such issue);

 

(d)           “B” shall mean the number of shares of Common Stock that would have been issued if such Additional Shares of Common Stock had been issued at a price per share equal to CP 1  (determined by dividing the aggregate consideration received by the Corporation in respect of such issue by CP 1 ); and

 

“C” shall mean the number of such Additional Shares of Common Stock issued in such transaction.

 

4.4.5       Determination of Consideration .  For purposes of this Subsection 4.4 , the consideration received by the Corporation for the issue of any Additional Shares of Common Stock shall be computed as follows:

 

(a)           Cash and Property :  Such consideration shall:

 

(i)            insofar as it consists of cash, be computed at the aggregate amount of cash received by the Corporation, excluding amounts paid or payable for accrued interest;

 

(ii)           insofar as it consists of property other than cash, be computed at the fair market value thereof at the time of such issue, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors; and

 

(iii)          in the event Additional Shares of Common Stock are issued together with other shares or securities or other assets of the Corporation for consideration which covers both, be the proportion of such consideration so received, computed as provided in clauses (i)  and (ii)  above, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors.

 

(b)           Options and Convertible Securities .  The consideration per share received by the Corporation for Additional Shares of Common Stock deemed to have been issued

 



 

pursuant to Subsection 4.4.3 , relating to Options and Convertible Securities, shall be determined by dividing:

 

(i)            the total amount, if any, received or receivable by the Corporation as consideration for the issue of such Options or Convertible Securities, plus the minimum aggregate amount of additional consideration (as set forth in the instruments relating thereto, without regard to any provision contained therein for a subsequent adjustment of such consideration) payable to the Corporation upon the exercise of such Options or the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, or in the case of Options for Convertible Securities, the exercise of such Options for Convertible Securities and the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, by

 

(ii)           the maximum number of shares of Common Stock (as set forth in the instruments relating thereto, without regard to any provision contained therein for a subsequent adjustment of such number) issuable upon the exercise of such Options or the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, or in the case of Options for Convertible Securities, the exercise of such Options for Convertible Securities and the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities.

 

4.4.6       Multiple Closing Dates .  In the event the Corporation shall issue on more than one date Additional Shares of Common Stock that are a part of one transaction or a series of related transactions and that would result in an adjustment to a Conversion Price pursuant to the terms of Subsection 4.4.4 , then, upon the final such issuance, that Conversion Price shall be readjusted to give effect to all such issuances as if they occurred on the date of the first such issuance (and without giving effect to any additional adjustments as a result of any such subsequent issuances within such period).

 

4.5          Adjustment for Stock Splits and Combinations .  If the Corporation shall at any time or from time to time after the Filing Date effect a subdivision of the outstanding Common Stock, the Conversion Price in effect for such series immediately before that subdivision shall be proportionately decreased so that the number of shares of Class B Common Stock issuable on conversion of each share of such series shall be increased in proportion to such increase in the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock outstanding.  If the Corporation shall at any time or from time to time after the Filing Date combine the outstanding shares of Common Stock, the Conversion Price in effect for such series immediately before the combination shall be proportionately increased so that the number of shares of Class B Common Stock issuable on conversion of each share of such series shall be decreased in proportion to such decrease in the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock outstanding.  Any adjustment under this subsection shall become effective at the close of business on the date the subdivision or combination becomes effective.

 

4.6          Adjustment for Certain Dividends and Distributions .  In the event the Corporation at any time or from time to time after the Filing Date shall make or issue, or fix a record date for the determination of holders of Common Stock entitled to receive, a dividend or other distribution payable on the Common Stock in additional shares of Common Stock, then and in each such event the Conversion Price in effect for such series immediately before such event shall be decreased as of the time of such issuance or, in the event such a record date shall have been fixed, as of the close of business on such record date, by multiplying the Conversion Price then in effect for such series by a fraction: (i) the numerator of which shall be the total number of shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the time of such issuance or the close of business on such record date, and (ii) the denominator of which shall be the total number of shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the time of such issuance or the close of business on such record date plus the number of shares of Common Stock issuable in payment of such dividend or distribution.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, (a) if such record date shall have been fixed and such dividend is not fully paid or if such distribution is not fully made on the date fixed therefor, the Conversion Price for such

 



 

series shall be recomputed accordingly as of the close of business on such record date and thereafter that Conversion Price shall be adjusted pursuant to this subsection as of the time of actual payment of such dividends or distributions; and (b) that no such adjustment shall be made if the holders of such series of Preferred Stock simultaneously receive a dividend or other distribution of shares of Common Stock in a number equal to the number of shares of Common Stock as they would have received if all outstanding shares of such series of Preferred Stock had been converted into Class B Common Stock on the date of such event.

 

4.7          Adjustments for Other Dividends and Distributions .  In the event the Corporation at any time or from time to time after the Filing Date shall make or issue, or fix a record date for the determination of holders of Common Stock entitled to receive, a dividend or other distribution payable in securities of the Corporation (other than a distribution of shares of Common Stock in respect of outstanding shares of Common Stock) or in other property and the provisions of Section 1 do not apply to such dividend or distribution, then and in each such event the holders of such series of Preferred Stock shall receive, simultaneously with the distribution to the holders of Common Stock, a dividend or other distribution of such securities or other property in an amount equal to the amount of such securities or other property as they would have received if all outstanding shares of such series of Preferred Stock had been converted into Class B Common Stock on the date of such event.

 

4.8          Adjustment for Merger or Reorganization, etc .  Subject to the provisions of Subsection 2.3 , if there shall occur any reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification, consolidation or merger involving the Corporation in which the Common Stock (but not the Preferred Stock) is converted into or exchanged for securities, cash or other property (other than a transaction covered by Subsections 4.4 , 4.6 or 4.7 ), then, following any such reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification, consolidation or merger, each share of each series of Preferred Stock shall thereafter be convertible in lieu of the Class B Common Stock into which it was convertible prior to such event into the kind and amount of securities, cash or other property which a holder of the number of shares of Class B Common Stock of the Corporation issuable upon conversion of one share of such series of Preferred Stock immediately prior to such reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification, consolidation or merger would have been entitled to receive pursuant to such transaction; and, in such case, appropriate adjustment (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors) shall be made in the application of the provisions in this Section 4 with respect to the rights and interests thereafter of the holders of the Preferred Stock, to the end that the provisions set forth in this Section 4 (including provisions with respect to changes in and other adjustments of the Conversion Price) shall thereafter be applicable, as nearly as reasonably may be, in relation to any securities or other property thereafter deliverable upon the conversion of the Preferred Stock.

 

4.9          Certificate as to Adjustments .  Upon the occurrence of each adjustment or readjustment of a Conversion Price pursuant to this Section 4 , the Corporation at its expense shall, as promptly as reasonably practicable but in any event not later than 10 days thereafter, compute such adjustment or readjustment in accordance with the terms hereof and furnish to each holder of Preferred Stock a certificate setting forth such adjustment or readjustment (including the kind and amount of securities, cash or other property into which the Preferred Stock is convertible) and showing in detail the facts upon which such adjustment or readjustment is based.  The Corporation shall, as promptly as reasonably practicable after the written request at any time of any holder of Preferred Stock (but in any event not later than 10 days thereafter), furnish or cause to be furnished to such holder a certificate setting forth (i) the Conversion Price then in effect for each series of Preferred Stock, and (ii) the number of shares of Class B Common Stock and the amount, if any, of other securities, cash or property which then would be received upon the conversion of each series of Preferred Stock.

 



 

5.            Mandatory Conversion .

 

5.1          Trigger Events .  Upon the first to occur of (a) a Qualified Public Offering; or (b) the date and time, or the occurrence of an event, specified by vote or written consent of the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of Preferred Stock (the time of such closing or the date and time specified or the time of the event specified in such vote or written consent is referred to herein as the “ Mandatory Conversion Time ”), (i) all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock shall automatically be converted into shares of Class B Common Stock, at the then effective conversion rate and (ii) such shares may not be reissued by the Corporation.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, (1) the Seed Preferred Stock shall not be automatically converted pursuant to Section 5.1(b)  without the vote or written consent of the holders of a majority of the Seed Preferred Stock; (2) the Series A-1 Preferred Stock shall not be automatically converted pursuant to Section 5.1(b)  without the vote or written consent of the holders of a majority of the Series A-1 Preferred Stock; (3) the Series A-2 Preferred Stock shall not be automatically converted pursuant to Section 5.1(b)  without the vote or written consent of the holders of a majority of the Series A-2 Preferred Stock; (4) the Series A-3 Preferred Stock shall not be automatically converted pursuant to Section 5.1(b)  without the vote or written consent of the holders of a majority of the Series A-3 Preferred Stock; (5) the Series B Preferred Stock shall not be automatically converted pursuant to Section 5.1(b)  without the vote or written consent of the holders of a majority of the Series B Preferred Stock; and (6) the Series C Preferred Stock shall not be automatically converted pursuant to Section 5.1(b)  without the vote or written consent of the holders of a majority of the Series C Preferred Stock.

 

5.2          Procedural Requirements .  All holders of record of shares of Preferred Stock shall be sent written notice of the Mandatory Conversion Time and the place designated for mandatory conversion of all such shares of Preferred Stock pursuant to this Section 5 .  Such notice need not be sent in advance of the occurrence of the Mandatory Conversion Time.  Upon receipt of such notice, each holder of shares of Preferred Stock shall surrender his, her or its certificate or certificates for all such shares (or, if such holder alleges that such certificate has been lost, stolen or destroyed, a lost certificate affidavit and agreement reasonably acceptable to the Corporation to indemnify the Corporation against any claim that may be made against the Corporation on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of such certificate) to the Corporation at the place designated in such notice.  If so required by the Corporation, certificates surrendered for conversion shall be endorsed or accompanied by written instrument or instruments of transfer, in form satisfactory to the Corporation, duly executed by the registered holder or by his, her or its attorney duly authorized in writing.  All rights with respect to the Preferred Stock converted pursuant to Section 5.1 , including the rights, if any, to receive notices and vote (other than as a holder of Common Stock), will terminate at the Mandatory Conversion Time (notwithstanding the failure of the holder or holders thereof to surrender the certificates at or prior to such time), except only the rights of the holders thereof, upon surrender of their certificate or certificates (or lost certificate affidavit and agreement) therefor, to receive the items provided for in the next sentence of this Subsection 5.2 .  As soon as practicable after the Mandatory Conversion Time and the surrender of the certificate or certificates (or lost certificate affidavit and agreement) for the Preferred Stock, the Corporation shall issue and deliver to such holder, or to his, her or its nominees, a certificate or certificates for the number of full shares of Class B Common Stock issuable on such conversion in accordance with the provisions hereof, together with cash as provided in Subsection 4.2 in lieu of any fraction of a share of Class B Common Stock otherwise issuable upon such conversion and the payment of any declared but unpaid dividends on the shares of Preferred Stock converted.  Such converted Preferred Stock shall be retired and cancelled and may not be reissued as shares of such series, and the Corporation may thereafter take such appropriate action (without the need for stockholder action) as may be necessary to reduce the authorized number of shares of Preferred Stock accordingly.

 

6.            Converted or Redeemed Shares .  Any shares of Preferred Stock that are converted into Class B Common Stock pursuant to Section 4 or Section 5 above, or redeemed or otherwise acquired by

 


 

the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries shall be automatically and immediately cancelled and retired and shall not be reissued, sold or transferred and the Corporation may thereafter take such appropriate action (without the need for stockholder action) as may be necessary to reduce the authorized number of shares of Preferred Stock or any series thereof accordingly. Neither the Corporation nor any of its subsidiaries may exercise any voting or other rights granted to the holders of Preferred Stock following any such conversion or redemption.

 

7.            Notice of Record Date .  In the event:

 

(a)           the Corporation shall take a record of the holders of its Common Stock (or other capital stock or securities at the time issuable upon conversion of the Preferred Stock) for the purpose of entitling or enabling them to receive any dividend or other distribution, or to receive any right to subscribe for or purchase any shares of capital stock of any class or any other securities, or to receive any other security; or

 

(b)           of any capital reorganization of the Corporation, any reclassification of the Common Stock of the Corporation, or any Liquidation Transaction; or

 

(c)           of the voluntary or involuntary dissolution, liquidation or winding-up of the Corporation,

 

then, and in each such case, the Corporation will send or cause to be sent to the holders of the Preferred Stock a notice specifying, as the case may be, (i) the record date for such dividend, distribution or right, and the amount and character of such dividend, distribution or right, or (ii) the effective date on which such reorganization, reclassification, consolidation, merger, transfer, dissolution, liquidation or winding-up is proposed to take place, and the time, if any is to be fixed, as of which the holders of record of Common Stock (or such other capital stock or securities at the time issuable upon the conversion of the Preferred Stock) shall be entitled to exchange their shares of Common Stock (or such other capital stock or securities) for securities or other property deliverable upon such reorganization, reclassification, consolidation, merger, transfer, dissolution, liquidation or winding-up, and the amount per share and character of such exchange applicable to the Preferred Stock and the Common Stock.  Such notice shall be sent at least 10 days prior to the record date or effective date for the event specified in such notice.  The Requisite Holders may waive the requirement to provide any notice pursuant to this Section 7 (or reduce the advance notice period).

 

8.            Notices .  Any notice required or permitted by the provisions of this Article Fourth to be given to a holder of shares of Preferred Stock shall be mailed, postage prepaid, to the post office address last shown on the records of the Corporation, or given by electronic communication in compliance with the provisions of the General Corporation Law, and shall be deemed sent upon such mailing or electronic transmission.

 

9.            Waiver .  Except as otherwise set forth above: (i) any of the rights, powers, preferences and other terms of the Series A Preferred Stock as a class may be waived on behalf of all holders of Series A Preferred Stock by the affirmative written consent or vote of the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock, taken together as a single class; (ii) any of the rights, powers, preferences and other terms of the Seed Preferred Stock as a series may be waived on behalf of all holders of Seed Preferred Stock by the affirmative written consent or vote of the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of Seed Preferred Stock; (iii) any of the rights, powers, preferences and other terms of the Series A-1 Preferred Stock as a series may be waived on behalf of all holders of Series A-1 Preferred Stock by the affirmative written consent or vote of the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series A-1 Preferred Stock; (iv) any of the rights, powers, preferences and other

 



 

terms of the Series A-2 Preferred Stock as a series may be waived on behalf of all holders of Series A-2 Preferred Stock by the affirmative written consent or vote of the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series A-2 Preferred Stock; (v) any of the rights, powers, preferences and other terms of the Series A-3 Preferred Stock as a series may be waived on behalf of all holders of Series A-3 Preferred Stock by the affirmative written consent or vote of the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series A-3 Preferred Stock; (vi) any of the rights, powers, preferences and other terms of the Series B Preferred Stock as a series may be waived on behalf of all holders of Series B Preferred Stock by the affirmative written consent or vote of the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock and (vii) any of the rights, powers, preferences and other terms of the Series C Preferred Stock as a series may be waived on behalf of all holders of Series C Preferred Stock by the affirmative written consent or vote of the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series C Preferred Stock.

 

B.                                     COMMON STOCK

 

Unless otherwise indicated, references to “Sections” or “Subsections” in Part B of this Article Fourth refer to sections and subsections of Part B of this Article Fourth.  In addition, the following definitions shall apply:

 

Change of Control Transaction ” means (i) the sale, lease, exchange, or other disposition (other than liens and encumbrances created in the ordinary course of business, including liens or encumbrances to secure indebtedness for borrowed money that are approved by the Board of Directors, so long as no foreclosure occurs in respect of any such lien or encumbrance) of all or substantially all of the Corporation’s property and assets (which shall for such purpose include the property and assets of any direct or indirect subsidiary of the Corporation), provided that any sale, lease, exchange or other disposition of property or assets exclusively between or among the Corporation and any direct or indirect subsidiary or subsidiaries of the Corporation shall not be deemed a “Change of Control Transaction”; (ii) the merger, consolidation, business combination, or other similar transaction of the Corporation with any other entity, other than a merger, consolidation, business combination, or other similar transaction that would result in the voting securities of the Corporation outstanding immediately prior thereto continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity or its parent) more than fifty percent (50%) of the total voting power represented by the voting securities of the Corporation (or the surviving entity or its parent) and more than fifty percent (50%) of the total number of outstanding shares of the Corporation’s capital stock (or the surviving entity or its parent), in each case as outstanding immediately after such merger, consolidation, business combination, or other similar transaction, and the stockholders of the Corporation immediately prior to the merger, consolidation, business combination, or other similar transaction own voting securities of the Corporation, the surviving entity or its parent immediately following the merger, consolidation, business combination, or other similar transaction in substantially the same proportions (vis a vis each other) as such stockholders owned the voting securities of the Corporation immediately prior to the transaction; or (iii) the recapitalization, liquidation, dissolution, or other similar transaction involving the Corporation, other than a recapitalization, liquidation, dissolution, or other similar transaction that would result in the voting securities of the Corporation outstanding immediately prior thereto continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity or its parent) more than fifty percent (50%) of the total voting power represented by the voting securities of the Corporation (or the surviving entity or its parent) and more than fifty percent (50%) of the total number of outstanding shares of the Corporation’s capital stock (or the surviving entity or its parent), in each case as outstanding immediately after such recapitalization, liquidation, dissolution or other similar transaction, and the stockholders of the Corporation immediately prior to the recapitalization, liquidation, dissolution or other similar transaction own voting securities of the Corporation, the surviving entity or its parent immediately following the recapitalization, liquidation, dissolution or other similar transaction in substantially the

 



 

same proportions (vis a vis each other) as such stockholders owned the voting securities of the Corporation immediately prior to the transaction.

 

Class B Stockholder ” means (i) the registered holder of a share of Class B Common Stock at the Effective Time and (ii) the initial registered holder of any shares of Class B Common Stock that are originally issued by the Corporation after the Effective Time.

 

Distribution ” means (i) any dividend or distribution of cash, property or shares of the Corporation’s capital stock; and (ii) any distribution following or in connection with any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, either voluntary or involuntary.

 

Exchange Act ” means the United States Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

Final Conversion Date ” means 5:00 p.m. in New York City, New York on the first Trading Day falling on or after the earlier of (i) the date on which the number of outstanding shares of Class B Common Stock represent less than ten percent (10%) of the aggregate number of shares of the then outstanding Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock or (ii) a date specified by the holders of at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66  2 / 3 %) of the outstanding shares of Class B Common Stock in the notice required by Section 3.1.

 

Rights ” means any option, warrant, conversion right or contractual right of any kind to acquire shares of the Corporation’s authorized but unissued capital stock.

 

Securities Exchange ” means, at any time, the registered national securities exchange on which the Corporation’s equity securities are then principally listed or traded, which shall be either the New York Stock Exchange or NASDAQ Global Market (or similar national quotation system of the NASDAQ Stock Market) (“ NASDAQ ”) or any successor exchange of either the New York Stock Exchange or NASDAQ.

 

SEC ” means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

Trading Day ” means any day on which the Securities Exchange is open for trading.

 

Transfer ” of Class B Common Stock means any sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance, hypothecation or other transfer or disposition of such share or any legal or beneficial interest in such share, whether or not for value and whether voluntary or involuntary or by operation of law.  A “Transfer” shall also include, without limitation, (i) a transfer of a share of Class B Common Stock to a broker or other nominee (regardless of whether or not there is a corresponding change in beneficial ownership) or (ii) the transfer of, or entering into a binding agreement with respect to, Voting Control over a share of Class B Common Stock by proxy or otherwise; provided, however, that the following shall not be considered a “Transfer”: (a) the grant of a proxy to officers or directors of the Corporation at the request of the Board of Directors in connection with actions to be taken at an annual or special meeting of stockholders; (b) entering into a voting trust, agreement or arrangement (with or without granting a proxy) solely with stockholders who are holders of Class B Common Stock that (A) is disclosed either in a Schedule 13D filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission or in writing to the Secretary of the Corporation, (B) either has a term not exceeding one year or is terminable by the holder of the shares subject thereto at any time and (C) does not involve any payment of cash, securities, property or other consideration to the holder of the shares subject thereto other than the mutual promise to vote shares in a designated manner; or (c) the fact that, as of the Effective Time or at any time after the Effective Time, the spouse of any holder of Class B Common Stock possesses or obtains an interest in such holder’s shares of Class B Common Stock arising solely by reason of the application of the

 



 

community property laws of any jurisdiction, so long as no other event or circumstance shall exist or have occurred that constitutes a “Transfer” of such shares of Class B Common Stock.

 

Voting Control ” with respect to a share of Class B Common Stock means the exclusive power (whether directly or indirectly) to vote or direct the voting of such share of Class B Common Stock by proxy, voting agreement or otherwise.

 

The relative powers, preferences and rights, and the qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereof, granted to or imposed on the shares of the Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock are as follows:

 

1.            Voting Rights .

 

1.1          General Right to Vote Together; Exception .  Except as otherwise expressly provided herein or required by applicable law, the holders of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock shall vote together as one class on all matters submitted to a vote of the stockholders; provided, however, the number of authorized shares of Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding) by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of the stock of the Corporation entitled to vote, irrespective of the provisions of Section 242(b)(2) of the General Corporation Law, and no vote of the holders of the Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock voting separately as a class shall be required therefor. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, the holders of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock shall not be entitled to vote on any amendment to this Certificate of Incorporation that relates solely to the terms of one or more outstanding series of Preferred Stock if the holders of such affected series are entitled, either separately or together with the holders of one or more other such series, to vote thereon pursuant to this Certificate of Incorporation or pursuant to the General Corporation Law.

 

1.2          Votes Per Share .  Except as otherwise expressly provided herein or required by applicable law, on any matter that is submitted to a vote of the stockholders, each holder of Class A Common Stock shall be entitled to one (1) vote for each such share, and each holder of Class B Common Stock shall be entitled to ten (10) votes for each such share.

 

2.            Identical Rights .  Except as otherwise expressly provided herein or required by applicable law, shares of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock shall have the same rights and privileges and rank equally, share ratably and be identical in all respects as to all matters, including, without limitation:

 

2.1          Dividends and Distributions .  Shares of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock shall be treated equally, identically and ratably, on a per share basis, with respect to the declaration and payment or distribution of any Distribution paid or distributed by the Corporation, unless different treatment of the shares of each such class is approved in advance by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock, each voting separately as a class; provided, however, that, subject to Section 3.6, in the event a Distribution is paid in the form of Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock (or Rights to acquire such stock), then holders of Class A Common Stock shall receive Class A Common Stock (or Rights to acquire such stock, as the case may be), and holders of Class B Common Stock shall receive Class B Common Stock (or Rights to acquire such stock, as the case may be), with holders of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock receiving an identical number of shares of Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock (or Rights to acquire such stock, as the case may be) and, in such case,

 



 

no approval of the holders of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock voting separately as a class pursuant to this Section 2.1 shall be required.

 

2.2          Subdivision, Combination or Reclassification .  If the Corporation in any manner subdivides, combines or reclassifies the outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock, the outstanding shares of the other such class shall be proportionately subdivided, combined or reclassified concurrently therewith in a manner that maintains the same proportionate equity ownership between the holders of the outstanding Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock on the effective date for such subdivision, combination or reclassification, unless different treatment of the shares of each such class is approved in advance by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock, each voting separately as a class.

 

2.3          Equal Treatment in a Change of Control Transaction or Merger or Consolidation .  In connection with any Change of Control Transaction, shares of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock shall be treated equally, identically and ratably, on a per share basis, with respect to any consideration into which such shares are converted or any consideration paid or otherwise distributed to stockholders of the Corporation, unless different treatment of the shares of each such class is approved in advance by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock, each voting separately as a class.  Any merger or consolidation of the Corporation with or into any other entity, or any other transaction having an effect on stockholders substantially similar to that resulting from a consolidation or merger, in each case which is not a Change of Control Transaction, shall require approval by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock, each voting separately as a class, unless (i) the shares of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock remain outstanding and no other consideration is received in respect thereof or (ii) such shares are converted on a pro rata basis into shares of the surviving or parent entity in such transaction having substantially identical rights to the shares of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock, respectively.

 

3.            Conversion of Class B Common Stock.

 

3.1          Voluntary Conversion .  Each one (1) share of Class B Common Stock shall be convertible into one (1) share of Class A Common Stock at the option of the holder thereof at any time.  Each holder of Class B Common Stock who elects to convert the same into shares of Class A Common Stock shall surrender the certificate or certificates therefor (if any), duly endorsed, at the office of the Corporation or any transfer agent for the Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock, and shall give written notice to the Corporation at such office that such holder elects to convert the same and shall state therein the number of shares of Class B Common Stock being converted and the name or names in which the certificate or certificates representing the shares of Class A Common Stock issued upon such conversion are to be issued or the name or names in which such shares are to be registered in book-entry form. Thereupon the Corporation shall (1) if such shares are certificated, promptly issue and deliver at such office to such holder, or to the nominee or nominees of such holder, a certificate or certificates for the number of shares of Class A Common Stock to which such holder is entitled upon such conversion or (2) if such shares are uncertificated, register such shares in book-entry form. Such conversion shall be deemed to have been made immediately prior to the close of business on the date of, if such shares are certificated, such surrender of the certificate or certificates representing the shares of Class B Common Stock to be converted or, if such shares are uncertificated, then upon the written notice of such holder’s election to convert by this Section 3.1. The person or persons entitled to receive the shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon such conversion shall be treated for all purposes as the record holder of such shares of Class A Common Stock on such date.

 



 

3.2          Automatic Conversion .  Each one (1) share of Class B Common Stock shall automatically, without any further action on the part of the Corporation or the holder thereof, convert into one (1) share of Class A Common Stock upon a Transfer of such share of Class B Common Stock; provided that no such automatic conversion shall occur in the case of a Transfer by a Class B Stockholder to any of the persons or entities listed in clauses (i) through (vi) below (each, a “ Permitted Transferee ”) and from any such Permitted Transferee back to such Class B Stockholder and/or any other Permitted Transferee established by or for such Class B Stockholder:

 

(i)            a trust for the benefit of such Class B Stockholder or persons other than the Class B Stockholder so long as the Class B Stockholder has sole dispositive power and exclusive Voting Control with respect to the shares of Class B Common Stock held by such trust; provided such Transfer does not involve any payment of cash, securities, property or other consideration (other than an interest in such trust) to the Class B Stockholder and, provided, further, that in the event such Class B Stockholder no longer has sole dispositive power and exclusive Voting Control with respect to the shares of Class B Common Stock held by such trust, each share of Class B Common Stock then held by such trust shall automatically convert into one (1) fully paid and nonassessable share of Class A Common Stock;

 

(ii)           a trust under the terms of which such Class B Stockholder has retained a “qualified interest” within the meaning of §2702(b)(1) of the Internal Revenue Code and/or a reversionary interest so long as the Class B Stockholder has sole dispositive power and exclusive Voting Control with respect to the shares of Class B Common Stock held by such trust; provided, however, that in the event the Class B Stockholder no longer has sole dispositive power and exclusive Voting Control with respect to the shares of Class B Common Stock held by such trust, each share of Class B Common Stock then held by such trust shall automatically convert into one (1) fully paid and nonassessable share of Class A Common Stock;

 

(iii)          an Individual Retirement Account, as defined in Section 408(a) of the Internal Revenue Code, or a pension, profit sharing, stock bonus or other type of plan or trust of which such Class B Stockholder is a participant or beneficiary and which satisfies the requirements for qualification under Section 401 of the Internal Revenue Code; provided that in each case such Class B Stockholder has sole dispositive power and exclusive Voting Control with respect to the shares of Class B Common Stock held in such account, plan or trust, and provided, further, that in the event the Class B Stockholder no longer has sole dispositive power and exclusive Voting Control with respect to the shares of Class B Common Stock held by such account, plan or trust, each share of Class B Common Stock then held by such trust shall automatically convert into one (1) fully paid and nonassessable share of Class A Common Stock;

 

(iv)          a corporation in which such Class B Stockholder directly, or indirectly through one or more Permitted Transferees, owns shares with sufficient Voting Control in the corporation, or otherwise has legally enforceable rights, such that the Class B Stockholder retains sole dispositive power and exclusive Voting Control with respect to the shares of Class B Common Stock held by such corporation; provided that in the event the Class B Stockholder no longer owns sufficient shares or no longer has sufficient legally enforceable rights to ensure that the Class B Stockholder retains sole dispositive power and exclusive Voting Control with respect to the shares of Class B Common Stock held by such corporation, each share of Class B Common Stock then held by such corporation shall automatically convert into one (1) fully paid and nonassessable share of Class A Common Stock;

 

(v)           a partnership in which such Class B Stockholder directly, or indirectly through one or more Permitted Transferees, owns partnership interests with sufficient Voting Control in the partnership, or otherwise has legally enforceable rights, such that the Class B Stockholder retains sole

 



 

dispositive power and exclusive Voting Control with respect to the shares of Class B Common Stock held by such partnership; provided that in the event the Class B Stockholder no longer owns sufficient partnership interests or no longer has sufficient legally enforceable rights to ensure that the Class B Stockholder retains sole dispositive power and exclusive Voting Control with respect to the shares of Class B Common Stock held by such partnership, each share of Class B Common Stock then held by such partnership shall automatically convert into one (1) fully paid and nonassessable share of Class A Common Stock; or

 

(vi)          a limited liability company in which such Class B Stockholder directly, or indirectly through one or more Permitted Transferees, owns membership interests with sufficient Voting Control in the limited liability company, or otherwise has legally enforceable rights, such that the Class B Stockholder retains sole dispositive power and exclusive Voting Control with respect to the shares of Class B Common Stock held by such limited liability company; provided that in the event the Class B Stockholder no longer owns sufficient membership interests or no longer has sufficient legally enforceable rights to ensure that the Class B Stockholder retains sole dispositive power and exclusive Voting Control with respect to the shares of Class B Common Stock held by such limited liability company, each share of Class B Common Stock then held by such limited liability company shall automatically convert into one (1) fully paid and nonassessable share of Class A Common Stock.

 

Any certificate representing shares of Class B Common Stock shall bear a legend that the shares represented by such certificates are subject to the restrictions on transferability set forth in this Section 3.2.

 

3.3          Final Conversion of Class B Common Stock .  On the Final Conversion Date, each one (1) issued share of Class B Common Stock shall automatically, without any further action by the holder thereof or the Corporation, convert into one (1) share of Class A Common Stock.  Following such conversion, the reissuance of all shares of Class B Common Stock shall be prohibited, and such shares shall be retired and cancelled in accordance with Section 243 of the General Corporation Law and the filing of the certificate with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware required thereby, and upon the effectiveness of such certificate, if the retired shares constitute all of the authorized shares of the Class B Common Stock, the certificate shall have the effect of eliminating all references to the Class B Common Stock in this Certificate of Incorporation.  Upon conversion of Class B Common Stock into Class A Common Stock on the Final Conversion Date, all rights of holders of shares of Class B Common Stock shall cease and (a) if such shares are certificated, the person or persons in whose name or names the certificate or certificates representing the shares of Class A Common Stock are to be issued or (b) if such shares are not certificated, the person registered as the owner of such shares in book-entry form shall be treated for all purposes as having become the record holder or holders of such shares of Class A Common Stock.

 

3.4          Procedures .  The Corporation may, from time to time, establish such policies and procedures relating to the conversion of the Class B Common Stock to Class A Common Stock and the general administration of this dual class stock structure in accordance with the provisions of this Certificate of Incorporation, including the issuance of stock certificates with respect thereto, as it may deem necessary or advisable, and may from time to time request that holders of shares of Class B Common Stock furnish certifications, affidavits or other proof to the Corporation as it deems necessary to verify the ownership of Class B Common Stock and to confirm that a conversion to Class A Common Stock has not occurred.  A determination by the Board of Directors of the Corporation that a Transfer has resulted or will result in a conversion of the Class B Common Stock to Class A Common Stock shall be conclusive and binding.

 



 

3.5          Immediate Effect .  In the event of a conversion of shares of Class B Common Stock to shares of Class A Common Stock pursuant to this Section 3, such conversion(s) shall be deemed to have been made at the time that the Transfer of shares occurred or, in the case of Section 3.3, upon the Final Conversion Date.

 

3.6          Effect of Conversion on Payment of Dividends .  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, if the date on which any share of Class B Common Stock is converted into Class A Common Stock occurs after the record date for the determination of the holders of Class B Common Stock entitled to receive any Distribution to be paid to on the shares of Class B Common Stock, the holder of such shares of Class B Common Stock as of such record date will be entitled to receive such Distribution on such payment date; provided, however, that notwithstanding any other provision of this Certificate of Incorporation, to the extent that any such Distribution is payable in shares of Class B Common Stock (or Rights to acquire such stock), such Distribution shall, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, be deemed to have been declared, and shall be payable in, shares of Class A Common Stock (or Rights to acquire such stock) and no shares of Class B Common Stock (or Rights to acquire such stock) shall be issued in payment thereof.

 

3.7          Reservation of Stock .  The Corporation shall at all times reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued shares of Class A Common Stock, solely for the purpose of effecting the conversion of the shares of Class B Common Stock, such number of its shares of Class A Common Stock as shall from time to time be sufficient to effect the conversion of all outstanding shares of Class B Common Stock into shares of Class A Common Stock.

 

3.8          No Further Issuances .  Except for the issuance of Class B Common Stock issuable upon exercise of Rights outstanding at the Effective Time, the reclassification of shares of Class B Common Stock into a greater or lesser number of shares of Class B Common Stock or as a dividend payable in accordance with Article Fourth , Section B.2.1, the Corporation shall not at any time after the Effective Time issue any additional shares of Class B Common Stock, unless such issuance is approved by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Class B Common Stock.

 

FIFTH:                  Amendment of Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws.   Subject to any additional vote required by the Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws, in furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by statute, the Board of Directors is expressly authorized to make, repeal, alter, amend and rescind any or all of the Bylaws of the Corporation.

 

SIXTH:                  Size of Board of Directors; Election by Written Ballot.   Subject to any additional vote required by the Certificate of Incorporation, the number of directors of the Corporation shall be determined in the manner set forth in the Bylaws of the Corporation.  Elections of directors need not be by written ballot unless the Bylaws of the Corporation shall so provide.

 

SEVENTH:           Meetings of Stockholders; Corporation’s Books.   Meetings of stockholders may be held within or without the State of Delaware, as the Bylaws of the Corporation may provide.  The books of the Corporation may be kept outside the State of Delaware at such place or places as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors or in the Bylaws of the Corporation.

 

EIGHTH:              Limitation of Liability.   To the fullest extent permitted by law, a director of the Corporation shall not be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director.  If the General Corporation Law or any other law of the State of Delaware is amended after approval by the stockholders of this Article Eighth to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors, then the liability of a director of

 



 

the Corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the General Corporation Law as so amended.

 

Any repeal or modification of the foregoing provisions of this Article Eighth by the stockholders of the Corporation shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director of the Corporation existing at the time of, or increase the liability of any director of the Corporation with respect to any acts or omissions of such director occurring prior to, such repeal or modification.

 

NINTH:  Indemnification.   To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Corporation is authorized to provide indemnification of (and advancement of expenses to) directors, officers and agents of the Corporation (and any other persons to which General Corporation Law permits the Corporation to provide indemnification) through Bylaw provisions, agreements with such agents or other persons, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, in excess of the indemnification and advancement otherwise permitted by Section 145 of the General Corporation Law.  Any amendment, repeal or modification of the foregoing provisions of this Article Ninth shall not adversely affect any right or protection of any director, officer or other agent of the Corporation existing at the time of such amendment, repeal or modification.

 

TENTH:  Excluded Opportunities.   The Corporation renounces, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any interest or expectancy of the Corporation in, or in being offered an opportunity to participate in, any Excluded Opportunity.  An “ Excluded Opportunity ” is any matter, transaction or interest that is presented to, or acquired, created or developed by, or which otherwise comes into the possession of, (i) any director of the Corporation who is not an employee of the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries, or (ii) any holder of Preferred Stock or any partner, member, director, stockholder, employee or agent of any such holder, other than someone who is an employee of the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries (collectively, “ Covered Persons ”), unless such matter, transaction or interest is presented to, or acquired, created or developed by, or otherwise comes into the possession of, a Covered Person expressly and solely in such Covered Person’s capacity as a director of the Corporation.

 

ELEVENTH:  Unless the Corporation consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be the sole and exclusive forum for (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of the Corporation; (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any director, officer, other employee or stockholder of the Corporation to the Corporation or the Corporation’s stockholders; (iii) any action asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the General Corporation Law, the Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws of the Corporation or as to which the General Corporation Law confers jurisdiction on the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware; or (iv) any action asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine.  Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring or holding any interest in shares of capital stock of the Corporation shall be deemed to have notice of and to have consented to the provisions of this Article Eleventh .

 

TWELFTH:  California Section 500 .   In connection with repurchases by the Corporation of Common Stock from employees, officers, directors, advisors, consultants or other persons performing services for the Corporation or any subsidiary pursuant to agreements under which the Corporation has the option to repurchase such shares at cost upon the occurrence of certain events, such as the termination of employment, Section 500 of the California Corporations Code shall not apply in all or in part with respect to such repurchases.  In the case of any such repurchases, distributions by the corporation may be made without regard to the “preferential dividends arrears amount” or any “preferential rights amount,” as such terms are defined in Section 500(b) of the California Corporations Code.

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation has been executed by a duly authorized officer of this corporation on September 2, 2016.

 

 

 

The Trade Desk, Inc.

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Jeff Green

 

Jeff Green, Chief Executive Officer

 




Exhibit 3.2

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

 

OF

 

THE TRADE DESK, INC.

 

The Trade Desk, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware, hereby certifies as follows:

 

A.                                     The name of the corporation is The Trade Desk, Inc.  The corporation’s original Certificate of Incorporation was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on November 12, 2009.

 

B.                                     This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, which restates, integrates and also further amends the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, as amended and restated from time to time prior to the date hereof, was duly authorized and adopted by the Corporation’s Board of Directors and stockholders in accordance with the provisions of Sections 242 and 245 of the Delaware General Corporation Law.

 

C.                                     The Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation, as amended and restated from time to time prior to the date hereof, is hereby amended, integrated and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

 

ARTICLE I

 

The name of this corporation is The Trade Desk, Inc. (the “ Corporation ”).

 

ARTICLE II

 

The address of the registered office of the Corporation in the State of Delaware is 160 Greentree Drive, Suite 101, in the City of Dover, DE 19904, County of Kent, and the name of its registered agent at such address National Registered Agents, Inc.

 

ARTICLE III

 

The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which a corporation may be organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “ General Corporation Law ”).

 

ARTICLE IV

 

A.                                     Classes of Stock .  The Corporation is authorized to issue shares of capital stock designated, respectively, “ Class A Common Stock ,” “ Class B Common Stock ” and “ Preferred Stock .” The total number of shares of capital stock that the Corporation is authorized to issue is 1,195,000,000 shares, consisting of: 1,000,000,000 shares of Class A Common Stock, par value $0.000001 per share (the “ Class A Common Stock ”), 95,000,000 shares of Class B Common Stock, par value $0.000001 per share (the “ Class B Common Stock ”, and together with the Class

 



 

A Common Stock, the “ Common Stock ”) and 100,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock, par value $0.000001 per share (the “ Preferred Stock ”).

 

B.                                     Preferred Stock .  The Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “ Board of Directors ”) is authorized, subject to any limitations prescribed by law, to provide out of the unissued shares of Preferred Stock for the issuance of shares of Preferred Stock in one or more series, and by filing a certificate pursuant to the applicable law of the State of Delaware (such certificate being hereinafter referred to as a “ Preferred Stock Designation ”), to establish from time to time the number of shares to be included in each such series, and to fix the voting powers, full or limited, or no voting powers and the designation, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of the shares of each such series and any qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof.  The powers, preferences and relative, participating, optional and other special rights of each series of Preferred Stock, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, if any, may differ from those of any and all other series at any time outstanding.  The number of authorized shares of Preferred Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding) by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of all of the outstanding shares of stock of the Corporation entitled to vote thereon irrespective of the provisions of Section 242(b)(2) of the General Corporation Law, unless a vote of any holders of Preferred Stock is required pursuant to the terms of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (the “ Restated Certificate ”) (including any Preferred Stock Designation).

 

C.                                     Common Stock .  The relative powers, preferences and rights, and the qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereof, granted to or imposed on the shares of the Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock are as follows:

 

1.                                       Voting Rights .

 

(a)                                  General Right to Vote Together; Exception .  Except as otherwise expressly provided herein or required by applicable law, the holders of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock shall vote together as one class on all matters submitted to a vote of the stockholders; provided , however , the number of authorized shares of Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding) by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of the stock of the Corporation entitled to vote, irrespective of the provisions of Section 242(b)(2) of the General Corporation Law, and no vote of the holders of the Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock voting separately as a class shall be required therefor. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, the holders of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock shall not be entitled to vote on any amendment to this Restated Certificate (including any Preferred Stock Designation) that relates solely to the terms of one or more outstanding series of Preferred Stock if the holders of such affected series are entitled, either separately or together with the holders of one or more other such series, to vote thereon pursuant to this Restated Certificate (including any Preferred Stock Designation) or pursuant to the General Corporation Law.

 

(b)                                  Votes Per Share .  Except as otherwise expressly provided herein or required by applicable law, on any matter that is submitted to a vote of the stockholders, each

 

2



 

holder of Class A Common Stock shall be entitled to one (1) vote for each such share, and each holder of Class B Common Stock shall be entitled to ten (10) votes for each such share.

 

2.                                       Identical Rights .  Except as otherwise expressly provided herein or required by applicable law, shares of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock shall have the same rights and privileges and rank equally, share ratably and be identical in all respects as to all matters, including, without limitation:

 

(a)                                  Dividends and Distributions .  Shares of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock shall be treated equally, identically and ratably, on a per share basis, with respect to the declaration and payment or distribution of any Distribution paid or distributed by the Corporation, unless different treatment of the shares of each such class is approved in advance by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock, each voting separately as a class; provided , however , that, subject to Section C.3(f) of this Article IV,  in the event a Distribution is paid in the form of Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock (or Rights to acquire such stock), then holders of Class A Common Stock shall receive Class A Common Stock (or Rights to acquire such stock, as the case may be), and holders of Class B Common Stock shall receive Class B Common Stock (or Rights to acquire such stock, as the case may be), with holders of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock receiving an identical number of shares of Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock (or Rights to acquire such stock, as the case may be) and, in such case, no approval of the holders of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock voting separately as a class pursuant to this Section 2.1 shall be required.

 

(b)                                  Subdivision, Combination or Reclassification .  If the Corporation in any manner subdivides, combines or reclassifies the outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock, the outstanding shares of the other such class shall be proportionately subdivided, combined or reclassified concurrently therewith in a manner that maintains the same proportionate equity ownership between the holders of the outstanding Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock on the effective date for such subdivision, combination or reclassification, unless different treatment of the shares of each such class is approved in advance by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock, each voting separately as a class.

 

(c)                                   Equal Treatment in a Change of Control Transaction or Merger or Consolidation .  In connection with any Change of Control Transaction, shares of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock shall be treated equally, identically and ratably, on a per share basis, with respect to any consideration into which such shares are converted or any consideration paid or otherwise distributed to stockholders of the Corporation, unless different treatment of the shares of each such class is approved in advance by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock, each voting separately as a class.  Any merger or consolidation of the Corporation with or into any other entity, or any other transaction having an effect on stockholders substantially similar to that resulting from a consolidation or merger, in each case which is not a Change of Control Transaction, shall require approval by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock, each voting separately as a class, unless (i) the shares of Class A Common

 

3



 

Stock and Class B Common Stock remain outstanding and no other consideration is received in respect thereof or (ii) such shares are converted on a pro rata basis into shares of the surviving or parent entity in such transaction having substantially identical rights to the shares of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock, respectively.

 

3.                                       Conversion of Class B Common Stock .

 

(a)                                  Voluntary Conversion .  Each one (1) share of Class B Common Stock shall be convertible into one (1) share of Class A Common Stock at the option of the holder thereof at any time.  Each holder of Class B Common Stock who elects to convert the same into shares of Class A Common Stock shall surrender the certificate or certificates therefor (if any), duly endorsed, at the office of the Corporation or any transfer agent for the Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock, and shall give written notice to the Corporation at such office that such holder elects to convert the same and shall state therein the number of shares of Class B Common Stock being converted and the name or names in which the certificate or certificates representing the shares of Class A Common Stock issued upon such conversion are to be issued or the name or names in which such shares are to be registered in book-entry form. Thereupon the Corporation shall (1) if such shares are certificated, promptly issue and deliver at such office to such holder, or to the nominee or nominees of such holder, a certificate or certificates for the number of shares of Class A Common Stock to which such holder is entitled upon such conversion or (2) if such shares are uncertificated, register such shares in book-entry form. Such conversion shall be deemed to have been made immediately prior to the close of business on the date of, if such shares are certificated, such surrender of the certificate or certificates representing the shares of Class B Common Stock to be converted or, if such shares are uncertificated, then upon the written notice of such holder’s election to convert by this Section 3(a). The person or persons entitled to receive the shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon such conversion shall be treated for all purposes as the record holder of such shares of Class A Common Stock on such date.

 

(b)                                  Automatic Conversion .  Each one (1) share of Class B Common Stock shall automatically, without any further action on the part of the Corporation or the holder thereof, convert into one (1) share of Class A Common Stock upon a Transfer of such share of Class B Common Stock; provided that no such automatic conversion shall occur in the case of a Transfer by a Class B Stockholder to any of the persons or entities listed in clauses (i) through (vi) below (each, a “ Permitted Transferee ”) and from any such Permitted Transferee back to such Class B Stockholder and/or any other Permitted Transferee established by or for such Class B Stockholder:

 

(i)                                      a trust for the benefit of such Class B Stockholder or persons other than the Class B Stockholder so long as the Class B Stockholder has sole dispositive power and exclusive Voting Control with respect to the shares of Class B Common Stock held by such trust; provided such Transfer does not involve any payment of cash, securities, property or other consideration (other than an interest in such trust) to the Class B Stockholder and, provided , further , that in the event such Class B Stockholder no longer has sole dispositive power and exclusive Voting Control with respect to the shares of Class B Common Stock held by such trust, each share of Class B Common Stock then held by such trust shall automatically convert into one (1) fully paid and nonassessable share of Class A Common Stock;

 

4



 

(ii)                                   a trust under the terms of which such Class B Stockholder has retained a “qualified interest” within the meaning of §2702(b)(1) of the Internal Revenue Code and/or a reversionary interest so long as the Class B Stockholder has sole dispositive power and exclusive Voting Control with respect to the shares of Class B Common Stock held by such trust; provided , however , that in the event the Class B Stockholder no longer has sole dispositive power and exclusive Voting Control with respect to the shares of Class B Common Stock held by such trust, each share of Class B Common Stock then held by such trust shall automatically convert into one (1) fully paid and nonassessable share of Class A Common Stock;

 

(iii)                                an Individual Retirement Account, as defined in Section 408(a) of the Internal Revenue Code, or a pension, profit sharing, stock bonus or other type of plan or trust of which such Class B Stockholder is a participant or beneficiary and which satisfies the requirements for qualification under Section 401 of the Internal Revenue Code; provided that in each case such Class B Stockholder has sole dispositive power and exclusive Voting Control with respect to the shares of Class B Common Stock held in such account, plan or trust, and provided , further , that in the event the Class B Stockholder no longer has sole dispositive power and exclusive Voting Control with respect to the shares of Class B Common Stock held by such account, plan or trust, each share of Class B Common Stock then held by such trust shall automatically convert into one (1) fully paid and nonassessable share of Class A Common Stock;

 

(iv)                               a corporation in which such Class B Stockholder directly, or indirectly through one or more Permitted Transferees, owns shares with sufficient Voting Control in the corporation, or otherwise has legally enforceable rights, such that the Class B Stockholder retains sole dispositive power and exclusive Voting Control with respect to the shares of Class B Common Stock held by such corporation; provided that in the event the Class B Stockholder no longer owns sufficient shares or no longer has sufficient legally enforceable rights to ensure that the Class B Stockholder retains sole dispositive power and exclusive Voting Control with respect to the shares of Class B Common Stock held by such corporation, each share of Class B Common Stock then held by such corporation shall automatically convert into one (1) fully paid and nonassessable share of Class A Common Stock;

 

(v)                                  a partnership in which such Class B Stockholder directly, or indirectly through one or more Permitted Transferees, owns partnership interests with sufficient Voting Control in the partnership, or otherwise has legally enforceable rights, such that the Class B Stockholder retains sole dispositive power and exclusive Voting Control with respect to the shares of Class B Common Stock held by such partnership; provided that in the event the Class B Stockholder no longer owns sufficient partnership interests or no longer has sufficient legally enforceable rights to ensure that the Class B Stockholder retains sole dispositive power and exclusive Voting Control with respect to the shares of Class B Common Stock held by such partnership, each share of Class B Common Stock then held by such partnership shall automatically convert into one (1) fully paid and nonassessable share of Class A Common Stock; or

 

(vi)                               a limited liability company in which such Class B Stockholder directly, or indirectly through one or more Permitted Transferees, owns membership interests with sufficient Voting Control in the limited liability company, or otherwise has legally

 

5



 

enforceable rights, such that the Class B Stockholder retains sole dispositive power and exclusive Voting Control with respect to the shares of Class B Common Stock held by such limited liability company; provided that in the event the Class B Stockholder no longer owns sufficient membership interests or no longer has sufficient legally enforceable rights to ensure that the Class B Stockholder retains sole dispositive power and exclusive Voting Control with respect to the shares of Class B Common Stock held by such limited liability company, each share of Class B Common Stock then held by such limited liability company shall automatically convert into one (1) fully paid and nonassessable share of Class A Common Stock. Any certificate representing shares of Class B Common Stock shall bear a legend that the shares represented by such certificates are subject to the restrictions on transferability set forth in this Section 3(b).

 

(c)                                   Final Conversion of Class B Common Stock.   On the Final Conversion Date, each one (1) issued share of Class B Common Stock shall automatically, without any further action by the holder thereof or the Corporation, convert into one (1) share of Class A Common Stock.  Following such conversion, the reissuance of all shares of Class B Common Stock shall be prohibited, and such shares shall be retired and cancelled in accordance with Section 243 of the General Corporation Law and the filing of the certificate with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware required thereby, and upon the effectiveness of such certificate, if the retired shares constitute all of the authorized shares of the Class B Common Stock, the certificate shall have the effect of eliminating all references to the Class B Common Stock in this Restated Certificate.  Upon conversion of Class B Common Stock into Class A Common Stock on the Final Conversion Date, all rights of holders of shares of Class B Common Stock shall cease and (a) if such shares are certificated, the person or persons in whose name or names the certificate or certificates representing the shares of Class A Common Stock are to be issued or (b) if such shares are not certificated, the person registered as the owner of such shares in book-entry form shall be treated for all purposes as having become the record holder or holders of such shares of Class A Common Stock.

 

(d)                                  Procedures .  The Corporation may, from time to time, establish such policies and procedures relating to the conversion of the Class B Common Stock to Class A Common Stock and the general administration of this dual class stock structure in accordance with the provisions of this Restated Certificate, including the issuance of stock certificates with respect thereto, as it may deem necessary or advisable, and may from time to time request that holders of shares of Class B Common Stock furnish certifications, affidavits or other proof to the Corporation as it deems necessary to verify the ownership of Class B Common Stock and to confirm that a conversion to Class A Common Stock has not occurred.  A determination by the Board of Directors of the Corporation that a Transfer has resulted or will result in a conversion of the Class B Common Stock to Class A Common Stock shall be conclusive and binding.

 

(e)                                   Immediate Effect .  In the event of a conversion of shares of Class B Common Stock to shares of Class A Common Stock pursuant to this Section 3, such conversion(s) shall be deemed to have been made at the time that the Transfer of shares occurred or, in the case of Section C.3(c) hereof, upon the Final Conversion Date.

 

(f)                                    Effect of Conversion on Payment of Dividends . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, if the date on which any share of Class B Common Stock is converted into Class A Common Stock occurs after the record date for the determination

 

6



 

of the holders of Class B Common Stock entitled to receive any Distribution to be paid to on the shares of Class B Common Stock, the holder of such shares of Class B Common Stock as of such record date will be entitled to receive such Distribution on such payment date; provided , however , that notwithstanding any other provision of this Restated Certificate, to the extent that any such Distribution is payable in shares of Class B Common Stock (or Rights to acquire such stock), such Distribution shall, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, be deemed to have been declared, and shall be payable in, shares of Class A Common Stock (or Rights to acquire such stock) and no shares of Class B Common Stock (or Rights to acquire such stock) shall be issued in payment thereof.

 

(g)                                   Reservation of Stock .  The Corporation shall at all times reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued shares of Class A Common Stock, solely for the purpose of effecting the conversion of the shares of Class B Common Stock, such number of its shares of Class A Common Stock as shall from time to time be sufficient to effect the conversion of all outstanding shares of Class B Common Stock into shares of Class A Common Stock.

 

D.                                     No Further Issuances .  Except for the issuance of Class B Common Stock issuable upon exercise of Rights outstanding at the Effective Time, the reclassification of shares of Class B Common Stock into a greater or lesser number of shares of Class B Common Stock or as a dividend payable in accordance with Article IV, Section C.2(a), the Corporation shall not at any time after the Effective Time issue any additional shares of Class B Common Stock, unless such issuance is approved by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Class B Common Stock.

 

ARTICLE V

 

The following terms, where capitalized in this Restated Certificate, shall have the meanings ascribed to them in this Article V:

 

Change of Control Transaction ” means (i) the sale, lease, exchange, or other disposition (other than liens and encumbrances created in the ordinary course of business, including liens or encumbrances to secure indebtedness for borrowed money that are approved by the Board of Directors, so long as no foreclosure occurs in respect of any such lien or encumbrance) of all or substantially all of the Corporation’s property and assets (which shall for such purpose include the property and assets of any direct or indirect subsidiary of the Corporation), provided that any sale, lease, exchange or other disposition of property or assets exclusively between or among the Corporation and any direct or indirect subsidiary or subsidiaries of the Corporation shall not be deemed a “Change of Control Transaction”; (ii) the merger, consolidation, business combination, or other similar transaction of the Corporation with any other entity, other than a merger, consolidation, business combination, or other similar transaction that would result in the voting securities of the Corporation outstanding immediately prior thereto continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity or its parent) more than fifty percent (50%) of the total voting power represented by the voting securities of the Corporation (or the surviving entity or its parent) and more than fifty percent (50%) of the total number of outstanding shares of the Corporation’s capital stock (or the surviving entity or its parent), in each case as outstanding

 

7


 

immediately after such merger, consolidation, business combination, or other similar transaction, and the stockholders of the Corporation immediately prior to the merger, consolidation, business combination, or other similar transaction own voting securities of the Corporation, the surviving entity or its parent immediately following the merger, consolidation, business combination, or other similar transaction in substantially the same proportions (vis a vis each other) as such stockholders owned the voting securities of the Corporation immediately prior to the transaction; or (iii) the recapitalization, liquidation, dissolution, or other similar transaction involving the Corporation, other than a recapitalization, liquidation, dissolution, or other similar transaction that would result in the voting securities of the Corporation outstanding immediately prior thereto continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity or its parent) more than fifty percent (50%) of the total voting power represented by the voting securities of the Corporation (or the surviving entity or its parent) and more than fifty percent (50%) of the total number of outstanding shares of the Corporation’s capital stock (or the surviving entity or its parent), in each case as outstanding immediately after such recapitalization, liquidation, dissolution or other similar transaction, and the stockholders of the Corporation immediately prior to the recapitalization, liquidation, dissolution or other similar transaction own voting securities of the Corporation, the surviving entity or its parent immediately following the recapitalization, liquidation, dissolution or other similar transaction in substantially the same proportions (vis a vis each other) as such stockholders owned the voting securities of the Corporation immediately prior to the transaction.

 

Class B Stockholder ” means (i) the registered holder of a share of Class B Common Stock at the Effective Time and (ii) the initial registered holder of any shares of Class B Common Stock that are originally issued by the Corporation after the Effective Time.

 

Distribution ” means (i) any dividend or distribution of cash, property or shares of the Corporation’s capital stock; and (ii) any distribution following or in connection with any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, either voluntary or involuntary.

 

Effective Time ” means the time at which this Restated Certificate is filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware and becomes effective.

 

Exchange Act ” means the United States Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

Final Conversion Date ” means 5:00 p.m. in New York City, New York on the first Trading Day falling on or after the earlier of (i) the date on which the number of outstanding shares of Class B Common Stock represent less than ten percent (10%) of the aggregate number of shares of the then outstanding Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock or (ii) a date specified by the holders of at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66  2 / 3 %) of the outstanding shares of Class B Common Stock in the notice required by Section C.3(a) of Article IV.

 

Rights ” means any option, warrant, conversion right or contractual right of any kind to acquire shares of the Corporation’s authorized but unissued capital stock.

 

Securities Exchange ” means, at any time, the registered national securities exchange on which the Corporation’s equity securities are then principally listed or traded, which shall be

 

8



 

either the New York Stock Exchange or NASDAQ Global Market (or similar national quotation system of the NASDAQ Stock Market) (“ NASDAQ ”) or any successor exchange of either the New York Stock Exchange or NASDAQ.

 

SEC” means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

Trading Day ” means any day on which the Securities Exchange is open for trading.

 

Transfer ” of a share of Class B Common Stock shall mean any sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance, hypothecation or other transfer or disposition of such share or any legal or beneficial interest in such share, whether or not for value and whether voluntary or involuntary or by operation of law.  A “Transfer” shall also include, without limitation, (i) a transfer of a share of Class B Common Stock to a broker or other nominee (regardless of whether or not there is a corresponding change in beneficial ownership) or (ii) the transfer of, or entering into a binding agreement with respect to, Voting Control over a share of Class B Common Stock by proxy or otherwise; provided , however , that the following shall not be considered a “Transfer”: (a) the grant of a proxy to officers or directors of the Corporation at the request of the Board of Directors in connection with actions to be taken at an annual or special meeting of stockholders; (b) entering into a voting trust, agreement or arrangement (with or without granting a proxy) solely with stockholders who are holders of Class B Common Stock that (A) is disclosed either in a Schedule 13D filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission or in writing to the Secretary of the Corporation, (B) either has a term not exceeding one year or is terminable by the holder of the shares subject thereto at any time and (C) does not involve any payment of cash, securities, property or other consideration to the holder of the shares subject thereto other than the mutual promise to vote shares in a designated manner; or (c) the fact that, as of the Effective Time or at any time after the Effective Time, the spouse of any holder of Class B Common Stock possesses or obtains an interest in such holder’s shares of Class B Common Stock arising solely by reason of the application of the community property laws of any jurisdiction, so long as no other event or circumstance shall exist or have occurred that constitutes a “Transfer” of such shares of Class B Common Stock.

 

Voting Control ” with respect to a share of Class B Common Stock means the exclusive power (whether directly or indirectly) to vote or direct the voting of such share of Class B Common Stock by proxy, voting agreement or otherwise.

 

ARTICLE VI

 

A.                                     Board Size .  Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect additional directors under specified circumstances, the total number of authorized directors constituting the Board of Directors (the “ Whole Board ”) shall be fixed from time to time exclusively by the Board of Directors pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the Whole Board.

 

B.                                     Classified Board .  The directors (other than those directors elected by the holders of any series of Preferred Stock provided for or fixed pursuant to the provisions of this Restated Certificate (the “ Preferred Stock Directors ”)) shall be and are divided into three classes designated as Class I, Class II and Class III, respectively (the “ Classified Board ”).  Each class

 

9



 

shall consist, as nearly as may be possible, of one third of the Whole Board.  The Board of Directors is authorized to assign members of the Board of Directors already in office to such classes of the Classified Board, which assignments shall become effective at the same time the Classified Board becomes effective.  The initial term of office of the Class I directors shall expire at the Corporation’s first annual meeting of stockholders following the Effective Time, the initial term of office of the Class II directors shall expire at the Corporation’s second annual meeting of stockholders following the Effective Time, and the initial term of office of the Class III directors shall expire at the Corporation’s third annual meeting of stockholders following the Effective Time.  At each annual meeting of stockholders following the Effective Time, directors elected to succeed those directors of the class whose terms then expire shall be elected for a term of office to expire at the third succeeding annual meeting of stockholders after their election.  In case of any increase or decrease, from time to time, in the number of directors (other than Preferred Stock Directors) in each class shall be apportioned as nearly equal as possible.

 

C.                                     Term; Removal .  Each director shall hold office until the annual meeting of stockholders at which such director’s term expires and until such director’s successor is duly elected and qualified, or until such director’s earlier death, resignation, disqualification or removal.  Except for Preferred Stock Directors, directors may be removed only for cause and only by the affirmative vote of the holders of sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66 2/3%) of the voting power of the then-outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class.

 

D.                                     Vacancies and Newly Created Directorships .  Subject to the special rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect directors, any vacancy occurring in the Board of Directors for any cause, and any newly created directorship resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors, shall be filled only by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors then in office, even if less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director, and not by the stockholders.  Any director elected in accordance with the preceding sentence shall hold office for a term expiring at the annual meeting of stockholders at which the term of office of such director’s class expires and until such director’s successor is duly elected and qualified, or until such director’s earlier death, resignation, disqualification or removal.  No decrease in the authorized number of directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director.

 

ARTICLE VII

 

The following provisions are inserted for the management of the business and the conduct of the affairs of the Corporation, and for further definition, limitation and regulation of the powers of the Corporation and of its directors and stockholders:

 

A.                                     Board Power .  The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors.  Except as otherwise expressly delegated by the Board of Directors pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the Whole Board, the Board of Directors shall have the exclusive power and authority to appoint and remove officers of the Corporation.

 

B.                                     Written Ballot .  Elections of directors need not be by written ballot unless otherwise provided in the Bylaws of the Corporation.

 

10



 

C.                                     Amendment of Bylaws .  In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by the General Corporation Law, the Board of Directors is expressly authorized to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the Corporation.  In addition to any vote of the holders of any class or series of stock of the Corporation required by applicable law or by this Restated Certificate (including any Preferred Stock Designation in respect of one or more series of Preferred Stock), the adoption, amendment or repeal of the Bylaws of the Corporation by the stockholders of the Corporation shall require the affirmative vote of the holders of at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66-2/3%) of the voting power of the outstanding shares of stock of the Corporation entitled to vote thereon, voting together as a single class.

 

D.                                     Special Meetings .  Special meetings of the stockholders may be called only by (i) the Board of Directors pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the Whole Board; (ii) the chairman of the Board of Directors (or in the event of co-chairmen, either co-chairman); (iii) the chief executive officer of the Corporation; or (iv) the president of the Corporation (in the event there is no chief executive officer of the Corporation); but not by the stockholders of the Corporation or by any other person or persons.

 

E.                                     Stockholder Action by Written Consent .  Subject to the special rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock, any action required or permitted to be taken by the stockholders of the Corporation must be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation and may not be effected by any consent in writing by such stockholders in lieu of a meeting.

 

F.                                      No Cumulative Voting .  No stockholder will be permitted to cumulate votes at any election of directors.

 

G.                                    Advance Notice of Stockholder Nominations .  Advance notice of stockholder nominations for the election of directors and of other business proposed to be brought by stockholders before any meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation shall be given in the manner provided in the Bylaws of the Corporation.

 

ARTICLE VIII

 

A.                                     Director Exculpation .  To the maximum extent permitted by the General Corporation Law, as the same exists or as may hereafter be amended, a director of the Corporation shall not be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director.  If the General Corporation Law is amended after approval by the stockholders of this Article VIII to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors, then the liability of a director of the Corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the General Corporation Law as so amended, automatically and without further action, upon the date of such amendment.

 

B.                                     Indemnification .

 

The Corporation, to the fullest extent permitted by law, shall indemnify and advance expenses to any person made or threatened to be made a party to an action, suit or proceeding, whether criminal, civil, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that he or she, or his

 

11



 

or her testator or intestate, is or was a director or officer of the Corporation or any predecessor of the Corporation, or serves or served at any other enterprise as a director or officer at the request of the Corporation or any predecessor to the Corporation

 

The Corporation, to the fullest extent permitted by law, may indemnify and advance expenses to any person made or threatened to be made a party to an action, suit or proceeding, whether criminal, civil, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that he or she, or his or her testator or intestate is or was an employee or agent of the Corporation or any predecessor of the Corporation, or serves or served at any other enterprise as an employee or agent at the request of the Corporation or any predecessor to the Corporation.

 

C.                                     Vested Rights .  Neither any amendment nor repeal of this Article VIII, nor the adoption by amendment of this Restated Certificate of any provision inconsistent with this Article VIII, shall eliminate or reduce the effect of this Article VIII in respect of any matter occurring, or any action or proceeding accruing or arising (or that, but for this Article VIII, would accrue or arise) prior to such amendment, repeal or adoption of an inconsistent provision.

 

ARTICLE IX

 

Unless the Corporation consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware shall to the fullest extent permitted by law be the sole and exclusive forum for (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of the Corporation; (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any director, officer, other employee or stockholder of the Corporation to the Corporation or the Corporation’s stockholders; (iii) any action asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the General Corporation Law, the Restated Certificate or the Bylaws of the Corporation or as to which the General Corporation Law confers jurisdiction on the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware; or (iv) any action asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine.  Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring or holding any interest in shares of capital stock of the Corporation shall be deemed to have notice of and to have consented to the provisions of this Article IX.

 

ARTICLE X

 

The Corporation reserves the right at any time, and from time to time, to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in this Restated Certificate, and other provisions authorized by the laws of the State of Delaware at the time in force may be added or inserted, in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by statute, and all rights, preferences and privileges of any nature conferred upon stockholders, directors or any other persons herein are granted subject to this reservation; provided , however , that, notwithstanding any other provision of this Restated Certificate or any provision of law that might otherwise permit a lesser vote or no vote, but in addition to any vote of the holders of any class or series of the stock of this Corporation required by law or by this Restated Certificate, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66  2 / 3 %) of the voting power of the outstanding shares of stock of the Corporation entitled to vote thereon, voting together as a single class, shall be required to amend or repeal, or adopt any provision of this Restated Certificate inconsistent with, ARTICLE VI, ARTICLE VII, ARTICLE VIII, ARTICLE IX or this ARTICLE X of this Restated Certificate.

 

12



 

* * *

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Restated Certificate of Incorporation has been signed on behalf of the Corporation by its duly authorized officer effective this [  ·  ] day of [  ·  ], 2016.

 

 

 

THE TRADE DESK, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Jeff Green, Chief Executive Officer

 

13




EXHIBIT 3.3

 

The Trade Desk, Inc.

 

Bylaws

 

ARTICLE I

 

CORPORATE OFFICES

 

1.1           Registered Office

 

The registered office of the corporation shall be in as set forth in the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation.

 

1.2           Other Offices

 

The board of directors may at any time establish other offices at any place or places where the corporation is qualified to do business.

 

ARTICLE II

 

MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

 

2.1           Place of Meetings

 

Meetings of stockholders shall be held at any place, within or outside the State of Delaware, designated by the board of directors.  In the absence of any such designation, stockholders’ meetings shall be held at the registered office of the corporation.  If authorized by the board of directors in its sole discretion, and subject to such guidelines and procedures as the board of directors may adopt, stockholders and proxy holders not physically present at a meeting of stockholders may, by means of remote communication: (a) participate in a meeting of stockholders; and (b) be deemed present in person and vote at a meeting of stockholders, whether such meeting is to be held at a designated place or solely by means of remote communication, provided that (i) the corporation shall implement reasonable measures to verify that each person deemed present and permitted to vote at the meeting by means of remote communication is a stockholder or proxy holder, (ii) the corporation shall implement reasonable measures to provide such stockholders and proxy holders a reasonable opportunity to participate in the meeting and to vote on matters submitted to the stockholders, including an opportunity to read or hear the proceedings of the meeting substantially concurrently with such proceedings, and (iii) if any stockholder or proxy holder votes or takes other action at the meeting by means of remote communication, a record of such vote or other action shall be maintained by the corporation.

 

2.2           Annual Meeting

 

The annual meeting of stockholders shall be held each year on a date and at a time designated by the board of directors.  At the meeting, directors shall be elected and any other proper business may be transacted.

 



 

2.3           Special Meeting

 

A special meeting of the stockholders may be called, at any time for any purpose or purposes, by the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer or by a majority of the members of the board of directors.  Special meetings may not be called by any other person or persons.

 

2.4           Notice of Stockholders’ Meetings

 

All notices of meetings with stockholders shall be in writing and shall be sent or otherwise given in accordance with Section 2.5 of these bylaws not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting.  The notice shall specify the place, date, and hour of the meeting, and, in the case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called.

 

2.5           Manner of Giving Notice

 

Written notice of any meeting of stockholders, if mailed, is given when deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, directed to the stockholder at such stockholder’s address as it appears on the records of the corporation.  An affidavit of the secretary or an assistant secretary or of the transfer agent of the corporation that the notice has been given shall, in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein.

 

2.6           Quorum

 

The holders of a majority of the stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at all meetings of the stockholders for the transaction of business except as otherwise provided by the General Corporation Law of Delaware or by the certificate of incorporation.  If, however, such quorum is not present or represented at any meeting of the stockholders, then the stockholders entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall have power to adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum is present or represented.  At such adjourned meeting at which a quorum is present or represented, any business may be transacted that might have been transacted at the meeting as originally noticed.

 

2.7           Adjourned Meeting; Notice

 

When a meeting is adjourned to another time or place, unless these bylaws otherwise require, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the time and place thereof are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken.  At the adjourned meeting the corporation may transact any business that might have been transacted at the original meeting.  If the adjournment is for more than thirty (30) days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting.

 

2



 

2.8           Voting

 

The stockholders entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.11 of these bylaws, subject to the provisions of Sections 217 and 218 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware (relating to voting rights of fiduciaries, pledgors and joint owners of stock and to voting trusts and other voting agreements).

 

Except as provided in the last paragraph of this Section 2.8, or as may be otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation, each stockholder shall be entitled to one vote for each share of capital stock held by such stockholder.

 

When a quorum is present at any meeting, in all matters other than the election of directors, the affirmative vote of the majority of shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the subject matter shall be the act of the stockholders, unless the subject matter is one upon which by express provision of the General Corporation Law of Delaware, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, a different vote is required in which case such express provision shall govern and control the decision of such subject matter.  Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation, directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes of the shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the election of directors.

 

2.9           Waiver of Notice

 

Whenever notice is required to be given under any provision of the General Corporation Law of Delaware or of the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, a written waiver thereof, signed by the person entitled to notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent to notice.  Attendance of a person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the person attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.  Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the stockholders need be specified in any written waiver of notice unless so required by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws.

 

2.10         Stockholder Action by Written Consent Without a Meeting

 

Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation, any action required by the General Corporation Law of Delaware to be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders of a corporation, or any action that may be taken at any annual or special meeting of such stockholders, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice, and without a vote if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, is signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted and shall be delivered to the corporation by delivery to its registered office in Delaware, its principal place of business, or an officer or agent of the corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded.  Delivery made to a corporation’s registered office shall be by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested.

 

3



 

A signed and dated written consent, for purposes of these bylaws, shall include anything that qualifies as a signed and dated written consent under the Delaware General Corporation Law, including but not limited to an electronic transmission transmitted by a stockholder or proxy holder, provided that any such electronic transmission sets forth or is delivered with information from which the corporation can determine (A) that the electronic transmission was transmitted by the stockholder or proxy holder or by a person or persons authorized to act for the stockholder or proxy holder and (B) the date on which such stockholder, proxy holder or authorized person or persons transmitted such electronic transmission.  The date on which such electronic transmission is transmitted shall be deemed to be the date on which such consent was signed.  Consents given by electronic transmission need not be reproduced in paper form prior to delivery, and may be delivered to the corporation by any means reasonably calculated to reach the Secretary of the corporation.  Any copy, facsimile or other reliable reproduction of a consent in writing may be substituted or used in lieu of the original writing for any and all purposes for which the original writing could be used, provided that such copy, facsimile or other reproduction shall be a complete reproduction of the entire original writing.

 

Prompt notice of the taking of the corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those stockholders who have not consented in writing and who, if the action had been taken at a meeting, would have been entitled to notice of the meeting if the record date for such meeting had been the date that written consents signed by a sufficient number of holders or members to take the action were delivered to the corporation as provided above.  If the action which is consented to is such as would have required the filing of a certificate under any section of the General Corporation Law of Delaware if such action had been voted on by stockholders at a meeting thereof, then the certificate filed under such section shall state, in lieu of any statement required by such section concerning any vote of stockholders, that written notice and written consent have been given as provided in Section 228 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware.

 

2.11         Record Date for Stockholder Notice; Voting; Giving Consents

 

In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, or entitled to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the board of directors may fix, in advance, a record date, which shall not be more than sixty (60) nor less than ten (10) days before the date of such meeting, nor more than sixty (60) days prior to any other action.

 

If the board of directors does not so fix a record date:

 

(i)            The record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held.

 

4



 

(ii)           The record date for determining stockholders entitled to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, when no prior action by the board of directors is necessary, shall be the day on which the first written consent is expressed.

 

(iii)          The record date for determining stockholders for any other purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the board of directors adopts the resolution relating thereto.

 

A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the board of directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

 

2.12         Proxies

 

Each stockholder entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders or to express consent or dissent to corporate action in writing without a meeting may authorize another person or persons to act for him by a written proxy, signed by the stockholder and filed with the secretary of the corporation, but no such proxy shall be voted or acted upon after three (3) years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period.  A proxy shall be deemed signed if the stockholder’s name is placed on the proxy (whether by manual signature, typewriting, telegraphic transmission or otherwise) by the stockholder or the stockholder’s attorney-in-fact.  The revocability of a proxy that states on its face that it is irrevocable shall be governed by the provisions of Section 212(c) of the General Corporation Law of Delaware.

 

2.13         List of Stockholders Entitled to Vote

 

The officer who has charge of the stock ledger of a corporation shall prepare and make, at least ten (10) days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder.  Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, during ordinary business hours, for a period of at least ten (10) days prior to the meeting, either at a place within the city where the meeting is to be held, which place shall be specified in the notice of the meeting, or, if not so specified, at the place where the meeting is to be held.  The list shall also be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present.

 

ARTICLE III

 

DIRECTORS

 

3.1           Powers

 

Subject to the provisions of the General Corporation Law of Delaware and any limitations in the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws relating to action required to be approved by the stockholders or by the outstanding shares, the business and affairs of the corporation shall be managed and all corporate powers shall be exercised by or under the direction of the board of directors.

 

5



 

3.2           Number of Directors

 

Unless otherwise set forth in the Certificate of Incorporation, the number of directors shall be 1, but the same may be changed from time to time upon amendment of this Section 3.2 by the board of directors or stockholders as set forth below.  Directors need not be stockholders of the Company.

 

3.3           Election, Qualification and Term of Office of Directors

 

Except as provided in Section 3.4 of these bylaws, directors shall be elected at each annual meeting of stockholders to hold office until the next annual meeting.  Directors need not be stockholders unless so required by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, wherein other qualifications for directors may be prescribed.  Each director, including a director elected to fill a vacancy, shall hold office until his successor is elected and qualified or until his earlier resignation or removal.  Elections of directors need not be by written ballot.

 

3.4           Resignation and Vacancies

 

Any director may resign at any time upon written notice to the corporation.  When one or more directors so resigns and the resignation is effective at a future date, a majority of the directors then in office, including those who have so resigned, shall have power to fill such vacancy or vacancies, the vote thereon to take effect when such resignation or resignations shall become effective, and each director so chosen shall hold office as provided in this section in the filling of other vacancies.

 

Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws:

 

(i)            Vacancies and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors elected by all of the stockholders having the right to vote as a single class may be filled by a majority of the directors then in office, although less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director.

 

(ii)           Whenever the holders of any class or classes of stock or series thereof are entitled to elect one or more directors by the provisions of the certificate of incorporation, vacancies and newly created directorships of such class or classes or series may be filled by a majority of the directors elected by such class or classes or series thereof then in office, or by a sole remaining director so elected.

 

If at any time, by reason of death or resignation or other cause, the corporation should have no directors in office, then any officer or any stockholder or an executor, administrator, trustee or guardian of a stockholder, or other fiduciary entrusted with like responsibility for the person or estate of a stockholder, may call a special meeting of stockholders in accordance with the provisions of the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, or may apply to the Court of Chancery for a decree summarily ordering an election as provided in Section 211 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware.

 

If, at the time of filling any vacancy or any newly created directorship, the directors then in office constitute less than a majority of the whole board (as constituted immediately prior to

 

6



 

any such increase), then the Court of Chancery may, upon application of any stockholder or stockholders holding at least ten (10) percent of the total number of the shares at the time outstanding having the right to vote for such directors, summarily order an election to be held to fill any such vacancies or newly created directorships, or to replace the directors chosen by the directors then in office as aforesaid, which election shall be governed by the provisions of Section 211 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware as far as applicable.

 

3.5           Place of Meetings; Meetings by Telephone

 

The board of directors of the corporation may hold meetings, both regular and special, either within or outside the State of Delaware.

 

Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, members of the board of directors, or any committee designated by the board of directors, may participate in a meeting of the board of directors, or any committee, by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and such participation in a meeting shall constitute presence in person at the meeting.

 

3.6           First Meetings

 

The first meeting of each newly elected board of directors shall be held at such time and place as shall be fixed by the vote of the stockholders at the annual meeting and no notice of such meeting shall be necessary to the newly elected directors in order legally to constitute the meeting, provided a quorum shall be present.  In the event of the failure of the stockholders to fix the time or place of such first meeting of the newly elected board of directors, or in the event such meeting is not held at the time and place so fixed by the stockholders, the meeting may be held at such time and place as shall be specified in a notice given as hereinafter provided for special meetings of the board of directors, or as shall be specified in a written waiver signed by all of the directors.

 

3.7           Regular Meetings

 

Regular meetings of the board of directors may be held without notice at such time and at such place as shall from time to time be determined by the board.

 

3.8           Special Meetings; Notice

 

Special meetings of the board of directors may be called by the Chairman of the Board, the President or a majority of the members of the board of directors then in office and may be held at any time, date or place, within or without the State of Delaware, as the person or persons calling the meeting shall fix.  Notice of the time, date and place of such meeting shall be given, orally or in writing, by the person or persons calling the meeting to all directors at least three (3) days before the meeting if the notice is mailed, or at least twenty-four (24) hours before the meeting if such notice is given by telephone, hand delivery, telegram, telex, mailgram, facsimile, electronic mail or similar communication method.  Unless otherwise indicated in the notice, any and all business may be transacted at a special meeting.

 

7



 

3.9           Quorum

 

At all meetings of the board of directors, a majority of the authorized number of directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business and the act of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which there is a quorum shall be the act of the board of directors, except as may be otherwise specifically provided by statute or by the certificate of incorporation.  If a quorum is not present at any meeting of the board of directors, then the directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum is present.

 

3.10         Waiver of Notice

 

Whenever notice is required to be given under any provision of the General Corporation Law of Delaware or of the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, a written waiver thereof, signed by the person entitled to notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent to notice.  Attendance of a person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the person attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.  Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the directors, or members of a committee of directors, need be specified in any written waiver of notice unless so required by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws.

 

3.11         Adjourned Meeting; Notice

 

If a quorum is not present at any meeting of the board of directors, then the directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum is present.

 

3.12         Board Action by Written Consent Without a Meeting

 

Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the board of directors, or of any committee thereof, may be taken without a meeting if all members of the board or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission and the writing, writings or electronic transmissions are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the board or committee.

 

3.13         Fees and Compensation of Directors

 

Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, the board of directors shall have the authority to fix the compensation of directors.

 

3.14         Approval of Loans to Officers

 

The corporation may lend money to, or guarantee any obligation of, or otherwise assist any officer or other employee of the corporation or of its subsidiary, including any officer or employee who is a director of the corporation or its subsidiary, whenever, in the judgment of the directors, such loan, guaranty or assistance may reasonably be expected to benefit the

 

8



 

corporation.  The loan, guaranty or other assistance may be with or without interest and may be unsecured, or secured in such manner as the board of directors shall approve, including, without limitation, a pledge of shares of stock of the corporation.  Nothing in this section contained shall be deemed to deny, limit or restrict the powers of guaranty or warranty of the corporation at common law or under any statute.

 

3.15         Removal of Directors

 

Unless otherwise restricted by statute, by the certificate of incorporation or by these bylaws, any director or the entire board of directors may be removed, with or without cause, by the holders of a majority of the shares then entitled to vote at an election of directors.

 

No reduction of the authorized number of directors shall have the effect of removing any director prior to the expiration of such director’s term of office.

 

ARTICLE IV

 

COMMITTEES

 

4.1           Committees of Directors

 

The board of directors may, by resolution passed by a majority of the whole board, designate one or more committees, with each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the corporation.  The board may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee.  In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not he or they constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the board of directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member.  Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the board of directors or in the bylaws of the corporation, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the board of directors in the management of the business and affairs of the corporation, and may authorize the seal of the corporation to be affixed to all papers that may require it; but no such committee shall have the power or authority to (i) to approve or adopt, or recommend to the stockholders, any action or matter expressly required by the General Corporation Law of Delaware to be submitted to stockholders for approval, or (ii) to adopt, amend or repeal any bylaw of the corporation.

 

4.2           Committee Minutes

 

Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and report the same to the board of directors when required.

 

4.3           Meetings and Action of Committees

 

Meetings and actions of committees shall be governed by, and held and taken in accordance with, the provisions of Article III of these bylaws, Section 3.5 (place of meetings and meetings by telephone), Section 3.7 (regular meetings), Section 3.8 (special meetings and notice), Section 3.9 (quorum), Section 3.10 (waiver of notice), Section 3.11 (adjournment and

 

9



 

notice of adjournment), and Section 3.12 (action without a meeting), with such changes in the context of those bylaws as are necessary to substitute the committee and its members for the board of directors and its members; provided, however, that the time of regular meetings of committees may also be called by resolution of the board of directors and that notice of special meetings of committees shall also be given to all alternate members, who shall have the right to attend all meetings of the committee.  The board of directors may adopt rules for the government of any committee not inconsistent with the provisions of these bylaws.

 

ARTICLE V

 

OFFICERS

 

5.1           Officers

 

The officers of the corporation shall be a president, a secretary, and a chief financial officer (who shall also serve as treasurer).  The corporation may also have, at the discretion of the board of directors, a chairman of the board, chief executive officer, one or more vice presidents, assistant vice presidents, assistant secretaries, assistant treasurers, and any such other officers as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of Section 5.3 of these bylaws.  Any number of offices may be held by the same person.

 

5.2           Election of Officers

 

The officers of the corporation, except such officers as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of Sections 5.3 of these bylaws, shall be chosen by the board of directors.

 

5.3           Other Officers

 

The board of directors may appoint, or empower the president to appoint, such other officers and agents as the business of the corporation may require, each of whom shall hold office for such period, have such authority, and perform such duties as are provided in these bylaws or as the board of directors may from time to time determine.

 

5.4           Removal and Resignation of Officers

 

Subject to the rights, if any, of an officer under any contract of employment, any officer may be removed, either with or without cause, by an affirmative vote of the majority of the board of directors at any regular or special meeting of the board or, except in the case of an officer chosen by the board of directors, by any officer upon whom such power of removal may be conferred by the board of directors.

 

Any officer may resign at any time by giving written notice to the corporation.  Any resignation shall take effect at the date of the receipt of that notice or at any later time specified in that notice; and, unless otherwise specified in that notice, the acceptance of the resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.  Any resignation is without prejudice to the rights, if any, of the corporation under any contract to which the officer is a party.

 

10


 

5.5           Vacancies in Offices

 

Any vacancy occurring in any office of the corporation shall be filled by the board of directors.

 

5.6           Chairman of the Board

 

The chairman of the board, if such an officer be elected, shall, if present, preside at meetings of the board of directors and exercise and perform such other powers and duties as may from time to time be assigned to him by the board of directors or as may be prescribed by these bylaws.  If there is no chief executive officer or president, then the chairman of the board shall also be the chief executive officer and president of the corporation and shall have the powers and duties prescribed in Section 5.7 and Section 5.8 of these bylaws,

 

5.7           Chief Executive Officer

 

Subject to such supervisory powers, if any, as may be given by the board of directors to the chairman of the board, if there be such an officer, the chief executive officer of the corporation, if such an officer shall be elected, shall, subject to the control of the board of directors, have general supervision, direction, and control of the business and the officers of the corporation.  He shall preside at all meetings of the shareholders and, in the absence or nonexistence of a chairman of the board, at all meetings of the board of directors.  He shall have the general powers and duties of management usually vested in the office of chief executive officer of a corporation and shall have such other powers and duties as may be prescribed by the board of directors or these bylaws.  In the absence of a separately elected president, the chief executive officer shall be also be the company’s president.

 

5.8           President

 

Subject to such supervisory powers, if any, as may be given by the board of directors to the chairman of the board, if there be such an officer, and unless a chief executive officer has been appointed by the board, the president shall be the chief executive officer of the corporation and shall, subject to the control of the board of directors, have general supervision, direction, and control of the business and the officers of the corporation.  He shall preside at all meetings of the shareholders and, in the absence or nonexistence of a chairman of the board or chief executive officer, at all meetings of the board of directors.  He shall have the general powers and duties of management usually vested in the office of president of a corporation and shall have such other powers and duties as may be prescribed by the board of directors or these bylaws.

 

5.9           Vice President

 

In the absence or disability of the president, the vice presidents, if any, in order of their rank as fixed by the board of directors or, if not ranked, a vice president designated by the board of directors, shall perform all the duties of the president and when so acting shall have all the powers of, and be subject to all the restrictions upon, the president.  The vice presidents shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as from time to time may be prescribed for them respectively by the board of directors, these bylaws, the president or the chairman of the board.

 

11



 

5.10         Secretary

 

The secretary shall keep or cause to be kept, at the principal executive office of the corporation or such other place as the board of directors may direct, a book of minutes of all meetings and actions of directors, committees of directors, and shareholders.  The minutes shall show the time and place of each meeting, whether regular or special (and, if special, how authorized and the notice given), the names of those present at directors’ meetings or committee meetings, the number of shares present or represented at shareholders’ meetings, and the proceedings thereof.

 

The secretary shall keep, or cause to be kept, at the principal executive office of the corporation or at the office of the corporation’s transfer agent or registrar, as determined by resolution of the board of directors, a share register, or a duplicate share register, showing the names of all shareholders and their addresses, the number and classes of shares held by each, the number and date of certificates evidencing such shares, and the number and date of cancellation of every certificate surrendered for cancellation.

 

The secretary shall give, or cause to be given, notice of all meetings of the shareholders and of the board of directors required to be given by law or by these bylaws.  He shall keep the seal of the corporation, if one be adopted, in safe custody and shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the board of directors or by these bylaws.

 

5.11         Treasurer

 

The treasurer shall keep and maintain, or cause to be kept and maintained, adequate and correct books and records of accounts of the properties and business transactions of the corporation, including accounts of its assets, liabilities, receipts, disbursements, gains, losses, capital, retained earnings, and shares.  The books of account shall at all reasonable times be open to inspection by any director.

 

The treasurer shall deposit all money and other valuables in the name and to the credit of the corporation with such depositaries as may be designated by the board of directors.  He shall disburse the funds of the corporation as may be ordered by the board of directors, shall render to the president and directors, whenever they request it, an account of all of his transactions as treasurer and of the financial condition of the corporation, and shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the board of directors or these bylaws.

 

5.12         Assistant Secretary

 

The assistant secretary, or, if there is more than one, the assistant secretaries in the order determined by the stockholders or board of directors (or if there be no such determination, then in the order of their election) shall, in the absence of the secretary or in the event of his or her inability or refusal to act, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the secretary and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the board of directors or the stockholders may from time to time prescribe.

 

12



 

5.13         Assistant Treasurer

 

The assistant treasurer, or, if there is more than one, the assistant treasurers, in the order determined by the stockholders or board of directors (or if there be no such determination, then in the order of their election), shall, in the absence of the treasurer or in the event of his or her inability or refusal to act, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the treasurer and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the board of directors or the stockholders may from time to time prescribe.

 

5.14         Authority and Duties of Officers

 

In addition to the foregoing authority and duties, all officers of the corporation shall respectively have such authority and perform such duties in the management of the business of the corporation as may be designated from time to time by the board of directors or the stockholders.

 

ARTICLE VI

 

INDEMNITY

 

6.1           Indemnification of Directors and Officers

 

The corporation shall, to the maximum extent and in the manner permitted by the General Corporation Law of Delaware, indemnify each of its directors and officers against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines, settlements, and other amounts actually and reasonably incurred in connection with any proceeding, arising by reason of the fact that such person is or was an agent of the corporation.  For purposes of this Section 6.1, a “director” or “officer” of the corporation includes any person (i) who is or was a director or officer of the corporation, (ii) who is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, or (iii) who was a director or officer of a corporation which was a predecessor corporation of the corporation or of another enterprise at the request of such predecessor corporation.

 

6.2           Indemnification of Others

 

The corporation shall have the power, to the extent and in the manner permitted by the General Corporation Law of Delaware, to indemnify each of its employees and agents (other than directors and officers) against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines, settlements, and other amounts actually and reasonably incurred in connection with any proceeding, arising by reason of the fact that such person is or was an agent of the corporation.  For purposes of this Section 6.2, an “employee” or “agent” of the corporation (other than a director or officer) includes any person (i) who is or was an employee or agent of the corporation, (ii) who is or was serving at the request of the corporation as an employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, or (iii) who was an employee or agent of a corporation which was a predecessor corporation of the corporation or of another enterprise at the request of such predecessor corporation.

 

13



 

6.3           Insurance

 

The corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any liability asserted against him and incurred by him in any such capacity, or arising out of his status as such, whether or not the corporation would have the power to indemnify him against such liability under the provisions of the General Corporation Law of Delaware.

 

ARTICLE VII

 

RECORDS AND REPORTS

 

7.1           Maintenance and Inspection of Records

 

The corporation shall, either at its principal executive office or at such place or places as designated by the board of directors, keep a record of its shareholders listing their names and addresses and the number and class of shares held by each shareholder, a copy of these bylaws as amended to date, accounting books, and other records.

 

Any stockholder of record, in person or by attorney or other agent, shall, upon written demand under oath stating the purpose thereof, have the right during the usual hours for business to inspect for any proper purpose the corporation’s stock ledger, a list of its stockholders, and its other books and records and to make copies or extracts therefrom.  A proper purpose shall mean a purpose reasonably related to such person’s interest as a stockholder.  In every instance where an attorney or other agent is the person who seeks the right to inspection, the demand under oath shall be accompanied by a power of attorney or such other writing that authorizes the attorney or other agent to so act on behalf of the stockholder.  The demand under oath shall be directed to the corporation at its registered office in Delaware or at its principal place of business.

 

The officer who has charge of the stock ledger of a corporation shall prepare and make, at least ten (10) days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder.  Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, during ordinary business hours, for a period of at least ten (10) days prior to the meeting, either at a place within the city where the meeting is to be held, which place shall be specified in the notice of the meeting, or, if not so specified, at the place where the meeting is to be held.  The list shall also be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present.

 

7.2           Inspection by Directors

 

Any director shall have the right to examine the corporation’s stock ledger, a list of its stockholders, and its other books and records for a purpose reasonably related to his position as a director.  The Court of Chancery is hereby vested with the exclusive jurisdiction to determine whether a director is entitled to the inspection sought.  The Court may summarily order the

 

14



 

corporation to permit the director to inspect any and all books and records, the stock ledger, and the stock list and to make copies or extracts therefrom.  The Court may, in its discretion, prescribe any limitations or conditions with reference to the inspection, or award such other and further relief as the Court may deem just and proper.

 

7.3           Representation of Shares of Other Corporations

 

The chairman of the board, the president, any vice president, the treasurer, the secretary or assistant secretary of this corporation, or any other person authorized by the board of directors or the president or a vice president, is authorized to vote, represent, and exercise on behalf of this corporation all rights incident to any and all shares of any other corporation or corporations standing in the name of this corporation.  The authority granted herein may be exercised either by such person directly or by any other person authorized to do so by proxy or power of attorney duly executed by such person having the authority.

 

ARTICLE VIII

 

GENERAL MATTERS

 

8.1           Checks

 

From time to time, the board of directors shall determine by resolution which person or persons may sign or endorse all checks, drafts, other orders for payment of money, notes or other evidences of indebtedness that are issued in the name of or payable to the corporation, and only the persons so authorized shall sign or endorse those instruments.

 

8.2           Execution of Corporate Contracts and Instruments

 

The board of directors, except as otherwise provided in these bylaws, may authorize any officer or officers, or agent or agents, to enter into any contract or execute any instrument in the name of and on behalf of the corporation; such authority may be general or confined to specific instances.  Unless so authorized or ratified by the board of directors or within the agency power of an officer, no officer, agent or employee shall have any power or authority to bind the corporation by any contract or engagement or to pledge its credit or to render it liable for any purpose or for any amount.

 

8.3           Stock Certificates; Partly Paid Shares

 

The shares of a corporation shall be represented by certificates, provided that the board of directors of the corporation may provide by resolution or resolutions that some or all of any or all classes or series of its stock shall be uncertificated shares.  Any such resolution shall not apply to shares represented by a certificate until such certificate is surrendered to the corporation.  Notwithstanding the adoption of such a resolution by the board of directors, every holder of stock represented by certificates and upon request every holder of uncertificated shares shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by, or in the name of the corporation by the chairman or vice-chairman of the board of directors, or the president or vice-president, and by the treasurer or an assistant treasurer, or the secretary or an assistant secretary of such corporation representing the number of shares registered in certificate form.  Any or all of the signatures on the certificate

 

15



 

may be a facsimile.  In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate has ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the corporation with the same effect as if he were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue.

 

The corporation may issue the whole or any part of its shares as partly paid and subject to call for the remainder of the consideration to be paid therefor.  Upon the face or back of each stock certificate issued to represent any such partly paid shares, upon the books and records of the corporation in the case of uncertificated partly paid shares, the total amount of the consideration to be paid therefor and the amount paid thereon shall be stated.  Upon the declaration of any dividend on fully paid shares, the corporation shall declare a dividend upon partly paid shares of the same class, but only upon the basis of the percentage of the consideration actually paid thereon.

 

8.4           Special Designation on Certificates

 

If the corporation is authorized to issue more than one class of stock or more than one series of any class, then the powers, the designations, the preferences, and the relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights shall be set forth in full or summarized on the face or back of the certificate that the corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock; provided, however, that, except as otherwise provided in Section 202 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware, in lieu of the foregoing requirements there may be set forth on the face or back of the certificate that the corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock a statement that the corporation will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests the powers, the designations, the preferences, and the relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights.

 

8.5           Lost Certificates

 

Except as provided in this Section 8.5, no new certificates for shares shall be issued to replace a previously issued certificate unless the latter is surrendered to the corporation and canceled at the same time.  The corporation may issue a new certificate of stock or uncertificated shares in the place of any certificate theretofore issued by it, alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, and the corporation may require the owner of the lost, stolen or destroyed certificate, or such owner’s legal representative, to give the corporation a bond sufficient to indemnify it against any claim that may be made against it on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of any such certificate or the issuance of such new certificate or uncertificated shares.

 

8.6           Construction; Definitions

 

Unless the context requires otherwise, the general provisions, rules of construction, and definitions in the Delaware General Corporation Law shall govern the construction of these bylaws.  Without limiting the generality of this provision, the singular number includes the plural, the plural number includes the singular, and the term “person” includes both a corporation and a natural person.

 

16



 

8.7           Dividends

 

The directors of the corporation, subject to any restrictions contained in the certificate of incorporation, may declare and pay dividends upon the shares of its capital stock pursuant to the General Corporation Law of Delaware.  Dividends may be paid in cash, in property, or in shares of the corporation’s capital stock.

 

The directors of the corporation may set apart out of any of the funds of the corporation available for dividends a reserve or reserves for any proper purpose and may abolish any such reserve.  Such purposes shall include but not be limited to equalizing dividends, repairing or maintaining any property of the corporation, and meeting contingencies.

 

8.8           Fiscal Year

 

The fiscal year of the corporation shall be fixed by resolution of the board of directors and may be changed by the board of directors.

 

8.9           Seal

 

The seal of the corporation shall be such as from time to time may be approved by the board of directors.

 

8.10         Transfer of Stock

 

Upon surrender to the corporation or the transfer agent of the corporation of a certificate for shares duly endorsed or accompanied by proper evidence of succession, assignation or authority to transfer, it shall be the duty of the corporation to issue a new certificate to the person entitled thereto, cancel the old certificate, and record the transaction in its books.

 

8.11         Stock Transfer Agreements

 

The corporation shall have power to enter into and perform any agreement with any number of shareholders of any one or more classes of stock of the corporation to restrict the transfer of shares of stock of the corporation of any one or more classes owned by such stockholders in any manner not prohibited by the General Corporation Law of Delaware.

 

8.12         Registered Stockholders

 

The corporation shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends and to vote as such owner, shall be entitled to hold liable for calls and assessments the person registered on its books as the owner of shares, and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of another person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by the laws of Delaware.

 

17


 

ARTICLE IX

 

AMENDMENTS

 

The original or other bylaws of the corporation may be adopted, amended or repealed by the stockholders entitled to vote; provided, however, that the corporation may, in its certificate of incorporation, confer the power to adopt, amend or repeal bylaws upon the directors.  The fact that such power has been so conferred upon the directors shall not divest the stockholders of the power, nor limit their power to adopt, amend or repeal bylaws.

 

ARTICLE X

 

DISSOLUTION

 

If it should be deemed advisable in the judgment of the board of directors of the corporation that the corporation should be dissolved, the board, after the adoption of a resolution to that effect by a majority of the whole board at any meeting called for that purpose, shall cause notice to be mailed to each stockholder entitled to vote thereon of the adoption of the resolution and of a meeting of stockholders to take action upon the resolution.

 

At the meeting a vote shall be taken for and against the proposed dissolution.  If a majority of the outstanding stock of the corporation entitled to vote thereon votes for the proposed dissolution, then a certificate stating that the dissolution has been authorized in accordance with the provisions of Section 275 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware and setting forth the names and addresses of the directors and officers shall be executed, acknowledged, and filed and shall become effective in accordance with Section 103 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware.  Upon such certificate’s becoming effective in accordance with Section 103 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware, the corporation shall be dissolved.

 

Dissolution of the corporation may be authorized without action of the directors if all of the stockholders entitled to vote thereon shall consent in writing and a certificate of dissolution as provided above shall be executed, acknowledged and filed and shall become effective in accordance with Section 103 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware.

 

ARTICLE XI

 

CUSTODIAN

 

11.1         Appointment of a Custodian in Certain Cases

 

The Court of Chancery, upon application of any stockholder, may appoint one or more persons to be custodians and, if the corporation is insolvent, to be receivers, of and for the corporation when:

 

(i)            at any meeting held for the election of directors the stockholders are so divided that they have failed to elect successors to directors whose terms have expired or would have expired upon qualification of their successors; or

 

18



 

(ii)           the business of the corporation is suffering or is threatened with irreparable injury because the directors are so divided respecting the management of the affairs of the corporation that the required vote for action by the board of directors cannot be obtained and the stockholders are unable to terminate this division; or

 

(iii)          the corporation has abandoned its business and has failed within a reasonable time to take steps to dissolve, liquidate or distribute its assets.

 

11.2         Duties of Custodian

 

The custodian shall have all the powers and title of a receiver appointed under Section 291 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware, but the authority of the custodian shall be to continue the business of the corporation and not to liquidate its affairs and distribute its assets, except when the Court of Chancery otherwise orders and except in cases arising under Sections 226(a)(3) or 352(a)(2) of the General Corporation Law of Delaware.

 

ARTICLE XII

 

CERTAIN PROVISIONS RELATED TO ELECTRONIC NOTICES

 

12.1         Scope of Notice Provisions.

 

The provisions of this Article XII apply to notices, demands, offers, requests, circulation of information and other communications (hereafter all referred to as “Notices”).  The Notices governed by Article XII include all those (a) given by the corporation to holders of capital stock, or options, warrants or rights to purchase capital stock, or securities convertible into or exchangeable for capital stock (all such stock, options, warrants, rights and convertible or exchangeable securities being referred to hereafter as “Securities”), (b) given to the corporation by any holder of Securities issued by the corporation, or (c) relating to the business and affairs of the corporation or to Securities issued by the corporation, and given to, from or between any of the corporation, the directors of the corporation, or holders of the corporation’s Securities.

 

12.2         Scope of Notice Provisions.

 

Any Notice may be given by electronic transmission.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent that it may be required under a provision of the Delaware General Corporation Law that may not permissibly be altered by a contrary provision herein or in the Certificate of Incorporation, any such Notice by the corporation to a holder of Securities shall not be effective unless the receipt of Notices in electronic form has been consented to by the holder to whom the Notice is given.  The express authorization of electronic Notices in this Article XII shall apply, but not be limited, to notices of board meetings; notices of stockholder meetings or of the taking of action by written consent of stockholders without a meeting; solicitations of consents or proxies from stockholders; distribution by the corporation of financial statements or corporate records to holders of its Securities; and Notices that are required under the Delaware General Corporation Law or the corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation or bylaws.  To the maximum extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, any of the following shall constitute implicit consent by a holder of Securities to receiving Notices in electronic form: any electronic transmission by that holder to the corporation; that holder’s furnishing an email address to the

 

19



 

corporation; or that holder’s furnishing a facsimile address to the corporation.  Any explicit or implicit consent to receipt of Notices in electronic form shall be revocable only by written notice (electronic or otherwise) to the corporation.  To the extent required under the Delaware General Corporation Law, any such consent shall be deemed revoked if (1) the corporation is unable to deliver by electronic transmission two consecutive Notices given by the corporation in accordance with such consent and (2) such inability becomes known to the secretary or an assistant secretary of the corporation or to the transfer agent, or other person responsible for the giving of notice; provided, however, the inadvertent failure to treat such inability as a revocation shall not invalidate any meeting or other action.  Notice given by electronic transmission shall be deemed given: (1) if by facsimile telecommunication, when directed to a number at which the holder of Securities or other recipient has consented to receive Notice (including any such number furnished by such recipient to the corporation); (2) if by electronic mail, when directed to an electronic mail address at which the holder of Securities or other recipient has consented to receive Notice (including any such electronic mail address furnished by such recipient to the corporation); (3) if by a posting on an electronic network together with separate Notice to the recipient of such specific posting, upon the later of (A) such posting and (B) the giving of such separate Notice; and (4) if by any other form of electronic transmission, when directed to the recipient.  An affidavit of the secretary or an assistant secretary or of the transfer agent or other agent of the corporation that the Notice has been given by a form of electronic transmission shall, in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein.  To the extent that the Delaware General Corporation Law is subsequently amended to provide for additional convenient means of Notices by or between a corporation, its directors, and holders of its Securities, such additional means of Notice shall be deemed authorized for this corporation, its directors and holders of its Securities, without any necessity of amendment to these bylaws expressly to adopt such additional means of Notice.

 

20



 

Secretary’s Certification of Bylaws

 

The undersigned hereby certifies that he is the duly elected, qualified, and acting Secretary of The Trade Desk, Inc. and that the foregoing Bylaws are a true, complete and correct copy of the Bylaws of the Company.

 

 

/s/ Jeff Green

 

Jeff Green, Secretary

 

21




Exhibit 4.2

 

ZQ|CERT#|COY|CLS|RGSTRY|ACCT#|TRANSTYPE|RUN#|TRANS# . CLASS A COMMON STOCK PAR VALUE $0.000001 CLASS A COMMON STOCK THIS CERTIFICATE IS TRANSFERABLE IN CANTON, MA, JERSEY CITY, NJ AND COLLEGE STATION, TX Shares * * 000000 * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * 000000 * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * 000000 * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * 000000 * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * 000000 * * * * * * * * * * * * * * Certificate Number ZQ00000000 The Trade Desk, Inc. INCORPORATED UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE ** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David THIS CERTIFIES THAT Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander MR. SAMPLE & MRS. SAMPLE & David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample Sample **** Mr. AlexandeMr David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample *&*** Mr. Alexander David Sample ***A* Mr.Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David SEE REVERSE FOR CERTAIN DEFINITIONS David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Sample **** Mr. Sample is the owner of **000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares*** *000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares**** 000000**Shares****0*00000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****0 00000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****00 0000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000 000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****0000 00**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000R**Shares****000000**Shares****00000 0**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000 **Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000* *Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000** Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000** FULLY-PAID AND NON-ASSESSABLE SHARES OF CLASS A COMMON STOCK OF The Trade Desk, Inc. (hereinafter called the “Company”), transferable on the books of the Company in person or by duly authorized attorney, upon surrender of this Certificate properly endorsed. This Certificate and the shares represented hereby are issued and shall be held subject to all of the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation and the By-Laws of the Company, each as amended and/or restated from time to time (copies of which are on file with the Company and with the Transfer Agent), to all of which each holder, by acceptance hereof, assents. This Certificate is not valid unless countersigned and registered by the Transfer Agent and Registrar. Witness the facsimile seal of the Company and the facsimile signatures of its duly authorized officers. DATED DD-MMM-YYYY COUNTERSIGNED AND REGISTERED: COMPUTERSHARE TRUST COMPANY, N.A. TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR, FACSIMILE SIGNATURE TO COME President 2016 DELAWARE FACSIMILE SIGNATURE TO COME By Secretary AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE CUSIP Holder ID Insurance Value Number of Shares DTC Certificate Numbers 1234567890/1234567890 1234567890/1234567890 1234567890/1234567890 1234567890/1234567890 1234567890/1234567890 1234567890/1234567890 Total Transaction XXXXXX XX X XXXXXXXXXX 1,000,000.00 123456 12345678 123456789012345 PO BOX 43004, Providence, RI 02940-3004 Num/No. Denom. Total 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6 MR A SAMPLE DESIGNATION (IF ANY) ADD 1 ADD 2 ADD 3 ADD 4 CUSIP 88339J 105

 

 

The Trade Desk, Inc. THE COMPANY WILL FURNISH WITHOUT CHARGE TO EACH SHAREHOLDER WHO SO REQUESTS, A SUMMARY OF THE POWERS, DESIGNATIONS, PREFERENCES AND RELATIVE, PARTICIPATING, OPTIONAL OR OTHER SPECIAL RIGHTS OF EACH CLASS OF STOCK OF THE COMPANY AND THE QUALIFICATIONS, LIMITATIONS OR RESTRICTIONS OF SUCH PREFERENCES AND RIGHTS, AND THE VARIATIONS IN RIGHTS, PREFERENCES AND LIMITATIONS DETERMINED FOR EACH SERIES, WHICH ARE FIXED BY THE CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION OF THE COMPANY, AS AMENDED AND/OR RESTATED FROM TIME TO TIME, AND THE RESOLUTIONS OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS OF THE COMPANY, AND THE AUTHORITY OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS TO DETERMINE VARIATIONS FOR FUTURE SERIES. SUCH REQUEST MAY BE MADE TO THE OFFICE OF THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY OR TO THE TRANSFER AGENT. THE OWNER OF A LOST OR DESTROYED STOCK CERTIFICATE, OR HIS LEGAL REPRESENTATIVES, MAY BE REQUIRED TO GIVE THE COMPANY A BOND TO INDEMNIFY IT AND ITS TRANSFER AGENTS AND REGISTRARS AGAINST ANY CLAIM THAT MAY BE MADE AGAINST THEM ON ACCOUNT OF THE ALLEGED LOSS OR DESTRUCTION OF ANY SUCH CERTIFICATE. (Cust) (Minor) (State) (Cust) and not as tenants in common (Minor) (State) PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY OR OTHER IDENTIFYING NUMBER OF ASSIGNEE For value received, hereby sell, assign and transfer unto (PLEASE PRINT OR TYPEWRITE NAME AND ADDRESS, INCLUDING POSTAL ZIP CODE, OF ASSIGNEE) Shares of the Class A Common stock represented by the within Certificate, and do hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint Attorney to transfer the said stock on the books of the within-named Company with full power of substitution in the premises. Dated: 20 Signature: Signature: Notice: The signature to this assignment must correspond with the name as written upon the face of the certificate, in every particular, without alteration or enlargement, or any change whatever. The IRS requires that we report the cost basis of certain shares acquired after January 1, 2011. If your shares were covered by the legislation and you have sold or transferred the shares and requested a specific cost basis calculation method, we have processed as requested. If you did not specify a cost basis calculation method, we have defaulted to the first in, first out (FIFO) method. Please visit our website or consult your tax advisor if you need additional information about cost basis. If you do not keep in contact with us or do not have any activity in your account for the time periods specified by state law, your property could become subject to state unclaimed property laws and transferred to the appropriate state. Signature(s) Guaranteed: Medallion Guarantee Stamp THE SIGNATURE(S) SHOULD BE GUARANTEED BY AN ELIGIBLE GUARANTOR INSTITUTION (Banks, Stockbrokers, Savings and Loan Associations and Credit Unions) WITH MEMBERSHIP IN AN APPROVED SIGNATURE GUARANTEE MEDALLION PROGRAM, PURSUANT TO S.E.C. RULE 17Ad-15. The following abbreviations, when used in the inscription on the face of this certificate, shall be construed as though they were written out in full according to applicable laws or regulations: TEN COM - as tenants in common UNIF GIFT MIN ACT - ............................................Custodian ................................................ TEN ENT - as tenants by the entireties under Uniform Gifts to Minors Act......................................................... JT TEN - as joint tenants with right of survivorship UNIF TRF MIN ACT - ............................................Custodian (until age ................................) .............................under Uniform Transfers to Minors Act ................... Additional abbreviations may also be used though not in the above list.

 



Exhibit 5.1

 

 

355 South Grand Avenue

 

Los Angeles, California 90071-1560

 

Tel: +1.213.485.1234 Fax: +1.213.891.8763

 

www.lw.com

 

 

GRAPHIC

FIRM / AFFILIATE OFFICES

Barcelona

Moscow

 

Beijing

Munich

 

Boston

New Jersey

 

Brussels

New York

 

Century City

Orange County

 

Chicago

Paris

 

Dubai

Riyadh

September 6, 2016

Düsseldorf

Rome

 

Frankfurt

San Diego

 

Hamburg

San Francisco

 

Hong Kong

Shanghai

 

Houston

Silicon Valley

 

London

Singapore

 

Los Angeles

Tokyo

 

Madrid

Washington, D.C.

 

Milan

 

 

The Trade Desk, Inc.

42 N. Chestnut Street

Ventura, California 93001

 

Re:                              Form S-1 Registration Statement File No. 333-213241

Initial Public Offering of up to 5,366,667 Shares of Class A Common Stock of The Trade Desk, Inc.

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

We have acted as special counsel to The Trade Desk, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), in connection with the proposed issuance of up to 5,366,667 shares of Class A common stock, par value $0.000001 per share (the “ Shares ”).  The Shares are included in a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Act ”), filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ Commission ”) on August 22, 2016 (Registration No. 333-213241) (as amended, the “ Registration Statement ”).  The term “Shares” shall include any additional shares of common stock registered by the Company pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Act in connection with the offering contemplated by the Registration Statement.  This opinion is being furnished in connection with the requirements of Item 601(b)(5) of Regulation S-K under the Act, and no opinion is expressed herein as to any matter pertaining to the contents of the Registration Statement or related prospectus (the “ Prospectus ”), other than as expressly stated herein with respect to the issue of the Shares.

 

As such counsel, we have examined such matters of fact and questions of law as we have considered appropriate for purposes of this letter.  With your consent, we have relied upon certificates and other assurances of officers of the Company and others as to factual matters without having independently verified such factual matters.  We are opining herein as to the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “ DGCL ”), and we express no opinion with respect to any other laws.

 

Subject to the foregoing and the other matters set forth herein, it is our opinion that, as of the date hereof, when the Shares shall have been duly registered on the books of the transfer

 



 

September 6, 2016

Page 2

 

GRAPHIC

 

agent and registrar therefor in the name or on behalf of the purchasers and have been issued by the Company against payment therefor in the circumstances contemplated by the form of underwriting agreement most recently filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement, the issue and sale of the Shares will have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action of the Company, and the Shares will be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable.  In rendering the foregoing opinion, we have assumed that the Company will comply with all applicable notice requirements regarding uncertificated shares provided in the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

 

This opinion is for your benefit in connection with the Registration Statement and may be relied upon by you and by persons entitled to rely upon it pursuant to the applicable provisions of the Act.  We consent to your filing this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration Statement and to the reference to our firm in the Prospectus under the heading “Legal Matters.”  We further consent to the incorporation by reference of this letter and consent into any post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) with respect to the Shares.  In giving such consent, we do not thereby admit that we are in the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Act or the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder.

 

 

 

Very truly yours,

 

/s/ Latham & Watkins LLP

 




EXHIBIT 10.1

 

THE TRADE DESK, INC.

 

SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

This Second Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement (the “ Agreement ”) is made as of February 9, 2016, by and among (i) The Trade Desk, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), (ii) the parties listed under the heading “Investors” on Exhibit A hereto (each, an “ Investor ” and together, the “ Investors ”) and (iii) the parties listed under the heading “Founders” on Exhibit A hereto (each, a “Founder” and together the “ Founders ”).

 

In connection with the sale of its Series B Preferred Stock, the Company entered into an Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement (the “ Prior Agreement ”) dated as of February 6, 2014 with certain of its investors (the “ Prior Investors ”) and the Founders (as defined in the Prior Agreement).

 

The Company and certain of the Investors are parties to a Series C Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement dated as of February 9, 2016 (the “ Purchase Agreement ”).  In connection therewith, and as a condition thereto, the undersigned are executing and delivering this Agreement which sets forth certain rights of the Investors with respect to the registration of Company securities, participation in subsequent financings and the other matters set forth herein.

 

Section 3.4 of the Prior Agreement provides that the Prior Agreement may be amended as contemplated hereby with the consent of the Company (i) and the Requisite Holders (as that term is defined in the Prior Agreement); and (ii) the Major Investors holding a majority of the Registrable Securities held by the Major Investors (as those terms are defined in the Prior Agreement).  The undersigned hold such majorities and, accordingly, this Agreement amends and restates the Prior Agreement and is binding on each of the Investors, including those who have not executed this Agreement.

 

AGREEMENT

 

The parties hereby agree as follows:

 

1.                                       Registration Rights .  The Company and the Investors covenant and agree as follows:

 

1.1                                Definitions .

 

(a)                                  The term “ Affiliated Fund ” means, with respect to a Holder that is a venture capital fund or other investment fund organized as a limited liability company, partnership or other entity, a fund or entity managed by the same manager or managing member or general partner or management company or investment adviser or by an entity controlling, controlled by, or under common control with such manager or managing member or general partner or management company or investment adviser or any general partner, managing member, officer or director of such Holder.

 

(b)                                  The term “ business day ” means a day other than a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which banks in California are required by law to be closed.

 

(c)                                   The term “ Common Stock ” means the Company’s Common Stock.

 

(d)                                  The term “ Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (and any successor thereto) and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

 



 

(e)                                   The term “ Form S-3 ” means such form under the Securities Act as in effect on the date hereof or any successor form under the Securities Act that permits significant incorporation by reference of the Company’s subsequent public filings under the Exchange Act.

 

(f)                                    The term “ Founder’s Stock ” means Common Stock held by the Founders.

 

(g)                                   The term “ Holder ” means any Person owning or having the right to acquire Registrable Securities or any assignee thereof in accordance with Section 1.11 of this Agreement.

 

(h)                                  The term “ initial public offering” means the Company’s first underwritten public offering of its Common Stock under the Securities Act.

 

(i)                                      The term “ Major Investor ” means any Investor who holds at least 5,000,000 shares of Common Stock issued or issuable upon conversion of Preferred Stock (subject to adjustment for stock splits, stock dividends, combinations, reclassifications or the like); provided , however , that each of the Wellington Investors (as defined below) shall be deemed a Major Investor so long as it holds any shares of the Company’s capital stock.  A Major Investor includes any general partners, managing members and affiliates of a Major Investor, including Affiliated Funds, and shares held by Affiliated Funds shall be aggregated for purposes of satisfying the share threshold set forth above.

 

(j)                                     The term “ Person ” any individual, corporation, partnership, trust, limited liability company, association or other entity.

 

(k)                                  The term “ Preferred Director ” shall have the meaning given to it in the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation.

 

(l)                                      The term “ Preferred Stock ” means the Company’s Preferred Stock, including without limitation the Seed Preferred Stock, Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock and Series C Preferred Stock.

 

(m)                              The term “ Qualified IPO ” means a firm commitment underwritten public offering by the Company of shares of its Common Stock in connection with which all the then-outstanding shares of Preferred Stock are converted into shares of Common Stock pursuant to the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation as such Certificate of Incorporation may be amended from time to time.

 

(n)                                  The terms “ register ,” “ registered ,” and “ registration ” refer to a registration effected by preparing and filing a registration statement or similar document in compliance with the Securities Act, and the declaration or ordering of effectiveness of such registration statement or document.

 

(o)                                  The term “ Registrable Securities ” means (i) the shares of Common Stock issuable or issued upon conversion of the Preferred Stock (including any Preferred Stock acquired by an Investor after the date hereof) held by the Investors, (ii) the Founder’s Stock; provided , however that the Founder’s Stock shall not be deemed to be Registrable Securities, and the Founders shall not be deemed to be Holders, for purposes of Sections 1.2 (Request for Registration), 1.4 (Form S-3 Registration), 1.11 (Assignment of Registration Rights), 1.12 (Limitations on Subsequent Registration Rights) or 3.4 (Amendments and Waivers), and (iii) any other shares of Common Stock of the Company issued as (or issuable upon the conversion or exercise of any warrant, right or other security which is issued as) a dividend or other distribution with respect to, or in exchange for or in replacement of, the shares listed in

 

2



 

(i) or (ii); excluding in all cases any Registrable Securities sold by a Person in a transaction in which his or her rights under this Agreement are not assigned.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Common Stock or other securities shall only be treated as Registrable Securities if and so long as (A) they have not been sold to or through a broker or dealer or underwriter in a public distribution or a public securities transaction, (B) they have not been sold in a transaction exempt from the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act under Section 4(1)  thereof so that all transfer restrictions, and restrictive legends with respect thereto, if any, are removed upon the consummation of such sale, or (C) the Holder thereof is entitled to exercise any right provided in Section 1 in accordance with Section 1.14 below.

 

(p)                                  The number of shares of “ Registrable Securities then outstanding ” shall be determined by the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding which are, and the number of shares of Common Stock issuable pursuant to then exercisable or convertible securities which are, Registrable Securities.

 

(q)                                  The term “ Requisite Holders ” means the holders of at least 50% of the Common Stock issued or issuable upon conversion of the Preferred Stock.

 

(r)                                     The term “ SEC ” means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

(s)                                    The term “ Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (and any successor thereto) and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

(t)                                     The term “ Series A Preferred Stock ” refers collectively to the Company’s Series A-1 Preferred Stock, Series A-2 Preferred Stock and Series A-3 Preferred Stock.

 

(u)                                  The term “ Wellington ” means Wellington Management Company LLP and any successor or affiliated registered investment adviser to the Wellington Investors.

 

(v)                                  The term “ Wellington Investors ” means any Investors advised or subadvised by Wellington or one of its affiliates as of the date hereof.

 

1.2                                Request for Registration .

 

(a)                                  If the Company shall receive at any time after the earlier of (i) May 10, 2018, or (ii) six months after the effective date of the Company’ initial public offering, a written request from the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities then outstanding (the “ Initiating Holders ”) that the Company file a Form S-1 registration statement under the Securities Act covering the registration of Registrable Securities with an anticipated aggregate offering price of at least $5,000,000, then the Company shall, within 10 days of receiving such request, give written notice of such request to all Holders and shall, subject to the limitations of subsection 1.2(b) , as soon as reasonably practicable (and in any event within 60 days of the date of the Initiating Holders’ request) file a Form S-1 registration statement under the Securities Act covering all Registrable Securities which the Initiating Holders request to be registered and any additional Registrable Securities requested to be included in such registration by any other Holders, as specified by notice given by each such Holder to the Company within twenty (20) days of the date the Demand Notice is given.

 

(b)                                  If the Initiating Holders intend to distribute the Registrable Securities covered by their request by means of an underwriting, they shall so advise the Company as a part of their request and the Company shall include such information in the written notice referred to in subsection 1.2(a) .  The underwriter will be selected by the Company and shall be reasonably acceptable to

 

3



 

a majority in interest of the Initiating Holders.  In such event, the right of any Holder to include his Registrable Securities in such registration shall be conditioned upon such Holder’s participation in such underwriting and the inclusion of such Holder’s Registrable Securities in the underwriting (unless otherwise mutually agreed by a majority in interest of the Initiating Holders and such Holder) to the extent provided herein.  The Company and all Holders proposing to distribute their securities through such underwriting shall enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the underwriter or underwriters selected for such underwriting.  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 1.2 , if the managing underwriter advises the Company in good faith that marketing factors require a limitation of the number of shares to be underwritten, then the Company shall so advise all Holders of Registrable Securities which would otherwise be underwritten pursuant hereto, and the number of shares of Registrable Securities that may be included in the underwriting shall be allocated among all participating Holders thereof, including the Initiating Holders, in proportion (as nearly as practicable) to the amount of Registrable Securities of the Company owned by each participating Holder provided , however, that no Registrable Securities held by the Holders shall be excluded from such underwriting unless all other securities are first entirely excluded from such underwriting.  Any Registrable Securities excluded from or withdrawn from such underwriting shall be withdrawn from registration.  To facilitate the allocation of shares in accordance with the above provisions, the Company or the underwriters may round the number of shares allocated to any Holder to the nearest 100 shares.

 

(c)                                   Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Company shall furnish to Holders requesting a registration statement pursuant to this Section 1.2 , a certificate signed by the Chief Executive Officer or President of the Company stating that in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of the Company, it would be seriously detrimental to the Company and its stockholders for such registration statement to be filed, the Company shall have the right to defer such filing for a period of not more than 90 days after receipt of the request of the Initiating Holders; provided , however , that the Company may not utilize this right more than once in any twelve-month period, and provided, further , that the Company shall not register any securities for the account of itself or any other stockholder during such 90-day period (other than in a Qualified IPO, a registration relating solely to the sale of securities of participants in a Company stock plan, a registration relating to a corporate reorganization or transaction under Rule 145 of the Securities Act).

 

(d)                                  In addition, the Company shall not be obligated to effect, or to take any action to effect, any registration pursuant to this Section 1.2 :

 

(i)                                      After the Company has effected two (2) registrations pursuant to this Section 1.2 and such registrations have been declared or ordered effective;

 

(ii)                                   During the period starting with the date 90 days prior to the Company’s good faith estimate of the date of filing of, and ending on a date 90 days after the effective date of, a registration subject to Section 1.3 hereof, unless such offering is the initial public offering of the Company’s securities, in which case, ending on a date 180 days after the effective date of such registration subject to Section 1.3 hereof; provided that the Company is actively employing in good faith all commercially reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective;

 

(iii)                                If the Initiating Holders propose to dispose of shares of Registrable Securities that may be immediately registered on Form S-3 pursuant to a request made pursuant to Section 1.4 below; or

 

(iv)                               In any jurisdiction in which the Company would be required to qualify to do business or execute a general consent to service of process in effecting such registration,

 

4



 

unless the Company is already qualified to do business or subject to service of process in such jurisdiction.

 

A registration statement shall not be counted as a registration under this Section 1.2(i)  if the Company includes any shares in such registration (in which case it shall be treated as a registration pursuant to Section 1.3 below); and (ii) until such time as the registration statement has been declared effective by the SEC (unless the Initiating Holders withdraw their request for such registration, other than as a result of information concerning the business or financial condition of the Company which was made known to the Initiating Holders after the date on which such registration was requested, and elect not to pay the registration expenses therefor pursuant to Section 1.7 ) and the Holders requesting to be included in such registration statement are able to sell at least 50% of the total number or Registered Securities requested to be included in such registration statement.

 

1.3                                Company Registration .

 

(a)                                  If (but without any obligation to do so) the Company proposes to register (including for this purpose a registration effected by the Company for shareholders other than the Holders) any of its stock under the Securities Act in connection with the public offering of such securities solely for cash (other than a registration relating solely to the sale of securities to participants in a Company stock plan or a transaction covered by Rule 145 under the Securities Act, a registration in which the only stock being registered is Common Stock issuable upon conversion of debt securities which are also being registered, or any registration on any form which does not include substantially the same information as would be required to be included in a registration statement covering the sale of the Registrable Securities), the Company shall, at such time, promptly give each Holder written notice following the initial filing of such registration.  Upon the written request of each Holder given within 15 days after mailing of such notice by the Company in accordance with Section 3.5 , the Company shall, subject to the provisions of subsection (b)  below, cause to be registered under the Securities Act all of the Registrable Securities that each such Holder has requested to be registered.

 

(b)                                  In connection with any offering involving an underwriting of shares of the Company’s capital stock, the Company shall not be required under this Section 1.3 to include any of the Holders’ securities in such underwriting unless they accept the terms of the underwriting as agreed upon between the Company and the underwriters, and then only in such quantity as the underwriters determine in their sole discretion will not jeopardize the success of the offering by the Company.  If the total amount of securities, including Registrable Securities, requested by shareholders to be included in such offering exceeds the amount of securities to be sold other than by the Company that the underwriters determine in their reasonable discretion is compatible with the success of the offering, then the Company shall be required to include in the offering only that number of such securities, including Registrable Securities, which the underwriters determine in their sole discretion will not jeopardize the success of the offering (the securities so included to be apportioned pro rata among the selling shareholders according to the total amount of securities entitled to be included therein owned by each selling shareholder or in such other proportions as shall mutually be agreed to by such selling shareholders) provided, however that (i) in no event shall the amount of securities of the selling Holders included in the offering be reduced below 33% of the total amount of securities included in such offering, unless such offering is the initial public offering of the Company’s securities, in which case, the selling shareholders may be excluded if the underwriters make the determination described above and no other shareholder’s securities are included; (ii) in no event shall any Registrable Securities held by an Investor be excluded until all Registrable Securities held by the Founders have first been entirely excluded; and (iii) in no event shall any securities held by any Holder be excluded until all securities held by any selling shareholder other than a Holder have first been entirely excluded.  For purposes of the preceding parenthetical concerning apportionment, for any selling shareholder which is a Holder of Registrable Securities and which is a venture capital fund

 

5



 

or other investment fund, or a partnership or corporation, the Affiliated Funds, partners, retired partners and shareholders of such Holder, or the estates and family members of any such partners and retired partners and any trusts for the benefit of any of the foregoing Persons shall be deemed to be a single “ selling shareholder ,” and any pro-rata reduction with respect to such “selling shareholder” shall be based upon the aggregate amount of shares carrying registration rights owned by all entities and individuals included in such “selling shareholder,” as defined in this sentence.  To facilitate the allocation of shares in accordance with the above provisions, the Company or the underwriters may round the number of shares allocated to any Holder to the nearest 100 shares.

 

(c)                                   The Company shall have the right to terminate or withdraw any registration initiated by it under this Section 1.3 prior to the effectiveness of such registration whether or not any Holder has elected to include securities in such registration.  The expenses of such registration shall be borne by the Company, in accordance with Section 1.7 hereof.

 

1.4                                Form S-3 Registration .  In case the Company shall receive a written request from any Holder or Holders for registration of Registrable Securities having an aggregate value of not less than $1,000,000 (based on the public market price on the date of such request) on Form S-3 and any related qualification or compliance with respect to all or a part of the Registrable Securities owned by such Holder or Holders, the Company will:

 

(a)                                  as soon as reasonably practicable, and in any event within 10 days of the date of such request, give written notice of the proposed registration to all other Holders; and

 

(b)                                  as soon as practicable, effect such registration as would permit or facilitate the sale and distribution of all or such portion of such Holder’s or Holders’ Registrable Securities as are specified in such request, together with all or such portion of the Registrable Securities of any other Holder or Holders joining in such request as are specified in a written request given within 15 days after receipt of such written notice from the Company; provided , however , that the Company shall not be obligated to effect any such registration, qualification or compliance, pursuant to this Section 1.4 :  (i) if Form S-3 is not available for such offering by the Holders; (ii)  if the Company shall furnish to the Holders a certificate signed by the Chief Executive Officer or President of the Company stating that in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of the Company, it would be seriously detrimental to the Company and its shareholders for such Form S-3 Registration to be effected at such time, in which event the Company shall have the right to defer the filing of the Form S-3 registration statement for a period of not more than 90 days after receipt of the request of the Holder or Holders under this Section 1.4 ; provided , however , that the Company shall not utilize this right more than once in any 12-month period and provided further that the Company shall not register any securities for the account of itself or any other stockholder during such 90-day period (other than in a Qualified IPO, a registration relating solely to the sale of securities of participants in a Company stock plan, a registration relating to a corporate reorganization or transaction under Rule 145 of the Securities Act); (iii) if the Company has, within the 12-month period preceding the date of such request, already effected two registration on Form S-3 for the Holders pursuant to this Section 1.4 ; (iv) in any jurisdiction in which the Company would be required to qualify to do business or to execute a general consent to service of process in effecting such registration, qualification or compliance unless the Company is already qualified to do business or subject to service of process in that jurisdiction; or (v) during the period ending 180 days after the effective date of a registration statement subject to Section 1.3 .

 

(c)                                   Subject to the foregoing, the Company shall file a registration statement covering the Registrable Securities and other securities so requested to be registered as soon as practicable after receipt of the request or requests of the Holders.  Registrations effected pursuant to this

 

6



 

Section 1.4 shall not be counted as demands for registration or registrations effected pursuant to Sections 1.2 or 1.3 , respectively.

 

1.5                                Obligations of the Company .  Whenever required under this Section 1 to effect the registration of any Registrable Securities, the Company shall, as expeditiously as reasonably possible:

 

(a)                                  In the case of Sections 1.2 and 1.4 only, prepare and file with the SEC a registration statement with respect to such Registrable Securities and use best efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective, and, upon the request of the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities registered thereunder, keep such registration statement effective for up to 12 months or until the distribution described in such registration statement is completed, if earlier; provided that such 12-month period shall be extended for a period of time equal to the period that the Holder refrains from selling any securities included in such registration at the request of an underwriter of the Company’s securities);

 

(b)                                  Prepare and file with the SEC such amendments and supplements to such registration statement and the prospectus used in connection with such registration statement as may be necessary to comply with the provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the disposition of all securities covered by such registration statement;

 

(c)                                   Furnish to the selling Holders such numbers of copies of a prospectus, including a preliminary prospectus, in conformity with the requirements of the Securities Act, and such other documents as they may reasonably request in order to facilitate the disposition of Registrable Securities owned by them;

 

(d)                                  Use best efforts to register and qualify the securities covered by such registration statement under such other securities or Blue Sky laws of such jurisdictions as shall be reasonably requested by the Holders, provided that the Company shall not be required in connection therewith or as a condition thereto to qualify to do business or to file a general consent to service of process in any such states or jurisdiction, unless the Company is already qualified to do business or subject to service of process in that jurisdiction;

 

(e)                                   In the event of any underwritten public offering, enter into and perform its obligations under an underwriting agreement, in usual and customary form, with the managing underwriter of such offering (and each Holder participating in such underwriting shall also enter into and perform its obligations under such an agreement);

 

(f)                                    Notify each Holder of Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement at any time when a prospectus relating thereto is required to be delivered under the Securities Act of the happening of any event as a result of which the prospectus included in such registration statement, as then in effect, includes an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in the light of the circumstances then existing;

 

(g)                                   Cause all such Registrable Securities registered pursuant to this Section 1 to be listed on each national securities exchange or trading system on which similar securities issued by the Company are then listed;

 

(h)                                  Provide a transfer agent and registrar for all Registrable Securities registered pursuant hereunder and a CUSIP number for all such Registrable Securities, in each case not later than the effective date of such registration;

 

7



 

(i)                                      Notify each selling Holder, promptly after the Company receives notice thereof, of the time when such registration statement has been declared effective or a supplement to any prospectus forming a part of such registration statement has been filed;

 

(j)                                     After such registration statement becomes effective, notify each selling Holder of any request by the SEC that the Company amend or supplement such registration statement or prospectus; and

 

(k)                                  Use all commercially reasonable efforts to furnish, at the request of any Holder requesting registration of Registrable Securities pursuant to this Section 1 , on the date that such Registrable Securities are delivered to the underwriters for sale in connection with a registration pursuant to this Section 1 , if such securities are being sold through underwriters, or, if such securities are not being sold through underwriters, on the date that the registration statement with respect to such securities becomes effective, (i) an opinion, dated such date, of the counsel representing the Company for the purposes of such registration, in form and substance as is customarily given to underwriters in an underwritten public offering, addressed to the underwriters, if any, and to the Holders requesting registration of Registrable Securities and (ii) a letter dated such date, from the independent certified public accountants of the Company, in form and substance as is customarily given by independent certified public accountants to underwriters in an underwritten public offering, addressed to the underwriters, if any, and to the Holders requesting registration of Registrable Securities.

 

1.6                                Information From Holders .  It shall be a condition precedent to the obligations of the Company to take any action pursuant to this Section 1 with respect to the Registrable Securities of any selling Holder that such Holder shall furnish to the Company such information regarding itself, the Registrable Securities held by it, and the intended method of disposition of such securities as is reasonably required to effect the registration of such Holder’s Registrable Securities.

 

1.7                                Expenses of Registration .  All expenses other than underwriting discounts and commissions incurred in connection with registrations, filings or qualifications pursuant to Sections 1.2 , 1.3 and 1.4 including (without limitation) all registration, filing and qualification fees, printers’ and accounting fees, fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company, and the reasonable fees and disbursements of one counsel for the selling Holders selected by them, shall be paid by the Company; provided , however , that the Company shall not be required to pay for any expenses of any registration (i) proceeding begun pursuant to Section 1.2 or 1.4 if the registration request is subsequently withdrawn at the request of the Holders of no less than 50% of the Registrable Securities to be registered (in which case all participating Holders shall bear such expenses pro rata based on the number of Registrable Securities that were to be included in such registration), unless the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities agree to forfeit their right to one demand registration pursuant to Section 1.2 provided, however that if, at the time of such withdrawal, the Holders have learned of a material adverse change in the condition, business or prospects of the Company from that known to the Holders at the time of the request and have withdrawn the request with reasonable promptness after becoming aware of such material adverse change, then the Holders shall not be required to pay any of such expenses and shall retain their rights under Sections 1.2 and (ii) in the case of registration under Section 1.4 if the Company has already paid for such expenses of registration with respect to two (2) registrations on Form S-3.

 

1.8                                Delay of Registration .  No Holder shall have any right to obtain or seek an injunction restraining or otherwise delaying any such registration as the result of any controversy that might arise with respect to the interpretation or implementation of this Section 1 .

 

1.9                                Indemnification .  In the event any Registrable Securities are included in a registration statement under this Section 1 :

 

8



 

(a)                                  To the extent permitted by law, the Company will indemnify and hold harmless each Holder, and the partners, members, officers, directors, and stockholders of each such Holder, legal counsel, accountants and investment advisers for each such Holder any underwriter (as defined in the Securities Act) for such Holder and each Person, if any, who controls such Holder or underwriter within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, against any losses, claims, damages, or liabilities (joint or several) to which they may become subject under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or other federal or state law, as they occur, insofar as such losses, claims, damages, or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon any of the following statements, omissions or violations (collectively a “ Violation ”):  (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in such registration statement, including any preliminary prospectus or final prospectus contained therein or any amendments or supplements thereto, (ii) the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein, or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, or (iii) any violation or alleged violation by the Company of the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, any state securities law or any rule or regulation promulgated under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or any state securities law; and the Company will pay to each such Holder, underwriter or controlling Person or other aforementioned Person, as incurred, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by them in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability, or action; provided , however , that the indemnity agreement contained in this subsection 1.9(a)  shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such loss, claim, damage, liability, or action if such settlement is effected without the consent of the Company (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld), nor shall the Company be liable to any Holder, underwriter or controlling Person or other aforementioned Person for any such loss, claim, damage, liability, or action to the extent that it arises out of or is based upon a Violation which occurs in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished expressly for use in connection with such registration by any such Holder, underwriter or controlling Person or other aforementioned Person.

 

(b)                                  To the extent permitted by law, each selling Holder will severally and not jointly indemnify and hold harmless the Company, each of its directors, each of its officers who has signed the registration statement, each Person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of the Securities Act, any underwriter, any other Holder selling securities in such registration statement and any controlling Person of any such underwriter or other Holder, against any losses, claims, damages, or liabilities (joint or several) to which any of the foregoing Persons may become subject, under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or other federal or state law, insofar as such losses, claims, damages, or liabilities (or actions in respect thereto) arise out of or are based upon any Violation, in each case to the extent (and only to the extent) that such Violation occurs in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished by such Holder expressly for use in connection with such registration; and each such Holder will pay, as incurred, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by any Person intended to be indemnified pursuant to this subsection 1.9(b) , in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability, or action; provided , however , that the indemnity agreement contained in this subsection 1.9(b)  shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action if such settlement is effected without the consent of the Holder, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld; provided , that in no event shall any indemnity under this subsection 1.9(b)  exceed the net proceeds from the offering received by such Holder.

 

(c)                                   Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under this Section 1.9 of notice of the commencement of any action (including any governmental action), such indemnified party will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against any indemnifying party under this Section 1.9 , deliver to the indemnifying party a written notice of the commencement thereof and the indemnifying party shall have the right to participate in, and, to the extent the indemnifying party so desires, jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly noticed, to assume the defense thereof with counsel mutually satisfactory to the parties; provided , however , that an indemnified party (together with all other

 

9



 

indemnified parties which may be represented without conflict by one counsel) shall have the right to retain one separate counsel, with the reasonable fees and expenses to be paid by the indemnifying party, if representation of such indemnified party by the counsel retained by the indemnifying party would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interests between such indemnified party and any other party represented by such counsel in such proceeding.  The failure to deliver written notice to the indemnifying party within a reasonable time of the commencement of any such action, if prejudicial to its ability to defend such action, shall relieve such indemnifying party of any liability to the indemnified party under this Section 1.9 solely to the extent that the indemnifying party has been damaged thereby, but the omission so to deliver written notice to the indemnifying party will not relieve it of any liability that it may have to any indemnified party otherwise than under this Section 1.9 .

 

(d)                                  If the indemnification provided for in this Section 1.9 is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be unavailable to an indemnified party with respect to any loss, liability, claim, damage or expense referred to therein, then the indemnifying party, in lieu of indemnifying such indemnified party hereunder, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such loss, liability, claim, damage, or expense in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the indemnifying party on the one hand and of the indemnified party on the other in connection with the statements or omissions that resulted in such loss, liability, claim, damage or expense as well as any other relevant equitable considerations; provided , that in no event shall any contribution by a Holder under this Subsection 1.9(d) , when combined with amounts paid or payable by such Holder pursuant to Subsection 1.9(b) , exceed the net proceeds from the offering received by such Holder.  The relative fault of the indemnifying party and of the indemnified party shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the indemnifying party or by the indemnified party and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information, and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission.

 

(e)                                   Unless suspended by the underwriting agreement, the obligations of the Company and the selling Holders under this Section 1.9 shall survive the completion of any offering of Registrable Securities in a registration statement under this Section 1 , and otherwise shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

 

1.10                         Reports Under the Exchange Act .  With a view to making available to the Holders the benefits of Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act and any other rule or regulation of the SEC that may at any time permit a Holder to sell securities of the Company to the public without registration or pursuant to a registration on Form S-3, the Company agrees to:

 

(a)                                  make and keep adequate current public information available, as those terms are understood and defined in SEC Rule 144, at all times after the first registration statement filed by the Company for the offering of its securities to the public so long as the Company remains subject to the periodic reporting requirements under Sections 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act;

 

(b)                                  take such action, including the voluntary registration of its Common Stock under Section 12 of the Exchange Act, as is necessary to enable the Holders to utilize Form S-3 for the sale of their Registrable Securities, such action to be taken as soon as practicable after the end of the fiscal year in which the first registration statement filed by the Company for the offering of its securities to the general public is declared effective;

 

(c)                                   file with the SEC in a timely manner all reports and other documents required of the Company under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act; and

 

10


 

(d)                                  furnish to any Holder upon request, so long as the Holder owns any Registrable Securities, (i) a written statement by the Company that it has complied with the reporting requirements of SEC Rule 144 (at any time after it is subject to such requirements), the Securities Act and the Exchange Act (at any time after it has become subject to such reporting requirements), or that it qualifies as a registrant whose securities may be resold pursuant to Form S-3 (at any time after it so qualifies), (ii) a copy of the most recent annual or quarterly report of the Company and such other reports and documents so filed by the Company, and (iii) such other information as may be reasonably requested in availing any Holder of any rule or regulation of the SEC which permits the selling of any such securities without registration or pursuant to such form.

 

1.11                         Assignment of Registration Rights .  The rights to cause the Company to register Registrable Securities pursuant to this Section 1 may be assigned (but only with all related obligations) by a Holder to a transferee or assignee (i) who is acquiring at least 50% of the shares of Preferred Stock or Registrable Securities held by the transferring or assigning Holder; (ii) that is a subsidiary, parent, partner, limited partner, retired partner, member, retired member or stockholder of a Holder, or (iii) that is an Affiliated Fund, provided the Company is, within a reasonable time after such transfer, furnished with written notice of the name and address of such transferee or assignee and the securities with respect to which such registration rights are being assigned; and provided , further , that such assignment shall be effective only if the transferee agrees to be bound by this Agreement and immediately following such transfer the further disposition of such securities by the transferee or assignee is restricted under the Securities Act.  For the purposes of determining the number of shares of Registrable Securities held by a transferee or assignee, the holdings of transferees and assignees of (x) a partnership who are partners or retired partners of such partnership, or (y) a limited liability company who are members or retired members of such limited liability company (including Immediate Family Members of such partners or members who acquire Registrable Securities by gift, will or intestate succession) shall be aggregated together and with the partnership or limited liability company.

 

1.12                         Limitations on Subsequent Registration Rights .  From and after the date of this Agreement, the Company shall not, without the prior written consent of the Holders of a majority of the outstanding Registrable Securities, enter into any agreement with any holder or prospective holder of any securities of the Company which would allow such holder or prospective holder (a) to include any of such securities in any registration filed pursuant to Section 1.2 hereof, unless under the terms of such agreement, such holder or prospective holder may include such securities in any such registration only to the extent that the inclusion of his securities will not reduce the amount of the Registrable Securities of the Holders which is included or (b) to make a demand registration; provided that this limitation shall not apply to any additional Investor who becomes a party to this Agreement in accordance with Section 3.12 .

 

1.13                         Lock-Up Agreement.

 

(a)                                  Lock-Up .   In connection with the initial public offering of the Company’s securities and upon request of the Company or the underwriters managing such initial public offering of the Company’s securities, each Holder agrees not to sell, make any short sale of, loan, grant any option for the purchase of, or otherwise dispose of any securities of the Company held immediately prior to the effectiveness of the Registration Statement for such offering (other than those included in the registration) without the prior written consent of the Company or such underwriters, as the case may be, for such period of time (not to exceed 180 days or such longer period of time as may be required to comply with Rule 2711 of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. (or any successor rule thereto)) from the effective date of such registration statement as may be requested by the Company or such managing underwriters and to execute an agreement reflecting the foregoing as may be requested by the underwriters at the time of the Company’s initial public offering.

 

11



 

(b)                                  Limitations . The provisions of Section 1.13(a)  shall not apply to the sale of any shares to an underwriter pursuant to an underwriting agreement or, for purposes of clarity, the sale of any shares acquired in the Company’s initial public offering or in the open market following such initial public offering.  Furthermore, the provisions of Section 1.13(a)  shall be applicable to the Holders only if all officers and directors of the Company and all stockholders individually owning more than one percent (1%) of the Company’s outstanding Common Stock (assuming full conversion of all Preferred Stock) are subject to substantially similar restrictions.  If any of the obligations described in Section 1.13(a)  are waived or terminated with respect to any of the securities of any such Holder, officer, director or greater than one-percent stockholder (in any such case, the “ Released Securities ”), such obligations shall be waived or terminated, as applicable, to the same extent and with respect to the same percentage of securities of each Holder as the percentage of Released Securities represent with respect to the securities held by the applicable Holder, officer, director or greater than one-percent stockholder.

 

(c)                                   Underwriters Are Beneficiaries .  The underwriters in connection with such registration are intended third-party beneficiaries of this Section 1.13 and shall have the right, power, and authority to enforce the provisions hereof as though they were a party hereto.  Each Holder further agrees to execute such agreements as may be reasonably requested by the underwriters in connection with such registration that are consistent with this Section 1.13 or that are necessary to give further effect thereto.

 

(c)                                   Stop-Transfer Instructions .  In order to enforce the foregoing covenants, the Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the securities of each Holder (and the securities of every other Person subject to the restrictions described in Section 1.13(a) ).

 

(d)                                  Transferees Bound .   Each Holder agrees that prior to the Company’s initial public offering it will not transfer securities of the Company unless each transferee agrees in writing to be bound by all of the provisions of this Section 1.13 , provided that this Section 1.13(d)  shall not apply to transfers pursuant to a registration statement.

 

1.14                         Termination of Registration Rights .  No Holder shall be entitled to exercise any right provided for in this Section 1 after the earlier of (i) when all of such Holder’s Registrable Securities could be sold without restriction under Rule 144(b)(1)(i) within a ninety (90) day period without the requirement for the Company to be in compliance with the current public information required under Rule 144(c)(1); (ii) the fifth anniversary of the Company’s initial public offering or (iii) upon termination of the Agreement, as provided in Section 3.1 .

 

2.                                       Covenants of the Company

 

2.1                                Delivery of Financial Statements .  The Company shall deliver to each Major Investor:

 

(a)                                  as soon as practicable, but in any event within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company, an income statement for such fiscal year, a balance sheet of the Company and statement of shareholder’s equity as of the end of such year and a statement of cash flows for such year, such year-end financial reports to be in reasonable detail, prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (“ GAAP ”), and audited and certified by an independent public accounting firm selected by the Board of Directors with the approval of a majority of the Preferred Directors, provided, however, that the Board of Directors, including a majority of the Preferred Directors, may waive the audit requirement for any fiscal year;

 

12



 

(b)                                  as soon as practicable, but in any event within 45 days after the end of each of the first three quarters of each fiscal year of the Company, unaudited profit or loss statement, a statement of cash flows for such fiscal quarter and an unaudited balance sheet and statement of stockholders’ equity as of the end of such fiscal quarter, all prepared in accordance with GAAP (except that such financial statements may (i) be subject to normal year-end audit adjustments and (ii) not contain all notes thereto that may be required in accordance with GAAP);

 

(c)                                   as soon as practicable, but in any event 30 days before the end of each fiscal year, a budget and business plan for the next fiscal year (collectively, the “ Budget ”), approved by the Board of Directors with the approval of a majority of the Preferred Directors and prepared on a monthly basis, including balance sheets, income statements, and statements of cash flow for such months and, promptly after prepared, any other budgets or revised budgets prepared by the Company; and

 

(d)                                  such other information relating to the financial condition, business, prospects, or corporate affairs of the Company as any Investor may from time to time reasonably request; provided, however, that the Company shall not be obligated under this Section 2.1 to provide information that (i) the Company reasonably determines in good faith to be a trade secret or confidential information (unless covered by an enforceable confidentiality agreement in form acceptable to the Company); or (ii) the disclosure of which would adversely affect the attorney-client privilege between the Company and its counsel.

 

If, for any period, the Company has any subsidiary whose accounts are consolidated with those of the Company, then in respect of such period the financial statements delivered pursuant to the foregoing sections shall be the consolidated and consolidating financial statements of the Company and all such consolidated subsidiaries.

 

Notwithstanding anything else in this Section 2.1 to the contrary, (i) the Company may cease providing the information set forth in this Section 2.1 during the period starting with the date thirty (30) days before the Company’s good-faith estimate of the date of filing of a registration statement if it reasonably concludes it must do so to comply with the SEC rules applicable to such registration statement and related offering; provided that the Company’s covenants under this Section 2.1 shall be reinstated at such time as the Company is no longer actively employing its commercially reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective; and (ii) the Company need not provide any information set forth in this Section 2.1 to a Major Investor reasonably deemed by the Company’s Board of Directors to be a competitor of the Company; it being understood and agreed that no Wellington Investor shall be deemed a competitor of the Company.

 

2.2                                Inspection .  The Company shall permit each Major Investor (except for a Major Investor reasonably deemed by the Company’s Board of Directors to be a competitor of the Company) and its accountants, at such Major Investor’s expense, to visit and inspect the Company’s properties, to examine its books of account and records and to discuss the Company’s affairs, finances and accounts with its officers, all at such reasonable times as may be requested by the Major Investor; provided , however , that the Company shall not be obligated pursuant to this Section 2.2 to provide access to any information which it reasonably considers to be a trade secret or similar proprietary and confidential information (unless covered by an enforceable confidentiality agreement, in form acceptable to the Company) or the disclosure of which would adversely affect the attorney-client privilege between the Company and its counsel.

 

2.3                                Right of First Offer .  Subject to the terms and conditions specified in this Section 2.3 , the Company hereby grants to each Major Investor a right of first offer with respect to future sales by the Company of its Shares (as hereinafter defined).  A Major Investor who chooses to exercise

 

13



 

the right of first offer may designate as purchasers under such right itself or its partners or affiliates, including Affiliated Funds, in such proportions as it deems appropriate.

 

Each time the Company proposes to offer any shares of, or equity or debt securities convertible into or exercisable for any shares of, any class of the Company’s capital stock (“ Shares ”), the Company shall first make an offering of such Shares to each Major Investor in accordance with the following provisions:

 

(a)                                  The Company shall deliver a notice (the “ RFO Notice ”) to the Major Investors stating (i) its bona fide intention to offer such Shares, (ii) the rights, privileges, preferences and restrictions of the Shares, (iii) the number of such Shares to be offered, (iv) the identity of the Persons (if known) to which or with which the Shares are to be offered, issued, sold, and (v) the price and other terms, if any, upon which it proposes to offer such Shares.

 

(b)                                  Within 15 business days after delivery of the RFO Notice, each Major Investor may elect to purchase or obtain, at the price and on the terms specified in the RFO Notice, up to that portion of such Shares which equals the proportion that the Common Stock then held by such Major Investor bears to the total Common Stock of the Company then outstanding, assuming in each case the conversion or exercise of any securities convertible or exercisable into Common Stock.  Such purchase shall be completed at the same closing as that of any third party purchasers or at an additional closing on substantially the same terms.  The Company shall promptly, in writing, inform each Major Investor that purchases all the Shares available to it (each, a “ Fully-Exercising Investor ”) of any other Major Investor’s failure to do likewise.  During the 10-day period commencing after receipt of such information, each Fully-Exercising Investor shall be entitled to obtain that portion of the Shares for which Major Investors were entitled to subscribe but which were not subscribed for by the Major Investors that is equal to the proportion that the number of shares of Common Stock issued and held, or issuable upon conversion and exercise of all convertible or exercisable securities then held, by such Fully-Exercising Investor bears to the total number of shares of Common Stock then held by all Fully Exercising Investors (assuming full conversion and exercise of all convertible or exercisable securities held by them).

 

(c)                                   The Company may, during the 90-day period following the expiration of the period provided in subsection 2.3(b)  hereof, offer the remaining unsubscribed portion of the Shares to any Person or Persons at a price not less than, and upon terms no more favorable to the offeree than those specified in the RFO Notice.  If the Company does not enter into an agreement for the sale of the Shares within such period, or if such agreement is not consummated within 60 days of the execution thereof, the right provided hereunder shall be deemed to be revived and such Shares shall not be offered unless first reoffered to the Major Investors in accordance herewith.

 

(d)                                  The right of first offer in this Section 2.3 shall not be applicable to:

 

(1)                                  shares, or securities convertible into or exercisable for any shares, of Common Stock issued upon conversion of shares of Preferred Stock, or as a dividend or distribution on Preferred Stock;

 

(2)                                  shares, or securities convertible into or exercisable for any shares, of Common Stock issued as a dividend, stock split or other distribution on Common Stock;

 

(3)                                  shares, or securities convertible into or exercisable for shares, issued (1) in connection with acquisition transactions, (2) to financial institutions, lessors or other lenders in connection with commercial credit arrangements, equipment financings or the like; (3) in connection with sponsored research, collaboration, technology license, development, OEM, marketing or other

 

14



 

similar agreements or strategic partnerships; or (4) to suppliers or vendors in connection with the provision of goods and services which, in each case, are approved by the Company’s Board of Directors, including a majority of the Preferred Directors, and are primarily for purposes other than equity financing;

 

(4)                                  shares of Common Stock issued or issuable to employees, consultants, advisors, directors or other service providers of the Company (i) under the Company’s 2010 Stock Plan or under the Company’s 2015 Equity Incentive Plan with the approval of the Board of Directors or compensation committee thereof; or (ii) or under other plans, agreements or arrangements with the approval of the Board of Directors, including the affirmative vote of a majority of the Preferred Directors;

 

(5)                                  shares of Common Stock or Preferred Stock issuable upon exercise of options, warrants or other convertible securities outstanding as of the date hereof;

 

(6)                                  shares of Common Stock issued in a Qualified IPO;

 

(7)                                  shares of Series C Preferred Stock issued pursuant to the Purchase Agreement; and

 

(8)                                  shares, or securities convertible into or exercisable for any shares, of Common Stock which are deemed, retroactively or prospectively, not to be subject to the right of first offer set forth in this Section 2.3 by the affirmative vote or consent of the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of Common Stock issued or issuable upon conversion of Preferred Stock held by the Major Investors.

 

(e)                                   In the event that the rights of a Major Investor to purchase Shares under this Section 2.3 are waived pursuant to Section 3.4 or made inapplicable under Section 2.3(d)(8)  with respect to a particular offering of Shares without such Major Investor’s prior written consent (a “ Waived Investor ”) and any Major Investor that participated in waiving or making inapplicable such rights actually purchases Shares in such offering, then the Company shall grant, and hereby grants, each Waived Investor the right to purchase, in a subsequent closing of such issuance on substantially the same terms and conditions, the same percentage of its full pro rata share of such Shares as the highest percentage of any such purchasing Major Investor.

 

2.4                                Additional Covenants

 

(a)                                  D&O Insurance .  The Company shall maintain at least so long as at least one Preferred Director is on the board of directors, director’s and officer’s insurance in amounts customary for companies similarly situated to the Company and reasonably acceptable to a majority of the Preferred Directors.

 

(b)                                  Key Person Insurance .  The Company will maintain (so long as they continue to be employed by the Company) key person life insurance on Jeff Green and David Pickles in amounts approved by the Board of Directors including a majority of the Preferred Directors, with the Company being named the beneficiary thereunder.

 

(c)                                   Board Meetings; Reimbursement of Directors; Committees.

 

(i)                                      The Company shall hold regular meetings of the Board of Directors or as reasonably requested by any Preferred Director.  The Company shall reimburse the Preferred Directors and the Board Observers specified in Section 2.6 herein for out of pocket travel costs

 

15



 

for meetings of the Company’s Board of Directors, any committee thereof and other reasonable Company-related travel expenses.

 

(ii)                                   In the event that the Board of Directors establishes any committee (including without limitation any compensation or audit committee), each of the Preferred Directors shall be entitled in such Person’s discretion to be a member of the Board committee.

 

(d)                                  Employee Agreements.   The Company will cause each current and future officer and employee to into a non-disclosure, non-solicitation and proprietary rights assignment agreement, in its current form or another form reasonably acceptable to the Board of Directors, including a majority of the Preferred Directors.  The Company agrees that it will not, without the consent of the Board of Directors, including a majority of the Preferred Directors, terminate, amend or waive any rights under any inventions, confidentiality or restricted stock agreement between the Company and any employee.

 

(e)                                   Successor Indemnification .  If the Company or any of its successors or assignees consolidates with or merges into any other Person and is not the continuing or surviving corporation or entity of such consolidation or merger, then to the extent necessary, proper provision shall be made so that the successors and assignees of the Company assume the obligations of the Company with respect to indemnification of members of the Board of Directors as in effect immediately before such transaction, whether such obligations are contained in the Company’s Bylaws, its Certificate of Incorporation, or elsewhere, as the case may be.

 

(f)                                    Matters Requiring Preferred Director Approval .  So long as the holders Preferred Stock are entitled to elect a Preferred Director, the Company hereby covenants and agrees with each of the Investors that it shall not, without approval of the Board of Directors, which approval must include the affirmative vote of a majority of the Preferred Directors:

 

(i)                                      make, or permit any subsidiary to make, any loan or advance to, or own any stock or other securities of, any subsidiary or other corporation, partnership, or other entity unless it is wholly owned by the Company;

 

(ii)                                   make, or permit any subsidiary to make, any loan or advance to any Person, including, without limitation, any employee or director of the Company or any subsidiary, except advances and similar expenditures in the ordinary course of business or under the terms of an employee stock or option plan approved by the Board of Directors;

 

(iii)                                guarantee, directly or indirectly, or permit any subsidiary to guarantee, directly or indirectly, any indebtedness except for trade accounts of the Company or any subsidiary arising in the ordinary course of business;

 

(iv)                               make any investment inconsistent with any investment policy approved by the Board of Directors;

 

(v)                                  incur any aggregate indebtedness in excess of $2,000,000 that is not already included in a budget approved by the Board of Directors, other than trade credit incurred in the ordinary course of business;

 

(vi)                               otherwise enter into or be a party to any transaction with any director, officer, or employee of the Company or any “associate” (as defined in Rule 12b-2 promulgated under the Exchange Act) of any such Person, except for transactions contemplated by this Agreement and

 

16



 

the Purchase Agreement; transactions resulting in payments to or by the Company in an aggregate amount less than $250,000 per year; or transactions made in the ordinary course of business and pursuant to reasonable requirements of the Company’s business and upon fair and reasonable terms that are approved by a majority of the Board of Directors;

 

(vii)                            hire, terminate, or change the compensation of the executive officers, including approving any option grants or stock awards to executive officers;

 

(viii)                         change the principal business of the Company, enter new lines of business, or exit the current line of business;

 

(ix)                               sell, assign, license, pledge, or encumber material technology or intellectual property, other than licenses granted in the ordinary course of business; or

 

(x)                                  enter into any corporate strategic relationship involving the payment, contribution, or assignment by the Company or to the Company of money or assets greater than $1,000,000.

 

(g)                                Employee Stock.   Unless otherwise approved by the Board of Directors, including a majority of the Preferred Directors, and except as set forth in the Founder Stock Vesting Agreements dated as of March 5, 2010, all employees, officers or consultants of the Company who purchase, receive options to purchase, or receive awards of shares of the Company’s capital stock after the date hereof shall be required to execute restricted stock or option agreements, as applicable, providing for (i) vesting of shares over a four year period, with the first twenty-five percent (25%) of such shares vesting following twelve months of continued employment or service, and the remaining shares vesting in equal monthly installments over the following thirty-six months (or an alternative vesting schedule approved by the Board of Directors does not result at any given time in a higher vesting percentage), (ii) a market stand-off provision substantially similar to that in Section 1.13 ; (iii) a “right of first refusal” on transfers until the Company’s Qualified IPO; and (iv) the right to repurchase unvested shares at cost upon termination of employment or service of a holder of restricted stock.  Additionally, unless approved by the Board of Directors including a majority of the Preferred Directors, there shall be no acceleration of vesting of options or termination of repurchase rights in respect of restricted stock held by existing or new employees (not including the Founders) upon termination of employment except, if the Board of Directors so agrees, for “double trigger” acceleration upon termination of the employee following a sale of the Company.

 

2.5                                Confidentiality .  Each Investor agrees that such Investor will keep confidential and will not disclose, divulge, or use for any purpose (other than to monitor its investment in the Company or for the benefit of the Company) any confidential information obtained from the Company pursuant to the terms of this Agreement (including notice of the Company’s intention to file a registration statement), unless such confidential information (a) is known or becomes known to the public in general (other than as a result of a breach of this Section 2.5 by such Investor), (b) is or has been independently developed or conceived by the Investor without use of the Company’s confidential information, or (c) is or has been made known or disclosed to the Investor by a third party without a breach of any obligation of confidentiality such third party may have to the Company; provided , however , that an Investor may disclose confidential information (i) to its attorneys, accountants, consultants, and other professionals and representative to the extent necessary to obtain their services in connection with monitoring its investment in the Company; (ii) subject to receipt of the Company’s prior written consent (not to be unreasonably withheld), to any prospective purchaser of any Registrable Securities that is not a competitor of the Company from such Investor, if such prospective purchaser agrees in writing for the benefit of the Company to be bound by the provisions of this Section 2.5 ; (iii) to any Affiliated Fund, partner (and

 

17



 

partners of such partner), member, stockholder, affiliate, or wholly owned subsidiary of such Investor in the ordinary course of business (provided that such Persons shall be otherwise bound by an obligation of confidentiality); or (iv) as may otherwise be required by law. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of any Wellington Investor, such Wellington Investor may identify the Company and the value of such Wellington Investor’s security holdings in the Company in accordance with applicable investment reporting and disclosure regulations or internal policies and respond to routine examinations, demands, requests or reporting requirements of a regulator without prior notice to or consent from the Company.

 

2.6                                Board Observers

 

(a)                                  Revel Partners As long as Revel Venture Fund I, LP and its affiliates (“ Revel ”) continues to own at least 1,814,350 shares of Preferred Stock (or an equivalent amount of Common Stock issued upon conversion thereof), the Company shall invite a representative of Revel, reasonably satisfactory to the Board of Directors (it being acknowledged that Joseph Apprendi and Thomas Falk are each deemed to be satisfactory) to attend all meetings of the Board of Directors in a nonvoting observer capacity and, in this respect, shall give such representative copies of all notices, minutes, consents, and other materials that it provides to its directors; provided, however, that such representative shall hold in confidence and trust and to act in a fiduciary manner with respect to all information so provided; and provided further, that the Company reserves the right to withhold any information and to exclude such representative from any meeting or portion thereof if access to such information or attendance at such meeting could adversely affect the attorney-client privilege between the Company and its counsel or result in disclosure of trade secrets or a conflict of interest, or if such Investor or its representative is a competitor of the Company, as reasonably determined in good faith by the Board of Directors.

 

(b)                                  Hermes As long as Highwind S.a.r.l (“ Hermes ”) and its affiliates continues to own at least 2,250,000 shares of Preferred Stock (or an equivalent amount of Common Stock issued upon conversion thereof), the Company shall invite a representative of Hermes, to attend all meetings of the Board of Directors in a nonvoting observer capacity and, in this respect, shall give such representative copies of all notices, minutes, consents, and other materials that it provides to its directors; provided, however, that such representative shall hold in confidence and trust and to act in a fiduciary manner with respect to all information so provided; and provided further, that the Company reserves the right to withhold any information and to exclude such representative from any meeting or portion thereof if access to such information or attendance at such meeting could adversely affect the attorney-client privilege between the Company and its counsel or result in disclosure of trade secrets or a conflict of interest, or if such Investor or its representative is a competitor of the Company, as reasonably determined in good faith by the Board of Directors.  The Company hereby acknowledges Hermes and its affiliated advisors and funds are professional investment managers and/or funds, and as such, invest in numerous portfolio companies, some of which may be deemed competitive with the Company’s business (as conducted or proposed to be conducted). Neither Hermes, nor its affiliates (including affiliated advisors and funds) shall be deemed a competitor based on (i) the investment by Hermes or any affiliated fund in any entity competitive to the Company, or (ii) actions taken by any advisor, partner, officer or other representative of Hermes or any affiliated fund to assist any such competitive company, whether or not such action was taken as a board member of such competitive company, or otherwise.

 

2.7                                Termination of Covenants .

 

(a)                                  The covenants set forth in Sections 2.1 through Section 2.6 shall terminate and be of no further force or effect (i) immediately prior to the consummation of a Qualified IPO, or (ii) upon termination of the Agreement, as provided in Section 3.1 .

 

18



 

(b)                                  The covenants set forth in Sections 2.1 and 2.2 shall terminate and be of no further force or effect when the Company first becomes subject to the periodic reporting requirements of Sections 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, if this occurs earlier than the events described in Section 2.6(a)  above.

 

3.                                       Miscellaneous

 

3.1                                Termination .  This Agreement shall terminate, and have no further force and effect, when the Company shall consummate a transaction or series of related transactions deemed to be a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company pursuant to the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation (including a Liquidation Transaction, as that term is defined therein), as such Certificate of Incorporation may be further amended from time to time; provided, however, that with respect to a Liquidation Transaction, the covenants set forth in Sections 2.1 and 2.2 shall only terminate if the consideration received by the Holders in such Liquidation Transaction is in the form of cash and/or publicly traded securities unless the Holders receive financial information and inspection rights from the acquiring company or other successor to the Company comparable to those set forth in Sections 2.1 and 2.2 .

 

3.2                                Entire Agreement .  This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties hereto pertaining to the subject matter hereof, and any and all other written or oral agreements relating to the subject matter hereof existing between the parties hereto are expressly canceled.  Without limiting the foregoing, upon the effectiveness of this Agreement, that certain Non-Disclosure Agreement, dated as of January 15, 2016, between the Company and Wellington (the “ NDA ”) shall terminate and be of no further force or effect and shall be superseded and replaced in its entirety by the confidentiality provisions of this Agreement; provided, however, that the last paragraph of Section 2 of the NDA shall survive for the term of this Agreement with respect to confidential information described in Section 2.5 .

 

3.3                                Successors and Assigns .  Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, the terms and conditions of this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the respective permitted successors and assigns of the parties.  Nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended to confer upon any party other than the parties hereto or their respective successors and assigns any rights, remedies, obligations, or liabilities under or by reason of this Agreement, except as expressly provided in this Agreement.

 

3.4                                Amendments and Waivers .  Any term of this Agreement may be amended or waived only with the written consent of the Company and the Requisite Holders; provided, however that (i)  Sections 2.1, 2.2 or 2.3 may be amended or waived only with the written consent of the Company and the holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities held by the Major Investors; (ii) any amendment or waiver which would adversely affect the rights of a Founder with respect to the Founder’s Stock in a manner disproportionate to any adverse effect such amendment or waiver would have on the rights of the Investors hereunder shall also require the consent of the holders of a majority of the Founder’s Common Stock; (iii) so long as Revel has rights under Section 2.6 such rights may not be amended, waived or terminated without the consent of Revel; (iv) so long as Hermes has rights under Section 2.6 such rights may not be amended, waived or terminated without the consent of Hermes; and (v)  Sections 1.13 , 2.1 , 2.2 and 3.1 shall not be amended or waived in a manner that adversely affects the Wellington Investors in any material respect, without the prior written consent of the Wellington Investors holding a majority of the Registrable Securities held by all Wellington Investors.  Any amendment or waiver effected in accordance with this paragraph shall be binding upon each party to the Agreement, whether or not such party has signed such amendment or waiver, each future holder of all such Registrable Securities, and the Company.

 

19



 

3.5                                Notices .  All notices or other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and faxed, emailed, mailed or delivered to each party as follows only at the address, facsimile number or email address set forth on the signature page or exhibits hereto, or at such other address, number or email address as such party shall have furnished in writing.  All notices and communications will be deemed effectively given the earlier of (i) when received, (ii) when delivered Personally, (iii) one business day after being delivered by facsimile or email (with receipt of appropriate confirmation), (iv) one business day after being deposited with an overnight courier service of recognized standing; or (v) four days after being deposited in the US mail, first class with postage prepaid.

 

3.6                                Severability .  If one or more provisions of this Agreement are held to be unenforceable under applicable law, such provision shall be excluded from this Agreement, and the balance of the Agreement shall be interpreted as if such provision were so excluded and shall be enforceable in accordance with its terms.

 

3.7                                Governing Law .  This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware as to matters within the scope thereof, and as to all other matters shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of California, without regard to its principles of conflicts of laws.

 

3.8                                Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.  This Agreement may also be executed and delivered by facsimile, email, or other electronic delivery of signature.

 

3.9                                Titles and Subtitles .  The titles and subtitles used in this Agreement are used for convenience only and are not to be considered in construing or interpreting this Agreement.

 

3.10                         Aggregation of Stock .  All shares of the Preferred Stock held or acquired by affiliated Persons or Affiliated Funds shall be aggregated together for the purpose of determining the availability of any rights under this Agreement (provided that no shares shall be attributed to more than one Person within any such group of affiliated Persons).

 

3.11                         Costs of Enforcement .  If any party to this Agreement seeks to enforce its rights under this Agreement by legal proceedings, the non-prevailing party shall pay all costs and expenses incurred by the prevailing party including, without limitation, all reasonable attorneys’ fees.

 

3.12                         Additional Investors .  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, if the Company issues additional shares of the Company’s Preferred Stock after the date hereof, any purchaser of such shares of Preferred Stock may become a party to this Agreement by executing and delivering an additional counterpart signature page to this Agreement, and thereafter shall be deemed an “Investor” for all purposes hereunder.  No action or consent by the Investors shall be required for such joinder to this Agreement by such additional Investor, so long as such additional Investor has agreed in writing to be bound by all of the obligations as an “Investor” hereunder.

 

3.13                         Effect on Prior Agreement .  Upon the execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Company, the Requisite Holders (as that term is defined in the Prior Agreement) and the Major Investors holding a majority of the Registrable Securities held by the Major Investors (as those terms are defined in the Prior Agreement), the Prior Agreement shall automatically terminate and be of no further force and effect and shall be deemed amended and restated in its entirety as set forth in this Agreement.

 

20


 

The parties have executed this Second Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

 

COMPANY:

 

 

 

The Trade Desk, Inc.

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Jeff Green

 

Jeff Green, Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

 

FOUNDERS:

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Jeff Green

 

Jeff Green

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ David Pickles

 

David Pickles

 

Signature Page to Trade Desk Second A&R Investors’ Rights Agreement

 



 

The parties have executed this Second Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

 

FOUNDERS :

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Robert Perdue

 

Robert Perdue

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Brian Stempeck

 

Brian Stempeck

 

 

 

 

 

Green Irrevocable Trust of 2015

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Jeffrey T. Green

 

Name: Jeffrey T. Green

 

Title: Trustee

 

Signature Page to Trade Desk Second A&R Investors’ Rights Agreement

 



 

The parties have executed this Second Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

 

INVESTORS:

 

 

 

 

 

Highwind S.a.r.l.

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Francisco Felix Rodriguez

 

 

 

 

 

By:

Francisco Felix Rodriguez

Tital S.à.r.l.

 

 

 

 

 

Its:

Class B Manager

Class A Manager

 

Signature Page to Trade Desk Second A&R Investors’ Rights Agreement

 



 

The parties have executed this Second Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

 

INVESTORS:

 

 

 

 

 

FOUNDER COLLECTIVE, L.P.

 

 

 

 

By:

Founder Collective GP, LLC., its general partner

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/

 

Title: Managing Member

 

 

 

 

 

FOUNDER COLLECTIVE ENTREPRENEURS’ FUND, LLC

 

 

 

 

By:

Founder Collective GP, LLC, its Managing Member

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/

 

Title: Managing Member

 

Signature Page to Trade Desk Second A&R Investors’ Rights Agreement

 



 

The parties have executed this Second Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

 

INVESTORS:

 

 

 

 

 

IA VENTURE STRATEGIES FUND I, LP

 

 

 

By: IA Venture Partners, LLC, its General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Roger Ehrenberg

 

Name:

Roger Ehrenberg

 

Title:

Manager

 

Signature Page to Trade Desk Second A&R Investors’ Rights Agreement

 


 

The parties have executed this Second Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

 

INVESTORS (CONT’D):

 

 

 

 

 

Revel Venture Fund I, LP

 

By: Revel Partners, LLC, its management company

 

 

 

 

 

/s/

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Its:

 

 

Signature Page to Trade Desk Second A&R Investors’ Rights Agreement

 



 

The parties have executed this Second Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

 

INVESTORS (CONT’D):

 

 

 

 

 

Global Multi-Strategy Fund

 

 

 

By: Wellington Management Company LLP,

 

as investment adviser

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Emily Babalas

 

Name:

Emily Babalas

 

Title:

Managing Director and Counsel

 

Signature Page to Trade Desk Second A&R Investors’ Rights Agreement

 



 

The parties have executed this Second Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

 

INVESTORS (CONT’D):

 

 

 

 

 

Hadley Harbor Master Investors (Cayman) L.P.

 

 

 

By: Wellington Management Company LLP,

 

as investment adviser

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Emily Babalas

 

Name:

Emily Babalas

 

Title:

Managing Director and Counsel

 

Signature Page to Trade Desk Second A&R Investors’ Rights Agreement

 



 

The parties have executed this Second Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

 

INVESTORS (CONT’D):

 

 

 

 

 

Hartford Global Capital Appreciation Fund

 

 

 

By: Wellington Management Company LLP,

 

as investment adviser

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Emily Babalas

 

Name:

Emily Babalas

 

Title:

Managing Director and Counsel

 

Signature Page to Trade Desk Second A&R Investors’ Rights Agreement

 



 

The parties have executed this Second Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

 

INVESTORS (CONT’D):

 

 

 

 

 

The Hartford Capital Appreciation Fund

 

 

 

By: Wellington Management Company LLP,

 

as investment adviser

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Emily Babalas

 

Name:

Emily Babalas

 

Title:

Managing Director and Counsel

 

Signature Page to Trade Desk Second A&R Investors’ Rights Agreement

 


 

The parties have executed this Second Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

 

INVESTORS (CONT’D):

 

 

 

 

 

The Hartford Growth Opportunities Fund

 

 

 

By: Wellington Management Company LLP,

 

as investment adviser

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Emily Babalas

 

Name:

Emily Babalas

 

Title:

Managing Director and Counsel

 

Signature Page to Trade Desk Second A&R Investors’ Rights Agreement

 



 

The parties have executed this Second Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

 

INVESTORS (CONT’D):

 

 

 

 

 

Leader Equity LLC

 

 

 

By: Leader Ventures LLC

 

its Investment Manager

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Patrick L. Gordan

 

Name:

Patrick L. Gordan

 

Title:

Managing Director

 

Signature Page to Trade Desk Second A&R Investors’ Rights Agreement

 



 

The parties have executed this Second Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

 

INVESTORS (CONT’D):

 

 

 

 

 

Leader Ventures LLC

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Patrick L. Gordan

 

Name:

Patrick L. Gordan

 

Title:

Managing Director

 

Signature Page to Trade Desk Second A&R Investors’ Rights Agreement

 



 

The parties have executed this Second Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

 

INVESTORS (CONT’D):

 

 

 

 

 

John K. Tsui Trust Dated October 16, 1985

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

Signature Page to Trade Desk Second A&R Investors’ Rights Agreement

 



 

The parties have executed this Second Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

 

INVESTORS (CONT’D):

 

 

 

 

 

Oster Family Revocable Trust

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Robert Oster

 

Name:

Robert Oster

 

Title:

Trustee

 

Signature Page to Trade Desk Second A&R Investors’ Rights Agreement

 


 

The parties have executed this Second Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

 

INVESTORS (CONT’D):

 

 

 

 

 

William E. Vieth

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ William Vieth

 

Signature Page to Trade Desk Second A&R Investors’ Rights Agreement

 



 

The parties have executed this Second Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

 

INVESTORS (CONT’D):

 

 

 

 

 

Timothy P. Vieth

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Timothy Vieth

 

Signature Page to Trade Desk Second A&R Investors’ Rights Agreement

 



 

The parties have executed this Second Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

 

INVESTORS (CONT’D):

 

 

 

 

 

Amy Tsui Luke 1996 Family Trust

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ John K. Tsui

 

Name:

John K. Tsui

 

Title:

Trustee

 

Signature Page to Trade Desk Second A&R Investors’ Rights Agreement

 



 

EXHIBIT A TO SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

INVESTORS AND FOUNDERS

 

Founders

 

Jeff Green

 

David Pickles

 

Robert Perdue

 

Brian Stempeck

 

Green Irrevocable Trust of 2015

 

Gerard V. Lyons

 

Investors

 

Founder Collective, L.P.
1 Mifflin Place
Suite 300
Cambridge MA 02138

 

The Jean Frazier Evans Trust
c/o Scott S Hammond, Custodian
PO Box 258
Bar Harbor, ME 04609

 

 

 

Founder Collective Entrepreneurs’ Fund, LLC
1 Mifflin Place
Suite 300
Cambridge MA 02138

 

Gerard Neumann
c/o Catalyst Group, Inc.
345 Seventh Ave, 11
th  Floor
New York, NY 10001

 

 

 

IA Venture Strategies Fund I, LP
156 Fifth Avenue
Suite 1119
New York, NY 10010

 

The Joshua Stylman Trust 2008

 

 

 

Paul Olliver

 

 

 

 

 

eValue AG
Kennedydamm 1
40476 Dusseldorf

 

SV Angel II-Q LP
588 Sutter Street, #299
San Francisco, CA 94102
Attn: Robert Pollak, General Partner

 

 

 

Joe Apprendi

 

Revel Venture Partners I, LP
229 West 43
rd  Street, 8 th  Floor
New York, NY 10036

 



 

Investors

 

Chris Young

 

Morgan Family Trust dated February 1, 2007

 

 

c/o Steven R. Pines, CPA

 

 

2001 Wilshire Boulevard, Suite 250

 

 

Santa Monica, CA 90403

 

 

 

Charles B Young

 

Kim Reed Perell

 

 

 

Wendy Giles

 

Double M Partners, LP

 

 

11812 San Vicente Blvd

 

 

Suite 510

 

 

Los Angeles, CA 90049

 

 

 

Ian Donald Cormack

 

Entrepreneurs Investment Fund I, LP

 

 

 

Jesse Chenard

 

Kortschak Investments, L.P.

 

 

 

Jonty Kelt

 

Highwind S.a.r.l.

 

 

75, Parc d’Activités, L-8308 Capellen

 

 

Luxembourg

 

 

 

Pro-Active Consulting LLC

 

Eastward Investors, LLC

99 Sunnyside Blvd., Suite 101

 

432 Cherry Street

Woodbury, NY 11797

 

West Newton, MA 02465

 

 

 

Robert Boynton

 

Hubertus Spierings

 

 

 

Aitken Investments Limited

 

Clark W. Landry

260 Queen Street West

 

 

4th Floor

 

 

Toronto, Ontario, Canada

 

 

M5V1Z8

 

 

Global Multi-Strategy Fund

 

 

Hadley Harbor Master Investors (Cayman) L.P.

 

 

Hartford Global Capital Appreciation Fund

 

 

The Hartford Capital Appreciation Fund

 

 

The Hartford Growth Opportunities Fund

 

 

c/o Wellington Management Company LLP

 

 

Attention: Legal and Compliance Department

 

 

280 Congress Street

 

 

Boston, Massachusetts 02210

 

 

Facsimile Number: 617-289-5699

 

 

Email address: seclaw@wellington.com

 

 

 

 

 

Leader Equity LLC

600 Hansen Way, Suite 200

Palo Alto, CA 94304

650.854.1800

finance@leaderventures.com

 

Leader Ventures LLC

600 Hansen Way, Suite 200

Palo Alto, CA 94304

650.854.1800

finance@leaderventures.com

 



 

John K. Tsui Trust Dated October 16, 1985

999 Bishop Street, Suite 805

Honolulu, HI 96813

 

Oster Family Revocable Trust

3000 Sand Hill Rd, #3-210

Menlo Park, CA 94025

 

William E. Vieth

 

Timothy P. and Jill S. Vieth

 

Amy Tsui Luke 1996 Family Trust

999 Bishop Street, Suite 805

Honolulu, HI 96813

 




EXHIBIT 10.2

 

 

LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

 

among

 

THE TRADE DESK, INC.

 

and

 

EACH PERSON JOINED HERETO AS A BORROWER FROM TIME TO TIME,

 

as the Borrowers,

 

the Lenders from time to time party hereto,

 

CITIBANK, N.A.,

 

as the Agent

 

and

 

EAST WEST BANK,

 

as Documentation Agent

 

Dated as of March 30, 2016

 

 



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

Page

ARTICLE I. DEFINITIONS

1

 

 

SECTION 1.1

General Definitions

1

SECTION 1.2

Accounting Terms and Determinations

42

SECTION 1.3

UCC Terms

43

SECTION 1.4

Other Terms; Headings

43

 

 

 

ARTICLE II. THE CREDIT FACILITIES

44

 

 

SECTION 2.1

The Revolving Credit Loans

44

SECTION 2.2

[Reserved]

44

SECTION 2.3

Procedure for Borrowing; Notices of Borrowing; Notices of Continuation; Notices of Conversion

45

SECTION 2.4

Application of Proceeds

50

SECTION 2.5

Revolving Credit Commitment; Mandatory Prepayments; Optional Prepayments

50

SECTION 2.6

Maintenance of Loan Account; Statements of Account

51

SECTION 2.7

Collection of Receivables

51

SECTION 2.8

Term

52

SECTION 2.9

Payment Procedures

52

SECTION 2.10

Designation of a Different Lending Office

53

SECTION 2.11

Replacement of Lenders

53

SECTION 2.12

Defaulting Lenders

54

SECTION 2.13

Letters of Credit

55

SECTION 2.14

Sharing of Payments, Etc.

57

SECTION 2.15

Protective Advances and Optional Overadvances

58

SECTION 2.16

Increase of Commitments; Additional Lenders

60

 

 

 

ARTICLE III. SECURITY

61

 

 

SECTION 3.1

General

61

SECTION 3.2

Further Security; Benefit of Security Interest

62

SECTION 3.3

Recourse to Security

62

SECTION 3.4

Collateral Generally

62

SECTION 3.5

Pledged Interests

63

SECTION 3.6

Special Provisions Relating to Receivables

65

SECTION 3.7

Borrowers Remain Liable

66

SECTION 3.8

Continuation of Liens, Etc.

66

SECTION 3.9

Power of Attorney

66

 

 

 

ARTICLE IV. INTEREST, FEES AND EXPENSES

67

 

 

SECTION 4.1

Interest

67

SECTION 4.2

Interest and Letter of Credit Fees After Event of Default

67

SECTION 4.3

[Reserved]

67

SECTION 4.4

Unused Line Fee

67

SECTION 4.5

Letter of Credit Fees

68

 

i



 

SECTION 4.6

[Reserved]

68

SECTION 4.7

[Reserved]

68

SECTION 4.8

Fee Letter

68

SECTION 4.9

Calculations

68

SECTION 4.10

Increased Costs

68

SECTION 4.11

Taxes

70

 

 

 

ARTICLE V. CONDITIONS OF LENDING

73

 

 

SECTION 5.1

Conditions to Initial Loan or Letter of Credit

73

SECTION 5.2

Conditions Precedent to Each Revolving Credit Loan and Each Letter of Credit

77

 

 

 

ARTICLE VI. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

77

 

 

SECTION 6.1

Representations and Warranties

77

 

 

 

ARTICLE VII. AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS OF THE BORROWERS

85

 

 

SECTION 7.1

Existence

85

SECTION 7.2

Maintenance of Property

85

SECTION 7.3

[Reserved]

85

SECTION 7.4

Taxes

85

SECTION 7.5

Requirements of Law

85

SECTION 7.6

Insurance

85

SECTION 7.7

Books and Records; Inspections

86

SECTION 7.8

Notification Requirements

87

SECTION 7.9

Casualty Loss

89

SECTION 7.10

Qualify to Transact Business

90

SECTION 7.11

Financial Reporting

90

SECTION 7.12

Payment of Liabilities

92

SECTION 7.13

ERISA

92

SECTION 7.14

Environmental Matters

92

SECTION 7.15

Intellectual Property

92

SECTION 7.16

Solvency

92

SECTION 7.17

[Reserved]

92

SECTION 7.18

[Reserved]

93

SECTION 7.19

Money Laundering Laws

93

SECTION 7.20

Formation of Subsidiaries

93

SECTION 7.21

Post-Closing Covenants

93

 

 

 

ARTICLE VIII. NEGATIVE COVENANTS

93

 

 

SECTION 8.1

Indebtedness

93

SECTION 8.2

Contingent Obligations

96

SECTION 8.3

Entity Changes, Etc.

96

SECTION 8.4

Change in Nature of Business

96

SECTION 8.5

Sales, Etc. of Assets

96

SECTION 8.6

Use of Proceeds

97

SECTION 8.7

[Reserved]

98

SECTION 8.8

[Reserved]

98

 

ii



 

SECTION 8.9

Liens, Etc.

98

SECTION 8.10

Dividends, Redemptions, Distributions, Etc.

98

SECTION 8.11

Investments

99

SECTION 8.12

[Reserved]

100

SECTION 8.13

Fiscal Year

100

SECTION 8.14

Accounting Changes

100

SECTION 8.15

[Reserved]

100

SECTION 8.16

No Prohibited Transactions Under ERISA

100

SECTION 8.17

[Reserved]

101

SECTION 8.18

Prepayments

101

SECTION 8.19

Lease Obligations

101

SECTION 8.20

[Reserved]

101

SECTION 8.21

Acquisition of Stock or Assets

101

SECTION 8.22

Securities and Deposit Accounts

101

SECTION 8.23

Negative Pledge

102

SECTION 8.24

Affiliate Transactions

102

SECTION 8.25

Prepayments of Subordinated Debt

103

SECTION 8.26

Equity Interests

103

 

 

 

ARTICLE IX. FINANCIAL COVENANT

103

 

 

SECTION 9.1

Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio

103

 

 

 

ARTICLE X. EVENTS OF DEFAULT

104

 

 

SECTION 10.1

Events of Default

104

SECTION 10.2

Acceleration, Termination and Cash Collateralization

105

SECTION 10.3

Other Remedies

106

SECTION 10.4

License for Use of Software and Other Intellectual Property

107

SECTION 10.5

Post-Default Allocation of Payments

107

SECTION 10.6

No Marshalling; Deficiencies; Remedies Cumulative

108

SECTION 10.7

Waivers

109

SECTION 10.8

Further Rights of the Agent and the Lenders

109

SECTION 10.9

Interest and Letter of Credit Fees After Event of Default

109

SECTION 10.10

Receiver

110

SECTION 10.11

Rights and Remedies not Exclusive

110

 

 

 

ARTICLE XI. THE AGENT

110

 

 

SECTION 11.1

Appointment of Agent

110

SECTION 11.2

Nature of Duties of Agent

110

SECTION 11.3

Lack of Reliance on Agent

110

SECTION 11.4

Certain Rights of the Agent

111

SECTION 11.5

Reliance by Agent

111

SECTION 11.6

Indemnification of Agent

111

SECTION 11.7

The Agent in Its Individual Capacity

111

SECTION 11.8

Holders of Notes

111

SECTION 11.9

Successor Agent

112

SECTION 11.10

Collateral Matters

112

SECTION 11.11

Actions with Respect to Defaults

113

 

iii



 

SECTION 11.12

Delivery of Information

113

 

 

 

ARTICLE XII. GENERAL PROVISIONS

113

 

 

SECTION 12.1

Notices

113

SECTION 12.2

Delays; Partial Exercise of Remedies

114

SECTION 12.3

Right of Setoff

114

SECTION 12.4

Indemnification; Reimbursement of Expenses of Collection

115

SECTION 12.5

Amendments, Waivers and Consents

116

SECTION 12.6

Nonliability of Agent and Lenders

117

SECTION 12.7

Assignments and Participations

117

SECTION 12.8

Counterparts

119

SECTION 12.9

Severability

119

SECTION 12.10

Maximum Rate

120

SECTION 12.11

Borrower Agent; Borrowers, Jointly and Severally

120

SECTION 12.12

Entire Agreement; Successors and Assigns; Interpretation

122

SECTION 12.13

LIMITATION OF LIABILITY

122

SECTION 12.14

GOVERNING LAW

122

SECTION 12.15

SUBMISSION TO JURISDICTION

123

SECTION 12.16

[RESERVED]

123

SECTION 12.17

JURY TRIAL

123

SECTION 12.18

Agent Titles

123

SECTION 12.19

Publicity

123

SECTION 12.20

No Third Party Beneficiaries

124

SECTION 12.21

Confidentiality

124

SECTION 12.22

Patriot Act Notice

124

SECTION 12.23

Advice of Counsel

125

SECTION 12.24

Captions

125

SECTION 12.25

[Reserved]

125

SECTION 12.26

Right to Cure

125

SECTION 12.27

Acknowledgement and Consent to Bail-In of EEA Financial Institutions

125

SECTION 12.28

Time

126

SECTION 12.29

Keepwell

126

 

iv



 

Schedules

 

Schedule 1.1

Designated Closing Date MSAs

Schedule 3.4(a)

Commercial Tort Claims

Schedule 3.5

Pledged Interests

Schedule 6.1(b)

Locations of Collateral and Real Property

Schedule 6.1(f)

Consents and Authorizations

Schedule 6.1(g)

Ownership; Subsidiaries

Schedule 6.1(p)

Judgments; Litigation

Schedule 6.1(v)

ERISA Plans

Schedule 6.1(w)

Intellectual Property

Schedule 6.1(x)

Labor Contracts

Schedule 6.1(cc)

Material Contracts

Schedule 6.1(ff)

Master Services Agreements

Schedule 7.21

Post-Closing Schedule

Schedule 8.1(ii)

Existing Indebtedness

Schedule 8.2

Contingent Obligations

Schedule 8.9

Existing Liens

Schedule 8.11

Existing Investments

Schedule 8.24

Affiliate Transactions

 

Annexes

 

 

 

Annex A

Lenders and Commitments

 

 

Exhibits

 

 

 

Exhibit A-1

Revolving Credit Note

Exhibit A-2

Swingline Note

Exhibit B

Notice of Borrowing

Exhibit C

Notice of Continuation/Conversion

Exhibit D

Perfection Certificate

Exhibit E

Letter of Credit Request

Exhibit F

Financial Condition Certificate

Exhibit G

Closing Certificate

Exhibit H

Compliance Certificate

Exhibit I

Borrowing Base Certificate

Exhibit J

Assignment and Acceptance

Exhibit K-1 to K-4

U.S. Tax Compliance Certificates

 

v


 

LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

 

This LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT , dated as of March 30, 2016, among (i)  THE TRADE DESK, INC. , a Delaware corporation (“ TTD ” and, together with each Person who hereafter becomes party hereto as a borrower, referred to hereinafter, individually and collectively, jointly and severally, as the “ Borrowers ” and each individually as a “ Borrower ”), (ii) each of the financial institutions identified as a “Lender” on Annex A attached hereto (together with each of its respective successors and assigns, and any Increasing Lender, each a “ Lender ” and, collectively, the “ Lenders ”) and (iii)  CITIBANK, N.A. , a national banking association (“ Citibank ”), acting not individually but as agent on behalf of, and for the benefit of, the Lenders and all other Secured Parties (Citibank, when acting in such agency capacity, herein called the “ Agent ”).

 

W I T N E S S E T H :

 

WHEREAS , upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein, the Lenders are willing to make loans and other extensions of credit to the Borrowers consisting of a revolving credit line in an amount of One Hundred and Twenty-Five Million Dollars ($125,000,000) and have requested that Citibank act as the Lenders’ Agent in connection with such credit extensions;

 

NOW , THEREFORE , in respect of the foregoing premises and other valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby mutually acknowledged, the Borrowers, the Lenders, and the Agent, each intending to be legally bound, hereby agree as follows:

 

ARTICLE I.
DEFINITIONS

 

SECTION 1.1             General Definitions .  As used herein, the following terms shall have the meanings herein specified (to be equally applicable to both the singular and plural forms of the terms defined):

 

Acquired Indebtedness ” means Indebtedness of a Person whose assets or Equity Interests are acquired by a Loan Party in a Permitted Acquisition; provided , that such Indebtedness (i) is either purchase money Indebtedness or a capital lease with respect to equipment or mortgage financing with respect to Real Property, (ii) was in existence prior to the date of such Permitted Acquisition, and (iii) was not incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such Permitted Acquisition.

 

Additional Lender ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.16.

 

Advance ” means a Base Rate Advance or a LIBOR Rate Advance.

 

Advertiser ” means a Person that either directly or through an agent places one or more advertisements on a Media Outlet with a Loan Party (including the purchase of any services provided by a Loan Party).

 

1



 

Affiliate ” means, as to any Person, any other Person who directly or indirectly controls, is under common control with, is controlled by, or is a general partner of such Person.  As used in this definition, “ control ” (including its correlative meanings, “controlled by” and “under common control with”) means possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of management or policies (whether through ownership of Voting Interests, by contract or otherwise), provided that, in any event, any Person who owns directly or indirectly twenty percent (20.0%) or more of the Voting Interests of an Entity, shall be deemed to control such Entity.  Without limitation of the foregoing, the following Persons shall at all times constitute Affiliates of each Borrower:  (i) each other Borrower and any Guarantor, and (ii) all Subsidiaries.

 

Agent ” has the meaning specified in the opening paragraph.

 

Agent’s Payment Account ” means an account at the Bank designated on the Closing Date and from time to time thereafter by the Agent to the Lenders and the Borrower Agent as the “Agent’s Payment Account”.

 

Aggregate Revolving Credit Commitment ” shall mean One Hundred and Twenty-Five Million Dollars ($125,000,000), as such amount may be decreased by the amount of any permanent reductions in the Commitments made in accordance with Section 2.5 and increased by the amount of any Incremental Revolving Credit Commitments established in accordance with Section 2.16, representing the aggregate amount of the Revolving Credit Commitments of the Lenders.

 

Agreement ” means this Loan and Security Agreement, as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

 

All-In Yield ” means, as to any Indebtedness, the annual yield thereof, whether in the form of interest rate margins, original issue discount (“ OID ”) or upfront fees and any LIBOR Rate floors (with such increased amount being equated to interest margins for purposes of determining any increase to the Applicable Margin); provided that, (i) OID and upfront fees shall be equated to interest rates assuming a four year life to maturity and (ii) “All-In Yield” shall not include arrangement fees, structuring fees, underwriting fees or similar fees that are not paid to all Lenders providing the relevant Indebtedness.

 

Applicable Margin ” means (i) from the date hereof until September 30, 2016, (A) three-quarters of one percent (0.75%) per annum for Base Rate Advances and (B) one and three-quarters percent (1.75%) per annum for LIBOR Rate Advances and (ii) thereafter, the percentage set forth in the following table that corresponds to Average Excess Availability determined for the most recently completed fiscal quarter:

 

Level

 

Average Excess Availability

 

Base Rate
Advances

 

LIBOR Rate
Advances

 

I

 

Less than or equal to 20% of the Aggregate Revolving Credit Commitment

 

1.00

%

2.00

%

 

2



 

II

 

Greater than 20% of the Aggregate Revolving Credit Commitment and less than or equal to 40% of the Aggregate Revolving Credit Commitment

 

0.75

%

1.75

%

III

 

Greater than 40% of the Aggregate Revolving Credit Commitment

 

0.50

%

1.50

%

 

The Applicable Margin shall be re-determined as of the first day of each fiscal quarter.

 

Assignment and Acceptance ” means an Assignment and Acceptance entered into by a Lender and its assignee, and accepted by the Agent, to be substantially in the form of Exhibit J .

 

Auditors ” means a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants selected by the Borrower Agent and reasonably satisfactory to the Agent.

 

Average Excess Availability ” means, for any fiscal quarter, the sum of Excess Availability for each day of such fiscal quarter, divided by the actual number of days in such fiscal quarter.

 

Bail-In Action ” means the exercise of any Write-Down and Conversion Powers by the applicable EEA Resolution Authority in respect of any liability of an EEA Financial Institution.

 

Bail-In Legislation ” means, with respect to any EEA Member Country implementing Article 55 of Directive 2014/59/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of the European Union, the implementing law for such EEA Member Country from time to time which is described in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule.

 

Bank ” means Citibank, so long as Citibank is the Agent and, if Citibank ceases to be the Agent, then, “ Bank ” shall mean a bank designated by the Required Lenders as the “Bank” for purposes hereof and which, so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is then continuing, shall be consented to by the Borrower Agent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed).

 

Bank Product ” means any of the following products, services or facilities extended to any Loan Party by a Bank Product Provider: (a) Cash Management Services; (b) products under Hedging Agreements; and (c) other banking products or services as may be requested by a Loan Party, other than Letters of Credit.

 

Bank Product Agreements ” means any agreements entered into from time to time by any Loan Party with the Bank Product Provider in connection with the obtaining of any of the Bank Products.

 

Bank Product Obligations ” means Indebtedness and other obligations of any Loan Party to any Bank Product Provider arising from Bank Products; provided , that, for the avoidance of doubt, in order for any Indebtedness or other obligations to constitute “Bank

 

3



 

Product Obligations”, the applicable Bank Product Provider and the Borrower Agent must have provided the notice required pursuant to the definition of Bank Product Provider, unless the applicable Bank Product Provider is the Administrative Agent or one of its Affiliates.

 

Bank Product Provider ” means any Lender or any of its Affiliates; provided that no such Person (other than the Administrative Agent or its Affiliates) shall constitute a Bank Product Provider with respect to a Bank Product unless and until the applicable Lender (or Affiliate, as the case may be) and the Borrower Agent shall have each provided written notice to the Agent of (i)  the existence of such Bank Product; (ii) the maximum dollar amount of the obligations arising under such Bank Product (which amount may be changed from time to time, except as provided below, by such Lender (or Affiliate, as the case may be) and the Borrower Agent by delivering written notice to the Agent); and (iii) the methodology to be used by such parties in determining the Bank Product Obligations owing with respect thereto from time to time; provided further , that if, at any time, a Lender ceases to be a Lender under this Agreement, then, from and after the date on which it ceases to be a Lender thereunder, neither it nor any of its Affiliates shall constitute Bank Product Providers and the obligations with respect to Bank Products provided by such former Lender or any of its Affiliates shall no longer constitute Bank Product Obligations.

 

Bank Product Reserve ” means the aggregate amount of reserves established by the Agent from time to time in its Permitted Discretion (based upon the Bank Product Providers’ determination of the liabilities and obligations of each Loan Party and its Subsidiaries in respect of Bank Product Obligations) in respect of Bank Products then provided or outstanding.

 

Bankruptcy Code ” means Title 11 of the United States Code entitled “Bankruptcy,” as that title may be amended from time to time, or any successor statute.

 

Base Rate ” means, for any period, a fluctuating interest rate per annum at all times equal to the greatest of:  (i) the Federal Funds Rate plus one-half of one percent (0.50%), (ii) the Prime Rate, and (iii) BBA LIBOR plus two percent (2.00%) per annum.  If, for any reason, the Agent shall have determined (which determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error) that it is unable, after due inquiry, to ascertain BBA LIBOR, for any reason, including the inability or failure of the Agent to obtain sufficient quotations in accordance with the terms hereof, the Base Rate shall be determined without regard to clause (iii) of the first sentence of this definition until the circumstances giving rise to such inability no longer exist.  Any change in the Base Rate due to a change in the Prime Rate or BBA LIBOR shall be effective on the effective date of such change in the Prime Rate or BBA LIBOR, respectively, automatically and without notice to any Person.  Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, if the Base Rate determined as provided above would be less than zero percent (0.0%), then the Base Rate shall be deemed to be zero percent (0.0%).

 

Base Rate Advance ” means each portion of the Loans that bears interest as provided in Section 4.1(a).

 

BBA LIBOR ” means the London Interbank Offered Rate for a term of one (1) month administered by ICE Benchmark Administration Limited (or any other Person which takes over the administration of the rate), as reported on the Reuters Screen LIBOR 1 page (or

 

4



 

another commercially available source reporting such quotations as designated by the Agent from time to time) at approximately 11:00 a.m. (London time) on the date of determination, provided that if more than one rate is reported on such service, the applicable rate shall be the arithmetic mean of all such rates, as determined by the Agent.

 

Blocked Account ” and “ Blocked Accounts ” have the respective meanings specified in Section 2.7.

 

Borrower Agent ” means TTD.

 

Borrower ” and “ Borrowers ” have the meanings specified in the introductory paragraph.

 

Borrowing ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.3(a).

 

Borrowing Base ” means, as of any date of determination, the result of:

 

(a)           the sum of:

 

(i)            up to ninety percent (90%) of the Value of Eligible Domestic Level I Receivables; plus

 

(ii)           the sum of (A) up to ninety percent (90%) of the Value of Eligible Foreign Subsidiary Receivables, plus (B) up to eighty-five percent (85%) of the Value of Eligible UK Receivables; provided that in no event shall the aggregate amount under this clause (ii) comprise more than fifteen percent (15%) of the Borrowing Base; plus

 

(iii)          up to eighty-five percent (85%) of the Value of Eligible Domestic Level II Receivables; minus

 

(b)           the aggregate amount of all Reserves.

 

Borrowing Base Certificate ” has the meaning specified in Section 7.11(e).

 

Borrowing Date ” means the date on which a Borrowing is obtained.

 

Business Day ” means any day other than a Saturday, a Sunday or any other day on which commercial banks in New York, New York or Los Angeles, California are required or permitted by law to close.  When used in connection with any LIBOR Rate Advance, a Business Day shall also exclude any day on which commercial banks are not open for dealings in Dollar deposits in the London interbank market.

 

Business Plan ” means a business plan of the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries, consisting of consolidated projected balance sheets, income statements, related cash flow statements and related profit and loss statements, and availability forecasts, together with appropriate supporting details and a statement of the underlying assumptions and a projection of Excess Availability, which covers a two-year period and which is prepared on a monthly basis.

 

5



 

Canadian Dollars ” or “ Cdn$ ” means the lawful currency of Canada.

 

Capital Expenditures ” means expenditures for any fixed or capital assets or additions to property, plant or equipment (in each case, including improvements, replacements, substitutions or additions thereto or therefor which have a useful life of more than one year) and shall include all payments in respect of Capitalized Lease Obligations, in each case which should be capitalized on the balance sheet of a Person in accordance with GAAP ( excluding (i) normal replacements and maintenance which are properly charged to current operations, (ii) expenditures which are contractually required to be, and are, reimbursed in cash by an unrelated third party to any Loan Party or any of their respective Subsidiaries during such period of calculation, (iii) expenditures made to consummate one or more Permitted Acquisitions to the extent such expenditures would be required to be accounted for as capital expenditures in accordance with GAAP, and (iv) capitalized interest).  For purposes of this definition, the purchase price of equipment that is purchased substantially simultaneously with the trade-in of existing equipment or with insurance proceeds shall be included in Capital Expenditures only to the extent of the gross amount by which such purchase price exceeds the credit granted by the seller of such equipment for the equipment being traded in at such time or the amount of such insurance proceeds, as the case may be .

 

Capitalized Lease Obligations ” means any lease which, under GAAP, is or will be required to be capitalized on the books of the lessee, taken at the amount thereof accounted for as Indebtedness (net of Interest Expense) in accordance with GAAP.

 

Cash Dominion Period ” means the period (i) commencing on the date that  (x) an Event of Default occurs or (y) Excess Availability is less than the greater of (A) Fifteen Million Dollars ($15,000,000) and (B) twelve and one-half percent (12.5%) of the lesser of (1) the Borrowing Base then in effect and (2) the Aggregate Revolving Credit Commitment as of such date, and (ii) continuing until a period of sixty (60) consecutive days has elapsed during which at all times (A) no Event of Default shall exist and (B) Excess Availability has equaled or exceeded the greater of (1) Fifteen Million Dollars ($15,000,000) and (2) twelve and one-half percent (12.5%) of the lesser of (A) the Borrowing Base then in effect and (B) the Aggregate Revolving Credit Commitment then in effect.

 

Cash Equivalents ” means (i) securities issued, guaranteed or insured by the United States or any of its agencies with maturities of not more than one year from the date acquired; (ii) certificates of deposit with maturities of not more than one year from the date acquired, issued by (A) a Lender or its Affiliates; (B) any U.S. federal or state chartered commercial bank of recognized standing which has capital and unimpaired surplus in excess of $250,000,000; or (C) any bank or its holding company that has a short-term commercial paper rating of at least A-1 or the equivalent by Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services or at least P-1 or the equivalent by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.; (iii) repurchase agreements and reverse repurchase agreements with terms of not more than seven days from the date acquired, for securities of the type described in clauses (i) and (ii) above and entered into only with commercial banks having the qualifications described in clause (ii) above or such other financial institutions with a short-term commercial paper rating of at least A-1 or the equivalent by Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services or at least P-1 or the equivalent by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.; (iv) commercial paper, other than commercial paper issued by the Borrowers or

 

6



 

any of its Affiliates, issued by any Person incorporated under the laws of the United States or any state thereof and rated at least A-1 or the equivalent thereof by Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services or at least P-1 or the equivalent thereof by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc., in each case with maturities of not more than one year from the date acquired; and (v) investments in money market funds registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, which have net assets of at least $250,000,000 and at least eighty-five percent (85%) of whose assets consist of securities and other obligations of the type described in clauses (i) through (iv) above.

 

Cash Management Services ” means any one or more of the following types of services or facilities (i) commercial credit cards, merchant card services, purchase or debit cards, including non-card e-payables services, or electronic funds transfer services, (ii) treasury management services (including controlled disbursement, overdraft automatic clearing house fund transfer services, return items, and interstate depository network services) and (iii) any other demand deposit or operating account relationships or other cash management services.

 

Change in Law ” means the occurrence, after the date of this Agreement, of any of the following:  (i) the adoption or taking effect of any law, rule, regulation or treaty; (ii) any change in any law, rule, regulation or treaty or in the administration, interpretation, implementation or application thereof by any Governmental Authority; or (iii) the making or issuance of any request, rule, guideline or directive (whether or not having the force of law) by any Governmental Authority; provided that notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, (A) the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and all requests, rules, guidelines or directives thereunder or issued in connection therewith and (B) all requests, rules, guidelines or directives promulgated by the Bank for International Settlements, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (or any successor or similar authority) or the United States or foreign regulatory authorities, in each case pursuant to Basel III, shall in each case be deemed to be a “Change in Law”, regardless of the date enacted, adopted or issued.

 

Change of Control ” means that (i) at any time prior to the consummation of a Qualified IPO, the Permitted Holders fail to own and control, directly or indirectly, fifty percent (50%) or more of the Voting Interests of TTD, (ii) any “person” or “group” (within the meaning of Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act, but excluding any employee benefit plan of such “person” or “group” or of any subsidiary of any such “person” or “group” and any “person” or “group” acting in its capacity as trustee, agent or other fiduciary or administrator of any such plan), other than Permitted Holders, becomes the beneficial owner (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of thirty-five percent (35%) or more, of the Voting Interests of TTD, (iii) other than in connection with, and at the time of, the consummation of a Qualified IPO, during any period of twenty-four (24) consecutive months, a majority of the members of the board of directors or other equivalent governing body of TTD shall cease to be composed of individuals (A) who were members of that board or equivalent governing body on the first day of such period, (B) whose election or nomination to that board of equivalent governing body was approved by individuals referred to in clause (A) above constituting at the time of such election or nomination at least a majority of that board or equivalent governing body, or (C) whose election or nomination to that board or equivalent governing body was approved by individuals referred to in clauses (A) and (B) above constituting at the time of such election or nomination at least a majority of that board or equivalent governing body, (iv) TTD fails to own and control, directly or indirectly, one hundred

 

7



 

percent (100%) of the Equity Interests of each other Loan Party, except where such failure is as a result of a transaction permitted under the Loan Documents, or (v) a change in control or similar event with respect to any Loan Party, as defined or described under any indenture or agreement in respect of Material Indebtedness to which any Loan Party is a party, shall have occurred.

 

Citibank ” has the meaning specified in the introductory paragraph.

 

Closing Date ” means the date of execution and delivery of this Agreement.

 

Closing Date Cash Collateral ” means, (i) with respect to the Closing Date LC, the amount not to exceed $826,623.00 that is on deposit in the Closing Date Cash Collateral Account and securing TTD’s obligations arising under the Closing Date LC and the Closing Date LC Agreement, and (ii) with respect to the Closing Date Hedging Obligations, the amount not to exceed $1,173,377.00 that is on deposit in the Closing Date Cash Collateral Account and securing the Closing Date Hedging Obligations and TTD’s obligations arising under the Closing Date Hedging Agreement; provided , that the amount in this clause (ii) shall reduce to $0 on the date that is 155 days after the Closing Date (or such later date as the Agent may agree in its sole discretion).

 

Closing Date Cash Collateral Account ” means TTD’s deposit account number 102007416 at Bridge Bank, N.A.

 

Closing Date Hedging Agreement ” means that certain Assignment of Deposit Agreement, dated March 22, 2016, by TTD in favor of Western Alliance Bank (Bridge Bank, N.A. is a division of Western Alliance Bank), as in effect on the date hereof.

 

Closing Date Hedging Obligations ” means TTD’s obligations in respect of that certain Foreign Exchange Agreement, effective as of January 28, 2015, between TTD and Bridge Bank, N.A.

 

Closing Date LC ” means that certain irrevocable standby letter of credit no. LC21055-601, issued by Bridge Bank, N.A. for the account of TTD to 386 Pas Owner LLC, as beneficiary.

 

Closing Date LC Agreement ” means that certain Standby Letter of Credit Agreement, dated March 10, 2016, by TTD in favor of Western Alliance Bank (Bridge Bank, N.A. is a division of Western Alliance Bank), as in effect on the date hereof.

 

Collateral ” means all accounts, Receivables, chattel paper, commercial tort claims (including those described on Schedule 3.4(a)), deposit accounts, equipment, farm products, fixtures, general intangibles, payment intangibles, inventory, Intellectual Property, investment property, letter-of-credit rights, instruments, documents, supporting obligations, Pledged Interests, securities accounts, books and records, cash, Cash Equivalents, real estate, and all other personal property of each Loan Party, and in each case, products and proceeds (including insurance proceeds) of the foregoing.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, “ Collateral ” shall not include any Excluded Property.

 

8



 

Collateral Access Agreements ” means a landlord waiver, mortgagee waiver, bailee letter or similar acknowledgment of any lessor, warehouseman or processor in possession of any Collateral or on whose property any Collateral is located in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Agent.

 

Collateralization ” and “ Collateralize ” each means, (i) with respect to any Letter of Credit, the deposit by the Borrowers in a cash collateral account established and controlled by or on behalf of the Agent of an amount equal to one hundred five percent (105%) of the undrawn amount of such Letter of Credit or, if the Agent and the Letter of Credit Issuer shall agree in their reasonable discretion, the provision of other credit support, in each case, pursuant to documentation in form and satisfactory reasonably satisfactory to the Agent and the Letter of Credit Issuer, and (ii) with respect to any Bank Product Obligation, the deposit by the Borrowers in a cash collateral account established and controlled by or on behalf of the Agent of an amount equal to one hundred five percent (105%) of the amount of such Bank Product Obligation as reasonably determined by the Agent to be sufficient to satisfy the estimated credit exposure with respect to such Bank Product Obligation at such time, pursuant to documentation in form and satisfactory reasonably satisfactory to the Agent and the applicable Bank Product Provider.

 

Collections ” means all cash, funds, checks, notes, instruments, any other form of remittance tendered by account debtors in respect of payment of Receivables of the Loan Parties and any other payments received by the Loan Parties with respect to any Collateral.

 

Commitments ” means, collectively, the Revolving Credit Commitments and any other commitments that the Lenders may from time to time make to the Borrowers pursuant hereto for the extension of any credit or other financial accommodation (but excluding any Bank Products Obligations).

 

Commodity Exchange Act ” means the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. Section 1 et seq .), as amended from time to time, and any successor statute, and all regulations and guidelines promulgated thereunder

 

Compliance Certificate ” has the meaning specified in Section 7.11(d).

 

Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio ” means, for any period, with respect to the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, as of the date of determination thereof, the ratio of (i) EBITDA for such period, minus the sum for such period, without duplication, of (A) without limitation of the restrictions specified in Section 8.10, all dividends, redemptions, repurchases or other distributions paid or payable in cash on account of a Borrower’s Equity Interests during such period, plus (B) all Capital Expenditures paid or payable during such period other than Capital Expenditures financed with the proceeds of Indebtedness (other than proceeds of Loans), plus (C) all cash taxes paid during such period, to (ii) the sum of (A) all principal amounts of Indebtedness (including Indebtedness to the Lenders to the extent such amounts may not be reborrowed) paid or payable during such period, plus (B) all Interest Expense and all fees for the use of money or the availability of money, including commitment, facility and like fees and charges upon Indebtedness (including Indebtedness to the Lenders) paid or payable during such period.

 

9



 

Contingent Obligation ” means any direct, indirect, contingent or non-contingent guaranty or obligation for the Indebtedness of another Person, except endorsements in the ordinary course of business.

 

Continuation ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.3(b).

 

Control Agreement ” means a control agreement, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Agent, among one or more of the Loan Parties, the Agent and the applicable securities intermediary or depository bank with respect to the applicable Securities Account and related investment property or deposit account, as the case may be.

 

Convert ,” “ Conversion ” and “ Converted ” each refers to conversion of Advances of one Type into Advances of another Type pursuant to Section 2.3(c).

 

Copyrights ” means (i) any and all copyright rights in any works subject to the copyright laws of the United States or any other country or group of countries, whether as author, assignee, transferee or otherwise, (ii) all registrations and applications for registration of any such copyright in the United States or any other country or group of countries, including registrations, supplemental registrations and pending applications for registration in the United States Copyright Office and the right to obtain all renewals thereof, including those listed on Schedule 6.1(w); (iii) all claims for, and rights to sue for, past or future infringements of any of the foregoing; and (iv) all income, royalties, damages and payments now or hereafter due and payable with respect to any of the foregoing, including damages and payments for past or future infringement thereof.

 

Covenant Testing Period ” means a period (i) commencing on the last day of the final month of the fiscal quarter most recently ended prior to the occurrence of a Covenant Trigger Event for which the Borrowers were required to deliver to the Agent monthly Financial Statements pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, and (ii) continuing until a period of sixty (60) consecutive days has elapsed from the date of the occurrence of such Covenant Trigger Event during which period at all times Excess Availability has equaled or exceeded the greater of (A) Fifteen Million Dollars ($15,000,000) and (B) twelve and one-half percent (12.5%) of the lesser of (1) the Borrowing Base then in effect and (2) the Aggregate Revolving Credit Commitment then in effect.

 

Covenant Trigger Event ” means the occurrence at any time of the failure of the Borrowers to have Excess Availability in an amount of at least the greater of (i) Fifteen Million Dollars ($15,000,000) and (ii) twelve and one-half percent (12.5%) of the lesser of (A) the Borrowing Base then in effect and (B) the Aggregate Revolving Credit Commitment as of such date.

 

Default ” means any of the events specified in Section 10.1, which, with the giving of notice of lapse of time, or both, or the satisfaction of any other condition, would constitute an Event of Default.

 

Defaulting Lender ” any Lender that, as determined by the Agent, (i) has failed to perform any funding obligations hereunder, including in respect of the making of Revolving Credit Loans, the settlement of any Swingline Loans, Protective Advances or Overadvances, or

 

10


 

the funding of any risk participations in Letters of Credit and such failure is not cured within three (3) Business Days; (ii) has notified the Agent, any other Lender or any Loan Party that such Lender does not intend to comply with its funding obligations hereunder or has made a public statement to the effect that it does not intend to comply with its funding obligations hereunder or under any other credit facility; (iii) has failed, within three (3) Business Days following request by Agent or the Borrower Agent, to confirm in a manner satisfactory to the Agent or the Borrower Agent that such Lender will comply with its funding obligations hereunder; (iv) has become the subject of a Bail-In Action; or (v) has, or has a direct or indirect parent company that has, become the subject of an Insolvency Event or taken any action in furtherance thereof; provided , that a Lender shall not be a Defaulting Lender solely by virtue of a Governmental Authority’s ownership of an equity interest in such Lender or parent company.

 

Designated Closing Date MSA ” means each MSA existing on the Closing Date and identified on Schedule 1.1 attached hereto

 

Dilution ” means, as of any date of determination, an amount, expressed as a percentage, equal to (i) the Dollar amount of non-cash reductions to the Borrowers’ Receivables, including bad debt write-downs, discounts, volume rebates, credits, or other dilutive items during the most recently ended period of twelve (12) fiscal months, divided by (ii) the Borrowers’ billings with respect to Receivables during such period.

 

Dilution Reserve ” means an amount determined from time to time by the Agent in its Permitted Discretion as a reserve for Dilution in excess of, (i) in the case of Dilution applicable to Eligible Domestic Level I Receivables or Eligible Foreign Subsidiary Receivables, two percent (2.0%), and (ii) in the case of Dilution applicable to Eligible UK Receivables or Eligible Domestic Level II Receivables, five percent (5.0%).

 

Disqualified Equity Interests ” means any Equity Interests that, by their terms (or by the terms of any security or other Equity Interests into which they are convertible or for which they are exchangeable), or upon the happening of any event or condition (i) mature automatically or are mandatorily redeemable (other than solely for Equity Interests issued by TTD (and not by one or more of its Subsidiaries) that are not Disqualified Equity Interests), pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise (except as a result of a change of control or asset sale so long as any rights of the holders thereof upon the occurrence of a change of control or asset sale event shall be subject to the prior repayment in full of the Loans and all other Obligations that are accrued and payable and the termination of the Commitments), (ii) are redeemable at the option of the holder thereof (other than solely for Equity Interests issued by TTD (and not by one or more of its Subsidiaries) that are not Disqualified Equity Interests), in whole or in part, (iii) provide for the scheduled payments of dividends in cash that are payable without further action or decision of TTD, or (iv) are or become convertible into or exchangeable for Indebtedness or any other Equity Interests that would constitute Disqualified Equity Interests, in each case, prior to the date that is 91 days after the Termination Date.

 

Disqualified Institution ” means, on any date, (i) any Person designated by the Borrower Agent as a “Disqualified Institution” by written notice delivered to the Agent (A) on or prior to the Closing Date or (B) after the Closing Date, and such designation is consented to by the Agent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) and (ii) in the case of each

 

11



 

Persons identified pursuant to the foregoing clause (i), any of their Affiliates that are either (A) identified in writing to the Agent by the Borrower Agent from time to time or (B) clearly identifiable as Affiliates on the basis of such Affiliate’s name (other than, in the case of this clause (ii), Affiliates that are bona fide debt funds); provided , that no designation of any Person as a Disqualified Institution shall retroactively disqualify any assignments or participations made to, or information provided to, such Person before it was designated as a Disqualified Institution, and such Person shall not be deemed to be a Disqualified Institution in respect of any assignments or participations made to such Person prior to the date of such designation.  Upon inquiry by any Lender to the Agent, the Agent shall be permitted to provide the list of Disqualified Lenders to such Lender.

 

Documentation Agent ” means East West Bank, a California banking corporation, in its capacity as documentation agent hereunder.

 

Dollars ” and the sign “ $ ” means freely transferable lawful currency of the United States of America.

 

Domestic Investment Grade Entity ” means an Entity that (a) is organized under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia, or under the laws of one of the provinces or territories of Canada (excluding Quebec) and (b) has a credit rating of BBB- or higher by Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services or Baa3 or higher by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.

 

Domestic Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary of any Loan Party that is not a Foreign Subsidiary.

 

EBITDA ” means, for any period, with respect to the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis (i) net income (as that term is determined in accordance with GAAP) for such period, plus (ii) the amount of depreciation and amortization of fixed and intangible assets deducted in determining such net income for such period, plus (iii) all Interest Expense and all fees for the use of money or the availability of money, including commitment, facility and like fees and charges upon Indebtedness (including Indebtedness to the Lender) paid or payable during such period, without duplication, plus (iv) all tax liabilities paid or accrued during such period, without duplication, plus (v) non-cash compensation expenses arising from the sale or issuance of Equity Interests, the granting of stock options, and the granting of stock appreciation rights and similar arrangements, less the amount of any such expense when paid in cash to the extent not deducted in the computation of net income, plus (vi) non-cash warrant expenses, less the amount of any such expense when paid in cash to the extent not deducted in the computation of net income, plus (vii) any fees, expenses or charges (including expenses, charges and fees paid to Agent and Lenders) incurred in connection with the negotiation, execution, delivery, performance and administration of the Loan Documents (including in connection with any waiver, amendment, supplementation or other modification thereto), plus (viii) any non-recurring fees, expenses, or charges incurred in connection with a Qualified IPO in an aggregate amount not to exceed $2,900,000 during the term of this Agreement, less (ix) the amount of all gains (or plus the amount of all losses) realized during such period upon the sale or other disposition of property or assets that are sold or otherwise disposed of outside the ordinary course of business that is included in the calculation of net income for such period.

 

12



 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the EBITDA of the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis for the fiscal quarters ended December 31, 2015, September 30, 2015 and June 30, 2015 shall be $18,953,000, $9,168,000 and $7,305,000, respectively.

 

EEA Financial Institution ” means (i) any credit institution or investment firm established in any EEA Member Country which is subject to the supervision of an EEA Resolution Authority, (ii) any entity established in an EEA Member Country which is a parent of an institution described in clause (i) of this definition, or (iii) any financial institution established in an EEA Member Country which is a subsidiary of an institution described in clauses (i) or (ii) of this definition and is subject to consolidated supervision with its parent.

 

EEA Member Country ” means any of the member states of the European Union, Iceland, Liechtenstein, and Norway.

 

EEA Resolution Authority ” means any public administrative authority or any person entrusted with public administrative authority of any EEA Member Country (including any delegee) having responsibility for the resolution of any EEA Financial Institution.

 

Eligible Assignee ” means (i) a Lender or any Affiliate thereof; (ii) a commercial bank organized or licensed under the laws of the United States or a state thereof having total assets in excess of $1,000,000,000; (iii) a finance company, insurance company or other financial institution or fund, which is regularly engaged in making, purchasing or investing in loans and having total assets in excess of $1,000,000,000; or (iv) a savings and loan association or savings bank organized under the laws of the United States or a state thereof which has a net worth, determined in accordance with GAAP, in excess of $500,000,000; provided , that (A) none of the Owners, any Loan Party or any of their respective Affiliates shall qualify as an Eligible Assignee, (B) neither a natural person or a Defaulting Lender shall qualify as an Eligible Assignee, (C) each Eligible Assignee under clauses (ii) through (iv) hereof shall be reasonably acceptable to and subject to the consent of the Agent (not to be unreasonably withheld), (D) so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, a Disqualified Institution shall not qualify as an Eligible Assignee, and (E) nothing herein shall restrict or require the consent of any Person to the pledge by any Lender of all or any portion of its rights and interests under this Agreement, its Notes or any other Loan Document to any Federal Reserve Bank in accordance with Regulation A of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System or U.S. Treasury Regulation 31 CFR 203.14, and such Federal Reserve Bank may enforce such pledge in any manner permitted by applicable law.

 

Eligible Domestic Level I Receivables ” means Eligible Receivables as to which at least one of the following shall apply:  (i) the account debtor with respect to such Receivables is a Domestic Investment Grade Entity; (ii) payment thereof is secured under a letter of credit from a bank and on terms, in each case, acceptable to the Agent, in its Permitted Discretion, which has been insured or assigned to the Agent and on which the Agent otherwise has a first priority perfected Lien; or (iii) non-payment thereof for credit reasons is insured by credit insurance from an insurer and having terms of coverage, in each case, acceptable to the Agent, in its Permitted Discretion, and on which the Agent is named “lenders loss payee”.

 

13



 

Eligible Domestic Level II Receivables ” means Eligible Receivables not constituting Eligible Domestic Level I Receivables; provided that the sale or rendition of services is to an account debtor domiciled in the United States of America or Canada (excluding Quebec), and (if not a natural person) organized under the laws of the United States or any political subdivision thereof or one of the provinces or territories of Canada (excluding Quebec).

 

Eligible Foreign Subsidiary Receivables ” means Receivables that do not qualify as Eligible Receivables solely because the sale or rendition of services is to an account debtor not domiciled in the United States of America or Canada (excluding Quebec) or (if not a natural person) not organized under the laws of the United States or Canada (excluding Quebec), but as to which (a) the account debtor with respect to such Receivables is a foreign subsidiary of a Domestic Investment Grade Entity and (b) such Receivables are invoiced and collected in the United States of America.

 

Eligible Receivables ” means and includes all unpaid Receivables owned by a Borrower which (x) arise out of a bona fide sale of goods or rendition of services of the kind ordinarily sold or rendered by such Borrower in the ordinary course of its business with respect to which an invoice reflecting a true and correct statement of a bona fide Indebtedness in the amount of the Receivable has been issued and sent on a timely basis by such Borrower to the account debtor, (y) comply with each of the representations and warranties respecting Eligible Receivables made in the Loan Documents, and (z) are not excluded as ineligible by virtue of one or more of the excluding criteria set forth below; provided , that such criteria may be revised from time to time by the Agent in its Permitted Discretion to address the results of any information with respect to the Borrowers’ business or assets of which the Agent becomes aware after the Closing Date, including any field examination or appraisals performed by (or on behalf of) the Agent from time to time after the Closing Date.  Without limitation of the foregoing, no Receivable shall be an Eligible Receivable:

 

(i)            unless such Receivable constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of the account debtor, enforceable in accordance with its terms;

 

(ii)           if the account debtor is, or is controlled by, an Affiliate of any Loan Party, or an employee, officer or director of any Loan Party or any Affiliate of any Loan Party;

 

(iii)          if the amount payable in respect of such Receivable is the subject of renegotiation or redating;

 

(iv)          unless the Agent has a perfected first priority Lien thereon and such Receivable is otherwise free and clear of any Lien in favor of any Person other than Permitted Liens;

 

(v)           if (A) the goods giving rise to such Receivable have not been shipped and billed to the account debtor or (B) the services giving rise to such Receivable have not been performed and billed to the account debtor;

 

(vi)          if such Receivable is more than one hundred twenty (120) days past the date of the original invoice therefor;

 

14



 

(vii)         if a Borrower’s right to receive payment is not absolute or is contingent upon the fulfillment of any condition whatsoever, including any “sale on approval,” “sale or return,” “guaranteed sale” or sale on consignment, or a Borrower’s right to receive payment is subject to any right of rescission, repurchase or reclamation;

 

(viii)        if the sale arises from any “bill and hold” or other sale of goods which remain in a Borrower’s possession or under such Borrower’s control;

 

(ix)          if and to the extent the invoiced amount consists of or includes interest payments, late charges, finance charges or service charges owing to a Borrower, but only to the extent of such payments or charges;

 

(x)           if the terms of sale are “cash on delivery” or “cash before delivery”;

 

(xi)          if the account debtor or any Affiliate of the account debtor has disputed liability or has asserted a right of setoff, defense or counterclaim or has made any other claim with respect to any other Receivable due from such account debtor or Affiliate to a Borrower, solely to the extent of the amount of such dispute or claim, or the amount of such actual or asserted right of setoff, defense, counterclaim or other claim, as the case may be;

 

(xii)         if the account debtor has suspended business or is liquidating, dissolving or winding up its affairs, or the account debtor is insolvent, or a Borrower has received notice of an imminent Insolvency Event or a material impairment of the financial condition of the account debtor, or the account debtor or a material portion of such account debtor’s assets is the subject of an Insolvency Event, unless such account debtor has been provided with a debtor in possession credit facility pursuant to Section 364 of the Bankruptcy Code or a similar arrangement acceptable to the Agent, in its Permitted Discretion;

 

(xiii)        to the knowledge of any Borrower, if the account debtor or any Affiliate of the account debtor has called a meeting of its creditors to obtain any general financial accommodation;

 

(xiv)        if the account debtor is also a supplier to, or creditor of, a Borrower, or is otherwise a “contra” account, whether in respect of contractual allowances with respect thereto, audit adjustments, anticipated discounts or otherwise, but only to the extent of the aggregate amount owed (or anticipated to be owed) by the Borrowers to the account debtor in respect thereto;

 

(xv)         if fifty percent (50%) or more of the aggregate balance of the Receivables of any account debtor and its Affiliates owing to the Borrowers are deemed ineligible under clause (vi) above;

 

(xvi)        if the account debtor is the United States of America or any department, agency or instrumentality thereof, unless a Borrower assigns its right to payment under such Receivable to the Agent as collateral hereunder in full compliance with (including, without limitation, the filing of a written notice of the assignment and a copy of the assignment with, and receipt of acknowledgment thereof by, the appropriate contracting and disbursing offices

 

15



 

pursuant to) the Assignment of Claims Act of 1940, as amended (U.S.C. § 3727; 41 U.S.C. § 15);

 

(xvii)       if when aggregated with all other Eligible Receivables owing by the same account debtor (including, for this purpose, Receivables owing by such account debtor’s Affiliates), such Receivable exceeds (i) in the case of Eligible Domestic Level I Receivables owing by an account debtor that is a Domestic Investment Grade Entity, thirty percent (30%) of aggregate Eligible Receivables, or (ii) in the case of all other Eligible Receivables, twenty-five percent (25%) of aggregate Eligible Receivables;

 

(xviii)      if such Receivable is evidenced by a judgment or by an instrument or chattel paper;

 

(xix)        if such Receivable represents a progress billing or retainage or if the obligation of the account debtor to pay is subject to a Borrower’s completion of further performance or is subject to the equitable lien of any surety bond insurer, but only to the extent or amount of such limitation;

 

(xx)         if such Receivable is payable in any currency other than Dollars or Canadian Dollars; provided that Eligible UK Receivables may also be payable in GBP;

 

(xxi)        if the account debtor is located in any State (or Province or Territory of Canada) that requires a creditor to file a business activity report or similar document, or to qualify to do business in such jurisdiction in order to bring suit in such jurisdiction to recover on such Receivable unless the relevant Borrower (A) had filed and has maintained effective a current notice of business activities or similar documents with the appropriate office or agency of the applicable jurisdictions or qualified to do business therein as applicable for the then-current year or if such failure to file and inability to seek judicial enforcement is capable of being remedied without any material delay or cost, or (B) was and has continued to be exempt from such filing and has provided the Agent with satisfactory evidence thereof;

 

(xxii)       if such Receivable is owned by a target acquired in connection with a Permitted Acquisition or Permitted Investment, or is owned by a Person that is joined to this Agreement as a Borrower pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement, and a field examination with respect to such Receivables, in each case, satisfactory to Agent in its Permitted Discretion, has not been completed; or

 

(xxiii)      if the Agent believes, in its Permitted Discretion, the collection of such Receivable to be insecure or to be doubtful by reason of the account debtor’s inability or unwillingness to pay.

 

In calculating delinquent portions of Receivables under clause (vi) above, credit balances more than one hundred twenty (120) days old will be excluded.  For avoidance of doubt, any Receivable that is not, or ceases to be, an Eligible Receivable, at any time, nevertheless shall be at all times part of the Collateral.

 

Eligible UK Receivables ” means Receivables that do not qualify as Eligible Receivables solely because the sale or rendition of services is to an account debtor not domiciled

 

16



 

in the United States of America or Canada (excluding Quebec), (if not a natural person) not organized under the laws of the United States or Canada (excluding Quebec), but as to which (i) the account debtor with respect to such Receivables is domiciled in, and organized under any of the laws of the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland, and (ii) such Receivables are invoiced and collected in the United States.

 

Entity ” for each Loan Party (other than an individual), means its status, as applicable, as a corporation, limited liability company or limited partnership.

 

Environmental Laws ” means all applicable federal, state and local statutes, laws (including common or case law), rulings, regulations or governmental, administrative or judicial policies, directives, orders or interpretations applicable to the business or property of a Person relating to pollution or protection of human health or the environment (including, without limitation, ambient air, surface water, ground water, land surface or subsurface strata) including, without limitation, laws and regulations relating to emissions, discharges, releases or threatened releases of Hazardous Materials, or otherwise relating to the manufacture, processing, distribution, use, treatment, storage, disposal, transport or handling of any Hazardous Materials.

 

Equity Interests ” means (i) in the case of a corporation, its capital stock, (ii) in the case of a limited liability company, its membership interests or units, and (iii) in the case of a limited partnership, its general and limited partnership interests, including in each case, all of the following rights relating to such Equity Interests, whether arising under the Governing Documents of the Entity issuing such Equity Interests or under any applicable law of such Entity’s jurisdiction of organization or formation: (x) all economic rights (including all rights to receive dividends and distributions) relating to such Equity Interests; (y) all voting rights and rights to consent to any particular actions by the applicable issuer; and (z) all management rights with respect to such issuer, but, in each case, excluding any debt security convertible into, or exchangeable for, Equity Interests.

 

ERISA ” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, 29 U.S.C. §§ 1000 et seq ., amendments thereto, successor statutes, and regulations or guidelines promulgated thereunder.

 

ERISA Affiliate ” means any entity that, together with a Borrower, is required to be treated as a single employer under Section 414(b), (c), (m) or (o) of the Internal Revenue Code.

 

EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule ” means the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule published by the Loan Market Association (or any successor person), as in effect from time to time.

 

Event of Default ” means the occurrence of any of the events specified in Section 10.1.

 

Excess Availability ” means, as of any date, the amount (if any) as of such date by which (i) the lesser of (A) the Aggregate Revolving Credit Commitment or (B) the Borrowing Base then in effect, exceeds (ii) the sum on such date of (A) the aggregate principal amount of all Revolving Credit Loans (inclusive of Swing Loans) then outstanding, plus (B) the aggregate

 

17



 

undrawn amount of all unexpired Letters of Credit then outstanding, plus (iii) the aggregate amount of all accounts payable then owing by the Borrowers that are more than thirty (30) days past the final due dates for their payment pursuant to the terms thereof, plus (iv) Lender Group Expenses for which the Borrowers are liable under the Loan Documents but which have not been paid or charged to the Borrowers’ Loan Account.

 

Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

Excluded Property ” means (i) Equity Interests of any Foreign Subsidiary held by any Loan Party, except to the extent that such Equity Interests represent no more than 65% of a first-tier Foreign Subsidiary; (ii) any rights or interest in any contract, lease, permit, license, franchise, charter, authorization or license agreement covering real or personal property of any Loan Party if under the terms of such contract, lease, permit, license, franchise, charter, authorization or license agreement, or applicable law with respect thereto, the grant of a security interest or lien therein is prohibited as a matter of law or under the terms of such contract, lease, permit, license, franchise, charter, authorization or license agreement and such prohibition or restriction has not been waived or the consent of the other party to such contract, lease, permit, license, franchise, charter, authorization or license agreement has not been obtained (provided, that (A) the foregoing exclusions of this clause (ii) shall in no way be construed (1) to apply to the extent that any described prohibition or restriction is ineffective under Section 9-406, 9-407, 9-408, or 9-409 of the UCC or other applicable law, or (2) to apply to the extent that any consent or waiver has been obtained that would permit the Agent’s security interest or lien to attach notwithstanding the prohibition or restriction on the pledge of such contract, lease, permit, license, franchise, charter, authorization or license agreement and (B) the foregoing exclusions of clauses (i) and (ii) shall in no way be construed to limit, impair, or otherwise affect any of the Agent’s or any Lender’s continuing security interests in and liens upon any rights or interests of any Loan Party in or to (1) monies due or to become due under or in connection with any described contract, lease, permit, license, franchise, charter, authorization, license agreement, or Equity Interests (including any Receivables or Equity Interests), or (2) any proceeds from the sale, license, lease, or other dispositions of any such contract, lease, permit, license, franchise, charter, authorization, license agreement, or Equity Interests); (iii) any United States intent-to-use trademark applications to the extent that, and solely during the period in which, the grant of a security interest therein would impair the validity or enforceability of such intent-to-use trademark applications under applicable federal law; provided, that upon submission and acceptance by the United States Patent and Trademark Office of an amendment to allege use pursuant to 15 U.S.C. Section 1060(a) (or any successor provision), such intent-to-use trademark application shall be considered Collateral; (iv) all leasehold Real Property interests; (v) all fee simple Real Property interests having a fair market value (as determined in good faith by the Borrower Agent) less than $1,000,000 on a per property basis, and any fee-owned Real Property that is subject to a Permitted Lien of the type described in clause (v)(B) of the definition thereof; (vi) motor vehicles and other assets subject to certificates of title; (vii) any demand deposit account, securities account, commodity account or other deposit account of any Loan Party (and all cash, Cash Equivalents and other securities or instruments credited thereto or deposited therein) that is used solely and exclusively for payroll, payroll taxes, and other employee wage and benefit payments to or for any Loan Party’s employees; (viii) to the extent applicable law requires that a Subsidiary of a Loan Party issue directors’ qualifying shares, nominee shares or similar shares which are required by applicable law to be held by Persons other than the Loan

 

18



 

Parties, such qualifying shares, nominee shares or similar shares held by Persons other than Loan Parties; and (ix) so long as the Closing Date LC or the Closing Date Hedging Obligations remain outstanding, the Closing Date Cash Collateral Account.

 

Excluded Swap Obligations ” means any obligation of any Guarantor to pay or perform under any Swap Obligation if, and to the extent that, all or a portion of the Guaranty of such Guarantor of, or the grant by such Guarantor of a security interest to secure, such Swap Obligation (or any Guaranty thereof) is or becomes illegal under the Commodity Exchange Act or any rule, regulation or order of the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (or the application or official interpretation of any thereof) by virtue of the Guarantor’s failure for any reason to constitute an “eligible contract participant” as defined in the Commodity Exchange Act and the regulations thereunder at the time such Guaranty or the grant of such security interest becomes effective with respect to such Swap Obligation (after giving effect to Section 12.29).  If a Swap Obligation arises under a master agreement governing more than one swap, such exclusion shall apply only to the portion of such Swap Obligation that is attributable to swaps for which such Guaranty or security interest is or becomes illegal.

 

Excluded Taxes ” means any of the following Taxes imposed on or with respect to a Recipient or required to be withheld or deducted from a payment to a Recipient, (i) Taxes imposed on or measured by net income (however denominated), franchise Taxes, and branch profits Taxes, in each case, (A) imposed as a result of such Recipient being organized under the laws of, or having its principal office or, in the case of any Lender, its applicable lending office located in, the jurisdiction imposing such Tax (or any political subdivision thereof) or (B) that are Other Connection Taxes, (ii) in the case of a Lender, U.S. federal  withholding Taxes imposed on amounts payable to or for the account of such Lender with respect to an applicable interest in a Loan or Commitment pursuant to a law in effect on the date on which (A) such Lender acquires such interest in the Loan or Commitment (other than pursuant to an assignment request by the Borrower under Section 2.11) or (B) such Lender changes its lending office, except in each case to the extent that, pursuant to Section 4.11, amounts with respect to such Taxes were payable either to such Lender’s assignor immediately before such Lender became a party hereto or to such Lender immediately before it changed its lending office, (iii) Taxes attributable to such Recipient’s failure to comply with Section 4.11(g) and (iv) any withholding Taxes imposed under FATCA.

 

FATCA ” mean Sections 1471 and 1474 of the Internal Revenue Code, as of the date of this Agreement (or any amended or successor version that is substantively comparable and not materially more onerous to comply with), any current or future regulations or official interpretations thereof, and any agreements entered into pursuant to Section 1471(b)(1) of the Internal Revenue Code, any intergovernmental agreement between a non-U.S. jurisdiction and the United States with respect to the foregoing and any law, regulation or practice adopted pursuant to any such intergovernmental agreement.

 

Foreign Lender ” means (i) if the Borrower is a U.S. Person, a Lender that is not a U.S. Person, and (ii) if the Borrower is not a U.S. Person, a Lender that is resident or organized under the laws of a jurisdiction other than that in which the Borrower is resident for tax purposes.

 

19



 

Federal Funds Rate ” means, for any day, the fluctuating interest rate per annum equal to the weighted average of the rates on overnight federal funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System arranged by federal funds brokers, as published for such day (or, if such day is not a Business Day, for the next preceding Business Day) by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, or, if such rate is not so published for any day that is a Business Day, the average of the quotations for such day on such transactions received by the Agent from three federal funds brokers of recognized standing selected by it, as determined in good faith by the Agent.

 

Federal Reserve Board ” means the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System or any Person succeeding to the functions thereof.

 

Fee Letter ” means the fee letter dated December 15, 2015, between TTD and the Agent concerning the undertakings by the Agent set forth in this Agreement.

 

Financial Covenant ” means the covenant set forth in Article IX.

 

Financial Statements ” means, with respect to the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries, as applicable pursuant hereto, the balance sheets, profit and loss statements and statements of cash flow, if any, of the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries for the period specified, prepared in accordance with GAAP and consistent with prior practices and, except in the case of annual audited Financial Statements, a comparison in reasonable detail to (i) the projected balance sheets, profit and loss statements and statements of cash flow set forth in the Business Plan for the same year-to-date and month periods and (ii) the balance sheets, profit and loss statements and statements of cash flow, for the same year-to-date and month periods of the immediately preceding year.

 

Foreign Subsidiary ” means any direct or indirect subsidiary of any Loan Party that is organized under the laws of any jurisdiction other than the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia.

 

Fronting Exposure ” means a Defaulting Lender’s Pro Rata Share of reimbursement obligations under Letters of Credit, except to the extent allocated to other Lenders under Section 2.12.

 

GAAP ” means generally accepted accounting principles set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board that are applicable to the circumstances as of the date of determination.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this definition or in this Agreement, in the event of a change under GAAP (or the application thereof) requiring any leases to be capitalized that are not required to be capitalized as of the Closing Date, only those leases that would result or would have resulted in Capitalized Lease Obligations or Capital Expenditures on the Closing Date will be considered capital leases and all calculations under this Agreement will be made in accordance therewith.

 

GBP ” or “ £ ” means lawful money of the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland.

 

20


 

Governing Body ” means (i) in the case of a corporation, its board of directors or shareholders, (ii) in the case of a limited liability company, its managers or members, and (iii) in the case of a limited partnership, its general partner(s), or in each case, another comparable governing body of the applicable Entity.

 

Governing Documents ” means (i) in the case of a corporation, its articles (or certificate) of incorporation and bylaws, (ii) in the case of a limited liability company, its articles (or certificate) of organization (or formation) and its operating agreement, and (iii) in the case of a limited partnership, its articles (or certificate) of limited partnership and its limited partnership agreement, or in each case, another comparable governing document of the applicable Entity.

 

Governmental Authority ” means any nation or government, any state or other political subdivision thereof or any entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory or administrative functions thereof or pertaining thereto.

 

Guarantor Security Agreement ” means any security agreement executed by a Guarantor in favor of the Agent, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Agent, pursuant to which such Guarantor shall grant, or purport to grant, a first priority Lien in favor of the Agent in the Collateral owned by such Guarantor, as security for the Obligations, as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

 

Guarantors ” means each Borrower, as to the other Borrowers, and each other Person that guarantees, in whole or in part, the Obligations at any time hereafter.

 

Guaranty ” means any guaranty agreement executed by a Guarantor, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Agent, as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

 

Hazardous Materials ” means any and all pollutants, contaminants and toxic, caustic, radioactive and hazardous materials, substances and wastes including, without limitation, petroleum or petroleum distillates, asbestos or urea formaldehyde foam insulation or asbestos-containing materials, whether or not friable, polychlorinated biphenyls, radon gas, infectious or medical wastes and all other substances or wastes of any nature, that are regulated under any Environmental Laws.

 

Hedging Agreement ” means any interest rate protection agreement, foreign currency exchange agreement, commodity price protection agreement or other interest or currency exchange rate or commodity price hedging agreement.  The term “ Hedging Agreement ,” as used herein, shall extend to and include, without limitation, any Swap Obligation.

 

Historical Financials ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.1(a)(xi).

 

Increasing Lenders ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.16.

 

Incremental Revolving Commitments ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.16.

 

21



 

Indebtedness ” means, with respect to any Person, as of the date of determination thereof (without duplication of the same obligation under any other clause hereof), (i) all obligations of such Person for borrowed money of any kind or nature, including funded and unfunded debt, (ii) all monetary obligations of such Person owing under Hedge Agreements (which amount shall be calculated based on the amount that would be payable by such Person if the Hedge Agreement were terminated on the date of determination), (iii) all obligations of such Person to pay the deferred purchase price of assets (other than trade payables incurred in the ordinary course of business and repayable in accordance with customary trade practices and, for the avoidance of doubt, other than royalty payments payable in the ordinary course of business in respect of non-exclusive licenses) and any earn-out or similar obligations, in each case, to the extent the same would be required to be shown as a long-term liability on a balance sheet prepared in accordance with GAAP, (iv) all Capitalized Lease Obligations, (v) all Indebtedness of others secured by (or for which the holder of such Indebtedness has an existing right to be secured) a Lien on any asset of such Person whether or not the Indebtedness is assumed by such Person, (vi) all obligations of such Person created or arising under any conditional sale or other title retention agreement with respect to property acquired by such Person (even though the rights and remedies of the seller or lender under such agreements in the event of default are limited to repossession or sale of such property), (vii) any Disqualified Equity Interests, (viii) all obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes, or other similar instruments and all reimbursement or other obligations in respect of letters of credit, bankers acceptances, or other financial products, and (ix) any obligation of such Person guaranteeing or intended to guarantee (whether directly or indirectly guaranteed, endorsed, co-made, discounted, or sold with recourse) any obligation of any other Person that constitutes Indebtedness under any of clauses (i) through (viii) above.  For purposes of this definition, (A) the amount of any Indebtedness represented by a guaranty or other similar instrument shall be the lesser of the principal amount of the obligations guaranteed and still outstanding and the maximum amount for which the guaranteeing Person may be liable pursuant to the terms of the instrument embodying such Indebtedness, and (B) the amount of any Indebtedness which is limited or is non-recourse to a Person or for which recourse is limited to an identified asset shall be valued at the lesser of (1) if applicable, the limited amount of such obligations, and (2) if applicable, the fair market value of such assets securing such obligation.

 

Indemnified Taxes ” means (i) Taxes, other than Excluded Taxes, imposed on or with respect to any payment made by or on account of any obligation of any Loan Party under any Loan Document and (ii) to the extent not otherwise described in clause (i), Other Taxes.

 

Insolvency Event ” means, with respect to any Person, the occurrence of any of the following:  (i) such Person shall be adjudicated insolvent or bankrupt or institutes proceedings under the Bankruptcy Code or otherwise to be adjudicated insolvent or bankrupt, or shall generally fail to pay or admit in writing its inability to pay its debts as they become due, (ii) such Person shall seek dissolution (other than in a transaction permitted by Section 8.3) or reorganization or the appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian or liquidator for it or a substantial portion of its property, assets or business or to effect a plan or other arrangement with its creditors, (iii) such Person shall make a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors, or consent to or acquiesce in the appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian or liquidator for a substantial portion of its property, assets or business, (iv) such Person shall file a voluntary petition under, or shall seek the entry of an order for relief under, any bankruptcy, insolvency or

 

22



 

similar law, including the Bankruptcy Code (v) such Person shall take any corporate, limited liability company, partnership or similar act, as applicable, in furtherance of any of the foregoing, or (vi) such Person, or a substantial portion of its property, assets or business, shall become the subject of an involuntary proceeding or petition for (A) its dissolution or reorganization or (B) the appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian or liquidator, and (1) such proceeding shall not be dismissed or stayed within sixty (60) days or (2) such receiver, trustee, custodian or liquidator shall be appointed; provided , however , that the Lenders shall have no obligation to make any Loans or cause to be issued any Letter of Credit during the pendency of any sixty-(60) day period described in sub-clause (1) above.

 

Intellectual Property ” means any and all Patents, Copyrights, Trademarks, trade secrets, know-how, inventions (whether or not patentable), algorithms, software programs (including source code and object code), processes, product designs, industrial designs, blueprints, drawings, data, URLs and domain names, specifications, documentations, reports, catalogs, literature, and any other forms of technology or proprietary information of any kind, including all rights therein and all applications for registration or registrations thereof.

 

Intellectual Property Security Agreement ” means an intellectual property security agreement, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Agent, pursuant to which each Loan Party that has rights in any Intellectual Property shall grant a specific security interest in its Intellectual Property as security for the Obligations, as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

 

Items of Payment ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.7.

 

Intercompany License Agreement ” means (i) an intercompany license agreement entered into by the Borrower Agent and The UK Trade Desk Ltd., in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Agent, pursuant to which the Borrower Agent shall grant The UK Trade Desk Ltd. an exclusive license to use TTD’s Intellectual Property in jurisdictions outside of the United States and its territories and (ii) any other intercompany license agreement entered into by the Borrower Agent and a direct or indirect Foreign Subsidiary of the Borrower Agent, in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Agent, pursuant to which the Borrower Agent shall grant such Foreign Subsidiary an exclusive license to use TTD’s Intellectual Property in jurisdictions outside of the United States and its territories.

 

Intercompany Subordination Agreement ” means an agreement among the Agent, the applicable Borrower or Subsidiary of the Borrower and the holder of any Indebtedness pursuant to which such Indebtedness is made subordinate in right of payment to Payment in Full of all Obligations on terms reasonably satisfactory to the Agent.

 

Intercreditor Agreement ” means a customary split collateral intercreditor agreement, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Agent, in respect of the Term Loan Indebtedness.

 

Interest Expense ” means, for any period, all interest with respect to Indebtedness (including, without limitation, the interest component of Capitalized Lease Obligations) accrued

 

23



 

or capitalized during such period (whether or not actually paid during such period) determined in accordance with GAAP.

 

Interest Payment Date ” shall mean (a) with respect to any Base Rate Advance, the first day of each month during any period in which such Advance is outstanding, (b) with respect to any LIBOR Rate Advance, the last day of the Interest Period applicable to the Borrowing of which such Advance is a part and, in the case of a LIBOR Rate Advance with an Interest Period of more than three (3) months’ duration, each day prior to the last day of such Interest Period that occurs at intervals of three (3) months’ duration after the first day of such Interest Period, and (c) with respect to any Loans, the Termination Date or such earlier date on which the Commitments are terminated.

 

Interest Period ” means the period commencing on the date of a LIBOR Rate Advance and ending one (1), two (2), three (3) or six (6) months thereafter, as selected by the Borrower Agent; provided , however , that (i) the Borrower Agent may not select any Interest Period that ends after the Termination Date; (ii) whenever the last day of an Interest Period would otherwise occur on a day other than a Business Day, the last day of such Interest Period shall be extended to occur on the next succeeding Business Day, except that, if such extension would cause the last day of such Interest Period to occur in the next following calendar month, then the last day of such Interest Period shall occur on the next preceding Business Day; and (iii) if there is no corresponding date of the month that is one (1), two (2), three (3) or six (6) months, as the case may be, after the first day of an Interest Period, such Interest Period shall end on the last Business Day of such first, second, third or sixth month, as the case may be.  For purposes hereof, the date of a Borrowing initially shall be the date on which such Borrowing is made and thereafter shall be the effective date of the most recent conversion or continuation of such Borrowing.

 

Interests ” has the meaning specified in Section 8.10.

 

Internal Revenue Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986.

 

Internal Revenue Service ” or “ IRS ” means the United States Internal Revenue Service and any successor agency.

 

Investment ” in any Person means, as of the date of determination thereof, (i) any payment or contribution in or to such Person including, without limitation, property contributed to such Person for or in connection with the acquisition of any Equity Interests, bonds, notes, debentures or any other security of such Person or (ii) any loan, advance or other extension of credit or guaranty of or other surety obligation for any Indebtedness made to, or for the benefit of, such Person.  In determining the aggregate amount of Investments outstanding at any particular time, (i) a guaranty (or other surety obligation) shall be valued at not less than the principal outstanding amount of the primary obligation; (ii) returns of capital (but only by repurchase, redemption, retirement, repayment, liquidating dividend or liquidating distribution) shall be deducted; (iii) earnings, whether as dividends, interest or otherwise, shall not be deducted; and (iv) decreases in the market value shall not be deducted unless such decreases are computed in accordance with GAAP.

 

24



 

Lender ” and “ Lenders ” have the meaning specified in the introductory paragraph.

 

Lender Group Expenses ” means all (a) costs or expenses (including taxes and insurance premiums) required to be paid by any Loan Party or its Subsidiaries under any of the Loan Documents that are paid, advanced, or incurred by the Agent, the Letter of Credit Issuer, and the Lenders, or any of them, (b) reasonable and documented out-of-pocket fees or charges paid or incurred by the Agent in connection with transactions under any of the Loan Documents, (c) the Agent’s customary fees and charges imposed or incurred in connection with any background checks or OFAC/PEP searches related to any Loan Party or its Subsidiaries performed in connection with the transactions contemplated under the Loan Documents, (d) the Agent’s customary fees and charges (as adjusted from time to time) with respect to the disbursement of funds (or the receipt of funds) to or for the account of any Borrower (whether by wire transfer or otherwise), together with any reasonable and documented out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred in connection therewith, (e) customary charges imposed or incurred by the Agent resulting from the dishonor of checks payable by or to any Loan Party, (f) reasonable and documented out-of-pocket costs and expenses paid or incurred by the Agent, the Letter of Credit Issuer and the Lenders, or any of them, to correct any default or enforce any provision of the Loan Documents, or during the continuance of an Event of Default, in gaining possession of, maintaining, handling, preserving, storing, shipping, selling, preparing for sale, or advertising to sell the Collateral, or any portion thereof, irrespective of whether a sale is consummated, (g) fees and expenses of the Agent related to any field examinations, appraisals, or valuations to the extent of the fees and charges (and up to the amount of any limitation) provided in Section 7.7(b), (h) the Agent’s and the Lenders’ reasonable and documented costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) relative to third party claims or any other lawsuit or adverse proceeding paid or incurred, whether in enforcing or defending the Loan Documents or otherwise in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents, the Agent’s Liens in and to the Collateral, or the relationship of the Agent, the Letter of Credit Issuer, and the Lenders, or any of them, with any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries, (i) the Agent’s reasonable and documented costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and due diligence expenses) incurred in advising, structuring, drafting, reviewing, administering (including travel, meals, and lodging), syndicating, or amending, waiving, or modifying the Loan Documents, and (j) the Agent’s and each Lender’s reasonable and documented costs and expenses (including attorneys, accountants, consultants, and other advisors fees and expenses) incurred in terminating, enforcing (including attorneys, accountants, consultants, and other advisors fees and expenses incurred in connection with a “workout,” a “restructuring,” or an Insolvency Event concerning any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries or in exercising rights or remedies under the Loan Documents), or defending the Loan Documents, irrespective of whether a lawsuit or other adverse proceeding is brought, or in taking any enforcement action or any remedial action with respect to the Collateral.

 

Letter of Credit ” means each letter of credit issued for the account of the Borrowers by the Letter of Credit Issuer under Section 2.13, and all amendments, renewals, extensions or replacements thereof.

 

Letter of Credit Agreement ” means the collective reference to any and all applications, reimbursement agreements and other agreements from time to time entered into by

 

25



 

the Letter of Credit Issuer and the Borrowers, to be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Letter of Credit Issuer, pursuant to which the Letter of Credit Issuer issues Letters of Credit for the account of the Borrowers in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

 

Letter of Credit Issuer ” means the Bank.

 

Letter of Credit Sublimit ” means Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000).

 

LIBOR Rate ” means, for the Interest Period for each LIBOR Rate Advance made as part of the same Borrowing, an interest rate per annum determined by the Agent in accordance with its customary procedures and utilizing such electronic or other quotation sources as it considers appropriate to be the prevailing rate per annum at which deposits in United States Dollars are offered to the Bank by first class banks in the London interbank market shortly after 11:00 a.m. (London time) two (2) Business Days prior to the commencement of such Interest Period, as the rate for dollar deposits with a maturity comparable to such Interest Period, or, if the LIBOR Rate becomes unavailable during any period in which credit is available to the Borrowers, in the discretion of the Agent, the base, reference or other rate then designated by the Agent for general commercial loan reference purposes, it being understood that such rate is a reference rate, which serves as the basis upon which effective interest rates are calculated for loans making reference thereto.  If the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (or any successor) imposes a LIBOR Reserve Percentage with respect to LIBOR deposits, then, the LIBOR Rate described in clause (ii) shall be the foregoing rate divided by 1 minus the LIBOR Reserve Percentage.  Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, if the LIBOR Rate determined as provided above would be less than zero percent (0.0%), then the LIBOR Rate shall be deemed to be zero percent (0.0%).

 

LIBOR Rate Advance ” means each portion of the Loans that bears interest as provided in Section 4.1(b).

 

LIBOR Reserve Percentage ,” for any LIBOR Rate Advance, means the reserve percentage applicable during such Interest Period (or if more than one such percentage shall be so applicable, the daily average of such percentages for those days in such Interest Period during which any such percentage shall be so applicable) under regulations issued from time to time by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (or any successor) for determining the maximum reserve requirement (including, without limitation, any emergency, supplemental or other marginal reserve requirement) with respect to liabilities or assets consisting of or including Eurocurrency liabilities having a term equal to such Interest Period.

 

Lien ” means any lien, claim, charge, pledge, security interest, assignment, hypothecation, deed of trust, mortgage, lease, conditional sale, retention of title or other preferential arrangement having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing, whether voluntary or imposed by law.  For the avoidance of doubt, “Lien” shall not include any non-exclusive license of Intellectual Property, operating lease, any capital lease in respect of Real Property permitted hereunder or an agreement to sell.

 

Loan Account ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.6.

 

26



 

Loan Documents ” means this Agreement, the Notes, the Fee Letter, any Guaranty, the Security Documents, any Intercompany Subordination Agreement, the Subordination Agreement, any Intercreditor Agreement, each Lockbox Agreement, each Letter of Credit Agreement, and any other documents and instruments entered into, now or in the future, by any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries under or in connection with this Agreement (but specifically excluding Bank Product Agreements), as each of the same may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

 

Loan Party ” means each Borrower and each Guarantor.

 

Loans ” means the loans and financial accommodations made by the Lenders hereunder or under this Agreement including, without limitation, the Revolving Credit Loans, the Swingline Loans, the Protective Advances and the Overadvances.

 

Lockbox ” and “ Lockboxes ” have the respective meanings set forth in Section 2.7.

 

Lockbox Account ” and “ Lockbox Accounts ” have the respective meanings set forth in Section 2.7.

 

Lockbox Agreement ” and “ Lockbox Agreements ” have the respective meanings set forth in Section 2.7.

 

Master Services Agreement ” or “ MSA ” means an agreement between a Loan Party and an Advertiser (or an agent on behalf of one or more Advertisers) pursuant to which such Advertiser (or an agent on its behalf) utilizes the services provided by such Loan Party to place one or more advertisements on a Media Outlet.

 

Material Adverse Effect ” means (i) a material adverse effect on the business, operations, results of operations, assets, liabilities, or condition (financial or otherwise) of the Loan Parties, taken as a whole or (ii) the material impairment of (A) the Loan Parties’ ability to perform their payment obligations under the Loan Documents to which they are a party or (B) the ability of the Agent or the Lenders to enforce the Obligations or realize upon the Collateral, or (iii) a material impairment of the enforceability or priority of the Agent’s Liens with respect to all or a material portion of the Collateral other than any material impairment caused by any action or inaction of the Agent.

 

Material Contract ” means any agreement or arrangement to which a Loan Party is party (other than the Loan Documents) (i) for which breach, termination, nonperformance or failure to renew could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (ii) that relates to Material Indebtedness, (iii) that constitutes a Material Vendor Contract or a Material Customer Contract, or (iv) that is a Designated Closing Date MSA.

 

Material Customer Contract ” means any Master Services Agreement or other agreement of any Loan Party with any customer that, together with all other such agreements with such customer and its Affiliates, involves aggregate consideration payable (or projected to be payable) to such Loan Party during any fiscal year in excess of 7.5% of the Loan Parties’ aggregate gross revenue for such period.

 

27



 

Material Indebtedness ” means Indebtedness (other than the Loans), or obligations in respect of one or more Hedging Agreements, of any Loan Party in an aggregate principal amount exceeding One Million Dollars ($1,000,000).  For purposes of this definition, the “principal amount” of the obligations of any Loan Party in respect of any Hedging Agreement at any time shall be the maximum aggregate amount (giving effect to any netting agreements) that such Loan Party would be required to pay if such Hedging Agreement were terminated at such time.

 

Material Subsidiary ” means, at any date of determination, (i) each Borrower and (ii) each Subsidiary of a Borrower that, as of the end of the most recently ended fiscal quarter for which financial statements are required to be delivered pursuant to Section 7.11, (A) owns at least two and one-half percent (2.5%) of the consolidated total assets of the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries as of such date, (B) generated at least two and one-half percent (2.5%) of the consolidated revenues of the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries during such fiscal quarter, (C) is the owner of Equity Interests of any Subsidiary of a Borrower that otherwise constitutes a Material Subsidiary as of such date, or (D) any group comprising Subsidiaries of a Borrower that each would not have been a Material Subsidiary under clauses (A), (B), or (C) but that, taken together, had revenues or total assets in excess of five percent (5.0%) of the consolidated revenues or total assets, as applicable, of the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries.

 

Material Vendor Contract ” means any agreement of any Loan Party with any vendor or supplier that, together with all other such agreements with such vendor or supplier and its Affiliates, involves aggregate consideration payable (or projected to be payable) by such Loan Party during any fiscal year in excess of 7.5% of the Loan Parties’ aggregate gross purchases for such period.

 

Media Funds Reserves ” means those reserves that the Agent in its Permitted Discretion deems necessary or appropriate to establish and maintain with respect to Eligible Receivables arising under the Vivaki Agreement or any other Master Services Agreement which provides that (i) any payments contemplated under such Master Services Agreement in respect of the purchase from any Loan Party of the right to place advertisements on one or more Media Outlets are payable to any Person other than such Loan Party, or (ii) any portion of the amounts payable from the Advertiser or one or more of its agents to any Loan Party under such Master Services Agreement is required to be held in escrow or in trust, or otherwise turned over to, or held for the benefit of, any Advertiser, any Publisher, any SSP or any other Person.

 

Media Outlet ” means a website, mobile application, social media outlet, television station or network, radio station or network, or other medium (whether electronic or otherwise) where advertisements may be placed.

 

Media Outlet Agreement ” means an agreement between a Loan Party and a SSP, pursuant to which such SSP makes a Publisher’s inventory available for sale to such Loan Party for Loan Party’s goods and services, as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

 

Money Laundering Laws ” means all applicable statutes, laws, regulations and rules that may be enforced by any Governmental Authority relating to anti-money laundering

 

28



 

statutes, laws, regulations and rules, including, but not limited to, the Bank Secrecy Act (31 U.S.C. §5311 et seq .).

 

Mortgage ” means each mortgage, deed of trust or security deed between the applicable Loan Party(ies) and the Agent, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Agent, relating to the Real Property covered thereby, as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

 

Multiemployer Plan ” means a multiemployer plan, as defined in Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA, to which the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate has contributed within the past six years or with respect to which the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate has any liability, whether fixed or contingent.

 

Non-Consenting Lender ” means any Lender that does not approve any consent, waiver or amendment that (i) requires the approval of all or all affected Lenders in accordance with the terms of Section 12.7 and (ii) has been approved by the Required Lenders.

 

Notes ” means the Revolving Credit Notes and the Swingline Note.

 

Notice of Borrowing ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.3(a).

 

Notice of Continuation/Conversion ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.3(b).

 

Obligations ” means and includes (a) all loans (including the Loans), advances (including the Advances), debts, liabilities, obligations, covenants and duties owing by the Loan Parties to (i) the Agent or the Lenders, or any of them, or any of their or its Affiliates, of any kind or nature, present or future, whether or not evidenced by any note, guaranty or other instrument, which may arise under, out of, or in connection with, this Agreement, the Notes, the other Loan Documents or any other agreement executed in connection herewith or therewith, or (ii) the Agent or the Lenders, or any of them, or any of their or its Affiliates, of any kind or nature, present or future, whether or not evidenced by any note, guaranty, lease agreement or other instrument or agreement, whether or not for the payment of money, whether arising by reason of an extension of credit, opening, guaranteeing or confirming of a letter of credit (including, without limitation, the Letters of Credit) or payment of any draft drawn or other payment thereunder, loan, guaranty, indemnification, or in any other manner, whether direct or indirect (including those acquired by assignment, purchase, discount or otherwise), whether absolute or contingent, due or to become due, now existing or hereafter arising, and however acquired, and (b) all Bank Product Obligations.  The term “ Obligations ” includes, without limitation, all interest (including interest accruing on or after an Insolvency Event, whether or not such interest constitutes an allowed claim), charges, Lender Group Expenses, commitment, facility, closing and collateral management fees, letter of credit fees, cash management and other fees, interest, charges, expenses, fees, attorneys’ fees and disbursements, and any other sum chargeable to any of the Loan Parties under this Agreement, the Notes, the other Loan Documents, any Hedging Agreement, any agreement for Cash Management Services, or any other agreement in respect of any Bank Products.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “Obligations” (i) shall not include any Excluded Swap Obligations and (ii) shall be limited to

 

29



 

those “Obligations” that arise out of or under the Loan Documents or the transactions contemplated thereby or that constitute Bank Product Obligations.

 

Operating Account ” means a deposit account of the Borrowers maintained at the Bank that the Borrower Agent designates in writing to the Agent on the Closing Date as the Borrowers’ “operating account” for purposes hereof in regard to the receipt and distribution of the proceeds any Borrowings, or such other deposit account of the Borrowers at the Bank as the Borrower Agent may from time to time subsequent to the Closing Date so designate in writing to the Agent as such account.

 

Other Connection Taxes ” means, with respect to any Recipient, Taxes imposed as a result of a present or former connection between such Recipient and the jurisdiction imposing such Tax (other than connections arising from such Recipient having executed, delivered, become a party to, performed its obligations under, received payments under, received or perfected a security interest under, engaged in any other transaction pursuant to or enforced any Loan Document, or sold or assigned an interest in any Loan or Loan Document).

 

Other Taxes ” means all present or future stamp, court or documentary, intangible, recording, filing or similar Taxes that arise from any payment made under, from the execution, delivery, performance, enforcement or registration of, from the receipt or perfection of a security interest under, or otherwise with respect to, any Loan Document, except any such Taxes that are Other Connection Taxes imposed with respect to an assignment (other than an assignment made pursuant to Section 2.10 or Section 2.11).

 

Overadvance ” means, as of any date of determination, the amount by which the aggregate outstanding amount (without duplication) of the Revolving Credit Loans and the undrawn amount of all unexpired Letters of Credit is greater than the lesser of (i) the Borrowing Base and (ii) the Revolving Credit Commitments, in any case, after giving effect to any Reserves applicable thereto.

 

Owners ” means the owners of the Equity Interests of the Borrowers, from time to time, including the Person(s) so listed on Schedule 6.1(g)  as the “Owners” as of the Closing Date.

 

Patents ” means patents and patent applications, including (i) all continuations, divisionals, continuations-in-part, re-examinations, reissues, and renewals thereof and improvements thereon, (ii) all income, royalties, damages and payments now and hereafter due or payable under and with respect thereto, including payments under all licenses entered into in connection therewith and damages and payments for past, present, or future infringements thereof, (iii) the right to sue for past, present, and future infringements thereof, and (iv) all rights corresponding thereto throughout the world.

 

Payment in Full ” or “ Paid in Full ” (or words of similar import) means with respect to any Obligations, (i) the payment or repayment in full in cash of all Obligations (other than (A) contingent indemnification obligations as to which no claim has been asserted and (B) any Bank Product Obligations that, at such time, are allowed by the applicable Bank Product Provider to remain outstanding without being required to repaid or cash collateralized in the

 

30


 

manner set forth in clauses (iii) and (iv) below), (ii) in the case of contingent reimbursement obligations with respect to Letters of Credit, providing Collateralization, (iii) in the case of Bank Product Obligations (other than Bank Product Obligations arising from Hedge Agreements), providing Collateralization, (iv) in the case of Bank Product Obligations arising from Hedge Agreements, the payment of any termination amount then applicable (or which would or could become applicable as a result of the repayment of the other Obligations) under Hedge Agreements provided by the applicable Bank Product Provider), and (v)  all Commitments related to such Obligations have expired or been terminated.

 

PBGC ” means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation and any Person succeeding to the functions thereof.

 

Pension Plan ” means a pension plan (as defined in Section 3(2) of ERISA) subject to Title IV of ERISA (other than a Multiemployer Plan) which a Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate sponsors or maintains, or to which it is making or is obligated to make contributions, or, solely in the case of a multiple employer plan (as described in Section 4063 or 4064(a) of ERISA), has made contributions at any time during the immediately preceding five (5) plan years.

 

Permits ” means, in respect of any Person, all licenses, permits, franchises, consents, rights, privileges, certificates, authorizations, approvals, registrations and similar consents granted or issued by any Governmental Authority to which or by which such Person is bound.

 

Permitted Acquisition ” means (i) any purchase or other acquisition of all or substantially all of the assets of (or any division or business line of) any other Person, or (ii) any purchase or other acquisition (whether by means of a merger, consolidation, or otherwise) of all or substantially all of the Equity Interests of any other Person, in each case, so long as (A) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result from the consummation of the proposed acquisition, (B) if the subject assets or Equity Interests, as applicable, are being acquired directly by a Loan Party, in connection therewith, the applicable Loan Party shall have complied with Section 7.20, and (C) the total consideration payable in respect of all Permitted Acquisitions (including the proposed acquisition and including, without limitation, all cash consideration, all Indebtedness for borrowed money payable to the seller in connection with such acquisition, all Acquired Indebtedness, all earn-outs and all deferred payment obligations) shall not exceed Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000) in the aggregate during any fiscal year of the Borrower Agent.

 

Permitted Discretion ” means a determination made in good faith and in the exercise of reasonable (from the perspective of a secured asset-based lender) business judgment.

 

Permitted Hedging Agreement ” means a Hedging Agreement made by a Borrower in the ordinary course of its business in accordance with the reasonable requirements of its business, and not for speculative purposes, provided that total notional amount of all such Permitted Hedging Agreements at any time does not exceed Thirty Million Dollars ($30,000,000) in the case of all Hedging Agreements, and in any such case, and if the counterparty to such Permitted Hedging Agreement is not a Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender,

 

31



 

such Permitted Hedging Agreement shall be unsecured (except for Permitted Liens of the type described in clause (xx) of the definition thereof).

 

Permitted Holders ” means each of: (i) the directors, executive officers and other management personnel of the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries on the Closing Date, (ii) any other holder of a direct or indirect Equity Interest in TTD that holds such interest as of the Closing Date and is disclosed to the Agent prior to the Closing Date, and (iii) any group (within the meaning of Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act) of which Persons described in the foregoing clauses (i) and (ii) are members; provided that, without giving effect to the existence of such group or any other group, the Persons described in clauses (i) and (ii), collectively, beneficially own Voting Stock representing 50% or more of the aggregate ordinary voting power represented by the issued and outstanding Equity Interests of TTD (determined on a fully diluted basis but without giving effect to contingent voting rights not yet vested) then held by such group.

 

Permitted Investments ” has the meaning specified in Section 8.11.

 

Permitted Liens ” means the following:

 

(i)                                      Liens created hereunder and by the Security Documents;

 

(ii)                                   Liens securing Indebtedness permitted by Section 8.1(iii), provided that (A) such Liens shall be created substantially simultaneously with the acquisition of such assets or within 180 days after the acquisition or the completion of the construction or improvements thereof, (B) such Liens do not at any time encumber any assets other than the assets financed by such Indebtedness, and (C) the principal amount of Indebtedness secured by any such Lien shall at no time exceed the cost of acquiring, constructing or improving such assets;

 

(iii)                                Liens on any property or asset of the Borrowers or their Subsidiaries existing on the Closing Date and set forth on Schedule 8.9 and any Lien granted as a replacement or substitute therefor; provided that any such replacement or substitute Lien (A) does not secure an aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness, if any, greater than that secured on the Closing Date and (B) does not encumber any property in any material manner other than the property that secured such original Indebtedness (or would have been required to secure such original Indebtedness pursuant to the terms thereof);

 

(iv)                               Liens assumed by any Loan Party or its Subsidiaries in connection with a Permitted Acquisition that secure Acquired Indebtedness permitted under Section 8.1(xii);

 

(v)                                  (A) Liens securing Term Loan Indebtedness subject, at all times, to an Intercreditor Agreement, and (B) Liens on fee-owned Real Property securing Real Property Indebtedness, provided that (x) such Liens shall be created substantially simultaneously with the acquisition of such Real Property, (y) such Liens do not at any time encumber any assets other than the Real Property financed by such Real Property Indebtedness, and (z) the principal amount of Real Property Indebtedness secured by any such Lien shall at no time exceed the cost of acquiring, constructing or improving such assets;

 

32



 

(vi)                               Liens securing judgments that do not constitute an Event of Default under Section 10.1 and notices of lis pendens and associated rights related to litigation being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and in respect of which the applicable Borrower or Subsidiary has set aside on its books reserves in accordance with GAAP with respect thereto;

 

(vii)                            Liens solely on any cash earnest money deposits made by the Borrowers or any Subsidiary in connection with any letter of intent or other agreement in respect of any Permitted Investment;

 

(viii)                         Liens arising out of conditional sale, title retention, consignment or similar arrangements for the sale of goods in the ordinary course of business;

 

(ix)                               Liens for taxes, assessments and other governmental charges or levies not yet delinquent or that are being contested by a Borrower or the applicable Subsidiary in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted and for which adequate reserves are being maintained in accordance with GAAP;

 

(x)                                  Liens imposed by law, including landlord’s, carriers’, warehousemen’s. mechanics’, materialmen’s, repairmen’s, construction or other like Liens arising in the ordinary course of business securing obligations that are not overdue by more than thirty (30) days or that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted and for which adequate reserves are being maintained in accordance with GAAP, but excluding any Liens arising under Section 303(k) or 4068 of ERISA or Section 430(k) of the Internal Revenue Code;

 

(xi)                               (A) pledges and deposits and other Liens made in the ordinary course of business in compliance with the Federal Employers Liability Act or any other workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance and other similar laws or regulations and deposits securing liability to insurance carriers under insurance or self-insurance arrangements in respect of such obligations, other than any Liens arising under 303(k) or 4068 of ERISA or Section 430(k) of the Internal Revenue Code, and (B) pledges and deposits and other Liens securing liability for reimbursement or indemnification obligations of (including obligations in respect of letters of credit or bank guarantees for the benefit of) insurance carriers providing property, casualty or liability insurance to the Borrowers or any of their Subsidiaries;

 

(xii)                            deposits to secure the performance of bids, trade contracts (other than for Indebtedness), leases (other than Capitalized Lease Obligations), statutory obligations, surety and appeal bonds, performance and return of money bonds, bids, leases, government contracts, trade contracts, agreements with utilities, and other obligations of a like nature (including letters of credit in lieu of any such bonds or to support the issuance thereof) incurred by a Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business, including those incurred to secure health, safety and environmental obligations in the ordinary course of business;

 

(xiii)                         zoning restrictions, easements, encroachments, licenses, restrictions or covenants on the use of any Real Property which do not materially impair either the use of such Real Property in the operation of the business of the applicable Borrower or its Subsidiaries or the value of such Real Property;

 

33



 

(xiv)                        rights of general application reserved to or vested in any Governmental Authority to control or regulate any Real Property, or to use any Real Property in a manner which does not materially impair the use of such Real Property for the purposes for which it is held by a Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries;

 

(xv)                           any interest or title of a lessor or sublessor under any leases or subleases entered into by a Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

 

(xvi)                        rights of set-off, banker’s lien, netting agreements and other Liens arising by operation of law or by of the terms of documents of banks or other financial institutions in relation to the maintenance of administration of deposit accounts, securities accounts, cash management arrangements or in connection with the issuance of letters of credit, bank guarantees or other similar instruments;

 

(xvii)                     leases or subleases, any licenses granted pursuant to an Intercompany License Agreement and non-exclusive licenses or sublicenses (including with respect to intellectual property and software) granted to others in the ordinary course of business that do not interfere in any material respect with the business of the Loan Parties, taken as a whole;

 

(xviii)                  Liens solely on any cash earnest money deposits made by a Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in connection with any letter of intent or other agreement in respect of any Investment permitted by this Agreement;

 

(xix)                        Liens arising from precautionary Uniform Commercial Code financing statements;

 

(xx)                           Liens on cash collateral in an aggregate amount not to exceed $1,000,000 at any time and securing obligations arising under Permitted Hedging Agreements;

 

(xxi)                        Liens (A) of a collection bank arising under Section 4-210 of the Uniform Commercial Code, or any comparable or successor provision, on items in the course of collection, (B) attaching to commodity trading accounts or other commodity brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business; or (C) in favor of banking or other financial institutions or entities, or electronic payment service providers, arising as a matter of law encumbering deposits (including the right of set-off) and which are within the general parameters customary in the banking or finance industry;

 

(xxii)                     Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure payment of customs duties in connection with the importation of goods;

 

(xxiii)                  Liens on insurance policies and the proceeds thereof granted in the ordinary course of business to secure the financing of insurance premiums with respect thereto;

 

(xxiv)                 Liens on motor vehicles of the Loan Parties or any of their Subsidiaries granted in the ordinary course of business;

 

(xxv)                    Liens on the Closing Date Cash Collateral securing (A) TTD’s obligations arising under the Closing Date LC and the Closing Date LC Agreement and (B) for a period of

 

34



 

time not to exceed 155 days after the Closing Date (or such longer time as the Agent may agree in its sole discretion), the Closing Date Hedging Obligations and TTD’s obligations arising under the Closing Date Hedging Agreement, pursuant to the terms of the Closing Date LC Agreement and the Closing Date Hedging Agreement, as applicable; and

 

(xxvi)                 other Liens which do not secure Indebtedness for borrowed money or letters of credit and as to which the aggregate amount of the obligations secured thereby does not exceed $500,000;

 

provided , that except as provided in any one or more of clauses (i) through (v) above, the term “Permitted Liens” shall not include any Lien securing Indebtedness for borrowed money.  The designation of a Lien as a Permitted Lien shall not limit or restrict the ability of the Agent to establish any Reserve relating thereto.

 

Person ” means any individual, sole proprietorship, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, unincorporated organization, joint stock company, association, corporation, institution, entity, party or government (including any division, agency or department thereof) or any other legal entity, whether acting in an individual, fiduciary or other capacity, and, as applicable, the successors, heirs and assigns of each.

 

Plan ” means any employee benefit plan, as defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA (and including any plan that is not subject to ERISA pursuant to Section 4(b)(4) thereof), which is maintained or contributed to by a Borrower or with respect to which a Borrower has any liability (whether actual or contingent).

 

Pledged Companies ” means each Person listed on Schedule 3.5 as a “Pledged Company”, together with each other Person, all or a portion of whose Equity Interests are acquired or otherwise owned by any Loan Party after the Closing Date and is required to be pledged pursuant to Section 7.20.

 

Pledged Interests ” means all of each Loan Party’s right, title and interest in and to all of the Equity Interests now owned or hereafter acquired by such Loan Party, regardless of class or designation, including in each of the Pledged Companies, and all substitutions therefor and replacements thereof, all proceeds thereof and all rights relating thereto, also including any certificates representing the Equity Interests, the right to receive any certificates representing any of the Equity Interests, all warrants, options, share appreciation rights and other rights, contractual or otherwise, in respect thereof and the right to receive all dividends, distributions of income, profits, surplus, or other compensation by way of income or liquidating distributions, in cash or in kind, and all cash, instruments, and other property from time to time received, receivable, or otherwise distributed in respect of or in addition to, in substitution of, on account of, or in exchange for any or all of the foregoing.

 

Pledged Interests Addendum ” means a Pledged Interests Addendum to this Agreement or the Guarantor Security Agreement, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Agent.

 

Post-Closing Restructuring ” means a transaction consummated after the Closing Date pursuant to which TTD intends to form a new wholly-owned Foreign Subsidiary

 

35



 

(“ Newco ”) and transfer all of the Equity Interests owned by TTD in The UK Trade Desk Ltd. to such Newco (i) in exchange for the issuance of Equity Interests in such Newco to TTD or (ii) as a shareholder contribution to Newco’s share premium account.

 

Prime Rate ” means the rate of interest per annum publicly announced from time to time by Citibank as its prime rate for loans denominated in Dollars at its office in New York, New York with each change in Prime Rate to be effective from and including the date on which such change is publicly announced as being effective.

 

Prohibited Transaction ” has the meaning specified in Section 6.1(x)(vi).

 

Pro Rata Share ” of any amount means, with respect to any Lender, a fraction (expressed as a percentage) (i) at any time before the Termination Date, the numerator of which is the aggregate Commitments of such Lender and the denominator of which is the aggregate amount of the Commitments of all the Lenders, and (ii) at any time on and after the Termination Date, the numerator of which is the aggregate unpaid principal amount of the Revolving Credit Loans made by such Lender and the denominator of which is the aggregate unpaid principal amount of all Revolving Credit Loans at such time.  The initial Pro Rata Share of such Lender in respect of the Aggregate Revolving Loan Commitment and the Revolving Credit Loans is shall be as set forth opposite such Lender’s name on Annex A or in the Assignment and Acceptance pursuant to which such Lender becomes a party hereto, as applicable.

 

Protective Advance ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.15.

 

Publisher ” means a Person that offers advertising inventory on a Media Outlet where such inventory is owned (prior to placement and sale of such inventory), controlled, maintained or managed by such Person.

 

Qualification ” or “ Qualified ” means, with respect to any report of independent public accountants covering Financial Statements, a material qualification to such report (i) resulting from a limitation on the scope of examination of such Financial Statements or the underlying data, (ii) as to the capability of a Borrower or any other Loan Party to continue operations as a going concern or (iii) which could be eliminated by changes in Financial Statements or notes thereto covered by such report (such as by the creation of or increase in a reserve or a decrease in the carrying value of assets) and which if so eliminated by the making of any such change and after giving effect thereto would result in a Default or an Event of Default.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, any report that is subject to a “going concern” statement, explanatory note or like qualification or exception resulting solely from an upcoming maturity date occurring within one year from the time such opinion is delivered or anticipated (but not actual) shall not be deemed “Qualified” or issued with a “Qualification.”

 

Qualified ECP Guarantor ” means, in respect of any Swap Obligation, each Loan Party that has total assets exceeding Ten Million Dollars ($10,000,000) (or whatever greater or lesser sum as is then prescribed for such purposes under the Commodity Exchange Act) at the time that the relevant Guaranty or grant of the relevant security interest becomes effective with respect to such Swap Obligation or such other Person as constitutes an “eligible contract participant” under the Commodity Exchange Act and can cause another Person to qualify as an

 

36



 

“eligible contract participant” at such time by entering into a keepwell under Section 1a(18)(A)(v)(II) of the Commodity Exchange Act.

 

Qualified IPO ” means an equity issuance by TTD consisting of an underwritten primary public offering (other than a public offering pursuant to a registration statement on Form S-8) of its common stock pursuant to an effective registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission in accordance with the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (whether alone or in connection with a secondary public offering).

 

Real Property ” means any real property owned or leased by a Borrower or any Subsidiary of a Borrower.

 

Real Property Indebtedness ” means Indebtedness of the Loan Parties consisting of non-recourse Indebtedness secured solely by the Real Property being financed by such Indebtedness, on terms and conditions reasonably satisfactory to the Agent; provided that (i) no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing at the time of, or would be caused by the incurrence of, such Indebtedness, and (ii) the aggregate principal amount of such Indebtedness shall not exceed, at any one time, the result of (A) Thirty Million Dollars ($30,000,000), minus (B) the aggregate principal amount of Term Loan Indebtedness then outstanding.

 

Receivables ” means all present and future accounts (as defined in Article 9 of the UCC), including, whether or not constituting “accounts” (as defined in the UCC), any rights to payment for the sale or lease of goods or rendition of services.

 

Recipient ” means (i) the Agent, or (ii) any Lender or (iii) any Letter of Credit Issuer, as applicable.

 

Refinancing Indebtedness ” means refinancings, renewals, or extensions of Indebtedness so long as (i) such refinancings, renewals, or extensions do not result in an increase in the principal amount of the Indebtedness so refinanced, renewed, or extended, other than by the amount of premiums paid thereon, the fees and expenses incurred in connection therewith, any accrued and unpaid interest and by the amount of unfunded commitments with respect thereto, (ii) such refinancings, renewals, or extensions do not result in a shortening of the final stated maturity or the average weighted maturity (measured as of the refinancing, renewal, or extension) of the Indebtedness so refinanced, renewed, or extended, nor are they on terms or conditions that, taken as a whole, are materially adverse to the interests of the Lenders, (iii) if the Indebtedness that is refinanced, renewed, or extended was subordinated in right of payment to the Obligations, then the terms and conditions of the refinancing, renewal, or extension must include subordination terms and conditions that are not less favorable to the Lenders as those that were applicable to the refinanced, renewed, or extended Indebtedness in any material respect, (iv) the Indebtedness that is refinanced, renewed, or extended is not recourse to any Person that is liable on account of the Obligations other than those Persons which were obligated with respect to the Indebtedness that was refinanced, renewed, or extended, (v) if the Indebtedness that is refinanced, renewed or extended was unsecured, such refinancing, renewal or extension shall be unsecured, and (vi) if the Indebtedness that is refinanced, renewed, or extended was secured (A) such refinancing, renewal, or extension shall be secured by substantially the same or less collateral as secured such refinanced, renewed or extended Indebtedness on terms no less

 

37



 

favorable to the Agent or the Lenders and (B) the Liens securing such refinancing, renewal or extension shall not have a priority more senior than the Liens securing such Indebtedness that is refinanced, renewed or extended.

 

Reportable Event ” means any of the events described in Section 4043 of ERISA, other than a reportable event for which the thirty-day notice requirement to the PBGC has been waived.

 

Required Lenders ” means (i) before the Termination Date, the Lenders holding more than fifty percent (50%) of the aggregate Commitments at such time and (ii) on and after the Termination Date, the Lenders holding more than fifty percent (50%) of the sum of (A) the aggregate unpaid principal amount of the Revolving Credit Loans at such time, plus (B) the aggregate undrawn amount of all unexpired Letters of Credit; provided , that (x) the Commitments and Revolving Credit Loans of any Defaulting Lender shall be disregarded in the determination of the Required Lenders, (y) at any time there are fewer than three (3) Lenders (who are not Affiliates of one another), “Required Lenders” shall mean all Lenders (excluding any Defaulting Lender), and (z) at any time there are two or more Lenders (who are not Affiliates of one another), “Required Lenders” must include at least two (2) Lenders (who are not Affiliates of one another).

 

Requirement of Law ” means (i) the Governing Documents, (ii) any applicable law, treaty, rule, regulation, order or determination of an arbitrator, court or other Governmental Authority or (iii) any franchise, license, lease, permit, certificate, authorization, qualification, easement, right of way, or other right or approval binding on a Loan Party or any of its property.

 

Reserves ” means the sum (without duplication) of (i) any Bank Product Reserve; (ii) any Dilution Reserve; (iii) any Media Funds Reserves; and (iv) those other reserves that the Agent deems necessary or appropriate, in its Permitted Discretion and subject to Section 2.1(b), to establish and maintain (including, without limitation, reserves with respect to sums that any Loan Party or its Subsidiaries are required to pay under this Agreement or any other Loan Document (such as taxes, assessments, insurance premiums, or, in the case of leased assets, rents or other amounts payable under such leases) and has failed to pay within thirty (30) days of the applicable due date thereof).

 

Responsible Officer ” means, with respect to any Loan Party, the chairman, president, chief executive officer, chief financial officer, chief operating officer, vice president, secretary, treasurer or any other individual designated in writing to the Agent by an existing Responsible Officer of such Loan Party as an authorized signatory of any certificate or other document to be delivered hereunder.

 

Revolving Credit Commitment ” means the commitment of each Lender to make Revolving Credit Loans and to participate in the making of Swingline Loans, Protective Advances, Overadvances and the risks of Letters of Credit pursuant hereto, subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, in up to the maximum amount specified for such Lender on Annex A , as it may change from time to time pursuant to Section 2.16 and Section 12.7, and in a maximum aggregate amount not to exceed, as to all such Lenders, the Aggregate Revolving Credit Commitment.

 

38



 

Revolving Credit Loans ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.1(a).

 

Revolving Credit Note ” and “ Revolving Credit Notes ” have the respective meanings specified in Section 2.1(c).

 

Secured Parties ” mean the Agent, the Letter of Credit Issuer, the Lenders, and any Bank Product Providers.

 

Security Documents ” means this Agreement, any Guarantor Security Agreement, the Intellectual Property Security Agreement, each Mortgage (if any), any Control Agreement and any other agreement delivered in connection herewith which purports to grant a Lien in favor of the Agent or any other Secured Party to secure all or any of the Obligations.

 

Settlement ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.3(i).

 

Settlement Date ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.3(i).

 

Solvent ” means, when used with respect to any Person, that as of the date as to which such Person’s solvency is to be measured:  (i) the fair saleable value of its assets is in excess of (A) the total amount of its liabilities (including contingent, subordinated, absolute, fixed, matured, unmatured, liquidated and unliquidated liabilities) and (B) the amount that will be required to pay the probable liability of such Person on its debts as such debts become absolute and matured; (ii) it has sufficient capital to conduct its business; and (iii) it is able to meet its debts as they mature.

 

Specified Event of Default ” means any Event of Default under Section 10.1(a), Section 10.1(b) (solely with respect to Article 9), or Section 10.1(c).

 

SSP ” means a Person representing or managing a Publisher’s advertising inventory.

 

State Licensing Laws ” means all applicable statutes, laws, regulations and rules that may be enforced by any Governmental Authority of any State of the United States, relating to licensing or registration in connection with the sale or issuance of checks, drafts, money orders, travelers checks or other payment instruments, whether or not negotiable, and/or the transmission of funds by electronic or other means, and/or the sale or issuance of stored value cards or devices.

 

Subordinated Debt ” means unsecured Indebtedness of a Borrower or a Subsidiary of a Borrower incurred in connection with a bona fide equity financing that (i) is expressly subordinated and junior in right of payment to Payment in Full of all Obligations pursuant to a Subordination Agreement, (ii) does not require or permit any cash payment of interest in respect thereof, (iii) does not require any cash payment or prepayment of principal in respect thereof, or any cash redemption thereof, at any time prior the date that is 91 days after the Termination Date, and (iv) is otherwise reasonably satisfactory to the Agent.

 

Subordination Agreement ” means an agreement among the Agent, the applicable Borrower or Subsidiary of the Borrower and the holder of any Subordinated Debt, pursuant to

 

39



 

which such Indebtedness is made subordinate in right of payment to Payment in Full of all Obligations on terms reasonably satisfactory to the Agent.

 

Subsidiary ” means, as to any Person, any Entity in which that Person directly or indirectly owns or controls more than fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding Voting Interests.

 

Super Majority Lenders ” means (i) before the Termination Date, the Lenders holding more than 66 2/3% of the aggregate Commitments at such time and (ii) on and after the Termination Date, the Lenders holding more than 66 2/3% of the sum of (A) the aggregate unpaid principal amount of the Revolving Credit Loans at such time, plus (B) the aggregate undrawn amount of all unexpired Letters of Credit; provided , that (x) the Commitments and Revolving Credit Loans of any Defaulting Lender shall be disregarded in the determination of the Super Majority Lenders, (y) at any time there are fewer than three (3) Lenders (who are not Affiliates of one another), “Super Majority Lenders” shall mean all Lenders (excluding any Defaulting Lender), and (z) at any time there are two or more Lenders (who are not Affiliates of one another), “Super Majority Lenders” must include at least two (2) Lenders (who are not Affiliates of one another).

 

Swap Obligation ” means with respect to any Guarantor, any obligation to pay or perform under any agreement, contract or transaction that constitutes a “swap” within the meaning of section 1a(47) of the Commodity Exchange Act.

 

Swingline Loan ” means any borrowing of Revolving Credit Loans funded with Swingline Lender’s funds pursuant to Section 2.3(h), until such Borrowing is settled among the Lenders pursuant to Section 2.3(h).

 

Swingline Lender ” means the Bank.

 

Swingline Note ” has the meaning given such term in Section 2.3(h).

 

Taxes ” means all present or future taxes, levies, imposts, duties, deductions, withholdings (including backup withholding), assessments, fees or other similar charges imposed by any Governmental Authority, including any interest, additions to tax or penalties applicable thereto.

 

Term Loan Indebtedness ” means Indebtedness of the Loan Parties consisting of a term loan facility, on terms and conditions reasonably satisfactory to the Agent; provided that (i) no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing at the time of, or would be caused by the incurrence of, such Indebtedness, (ii) the terms of such Indebtedness are not more restrictive than the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, unless the Borrowers enter into an amendment to this Agreement adding such additional restrictions, (iii) such Indebtedness shall mature after the Termination Date and may have an All-In Yield that is greater than the All-In Yield applicable to the Revolving Credit Loans and Commitments hereunder, (iv) such Indebtedness shall at all times be subject to an Intercreditor Agreement, and (v) the aggregate principal amount of such Indebtedness shall not exceed, at any one time, the result of (A) Thirty Million Dollars ($30,000,000), minus (B) the aggregate principal amount of Real Property Indebtedness Debt then outstanding.

 

40


 

Termination Date ” means the earlier of (i) the second (2nd) annual anniversary of the Closing Date or (ii) the date of termination of the Commitments as provided for herein.

 

Termination Event ” means (i) a Reportable Event with respect to any Pension Plan; (ii) the withdrawal of a Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate from a Pension Plan during a plan year in which it was a “substantial employer” (as defined in Section 4001(a)(2) of ERISA) or a cessation of operations that is treated as a withdrawal under Section 4062(e) of ERISA; (iii) a Borrower’s receipt of notice of intent to terminate a Pension Plan in a distress termination (as described in Section 4041(c) of ERISA); (iv) the institution by the PBGC of proceedings to terminate a Pension Plan under Section 4042 of ERISA; (v) the occurrence of any event or condition that (A) constitutes grounds under Section 4042 of ERISA for the termination of, or the appointment of a trustee to administer, any Pension Plan, or (B)  results in the termination of a Multiemployer Plan pursuant to Section 4041A of ERISA; (vi) the partial or complete withdrawal, within the meaning of Sections 4203 or 4205 of ERISA, of a Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate from a Multiemployer Plan; (vii) a Borrower’s receipt of notice that a Multiemployer Plan is “insolvent” within the meaning of Section 4245(b) of ERISA; or (viii)  the imposition of any liability under Title IV of ERISA, other than for premiums due but not delinquent, upon a Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate.

 

Trademarks ” means any and all trademarks, trade names, registered trademarks, trademark applications, service marks, registered service marks and service mark applications, including (A) all renewals thereof, (B) all income, royalties, damages and payments now and hereafter due or payable under and with respect thereto, including payments under all licenses entered into in connection therewith and damages and payments for past or future infringements or dilutions thereof, (C) the right to sue for past, present and future infringements and dilutions thereof, (F) the goodwill symbolized by the foregoing or connected therewith, and (E) all rights corresponding thereto throughout the world.

 

Type ” means a Base Rate Advance or a LIBOR Rate Advance.

 

UCC ” shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code as from time to time in effect in the State of New York provided , however , that if by reason of mandatory provisions of law, the perfection or the effect of perfection or non-perfection of the security interest in any Collateral or the availability of any remedy hereunder is governed by the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect on or after the date hereof in any other jurisdiction, then the term “ UCC ” shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in such other jurisdiction for purposes of the provisions hereof relating to such perfection or effect of perfection or non-perfection or availability of such remedy.

 

U.S. Borrow er” means any Borrower that is a U.S. Person.

 

U.S. Person ” means any Person that is a “United States Person” as defined in Section 7701(a)(30) of the Internal Revenue Code.

 

U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate ” has the meaning specified in Section 4.11(f).

 

Value ” means, in respect of Eligible Receivables, the gross face amount of such Receivables less without duplication for any reduction or deduction already made, the sum of

 

41



 

(i) sales, excise or similar taxes included in the amount thereof and (ii) returns and credit, trade or volume or other discounts, claims, credits, charges and allowances of any nature at any time issued, owing, granted, outstanding, available or claimed with respect thereto.

 

Vivaki Agreement ” means the Terms of Use between VivaKi, Inc. on behalf of itself and the Agency (as defined therein), and the Borrower Agent, with an effective date of July 1, 2015.

 

Voting Interests ” means Equity Interests having ordinary voting power for the election of the Governing Body of such Person.

 

Withholding Agent ” means any Loan Party and the Agent.

 

Write-Down and Conversion Powers ” means, with respect to any EEA Resolution Authority, the write-down and conversion powers of such EEA Resolution Authority from time to time under the Bail-In Legislation for the applicable EEA Member Country, which write-down and conversion powers are described in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule.

 

SECTION 1.2             Accounting Terms and Determinations .  Unless otherwise defined or specified herein, all accounting terms used in this Agreement shall be construed in accordance with GAAP, applied on a basis consistent in all material respects with the Financial Statements delivered to the Agent on or before the Closing Date; provided that, notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, all accounting or financial terms used herein will be construed, and all financial computations pursuant hereto will be made, without giving effect to any election under Statement of Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification 825-10 (or any other Statement of Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification having a similar effect) to value any Indebtedness or other liabilities of the Borrowers or any Subsidiary at “fair value,” as defined therein.  All accounting determinations for purposes of determining compliance with the covenants contained herein shall be made in accordance with GAAP as in effect on the Closing Date and applied on a basis consistent in all material respects with the audited Financial Statements delivered to the Agent on or before the Closing Date.  The Financial Statements required to be delivered hereunder from and after the Closing Date, and all financial records, shall be maintained in accordance with GAAP.  In the event that any Accounting Change (as defined below) occurs and such change results in a change in the method of calculation of financial covenants, standards or terms in this Agreement, then upon the written request of the Borrower Agent (acting upon the request of the Borrowers) or the Agent (acting upon the request of the Required Lenders), the Borrowers, the Agent and the Lenders will enter into good faith negotiations in order to amend such provisions of this Agreement so as to equitably reflect such Accounting Change with the desired result that the criteria for evaluating the Borrowers’ financial condition will be the same after such Accounting Change as if such Accounting Change had not occurred; provided that provisions of this Agreement in effect on the date of such Accounting Change will be calculated as if no such Accounting Change had occurred until the effective date of such amendment.  “ Accounting Change ” means (i) any change in accounting principles required by the promulgation of any rule, regulation, pronouncement or opinion by the Financial Accounting Standards Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants or (ii) any change in the application of GAAP by the Borrowers.

 

42



 

SECTION 1.3             UCC Terms .  All terms used herein and defined in the UCC shall have the meanings given them therein unless otherwise defined herein.  Without limitation of the foregoing, the terms “accounts,” “chattel paper,” “instruments,” “general intangibles,” “payment intangibles,” “commercial tort claims,” “securities,” “investment property,” “documents,” “supporting obligations,” “deposit accounts,” “software,” “security entitlements,” “letter of credit rights,” “inventory,” “equipment”, “fixtures” and “proceeds” as and when used in the description of Collateral (and not otherwise capitalized and defined herein), shall have the meanings given to such terms in Articles 8 or 9 (as applicable) of the UCC.

 

SECTION 1.4             Other Terms; Headings .  An Event of Default shall “continue” or be “continuing” unless and until such Event of Default has been cured or waived in writing by the Agent and the Required Lenders (or all Lenders, as applicable).  The headings and the Table of Contents are for convenience only and shall not affect the meaning or construction of any provision of this Agreement.  Whenever the context may require, any pronoun shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine and neuter forms.  The words “include”, “includes” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation”.  The word “will” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect as the word “shall”.  Unless the context requires otherwise (i) any definition of or reference to any agreement, instrument or other document herein or in any other Loan Document shall be construed as referring to such agreement, instrument or other document as from time to time amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified (subject to any restrictions on such amendments, restatements, supplements or modifications set forth herein or in any other Loan Document), (ii) any reference herein to any Person shall be construed to include such Person’s successors and assigns, (iii) the words “herein”, “hereof” and “hereunder”, and words of similar import, shall be construed to refer to this Agreement in its entirety and not to any particular provision hereof, (iv) all references herein to Articles, Sections, Exhibits and Schedules shall be construed to refer to Articles and Sections of, and Exhibits and Schedules to, this Agreement, (v) the words “asset” and “property” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect and to refer to any and all tangible and intangible assets and properties, including cash, securities, accounts and contract rights, (vi) time of day means time of day New York, New York, except as otherwise expressly provided, and (vi) the “discretion” of the Agent, the Required Lenders or the Lenders means the sole and absolute discretion of such Person(s).  Any reference to any law will include all statutory and regulatory provisions consolidating, amending, replacing or interpreting such law and any reference to any law or regulation means unless otherwise specified, such law or regulation as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time.  All calculations of Value, making of Revolving Credit Loans, issuances of Letters of Credit and payments of Obligations shall be in Dollars and, unless the context otherwise requires, all determinations (including calculations of the Borrowing Base and the Financial Covenant) made from time to time under the Loan Documents shall be made in light of the circumstances existing at such time.  Borrowing Base calculations shall be consistent with historical methods of valuation and calculation and otherwise reasonably satisfactory to the Agent.  No provision of any Loan Documents shall be construed against any party by reason of such party having, or being deemed to have, drafted the provision.  Whenever the phrase “to the knowledge of” or words of similar import are used in any Loan Documents, it means actual knowledge of a Responsible Officer of the applicable Loan Party or knowledge that such Responsible Officer would have obtained if he or she had engaged in good faith and diligent performance of his or her duties, including

 

43



 

reasonably specific inquiries of employees or agents and a good faith attempt to ascertain the matter to which such phrase relates.

 

ARTICLE II.
THE CREDIT FACILITIES

 

SECTION 2.1             The Revolving Credit Loans .

 

(a)           Revolving Credit Loans; Borrowing Base .  Each Lender agrees (severally, not jointly or jointly and severally), subject to Section 2.5(a) and the other terms and conditions of this Agreement, to make revolving credit loans (together with the Swingline Loans, Protective Advances and Overadvances, the “ Revolving Credit Loans ”) to the Borrowers, from time to time from the Closing Date to but excluding the Termination Date, at the Borrower Agent’s request to the Agent, in an amount at any one time outstanding not to exceed the lesser of (i) such Lender’s Revolving Credit Commitment, or (ii) such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of an aggregate principal amount at any one time outstanding which, when combined with the aggregate undrawn amount of all unexpired Letters of Credit, does not exceed the lesser of (x) the Aggregate Revolving Credit Commitment and (y) the Borrowing Base at such time.

 

(b)           The Agent, at any time in the exercise of its Permitted Discretion, may (i) establish and increase or decrease Reserves against Eligible Receivables, the Borrowing Base and the Aggregate Revolving Credit Commitment, (ii) reduce the advance rates against Eligible Receivables, or thereafter increase such advance rates to any level equal to or below the advance rates in effect on the Closing Date and (iii) impose additional restrictions (or eliminate the same) to the standards of eligibility set forth in the definitions of “Eligible Receivables.”  The amount of any Reserve established by the Agent, and any changes to the eligibility criteria set forth in the definitions of Eligible Receivables, shall have a reasonable relationship to the event, condition, other circumstance, or fact that is the basis for such reserve and shall not be duplicative of any other reserve established and currently maintained.

 

(c)           The Revolving Credit Loans made by each Lender may, at the request of such Lender, be evidenced by a single promissory note payable to the order of such Lender, substantially in the form of Exhibit A-1 (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, a “ Revolving Credit Note ” and, collectively, the “ Revolving Credit Notes ”), executed by the Borrowers and delivered to such Lender, in a stated maximum principal amount equal to such Lender’s Revolving Credit Commitment.

 

(d)           Payment .  The Borrowers hereby promise to pay all of the Revolving Credit Loans and all other Obligations (including, without limitation, principal, interest, fees, costs, and expenses payable under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents) in full on the Termination Date or, if earlier, on the date on which the Revolving Credit Loans and the Obligations (other than Bank Product Obligations) become due and payable pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.  The Borrowers may borrow, repay and reborrow Revolving Credit Loans, in whole or in part, in accordance with the terms hereof prior to the Termination Date.

 

SECTION 2.2             [Reserved]

 

44



 

SECTION 2.3             Procedure for Borrowing; Notices of Borrowing; Notices of Continuation; Notices of Conversion .

 

(a)           Borrowing .  Each Borrowing of a Revolving Credit Loan (each, a “ Borrowing ”) shall be made on notice, given not later than 2:00 p.m. (New York time) on the third Business Day prior to the date of the proposed Borrowing in the case of a LIBOR Rate Advance, and not later than 2:00 p.m. (New York time) on the date of the proposed Borrowing in the case of a Base Rate Advance, by the Borrower Agent to the Agent; provided that any Borrowing made on the Closing Date must be made as a Base Rate Advance unless the Borrower Agent shall have given the notice required for a LIBOR Rate Advance under Section 2.3(d) and provided an indemnity letter extending the benefits of Section 4.10 to Lenders in respect of such Borrowing.  Each such notice of a Borrowing shall be by telephone, confirmed immediately in writing (by electronic transmission or otherwise as permitted hereunder), substantially in the form of Exhibit B (a “ Notice of Borrowing ”), specifying therein the requested (i) date of such Borrowing, (ii) the Type of Advance comprising such Borrowing, (iii) the aggregate principal amount of such Borrowing and (iv) the Interest Period, in the case of a LIBOR Rate Advance.

 

(b)           LIBOR Rate Advances .  With respect to any Borrowing consisting of a LIBOR Rate Advance, the Borrower Agent may, subject to the provisions of Section 2.3(d) and so long as all the conditions set forth in Article V have been fulfilled, elect to maintain such Borrowing or any portion thereof as a LIBOR Rate Advance by selecting a new Interest Period for such Borrowing, which new Interest Period shall commence on the last day of the Interest Period then ending.  Each selection of a new Interest Period (a “ Continuation ”) shall be made by notice given not later than 2:00 p.m. (New York time) on the third Business Day prior to the date of any such Continuation by the Borrower Agent to the Agent.  Such notice by the Borrower Agent of a Continuation shall be by telephone, confirmed immediately in writing (by electronic transmission or otherwise as permitted hereunder), substantially in the form of Exhibit C (a “ Notice of Continuation/Conversion ”), specifying whether the Advance subject to the requested Continuation comprises part (or all) of the Revolving Credit Loans and the requested (i) date of such Continuation, (ii) the new Interest Period and (iii) aggregate amount of the Advance subject to such Continuation, which shall comply with all limitations on Revolving Credit Loans hereunder.  Unless, on or before 2:00 p.m. (New York time) of the third Business Day prior to the expiration of an Interest Period, the Agent shall have received a Notice of Continuation/Conversion from the Borrower Agent for the entire Borrowing consisting of the LIBOR Rate Advance outstanding during such Interest Period, any amount of such Advance comprising such Borrowing remaining outstanding at the end of such Interest Period (or any portion of such Advance not covered by a timely Notice of Continuation/Conversion) shall, upon the expiration of such Interest Period, be Converted to a Base Rate Advance.

 

(c)           Conversions .  The Borrower Agent may on any Business Day by giving a Notice of Continuation/Conversion to the Agent, and subject to the provisions of Section 2.3(d), Convert the entire amount of or a portion of an Advance of one Type into an Advance of another Type; provided , however , that any Conversion of a LIBOR Rate Advance into a Base Rate Advance shall be made on, and only on, the last day of an Interest Period for such LIBOR Rate Advance.  Each such Notice of Continuation/Conversion shall be given not later than 2:00 p.m. (New York time) on the Business Day prior to the date of any proposed Conversion into a Base Rate Advance and on the third Business Day prior to the date of any proposed Conversion into a

 

45



 

LIBOR Rate Advance.  Subject to the restrictions specified above, each Notice of Continuation/Conversion shall be by telephone, confirmed immediately in writing (by electronic transmission or otherwise as permitted hereunder), specifying (i) the requested date of such Conversion, (ii) the Type of Advance to be Converted, (iii) the requested Interest Period, in the case of a Conversion into a LIBOR Rate Advance, and (iv) the amount of such Advance to be Converted and whether such amount comprises part (or all) of the Revolving Credit Loans.  Each Conversion shall be in an aggregate amount not less than Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000) or an integral multiple of Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000) in excess thereof.

 

(d)           Limitations on Use of LIBOR Rate .  Anything in subsection (b) or (c) above to the contrary notwithstanding,

 

(i)         if, at least one (1) Business Day before the date of any requested LIBOR Rate Advance, the introduction of or any change in or in the interpretation of any law or regulation makes it unlawful, or any central bank or other Governmental Authority asserts that it is unlawful, for the Lenders or any of its Affiliates to perform its obligations hereunder to make a LIBOR Rate Advance or to fund or maintain a LIBOR Rate Advance hereunder (including in the case of a Continuation or a Conversion), the Agent shall promptly give written notice of such circumstance to the Borrower Agent, and the right of the Borrower Agent to select a LIBOR Rate Advance for such Borrowing or any subsequent Borrowing (including a Continuation or a Conversion) shall be suspended until the circumstances causing such suspension no longer exist, and any Advance comprising such requested Borrowing (or Continuation or Conversion) shall be a Base Rate Advance;

 

(ii)        if, at least one (1) Business Day before the first day of any Interest Period, the Agent is unable to determine the LIBOR Rate for LIBOR Rate Advances comprising any requested Borrowing, Continuation or Conversion, the Agent shall promptly give written notice of such circumstance to the Borrower Agent, and the right of the Borrower Agent to select or maintain LIBOR Rate Advances for such Borrowing (or Continuing or Conversion) or any subsequent Borrowing shall be suspended until the Agent shall notify the Borrower Agent that the circumstances causing such suspension no longer exist, and any Advance comprising such Borrowing (or Continuation or Conversion) shall be a Base Rate Advance;

 

(iii)       if any Lender shall, at least one (1) Business Day before the date of any requested Borrowing or Continuation of, or Conversion into, a LIBOR Rate Advance, notify the Agent and the Borrower Agent that the LIBOR Rate for Advances comprising such Borrowing, Continuation or Conversion will not adequately reflect the cost to such Lender of making or funding Advances for such Borrowing, the right of the Borrower Agent to select LIBOR Rate Advances shall be suspended until the Agent shall notify the Agent and the Borrower Agent that the circumstances causing such suspension no longer exist, and any Advance comprising such Borrowing (or Continuation or Conversion) shall be a Base Rate Advance;

 

46



 

(iv)       there shall not be outstanding at any time more than five (5) Borrowings which consist of LIBOR Rate Advances;

 

(v)        each Borrowing which consists of LIBOR Rate Advances shall be in an amount equal to Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000) or a whole multiple of Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000) in excess thereof; and

 

(vi)       if a Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, no LIBOR Rate Advances may be borrowed or continued as such and no Base Rate Advance may be Converted into a LIBOR Rate Advance.

 

(e)           Effect of Notice .  Each Notice of Borrowing and each Notice of Continuation/Conversion shall be irrevocable and binding on the Borrowers.  The Borrowers agree to indemnify the Agent and the Lenders against any loss, cost or expense incurred by the Agent or any Lender as a result of (i) default by the Borrowers in making a Borrowing of, Conversion into or Continuation of a LIBOR Rate Advance after the Borrower Agent has given notice requesting the same, (ii) default by the Borrowers in payment when due of the principal amount of or interest on any LIBOR Rate Advance or (iii) the making of a payment or prepayment of a LIBOR Rate Advance on a day which is not the last day of an Interest Period with respect thereto, including, without limitation, any loss (including loss of anticipated profits), cost or expense incurred by reason of the liquidation or reemployment of deposits or other funds acquired by the Agent or any Lender to fund such Advance.

 

(f)            Disbursements .  Promptly after its receipt of a Notice of Borrowing under Section 2.3(a), the Agent shall elect, in its discretion, (i) to have the terms of Section 2.3(g) apply to the requested Borrowings or (ii) to make a Loan under Section 2.3(h) to the Borrowers in the amount of the requested Borrowing.

 

(g)           Lenders to Advance .  (i) If the Agent shall elect to have the terms of this Section 2.3(g) apply to a requested Borrowing as described in Section 2.3(f)(i) then, promptly after its receipt of a Notice of Borrowing under Section 2.3(a), the Agent shall notify the Lenders in writing (by electronic transmission or otherwise as permitted hereunder) of the requested Borrowing.  Each Lender shall make the amount of such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of the requested Borrowing available to the Agent in same day funds, for the account of the Borrowers, at the Agent’s Payment Account prior to 4:00 p.m. (New York time), on the Borrowing Date requested by the Borrower Agent.  The proceeds of such Borrowing will then be made available to the Borrowers by the Agent wire transferring to the Operating Account the aggregate of the amounts made available to the Agent by the Lenders, and in like funds as received by the Agent by 4:00 p.m. (New York time), on the requested Borrowing Date or as otherwise requested by the Borrower Agent in its Notice of Borrowing, and approved by the Agent for such purpose.

 

(ii)        Unless the Agent receives contrary written notice prior to 3:00 p.m. (New York time) on the date of any proposed Borrowing, the Agent shall be entitled to assume that each Lender will make available its Pro Rata Share of such Borrowing and, in reliance upon that assumption, but without any obligation to do so, may advance such Pro Rata Share on behalf of such Lender.  If and to the extent that such Lender shall not have made such amount available to the Agent,

 

47



 

but the Agent has made such amount available to the Borrowers, such Lender and the Borrowers jointly and severally agree to pay and repay the Agent forthwith on demand such corresponding amount and to pay interest thereon, for each day from the date of such Borrowing until the date such amount is paid or repaid to the Agent, at (A) in the case of the Borrowers, the interest rate applicable at such time to such Loan and (B) in the case of each Lender, for the period from the date such Borrowing to (and including) three days after demand therefor by the Agent to such Lender, at the Federal Funds Rate and, following such third day, at the interest rate applicable at such time to such Loan, in each case, together with all costs and expenses incurred by the Agent in connection therewith.  If a Lender shall pay to the Agent any or all of such amount, such amount so paid shall constitute a Revolving Credit Loan by such Lender to the Borrowers for purposes of this Agreement.

 

(h)           Swingline Loan .  If the Agent shall elect, in its discretion, to have the terms of this Section 2.3(h) apply to a requested Borrowing of Revolving Credit Loans (as described in Section 2.3(f)(ii)), the Swingline Lender shall make a Loan in the amount of such requested Borrowing (any such Loan made solely by the Swingline Lender under this Section 2.3(h) being referred to as an “ Swingline Loan ”) available to the Borrowers in same day funds by wire transferring such amount to the Operating Account by 4:00 p.m. (New York time) on the requested Borrowing Date.  Each Swingline Loan shall be subject to all the terms and conditions applicable hereunder to the other Revolving Credit Loans except that all payments thereon shall be payable to the Swingline Lender solely for its own account (and for the account of the holder of any participation interest with respect to such Loan).  The Swingline Lender shall not make any Swingline Loan if (i) the requested Borrowing would cause the aggregate outstanding amount of Revolving Credit Loans, Swingline Loans and undrawn amount of unexpired Letters of Credit to exceed the lesser of (x) the Borrowing Base and (y) the Aggregate Revolving Credit Commitment on such Borrowing Date or (ii) the requested Borrowing would cause the aggregate outstanding amount of Swingline Loans to exceed Twelve Million Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($12,500,000).  The Swingline Loans shall be repayable on demand, shall be secured by the Collateral, shall constitute Revolving Credit Loans and Obligations hereunder and shall bear interest at the rate in effect from time to time applicable to the Revolving Credit Loans comprised of Base Rate Advances, including any increase in such rate that is applicable under Section 4.2.  The Swingline Loans made by the Swingline Lender may, at the request of such Lender, be evidenced by a single promissory note payable to the order of such Lender, in the form of Exhibit A-2 (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, a “ Swingline Note ”), as executed by the Borrowers and delivered to the Swingline Lender, in a stated amount equal to the maximum amount of the Swingline Loans specified in this subsection.

 

(i)            Settlements .  Each Lender’s funded portion of any Loan is intended to be equal at all times to such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of all outstanding Revolving Credit Loans.  Notwithstanding such agreement, the Agent and the other Lenders agree (which agreement shall not be for the benefit of or enforceable by the Borrowers) that, to facilitate the administration of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, settlement among them as to the Swingline Loans, any Protective Advances and any Overadvances shall take place on a periodic basis in accordance with the following provisions:

 

48



 

(A)          The Agent shall request settlement (“ Settlement ”) with the Lenders on a weekly basis, or on a more frequent basis if so determined by the Agent, with respect to (A) each outstanding Swingline Loan, Protective Advance and Overadvance and (B) all payments made by the Borrowers on account of the Revolving Credit Loans, in each case by notifying the Lenders of such requested Settlement by telephone, confirmed immediately in writing (by electronic transmission or otherwise as permitted hereunder), prior to 2:00 p.m. (New York time) on the date of such requested Settlement (any such date being a “ Settlement Date ”).

 

(B)          Each Lender shall make the amount of such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of the outstanding principal amount of the Swingline Loan, any Protective Advance and any Overadvance with respect to which Settlement is requested available to the Agent in same day funds, for itself or for the account of the Agent, to the Agent’s Payment Account prior to 4:00 p.m. (New York time), on the Settlement Date applicable thereto, regardless of whether the conditions precedent specified in Section 5.2 have then been satisfied.  Such amounts made available to the Agent shall be applied against the amounts of the applicable Swingline Loan, Protective Advance and Overadvance, and, together with the portion of such Swingline Loan, any Protective Advance and any Overadvance representing Agent’s Pro Rata Share thereof, shall constitute Revolving Credit Loans of such Lenders.  If any such amount is not made available to the Agent by any Lender on the Settlement Date applicable thereto, the Agent shall be entitled to recover such amount on demand from such Lender together with interest thereon at the Federal Funds Rate for the first three (3) Business Days from and after such Settlement Date and thereafter at the interest rate then applicable to Base Rate Loans.

 

(C)          Notwithstanding the foregoing, not more than one (1) Business Day after demand is made by the Agent (whether before or after the occurrence of a Default or an Event of Default), each Lender (other than the Bank) shall irrevocably and unconditionally purchase and receive from the Agent, without recourse or warranty, an undivided interest and participation in such Swingline Loan, any Protective Advance and any Overadvance to the extent of such Lender’s Pro Rata Share thereof, by paying to the Agent, in same day funds, an amount equal to such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of such Swingline Loan, regardless of whether the conditions precedent specified in Section 5.2 have then been satisfied.  If such amount is not made available to the Agent by any Lender, the Agent shall be entitled to recover such amount on demand from such Lender together with interest thereon at the Federal Funds Rate for the first three days from and after such demand and thereafter at the interest rate then applicable to the Revolving Credit Loans that are Base Rate Advances, including any increase in such rate that is applicable under Section 4.2.

 

(D)          From and after the date, if any, on which any Lender purchases an undivided interest and participation in any Swingline Loan, Protective Advance or Overadvance under clause (C) above, the Agent shall promptly distribute to such

 

49



 

Lender such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of all payments of principal and interest received by the Agent in respect of such Swingline Loan, Protective Advance and Overadvance.

 

SECTION 2.4             Application of Proceeds .  The proceeds of the Revolving Credit Loans shall be used by the Borrowers to refinance existing Indebtedness, for their general working capital purposes, for expenses incurred by the Borrowers in connection herewith and for other, general purposes consistent with the terms of this Agreement.

 

SECTION 2.5             Revolving Credit Commitment; Mandatory Prepayments; Optional Prepayments .

 

(a)           Maximum Amount .  In no event shall the sum of the aggregate outstanding principal balance of the Revolving Credit Loans and the aggregate undrawn amount of all unexpired Letters of Credit exceed (other than solely as a result of Protective Advances and Overadvances permitted under Section 2.15) the lesser of (i) the Borrowing Base and (ii) the Aggregate Revolving Credit Commitment.

 

(b)           Mandatory Prepayments .  In addition to any prepayment required in accordance with Section 10.2 as a result of an Event of Default hereunder, the Revolving Credit Loans shall be subject to mandatory prepayment as follows:

 

(i)         immediately upon discovery by or notice to the Borrower Agent that any of the lending limits set forth in Section 2.1(a) or Section 2.5(a) have been exceeded (other than solely as a result of Protective Advances and Overadvances permitted under Section 2.15), the Borrowers shall pay the Agent for the benefit of the Lenders an amount sufficient to reduce the outstanding principal balance of the Revolving Credit Loans, Collateralize outstanding Letters of Credit, or any combination thereof, to the applicable maximum allowed amount, and such amount shall become due and payable by the Borrowers without the necessity of a demand by the Agent or any Lender; and

 

(ii)        the entire outstanding principal amount of the Revolving Credit Loans, together with all accrued and unpaid interest thereon and all fees and other Lender Group Expenses payable by the Borrowers hereunder, shall become due and payable on the Termination Date.

 

(c)           Voluntary Prepayments .  The Borrowers may, at any time and from time to time, prepay the Revolving Credit Loans, in whole or in part, upon at least two (2) Business Days’ irrevocable notice by the Borrower Agent to the Agent in the case of Base Rate Advances, and three (3) Business Days’ irrevocable notice by the Borrower Agent to the Agent in the case of LIBOR Rate Advances, specifying the date and amount of prepayment, provided that (i) LIBOR Rate Advances may not be optionally prepaid other than on the last day of any Interest Period with respect thereto unless the Borrowers pay any breakage or other fees required hereunder and (ii) a notice of optional prepayment may state that such notice is conditioned upon the effectiveness of other credit facilities or the receipt of the proceeds from the incurrence of other Indebtedness or any other event, in which case such notice of prepayment may be revoked

 

50


 

by the Borrowers (by written notice to the Agent on or prior to the specified date) if such condition is not satisfied.  If such notice is given, the Borrowers shall make such prepayment, and the payment amount specified in such notice shall be due and payable, on the date specified therein accompanied by the amount of accrued and unpaid interest thereon.

 

(d)           Swaps .  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Borrowers acknowledge that, to the extent that any Borrower enters into a Swap Obligation in connection with any Loan, any prepayment (in whole or in part) or termination of such Loan prior to the stated termination date of such Swap Obligation will trigger the early termination of such Swap Obligation documentation.  Each Swap Obligation is subject to separate documentation independent of such Loan and any termination of a Swap Obligation prior to its stated termination date will result in a payment being made, either by such Borrower to the Secured Party thereto by such Secured Party to such Borrower, depending on the fair market value of such Swap Obligation on the early termination date.  Such payment is independent of any amounts due in respect of such Loan.

 

SECTION 2.6             Maintenance of Loan Account; Statements of Account .  The Agent shall maintain an account on its books in the name of the Borrowers (the “ Loan Account ”) in which the Borrowers will be charged with all Revolving Credit Loans and Advances made by the Lenders to the Borrowers or for the Borrowers’ account, including the Revolving Credit Loans, interest, fees, Lender Group Expenses and any other Obligations.  The Loan Account will be credited with all amounts received by the Lenders from the Borrowers or for the Borrowers’ account, including, as set forth in Section 2.7 below, all amounts received from any Lockbox Account or Blocked Account.  The Lender shall send the Borrower Agent a monthly statement reflecting the activity in the Loan Account.  Each such statement shall be an account stated and shall be final, conclusive and binding on the Borrowers, absent manifest error.

 

SECTION 2.7             Collection of Receivables .

 

(a)           Lockbox .  By not later than sixty (60) days after the Closing Date (or such longer time as the Agent may agree in its sole discretion), the Loan Parties shall have entered into one or more agreements with the Bank (or its agent or designee) (each, a “ Lockbox Agreement ” or, collectively, the “ Lockbox Agreements ”), pursuant to which the Loan Parties shall have established (or directed the Bank to establish) one or more post office boxes (each, a “ Lockbox ” or, collectively, the “ Lockboxes ”), to be used for the sole and exclusive purpose of concentrating the remittance of Collections, and in connection therewith, the Loan Parties shall have opened with the Bank one or more deposit accounts (each, a “ Lockbox Account ” and, collectively, the “ Lockbox Accounts ”), for the sole purpose of receiving all checks, drafts, instruments and other items of payment (“ Items of Payment ”) received in the Lockboxes or otherwise in respect of Collections as set forth in Section 2.7(b).

 

(b)           Collections .  By not later than sixty (60) days after the Closing Date (or such longer time as the Agent may agree in its sole discretion), the Loan Parties shall have notified all existing account debtors, and at all times thereafter the Loan Parties shall notify all new account debtors, to remit all payments of Receivables directly to a designated Lockbox or, to the extent any such remittances are made by wire transfer, automated clearing house (ACH) or other like form of electronic transmission, to make such transmissions directly to a Lockbox Account.  The Loan Parties shall cause any Items of Payment (or cash) that the Loan Parties

 

51



 

directly receive from any of their respective account debtors subsequent to the Closing Date (notwithstanding its contrary direction, given per above) to be deposited on a daily basis into a Lockbox Account.

 

(c)           Blocked Accounts .  Without limitation of the foregoing, by not later than sixty (60) days after the Closing Date (or such longer time as the Agent may agree in its sole discretion), the Loan Parties will maintain their deposit accounts and securities accounts with and through one or more of the Lenders during the term of this Agreement; provided that the Loan Parties will maintain their Lockbox Accounts, their other primary deposit accounts and their primary Cash Management Services (to the extent offered by Citibank) with and through Citibank during the term of this Agreement.  Except as otherwise permitted under Section 8.22, the Loan Parties shall establish and maintain Control Agreements with the Agent and the applicable bank or securities intermediary, on terms reasonably satisfactory to the Agent, with respect to all of their deposit accounts and securities accounts (each, a “ Blocked Account ” and collectively, the “ Blocked Accounts ”).

 

(d)           Cash Dominion Period .  If a Cash Dominion Period has occurred and is continuing, the Agent will cause all funds deposited into any Blocked Account to be credited on a daily basis to the Loan Account, conditional upon final collection, unless the Agent otherwise at any time and from time to time, in its Permitted Discretion, deems itself insecure in regard to one or more or all such payments, in which case, such funds shall be applied to the Obligations in such order as the Agent shall elect.  Credit will be given only for funds received prior to 4:00 p.m. (New York time) by the Agent in any Blocked Account.  In all cases, the Blocked Accounts will be credited only with the net amounts actually received in payment of their Receivables.  So long as no Cash Dominion Period is in effect, the Loan Parties may direct the manner of disposition of funds in their respective Blocked Accounts.

 

(e)           No Commingling .  The Loan Parties will not commingle any Items of Payment with any of their other funds or property, but will segregate them from their other assets and will hold them in trust and for the account and as the property of the Agent until remitted as provided hereinabove, and the Loan Parties will not establish any other deposit account, lockbox, lockbox account or blocked account for the purpose of collecting any such Items of Payment or divert or direct at any time any such Items of Payment to any other deposit account.

 

SECTION 2.8             Term .  The term of this Agreement shall be for a period from the Closing Date through the and including the Termination Date.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Borrowers shall have no right to terminate this Agreement at any time that any principal of or interest on any of the Revolving Credit Loans is outstanding, except upon Payment in Full of all Obligations.

 

SECTION 2.9             Payment Procedures .

 

(a)           Loan Account .  The Borrowers hereby authorize the Agent to charge the Loan Account with the amount of all principal, interest, fees, Lender Group Expenses and other payments to be made hereunder and under the other Loan Documents.  The Agent may, but shall not be obligated to, discharge the Borrowers’ payment obligations hereunder by so charging the Loan Account.

 

52



 

(b)           Time of Payment .  Each payment by the Borrowers on account of principal, interest, fees or Lender Group Expenses hereunder shall be made to the Agent.  All payments to be made by the Borrowers hereunder and under the Notes, whether on account of principal, interest, fees or otherwise, shall be made without setoff, deduction or counterclaim and shall be made prior to 4:00 p.m. (New York time) on the due date thereof to the Agent, for the account of the Lenders according to their Pro Rata Shares (except as expressly otherwise provided), at the Agent’s Payment Account in immediately available funds.  Except for payments which are expressly provided to be made (i) for the account of the Agent or Swingline Lender only or (ii) under the settlement provisions of section 2.3(i), the Agent shall distribute all payments to the Lenders on the Business Day following receipt in like funds as received.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, if a Lender or any of its Affiliates exercises its right of setoff under Section 12.3 or otherwise, any amounts so recovered shall promptly be shared by such Lender with the other Lenders according to their respective Pro Rata Shares.

 

(c)           Next Business Day .  Whenever any payment to be made hereunder shall be stated to be due on a day that is not a Business Day, the payment may be made on the next succeeding Business Day (except as specified in clause (ii) of the definition of Interest Period) and such extension of time shall be included in the computation of the amount of interest due hereunder.

 

(d)           Application .  Subject to Section 10.5, the Agent shall have the continuing and exclusive right, if an Event of Default exists, to apply or reverse and re-apply any payment and any and all proceeds of Collateral to any portion of the Obligations.  To the extent that any Borrower makes a payment or the Agent receives any payment or proceeds of the Collateral for any Borrower’s benefit, which is subsequently invalidated, declared to be fraudulent or preferential, set aside or required to be repaid to a trustee, debtor in possession, receiver, custodian or any other party under any bankruptcy law, common law or equitable cause, then, to such extent, the Obligations or part thereof intended to be satisfied shall be revived and continue as if such payment or proceeds had not been received by the Agent.

 

SECTION 2.10           Designation of a Different Lending Office .  If any Lender requests compensation under Section 4.10, or requires any Borrower to pay any Indemnified Taxes or additional amounts to any Lender or any Governmental Authority for the account of any Lender pursuant to Section 4.11, then such Lender (at the request of the Borrower Agent) shall use reasonable efforts to designate a different lending office for funding or booking its Loans hereunder or to assign its rights and obligations hereunder to another of its offices, branches or affiliates, if, in the judgment of such Lender, such designation or assignment (i) would eliminate or reduce amounts payable pursuant to Section 4.10 or Section 4.11, as the case may be, in the future, and (ii) would not subject such Lender to any unreimbursed cost or expense and would not otherwise be disadvantageous to such Lender.  The Borrowers hereby agrees to pay all reasonable costs and expenses incurred by any Lender in connection with any such designation or assignment.

 

SECTION 2.11           Replacement of Lenders .  If any Lender requests compensation under Section 4.10, or if any Borrower is required to pay any Indemnified Taxes or additional amounts to any Lender or any Governmental Authority for the account of any Lender pursuant to

 

53



 

Section 4.11 and, in each case, such Lender has declined or is unable to designate a different lending office in accordance with Section 2.10, or if any Lender is a Defaulting Lender or a Non-Consenting Lender, then the Borrowers may, at their sole expense and effort, upon notice by the Borrower Agent to such Lender and the Agent, require such Lender to assign and delegate (and such Lender agrees to assign and delegate), without recourse (in accordance with and subject to the restrictions contained in, and the consents required by, Section 12.7), all of its interests, rights (other than its existing rights to payments pursuant to Section 4.10 or Section 4.11) and obligations under this Agreement and the related Loan Documents to an Eligible Assignee that shall assume such obligations (which assignee may be another Lender, if a Lender accepts such assignment); provided that (i) the Borrowers shall have paid to the Agent the assignment fee (if any) specified in Section 12.7; (ii) such Lender shall have received payment of an amount equal to the outstanding principal of all Revolving Credit Loans owed to it, accrued interest thereon, accrued fees and all other amounts payable to it hereunder and under the other Loan Documents (including any amounts under Section 4.10) from the assignee (to the extent of such outstanding principal and accrued interest and fees) or the Borrowers (in the case of all other amounts); (iii) in the case of any such assignment resulting from a claim for compensation under Section 4.10 or payments required to be made pursuant to Section 4.11, such assignment will result in a reduction in such compensation or payments thereafter; (iv) such assignment does not conflict with applicable law; and (v) in the case of any assignment resulting from a Lender becoming a Non-Consenting Lender, the applicable assignee shall consent, at the time of such assignment, to each applicable amendment, waiver or consent.  A Lender (other than a Defaulting Lender) shall not be required to make any such assignment and delegation if, prior thereto, as a result of a waiver by such Lender or otherwise, the circumstances entitling the Borrower to require such assignment and delegation cease to apply.  Nothing in this Section 2.11 shall be deemed to prejudice any rights that the Borrower or any Lender that is not a Defaulting Lender may have against any Defaulting Lender.

 

SECTION 2.12           Defaulting Lenders .

 

(a)           The Agent may recover all amounts owing by a Defaulting Lender on demand, and all such amounts owing shall bear interest at the Default Rate applicable to Base Rate Loans until Paid in Full.

 

(b)           The failure of any Defaulting Lender to fund its Pro Rata Share of any Borrowing shall not relieve any other Lender of its obligation to fund its Pro Rata Share of such Borrowing.  Conversely, no Lender shall be responsible for the failure of another Lender to fund such other Lender’s Pro Rata Share of a Borrowing.

 

(c)           The Agent shall not be obligated to transfer to a Defaulting Lender any payments made by the Borrowers to the Agent for the Defaulting Lender’s benefit; nor shall a Defaulting Lender be entitled to the sharing of any payments hereunder (including, without limitation, any fees).  Amounts payable to a Defaulting Lender shall instead be paid to or retained by the Agent.  The Agent may hold and, in its Permitted Discretion, apply any or all of such amounts to the Defaulting Lender’s defaulted obligations, use the funds to Collateralize such Lender’s Fronting Exposure, or re-lend to the Borrowers the amount of all such payments received or retained by it for the account of such Defaulting Lender.  For purposes of voting or consenting to matters with respect to the Loan Documents and determining Pro Rata Shares,

 

54



 

such Defaulting Lender shall be deemed not to be a Lender and such Lender’s Commitment or Revolving Credit Loans made by it, as applicable, for such purposes shall be deemed to be zero (0).  This Section shall remain effective with respect to such Lender until the Defaulting Lender has ceased to be a Defaulting Lender.  The operation of this Section shall not be construed to increase or otherwise affect the Commitment of any Lender or to relieve or excuse the performance by any of the Borrowers of their duties and obligations hereunder.

 

(d)           The Agent, at its election, at any time, may require that the reimbursement obligations of a Defaulting Lender in respect of Letters of Credit be reallocated to, and assumed by, the other Lenders based on their respective Pro Rata Shares through (calculated as if the Defaulting Lender’s Pro Rata Share was zero (0)), provided that no Lender shall be reallocated, or required to fund, any such amounts that could would cause the sum of such Lender’s outstanding Revolving Credit Loans and outstanding reimbursement obligations in respect of Letters of Credit to exceed its Commitment.

 

(e)           If Agent determines, in its sole discretion, that a Lender should no longer be deemed to be a Defaulting Lender, the Agent will so notify the parties hereto, whereupon as of the effective date specified in such notice and subject to any conditions set forth therein (which may include arrangements with respect to any cash Collateralization), that Lender will, to the extent applicable, purchase that portion of outstanding Revolving Credit Loans of the other Lenders or take such other actions as the Agent may determine to be necessary to cause the Revolving Credit Loans and the funded and unfunded participations in Letters of Credit to be held by the Lenders in accordance with their Pro Rata Shares (without giving effect to subsection (c) above) whereupon that Lender will cease to be a Defaulting Lender; provided that no adjustments will be made retroactively with respect to fees accrued or payments made by or on behalf of the Borrowers while that Lender was a Defaulting Lender; and provided , further , that except to the extent otherwise expressly agreed by the affected parties and subject to Section 2.11, no change hereunder from Defaulting Lender to Lender will constitute a waiver or release of any claim of any party hereunder arising from that Lender’s having been a Defaulting Lender.

 

SECTION 2.13           Letters of Credit .

 

(a)           The Agent, upon the request of the Borrower Agent, shall cause the Letter of Credit Issuer to issue for the account of any of the Borrowers Letters of Credit of a tenor and containing terms acceptable to the Borrower Agent, the Agent and the Letter of Credit Issuer, in a maximum aggregate face amount outstanding at any time not to exceed the Letter of Credit Sublimit; provided that (i) the Agent shall have no obligation to cause to be issued any Letter of Credit with an expiration date after the Termination Date and (ii) if a Letter of Credit is issued with an expiration date after the Termination Date, the Borrowers shall Collateralize such Letter of Credit in full immediately.  The term of any Letter of Credit shall not exceed three hundred sixty (360) days from the date of issuance, subject to renewal in accordance with the terms thereof, but in no event to a date beyond the Termination Date.  All Letters of Credit shall be subject to the limitations set forth in Section 2.5, and a sum equal to the aggregate amount of all outstanding Letters of Credit shall be included in calculating outstanding amounts for purposes of determining compliance with Section 2.5.  Without limitation of the foregoing, but for the avoidance of any doubt, the maximum amount of all unexpired Letters of Credit outstanding at any one time, when aggregated with (without duplication) all Revolving Credit Loans shall not

 

55



 

exceed the lesser of (x) the Aggregate Revolving Credit Commitment and (y) the Borrowing Base.

 

(b)           Immediately upon issuance or amendment of any Letter of Credit in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 2.13, each Lender shall be deemed to have irrevocably and unconditionally purchased and received from the Agent, without recourse or warranty, an undivided interest and participation, to the extent of such Lender’s Pro Rata Share, of the liability and obligations under and with respect to such Letter of Credit and the Letter of Credit Agreement (including, without limitation, all obligations of the Borrowers with respect thereto, other than amounts owing to the Agent pursuant to the first sentence of Section 4.4(b)) and any security therefor or guaranty pertaining thereto.

 

(c)           Whenever the Borrower Agent desires the issuance of a Letter of Credit, the Borrower Agent shall deliver to the Agent a written notice, no later than 2:00 p.m. (New York time) at least five (5) Business Days (or such shorter period as may be agreed to by the Agent) in advance of the proposed date of issuance of a letter of credit, substantially in the form attached as Exhibit E (a “ Letter of Credit Request ”).  The transmittal by the Borrower Agent of each Letter of Credit Request shall be deemed to be a representation and warranty by the Borrower Agent that the Letter of Credit may be issued in accordance with and will not violate any of the requirements of this Section 2.13.  Prior to the date of issuance of each Letter of Credit, the Borrower Agent shall provide to the Agent a precise description of the documents and the text of any certificate to be presented by the beneficiary of such Letter of Credit which, if presented by such beneficiary on or prior to the expiration date of such Letter of Credit, would require the Letter of Credit Issuer to make payment under such Letter of Credit.  The Agent, in its Permitted Discretion, may require changes in any such documents and certificates.  No Letter of Credit shall require payment against a conforming draft to be made thereunder prior to the second Business Day after the date on which such draft is presented.

 

(d)           Upon any request for a drawing under any Letter of Credit by the beneficiary thereof, (i) the Borrower Agent shall be deemed to have timely given a Notice of Borrowing to the Agent for a Revolving Credit Loan on the date on which such drawing is honored in an amount equal to the amount of such drawing and (ii) without regard to satisfaction of the applicable conditions specified in Section 5.2 and the other terms and conditions of borrowings contained herein, the Lenders shall, on the date of such drawing, make Revolving Credit Loans comprised of Base Rate Advances in the amount of such drawing, the proceeds of which shall be applied directly by the Agent to reimburse the Letter of Credit Issuer for the amount of such drawing or payment.  If for any reason, proceeds of Advances are not received by the Agent on such date in an amount equal to the amount of such drawing, the Borrowers shall reimburse the Agent, on the Business Day immediately following the date of such drawing, in an amount in same day funds equal to the excess of the amount of such drawing over the amount of such Revolving Credit Loans, if any, which are so received, plus accrued interest on such amount at the rate set forth in Section 4.1(a) or 4.2, as applicable.

 

(e)           As among the Borrowers, the Agent, the Letter of Credit Issuer and each Lender, the Borrowers assume all risks of the acts and omissions of the Agent and the Letter of Credit Issuer (other than for the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Agent or the Letter of Credit Issuer) or misuse of the Letters of Credit by the respective beneficiaries of such Letters

 

56



 

of Credit.  In furtherance and not in limitation of the foregoing, neither the Agent nor any of the Lenders nor the Letter of Credit Issuer shall be responsible (i) for the accuracy, genuineness or legal effects of any document submitted by any party in connection with the application for and issuance of or any drawing honored under such Letters of Credit even if it should in fact prove to be in any or all respects invalid, inaccurate, fraudulent or forged, (ii) for the validity or sufficiency of any instrument transferring or assigning or purporting to transfer or assign any such Letter of Credit, or the rights or benefits thereunder or proceeds thereof, in whole or in part, which may prove to be invalid or ineffective for any reason, (iii) for errors, omissions, interruptions or delays in transmission or delivery of any messages, by mail, cable, telegraph, telex, telecopy or otherwise, whether or not they be in cipher, (iv) for errors in interpretation of technical terms, (v) for any loss or delay in the transmission or otherwise of any document required to make a drawing under any such Letter of Credit, or of the proceeds thereof, (vi) for the misapplication by the beneficiary of any such Letter of Credit, of the proceeds of any drawing honored under such Letter of Credit, and (vii) for any consequences arising from causes beyond the control of the Letter of Credit Issuer, the Agent or the Lenders, provided , that the foregoing shall not release the Agent or the Letter of Credit Issuer for any liability for its gross negligence or willful misconduct.  None of the above shall affect, impair, or prevent the vesting of any of the Agent’s rights or powers hereunder.  Any action taken or omitted to be taken by the Agent or the Letter of Credit Issuer under or in connection with any Letter of Credit, if taken or omitted in the absence of gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Agent or the Letter of Credit Issuer, as the case may be, shall not create any liability of the Agent or the Letter of Credit Issuer to any Borrower or any Lender.

 

(f)            The obligations of the Borrowers to reimburse the Letter of Credit Issuer for drawings honored under the Letters of Credit and the obligations of the Lenders under this Section 2.13 shall be unconditional and irrevocable and shall be paid strictly in accordance with the terms of this Agreement under all circumstances including, without limitation, the following circumstances:  (i) any lack of validity or enforceability of this Agreement, any Letter of Credit, or any Letter of Credit Agreement; (ii) the existence of any claim, setoff, defense or other right which any Borrower or any Affiliate of any Borrower may have at any time against a beneficiary or any transferee of any Letter of Credit (or any Persons or entities for whom any such beneficiary or transferee may be acting), the Agent, any Lender or any other Person, whether in connection with this Agreement, the other Loan Documents, the transactions contemplated herein or therein or any unrelated transaction; (iii) any draft, demand, certificate or other documents presented under any Letter of Credit proving to be forged, fraudulent or invalid in any respect or any statement therein being untrue or inaccurate in any respect; (iv) the surrender or impairment of any security for the performance or observance of any of the terms of any of the Loan Documents; (v) failure of any drawing under a Letter of Credit or any non-application or misapplication by the beneficiary of the proceeds of any drawing; or (vi) that a Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing.

 

SECTION 2.14           Sharing of Payments, Etc .  If any Lender shall obtain at any time any payment (whether voluntary, involuntary, through the exercise of any right of setoff, or otherwise) on account of Obligations payable to such Lender hereunder at such time in excess of its ratable share (according to the proportion of (i) the amount of such Obligations to (ii) the aggregate amount of the Obligations payable to all Lenders hereunder at such time), such Lender shall forthwith purchase from the other Lenders (other than any Defaulting Lender) such

 

57



 

participations in the Obligations payable to them as shall be necessary to cause such purchasing Lender to share the excess payment ratably with each of them; provided , however , that, if all or any portion of such excess payment is thereafter recovered from such purchasing Lender, such purchase from each other Lender shall be rescinded and such other Lender shall repay to the purchasing Lender the purchase price to the extent of such other Lender’s ratable share (according to the proportion of (i) the purchase price paid to such Lender to (ii) the aggregate purchase price paid to all Lenders) of such recovery together with an amount equal to such Lender’s ratable share (according to the proportion of (i) the amount of such other Lender’s required repayment to (ii) the total amount so recovered from the purchasing Lender) of any interest or other amount paid or payable by the purchasing Lender in respect of the total amount so recovered.  Each Borrower agrees that any Lender so purchasing a participation from another Lender pursuant to this Section 2.14 may, to the fullest extent permitted by law, exercise all its rights of payment (including the right of setoff) with respect to such participation as fully as if such Lender were the direct creditor of such Borrower in the amount of such participation.

 

SECTION 2.15           Protective Advances and Optional Overadvances .

 

(a)           Subject to the limitations set forth below and notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the Agent is authorized by the Borrowers and the Lenders, from time to time in the Agent’s sole discretion (but shall have absolutely no obligation to), to make Revolving Credit Loans to the Borrowers, on behalf of all Lenders, which Agent, in its Permitted Discretion deems necessary or desirable (i) to preserve or protect the Collateral, or any portion thereof, (ii) to enhance the likelihood of, or maximize the amount of, repayment of the Revolving Credit Loans or other Obligations or (iii) to pay any other amount chargeable to or required to be paid by the Loan Parties pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, including payments of reimbursable expenses (including costs, fees and expenses described in Section 12.4) and other sums payable under the Loan Documents (any of such Revolving Credit Loans are herein referred to as “ Protective Advances ”); provided that (i) the aggregate amount of Protective Advances outstanding at any time shall not at any time exceed ten percent (10%) of the Aggregate Revolving Credit Commitment, (ii) after giving effect to such Revolving Credit Loans, the aggregate outstanding amount (without duplication) of Revolving Credit Loans and the undrawn amount of all unexpired Letters of Credit shall not exceed 110% of the Borrowing Base on such Borrowing Date, and (iii) to the extent the making of any Protective Advance causes the aggregate outstanding amount (without duplication) of Revolving Credit Loans and the undrawn amount of all unexpired Letters of Credit to exceed the Aggregate Revolving Credit Commitment on such Borrowing Date, such portion of such Protective Advance shall be for the Agent’s sole and separate account and not for the account of any Lender and shall be entitled to priority in repayment in accordance with Section 10.5.  Protective Advances may be made even if the conditions precedent to Borrowing set forth in Section 5.2 have not been satisfied.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in Section 2.2, at any time that there is sufficient Excess Availability and the conditions set forth in Section 5.2 have been satisfied, the Agent may request the Lenders to make a Revolving Credit Loan to repay a Protective Advance.  At any other time the Agent may require the Lenders to fund their risk participations described in subsection (c) below.  The Agent’s authorization to make Protective Advances may be revoked at any time by the Required Lenders.  Any such revocation must be in writing and shall become effective prospectively upon the Agent’s receipt thereof.

 

58



 

(b)           Subject to the limitations set forth below and notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the Agent is authorized by the Borrowers and the Lenders, from time to time in the Agent’s sole discretion (but shall have absolutely no obligation to), to knowingly and intentionally, continue to make Revolving Credit Loans to the Borrowers notwithstanding that an Overadvance exists or would be created thereby, so long as, after giving effect to such Revolving Credit Loans, the aggregate outstanding amount (without duplication) of Revolving Credit Loans and the undrawn amount of all unexpired Letters of Credit shall not exceed the lesser of (i) 110% of the Borrowing Base as of such Borrowing Date, and (ii) the Aggregate Revolving Credit Commitment on such Borrowing Date.  If any Overadvance remains outstanding for more than thirty (30) days, unless otherwise agreed to by the Required Lenders, the Borrowers shall immediately repay the Revolving Credit Loans in an amount sufficient to eliminate all such Overadvances.  The Agent’s authorization to make Overadvances may be revoked at any time by the Required Lenders.  Any such revocation must be in writing and shall become effective prospectively upon the Agent’s receipt thereof.  The foregoing provisions are meant for the benefit of the Lenders and the Agent and are not meant for the benefit of the Borrowers, which shall continue to be bound by the provisions of Section 2.5(a).

 

(c)           Upon the making of a Protective Advance or an Overadvance by the Agent (whether before or after the occurrence of a Default or Event of Default), each Lender shall be deemed, without further action by any party hereto, to have unconditionally and irrevocably purchased from the Agent without recourse or warranty an undivided interest and participation in such Protective Advance or such Overadvance, as the case may be, in proportion to its Pro Rata Share.  On any Business Day, the Agent may, in its sole discretion, give notice to the Lenders that the Lenders are required to fund their risk participation in Protective Advances and Overadvances, in which case each Lender shall fund its participation on the date specified in such notice.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Agent may also request Settlement of all Protective Advances and all Overadvances in accordance with Section 2.3(i).  From and after the date, if any, on which any Lender is required to fund its participation in any Protective Advance or Overadvance purchased hereunder, the Agent shall promptly distribute to such Lender, such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of all payments of principal and interest and all proceeds of Collateral received by the Agent in respect of such Protective Advance or Overadvance.

 

(d)           Each Protective Advance and each Overadvance shall be deemed to be a Revolving Credit Loan hereunder, except that no Protective Advance nor any Overadvance shall be eligible to be a LIBOR Rate Advance and, prior to Settlement therefor, all payments on the Protective Advances and Overadvances, including interest thereon, shall be payable to the Agent solely for its own account.  Protective Advances and Overadvances shall be repayable upon demand, shall be secured by the Collateral, shall constitute Loans and Obligations hereunder and shall bear interest at the rate in effect from time to time applicable to the Revolving Credit Loans comprised of Base Rate Advances, including any increase in such rate that is applicable under Section 4.2.  The provisions of this Section 2.15 are for the exclusive benefit of the Agent, Swingline Lender, and the Lenders and are not intended to benefit the Borrowers (or any other Loan Party) in any way.

 

59



 

SECTION 2.16           Increase of Commitments; Additional Lenders .

 

(a)           The Borrowers may increase, upon the one time request of the Borrower Agent, the then effective amount of the Aggregate Revolving Credit Commitment; provided that: (i) the principal amount of the increases in the Aggregate Revolving Credit Commitment pursuant to this Section 2.16, shall not exceed Fifty Million Dollars ($50,000,000); (ii) the Borrowers shall execute and deliver such documents and instruments and take such other actions as may be required by the Agent in connection with such increases and at the time of any such proposed increase; (iii) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur after giving effect to such increase and all representations and warranties by or on behalf of each Loan Party and its Subsidiaries set forth in the Loan Documents shall be true and correct in all material respects (other than those representations and warranties that are expressly qualified by a Material Adverse Effect or other materiality, in which case such representations and warranties shall be true and correct in all respects) on and as of the date of such increase or, to the extent such representations and warranties expressly relate to an earlier date, true and correct in all material respects on and as of such earlier date; and (iv) the Incremental Revolving Credit Commitments provided under this Section 2.16 (the “ Incremental Revolving Credit Commitments ”) shall have an expiration date no earlier than the Termination Date.

 

(b)           The Agent shall invite each Lender to increase the principal amount of its Revolving Credit Commitment, on a pro rata basis, in connection with the proposed Incremental Revolving Credit Commitments at the interest margin proposed by the Borrowers, and if sufficient Lenders do not agree to increase their Revolving Credit Commitments in connection with such proposed Incremental Revolving Credit Commitments, then the Agent or the Borrowers may invite any prospective lender who is reasonably satisfactory to the Agent to become a Lender (each such new lender being an “ Additional Lender ”) in accordance with this Section 2.16.  No Lender shall have any obligation, express or implied, to offer to increase the aggregate principal amount of its Revolving Credit Commitment.  Only the consent of the Lender agreeing to increase their Revolving Credit Commitments (the “ Increasing Lenders ”) shall be required for an increase in the aggregate principal amount of the Revolving Credit Commitments pursuant to this Section 2.16. No Lender which declines to increase the principal amount of its Revolving Credit Commitments may be replaced in respect to its existing Revolving Credit Commitments, as applicable, as a result thereof without such Lender’s consent.

 

(c)           Subject to subsections (a) and (b) of this Section 2.16, any increase requested by the Borrowers shall be effective upon delivery to the Agent of each of the following documents (the date of such effectiveness, the “ Increase Date ”): (i) an originally executed copy of any instrument of joinder signed by a duly authorized officer of each Additional Lender, in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Agent; (ii) a notice to the Increasing Lenders and Additional Lenders, in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Agent, signed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower Agent; (iii) a certificate of the Borrower Agent signed by a Responsible Officer, in form and substance acceptable to the Agent, certifying that each of the conditions in subsection (a) of this Section 2.16 has been satisfied: and (iv) any other certificates or documents that the Agent shall request, each in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent.

 

(d)           Anything to the contrary contained herein notwithstanding, if the All-In Yield that is to be applicable to the Revolving Credit Loans to be made pursuant to the

 

60


 

Incremental Revolving Credit Commitments is higher than the All-In Yield applicable to the Revolving Credit Loans hereunder immediately prior to the Increase Date (the amount by which the All-In Yield is higher, the “ Excess ”), then the interest margin applicable to the Revolving Credit Loans immediately prior to the Increase Date shall be increased by the amount of the Excess, subject to the occurrence of and effective upon the Increase Date, and without the necessity of any action by any party hereto.

 

(e)                                   Each of the Lenders having a Revolving Credit Commitment prior to the Increase Date (the “ Pre-Increase Revolving Credit Lenders ”) shall assign to any Lender which is acquiring a new or additional Revolving Credit Commitment on the Increase Date (the “ Post-Increase Revolving Credit Lenders ”), and such Post-Increase Revolving Credit Lenders shall purchase from each Pre-Increase Revolving Credit Lender, at the principal amount thereof, such interests in the Revolving Credit Loans and participation interests in Swingline Loans and undrawn Letters of Credit on such Increase Date as shall be necessary in order that, after giving effect to all such assignments and purchases, such Revolving Credit Loans and participation interests in Swingline Loans and Letters of Credit will be held by Pre-Increase Revolving Credit Lenders and Post-Increase Revolving Credit Lenders ratably in accordance with their Pro Rata Shares after giving effect to such increased Revolving Credit Commitments.

 

(f)                                    Unless otherwise specifically provided herein, all references in this Agreement and any other Loan Document to Revolving Credit Loans shall be deemed, unless the context otherwise requires, to include Revolving Credit Loans made pursuant to the Incremental Revolving Credit Commitments pursuant to this Section 2.16.

 

ARTICLE III.
SECURITY

 

SECTION 3.1                                         General .  To secure the prompt and complete payment and performance when due (whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) of all of the Obligations (whether now existing or hereafter arising), each of the Borrowers hereby grants to the Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties, a continuing Lien on and security interest in all of its right, title and interest in and to all of the Collateral, in each case wherever located, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, and all additions and accessions thereto and substitutions and replacements therefor and improvements thereon, and all proceeds (as such term is defined in the UCC) (whether in the form of cash or other property and whether tangible or intangible) and products thereof (including, without limitation, all proceeds of insurance covering the same and all commercial tort claims in connection therewith).  As further security for the Obligations, and to provide other assurances to the Agent and the Secured Parties, the Agent shall receive, among other things:

 

(a)                                  the Lockbox Agreements and any other Control Agreement;

 

(b)                                  the Guarantor Security Agreement; and

 

(c)                                   the Intellectual Property Security Agreement.

 

This Agreement shall constitute a security agreement for purposes of the UCC.

 

61



 

SECTION 3.2                                         Further Security; Benefit of Security Interest .  Each of the Borrowers also grants to the Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties, as further security for all of the Obligations, a security interest in all of its right, title and interest in and to all property of such Borrower in the possession of or deposited with or in the custody of the Agent or any of the Secured Parties (or their Affiliates) or any representative, agent or correspondent of any of such Persons and in all present and future deposit accounts or securities accounts maintained with any of such Persons.  For purposes of this Agreement, any property in which the Agent or any other such Person has any security or title retention interest shall be deemed to be in the custody of the Agent or such Person.  The security interest granted in Section 3.1 shall be deemed to be in favor of the Agent for the benefit of each of the Secured Parties to which the Borrowers owe any Obligations.

 

SECTION 3.3                                         Recourse to Security .  Recourse to security shall not be required for any Obligation hereunder, and the Borrowers hereby waive any requirement that the Agent or any Secured Party exhaust any right or take any action against any of the Collateral before proceeding to enforce the Obligations against the Borrowers.

 

SECTION 3.4                                         Collateral Generally .

 

(a)                                  Further Actions .  The Borrowers shall take all actions that the Agent, in its Permitted Discretion, may request from time to time so as at all times to maintain the validity, perfection, enforceability and priority of the Agent’s security interest in the Collateral and to enable the Agent to protect, exercise or enforce its rights hereunder and in the Collateral, including, but not limited to, (i) discharging all Liens other than Permitted Liens, (ii) using its commercially reasonable efforts to obtain Collateral Access Agreements to the extent required by the Agent, (iii) delivering to the Agent, endorsed or accompanied by such instruments of assignment as the Agent may specify, and stamping or marking, in such manner as the Agent may specify, any and all chattel paper, instruments, letters of credit and advices thereof and documents evidencing or forming a part of the Collateral, in each case in an amount greater than $250,000, (iv) executing (as appropriate) and delivering authorizations for the recording of financing statements, instruments of pledge, mortgages, notices and assignments, in each case in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent, in its Permitted Discretion, relating to the creation, validity, perfection, maintenance or continuation of the Agent’s security interest under the UCC or other applicable law; (v) obtaining “control” of any investment property, deposit account, letter-of-credit right or electronic chattel paper (the term “control” as used in respect of the foregoing types of Collateral having the meaning set forth in Articles 8 and 9 of the UCC), with any agreements establishing such “control” to be in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent, in its Permitted Discretion and as required by the terms hereunder, and (vi) if a Borrower has as of the Closing Date or thereafter acquires a commercial tort claim in an amount greater than $250,000 against a third party, such Borrower shall promptly notify the Agent thereof, in writing, and grant a specific collateral assignment of such claim to the Agent, at the Agent’s request as additional Collateral.

 

(b)                                  Filings .  The Agent is hereby authorized to file financing statements in accordance with the applicable provisions of the UCC, including, without limitation financing statements that describe the Collateral covered thereby as “all personal property”, “all assets” or words of similar effect, at any time or from time to time hereafter, in any jurisdiction; and

 

62



 

Borrowers hereby ratify, approve and affirm the filing of any such financing statements heretofore filed by the Lender in respect of any Borrower (including any predecessor-in-interest thereof).  All charges, expenses and fees that the Agent may incur in doing any of the foregoing, and Other Taxes relating thereto, shall be charged to Borrowers’ Loan Account and added to the Obligations, or, at the Agent’s option, shall be paid to the Agent promptly after written demand.

 

SECTION 3.5                                         Pledged Interests .

 

(a)                                  (i) Except for the security interest created hereby, each Loan Party is and will at all times be the sole holder of record and the legal and beneficial owner, free and clear of all Liens other than Permitted Liens, of the Pledged Interests indicated on Schedule 3.5 as being owned by such Loan Party (as such Schedule may be amended by written notice from the Borrower Agent to the Agent) and, when acquired by such Loan Party, any Pledged Interests acquired after the Closing Date, (ii) all of the Pledged Interests are duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable and the Pledged Interests constitute or will constitute the percentage of the issued and outstanding Equity Interests of the Pledged Companies of such Loan Party identified on Schedule 3.5 (as such Schedule may be amended by written notice from the Borrower Agent to the Agent), (iii) such Loan Party has the right and requisite authority to pledge, the investment property pledged by such Loan Party to the Agent as provided herein, (iv) all actions necessary or desirable to perfect and establish the first priority of, or otherwise protect, the Agent’s Liens in the investment property, and the proceeds thereof, have been duly taken, upon (A) the execution and delivery of this Agreement, (B) the taking of possession by the Agent (or its agent or designee) of any certificates representing the Pledged Interests, to the extent such Pledged Interests are represented by certificates, together with undated powers (or other documents of transfer acceptable to the Agent) endorsed in blank by the applicable Loan Party, and (C) the filing of financing statements in the jurisdiction of organization of such Loan Party set forth on Schedule 6.1(a) for such Loan Party with respect to the Pledged Interests of such Loan Party that are not represented by certificates, and (v) subject to Section 7.21, each Loan Party has delivered to and deposited with the Agent all certificates representing the Pledged Interests owned by such Grantor to the extent such Pledged Interests are represented by certificates, and undated powers (or other documents of transfer acceptable to the Agent) endorsed in blank with respect to such certificates. None of the Pledged Interests owned or held by such Loan Party has been issued or transferred in violation of any securities registration, securities disclosure, or similar laws of any jurisdiction to which such issuance or transfer may be subject.

 

(b)                                  As to all limited liability company or partnership interests constituting Pledged Interests, each Loan Party hereby represents, warrants and covenants that such Pledged Interests (i) are not, and shall not be, dealt in or traded on securities exchanges or in securities markets, (ii) do not, and shall not, constitute investment company securities, and (iii) are not, and will not be, held by such Loan Party in a securities account.  In addition, none of the limited liability company agreements, partnership agreements or other agreements governing any of the Pledged Interests provides that such Pledged Interests are securities governed by Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in any relevant jurisdiction.

 

(c)                                   If any Loan Party shall acquire, obtain, receive or become entitled to receive any Pledged Interests after the Closing Date (other than any Pledged Interests required to

 

63



 

be delivered pursuant to Section 7.20), it shall promptly (and in any event within fifteen (15) days of acquiring or obtaining such Collateral) deliver to the Agent a duly executed Pledged Interests Addendum identifying such Pledged Interests.

 

(d)                                  Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, following the request of the Agent, all sums of money and property paid or distributed in respect of the Pledged Interests that are received by any Loan Party shall be held by the Loan Parties in trust for the benefit of the Agent segregated from such Loan Party’s other property, and such Loan Party shall deliver it forthwith to the Agent in the exact form received.  No Loan Party shall make or consent to any amendment or other modification or waiver with respect to any Pledged Interests (or any limited liability company agreement or partnership agreement with respect thereto), or enter into any agreement or permit to exist any restriction with respect to any Pledged Interests if the same is prohibited pursuant to the Loan Documents.  Each Loan Party agrees that it will cooperate with the Agent’s reasonable requests in obtaining all necessary approvals and making all necessary filings under federal, state, or local law to effect the perfection of the Agent’s Lien on the Pledged Interests or to effect any sale or transfer thereof.

 

(e)                                   None of the Pledged Interests existing as of the Closing Date are registered or qualified under the various federal or state securities laws of the United States and disposition thereof after an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing may be restricted to one or more private (instead of public) sales in view of the lack of such registration.  Each Loan Party understands that in connection with such disposition, the Agent may approach only a restricted number of potential purchasers and further understands that a sale under such circumstances may yield a lower price for the Pledged Interests than if the Pledged Interests were registered and qualified pursuant to federal and state securities laws and sold on the open market.  Each Loan Party, therefore, agrees that:  (i) if the Agent shall, pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, sell or cause the Pledged Interests or any portion thereof to be sold at a private sale, the Agent shall have the right to rely upon the advice and opinion of any nationally recognized brokerage or investment firm (but shall not be obligated to seek such advice and the failure to do so shall not be considered in determining the commercial reasonableness of such action) as to the best manner in which to offer the Pledged Interest or any portion thereof for sale and as to the best price reasonably obtainable at the private sale thereof, and (ii) such reliance shall be conclusive evidence that the Agent has handled the disposition in a commercially reasonable manner.

 

(f)                                    Upon the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default, (i) the Agent may, at its option, and with two (2) Business Days prior notice to the Borrower Agent (unless such Event of Default is an Event of Default specified in Section 10.1(c), in which case no such notice need be given), and in addition to all rights and remedies available to the Agent under any other agreement, at law, in equity, or otherwise, exercise all voting rights, or any other ownership or consensual rights (including any dividend or distribution rights) in respect of the Pledged Interests owned by such Loan Party, but under no circumstances is the Agent obligated by the terms of this Agreement to exercise such rights, and (ii) if the Agent duly exercises its right to vote any of such Pledged Interests during the existence of an Event of Default, each Loan Party hereby appoints the Agent, subject to any applicable Requirements of Law such Loan Party’s true and lawful attorney-in-fact and IRREVOCABLE PROXY to vote such Pledged Interests in any manner the Agent deems advisable for or against all matters

 

64



 

submitted or which may be submitted to a vote of shareholders, partners or members, as the case may be.  The power-of-attorney and proxy granted hereby is coupled with an interest and shall be irrevocable.  For so long as any Loan Party shall have the right to vote the Pledged Interests owned by it, such Loan Party covenants and agrees that it will not, without the prior written consent of the Agent, vote or take any consensual action with respect to such Pledged Interests which would materially adversely affect the rights of the Agent, the Lenders or the Letter of Credit Issuer.

 

SECTION 3.6                                         Special Provisions Relating to Receivables .

 

(a)                                  Invoices, Etc .  On the Agent’s reasonable request therefor, the Borrowers shall furnish to the Agent copies of invoices to customers and shipping and delivery receipts or warehouse receipts thereof.  The Borrowers shall deliver to the Agent (i) the originals of all letters of credit, notes, and instruments in an amount greater than $250,000 in its favor, (ii) such endorsements or assignments related thereto as the Agent may reasonably request and (iii) the written consent of the issuer of any letter of credit to the assignment of the proceeds of such letter of credit by the Borrowers to the Agent.

 

(b)                                  Records, Collections, Etc .  The Borrowers shall promptly report to the Agent all customer credits in an amount over $1,000,000, providing the Agent with a description thereof.  The Borrowers shall not, without the Agent’s prior written consent, settle or adjust any dispute or claim, or grant any discount (except ordinary trade discounts), credit or allowance or accept any return of merchandise, except in the ordinary course of its business.  Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, the Agent may (i) settle or adjust disputes or claims directly with account debtors for amounts and upon terms which it considers reasonably advisable and (ii) notify account debtors on the Borrowers’ Receivables that such Receivables have been assigned to the Agent, and that payments in respect thereof shall be made directly to the Agent.  If an Event of Default exists and at the direction of the Agent, where a Borrower receives collateral of any kind or nature by reason of transactions between itself and its customers or account debtors, such Borrower will hold the same on the Agent’s behalf, subject to the Agent’s instructions, and as property forming part of the Borrowers’ Receivables.  The Borrowers hereby irrevocably authorizes and appoints the Agent as their attorney-in-fact, at the Borrowers’ sole cost and expense, to exercise, solely if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, all of the following powers, which being coupled with an interest, shall be irrevocable until all of the Obligations have been Paid in Full:  (A) to receive, take, endorse, sign, assign and deliver, all in the name of the Agent or the Borrowers, any and all checks, notes, drafts, and other documents or instruments relating to the Collateral; (B) to receive, open and dispose of all mail addressed to the Borrowers and to notify postal authorities to change the address for delivery thereof to such address as the Agent may designate; and (C) to take or bring, in the name of the Agent or the Borrowers, all steps, actions, suits or proceedings deemed by the Agent necessary or desirable to enforce or effect collection of the Borrowers’ Receivables or file and sign a Borrower’s name on a proof of claim in bankruptcy or similar document against any obligor of the Borrowers.  The Borrowers shall maintain a record of its electronic chattel paper that identifies the Agent as the assignee thereof and otherwise in a manner such that the Agent has control over such chattel paper in an amount greater than $250,000 for purposes of the UCC.

 

65



 

SECTION 3.7                                         Borrowers Remain Liable .  Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, (a) each of the Loan Parties shall remain liable under the contracts and agreements included in the Collateral to perform all of the duties and obligations thereunder to the same extent as if this Agreement had not been executed, (b) the exercise by the Agent or the Lenders of any of the rights hereunder shall not release any Loan Party from any of its duties or obligations under such contracts and agreements included in the Collateral, and (c) neither the Agent nor the Lenders shall have any obligation or liability under such contracts and agreements included in the Collateral by reason of this Agreement, nor shall the Agent or any of the Lenders be obligated to perform any of the obligations or duties of any Loan Parties thereunder or to take any action to collect or enforce any claim for payment assigned hereunder.  Until an Event of Default shall occur and be continuing, except as otherwise provided in this Agreement or any other Loan Document, the Loan Parties shall have the right to possession and enjoyment of the Collateral for the purpose of conducting the ordinary course of their respective businesses, subject to and upon the terms hereof and of the other Loan Documents.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, it is the intention of the parties hereto that record and beneficial ownership of the Pledged Interests, including all voting, consensual, dividend, and distribution rights, shall remain in the applicable Loan Party until (i) the occurrence and continuance of an Event of Default, and (ii) the Agent has notified the applicable Loan Party of the Agent’s election to exercise such rights with respect to the Pledged Interests pursuant to Section 3.5.

 

SECTION 3.8                                         Continuation of Liens, Etc .  The Borrowers shall defend the Collateral against all claims and demands of all Persons at any time claiming any interest therein, other than claims relating to Liens permitted by the Loan Documents.  The Borrowers agree to comply with the requirements of all state and federal laws to grant to the Agent valid and perfected first priority security interests in the Collateral and, to the extent required under this Agreement, shall obtain a Control Agreement from any securities intermediary or depository bank in possession of any of the Loan Parties’ investment property or deposit accounts constituting Collateral.  The Agent is hereby authorized by the Borrowers to file any financing or continuation statements or similar documents or instruments covering the Collateral whether or not any Borrower’s signature appears thereon.  The Borrowers agree, from time to time, at the Agent’s reasonable request, to file notices of Liens, financing statements, similar documents or instruments, and amendments, renewals and continuations thereof, and cooperate with the Agent’s representatives, in connection with the continued perfection (and the priority status thereof) and protection of the Collateral and the Agent’s Liens thereon.  The Borrowers agree that the Agent may file a carbon, photographic or other reproduction of this Agreement (or any financing statement related hereto) as a financing statement.

 

SECTION 3.9                                         Power of Attorney .  In addition to all of the powers granted to the Agent in this Article III, the Borrowers hereby appoint and constitute the Agent as the Borrowers’ attorney-in-fact to make any filings under the Uniform Commercial Code covering any of the Collateral, to request at any time from customers indebted on its Receivables verification of information concerning such Receivables and the amount owing thereon (provided that any verification prior to an Event of Default shall not contain the Agent’s name and shall be in connection with the conducting of any field examination with respect to the Collateral), and, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, (i) to convey any item of Collateral to any purchaser thereof, (ii) to make any payment or take any act necessary or desirable to protect or preserve any Collateral, and (iii) to take any action and to

 

66



 

execute any instrument which the Agent may reasonably deem necessary or advisable to accomplish the purposes hereof.  The Agent’s authority hereunder shall include, without limitation, the authority to execute and give receipt for any certificate of ownership or any document, to transfer title to any item of Collateral and to take any other actions arising from or incident to the powers granted to the Agent under this Agreement, in each case if an Event of Default exists.  This power of attorney is coupled with an interest and is irrevocable.

 

ARTICLE IV.
INTEREST, FEES AND EXPENSES

 

SECTION 4.1                                         Interest .  Subject to Section 4.2, the Borrowers shall pay to the Agent for the ratable benefit of the Lenders interest on the Advances, payable in arrears on each Interest Payment Date, at the following rates per annum:

 

(a)                                  Base Rate Advances .  If such Advance is a Base Rate Advance, at a fluctuating rate which is equal to (i) the Base Rate then in effect plus (ii) the Applicable Margin.

 

(b)                                  LIBOR Rate Advances .  If such Advance is a LIBOR Rate Advance, at a rate which is equal at all times during the Interest Period for such LIBOR Rate Advance to (i) the LIBOR Rate for the Interest Period selected by the Borrower Agent corresponding to such LIBOR Rate Advance plus (ii) the Applicable Margin.

 

SECTION 4.2                                         Interest and Letter of Credit Fees After Event of Default .  Following the occurrence and during the continuation of any Specified Event of Default until the earlier of the date upon which (i) all Obligations shall have been Paid in Full or (ii) such Event of Default shall have been cured or waived, interest on the Loans shall be payable on demand at a rate per annum equal to the rate that would be otherwise applicable thereto under Section 4.1 plus up to an additional two percent (2%) and the letter of credit fee pursuant to Section 4.5 shall be payable at the rate that would otherwise apply under Section 4.5 plus up to an additional two percent (2%).

 

SECTION 4.3                                         [Reserved] .

 

SECTION 4.4                                         Unused Line Fee .  The Borrowers shall pay to the Agent for the ratable benefit of the Lenders on the first day of each month, commencing with the month immediately following the Closing Date, and on the Termination Date, in arrears, an unused line fee equal to the product of the Unused Line Fee Rate (as defined below) multiplied by the difference, if positive, between (i) the Aggregate Revolving Credit Commitment as of such date and (ii) the average daily aggregate outstanding amount of the Revolving Credit Loans plus the average daily aggregate undrawn amount of all unexpired Letters of Credit during the immediately preceding month or portion thereof.  As used herein, “ Unused Line Fee Rate ” means a per annum rate equal to (a) three-tenths of one percent (0.30%), if the average daily balance of Revolving Credit Loans and average daily undrawn amount of Letters of Credit was equal to forty percent (40%) or less of the Aggregate Revolving Credit Commitment during the preceding calendar month, or (b) one-quarter of one percent (0.25%), if the average daily balance of Revolving Credit Loans and average daily undrawn amount of Letters of Credit was more

 

67



 

than forty percent (40%) of the Aggregate Revolving Credit Commitment during the preceding calendar month.

 

SECTION 4.5                                         Letter of Credit Fees .  The Borrowers shall pay to the Letter of Credit Issuer for its own account (i) a fronting fee in respect of each Letter of Credit issued by the Letter of Credit Issuer for the account of the Borrowers in an amount equal to 0.25% of each such Letter of Credit, which fee shall be payable upon the issuance thereof and (ii) all customary charges associated with the issuance, amending, negotiating, payment, processing, transfer and administration of Letters of Credit, which charges shall be paid as and when incurred.  In addition, the Borrowers shall pay to the Agent for the ratable benefit of the Lenders in respect of each Letter of Credit, on the first day of each month, commencing with the month immediately following the issuance of such Letter of Credit and on the expiry thereof, in arrears, a fee equal to (a) the Applicable Margin then in effect with respect to LIBOR Rate Advances, multiplied by (b) the daily average of the amount of the Letters of Credit outstanding during the preceding month or during the interim period ending on the expiry date, as the case may be.

 

SECTION 4.6                                         [Reserved]

 

SECTION 4.7                                         [Reserved]

 

SECTION 4.8                                         Fee Letter .  The Borrowers shall pay to the Agent for its own account as and when due in accordance with the terms thereof all fees required to be paid to the Agent under the Fee Letter.

 

SECTION 4.9                                         Calculations .  All calculations of interest and fees hereunder shall be made by the Lender on the basis of a year of 360 days for the actual number of days elapsed in the period for which such interest or fees are payable.  Each determination by the Lender of an interest rate, fee or other payment hereunder shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes, absent manifest error.

 

SECTION 4.10                                  Increased Costs .

 

(a)                                  If any Change in Law shall:

 

(i)                                      impose, modify or deem applicable any reserve, special deposit, compulsory loan, insurance charge or similar requirement against assets of, deposits with or for the account of, or credit extended or participated in by, any Lender (except any such reserve requirement reflected in the LIBOR Rate) or Letter of Credit Issuer;

 

(ii)                                   subject any Recipient to any Taxes (other than (A) Indemnified Taxes, (B) Excluded Taxes and (C) Other Connection Taxes) on its loans, loan principal, letters of credit, commitments or other obligations, or its deposits, reserves, other liabilities or capital attributable thereto; or

 

(iii)                                impose on any Lender or Letter of Credit Issuer or the London interbank market any other condition (other than Taxes) affecting this Agreement or Loans made by such Lender or any Letter of Credit or participation therein;

 

68



 

and the result of any of the foregoing shall be to increase the cost to such Lender or Letter of Credit Issuer of making, converting to, continuing or maintaining any Loan or of maintaining its obligation to make any such Loan, or to increase the cost to such Lender or Letter of Credit Issuer of participating in, issuing or maintaining any Letter of Credit (or of maintaining its obligation to participate in or to issue any Letter of Credit), or to reduce the amount of any sum received or receivable by such Lender or Letter of Credit Issuer hereunder (whether of principal, interest or any other amount), then the Borrowers will pay to such Lender or Letter of Credit Issuer, as the case may be, such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender or Letter of Credit Issuer, as the case may be, for such additional costs incurred or reduction suffered.

 

(b)                                  If any Lender or Letter of Credit Issuer determines that any Change in Law affecting such Lender or Letter of Credit Issuer or any lending office of such Lender or such Lender’s or Letter of Credit Issuer’s holding company, if any, regarding capital or liquidity requirements has or would have the effect of reducing the rate of return on such Lender’s or Letter of Credit Issuer’s capital or on the capital of such Lender’s or Letter of Credit Issuer’s holding company, if any, as a consequence of this Agreement, the Commitments of such Lender or the Loans made by, or participations in Letters of Credit or Swingline Loans held by, such Lender, or the Letters of Credit issued by such Letter of Credit Issuer, to a level below that which such Lender or such Letter of Credit Issuer or such Lender’s or such Letter of Credit Issuer’s holding company could have achieved but for such Change in Law (taking into consideration such Lender’s or such Letter of Credit Issuer’s policies and the policies of such Lender’s or such Letter of Credit Issuer’s holding company with respect to capital adequacy or liquidity), then from time to time the Borrowers will pay to such Lender or such Letter of Credit Issuer, as applicable, such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender or such Letter of Credit Issuer or such Lender’s or such Letter of Credit Issuer’s holding company for any such reduction suffered.

 

(c)                                   A certificate of a Lender or Letter of Credit Issuer setting forth the amount or amounts necessary to compensate such Lender or Letter of Credit Issuer or its holding company, as the case may be, as specified in paragraph (a) or (b) of this Section 4.10 and delivered to the Borrowers will be conclusive absent manifest error.  The Borrowers will pay such Lender or Issuing Bank, as the case may be, the amount shown as due on any such certificate within ten (10) days after receipt thereof.

 

(d)                                  Failure or delay on the part of any Lender or Letter of Credit Issuer to demand compensation pursuant to this Section 4.10 shall not constitute a waiver of such Lender’s or Letter of Credit Issuer’s right to demand such compensation; provided that the Borrowers shall not be required to compensate a Lender or a Letter of Credit Issuer pursuant to this Section 4.10 for any increased costs incurred or reductions suffered more than 270 days prior to the date that such Lender or Letter of Credit Issuer, as the case may be, notifies the Borrower Agent of the Change in Law giving rise to such increased costs or reductions and of such Lender’s or Letter of Credit Issuer’s intention to claim compensation therefor (except that, if the Change in Law giving rise to such increased costs or reductions is retroactive, then the 270-day period referred to above shall be extended to include the period of retroactive effect thereof).

 

69



 

SECTION 4.11                                  Taxes .

 

(a)                                  Defined Terms .  For purposes of this Section 4.11, the term “Lender” includes any Letter of Credit Issuer and the term “applicable law” includes FATCA.

 

(b)                                  Payments Free of Taxes .  Any and all payments by or on account of any obligation of any Loan Party under any Loan Document shall be made without deduction or withholding for any Taxes, except as required by applicable law.  If any applicable law (as determined in the good faith discretion of an applicable Withholding Agent) requires the deduction or withholding of any Tax from any such payment by a Withholding Agent, then the applicable Withholding Agent shall be entitled to make such deduction or withholding and shall timely pay the full amount deducted or withheld to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law and, if such Tax is an Indemnified Tax, then the sum payable by the applicable Loan Party shall be increased as necessary so that after such deduction or withholding has been made (including such deductions and withholdings applicable to additional sums payable under this Section) the applicable Recipient receives an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such deduction or withholding been made.

 

(c)                                   Payment of Other Taxes by the Borrower .  The Loan Parties shall timely pay to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law, or at the option of the Agent timely reimburse it for the payment of, any Other Taxes.

 

(d)                                  Indemnification by the Borrower .  The Loan Parties, jointly and severally, shall indemnify each Recipient, within 10 days after demand therefor, for the full amount of any Indemnified Taxes (including Indemnified Taxes imposed or asserted on or attributable to amounts payable under this Section) payable or paid by such Recipient or required to be withheld or deducted from a payment to such Recipient and any reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Indemnified Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority.  A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to the Borrower by a Lender (with a copy to the Agent), or by the Agent on its own behalf or on behalf of a Lender, shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

 

(e)                                   Indemnification by the Lenders .  Each Lender shall severally indemnify the Agent, within 10 days after demand therefor, for (i) any Indemnified Taxes attributable to such Lender (but only to the extent that any Loan Party has not already indemnified the Agent for such Indemnified Taxes and without limiting the obligation of the Loan Parties to do so), (ii) any Taxes attributable to such Lender’s failure to comply with the provisions of Section 12.7 relating to the maintenance of a Participant Register and (iii) any Excluded Taxes attributable to such Lender, in each case, that are payable or paid by the Agent in connection with any Loan Document, and any reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority.  A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to any Lender by the Agent shall be conclusive absent manifest error.  Each Lender hereby authorizes the Agent to set off and apply any and all amounts at any time owing to such Lender under any Loan Document or otherwise payable by the Agent to the Lender from any other source against any amount due to the Agent under this paragraph (e).

 

70


 

(f)                                    Evidence of Payments .  As soon as practicable after any payment of Taxes by any Loan Party to a Governmental Authority pursuant to this Section 4.11, such Loan Party shall deliver to the Agent the original or a certified copy of a receipt issued by such Governmental Authority evidencing such payment, a copy of the return reporting such payment or other evidence of such payment reasonably satisfactory to the Agent.

 

(g)                                   Status of Lenders .  (i) Any Lender that is entitled to an exemption from or reduction of withholding Tax with respect to payments made under any Loan Document shall deliver to the Borrower and the Agent, at the time or times reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Agent, such properly completed and executed documentation reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Agent as will permit such payments to be made without withholding or at a reduced rate of withholding.  In addition, any Lender, if reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Agent, shall deliver such other documentation prescribed by applicable law or reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Agent as will enable the Borrower or the Agent to determine whether or not such Lender is subject to backup withholding or information reporting requirements.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the preceding two sentences, the completion, execution and submission of such documentation (other than such documentation set forth in Section 4.11(g)(ii)(A), (ii)(B) and (ii)(D) below) shall not be required if in the Lender’s reasonable judgment such completion, execution or submission would subject such Lender to any material unreimbursed cost or expense or would materially prejudice the legal or commercial position of such Lender.

 

(ii) Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, in the event that the Borrower is a U.S. Borrower,

 

(A) any Lender that is a U.S. Person shall deliver to the Borrower and the Agent on or prior to the date on which such Lender becomes a Lender under this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the reasonable request of the Borrower or the Agent), executed copies of IRS Form W-9 certifying that such Lender is exempt from U.S. federal backup withholding tax;

 

(B) any Foreign Lender shall, to the extent it is legally entitled to do so, deliver to the Borrower and the Agent (in such number of copies as shall be requested by the recipient) on or prior to the date on which such Foreign Lender becomes a Lender under this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the reasonable request of the Borrower or the Agent), whichever of the following is applicable:

 

(1) in the case of a Foreign Lender claiming the benefits of an income tax treaty to which the United States is a party (x) with respect to payments of interest under any Loan Document, executed copies of IRS Form W-8BEN-E establishing an exemption from, or reduction of, U.S. federal withholding Tax pursuant to the “interest” article of such tax treaty and (y) with respect to any other applicable payments under any Loan Document, IRS Form W-8BEN-E establishing an exemption from, or reduction of, U.S. federal withholding Tax pursuant to the “business profits” or “other income” article of such tax treaty;

 

(2) executed copies of IRS Form W-8ECI;

 

71



 

(3) in the case of a Foreign Lender claiming the benefits of the exemption for portfolio interest under Section 881(c) of the Internal Revenue Code, (x) a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit K-1 to the effect that such Foreign Lender is not a “bank” within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Internal Revenue Code, a “10 percent shareholder” of the Borrower within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(B) of the Internal Revenue Code, or a “controlled foreign corporation” described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Internal Revenue Code (a “ U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate ”) and (y) executed copies of IRS Form W-8BEN-E; or

 

(4) to the extent a Foreign Lender is not the beneficial owner, executed copies of IRS Form W-8IMY, accompanied by IRS Form W-8ECI, IRS Form W-8BEN, W-8BEN-E, a U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit K-2 or Exhibit K-3, IRS Form W-9, and/or other certification documents from each beneficial owner, as applicable; provided that if the Foreign Lender is a partnership and one or more direct or indirect partners of such Foreign Lender are claiming the portfolio interest exemption, such Foreign Lender may provide a U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit K-4 on behalf of each such direct and indirect partner;

 

(C)  any Foreign Lender shall, to the extent it is legally entitled to do so, deliver to the Borrower and the Agent (in such number of copies as shall be requested by the recipient) on or prior to the date on which such Foreign Lender becomes a Lender under this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the reasonable request of the Borrower or the Agent), executed copies of any other form prescribed by applicable law as a basis for claiming exemption from or a reduction in withholding Tax, duly completed, together with such supplementary documentation as may be prescribed by applicable law to permit the Borrower or the Agent to determine the withholding or deduction required to be made; and

 

(D) if a payment made to a Lender under any Loan Document would be subject to withholding Tax imposed by FATCA if such Lender were to fail to comply with the applicable reporting requirements of FATCA (including those contained in Section 1471(b) or 1472(b) of the Internal Revenue Code, as applicable), such Lender shall deliver to the Borrower and the Agent at the time or times prescribed by law and at such time or times reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Agent such documentation prescribed by applicable law (including as prescribed by Section 1471(b)(3)(C)(i) of the Internal Revenue Code) and such additional documentation reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Agent as may be necessary for the Borrower and the Agent to comply with their obligations under FATCA and to determine that such Lender has complied with such Lender’s obligations under FATCA or to determine the amount to deduct and withhold from such payment.  Solely for purposes of this clause (D), “FATCA” shall include any amendments made to FATCA after the date of this Agreement.

 

Each Lender agrees that if any form or certification it previously delivered expires or becomes obsolete or inaccurate in any respect, it shall update such form or certification or promptly notify the Borrower and the Agent in writing of its legal inability to do so.

 

72



 

(h)  Treatment of Certain Refunds .  If any party determines, in its sole discretion exercised in good faith, that it has received a refund of any Taxes as to which it has been indemnified pursuant to this Section 4.11 (including by the payment of additional amounts pursuant to this Section 4.11), it shall pay to the indemnifying party an amount equal to such refund (but only to the extent of indemnity payments made under this Section with respect to the Taxes giving rise to such refund), net of all out-of-pocket expenses (including Taxes) of such indemnified party and without interest (other than any interest paid by the relevant Governmental Authority with respect to such refund).  Such indemnifying party, upon the request of such indemnified party, shall repay to such indemnified party the amount paid over pursuant to this paragraph (h) (plus any penalties, interest or other charges imposed by the relevant Governmental Authority) in the event that such indemnified party is required to repay such refund to such Governmental Authority.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this paragraph (h), in no event will the indemnified party be required to pay any amount to an indemnifying party pursuant to this paragraph (h) the payment of which would place the indemnified party in a less favorable net after-Tax position than the indemnified party would have been in if the Tax subject to indemnification and giving rise to such refund had not been deducted, withheld or otherwise imposed and the indemnification payments or additional amounts with respect to such Tax had never been paid.  This paragraph shall not be construed to require any indemnified party to make available its Tax returns (or any other information relating to its Taxes that it deems confidential) to the indemnifying party or any other Person.

 

(i)  Survival .  Each party’s obligations under this Section 4.11 shall survive the resignation or replacement of the Agent or any assignment of rights by, or the replacement of, a Lender, the termination of the Commitments and the repayment, satisfaction or discharge of all obligations under any Loan Document.

 

ARTICLE V.
CONDITIONS OF LENDING

 

SECTION 5.1                                         Conditions to Initial Loan or Letter of Credit .  The obligation of the Lenders to make the initial Revolving Credit Loan or of the Letter of Credit Issuer to cause to be issued the initial Letter of Credit is subject to the satisfaction or waiver in writing of the following conditions prior to or concurrent with such initial Loan or Letter of Credit:

 

(a)                                  Loan Documents .  The Agent shall have received the following, each dated as of the Closing Date or as of an earlier date acceptable to the Agent, in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent and its counsel:

 

(i)                            counterparts of this Agreement, duly executed by the parties hereto;

 

(ii)                         the Notes, each duly executed by the Borrowers, to the extent such Notes were requested three (3) Business Days prior to the Closing Date;

 

(iii)                      the Intellectual Property Security Agreement, duly executed by each applicable Loan Party;

 

73



 

(iv)                     the original certificates (if any) representing Pledged Interests required to be delivered pursuant to this Agreement and undated transfer powers, executed in blank, and the originals of any promissory notes pledged pursuant to this Agreement duly endorsed (either directly or by allonge) to the Agent’s favor in blank;

 

(v)                        (1) financing statements in proper form for filing under the Uniform Commercial Code (naming the Agent as secured party and the Loan Parties as debtors and containing a description of the applicable Collateral), with respect to each Loan Party, in the jurisdiction in which such Loan Party is organized as set forth on Schedule 6.1(a) and (2) duly authorized release or termination statements, duly filed (or an authorization from all required Persons to file release or termination statements) in all jurisdictions that the Agent deems necessary to perfect and protect the Liens created hereunder and under the Security Documents together with payoff letters from any creditors of the Loan Parties receiving payoffs from the proceeds of the Revolving Credit Loans on the Closing Date;

 

(vi)                     completed requests for information, dated on or before the Closing Date, listing all effective financing statements filed in the jurisdictions referred to in clause (v) above and in all other jurisdictions that the Agent deems necessary to confirm the priority of the Liens created hereunder and under the Security Documents, that name each of the Loan Parties as debtor, together with copies of such financing statements;

 

(vii)                  a completed perfection certificate, substantially in the form of Exhibit D , signed by a Responsible Officer of each Loan Party;

 

(viii)               a financial condition certificate of the chief financial officer of each of the Loan Parties, in the form of Exhibit F ;

 

(ix)                     a Borrowing Base Certificate, duly executed by the Borrower Agent’s chief financial officer prepared on a pro forma basis as of the last day of the calendar month immediately preceding the Closing Date;

 

(x)                        the following (collectively, the “ Historical Financials ”): (A) the audited Financial Statements for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2014 and (B) the unaudited Financial Statements for the twelve-month period ended December 31, 2015;

 

(xi)                     an opinion of Latham & Watkins LLP addressed to the Agent covering such matters incident to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement as the Agent may reasonably require, which such counsel is hereby requested by the Borrower Agent on behalf of all the Loan Parties to provide;

 

(xii)                  reasonably satisfactory evidence to Agent that the insurance required by this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, (inclusive of those described in Section 7.6 hereof) is in effect;

 

74



 

(xiii)               a copy of the Business Plan for the two-year period commencing January 1, 2016, accompanied by a certificate executed by the chief financial officer of the Borrower Agent certifying to the Agent that the Business Plan has been prepared in good faith on the basis of assumptions which were believed to be reasonable in the context of the conditions existing on the date hereof, and represents, as of the date hereof, the Borrower Agent’s good faith estimate of its future financial performance; provided , that it is understood and agreed that (A) any financial or business projections furnished by the Borrower Agent are subject to significant uncertainties and contingencies, which may be beyond the control of the Borrower Agent, (B) no assurance is given by the Borrower Agent that the results or forecast in any such projections will be realized and (C) the actual results may differ from the forecast results set forth in such projections and such differences may be material;

 

(xiv)              copies of the Governing Documents of each Loan Party and a copy of the resolutions of the Governing Body (or similar evidence of authorization) of each Loan Party authorizing the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement, the other Loan Documents to which such Loan Party is or is to be a party, and the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, attached to a certificate of a Responsible Officer of such Loan Party certifying (A) that such copies of the Governing Documents and resolutions of the Governing Body (or similar evidence of authorization) relating to such Loan Party are true, complete and accurate copies thereof, have not been amended or modified since the date of such certificate and are in full force and effect, (B) the incumbency, names and true signatures of the officers of such Loan Party authorized to sign the Loan Documents to which it is a party and (C) that attached thereto is a list of all persons authorized to execute and deliver Notices of Borrowing and Notices of Continuation/Conversion on behalf of the Borrowers;

 

(xv)                 a certified copy of a certificate of the Secretary of State of the state of incorporation, organization or formation of each Loan Party, dated within thirty (30) days of the Closing Date, listing the certificate of incorporation, organization or formation of such Loan Party and each amendment thereto on file in such official’s office and certifying that (A) such amendments are the only amendments to such certificate of incorporation, organization or formation on file in that office, (B) such Loan Party has paid all franchise taxes to the date of such certificate and (C) such Loan Party is in good standing in that jurisdiction, in each case, to the extent commercially available in such state;

 

(xvi)              a Collateral Access Agreement for 42 N. Chestnut Street, Ventura, CA 93001;

 

(xvii)           evidence of the opening by the Loan Parties of their primary bank accounts with the Bank;

 

(xviii)        [Reserved];

 

75



 

(xix)              a closing certificate from a Responsible Officer of the Borrower Agent, in the form of Exhibit G ; and

 

(xx)                 such other agreements, instruments, documents and evidence as the Agent or its counsel deems necessary in its discretion in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

(b)                                  No Litigation .  There shall be no pending or threatened litigation, proceeding, inquiry or other action (i) seeking an injunction or other restraining order, damages or other relief with respect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the other Loan Documents or (ii) which affects the business, prospects, operations, assets, liabilities or condition (financial or otherwise) of any Loan Party, except, in the case of clause (ii), where such litigation, proceeding, inquiry or other action would not reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(c)                                   Reimbursement .  The Borrowers shall have paid (i) all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket fees and Lender Group Expenses required to be paid pursuant to Section 12.4 of this Agreement, to the extent invoiced at least two (2) Business Days prior to the Closing Date (it being understood that all other such fees and Lender Group Expenses shall be paid after the Closing Date in accordance with the terms of this Agreement), (ii) the fees referred to in this Agreement that are required to be paid on the Closing Date, and (iii) any fees due and payable to the Agent under the Fee Letter that are required to be paid on the Closing Date.

 

(d)                                  No Change .  No change, occurrence, event or development or event involving a prospective change that would reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to have a Material Adverse Effect shall have occurred and be continuing.

 

(e)                                   Material Contracts .  The Agent and its counsel shall have performed (i) a review satisfactory to the Agent of all of the Material Contracts and other assets (including, without limitation, leases of operating facilities) of each Loan Party, the financial condition of each Loan Party, including all of its tax, litigation, environmental and other potential contingent liabilities, the capitalization and capital structure of each Loan Party and the cash management and management information systems of the Borrowers, (ii) a pre-closing audit and collateral review and (iii) reviews and investigations of such other matters as the Agent and its counsel deem necessary, in each case with results satisfactory to the Agent.

 

(f)                                    Law .  The Loan Parties shall be in compliance with all Requirements of Law and Material Contracts, other than such noncompliance that could not reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(g)                                   Availability .  After giving effect to all Revolving Credit Loans to be made and all Letters of Credit to be issued on the Closing Date, Excess Availability, after deduction for the amount of all fees and Lender Group Expenses associated with the closing of the transactions contemplated hereby which have been paid by or on the Closing Date (either from the proceeds of the Revolving Credit Loans or otherwise), shall be at least equal to the greater of (i) Thirty-Seven Million Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($37,500,000) and (ii) an amount equal to thirty

 

76



 

percent (30%) of the lesser of (x) the Borrowing Base or (y) the Aggregate Revolving Credit Commitment as of such date.

 

SECTION 5.2                                         Conditions Precedent to Each Revolving Credit Loan and Each Letter of Credit .  The obligation of the Lenders to make any Revolving Credit Loan or the Letter of Credit Issuer to cause to be issued any Letter of Credit is subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions precedent:

 

(a)                                  Representations and Warranties .  All representations and warranties contained in this Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall be true, correct and complete in all respects in the case of any Borrowing or issuance of any Letter of Credit, on the Closing Date, and in the case of any Borrowing or issuance of any Letter of Credit after the Closing Date, shall be true, correct and complete in all material respects (except that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof) on and as of the date of such extension of credit, as though made on and as of such date (except to the extent that such representations and warranties relate solely to an earlier date, in which case such representations and warranties shall be true and correct in all material respects (except that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof) as of such earlier date);

 

(b)                                  No Default .  No Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result from the making of the requested Revolving Credit Loan or the issuance of the requested Letter of Credit as of the date of such request; and

 

(c)                                   No Material Adverse Effect .  No Material Adverse Effect shall have occurred.

 

Each condition in Sections 5.1 and 5.2 that are subject to the satisfaction or discretion of the Agent, any Lender or the Letter of Credit Issuer shall be deemed satisfied upon the Agent’s, Lender’s or Letter of Credit Issuer’s, as applicable, making of any Revolving Credit Loan or the issuance of any Letter of Credit.

 

ARTICLE VI.
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

 

SECTION 6.1                                         Representations and Warranties .  Each of the Borrowers makes the following representations and warranties to the Agent and the Lenders, which shall be true, correct and complete in all respects as of the Closing Date, and after the Closing Date, shall be true, correct, and complete in all material respects (except that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof) as of the date of any Borrowing or issuance of any Letter of Credit as though made on and as of such date (except to the extent that such representations and warranties relate solely to an earlier date, in which case such representations and warranties shall be true and correct in all material respects (except that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by

 

77



 

materiality in the text thereof) as of such earlier date), and such representations and warranties shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement:

 

(a)                                  Organization, Good Standing and Qualification .  Each Loan Party (i) is an Entity duly organized, validly existing and in good standing (to the extent such concept exists in the relevant jurisdictions) under the laws of the state of its incorporation, organization or formation, (ii) has the requisite power and authority to own its properties and assets and to transact the businesses in which it presently is, or proposes to be, engaged and (iii) is duly qualified, authorized to do business and in good standing (to the extent such concept exists in the relevant jurisdictions) in each jurisdiction where it presently is, or proposes to be, engaged in business, except to the extent that the failure so to qualify or be in good standing would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(b)                                  Locations of Offices, Records and Collateral .  The address of the principal place of business and chief executive office of each Loan Party is, and the books and records of each Loan Party and all of its chattel paper and records of its Receivables are maintained in the possession of such Loan Party at the address of such Loan Party specified in Schedule 6.1(b)  (as such Schedule may be updated from time to time to reflect changes resulting from transactions permitted under this Agreement).  There is no location at which any Loan Party maintains any Collateral in an aggregate principal amount exceeding $250,000 other than the locations specified for it in Schedule 6.1(b)  (as such Schedule may be updated from time to time to reflect changes resulting from transactions permitted under this Agreement).  Schedule 6.1(b)  (as such Schedule may be updated from time to time to reflect changes resulting from transactions permitted under this Agreement) specifies all Real Property of each Loan Party, and indicates whether each location specified therein is leased or owned by such Loan Party.

 

(c)                                   Authority .  Each Loan Party has the requisite power and authority to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under each of the Loan Documents to which it is a party.  All requisite corporate, limited liability company or partnership action necessary for the execution, delivery and performance by such Loan Party of the Loan Documents to which it is a party (including the consent of its Owners, where required) has been taken.

 

(d)                                  Enforceability .  The Loan Documents delivered by the Loan Parties, when executed and delivered, will be, the legal, valid and binding obligation of such Loan Party enforceable in accordance with their terms, except as enforceability may be limited by (i) bankruptcy, insolvency or similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and (ii) general principles of equity (regardless of whether such enforceability is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law).

 

(e)                                   No Conflict .  The execution, delivery and performance by each Loan Party of each Loan Document to which it is a party (i) do not contravene any of the Governing Documents of such Loan Party, (ii) do not contravene any Requirement of Law, (iii) do not contravene any Material Contract, except as such contravention would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect, and (iv) will not result in the imposition of any Liens upon any of its properties other than Permitted Liens.

 

78



 

(f)                                    Consents and Filings .  No consent, authorization or approval of, or filing with or other act by, any Governmental Authority or any other Person is required in connection with the execution, delivery or performance of this Agreement or any other Loan Document or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, except (i) such consents, authorizations, approvals, filings or other acts as have been made or obtained, as applicable, and are in full force and effect, (ii) the filing of UCC financing statements, (iii) filing of the Intellectual Property Security Agreement with the United States Patent and Trademark Office and the United States Copyright Office, (iv) filings or other actions listed on Schedule 6.1(f) , and (v) such consents, authorizations, approvals, filings or other acts the failure of which to be obtained or made would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(g)                                   Ownership; Subsidiaries Schedule 6.1(g)  (as such Schedule may be updated from time to time to reflect changes resulting from transactions permitted under this Agreement) sets forth the legal name (within the meaning of Section 9-503 of the UCC), jurisdiction of incorporation, formation or organization of each Loan Party, all jurisdictions in which each Loan Party is qualified to do business as a foreign Entity, the Persons that own the Equity Interests of each such Loan Party, and the number of Equity Interests owned by each such Person.

 

(h)                                  Solvency .  The Loan Parties, taken as a whole, are Solvent.

 

(i)                                      Financial Data .  The Borrower Agent has provided to the Agent complete and accurate copies of the Historical Financials.  The Historical Financials have been prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied throughout the periods involved and fairly present, in all material respects, the financial position, results of operations and cash flows of the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries for each of the periods covered.  Since December 31, 2014, there has been no change, occurrence, development or event, which has had or could reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(j)                                     Accuracy and Completeness of Information .  All written factual data, reports and written factual information (other than any projections, estimates and information of a general economic or industry specific nature) concerning the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries that has been furnished by or on behalf of any Loan Party to the Agent or any Lender in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby, when taken as a whole, are correct in all material respects as of the date of certification of such data, reports and information, and do not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements contained therein not materially misleading in light of the circumstances under which such statements are made at such time.

 

(k)                                  Legal and Trade Name .  As of the Closing Date, during the past year, none of the Loan Parties has been known by or used any legal name or, except as such usage would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect, any trade name or fictitious name, except for its name as set forth in the introductory paragraph and on the signature page of this Agreement or the Guarantor Security Agreement, as applicable, which is the exact correct legal name of such Loan Party.

 

79



 

(l)                                      No Broker’s or Finder’s Fees .  No broker or finder brought about the obtaining, making or closing of the Revolving Credit Loans or financial accommodations afforded hereunder or in connection herewith by the Agent, any Lender or any of its Affiliates.  No broker’s or finder’s fees or commissions will be payable by any Loan Party to any Person in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

(m)                              Investment Company .  None of the Loan Parties is an “investment company,” or an “affiliated person” of, or “promoter” or “principal underwriter” for, an “investment company,” as such terms are defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

 

(n)                                  Margin Stock .  None of the Loan Parties is engaged principally, or as one of its important activities, in the business of extending credit for the purpose of purchasing or carrying “margin stock” as that term is defined in Regulation U of the Federal Reserve Board.  No part of the proceeds of any Revolving Credit Loan or Letter of Credit will be used, whether directly or indirectly, and whether immediately, incidentally or ultimately, (i) to purchase or carry Margin Stock or to extend credit to others for the purpose of purchasing or carrying Margin Stock or to refund Indebtedness originally incurred for such purpose or (ii) for any purpose that entails a violation of, or that is inconsistent with, the provisions of the Regulations of the Board, including Regulations T, U or X.

 

(o)                                  Taxes and Tax Returns .

 

(i)                            Each Loan Party and each of its Subsidiaries has properly completed and timely filed all material income tax returns it is required to file and such returns were complete and accurate in all material respects.

 

(ii)                         All material taxes and similar governmental charges required to have been paid by the Loan Parties have been timely paid.

 

(iii)                      No material deficiencies for taxes have been claimed, proposed or assessed by any taxing or other Governmental Authority against any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries which remain unpaid.  There are no pending or, to the knowledge of the Borrowers, threatened audits, investigations or claims by a Governmental Authority for or relating to any material liability of any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries for taxes.

 

(p)                                  No Judgments or Litigation .  Except as specified in Schedule 6.1(p ), no judgments, orders, writs or decrees are outstanding against any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries, nor is there now pending or, to the knowledge of any Loan Party, any threatened litigation, contested claim, investigation, arbitration, or governmental proceeding by or against any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries that (i) individually or in the aggregate would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect or (ii) purports to affect the legality, validity or enforceability of this Agreement, the Notes, any other Loan Document or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby.

 

(q)                                  Title to Property .  Each Loan Party and each of its Subsidiaries has (i) valid fee simple title to or valid leasehold interests in all of its Real Property and (ii) good and

 

80


 

marketable title to all of its other assets, in each case, except where the failure to have such title interest or right would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.  All of such assets are free and clear of Liens except for Permitted Liens.

 

(r)                                     No Other Indebtedness .  On the Closing Date and after giving effect to the transactions contemplated hereby, none of the Loan Parties nor any of their Subsidiaries have any Indebtedness other than Indebtedness permitted under Section 8.1.

 

(s)                                    Investments; Contracts .  None of the Loan Parties, nor any of their Subsidiaries, (i) has committed to make any Investment; (ii) is a party to any indenture, agreement, contract, instrument or lease, or subject to any restriction in the Governing Documents or similar restriction or any injunction, order, restriction or decree; (iii) is a party to any “take or pay” contract as to which it is the purchaser; or (iv) has material contingent or long term liability, including any management contracts, in each case, which individually or in the aggregate would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.  As of the Closing Date, the aggregate amount on deposit in the Closing Date Cash Collateral Account does not exceed $2,000,000.00.

 

(t)                                     Compliance with Laws .  On the Closing Date and after giving effect to the transactions contemplated hereby, none of the Loan Parties nor any of their Subsidiaries is in violation of any Requirement of Law, or is in default with respect to any judgment, writ, injunction or decree of any Governmental Authority, where such violation or default would reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(u)                                  Rights in Collateral; Priority of Liens .  All of the Collateral of each Loan Party is owned or leased by it free and clear of any and all Liens in favor of third parties, other than Liens in favor of the Agent and other Permitted Liens.  Upon the proper filing of the financing and termination statements specified in Section 5.1(a)(viii) and any Mortgage and release specified in Section 5.1(a)(ix), the Liens granted by the Loan Parties pursuant to the Loan Documents constitute valid, enforceable and perfected first priority Liens on the Collateral (subject only to Permitted Liens which are non-consensual Permitted Liens, permitted purchase money Liens, or the interests of lessors in respect of Capitalized Lease Obligations).

 

(v)                                  ERISA .  Except as could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect:

 

(i)                            No Lien has arisen under Section 303(k) or 4068 of ERISA or Section 430(k) of the Internal Revenue Code

 

(ii)                         No Loan Party maintains or contributes to any Plan, other than those specified in Schedule 6.1(v) .

 

(iii)                      Each Loan Party has fulfilled all of its applicable contribution obligations for each Plan (including obligations related to the minimum funding standards of ERISA and the Internal Revenue Code on a timely basis), and no application for a funding waiver or an extension of any amortization period

 

81



 

pursuant to Sections 303 and 304 of ERISA or Section 412 of the Internal Revenue Code has been made with respect to any Plan.

 

(iv)                     No Termination Event has occurred or is likely to occur.

 

(v)                        There has been no non-exempt prohibited transaction as defined in Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Internal Revenue Code (a “ Prohibited Transaction ”) with respect to any Plan or any Multiemployer Plan.

 

(vi)                     With respect to each Plan and Multiemployer Plan, neither any Loan Party nor any ERISA Affiliate has incurred any liability to the PBGC

 

(vii)                  Each Plan which is intended to qualify under Section 401(a) of the Internal Revenue Code has received a favorable determination letter from the IRS and no event has occurred which would cause the loss of such qualification.

 

(viii)               Each Plan is in compliance with the applicable provisions of ERISA, the Internal Revenue Code and any applicable Requirement of Law.

 

(ix)                     The aggregate actuarial present value of all benefit liabilities (whether or not vested) under each Pension Plan, determined on a plan termination basis, as of the date of, the most recent actuarial report for such Pension Plan, does not exceed the aggregate fair market value of the assets of such Pension Plan as of such date.

 

(x)                        Neither any Loan Party nor any ERISA Affiliate has incurred or reasonably expects to incur any liability under Section 4201 or 4243 of ERISA with respect to any Multiemployer Plan.

 

(w)                                Intellectual Property .  Set forth on Schedule 6.1(w)  is a complete and accurate list of all material Patents, Trademarks and Copyrights, and all licenses thereof, of the Loan Parties, showing as of the date hereof the jurisdiction in which registered, the registration number and the date of registration.  Each Loan Party owns or licenses all Patents, Trademarks, Copyrights and other intellectual property rights which are reasonably necessary for the operation of its business.  No Loan Party, to its knowledge, has infringed any Patent, Trademark, Copyright or other intellectual property right owned by any other Person by the sale or use of any product, process, method, substance, part or other material now sold or used, where such sale or use would reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to have a Material Adverse Effect, and no claim or litigation is pending or, to each Borrower’s knowledge, threatened against any Loan Party that contests its right to sell or use any such product, process, method, substance, part or other material.

 

(x)                                  Labor Matters Schedule 6.1(x)  accurately sets forth all collective bargaining agreements to which any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries is a party as of the Closing Date, and their dates of expiration.  There are no existing or, to each Borrower’s knowledge, threatened strikes, lockouts or other disputes relating to any collective bargaining or similar labor agreement to which any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries is a party which, individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

82



 

(y)                                  Compliance with Environmental Laws .  Except as to matters that would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect: (i) no Loan Party is the subject of any judicial or administrative proceeding or investigation relating to the violation of any Environmental Law or asserting potential liability arising from the release or disposal by any Person of any Hazardous Materials, (ii) no Loan Party has filed with or received from any Governmental Authority any notice, order, stipulation or directive under any Environmental Law concerning the treatment, storage, disposal, spill, release or threatened release of any Hazardous Materials at, on, beneath or adjacent to Real Property owned or leased by it, (iii) each Loan Party has no knowledge of any contingent liability for any release of any Hazardous Materials, and there has been no spill or release of any Hazardous Materials at any of its Real Property in violation of Environmental Laws and (iv) to the knowledge of each Borrower, none of any Loan Party’s Real Property has ever been used as a waste disposal site, whether registered or unregistered.

 

(z)                                   Licenses and Permits .  Each Loan Party and each of its Subsidiaries has obtained and holds in full force and effect all Permits which are necessary or advisable for the operation of its business as presently conducted and as proposed to be conducted, except where the failure to possess any of the foregoing (individually or in the aggregate) would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.  Each Loan Party is in compliance in all material respects with all State Licensing Laws applicable to it.  No Loan Party has received any communication (including without limitation any oral communication) from any Governmental Authority alleging that it is not in compliance in any material respect with, or may be subject to material liability under, any State Licensing Laws.

 

(aa)                           Compliance with Anti-Terrorism Laws .  None of the Loan Parties nor any of their Subsidiaries is any of the following:

 

(i)                                      a Person that is listed in the annex to, or is otherwise subject to the provisions of, Executive Order No. 13224 on Terrorist Financing effective September 24, 2001 (the “ Executive Order ”);

 

(ii)                                   a Person owned or Controlled by, or acting for or on behalf of, any Person that is listed in the annex to, or is otherwise subject to the provisions of, the Executive Order;

 

(iii)                                a Person with which any Lender is prohibited from dealing or otherwise engaging in any transaction by any laws with respect to terrorism or money laundering; or

 

(iv)                               a Person that commits, threatens or conspires to commit or supports “terrorism” as defined in the Executive Order; or a Person that is named as a “specially designated national and blocked Person” on the most current list published by the U.S. Treasury Department Office of Foreign Assets Control (“ OFAC ”) at its official website or any replacement website or other replacement official publication of such list and none of the proceeds of the Revolving Credit Loans will be, directly or, to the knowledge of the Borrowers or any of their respective Subsidiaries, indirectly, offered, lent, contributed or otherwise made

 

83



 

available to any Subsidiary, joint venture partner or other Person for the purpose of financing the activities of any Person currently the subject of sanctions administered by OFAC.

 

(bb)                           Government Regulation .  None of the Loan Parties and none of their Subsidiaries is subject to regulation under the Energy Policy Act of 2005, the Federal Power Act, the Interstate Commerce Act or any other Requirement of Law that limits its ability to incur Indebtedness or to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

 

(cc)                             Material Contracts.   Set forth on Schedule 6.1(cc) (as such Schedule may be amended from time to time by written notice from the Borrower Agent to the Agent given with the Compliance Certificate) is a complete and accurate list of all Material Contracts of each Loan Party.  Each such Material Contract has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the applicable Loan Party.  Except for matters that would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect, each Material Contract of the Loan Parties is in full force and effect and is binding upon and enforceable against all parties thereto in accordance with its terms, and there exists no default under such Material Contract by any party thereto.

 

(dd)                           Business and Properties .  No business of any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries is affected by any fire, explosion, accident, drought, storm, hail, earthquake, embargo, act of God or of the public enemy or other casualty (whether or not covered by insurance) that would reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(ee)                             Money-Laundering Laws .  Each Loan Party is in compliance in all material respects with all Money Laundering Laws applicable to it.  No Loan Party has received any communication (including without limitation any oral communication) from any Governmental Authority alleging that it is not in compliance in any material respect with, or may be subject to material liability under, any Money Laundering Laws.

 

(ff)                               Master Services Agreements .  Except as specified in Schedule 6.1(ff) (as such Schedule may be amended from time to time by written notice from the Borrower Agent to the Agent), no Loan Party is party to (A) any Designated Closing Date MSA or (B) any Master Services Agreement entered into after the Closing Date, in any such case, which provides that (i) any payments contemplated under such Master Services Agreement in respect of the purchase from any Loan Party of the right to place advertisements on one or more Media Outlets are payable to any Person other than such Loan Party, or (ii) any portion of the amounts payable from the Advertiser or one or more of its agents to any Loan Party under such Master Services Agreement is required to be held in escrow or in trust, or otherwise turned over to, or held for the benefit of, any Advertiser, any Publisher, any SSP or any other Person.

 

(gg)                             Eligible Receivables .  As to each Receivable that is identified by the Borrowers as an Eligible Receivable in a Borrowing Base Certificate submitted to the Agent, such Receivable is (x) a bona fide existing payment obligation of the applicable account debtor created by the sale and delivery of inventory or the rendition of services to such account debtor

 

84



 

in the ordinary course of the Borrowers’ business, (y) owed to a Borrower without any claimed defenses, disputes, offsets, counterclaims, or rights of return or cancellation other than as permitted under the definition of Eligible Receivables and as noted on the Borrowing Base Certificate, and (z) not excluded as ineligible by virtue of one or more of the excluding criteria (other than any Agent-discretionary criteria) as required in the definition of Eligible Receivables.

 

ARTICLE VII.
AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS OF THE BORROWERS

 

Each Borrower covenants and agrees that, until the Payment in Full of all Obligations:

 

SECTION 7.1                                         Existence .  The Loan Parties shall, and shall cause each of their Subsidiaries to, (i) maintain their Entity existence, except in connection with a transaction expressly permitted under Section 8.3 or in the case of any Entity other than a Borrower, where the failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (ii) maintain in full force and effect all material licenses, bonds, franchises, leases, Trademarks, qualifications and authorizations to do business, and all material Patents, contracts and other rights necessary or advisable to the profitable conduct of its businesses, except (A) as expressly permitted by this Agreement, (B) such as may expire, be abandoned or lapse in the ordinary course of business, or (C) as would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect, and (iii) continue in the same or reasonably related lines of business as presently conducted by it.

 

SECTION 7.2                                         Maintenance of Property .  The Loan Parties shall, and shall cause each of their Subsidiaries to, keep all assets used or useful and necessary to its business in good working order and condition (ordinary wear and tear and casualty and condemnation excepted) in accordance with its ordinary course of business practices.

 

SECTION 7.3                                         [Reserved] .

 

SECTION 7.4                                         Taxes .  The Loan Parties shall, and shall cause each of their Subsidiaries to, pay, before the same becomes delinquent or in default, (i) all material Taxes imposed against it or any of its property and (ii) all lawful claims that, if unpaid, might by law become a Lien upon its property; provided that, such payment and discharge will not be required with respect to any Tax or claim if (x) the validity thereof, or to the extent the amount thereof, is being contested in good faith, by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted and (y) an adequate reserve or other appropriate provision shall have been established therefor as required in accordance with GAAP.

 

SECTION 7.5                                         Requirements of Law .  The Loan Parties shall, and shall cause each of their Subsidiaries to, comply with all Requirements of Law applicable to it, including any State Licensing Laws, except where the failure to so comply would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.

 

SECTION 7.6                                         Insurance .  Each of the Loan Parties shall, and shall cause each of their Subsidiaries to maintain, with insurance companies reasonably believed to be financially sound and reputable, insurance in such amounts and against such risks as are customarily

 

85



 

maintained by similarly situated companies engaged in the same or similar businesses operating in the same or similar locations, and cause the Agent to be listed as a co-loss payee on property and casualty policies and as an additional insured on liability policies, pursuant to a standard loss payable endorsement with a standard non-contributory “lender” or “secured party” clause.  The Borrower Agent will furnish to the Agent, upon request, information in reasonable detail as to the insurance so maintained.  Furthermore, the Loan Parties shall:  (a) obtain certificates and endorsements reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent with respect to property and casualty insurance; (b) cause each insurance policy referred to in this Section 7.6 to provide that it shall not be cancelled, modified or not renewed (x) by reason of nonpayment of premium except upon not less than 10 days’ prior written notice thereof by the insurer to the Agent (giving the Agent the right to cure defaults in the payment of premiums) or (y) for any other reason except upon not less than 30 days’ prior written notice thereof by the insurer to the Agent; and (c) deliver to the Agent, prior to the cancellation, modification or non-renewal of any such policy of insurance, a copy of a renewal or replacement policy (or other evidence of renewal of a policy previously delivered to the Agent, including an insurance binder) together with evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Agent of payment of the premium therefor.  If any Loan Party fails to obtain and maintain insurance as provided in this Section, or to keep the same in force, the Agent, if the Agent so elects, in its Permitted Discretion, may obtain such insurance and pay the premium therefor for the Borrowers’ account, and charge the Borrowers’ Loan Account for same, and such expenses so paid shall be part of the Obligations.  Without limitation of the foregoing, if as of the Closing Date or at any time thereafter, all or a portion of the improvements situated on any fee owned Real Property are located within an area designated by the Federal Emergency Management Agency or the Flood Disaster Protection Act of 1973 (P.L. 93-234) as being in a “special flood hazard area” or as having specific flood hazards, the Borrowers shall also furnish the Agent with flood insurance policies which conform to the requirements of said Flood Disaster Protection Act of 1973 and the National Flood Insurance Act of 1968, as either may be amended from time to time.

 

SECTION 7.7                                         Books and Records; Inspections .

 

(a)                                  The Loan Parties shall, and shall cause each of their Subsidiaries to, maintain books and records (including computer records and programs) of account pertaining to the assets, liabilities and financial transactions of the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries in such detail, form and scope as is consistent with good business practice, which shall exclude the assets, liabilities and financial transactions of all direct and indirect Owners, Subsidiaries and other Affiliates of the Loan Parties.

 

(b)                                  The Loan Parties shall, and shall cause each of their Subsidiaries to, provide the Agent and its agents and one representative of each of the Lenders access to the premises of the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries at any time and from time to time, during normal business hours and with reasonable notice under the circumstances, and at any time after the occurrence and during the continuance of a Default or Event of Default, for the purposes of (A) inspecting and verifying the Collateral, (B) inspecting and copying any and all records pertaining thereto, (C) conducting field examinations and appraisals with respect to the Collateral, and (D) discussing the affairs, finances and business of the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries with any officer, employee or director thereof or with the Auditors (subject to such Auditor’s policies and procedures).  The Borrowers shall reimburse the Agent for the reasonable

 

86



 

and documented travel and related expenses of the Agent’s employees or, at the Agent’s option, of such outside accountants or examiners as may be retained by the Agent to verify or inspect Collateral, records or documents of the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries; provided that, so long as no Default or Event of Default then exists, the number of field examinations and appraisals for which the Borrowers shall be liable for reimbursement to the Agent hereunder shall be limited to (x) one (1) before the Closing Date, (y) two (2) during the period from the Closing Date through December 31, 2016, and (z) two (2) per year in each fiscal year ended thereafter, in each case, plus additional field examinations with respect to Receivables acquired or to be acquired in connection with any Permitted Acquisition or Permitted Investment that the Borrowers elects to include in the Borrowing Base; provided , further , that the foregoing shall not operate to limit the number of inspections, field examinations and appraisals that the Agent may elect to undertake.  If the Agent’s own employees are used, the Borrowers shall also pay such reasonable per diem allowance as the Agent may from time to time establish, or, if outside examiners or accountants are used, the Borrowers shall also pay the Agent such sum as the Agent may be obligated to pay as fees for such services.  All such Obligations may be charged to the Loan Account or any other account of the Borrowers with the Agent or any of its Affiliates.

 

SECTION 7.8                                         Notification Requirements .  The Borrowers shall timely give the Agent the following notices and other documents:

 

(a)                                  Notice of Defaults .  Promptly, and in any event within five (5) Business Days after any Responsible Officer of the Borrowers obtains actual knowledge of the occurrence of a Default or Event of Default, a certificate of a Responsible Officer specifying the nature thereof and the Borrowers’ proposed response thereto, each in reasonable detail.

 

(b)                                  Proceedings; Changes .  Promptly, and in any event within five (5) Business Days after any Responsible Officer of the Borrowers obtains actual knowledge of (i) any proceeding including, without limitation, any proceeding the subject of which is based in whole or in part on a commercial tort claim being instituted or threatened to be instituted against a Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries before any Governmental Authority as to which an adverse determination is reasonably probable and which, if adversely determined, would reasonably be expected to result in a liability in excess of $500,000 or (ii) any actual change, development or event which has had or would reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect, a written statement describing such proceeding, change, development or event and any action being taken by such Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries with respect thereto.

 

(c)                                   Changes .  Promptly, and in any event within five (5) Business Days after (i)  a change in the location of any Collateral from the locations specified in Schedule 6.1(b)  or (ii) a change of the legal name, Entity structure or jurisdiction of organization of any Loan Party thereof, a written statement describing such change, together with, in the case of clause (ii), copies of the Governing Documents of such Loan Party, certified by the Secretary of State (or equivalent) in each relevant jurisdiction, evidencing such change.  If any notice is delivered with respect to Schedule 6.1(b)  pursuant to this Section 7.8, such notice shall be deemed to be an addition to such Schedule.

 

87



 

(d)                                  ERISA Notices .

 

(i)                            Promptly, and in any event within five (5) Business Days after a Termination Event has occurred, a written statement of a Responsible Officer of the Borrower Agent describing such Termination Event and any action that is being taken, or will be taken, with respect thereto by any Loan Party or ERISA Affiliate, and any action taken or threatened by the Internal Revenue Service, the Department of Labor or the PBGC with respect to such Termination Event;

 

(ii)                         promptly, and in any event within five (5) Business Days after the filing thereof with the Internal Revenue Service, a copy of each funding waiver request pursuant to Section 412(c) of the internal Revenue Code filed with respect to any Plan subject to the funding requirements of Section 412 of the Internal Revenue Code;

 

(iii)                      promptly, and in any event within five (5) Business Days after receipt by any Loan Party of the PBGC’s intention to terminate a Plan under Section 4041 or Section 4041A of ERISA or to have a trustee appointed to administer a Plan, a copy of each such notice;

 

(iv)                     promptly, and in any event within five (5) Business Days after the occurrence thereof, notice (including the nature of the event and, when known, any action taken or threatened by the Internal Revenue Service, the Department of Labor or the PBGC with respect thereto) of:

 

(A)                                any Prohibited Transaction which would subject any Borrower to a material civil penalty assessed pursuant to Section 502(i) of ERISA or a material tax imposed by Section 4975 of the Internal Revenue Code in connection with any Plan, or any trust created thereunder;

 

(B)                                a failure by any Borrower or, to the knowledge of any Borrower, ERISA Affiliate to make a payment to a Plan required to avoid imposition of a Lien under Section 303(k) of ERISA or Section 430(k) of the Internal Revenue Code, or a failure by any Loan Party to make a payment to a Plan which is required by ERISA or the Internal Revenue Code; and

 

(C)                                the establishment of any new Plan or the obligation to contribute to any new Plan which was not specified on Schedule 6.1(v) ;

 

(v)                        promptly upon and in any event within five (5) Business Days after the request of the Agent, each annual report (IRS Form 5500 series) and all accompanying schedules and the most recent actuarial reports, in any case, with respect to any Pension Plan;

 

(vi)                     promptly, and in any event within five (5) Business Days after receipt thereof by any Loan Party, notice and demand for payment of withdrawal liability under Section 4201 of ERISA with respect to a Multiemployer Plan or

 

88



 

notice that a Multiemployer Plan is subject to Section 305 of ERISA or Section 432 of the Internal Revenue Code; and

 

(vii)                  promptly, and in any event within five (5) Business Days after receipt thereof by any Loan Party or ERISA Affiliate, notice of any administrative or judicial complaint, or the entry of a judgment, award or settlement agreement, in either case with respect to a Plan that would reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(d)                                  Material Contracts .  Concurrently with the delivery of any Compliance Certificates delivered pursuant to Section 7.11(d), notice of any Material Contract that has been terminated or amended in any material respect, together with a copy of any such amendment and delivery of a copy of any new Material Contract that has been entered into, in each case since the later of the Closing Date or delivery of the prior Compliance Certificate.

 

(e)                                   Environmental Matters .  Promptly, and in any event within five (5) Business Days after receipt by a Loan Party thereof, copies of (A) any written notice that any violation of any Environmental Law was committed by a Loan Party which violation could reasonably be expected to result in liability or involve remediation costs that would reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to have a Material Adverse Effect, (B) any written notice that any administrative or judicial complaint or order has been filed against a Loan Party alleging violations of any Environmental Law or requiring a Loan Party to take any action in connection with the release of toxic or Hazardous Materials into the environment which violation or action would reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to have a Material Adverse Effect, (C) any written notice from a Governmental Authority or other Person alleging that a Loan Party may be liable or responsible for costs associated with a response to or cleanup of a release of a Hazardous Material into the environment or any damages caused thereby which would reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to have a Material Adverse Effect, or (D) Environmental Law adopted, enacted or issued after the date hereof of which any Borrower becomes aware which would reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(f)                                    Insurance .  Promptly, and in any event within five (5) Business Days after receipt by a Loan Party of notice or knowledge thereof, of the actual or intended cancellation of, or any material and adverse change in coverage or other terms of, any insurance required to be maintained by the Loan Parties pursuant to this Agreement or any other Loan Document.

 

SECTION 7.9                                         Casualty Loss .  The Loan Parties shall provide written notice to the Agent, within five (5) Business Days, of any material damage to, the destruction of, or any other material loss to any asset or property owned or used by any Loan Party other than any such asset or property with a net book value (individually or in the aggregate) less than $500,000 or any condemnation, confiscation or other taking, in whole or in part, or any event that otherwise diminishes so as to render impracticable or unreasonable the use of such asset or property owned or used by the Loan Parties, together with a state of the amount of the damage, destruction, loss or diminution in value.

 

89



 

SECTION 7.10                                  Qualify to Transact Business .  The Loan Parties shall, and shall cause each of their Subsidiaries to, qualify to transact business as a foreign corporation, limited partnership or limited liability company, as the case may be, in each jurisdiction where the nature or extent of its business or the ownership of its property requires it to be so qualified or authorized and where failure to qualify or be authorized could reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

SECTION 7.11                                  Financial Reporting .  The Borrower Agent shall deliver to the Agent the following:

 

(a)                                  Annual Financial Statements .  As soon as available, but not later than one hundred twenty (120) days after the end of each fiscal year, beginning with the fiscal year ended December 31, 2015, (A) the annual audited consolidated Financial Statements of the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries for and as of the end of the prior fiscal year; (B) in the event that (x) the gross revenues of the Subsidiaries of the Borrower Agent exceed $100,000,000 per year or (y) the aggregate amount of Investments by the Loan Parties in or to, and guarantees by the Loan Parties of Indebtedness of, Subsidiaries that are not Loan Parties exceeds $5,000,000, the annual Financial Statements of the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries, on a consolidating basis, for and as of the end of the prior fiscal year; (C) a comparison in reasonable detail to the prior year’s audited Financial Statements; and (D) the Auditors’ opinion without Qualification and a “Management Letter”.

 

(b)                                  Business Plan .  Not later than sixty (60) days after the end of each fiscal year of the Loan Parties, the Business Plan of the Loan Parties certified by the chief financial officer or vice president, finance, of the Borrower Agent.

 

(c)                                   Monthly Financial Statements .  As soon as available, but not later than thirty (30) days after the end of each fiscal month, commencing with the fiscal month ended February 29, 2016, (A) management prepared interim consolidated Financial Statements of the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries as at the end of such month and for the fiscal year to date and setting forth in comparative form the figures for the corresponding period or periods of the previous fiscal year and as set forth in the Business Plan; (B) in the event that (x) the gross revenues of the Subsidiaries of the Borrower Agent exceed $100,000,000 per year or (y) the aggregate amount of Investments by the Loan Parties in or to, and guarantees by the Loan Parties of Indebtedness of, Subsidiaries that are not Loan Parties exceeds $5,000,000, the management prepared interim Financial Statements of the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries, on a consolidating basis, as at the end of such month and for the fiscal year to date; (C) a certification by the Borrower Agent’s chief financial officer or the vice president, finance that such Financial Statements have been prepared in accordance with GAAP and are fairly stated in all material respects (subject to normal year-end audit adjustments); and (D) with respect to each fiscal month that is also the end of a fiscal quarter, a narrative discussion of the financial condition of the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries and results of operations and the liquidity and capital resources for the fiscal quarter then ended, prepared by the chief financial officer of the Borrower Agent; provided that, in lieu of such narrative discussion, the Borrower Agent may participate in a quarterly conference call (each such call to be at a time and date to be reasonably agreed by the Borrower Agent and the Agent) among senior management of the Borrower Agent, the Agent and the Lenders.

 

90


 

(d)                                  Compliance Certificate .  As soon as available, but (A) not later than thirty (30) days after the end of each fiscal month and (B) and one hundred twenty (120) days after each fiscal year end, a compliance certificate, substantially in the form of Exhibit H (a “ Compliance Certificate ”), signed by the Borrower Agent’s chief financial officer or vice president-finance, with an attached schedule setting forth the calculations to arrive at EBITDA and the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio as of the end of such fiscal month or fiscal year, as applicable, without regard to whether a Covenant Testing Period is then in effect.

 

(e)                                   Borrowing Base Certificate .  Monthly, not later than the fifteenth (15th) day of each fiscal month, a certificate signed by the chief financial officer or the vice president-finance of the Borrower Agent substantially in the form of Exhibit I (a “ Borrowing Base Certificate ”) detailing the Eligible Receivables, containing a calculation of Availability and reflecting all sales, collections, and debit and credit adjustments, as of the last day of the preceding month (or as of a more recent date as the Agent may from time to time reasonably request); provided that, if Excess Availability is at any time less than the greater of (x) Fifteen Million Dollars ($15,000,000) and (y) 12.5% of the lesser of (I) the Borrowing Base then in effect and (II) the Aggregate Revolving Credit Commitment as of such date, then, commencing with the first calendar week following the end of such fiscal month, and continuing on a weekly basis thereafter, until a period of sixty (60) consecutive days has elapsed during which at all times Excess Availability has equaled or exceeded the greater of (x) Fifteen Million Dollars ($15,000,000) and (y) 12.5% of the lesser of (I) the Borrowing Base then in effect and (II) the Aggregate Revolving Credit Commitment as of such date, the Borrower Agent shall deliver the Borrowing Base Certificate weekly, on the Wednesday of each week (or, if Wednesday is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day), setting forth the Borrowing Base calculated as of the close of business on the immediately preceding Saturday.

 

(f)                                    Agings .  Monthly, not later than the fifteen (15th) day after the end of each fiscal month, agings of the Borrowers’ Receivables and accounts payable, in scope and detail satisfactory to the Agent, as of the last day of the preceding month.

 

(g)                                   SEC Reports .  Promptly after the same become publicly available, copies of all periodic and other publicly available reports, proxy statements and, to the extent requested by the Agent, other materials publicly filed by the Borrowers with the Securities and Exchange Commission or, after an initial public offering, distributed to its Owners generally, as applicable.

 

(h)                                  Other Financial Information .  Promptly after the request by the Agent, such additional financial statements and other related data and information as to the business, operations, results of operations, assets, liabilities or condition (financial or otherwise) of any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries as the Agent may from time to time reasonably request.

 

Notices and information required to be delivered pursuant to this Section 7.11 may be delivered electronically and, if so delivered, shall be deemed to have been delivered on the date (i) on which the Borrower Agent posts such documents, or provides a link thereto on the Borrower Agent’s website on the Internet at the website address http://thetradedesk.com; (ii) on which the Borrower Agent delivers such documents by electronic mail to the Agent or (iii) on which such documents are posted on the Borrower Agent’s behalf on an Internet or intranet website, if any, to which each Lender and the Agent have access (whether a commercial, third-

 

91



 

party website or whether sponsored by the Agent); provided , that: (i) until the Agent has confirmed its receipt of an electronic copy of any such document, the Borrower Agent shall deliver paper copies of such documents to the Agent or any Lender if so requested by Agent or any such Lender in writing and (ii) the Borrower Agent shall notify the Agent (by telecopier or electronic mail) of the posting of any such documents and provide to the Agent by electronic mail electronic versions (i.e., soft copies) of such documents.  The Agent shall have no obligation to request the delivery or to maintain copies of the documents referred to above, and in any event shall have no responsibility to monitor compliance by the Borrower Agent with any such request for delivery, and each Lender shall be solely responsible for requesting delivery to it or maintaining its copies of such documents.

 

SECTION 7.12                                  Payment of Liabilities .  The Loan Parties shall, and shall cause each of their Subsidiaries to, pay and discharge, in the ordinary course of business, all obligations and liabilities (including, without limitation, tax liabilities and other governmental charges), except where (i) the same may be contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which adequate reserves with respect thereto have been established in accordance with GAAP or (ii) the failure to make payment would not reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

SECTION 7.13                                  ERISA .  Except as to matters that would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect, the Loan Parties shall (i) maintain each Plan intended to qualify under Section 401(a) of the Internal Revenue Code so as to satisfy in all material respects the qualification requirements thereof, (ii) contribute, or require that contributions be made, in a timely manner (A) to each Plan in amounts sufficient to satisfy in all material respects applicable Requirements of Law and the terms and conditions of each such Plan, and (B) to each Foreign Plan in amounts sufficient to satisfy in all material respects the minimum funding requirements of any applicable law or regulation, and (iii) cause each Plan or Foreign Plan to comply in all material respects with applicable law (including all applicable statutes, orders, rules and regulations).  As used in this Section 7.13, “ Foreign Plan ” means a plan that provides retirement or health benefits and that is maintained, or otherwise contributed to, by a Loan Party for the benefit of employees outside the United States.

 

SECTION 7.14                                  Environmental Matters .  The Loan Parties shall, and shall cause each of their Subsidiaries to, conduct its business so as to comply in all material respects with all applicable Environmental Laws and obtain and renew all material Permits, except, in each case, to the extent the failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.

 

SECTION 7.15                                  Intellectual Property .  The Loan Parties shall, and shall cause each of their Subsidiaries to, do and cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect all of its material registrations of Trademarks, Patents and Copyrights.

 

SECTION 7.16                                  Solvency .  The Loan Parties, taken as a whole, shall be and remain Solvent at all times.

 

SECTION 7.17                                  [Reserved] .

 

92



 

SECTION 7.18                                  [Reserved] .

 

SECTION 7.19                                  Money Laundering Laws .  Each of the Loan Parties shall comply in all material respects with all Money Laundering Laws applicable to it and shall maintain all of the necessary Permits required pursuant to any Money Laundering Laws applicable to it in order for such Loan Party to continue the conduct of its business as currently conducted.

 

SECTION 7.20                                  Formation of Subsidiaries .  Each Loan Party will, at the time that any Loan Party forms or acquires any direct or indirect Subsidiary after the Closing Date, within fifteen (15) days of such event (or such later date as permitted by the Agent in its discretion) (a) cause such new Subsidiary to provide to Agent a joinder to the Guaranty and the Guarantor Security Agreement, (b) to the extent required by and subject to the exceptions set forth in this Agreement and the Security Documents, deliver to Agent financing statements with respect to such Subsidiary, a Pledged Interests Addendum with respect to the Equity Interests of such Subsidiary, and such other security agreements (including Mortgages with respect to any Real Property owned in fee of such new Subsidiary), all in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Agent, necessary to create the Liens intended to be created under the Security Documents; provided , that the joinder to the Guaranty and the Guarantor Security Agreement and such other Security Documents, shall not be required to be provided to the Agent with respect to any Foreign Subsidiary, (c) provide, or cause the applicable Loan Party to provide, to Agent a Pledged Interests Addendum and appropriate certificates and powers or financing statements, pledging all of the direct or beneficial ownership interest in such new Subsidiary; provided , that only sixty-five percent (65%) of the total outstanding Voting Interests of any first tier Foreign Subsidiary (and none of the Equity Interests of any Subsidiary of such Foreign Subsidiary) shall be required to be pledged (which pledge, if reasonably requested by the Agent, shall be governed by the laws of the jurisdiction of such Subsidiary), and (d) provide to the Agent all other documentation, including one or more opinions of counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Agent, which, in its Permitted Discretion, is appropriate with respect to the execution and delivery of the applicable documentation referred to above (including policies of title insurance, flood certification documentation or other documentation with respect to all Real Property owned in fee and subject to a Mortgage).

 

SECTION 7.21                                  Post-Closing Covenants .  As promptly as practicable, and in any event within the applicable time period set forth on Schedule 7.21 (or such longer time as the Agent may agree in its sole discretion), each Loan Party will deliver all documents and take all actions set forth on Schedule 7.21 .

 

ARTICLE VIII.
NEGATIVE COVENANTS

 

Each Borrower covenants and agrees that, until Payment in Full of all Obligations:

 

SECTION 8.1                                         Indebtedness .  The Loan Parties will not, and will not permit any of their Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, at any time create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Indebtedness other than:

 

93



 

(i)                                      Indebtedness under the Loan Documents, including any Indebtedness created pursuant to the Incremental Revolving Credit Commitments;

 

(ii)                                   Indebtedness existing on the Closing Date and set forth in Schedule 8.1(ii), and any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect of such Indebtedness;

 

(iii)                                Indebtedness (including Capitalized Lease Obligations and purchase money Indebtedness) to finance all or any part of the purchase, lease, construction, installment, repair or improvement of property, plant or equipment or other fixed or capital assets, in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $750,000 at any time outstanding, and any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect of such Indebtedness; provided that such Indebtedness is incurred within 180 days after the purchase, lease, construction, installation, repair or improvement of the property that is the subject of such Indebtedness;

 

(iv)                               subject to the requirements set forth in the definitions thereof, (A) the Term Loan Indebtedness and (B) the Real Property Indebtedness;

 

(v)                                  Permitted Hedging Agreements;

 

(vi)                               Indebtedness owed to (including obligations in respect of letters of credit or bank Guarantees or similar instruments for the benefit of) any Person providing workers’ compensation, health, disability or other employee benefits (whether to current or former employees) or property, casualty or liability insurance or self-insurance in respect of such items, or other Indebtedness with respect to reimbursement-type obligations regarding workers’ compensation claims, health, disability or other employee benefits (whether current or former) or property, casualty or liability insurance; provided that, upon the incurrence of any Indebtedness with respect to reimbursement obligations regarding workers’ compensation claims, such obligations are reimbursed not later than sixty (60) days following such incurrence;

 

(vii)                            Indebtedness arising from agreements of any Borrower or any Subsidiary providing for indemnification, earn-outs, adjustment of purchase or acquisition price or similar obligations, in each case, incurred or assumed in connection with any Permitted Acquisition or the disposition of any business, assets or Subsidiaries not prohibited by this Agreement, other than guarantees of Indebtedness incurred by any Person acquiring all or any portion of such business, assets or Subsidiaries for the purpose of financing any such Permitted Acquisition; provided , that the maximum assumable liability in respect of all such Indebtedness shall at no time exceed the gross proceeds including non-cash proceeds (the fair market value of such non-cash proceeds being measured at the time received and without giving effect to any subsequent changes in value) actually received by the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries in connection with such disposition;

 

(viii)                         intercompany Indebtedness between or among the Borrowers and the Subsidiaries; provided that such Indebtedness is only entered into in connection with Investments permitted under Section 8.11 and, to the extent such Indebtedness is in an aggregate principal amount exceeding $1,500,000, is subject to an Intercompany Subordination Agreement;

 

94



 

(ix)                               Indebtedness in respect of performance bonds, bid bonds, appeal bonds, surety bonds and completion guarantees and similar obligations, in each case, provided in the ordinary course of business;

 

(x)                                  Guarantees of Indebtedness of the Borrowers or the Subsidiaries permitted to be incurred under this Agreement; provided that (A) such guarantees are not prohibited by the provisions of Section 8.11; (B) no such Guarantee by any Subsidiary of any Term Loan Indebtedness shall be permitted unless such Subsidiary shall have also provided a Guarantee of the Obligations, and (C) if the Indebtedness being Guaranteed is subordinated to the Obligations, such Guarantee shall be subordinated to the Guarantee of the Obligations on terms at least as favorable to the Lenders as those contained in the subordination of such Indebtedness;

 

(xi)                               Indebtedness supported by a Letter of Credit, in a principal amount not in excess of the stated amount of such Letter of Credit;

 

(xii)                            Acquired Indebtedness in an amount not to exceed $5,000,000 at any one time;

 

(xiii)                         Subordinated Debt, if any, subject to the terms set forth in the Subordination Agreement corresponding thereto;

 

(xiv)                        Indebtedness in respect of the Closing Date LC and, for a period of time not to exceed 155 days after the Closing Date (or such longer time as the Agent may agree in its sole discretion), the Closing Date Hedging Obligations; and

 

(xv)                           Indebtedness incurred in the ordinary course of business in respect of (A) overdraft facilities, employee credit card programs, netting services, automatic clearinghouse arrangements and other cash management and similar arrangements, and in connection with securities and commodities arising in connection with the acquisition or disposition of Permitted Investments and not any obligation in connection with margin financing, (B) any bankers’ acceptance, bank guarantees, letter of credit, warehouse receipt or similar facilities, (C) the endorsement of instruments for deposit or the financing of insurance premiums, (D) deferred compensation or similar arrangements to the employees of the Borrowers or any of its Subsidiaries, (E) obligations to pay insurance premiums or take or pay obligations contained in supply agreements and (F) Indebtedness owed to any Person providing property, casualty, business interruption or liability insurance to the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, so long as such Indebtedness shall not be in excess of the amount of the unpaid cost of, and shall be incurred only to defer the cost of the annual premium for such insurance.

 

For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 8.1, in the event that an item of Indebtedness (or any portion thereof) meets the criteria of more than one of the above-listed clauses, the Borrowers may, in their sole discretion, at the time of incurrence, divide, classify or reclassify, or at any later time divide, classify or reclassify, such item of Indebtedness (or any portion thereof) in any manner that complies with this covenant.  Accrual of interest, the accretion of accreted value, amortization of original issue discount, the payment of interest or dividends in the form of additional Indebtedness with the same terms (including pay-in-kind interest), and increases in the amount of Indebtedness outstanding solely as a result of

 

95



 

fluctuations in the exchange rate of currencies, will not be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness for purposes of this Section 8.1.  Guarantees of, or obligations in respect of letters of credit relating to Indebtedness that is otherwise included in the determination of a particular amount of Indebtedness will not be included in the determination of such amount of Indebtedness; provided that, the incurrence of the Indebtedness represented by such Guarantee or letter of credit, as the case may be, was in compliance with this Section 8.1.

 

SECTION 8.2                                         Contingent Obligations .  Except as specified in Schedule 8.2, the Loan Parties will not, and will not permit any of their Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, incur, assume, or suffer to exist any Contingent Obligation, excluding (i) indemnities given in connection with this Agreement or the other Loan Documents in favor of the Agent and the Lenders and (ii) Contingent Obligations incurred, assumed or suffered in connection with any Indebtedness permitted under Section 8.1.

 

SECTION 8.3                                         Entity Changes, Etc .  The Loan Parties will not, and will not permit any of their Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, merge or consolidate with any Person, or liquidate or dissolve itself (or suffer any liquidation or dissolution), other than (i) the merger or consolidation of any Subsidiary into or with the Borrower Agent in a transaction in which the Borrower Agent is the survivor, (ii) the merger or consolidation of any Subsidiary into or with a Loan Party (other than the Borrower Agent) in which the surviving or resulting entity is a Loan Party, (iii) the merger or consolidation of any Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party into or with a Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party, (iv) the liquidation or dissolution or, subject to compliance with Section 7.8(c)(ii), change in form of entity of any Subsidiary of the Borrower Agent if a Responsible Officer of the Borrower Agent determines in good faith that such liquidation, dissolution or change in form is in the best interests of the Borrowers and is not materially disadvantageous to the Lenders, or (v) the merger or consolidation of any Subsidiary with or into any other Person in order to effect a Permitted Investment so long as the continuing or surviving Person will be a Loan Party if the merging or consolidating Subsidiary was a Loan Party and which, together with each of its Subsidiaries, shall have complied with the requirements of Section 7.20.

 

SECTION 8.4                                         Change in Nature of Business .  The Loan Parties will not, and will not permit any of their Subsidiaries to, at any time make any material change in the nature of their business as carried on at the date hereof or enter into any new line of business that is not similar, corollary, related, ancillary, incidental or complementary, or a reasonable extension, development or expansion thereof or ancillary thereto the business as carried on as of the date hereof.

 

SECTION 8.5                                         Sales, Etc. of Assets .  The Loan Parties will not, and will not permit any of their Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its assets, except:

 

(i)                                      the sales of inventory in the ordinary course of business;

 

(ii)                                   the sale or other disposition for fair market value of obsolete or worn out property, or other property no longer used or useful in the conduct of business, in each case, disposed of in the ordinary course of business;

 

96



 

(iii)                                the sale, transfer or other disposition of cash and Cash Equivalents in the ordinary course of business;

 

(iv)                               sales, transfers or other dispositions of property that are a settlement of or payment in respect of any property or casualty insurance claim or any taking under power of eminent domain or by condemnation or similar proceeding of or relating to any property or asset of any Borrower or any Subsidiary;

 

(v)                                  sales, transfers or other dispositions constituting Liens permitted by Section 8.9;

 

(vi)                               dispositions constituting Permitted Investments;

 

(vii)                            non-exclusive licenses of intellectual Property in the ordinary course of business and not interfering in any material respect with the business of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries;

 

(viii)                         the abandonment of Intellectual Property (or lapse of any registration or application in respect of Intellectual Property) that is, in the reasonable good faith judgment of the Borrower Agent, no longer economically practicable to maintain or useful in the conduct of the business of the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries;

 

(ix)                               the exclusive licensing by any Loan Party to one or more Foreign Subsidiaries on an arm’s length basis of the right to use Intellectual Property solely in jurisdictions outside of the United States and its territories, pursuant to any Intercompany License Agreement;

 

(x)                                  any transfer of inventory between or among the Loan Parties and any other transfer of property or assets (other than Receivables) between or among the Loan Parties, in each case, in the ordinary course of business;

 

(xi)                               sales, transfers or other dispositions of property to the extent that (A) such property is exchanged for credit against the purchase price of similar replacement property or (B) the proceeds of such sale, transfer or other disposition are promptly applied to the purchase price of such replacement property; and

 

(xii)                            sales, transfers or other dispositions of accounts receivable (other than Eligible Receivables financed under this Agreement) in connection with the collection or compromise thereof.

 

SECTION 8.6                                         Use of Proceeds .  The Borrowers will not (i) use any portion of the proceeds of any Revolving Credit Loan in violation of Section 2.4 or for the purpose of purchasing or carrying any “margin stock” (as defined in Regulation U of the Federal Reserve Board) in any manner which violates the provisions of Regulation T, U or X of the Federal Reserve Board or (ii) take, or permit any Person acting on its behalf to take, any action which could reasonably be expected to cause this Agreement or any other Loan Document to violate any regulation of the Federal Reserve Board.

 

97



 

SECTION 8.7                                         [Reserved] .

 

SECTION 8.8                                         [Reserved] .

 

SECTION 8.9                                         Liens, Etc .  The Loan Parties will not, and will not permit any of their Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, at any time create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien on or with respect to any assets, other than Permitted Liens.

 

SECTION 8.10                                  Dividends, Redemptions, Distributions, Etc .  The Loan Parties will not, and will not permit any of their Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, pay any dividends or make any distributions on or in respect of its Equity Interests, or purchase, redeem or retire any of its Equity Interests or any warrants, options or rights to purchase any such Entity Interests, whether now or hereafter outstanding (“ Interests ”), or make any payment on account of or set apart assets for a sinking or other analogous fund for, the purchase, redemption, defeasance, retirement or other acquisition of such Interests, either directly or indirectly, whether in cash, property or in obligations of the Loan Parties or any of their Subsidiaries, other than:

 

(i)                                      a Subsidiary may pay dividends to the Borrowers or to another Subsidiary of the Borrowers, on at least a pro rata basis with any other shareholders if such Subsidiary is not wholly-owned by such Borrower and other wholly-owned Subsidiaries of the Borrowers;

 

(ii)                                   the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries may repurchase or redeem any of its Equity Interests to the extent such repurchase or redemption is made from net cash proceeds received by any of the Loan Parties in connection with a substantially concurrent issuance of Equity Interests of such Loan Party;

 

(iii)                                the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries may pay dividends solely in Equity Interests of any class of its Equity Interests;

 

(iv)                               so long as no Default or Event of Default then exists or would be caused thereby, the Borrower Agent may repurchase, retire or acquire its Equity Interests owned by any future, present or former employee, director, consultant or distributor (or any spouses, former spouses, successors, executors, administrators, heirs, legatees or distributees of any of the foregoing) of the Borrowers or any Subsidiary upon termination of employment or in connection with the death or disability of such person, in each case, in connection with the exercise of stock options, stock appreciation rights or similar equity incentives or equity based incentives pursuant to management incentive plans, in an aggregate amount not to exceed $1,000,000 in any fiscal year;

 

(v)                                  the Loan Parties or any of their Subsidiaries may pay cash in lieu of fractional Equity Interests in connection with any dividend, split or combination thereof or any permitted acquisition; and

 

(vi)                               so long as no Default or Event of Default then exists or would be caused thereby, cash dividends and distributions paid on the equity of the Borrower Agent; provided that the aggregate amount of all such dividends and distributions made by the Borrower Agent in any fiscal year does not exceed $500,000.

 

98



 

SECTION 8.11                                  Investments .  The Loan Parties will not, and will not permit any of their Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, at any time make or hold any Investment in any Person (whether in cash, securities or other property of any kind) except the following (collectively, the “ Permitted Investments ”):

 

(i)                                      Investments existing on, or contractually committed as of, the date hereof and set forth on Schedule 8.11;

 

(ii)                                   Investments in cash and Cash Equivalents;

 

(iii)                                Guarantees by the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries constituting Indebtedness permitted by Section 8.1; provided that the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness of Subsidiaries that are not Loan Parties that is guaranteed by any Loan Party shall be subject to the limitation set forth in clause (iv) of this Section;

 

(iv)                               (a) subject to compliance with Section 7.20, Investments made by TTD to consummate the Post-Closing Restructuring, and (b) other Investments made by the Borrowers in or to any Subsidiary and by any Subsidiary to any Borrower or in or to another Subsidiary; provided that the aggregate amount of such other Investments by the Loan Parties in or to, and guarantees by the Loan Parties of Indebtedness of, any Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party (for the avoidance of doubt, not including (x) any such Investments and guarantees existing on the Closing Date or (y) the Post-Closing Restructuring) shall not exceed $10,000,000 at any time outstanding;

 

(v)                                  loans or advances to employees, officers or directors of the Borrowers or any of their Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business for travel, relocation and related expenses; provided that the aggregate amount of all such loans and advances does not exceed $500,000 at any time outstanding;

 

(vi)                               Permitted Hedging Agreements;

 

(vii)                            Permitted Acquisitions;

 

(viii)                         Investments received in connection with the bankruptcy or reorganization of, or settlement of delinquent accounts and disputes with, customers and suppliers, in each case in the ordinary course of business or upon the foreclosure with respect to any secured Investment;

 

(ix)                               promissory notes and other non-cash consideration that is permitted to be received in connection with dispositions permitted by Section 8.5;

 

(x)                                  Guarantees by the Borrowers or any of their Subsidiaries of leases (other than Capitalized Lease Obligations) or of other obligations of any Person that do not constitute Indebtedness, in each case entered into in the ordinary course of business;

 

(xi)                               Investments acquired as a result of a foreclosure by the Borrowers or any Subsidiary with respect to any secured Investments or other transfer of title with respect to any secured Investment in default;

 

99



 

(xii)                            Investments resulting from pledges and deposits that are Permitted Liens;

 

(xiii)                         Investments consisting of the redemption, purchase, repurchase or retirement of any Equity Interests permitted under Section 8.10;

 

(xiv)                        Investments in the ordinary course of business consisting of Uniform Commercial Code Article 3 endorsements for collection or deposit and Uniform Commercial Code Article 4 customary trade arrangements with customers;

 

(xv)                           advances in the form of a prepayment of expenses, so long as such expenses are being paid in accordance with customary trade terms of the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries;

 

(xvi)                        purchases or acquisitions of inventory, supplies, materials and equipment or purchases or acquisitions of contract rights or intellectual property in each case in the ordinary course of business;

 

(xvii)                     Investments consisting of the licensing of Intellectual Property pursuant to any Intercompany License Agreement; and

 

(xviii)                  other Investments which in the aggregate do not exceed $750,000 in any fiscal year.

 

SECTION 8.12                                  [Reserved] .

 

SECTION 8.13                                  Fiscal Year .  The Loan Parties will not, and will not permit any of their Subsidiaries to, change their fiscal year from a year ending December 31.

 

SECTION 8.14                                  Accounting Changes .  The Loan Parties will not, and will not permit any of their Subsidiaries to, at any time make or permit any change in accounting policies or reporting practices, except as permitted under GAAP.

 

SECTION 8.15                                  [Reserved] .

 

SECTION 8.16                                  No Prohibited Transactions Under ERISA .  Except as would not reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to have in a Material Adverse Effect, the Loan Parties will not: (i) engage in any Prohibited Transaction which could reasonably be expected to result in the imposition on the Loan Parties of a civil penalty or excise tax described in Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Internal Revenue Code for which a statutory or class exemption is not available or a private exemption has not been previously obtained from the Department of Labor; (ii)  terminate any Pension Plan where such event would result in any liability to any Loan Party or ERISA Affiliate under Title IV of ERISA; (iii) amend a Pension Plan in a manner that would reasonably be expected to, and does, result in a material increase in current liability for the plan year such that any Loan Party is required to provide security to such Plan under Section 307 of ERISA or Section 401(a)(29) of the Internal Revenue Code; or (iv) withdraw from any Multiemployer Plan where such withdrawal would reasonably be expected to result in the imposition of any liability on any Loan Party under Title IV of ERISA.

 

100


 

SECTION 8.17                                  [Reserved] .

 

SECTION 8.18                                  Prepayments .  The Loan Parties will not, and will not permit any of their Subsidiaries to, at any time make any prepayment of any Indebtedness, other than: (i) the prepayment of the Revolving Credit Loans in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, (ii) the prepayment of the Term Loan Indebtedness in accordance with the terms thereof and subject to the Intercreditor Agreement with respect thereto, (iii) any Refinancing Indebtedness permitted by Section 8.1, (iv) so long as no Event of Default then exists or would be caused thereby, the prepayment of any Capitalized Lease Obligations in the ordinary course of business, and (v) mandatory prepayments of principal, premium and interest with respect to any Indebtedness incurred in compliance with Section 8.1.  Notwithstanding anything in the foregoing, the provisions of this Section 8.18 shall not apply to Subordinated Debt, which is subject to Section 8.25.

 

SECTION 8.19                                  Lease Obligations .  The Loan Parties will not, and will not permit any of their Subsidiaries to, at any time create, incur or assume any obligations as lessee for the rental or hire of real or personal property in connection with any sale and leaseback transaction, other than operating lease transactions for equipment paid for by such operating leases.

 

SECTION 8.20                                  [Reserved] .

 

SECTION 8.21                                  Acquisition of Stock or Assets .  The Loan Parties will not, and will not permit any of their Subsidiaries to, acquire or commit or agree to acquire any Equity Interests, securities or assets of any other Person, other than (i) equipment and inventory acquired in the ordinary course of business, (ii) subject to compliance with Section 7.20, Permitted Acquisitions, (iii) subject to compliance with Section 7.20, the Post-Closing Restructuring, and (iv) any acquisitions or commitments or agreements to acquire any Equity Interests, securities or assets pursuant to transactions that are permitted by Section 8.5 or Section 8.11.

 

SECTION 8.22                                  Securities and Deposit Accounts .  The Loan Parties will not (i) establish or maintain any securities account or deposit account (other than securities accounts or deposit accounts which constitute Excluded Property or which hold less than $500,000 individually and $1,500,000 in the aggregate at any one time) unless the Agent shall have received a Control Agreement, duly executed by the applicable Loan Party and the securities intermediary or depository bank parties thereto, in respect of such securities account or deposit account, and such accounts are in compliance with the requirements set forth in Section 2.7 or (ii) transfer any financial assets from any securities account; provided that, so long as no Cash Dominion Period is in effect, the Loan Parties may (A) use such assets to the extent permitted by this Agreement, or (B) sell or trade such assets in the ordinary course of business so long as the proceeds of such sales or trades are deposited into a Blocked Account, any other deposit account or a securities account, in each case, in respect of which the Agent has received a Control Agreement duly executed by the applicable Loan Party and the securities intermediary or depository bank party thereto, or as otherwise permitted pursuant to this Agreement; provided further that the Loan Parties shall not deposit any funds into the Closing Date Cash Collateral

 

101



 

Account in excess of the amounts comprising the Closing Date Cash Collateral as of the Closing Date.

 

SECTION 8.23                                  Negative Pledge .  The Loan Parties will not, and will not permit any of their Subsidiaries to, enter into or suffer to exist any agreement prohibiting or conditioning the creation or assumption of any Lien upon any of its assets; provided that the foregoing shall not apply to (i) restrictions or conditions imposed by Requirements of Law or by this Agreement or any other Loan Document, (ii) customary restrictions and conditions contained in agreements relating to the sale of a Subsidiary pending such sale, provided such restrictions and conditions apply only to the Subsidiary that is sold and only to the extent such sale is permitted hereunder, (iii) restrictions or conditions imposed by any agreement relating to secured or purchase money Indebtedness or capital leases permitted by this Agreement if such restrictions and conditions apply only to the property or assets securing such Indebtedness, (iv) customary provisions in leases and other contracts restricting the assignment thereof, (v) customary anti-assignment clauses in licenses under which the Borrowers or any of their Subsidiaries are the licensees, (vi) any agreement in effect at a time a Person becomes a Subsidiary, so long as such agreement was not entered into in connection with or in contemplation of such Person becoming a Subsidiary, (vii) any encumbrances or restrictions imposed by any amendments or refinancings that are otherwise permitted by the Loan Documents; provided that such amendments or refinancings are no more restrictive, taken as a whole, with respect to such encumbrances and restrictions than those prior to such amendments or refinancings, (viii) customary restrictions on Liens imposed by agreements relating to deposit accounts and cash deposits in the ordinary course of business, and (ix) restrictions or other conditions set forth in any agreements in respect of Indebtedness set forth on Schedule 8.1 to which any Subsidiary is party as of the Closing Date.

 

SECTION 8.24                                  Affiliate Transactions .  The Loan Parties will not, and will not permit any of their Subsidiaries to, enter into or be party to any transaction with an Affiliate, except:

 

(i)                                      transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents;

 

(ii)                                   transactions with Affiliates that are in effect as of the Closing Date, as shown on Schedule 8.24, or any amendment thereto to the extent such amendment is not adverse to the Lenders in any material respect as determined in good faith by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower Agent;

 

(iii)                                transactions between or among (a) the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries or (b) the Loan Parties and any Person that becomes a Subsidiary as a result of such transaction (including by way of a merger or consolidation in which a Loan Party is the surviving entity), in each case, to the extent such transactions are permitted under this Agreement;

 

(iv)                               any action permitted by Section 8.10;

 

(v)                                  payments to director, officer and employee compensation (including bonuses) and other benefits (including retirement, health, stock option and other benefit plans),

 

102



 

and non-cash compensation for directors or officers consistent with the Borrower Agent’s practices as of the Closing Date;

 

(vi)                               the issuance of securities, or other payments, awards or grants in cash, securities or otherwise, pursuant to, or the funding of, employment arrangements, stock options, stock ownership plans or other equity plans, including restricted stock plans, stock grants, directed share programs and other equity based plans, in the ordinary course of business;

 

(vii)                            entering into any customary indemnification agreement or any similar arrangement with their respective directors, officers, consultants and employees in the ordinary course of business and payment of fees and indemnities to such directors, officers, consultants and employees in the ordinary course of business;

 

(viii)                         (a) any employment agreements entered into by the Borrowers or any of their Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business, (b) any subscription agreement or similar agreement pertaining to the repurchase of Equity Interests pursuant to put/call rights or similar rights with employees, officers or directors and (c) any employee compensation, benefit plan or arrangement, any health, disability or similar insurance plan which covers employees, and any reasonable employment contract and transactions pursuant thereto;

 

(ix)                               making Permitted Investments;

 

(x)                                  incurring intercompany Indebtedness permitted by Section 8.1; and

 

(xi)                               transactions with Affiliates in the ordinary course of business, upon fair and reasonable terms fully disclosed to the Agent, upon its request, and no less favorable than would be obtained in a comparable arm’s-length transaction with a non-Affiliate.

 

SECTION 8.25                                  Prepayments of Subordinated Debt .  The Loan Parties will not, and will not permit any of their Subsidiaries to, at any time, directly or indirectly, pay, prepay, repurchase, redeem, retire or otherwise acquire, or make any payment on account of any principal of, interest on or premium payable in connection with the repayment or redemption of any Subordinated Debt, except as expressly permitted in the Subordination Agreement applicable thereto.

 

SECTION 8.26                                  Equity Interests .  The Loan Parties will not, and will not permit any of their Subsidiaries to, issue any Equity Interests, unless (i) such Equity Interests are pledged to the Agent as additional Collateral to the extent required under Article III, and (ii) such issuance will not cause a Change of Control.

 

ARTICLE IX.
FINANCIAL COVENANT

 

Until the Payment in Full of all Obligations:

 

SECTION 9.1                                         Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio .  The Borrowers hereby covenant and agree that the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries will maintain a Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio, calculated for the four (4) fiscal quarter period

 

103



 

ending on the last day of the fiscal quarter immediately preceding the relevant Covenant Trigger Event and for each four (4) fiscal quarter period ending on the last day of each fiscal quarter during any Covenant Testing Period (including the last day thereof), of at least 1.15 to 1.00.

 

ARTICLE X.
EVENTS OF DEFAULT

 

SECTION 10.1                                  Events of Default .  The occurrence of any of the following events shall constitute an “Event of Default”:

 

(a)                                  any Loan Party shall fail to pay any (i) principal of any Revolving Credit Loan when due and payable, whether at the due date therefor, stated maturity, by acceleration, or otherwise; or (ii) interest, fees, Lender Group Expenses or other Obligations (other than an amount referred to in the foregoing clause (i)) when due and payable, whether at the due date therefor, stated maturity, by acceleration, or otherwise, and such default continues unremedied for a period of three (3) Business Days; or

 

(b)                                  there shall occur a default in the performance or observance of any agreement, covenant, condition, provision or term contained in (i) Section 2.4, 2.5(a), 2.5(b), 2.7 (with respect to any Loan Party), 7.1(i), 7.6, 7.7, 7.8, 7.11, 7.16, 7.20 or 7.21, Article 8, Article 9 (but only if such default occurs during a Covenant Testing Period); or (ii) this Agreement or any other Loan Document (other than those referred to in Section 10.1(a) and Section 10.1(b)(i)) and such default continues for a period of thirty (30) days after the earlier of (x) the date on which such default first becomes known to any Responsible Officer of the Borrower Agent or (y) written notice thereof from the Agent to the Borrower Agent; or

 

(c)                                   any Loan Party or any of its Material Subsidiaries shall become the subject of an Insolvency Event; or

 

(d)                                  (i) any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries shall fail to make any principal payment in respect of any Material Indebtedness at the stated final maturity thereof, or (ii) any event or condition occurs that results in any Material Indebtedness becoming due prior to its scheduled maturity or that enables or permits (with all applicable grace periods having expired) the holder or holders (or a trustee or agent on behalf of such holder or holders) to declare any Material Indebtedness to be due and payable, or to require the prepayment, repurchase, redemption or defeasance thereof, prior to its scheduled maturity; provided that, this clause (d) will not apply to secured Indebtedness that becomes due as a result of the voluntary sale or transfer of the property or assets securing such Indebtedness if such sale or transfer is permitted hereunder and under the documents providing for such Indebtedness; or

 

(e)                                   any representation or warranty made or deemed made by any Loan Party under or in connection with any Loan Document, or in any Financial Statement, report, document or certificate delivered in connection therewith, shall prove to have been incorrect in any material respect (except that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that are already qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof) when made or deemed made; or

 

104



 

(f)                                    any judgment or order for the payment of money which, when taken together with all other judgments and orders rendered against the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries, exceeds $500,000 in the aggregate (to the extent not covered by insurance) and either (i) such judgment or order shall not be stayed, vacated, bonded or discharged for a period of thirty (30) consecutive days after the entry thereof, or (ii) enforcement proceedings are commenced upon such judgment or order; or

 

(g)                                   a Change of Control shall occur; or

 

(h)                                  if this Agreement or any other Security Document that purports to create a Lien, shall, for any reason, fail or cease to create a valid and perfected and, except to the extent of Permitted Liens which are non-consensual Permitted Liens, permitted purchase money Liens or the interests of lessors in respect of Capitalized Lease Obligations, first priority Lien on any material portion of the Collateral covered thereby, except (i) as a result of a disposition of the applicable Collateral in a transaction permitted under this Agreement, or (ii) as a result of an action or failure to act on the part of the Agent; or

 

(i)                                      any material covenant, agreement or obligation of a Loan Party contained in or evidenced by any of the Loan Documents shall cease to be enforceable, or shall be determined to be unenforceable, in accordance with its terms; any Borrower or any other Loan Party shall deny or disaffirm its obligations under any of the Loan Documents or any Liens granted in connection therewith or shall otherwise challenge any of its obligations under any of the Loan Documents; or any Liens granted on any of the Collateral shall be determined to be void, voidable or invalid, are subordinated or are not given the priority contemplated by this Agreement or any other Loan Document.

 

SECTION 10.2                                  Acceleration, Termination and Cash Collateralization .  Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, the Agent, at the direction of the Required Lenders shall, take any or all of the following actions, without prejudice to the rights of the Agent or any Lender, to enforce its claims against the Borrowers:

 

(a)                                  Acceleration .  To declare all Obligations immediately due and payable (except with respect to any Event of Default with respect to a Loan Party specified in Section 10.1(c), in which case all Obligations shall automatically become immediately due and payable) without presentment, demand, protest or any other action or obligation of the Agent or any Lender, all of which are hereby waived by each Borrower.

 

(b)                                  Termination of Commitments .  To declare the Commitments immediately terminated (except with respect to any Event of Default with respect to a Loan Party set forth in Section 10.1(c), in which case the Commitments shall automatically terminate) and, at all times thereafter, any Loan made by the Lenders and any Letter of Credit issued by the Letter of Credit Issuer shall be in their and its respective discretion.  Notwithstanding any such termination, until all Obligations shall have been Paid in Full, the Agent and each Lender shall retain all rights under guaranties and all security in existing and future Receivables, inventory, general intangibles, investment property and equipment of the Loan Parties and all other Collateral held by any of them hereunder and under the Security Documents, and the Borrowers shall continue to turn over all Collections to the Agent pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.

 

105



 

(c)                                   Cash Collateralization .  With respect to all Letters of Credit outstanding at the time of the acceleration of the Obligations under Section 10.2(a) or otherwise at any time after the Termination Date, the Borrowers shall at such time deposit in a cash collateral account established by or on behalf of the Agent sufficient funds to Collateralize the aggregate then undrawn and unexpired amount of such Letters of Credit.  Amounts held in such cash collateral account shall be under the sole dominion and control of the Agent and applied by the Agent to the payment of drafts drawn under such Letters of Credit, and the balance, if any, in such cash collateral account, after all such Letters of Credit shall have expired or been fully drawn upon shall be applied to repay the other Obligations.  After all such Letters of Credit shall have expired or been fully drawn upon and all Obligations have been Paid in Full, the balance, if any, in such cash collateral account shall be returned to the Borrowers or to such other Person as may be lawfully entitled thereto.

 

SECTION 10.3                                  Other Remedies .

 

(a)                                  Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, the Agent shall have all rights and remedies with respect to the Obligations and the Collateral under applicable law (including, without limitation, under the UCC) and the Loan Documents, and the Agent may do any or all of the following:  (i) remove for copying all documents, instruments, files and records (including the copying of any computer records) relating to the Borrowers’ Receivables or use (at the expense of the Borrowers) such supplies or space of the Borrowers at the Borrowers’ places of business necessary to administer, enforce and collect such Receivables including, without limitation, any supporting obligations; (ii) accelerate or extend the time of payment, compromise, issue credits, or bring suit on the Borrowers’ Receivables (in the name of the Borrowers or the Agent) and otherwise administer and collect such Receivables; (iii) sell, assign and deliver the Borrowers’ Receivables with or without advertisement, at public or private sale, for cash, on credit or otherwise, subject to applicable law; and (iv) foreclose the security interests created pursuant to the Loan Documents by any available procedure, or take possession of any or all of the Collateral, without judicial process and enter any premises where any Collateral may be located for the purpose of taking possession of or removing the same.

 

(b)                                  The Loan Parties and the Lenders hereby irrevocably authorize the Agent, based upon the instruction of the Required Lenders, to, upon the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default, (i) consent to the sale of, credit bid, or purchase (either directly or indirectly through one or more entities) all or any portion of the Collateral at any sale thereof conducted under the provisions of the Bankruptcy Code, including Section 363 of the Bankruptcy Code, (b) credit bid or purchase (either directly or indirectly through one or more entities) all or any portion of the Collateral at any sale or other disposition thereof conducted under the provisions of the UCC, including pursuant to Sections 9-610 or 9-620 of the UCC, or (c) credit bid or purchase (either directly or indirectly through one or more entities) all or any portion of the Collateral at any other sale or foreclosure conducted or consented to by the Agent in accordance with applicable law in any judicial action or proceeding or by the exercise of any legal or equitable remedy, in each case, free from any right of redemption, which right is expressly waived by the Borrowers.  If notice of intended disposition of any Collateral is required by law, it is agreed that ten (10) days’ notice shall constitute reasonable notification.  The Borrowers will assemble the Collateral in their possession and make it available at such locations in the United States as the Agent may specify, whether at the premises of a Borrower or

 

106



 

elsewhere, and will make reasonably available to the Agent the premises and facilities of each Borrower for the purpose of the Agent’s taking possession of or removing the Collateral or putting the Collateral in saleable form.  The Agent may sell the Collateral or any part thereof in one or more parcels at public or private sale, at any exchange, broker’s board or at any of the Agent’s offices or elsewhere, for cash, on credit or for future delivery, and upon such other terms as the Agent may deem commercially reasonable.  The Agent shall not be obligated to make any sale of Collateral regardless of notice of sale having been given.  The Agent may adjourn any public or private sale from time to time by announcement at the time and place fixed therefor, and such sale may, without further notice, be made at the time and place to which it was so adjourned.  Each Borrower hereby grants the Agent a license to enter and occupy (in each case, so long as no Event of Default then exists, at reasonable times and subject to reasonable procedures), any of the Borrowers’ leased or owned premises and facilities, without charge, to exercise any of the Agent’s rights or remedies.  The proceeds received from any sale of Collateral shall be applied in accordance with Section 10.5.

 

SECTION 10.4                                  License for Use of Software and Other Intellectual Property .  Each Borrower hereby grants to the Agent a perpetual non-revocable royalty-free, nonexclusive license or other right to use, without charge, all computer software programs, data bases, processes, trademarks, tradenames, copyrights, labels, trade secrets, service marks, other Intellectual Property, advertising materials and other rights, assets and materials used by the Borrowers in connection with its businesses or in connection with the Collateral, in each case with respect to any exercise of remedies hereunder.

 

SECTION 10.5                                  Post-Default Allocation of Payments .

 

(a)                                  Allocation .  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, during an Event of Default, if so directed by the Required Lenders or at the Agent’s discretion, monies to be applied to the Obligations, whether arising from payments by the Loan Parties, realization on Collateral, setoff, or otherwise, shall be allocated as follows:

 

(i)        first, to all Lender Group Expenses owing to the Agent (including attorneys’ fees) in its capacity as the Agent and any Protective Advances and any Overadvances made by the Agent;

 

(ii)       second, to all Lender Group Expenses owing to the Letter of Credit Issuer and the Lenders;

 

(iii)      third, to all amounts owing to Swingline Lender on Swingline Loans;

 

(iv)      fourth, to all amounts owing to Letter of Credit Issuer with respect to that portion of the Obligations which constitutes unreimbursed draws under Letters of Credit;

 

(v)       fifth, to all Obligations constituting fees (other than amounts which constitute Bank Product Obligations);

 

107



 

(vi)         sixth, to all Obligations constituting interest (other than amounts which constitute Bank Product Obligations);

 

(vii)        seventh, to the Collateralization of that portion of the Obligations constituting undrawn amounts under outstanding Letters of Credit;

 

(viii)          eighth, to all other Obligations (other than Bank Product Obligations);

 

(ix)          ninth, up to the amount (after taking into account any amounts previously paid pursuant to this clause (ix) during the continuation of the applicable Event of Default) of the most recently established Bank Product Reserve, to Bank Product Obligations based upon amounts then certified by the applicable Bank Product Provider to the Agent (in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent) to be due and payable on account of the Bank Product Obligations;

 

(x)        tenth, to all other Bank Product Obligations; and

 

(xi)       finally, to the Loan Parties or whoever else may be lawfully entitled thereto.

 

Amounts shall be applied to each of the foregoing categories of Obligations in the order presented above before being applied to the following category.  Where applicable, all amounts to be applied to a given category will be applied on a pro rata basis among those entitled to payment in such category.  In determining the amount to be applied to Bank Product Obligations within any given category, each Bank Product Provider’s pro rata share thereof shall be based on the lesser of (x) the amount presented in the most recent notice from such Bank Product Provider to the Agent (as contemplated in the definition of “Bank Product Obligations”) and (y) the actual amount of such Bank Product Obligations, calculated in accordance with a methodology presented to and approved by the Agent by such Bank Product Provider to the Agent.  The Agent has no duty to investigate the actual amount of any Bank Product Obligations and, instead, is entitled to rely in all respects on the applicable Bank Product Provider’s reasonably detailed written accounting thereof.  If such Bank Product Provider does not submit such accounting of its own accord and in a timely manner, the Agent, may instead rely on any prior accounting thereof.

 

SECTION 10.6                                  No Marshalling; Deficiencies; Remedies Cumulative .  The Agent shall have no obligation to marshal any Collateral or to seek recourse against or satisfaction of any of the Obligations from one source before seeking recourse against or satisfaction from another source.  The net cash proceeds resulting from the Agent’s exercise of any of the foregoing rights to liquidate all or substantially all of the Collateral, including any and all Collections (after deducting all of the Agent’s expenses related thereto), shall be applied by the Agent to such of the Obligations and in such order as the Agent shall elect in its discretion, whether due or to become due.  The Borrowers shall remain liable to the Agent and the Lenders for any deficiencies, and the Agent and the Lenders in turn agree to remit to the applicable Loan Party or its successor or assign any surplus resulting therefrom.  All of the Agent’s and the Lenders’ remedies under the Loan Documents shall be cumulative, may be exercised

 

108



 

simultaneously against any Collateral and any Loan Party or in such order and with respect to such Collateral or such Loan Party as the Agent or the Lenders may deem desirable, and are not intended to be exhaustive.

 

SECTION 10.7                                  Waivers .  Except as may be otherwise specifically provided herein or in any other Loan Document, the Borrowers hereby waive any right to a judicial or other hearing with respect to any action or prejudgment remedy or proceeding by the Agent to take possession, exercise control over, or dispose of any item of Collateral in any instance (regardless of where the same may be located) where such action is permitted under the terms of this Agreement or any other Loan Document or by applicable law or of the time, place or terms of sale in connection with the exercise of the Agent’s or any Lender’s rights hereunder and also waives any bonds, security or sureties required by any statute, rule or other law as an incident to any taking of possession by the Agent of any Collateral.  The Borrowers also waive any damages (direct, consequential or otherwise) occasioned by the enforcement of the Agent’s or any Lender’s rights under this Agreement or any other Loan Document including the taking of possession of any Collateral or the giving of notice to any account debtor or the collection of any Receivable of the Borrower, in each case, pursuant to the terms herein.  The Borrowers also consent that the Agent and the Lenders may enter upon any premises owned by or leased to it without obligations to pay rent or for use and occupancy, through self-help, without judicial process and without having first obtained an order of any court (in each case in connection with the remedies hereunder).  These waivers and all other waivers provided for in this Agreement and the other Loan Documents have been negotiated by the parties, and the Borrowers acknowledge that it has been represented by counsel of its own choice, has consulted such counsel with respect to its rights hereunder and has freely and voluntarily entered into this Agreement and the other Loan Documents as the result of arm’s-length negotiations.

 

SECTION 10.8                                  Further Rights of the Agent and the Lenders .  If the Borrowers shall fail to purchase or maintain insurance (where applicable), or to pay any tax, assessment, governmental charge or levy, except as the same may be otherwise permitted hereunder or which is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which adequate reserves have been established in accordance with GAAP, or if any Lien prohibited hereby shall not be paid in full and discharged or if a Borrower shall fail to perform or comply with any other covenant, promise or obligation to the Agent or any Lender hereunder or under any other Loan Document, in each case of the foregoing, to the extent an Event of Default arises and continues, the Agent may (but shall not be required to) perform, pay, satisfy, discharge or bond the same for the account of the Borrowers, and all amounts so paid by the Agent shall be treated as a Revolving Credit Loan comprised of Base Rate Advances hereunder and shall constitute part of the Obligations.

 

SECTION 10.9                                  Interest and Letter of Credit Fees After Event of Default .  The Borrowers agree and acknowledge that the additional interest and fees that may be charged under Section 4.2 are (a) an inducement to the Lenders to make Advances and to the Letter of Credit Issuer to cause Letters of Credit to be issued hereunder and that the Lenders and the Agent would not consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement without the inclusion of such provisions, (b) fair and reasonable estimates of the Lenders’ and the Agent’s costs of administering the credit facility upon an Event of Default, and (c) intended to estimate the Lenders’ and the Agent’s increased risks upon an Event of Default.

 

109



 

SECTION 10.10                           Receiver .  In addition to any other remedy available to it, the Agent shall also have the right, upon the occurrence of an Event of Default and during its continuation, to seek and obtain the appointment of a receiver to take possession of and operate and/or dispose of the business and assets of the Borrowers.

 

SECTION 10.11                           Rights and Remedies not Exclusive .  The enumeration of the foregoing rights and remedies is not intended to be exhaustive and the exercise of any right or remedy shall not preclude the exercise of any other right or remedy provided for herein or in any other Loan Document or otherwise provided by law from and after the occurrence of any Event of Default and during its continuation, all of which shall be cumulative and not alternative.

 

ARTICLE XI.
THE AGENT

 

SECTION 11.1                                  Appointment of Agent .  Each Lender hereby designates Citibank as its agent and irrevocably authorizes it to take action on such Lender’s behalf under the Loan Documents and to exercise the powers and to perform the duties described therein and to exercise such other powers as are reasonably incidental thereto.  The Agent may perform any of its duties by or through its agents or employees or by or through one or more sub-agents appointed by it.

 

SECTION 11.2                                  Nature of Duties of Agent .  The Agent shall have no duties or responsibilities except those expressly set forth in the Loan Documents.  Neither the Agent nor any of its officers, directors, employees or agents shall be liable for any action taken or omitted by it or them as such hereunder or in connection herewith, unless caused by its or their gross negligence or willful misconduct.  The duties of the Agent shall be mechanical and administrative in nature.  The Agent does not have a fiduciary relationship with or any implied duties to any Lender or any participant of any Lender.

 

SECTION 11.3                                  Lack of Reliance on Agent .

 

(a)                                  Independent Investigation .  Independently and without reliance upon the Agent, each Lender, to the extent it deems appropriate, has made and shall continue to make (i) its own independent investigation of the financial or other condition and affairs of the Borrowers and the other Loan Parties in connection with taking or not taking any action related hereto and (ii) its own appraisal of the creditworthiness of the Borrowers and the other Loan Parties, and, except as expressly provided in this Agreement, the Agent shall have no duty or responsibility, either initially or on a continuing basis, to provide any Lender with any credit or other information with respect thereto, whether coming into its possession before the making of the initial Loans or the issuance of the initial Letter of Credit or at any time or times thereafter.

 

(b)                                  No Obligation of Agent .  The Agent shall not be responsible to any Lender for any recitals, statements, information, representations or warranties herein or in any document, certificate or other writing delivered in connection herewith or for the execution, effectiveness, genuineness, validity, enforceability, collectibility, priority or sufficiency of this Agreement or the Notes or the financial or other condition of the Borrowers and the other Loan Parties.  The Agent shall not be required to make any inquiry concerning either the performance or observance

 

110


 

of any of the terms, provisions or conditions of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, the financial condition of the Borrowers and the other Loan Parties, or the existence or possible existence of any Default or Event of Default.

 

SECTION 11.4                                 Certain Rights of the Agent .  The Agent may request instructions from the Required Lenders at any time.  If the Agent requests instructions from the Required Lenders with respect to any action or inaction, it shall be entitled to await instructions from the Required Lenders.  No Lender shall have any right of action based upon the Agent’s action or inaction in response to instructions from the Required Lenders.

 

SECTION 11.5                                 Reliance by Agent .  The Agent may rely upon any written, electronic or telephonic communication it believes to be genuine and to have been signed, sent or made by the proper Person.  The Agent may obtain the advice of legal counsel (including counsel for the Borrowers with respect to matters concerning the Borrowers), independent public accountants and other experts selected by it and shall have no liability for any action or inaction taken or omitted to be taken by it in good faith based upon such advice.

 

SECTION 11.6                                 Indemnification of Agent .  To the extent the Agent is not reimbursed and indemnified by the Borrowers, each Lender will reimburse and indemnify the Agent to the extent of such Lender’s Pro Rata Share (determined as of the time that such indemnity payment is sought) for any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses (including counsel fees and disbursements) or disbursements of any kind or nature whatsoever which may be imposed on, incurred by or asserted against the Agent in performing its duties hereunder or otherwise relating to the Loan Documents unless resulting from the Agent’s gross negligence or willful misconduct as determined in a final and non-appealable judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction.  The agreements contained in this Section shall survive any termination of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and the Payment in Full of the Obligations.

 

SECTION 11.7                                 The Agent in Its Individual Capacity .  In its individual capacity, the Agent shall have the same rights and powers hereunder as any other Lender or holder of a Note or participation interest and may exercise the same as though it was not performing the duties specified herein.  The terms “Lenders,” “Required Lenders,” “holders of Notes,” or any similar terms shall, unless the context clearly otherwise indicates, include Citibank in its individual capacity.  The Agent and its Affiliates may accept deposits from, lend money to, acquire equity interests in, and generally engage in any kind of banking, trust, financial advisory or other business with the Borrowers or any Affiliate of the Borrowers as if it were not performing the duties specified herein, and may accept fees and other consideration from the Borrowers for services in connection with this Agreement and otherwise without having to account for the same to the Lenders.

 

SECTION 11.8                                 Holders of Notes .  The Agent may deem and treat the payee of any Note as the owner thereof for all purposes hereof unless and until a written notice of the assignment or transfer thereof shall have been filed with the Agent.  Any request, authority or consent of any Person who, at the time of making such request or giving such authority or consent, is the holder of any Note, shall be conclusive and binding on any subsequent holder, transferee or assignee of such Note or of any Note or Notes issued in exchange therefor.

 

111



 

SECTION 11.9                                 Successor Agent .

 

(a)                                 Resignation .  The Agent may, upon twenty (20) Business Days’ notice to the Lenders and the Borrowers, resign by giving written notice thereof to the Lenders and the Borrowers.  If, at the time that the Agent’s resignation is effective, it is acting as Letter of Credit Issuer or Swingline Lender, such resignation shall also operate to effectuate its resignation as Letter of Credit Issuer or Swingline Lender, as applicable, and it shall automatically be relieved of any further obligation to issue Letters of Credit, or to make Swingline Loans.

 

(b)                                 Replacement of Agent after Resignation .  Upon receipt of notice of resignation by the Agent, the Required Lenders, with, so long as no Event of Default then exists, the consent of the Borrower Agent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) may appoint a successor agent which shall also be a Lender.  If a successor agent has not accepted its appointment within fifteen (15) Business Days, then the retiring Agent may (but shall not be obligated to), on behalf of the Lenders, appoint a successor agent which, so long as no Event of Default then exists, shall be subject to the written approval of the Borrower Agent, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld and shall be delivered to the retiring Agent and the Lenders within ten (10) Business Days after the Borrower Agent’s receipt of notice of a proposed successor agent.

 

(c)                                  Discharge .  Upon its acceptance of the agency hereunder, such successor Agent shall succeed to and become vested with all the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring Agent, and the retiring Agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations under this Agreement.  The retiring Agent shall continue to have the benefit of the provisions of this Article for any action or inaction while it was Agent.

 

SECTION 11.10                          Collateral Matters .

 

(a)                                 Exercise Binding .  Except as otherwise set forth herein, any action or exercise of powers by the Agent provided under the Loan Documents, together with such other powers as are reasonably incidental thereto, shall be deemed authorized by and binding upon all of the Lenders.  At any time and without notice to or consent from any Lender, the Agent may take any action necessary or advisable to perfect and maintain the perfection of the Liens upon the Collateral.

 

(b)                                 Releases .  The Agent is authorized to release any Lien granted to or held by it upon any Collateral (i) upon Payment in Full of all of the Obligations, (ii) required to be delivered in connection with permitted sales or dispositions of Collateral hereunder, if any, upon receipt of the proceeds by the Agent (or, if permitted hereunder, the applicable Borrower) or (iii) if the release can be and is approved by the Required Lenders.  The Agent may request, and the Lenders will provide, confirmation of the Agent’s authority to release particular types or items of Collateral.

 

(c)                                  Sale of Collateral .  Upon any sale or transfer of Collateral which is expressly permitted pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, or consented to in writing by the Required Lenders or all of the Lenders, as applicable, and upon at least three (3) Business Days’ prior written request by the Borrower Agent, the Agent shall (and is hereby irrevocably

 

112



 

authorized by the Lenders to) execute such documents as may be necessary to evidence the release of the Liens granted to the Agent herein or under any of the other Loan Documents or pursuant hereto or thereto upon the Collateral that was sold or transferred, provided that (i) the Agent shall not be required to execute any such document on terms which, in the Agent’s opinion, would expose the Agent to liability or create any obligation or entail any consequence other than the release of such Liens without recourse or warranty and (ii) such release shall not in any manner discharge, affect or impair the Obligations or any Liens upon (or obligations of the Borrowers in respect of) all interests retained by the Borrowers, including, without limitation, the proceeds of the sale, all of which shall continue to constitute part of the Collateral.  In the event of any sale or transfer of Collateral in the exercise of remedies, or any foreclosure with respect to any of the Collateral, the Agent shall be authorized to deduct all of the expenses reasonably incurred by the Agent from the proceeds of any such sale, transfer or foreclosure.

 

(d)                                 No Obligation for Agent .  The Agent shall not have any obligation to assure that the Collateral exists or is owned by any Borrower, that the Collateral is cared for, protected or insured, or that the Liens on the Collateral have been created or perfected or have any particular priority.  With respect to the Collateral, the Agent may act in any manner it may deem appropriate, in its sole discretion, given Citibank’s own interest in the Collateral as one of the Lenders, and it shall have no duty or liability whatsoever to the Lenders with respect thereto, except for its gross negligence or willful misconduct as determined in a final and non-appealable judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction.

 

SECTION 11.11                          Actions with Respect to Defaults .  In addition to the Agent’s right to take actions on its own accord as permitted under this Agreement, the Agent shall take such action with respect to an Event of Default as shall be directed by the Required Lenders.  Until the Agent shall have received such directions, the Agent may act or not act as it deems advisable and in the best interests of the Lenders.

 

SECTION 11.12                          Delivery of Information .  The Agent shall not be required to deliver to any Lender originals or copies of any documents, instruments, notices, communications or other information received by the Agent from the Borrowers, the Required Lenders, any Lender or any other Person under or in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Document except (i) as specifically provided in this Agreement or any other Loan Document and (ii) as specifically requested from time to time in writing by any Lender with respect to a specific document, instrument, notice or other written communication received by and in the possession of the Agent at the time of receipt of such request and then only in accordance with such specific request.

 

ARTICLE XII.
GENERAL PROVISIONS

 

SECTION 12.1                                 Notices .  Except as otherwise provided herein, all notices and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and sent by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, by overnight delivery service, with all charges prepaid, by hand delivery, or by telecopier or other form of electronic transmission, including email, as follows:

 

113



 

To the Agent

 

Citibank, N.A.

 

 

One Court Square, 18th Floor,

 

 

Long Island City, New York 11120

 

 

Attn.: Asset Based Portfolio Manager

 

 

Email: william.moul@citi.com

 

 

Telecopy Number: 718-248-8411

 

 

 

To Borrower Agent or

 

 

any Borrower:

 

Borrower Agent

 

 

c/o The Trade Desk, Inc.

 

 

42 N. Chestnut Street

 

 

Ventura, CA 93001

 

 

Attn: Paul Ross, Chief Financial Officer

 

 

Email: paul.ross@thetradedesk.com

 

 

 

To any Lender

 

to its address specified in Annex A or in the Assignment and Acceptance under which it became a party hereto

 

Any party hereto may change its address, email address or telecopy number for notices and other communications hereunder by notice to the other parties hereto.  All such notices and correspondence shall be deemed given (i) if sent by certified or registered mail, five (5) Business Days after being postmarked, (ii) if sent by overnight delivery service or by hand delivery, when received at the above stated addresses or when delivery is refused and (iii) if sent by facsimile or other form of electronic transmission (including by electronic imaging), when such transmission is confirmed.  All notices and other communications sent to an e-mail address shall be (a) deemed received upon the sender’s receipt of an acknowledgement from the intended recipient (such as by the “return receipt requested” function, as available, return e-mail or other written acknowledgement) and (b) notices or communications posted to an Internet or intranet website shall be deemed received upon the deemed receipt by the intended recipient at its e-mail address as described in the foregoing clause (a) of notification that such notice or communication is available and identifying the website address therefor; provided that, in the case of clauses (a) and (b) above, if such notice or other communication is not sent during the normal business hours of the recipient, such notice or communication shall be deemed to have been sent at the opening of business on the next Business Day for the recipient.

 

SECTION 12.2                                 Delays; Partial Exercise of Remedies .  No delay or omission of the Agent to exercise any right or remedy hereunder shall impair any such right or operate as a waiver thereof.  No single or partial exercise by the Agent of any right or remedy shall preclude any other or further exercise thereof, or preclude any other right or remedy.

 

SECTION 12.3                                 Right of Setoff .  In addition to and not in limitation of all rights of offset that any Lender or any of its Affiliates may have under applicable law, and whether or not such Lender shall have made any demand or the Obligations of the Borrowers have matured, each Lender and its Affiliates shall have the right to set off and apply any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final, or any other type) at any time held and

 

114



 

any other Indebtedness at any time owing by such Lender or any of its Affiliates to or for the credit or the account of the Borrowers or any of their Affiliates against any and all of the Obligations.  In the event that any Lender or any of its Affiliates exercises any of its rights under this Section 12.3, such Lender shall provide notice to the Agent and the Borrowers of such exercise, provided that the failure to give such notice shall not affect the validity of the exercise of such rights.

 

SECTION 12.4                                 Indemnification; Reimbursement of Expenses of Collection .

 

(a)                                 The Borrowers hereby agree that, whether or not any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the other Loan Documents are consummated, the Borrowers will indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Agent, each Lender, the Letter of Credit Issuer and each other Secured Party and their respective successors, assigns, directors, officers, agents, employees, advisors, shareholders, attorneys and Affiliates (each, an “ Indemnified Party ”) from and against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities, deficiencies, obligations, fines, penalties, actions (whether threatened or existing), judgments, suits (whether threatened or existing) or expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel, experts, consultants and other professionals) incurred by any of them (collectively, “ Claims ”) (except, in the case of each Indemnified Party, to the extent that any Claim is determined in a final and non-appealable judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction to have directly resulted from such Indemnified Party’s gross negligence or willful misconduct) arising out of or by reason of (i) any litigation, investigation, claim or proceeding related to (A) this Agreement, any other Loan Document or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, (B) any actual or proposed use by a Borrower of the proceeds of the Loans, (C) the issuance of any Letter of Credit or the acceptance or payment of any document or draft presented to any issuer thereof or (D) any Indemnified Party’s entering into this Agreement, the other Loan Documents or any other agreements and documents relating hereto (other than consequential damages and loss of anticipated profits or earnings), including, without limitation, amounts paid in settlement, court costs and the fees and disbursements of counsel incurred in connection with any such litigation, investigation, claim or proceeding, (ii) any remedial or other action taken or required to be taken by a Borrower in connection with compliance by such Borrower, or any of its properties, with any federal, state or local Environmental Laws, and (iii) any pending, threatened or actual action, claim, proceeding or suit by any Owner of any Borrower against such Borrower or any actual or purported violation of a Borrower’s Governing Documents or any other agreement or instrument to which a Borrower is a party or by which any of its properties is bound.

 

(b)                                 In addition, the Borrowers shall, upon demand, pay to each of the Agent, the Letter of Credit Issuer and the Lenders all Lender Group Expenses incurred by each of them.  If and to the extent that the obligations of any Borrower hereunder are unenforceable for any reason, the Borrowers hereby agree to make the maximum contribution to the payment and satisfaction of such obligations that is permissible under applicable law.

 

(c)                                  Survival .  The Borrowers’ obligations under Sections 4.10 and 4.11 and this Section 12.4 shall survive any termination of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, the termination, expiration or Collateralization of all Letters of Credit and the Payment in Full of the Obligations, and are in addition to, and not in substitution of, any of the other Obligations.

 

115



 

SECTION 12.5                                 Amendments, Waivers and Consents .  No amendment or waiver of any provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document (other than the Fee Letter), or consent to any departure by the Borrowers therefrom, shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be in writing and signed by the Borrowers and the Required Lenders (or by the Agent at their instruction on their behalf), and then such amendment, waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which given; provided , however , that no amendment, waiver or consent shall, unless in writing and signed by the Borrowers and all the Lenders, do any of the following at any time:  (a) change the number or percentage of Lenders that shall be required for the Lenders or any of them to take any action hereunder; (b) amend the definition of “Required Lenders”, “Super Majority Lenders” or “Pro Rata Share”; (c) amend this Section 12.5; (d) reduce the amount of principal of, or interest on, or the interest rate applicable to, the Loans or Letters of Credit or any fees or other amounts payable hereunder; (e) postpone any date on which any payment of principal of, or interest on, the Loans or Letters of Credit or any fees or other amounts payable hereunder is required to be made; (f) extend the stated expiry date of any Letter of Credit beyond the Termination Date; (g) release all or substantially all of the value of the Guaranties (except as expressly provided in the Loan Documents); (h) release all or substantially all of the Collateral from the Liens of the Security Documents (except as expressly provided in the Loan Documents); (i) contractually subordinate any of the Agent’s Liens on all or substantially all of the Collateral (except as expressly provided in the Loan Documents); (j) amend any of the provisions of Section 10.5; or (k) increase any advance rates under the definition of Borrowing Base (provided that the foregoing shall not impair the ability of the Agent to add, remove, reduce or increase reserves against the Borrowing Base in accordance with Section 2.1(b)); provided further that, other than as set forth under clause (k), no amendment, waiver or consent shall change the definition of Borrowing Base or any of the component definitions thereof (in each case, provided that the foregoing shall not impair the ability of the Administrative Agent to add, remove, reduce or increase reserves against the Aggregate Revolving Credit Commitment, the Borrowing Base or the Eligible Receivables in accordance with Section 2.1(b)) to the extent that any such change results in more credit being available to the Borrowers based upon the Borrowing Base, but not otherwise, without the written consent of the Super Majority Lenders; provided , further that no amendment, waiver or consent shall, unless in writing and signed by (i) a Lender, increase amount of or extend the expiration date of any Commitment of such Lender, (ii) the Letter of Credit Issuer, in addition to the Lenders required above, take any action that affects the rights or duties of the Letter of Credit Issuer under this Agreement or any other Loan Document, (iii) the Swingline Lender, in addition to the Lenders required above, take any action that affects the rights or duties of the Swingline Lender, and (iv) the Agent, in addition to the Lenders required above, take any action that affects the rights or duties of the Agent under this Agreement or any other Loan Document.  Anything in this Section 12.5 to the contrary notwithstanding, any amendment, waiver, modification, elimination, or consent of or with respect to any provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document may be entered into without the consent of, or over the objection of, any Defaulting Lender and the Loans of any Defaulting Lender shall be excluded in determining whether all Lenders or the Required Lenders have taken or may take action hereunder, other than (x) any of the matters governed by Section 12.5(d) and (e) that affect such Lender and (y) with respect to any amendment, waiver, modification, elimination or consent requiring the consent of all Lenders that by its terms specifically discriminates against such Defaulting Lender.

 

116



 

SECTION 12.6                                 Nonliability of Agent and Lenders .  The relationship between and among the Borrowers, the Agent and the Lenders shall be solely that of borrower, agent and lender, respectively.  Neither the Lenders nor the Agent shall have any fiduciary responsibilities to the Borrowers.  Neither the Lenders nor the Agent undertake any responsibility to the Borrowers to review or inform the Borrowers of any matter in connection with any phase of the Borrowers’ business or operations.

 

SECTION 12.7                                 Assignments and Participations .

 

(a)                                 Borrower Assignment .  None of the Borrowers shall assign this Agreement or any of its rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of the Agent and the Lenders.

 

(b)                                 Lender Assignments .  Each Lender may, with the consent of the Agent (not to be unreasonably withheld) and, so long as no Event of Default then exists, the Borrower Agent (not to be unreasonably withheld, and not required in connection with an assignment to a Person that is a Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender), assign to one or more Eligible Assignees (or, if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, to one or more other Persons) all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement, the Notes and the other Loan Documents upon execution and delivery to the Agent, for its acceptance and recording in the Register, of an Assignment and Acceptance, together with surrender of any Note or Notes subject to such assignment and a processing and recordation fee payable to the Agent for its account of $3,500.  No such assignment shall be for less than Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000) of the Commitments or Loans unless it is to another Lender or an assignment of the entire remaining amount of the assigning Lender’s Commitment or Loans, and each such assignment shall be of a uniform, and not a varying, percentage of all rights and obligations in respect of the Commitments and the Loans.  Upon the execution and delivery to the Agent of an Assignment and Acceptance and the payment of the recordation fee to the Agent, from and after the date specified as the effective date in the Assignment and Acceptance (the “ Acceptance Date ”), (i) the assignee thereunder shall be a party hereto, and, to the extent that rights and obligations hereunder have been assigned to it under such Assignment and Acceptance, such assignee shall have the rights and obligations of a Lender hereunder and (ii) the assignor thereunder shall, to the extent that rights and obligations hereunder have been assigned by it under such Assignment and Acceptance, relinquish its rights (other than any rights it may have under Sections 4.10, 4.11 and 12.4, which shall survive such assignment) and be released from its obligations under this Agreement (and, in the case of an Assignment and Acceptance covering all or the remaining portion of an assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement, such Lender shall cease to be a party hereto).

 

(c)                                  Agreements of Assignee .  By executing and delivering an Assignment and Acceptance, the assignee thereunder confirms and agrees as follows:  (i) other than as provided in such Assignment and Acceptance, the assigning Lender makes no representation or warranty and assumes no responsibility with respect to any statements, warranties or representations made in or in connection with this Agreement or the execution, legality, validity, enforceability, genuineness, sufficiency or value of this Agreement, the Notes or any other Loan Documents, (ii) such assigning Lender makes no representation or warranty and assumes no responsibility with respect to the financial condition of any Loan Party or the performance or observance by

 

117



 

any Loan Party of any of its obligations under this Agreement or any other Loan Document, (iii) such assignee confirms that it is an Eligible Assignee and has received a copy of this Agreement, together with copies of the Financial Statements referred to in Section 6.1(i), the Financial Statements delivered pursuant to Section 7.11, if any, and such other documents and information as it has deemed appropriate to make its own credit analysis and decision to enter into such Assignment and Acceptance, (iv) such assignee will, independently and without reliance upon the Agent, such assigning Lender or any other Lender and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit decisions in taking or not taking action under this Agreement, (v) such assignee appoints and authorizes the Agent to take such action as agent on its behalf and to exercise such powers under this Agreement as are delegated to the Agent by the terms hereof, together with such powers as are reasonably incidental thereto, and (vi) such assignee agrees that it will perform in accordance with their terms all of the obligations which by the terms of this Agreement are required to be performed by it as a Lender.

 

(d)                                 Agent’s Register .  The Agent, acting for this purpose as a non-fiduciary agent of the Borrower Agent, shall maintain a register of the names and addresses of the Lenders, their Commitments and the principal amount of their Loans (the “ Register ”).  The Agent shall also maintain a copy of each Assignment and Acceptance delivered to and accepted by it and modify the Register to give effect to each Assignment and Acceptance.  The entries in the Register shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes, absent manifest error, and the Borrowers, the Agent and the Lenders may treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Register as a Lender hereunder for all purposes of this Agreement.  The Register and copies of each Assignment and Acceptance shall be available for inspection by the Borrowers or any Lender at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice.  Upon its receipt of each Assignment and Acceptance and surrender of the affected Note or Notes subject to such assignment, the Agent will give prompt notice thereof to the Borrower Agent.  Within five (5) Business Days after its receipt of such notice, the Borrowers shall execute and deliver to the Agent a new Note to the order of the assignee in the amount of the applicable Commitment or Loans assumed by it and to the assignor in the amount of the applicable Commitment or Loans retained by it, if any.  Such new Note or Notes shall re-evidence the indebtedness outstanding under the surrendered Note or Notes, shall be in an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of such surrendered Note or Notes and shall be dated as of the Acceptance Date.  The Agent shall be entitled to rely upon the Register exclusively for purposes of identifying the Lenders hereunder.

 

(e)                                  Securitization .  The Loan Parties hereby acknowledge that the Lenders and their Affiliates may securitize their Loans (a “ Securitization ”) through the pledge of the Loans as collateral security for loans to the Lenders or their Affiliates or through the sale of the Loans or the issuance of direct or indirect interests in the Loans to their controlled Affiliates, which loans to the Lenders or their Affiliates or direct or indirect interests will be rated by Moody’s, S&P or one or more other rating agencies.  The Loan Parties shall, to the extent commercially reasonable, cooperate with the Lenders and their Affiliates to effect any and all Securitizations.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, no such Securitization shall release any Lender party thereto from any of its obligations hereunder or substitute any pledgee, secured party or any other party to such Securitization for such Lender as a party hereto and no change in ownership of the Loans may be effected except pursuant to subsection (b) above.

 

118



 

(f)                                   Lender Participations .  Each Lender may sell participations to one or more parties (each, a “ Participant ”) in or to all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement, the Notes and the other Loan Documents.  Notwithstanding a Lender’s sale of a participation interest, such Lender’s obligations hereunder shall remain unchanged.  The Borrowers, the Agent, and the other Lenders shall continue to deal solely and directly with such Lender.  No Lender shall grant any Participant the right to approve any amendment or waiver of this Agreement except to the extent such amendment or waiver would (i) increase the Commitment of the Lender from which the Participant purchased its participation interest; (ii) reduce the principal of, or rate or amount of interest on, the Loans or participations in Letters of Credit subject to such participation interest; or (iii) postpone any date fixed for any payment of principal of, or interest on, the Loans or participations in Letters of Credit subject to such participation interest.  To the extent permitted by applicable law, each Participant shall also be entitled to the benefits of Sections 4.10 and 12.4 as if it were a Lender, provided that such Participant agrees to be subject to the last sentence of Section 2.9(b) as if it were a Lender.

 

(g)                                  Securities Laws .  Each Lender agrees that it will not make any assignment hereunder in any manner or under any circumstances that would require registration or qualification of, or filings in respect of, any Loan, Note or other Obligation under the securities laws of the United States or of any other jurisdiction.

 

(h)                                 Information .  In connection with any assignment or participation or proposed assignment or participation or any grant of a security interest in, or pledge of, its rights under and interest in this Agreement, a Lender may, subject to the provisions of Section 12.21, disclose all documents and information which it now or hereafter may have relating to any Loan Party and its Subsidiaries and their respective businesses.

 

(i)                                     Pledge to Federal Reserve Bank .  Any Lender may at any time pledge or assign a security interest in all or any portion of its rights under this Agreement to secure obligations of such Lender, including any pledge or assignment to secure obligations to a Federal Reserve Bank, and this Section shall not apply to any such pledge or assignment of a security interest, provided that no such pledge or assignment of a security interest shall release a Lender from any of its obligations hereunder or substitute any such pledgee or assignee for such Lender as a party hereto

 

SECTION 12.8                                 Counterparts .  This Agreement and any waiver or amendment hereto may be executed in counterparts and by the parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be an original, but all of which shall together constitute one and the same instrument.  This Agreement and each of the other Loan Documents may be executed and delivered by facsimile or other electronic transmission (including by electronic imaging) all with the same force and effect as if the same was a fully executed and delivered original manual counterpart.

 

SECTION 12.9                                 Severability .  In case any provision in or obligation under this Agreement, any Note or any other Loan Document shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions or obligations, or of such provision or obligation in any other jurisdiction, shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

 

119



 

SECTION 12.10                          Maximum Rate .  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained elsewhere in this Agreement or in any other Loan Document, the parties hereto hereby agree that all agreements between them under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, whether now existing or hereafter arising and whether written or oral, are expressly limited so that in no contingency or event whatsoever shall the amount paid, or agreed to be paid, to the Agent or any Lender for the use, forbearance, or detention of the money loaned to the Borrowers and evidenced hereby or thereby or for the performance or payment of any covenant or obligation contained herein or therein, exceed the maximum non-usurious interest rate, if any, that at any time or from time to time may be contracted for, taken, reserved, charged or received on the Obligations, under the laws of the State of New York (or the laws of any other jurisdiction whose laws may be mandatorily applicable notwithstanding other provisions of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents), or under applicable federal laws which may presently or hereafter be in effect and which allow a higher maximum non-usurious interest rate than under the laws of the State of New York (or such other jurisdiction), in any case after taking into account, to the extent permitted by applicable law, any and all relevant payments or charges under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents executed in connection herewith, and any available exemptions, exceptions and exclusions (the “ Highest Lawful Rate ”).  If due to any circumstance whatsoever, fulfillment of any provision of this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents at the time performance of such provision shall be due shall exceed the Highest Lawful Rate, then, automatically, the obligation to be fulfilled shall be modified or reduced to the extent necessary to limit such interest to the Highest Lawful Rate, and if from any such circumstance the Agent or any Lender should ever receive anything of value deemed interest by applicable law which would exceed the Highest Lawful Rate, such excessive interest shall be applied to the reduction of the principal amount then outstanding hereunder or on account of any other then outstanding Obligations and not to the payment of interest, or if such excessive interest exceeds the principal unpaid balance then outstanding hereunder and such other then outstanding Obligations, such excess shall be refunded to the Borrowers.  All sums paid or agreed to be paid to the Agent or any Lender for the use, forbearance, or detention of the Obligations and other Indebtedness of the Borrowers to the Agent and the Lenders shall, to the extent permitted by applicable law, be amortized, prorated, allocated and spread throughout the full term of such Indebtedness, until Payment in Full thereof, so that the actual rate of interest on account of all such Indebtedness does not exceed the Highest Lawful Rate throughout the entire term of such Indebtedness.  The terms and provisions of this Section shall control every other provision of this Agreement, the other Loan Documents and all other agreements among the parties hereto.

 

SECTION 12.11                          Borrower Agent; Borrowers, Jointly and Severally .

 

(a)                                 Economies of Scale .  Each Borrower acknowledges that it, together with each other Borrower, make up a related organization of various entities constituting a single economic and business enterprise and sharing a substantial identity of interests such that, without limitation, the Borrowers render services to or for the benefit of each other, purchase or sell and supply goods to or from or for the benefit of each other, make loans, advances and provide other financial accommodations to or for the benefit of each other (including the payment of creditors and guarantees of Indebtedness), provide administrative, marketing, payroll and management services to or for the benefit of each other; have centralized accounting, common officers and directors; and are in certain circumstances are identified to creditors as a single economic and

 

120


 

business enterprise.  Accordingly, and without limitation, any credit or other financial accommodation extended to any one Borrower pursuant hereto will result in direct and substantial economic benefit to each other Borrower, and each Borrower will likewise benefit from the economies of scale associated with the Borrowers, as a group, applying for credit or other financial accommodations pursuant hereto on a collective basis.

 

(b)                                  Attorney .  Each Borrower hereby irrevocably designates the Borrower Agent to be its attorney and agent and in such capacity to borrow, sign and endorse notes, and execute and deliver all instruments, documents, writings and further assurances now or hereafter required hereunder, on behalf of such Borrower or Borrowers, collectively, and hereby authorizes the Agent to pay over or credit all loan proceeds hereunder in accordance with the request of the Borrower Agent.

 

(c)                                   Co-Borrowers .  The handling of this credit facility as a co-borrowing facility with a Borrower Agent in the manner set forth in this Agreement is solely as an accommodation to the Borrowers and at their request.  Neither the Lenders nor the Agent shall incur any liability to the Borrowers as a result thereof.  To induce the Agent and the Lenders to do so and in consideration thereof, each Borrower hereby indemnifies the Agent and the Lenders and holds the Agent and the Lenders harmless from and against any and all liabilities, expenses, losses, damages and claims of damage or injury asserted against the Agent or any Lender by any Person arising from or incurred by reason of the handling of the financing arrangements of the Borrowers as provided herein, reliance by the Agent or any Lender on any request or instruction from the Borrower Agent or any other action taken by the Agent or any Lender with respect to this Section except due to willful misconduct or gross (not mere) negligence by the indemnified party.

 

(d)                                  Waivers .  Each Borrower expressly waives any and all rights of subrogation, reimbursement, indemnity, exoneration, contribution or any other claim which such Borrower may now or hereafter have against the other Borrowers or other Person directly or contingently liable for the Obligations hereunder, or against or with respect to the other Borrowers’ property (including, without limitation, any property which is Collateral for the Obligations), arising from the existence or performance of this Agreement, until termination of this Agreement and Payment in Full of the Obligations.

 

(e)                                   Joint and Several Obligations . Each Borrower’s liabilities in respect of the Obligations shall at all times be joint and several and shall be absolute and unconditional irrespective of:  (i) any lack of validity, regularity or enforceability of this Agreement or any other Loan Document; (ii) any change in the time, manner or place of payment of, or in any other term of, all or any of the Obligations, or any other amendment or waiver of or any consent to departure from this Agreement or any other Loan Document; (iii) any exchange, release or non-perfection of any security interest in any collateral, or any release or amendment or waiver of or consent to departure from any guaranty, for all or any of the Obligations; (iv) any failure on the part of the Agent or any Lender or any other Person to exercise, or any delay in exercising, any right under this Agreement or any other Loan Document; or (v) any other circumstance which might otherwise constitute a defense available to, or a discharge of, any of the Borrowers, any Guarantor or any other guarantor with respect to the Obligations (including, without limitation, all defenses based on suretyship or impairment of collateral, and all defenses that any of the

 

121



 

Borrowers may assert to the repayment of the Obligations, including, without limitation, failure of consideration, breach of warranty, payment, statute of frauds, bankruptcy, lack of legal capacity, statute of limitations, lender liability, accord and satisfaction, and usury), this Agreement and the obligations of the Borrowers under this Agreement.  The joint and several liabilities of the Borrowers hereunder shall remain in full force and effect until the Obligations have been Paid in Full.

 

(f)                                    Anything contained in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, the amount of the Obligations for which each Borrower is jointly and severally liable hereunder shall be the aggregate amount of the Obligations unless a court of competent jurisdiction adjudicates such Borrower’s obligations under this Agreement (or the amount thereof) to be invalid or unenforceable for any reason (including, without limitation, because of any applicable state or federal law relating to fraudulent conveyances or transfers), in which case the amount of the Obligations payable by such Borrower hereunder shall be limited to the maximum amount of the Obligations that could be incurred by such Borrower without rendering such Borrower’s obligations under this Agreement invalid or unenforceable under such applicable law.

 

SECTION 12.12                           Entire Agreement; Successors and Assigns; Interpretation .  This Agreement and the other Loan Documents constitute the entire agreement among the parties, supersede any prior written and verbal agreements among them with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof, and shall bind and benefit the parties and their respective successors and permitted assigns.  This Agreement shall be deemed to have been jointly drafted, and no provision of it shall be interpreted or construed for or against a party because such party purportedly prepared or requested such provision, any other provision, or this Agreement as a whole.

 

SECTION 12.13                           LIMITATION OF LIABILITY .  NEITHER THE LENDERS NOR THE AGENT SHALL HAVE ANY LIABILITY TO THE BORROWERS (WHETHER SOUNDING IN CONTRACT, TORT OR EQUITY OR OTHERWISE) FOR LOSSES SUFFERED BY THE BORROWERS IN CONNECTION WITH, ARISING OUT OF, OR IN ANY WAY RELATED TO THE TRANSACTIONS OR RELATIONSHIPS CONTEMPLATED BY THIS AGREEMENT, OR ANY ACT, OMISSION OR EVENT OCCURRING IN CONNECTION THEREWITH, UNLESS IT IS DETERMINED BY A FINAL AND NONAPPEALABLE JUDGMENT OR COURT ORDER BINDING ON THE AGENT AND THE LENDERS THAT THE LOSSES WERE THE RESULT OF ACTS OR OMISSIONS CONSTITUTING GROSS NEGLIGENCE OR WILLFUL MISCONDUCT OF THE AGENT AND THE LENDERS.  THE BORROWERS HEREBY WAIVE ALL FUTURE CLAIMS AGAINST THE AGENT AND THE LENDERS FOR SPECIAL, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES.

 

SECTION 12.14                           GOVERNING LAW .  THE VALIDITY, INTERPRETATION AND ENFORCEMENT OF THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS AND ANY DISPUTE ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OF THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS, WHETHER SOUNDING IN CONTRACT, TORT OR EQUITY OR OTHERWISE, SHALL BE GOVERNED BY THE INTERNAL LAWS (AS OPPOSED TO THE CONFLICTS OF LAW PROVISIONS OTHER THAN

 

122



 

SECTION 5-1401 OF THE NEW YORK GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW) AND DECISIONS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

 

SECTION 12.15                           SUBMISSION TO JURISDICTION .  ALL DISPUTES BETWEEN THE BORROWERS AND THE AGENT OR ANY LENDER BASED UPON, ARISING OUT OF, OR IN ANY WAY RELATING TO (A) THIS AGREEMENT; (B) ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT; OR (C) ANY CONDUCT, ACT OR OMISSION OF THE BORROWERS OR THE AGENT OR ANY LENDER OR ANY OF THEIR RESPECTIVE PARTNERS, EMPLOYEES, AGENTS, ATTORNEYS OR OTHER AFFILIATES, IN EACH CASE WHETHER SOUNDING IN CONTRACT, TORT OR EQUITY OR OTHERWISE AND IN CONNECTION WITH THE LOAN DOCUMENTS, SHALL BE RESOLVED ONLY BY STATE AND FEDERAL COURTS LOCATED IN NEW YORK, NEW YORK AND THE COURTS TO WHICH AN APPEAL THEREFROM MAY BE TAKEN; PROVIDED , HOWEVER , THAT THE AGENT SHALL HAVE THE RIGHT, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, TO PROCEED AGAINST ANY BORROWER OR ITS PROPERTY IN (A) ANY COURTS OF COMPETENT JURISDICTION AND VENUE AND (B) ANY LOCATION SELECTED BY THE AGENT TO ENABLE THE AGENT TO REALIZE ON SUCH PROPERTY, OR TO ENFORCE A JUDGMENT OR OTHER COURT ORDER IN FAVOR OF THE AGENT.  EACH BORROWER WAIVES ANY OBJECTION THAT IT MAY HAVE TO THE LOCATION OF THE COURT IN WHICH THE AGENT HAS COMMENCED A PROCEEDING, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY OBJECTION TO THE LAYING OF VENUE OR BASED ON FORUM NON CONVENIENS.

 

SECTION 12.16                           [RESERVED] .

 

SECTION 12.17                           JURY TRIAL .  EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING BASED UPON, ARISING OUT OF, OR IN ANY WAY RELATING TO (A) THIS AGREEMENT; (B) ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT OR OTHER PRESENT OR FUTURE INSTRUMENT OR AGREEMENT BETWEEN OR AMONG THE BORROWERS, THE AGENT AND THE LENDERS, OR ANY OF THEM; OR (C) ANY CONDUCT, ACT OR OMISSION OF THE BORROWERS, THE AGENT OR THE LENDERS OR ANY OF THEIR RESPECTIVE PARTNERS, EMPLOYEES, AGENTS, ATTORNEYS OR OTHER AFFILIATES, IN EACH CASE WHETHER SOUNDING IN CONTRACT, TORT OR EQUITY OR OTHERWISE.

 

SECTION 12.18                           Agent Titles .  Each Lender, other than Citibank, that is designated (on the cover page of this Agreement or otherwise) by Citibank as an “Agent” or “Arranger” of any type shall not have any right, power, responsibility or duty under any Loan Documents other than those applicable to all Lenders, and shall in no event be deemed to have any fiduciary relationship with any other Lender.

 

SECTION 12.19                           Publicity .  The Agent may (a) publish in any trade or other publication or otherwise publicize to any third party (including its Affiliates) a tombstone, article, press release or similar material relating to the financing transactions contemplated by this Agreement (including the use of company logos upon execution of trademark use agreements reasonably satisfactory to Borrower Agent) and (b) provide to industry trade

 

123



 

organizations related information necessary and customary for inclusion in league table measurements.

 

SECTION 12.20                           No Third Party Beneficiaries .  Neither this Agreement nor any other Loan Document is intended or shall be construed to confer any rights or benefits upon any Person other than the parties hereto and thereto

 

SECTION 12.21                           Confidentiality .  Each of the Agent and the Lenders shall maintain the confidentiality of all Information (as defined below), except that Information may be disclosed by any of them (a) to its Affiliates, and to its and their partners, directors, officers, employees, agents, advisors and representatives (provided such Persons are informed of the confidential nature of the Information and instructed to keep it confidential and are bound by confidentiality restrictions customary for such arrangements); (b) to the extent requested by any governmental, regulatory or self-regulatory authority purporting to have jurisdiction over it or its Affiliates; (c) to the extent required by applicable law or by any subpoena or other legal process; (d) to any other party hereto; (e) in connection with any action or proceeding, or other exercise of rights or remedies, relating to any Loan Documents or Obligations; (f) subject to an agreement containing provisions substantially the same as this Section, to any assignee or any actual or prospective assignee, participant or pledgee (or any of their respective advisors) in connection with any actual or prospective assignment, participation or pledge of any Lender’s interest under this Agreement; (g) with the consent of the Borrowers (not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed); or (h) to the extent such Information (i) becomes publicly available other than as a result of a breach of this Section or (ii) is available to the Agent or the Lenders or any of its or their respective Affiliates on a nonconfidential basis from a source other than the Loan Parties.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Agent may publish or disseminate general information describing this credit facility, including the names and addresses of the Borrowers and a general description of the Borrowers’ businesses, and may use Borrowers’ logos, trademarks or product photographs in advertising materials, as provided in Section 12.19 (including upon execution of trademark use agreements reasonably satisfactory to Borrower Agent).  As used herein, “ Information ” means all information received from a Loan Party relating to it or its business that a reasonable Person would consider confidential.  Any Person required to maintain the confidentiality of Information pursuant to this Section shall be deemed to have complied if it exercises the same degree of care that it accords its own confidential information.  The Agent and the Lenders acknowledge that (i) Information may include material non-public information concerning a Loan Party; (ii) it has developed compliance procedures regarding the use of material non-public information; and (iii) it will handle such material non-public information in accordance with applicable law, including federal and state securities laws.

 

SECTION 12.22                           Patriot Act Notice .  The Agent hereby notifies the Loan Parties that pursuant to the requirements of the Patriot Act, the Agent is required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies each Loan Party, including its legal name, address, tax ID number and other information that will allow the Lender to identify it in accordance with the Patriot Act.  The Agent will also require information regarding each personal guarantor, if any, and may require information regarding the Loan Parties’ management and owners, such as legal name, address, social security number and date of birth.

 

124



 

SECTION 12.23                           Advice of Counsel .  Each Borrower acknowledges that it has been advised by counsel in connection with the execution of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and is not relying upon oral representations or statements inconsistent with the terms and provisions of this Agreement or any other Loan Document.

 

SECTION 12.24                           Captions .  The captions at various places in this Agreement and any other Loan Document are intended for convenience only and do not constitute and shall not be interpreted as part of this Agreement or any other Loan Document.

 

SECTION 12.25                           [Reserved] .

 

SECTION 12.26                           Right to Cure .  The Agent may, in its discretion (solely in connection with exercising remedies hereunder), (a) cure any default by any Borrower under this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any Material Contract that affects the Collateral, its value or the ability of the Agent to collect, sell or otherwise dispose of any Collateral or the rights and remedies of the Agent and the Lenders therein or the ability of any Borrower to perform its obligations hereunder or under any of the other Loan Documents, (b) pay or bond on appeal any judgment entered against any Borrower, (c) discharge any charges, Liens, security interests or other encumbrances at any time levied on or existing with respect to the Collateral and (d) pay any amount, incur any expense or perform any act which the Agent, in its Permitted Discretion, determines is necessary or appropriate to preserve, protect, insure or maintain the Collateral and the rights of the Agent and the Lenders with respect thereto.  The Agent may add any amounts so expended to the Obligations and charge the Borrowers’ Loan Account for the amounts thereof, such amounts to be repayable by the Borrowers on demand and bear interest until paid in full at the highest rate then applicable to the Loans.  The Agent shall be under no obligation to effect such cure, payment or bonding and shall not, by doing so, be deemed to have assumed any obligation or liability of any Borrower.  Any payment made or other action taken by the Agent under this Section shall be without prejudice to any right to assert an Event of Default and to proceed accordingly.

 

SECTION 12.27                           Acknowledgement and Consent to Bail-In of EEA Financial Institutions .  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in any Loan Document or in any other agreement, arrangement or understanding among any such parties, each party hereto acknowledges that any liability of any EEA Financial Institution arising under any Loan Document, to the extent such liability is unsecured, may be subject to the write-down and conversion powers of an EEA Resolution Authority and agrees and consents to, and acknowledges and agrees to be bound by:

 

(a)                                  the application of any Write-Down and Conversion Powers by an EEA Resolution Authority to any such liabilities arising hereunder which may be payable to it by any party hereto that is an EEA Financial Institution; and

 

(b)                                  the effects of any Bail-in Action on any such liability, including, if applicable:

 

(c)                                   a reduction in full or in part or cancellation of any such liability;

 

125



 

(d)                                  a conversion of all, or a portion of, such liability into shares or other instruments of ownership in such EEA Financial Institution, its parent undertaking, or a bridge institution that may be issued to it or otherwise conferred on it, and that such shares or other instruments of ownership will be accepted by it in lieu of any rights with respect to any such liability under this Agreement or any other Loan Document; or

 

(e)                                   the variation of the terms of such liability in connection with the exercise of the write-down and conversion powers of any EEA Resolution Authority.

 

SECTION 12.28                           Time .  Time is of the essence in this Agreement and each other Loan Document.  Unless otherwise expressly provided, all references herein and in any other Loan Documents to time shall mean and refer to New York time.

 

SECTION 12.29                           Keepwell .  Each Borrower and each other Loan Party, to the extent constituting a Qualified ECP Guarantor, hereby jointly and severally absolutely, unconditionally and irrevocably undertakes to provide such funds or other support as may be needed from time to time by each other Loan Party to honor all of its obligations under any Guaranty made by it in respect of Swap Obligations ( provided , however , that each Qualified ECP Guarantor shall only be liable under this Section for the maximum amount of such liability that can be hereby incurred without rendering its obligations under this Section or otherwise under this Agreement or any other Loan Document, voidable under applicable law relating to fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer, and not for any greater amount).  The obligations of each Qualified ECP Guarantor under this Section shall remain in full force and effect at all times hereafter until the Obligations have been Paid in Full.  Each Qualified ECP Guarantor intends that his Section shall constitute, and this Section shall be deemed to constitute, a “keepwell, support, or other agreement” for the benefit of each other Loan Party for all purposes of Section 1a(18)(A)(v)(II) of the Commodity Exchange Act.

 

126



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , each of the parties hereto has caused this Agreement to be executed by its proper and duly authorized officer as of the date first set forth above.

 

 

BORROWERS

 

 

 

THE TRADE DESK, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Jeff Green

 

 

Name: Jeff Green

 

 

Title: Chief Executive Officer

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT]

 



 

 

CITIBANK, N.A., as Agent and as a Lender

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ William H. Moul, Jr.

 

 

Name: William H. Moul, Jr.

 

 

Title: Authorized Signatory

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT]

 



 

 

LENDERS

 

 

 

U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ John L. Palermo

 

 

Name: John L. Palermo

 

 

Title: Senior Vice President

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT]

 



 

 

CITY NATIONAL BANK, a National Banking Association

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Mia Bolin

 

 

Name: Mia Bolin

 

 

Title: Vice President

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT]

 


 

 

EAST WEST BANK, a California banking Corporation

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Greg Peterson

 

 

Name: Greg Peterson

 

 

Title: Vice President

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT]

 



 

SCHEDULE 1.1

 

Designated Closing Date MSAs

 

1.                                       Master Services Agreement effective as of March 1, 2013, by and between TTD and Omnicom Media Group.

 

2.                                       Vivaki Agreement

 

3.                                       Master Services Agreement dated as of September 19, 2011, by and between Goodway Group and TTD.

 

4.                                       Master Services Agreement effective as of September 1, 2013, by and between Amnet and TTD.

 

5.                                       Master Services Agreement effective as of August 20, 2014, by and between TTD and Horizon Media, Inc.

 

6.                                       Master Services Agreement effective as of May 23, 2014, by and between SteelHouse, Inc. and TTD.

 

7.                                       Master Services Agreement effective as of June 1, 2014, by and between Adconion Direct, Inc. and TTD.

 

8.                                       Master Services Agreement dated as of March 25, 2012, by and between Centro Media, Inc. and TTD.

 

9.                                       Master Services Agreement effective as of September 23, 2013, by and between GroupM and TTD, as supplemented by that certain Addendum to GroupM “The Trade Desk” MSA Governing Mindshare Trading Desk Activity effective as of May 15, 2014 by and between TTD and Mindshare USA, LLC, as further supplemented by that certain Addendum to GroupM “The Trade Desk” MSA Governing Mindshare Trading Desk Activity (Global Excluding North America) dated February 2, 2015, by and between Mindshare Media (UK) Limited trading as Mindshare Worldwide and TTD, as further supplemented by that certain Addendum to Master Services Agreement effective as of June 25, 2015, by and between GroupM and TTD and as further supplemented by that certain Amendment to Addendum to GroupM “The Trade Desk” MSA governing Mindshare Trading Desk Activity dated as of March 21, 2016 by and between TTD, GroupM Worldwide, Inc. and Mindshare USA, LLC.

 

10.                                Master Services Agreement dated as of April 13, 2012, by and between InterMundo Media and TTD, as supplemented by that certain Master Services Agreement — Addendum dated as of March 17, 2014 by and between Medimm, LLC (successor in interest to Intermundo Media, LLC) and TTD.

 

11.                                Master Services Agreement dated as of November 29, 2012, by and between Neo@Ogilvy, LLC and TTD, as supplemented by that certain Addendum to Master Services Agreement effective as of June 1, 2014 by and between Neo@Ogilvy, LLC and TTD.

 



 

12.                                Master Services Agreement effective as of June 1, 2014, by and between The Media Kitchen, a division of kirshenbaum bond senecal & partners LLC and TTD.

 

13.                                Master Services Agreement effective as of June 15, 2013, by and between Rise Interactive, Inc. and TTD.

 

14.                                Master Services Agreement dated as of June 17, 2014, by and between OgilvyOne LLC and TTD.

 



 

SCHEDULE 3.4(a)

 

Commercial Tort Claims

 

None.

 



 

SCHEDULE 3.5

 

Pledged Interests

 

Pledged
Company

 

Owner

 

Number of Issued
and Outstanding
Equity Interests

 

Number of
Pledged Interests

 

Percent Pledged

 

The UK Trade Desk Ltd.

 

The Trade Desk, Inc.

 

303

 

197

 

65

%

 


 

SCHEDULE 6.1(b)

 

Locations of Collateral and Real Property

 

Addresses

 

 

 

Addresses

Principal Place of Business

 

42 North Chestnut Street,
Ventura, California 93001,
United States

Chief Executive Office

 

42 North Chestnut Street,
Ventura, California 93001,
United States

Location of Books and Records

 

42 North Chestnut Street,
Ventura, California 93001,
United States

Location of Chattel Paper and Records of Receivables

 

42 North Chestnut Street,
Ventura, California 93001,
United States

 

Deposit and Securities Accounts(1)

 

Owner

 

Type Of Account

 

Bank Or
Intermediary

 

Account Numbers

The Trade Desk, Inc.

 

Operating

 

Citibank, N.A.

 

31019046

The Trade Desk, Inc.

 

Deposit

 

Citibank, N.A.

 

206516023

The Trade Desk, Inc.

 

Cash Collateral

 

Bridge Bank

 

0102924248

The Trade Desk, Inc.

 

Checking

 

Bridge Bank

 

0102007416

The Trade Desk, Inc.

 

Lockbox

 

Bank of America

 

6008-21914024

The Trade Desk, Inc.

 

Business Checking

 

Bank of America

 

002143160474

The Trade Desk, Inc.

 

Credit Card Account

 

Bank of America

 

002143069111

The Trade Desk, Inc.

 

Operating

 

Bank of America

 

1499057339

The Trade Desk, Inc.

 

Saving

 

Bank of America

 

002143543425

 


(1)  Balances on these accounts vary, and TTD has elected to list all deposit and securities accounts to respond to the required disclosure.

 



 

The Trade Desk, Inc.

 

CD for Rent of NY Office

 

Bank of America

 

910000156296612

Radius c/o The Trade Desk, Inc.

 

Operating

 

COMMERZBANK Muenchen

 

DE53 7004 0041 0403 1001 07

Radius c/o The Trade Desk, Inc.

 

Operating

 

Lloyds Bank PLC

 

1156825

Radius c/o The Trade Desk, Inc.

 

Operating

 

Lloyds Bank PLC

 

03000012

The Trade Desk, Inc.

 

Operating

 

Bank of America

 

GB86BOFA16505021914024

Radius c/o The Trade Desk, Inc.

 

Operating

 

Korea Exchange Bank

 

630-009094-963

Radius c/o The Trade Desk, Inc.

 

Operating

 

SMBC (0009)

 

9067483

Radius c/o The Trade Desk, Inc.

 

Operating

 

DBS BANK LTD, SINGAPORE

 

003-909098-6

Radius c/o The Trade Desk, Inc.

 

Operating

 

Lloyds Bank PLC

 

11568825

Radius c/o The Trade Desk, Inc.

 

Operating

 

Lloyds Bank PLC

 

40020785

 

Locations of Collateral Exceeding $250,000

 

Addresses

42 North Chestnut Street,
Ventura, California 93001,
United States

 

Real Property

 

Loan Party

 

Real Property Address

 

Lease / Own

The Trade Desk, Inc.

 

42 North Chestnut Street,
Ventura, California 93001,
United States

 

Leased

 

 

 

 

 

The Trade Desk, Inc.

 

The Dahl ~ Beck Warehouse,
580 Howard, Suite 204,
San Francisco, CA 94105,
United States

 

Leased

 

 

 

 

 

The Trade Desk, Inc.

 

333 West Santa Clara Street,
Suite 730,
San Jose, CA 95113,
United States

 

Leased

 

 

 

 

 

The Trade Desk, Inc.

 

2101 El Segundo Boulevard,
Suite 104
El Segundo, California 90245,

 

Leased

 



 

 

 

United States

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The Trade Desk, Inc.

 

1615 Pearl Street, Suite A
Boulder, CO 80302,
United States

 

Leased

 

 

 

 

 

The Trade Desk, Inc.

 

1048 Pearl Street, Suite 200,
Boulder, CO 80302,
United States

 

Leased

 

 

 

 

 

The Trade Desk, Inc.

 

225 West Washington,
Suite 1140,
Chicago, Illinois 60606,
United States

 

Leased

 

 

 

 

 

The Trade Desk, Inc.

 

M 1 Realty,
22750 Woodward Ave., Suite
301,
Ferndale, MI 48220

 

Leased

 

 

 

 

 

The Trade Desk, Inc.

 

386 Park Avenue, South Floor
17,
New York, NY 10016,
United States

 

Leased

 

 

 

 

 

The Trade Desk, Inc.

 

2-7 Clerkenwell Green,
London EC1R 0DE,
United Kingdom

 

Leased

 

 

 

 

 

The Trade Desk, Inc.

 

9F, 33 Des Voeux Road Central,
Hong Kong

 

Leased

 



 

SCHEDULE 6.1(f)

 

Consents and Authorizations

 

None.

 


 

SCHEDULE 6.1(g)

 

Ownership; Subsidiaries

 

Name; Ownership; Jurisdiction of Loan Parties

 

Name

 

Ownership

 

Jurisdiction of
Incorporation, Formation or
Organization

The Trade Desk, Inc.

 

See Ownership Chart Below

 

Delaware

 

Record Owner of Interest in The Trade Desk,
Inc.

 

Class

 

No. of
Units

 

% Fully
Diluted

 

Lyons, Jerry

 

Common

 

766,500

 

0.64

%

Green, Jeff

 

Common

 

21,832,590

 

18.22

%

Green Irrevocable Trust of 2015

 

Common

 

4,700,000

 

3.92

%

Pickles, David

 

Common

 

3,188,650

 

2.66

%

Powalisz, Jeff

 

Common

 

5,000

 

0.00

%

Akre, John

 

Common

 

21,250

 

0.02

%

Jaime Avila, Lennin Sinai

 

Common

 

1,458

 

0.00

%

Holm, Joshua

 

Common

 

50,000

 

0.04

%

Harley, Jeffrey

 

Common

 

7,916

 

0.01

%

Hallock, Krista Anne

 

Common

 

98,685

 

0.08

%

Gould, Taylor

 

Common

 

8,931

 

0.01

%

Godfrey, David

 

Common

 

2,708

 

0.00

%

Garson, Michael

 

Common

 

4,583

 

0.00

%

Garay, Brenna

 

Common

 

3,541

 

0.00

%

Frebe, Romi

 

Common

 

84,583

 

0.07

%

Fowler, Marianne

 

Common

 

78,541

 

0.07

%

Dorment, Camilla

 

Common

 

5,830

 

0.00

%

Dederick, John Emery

 

Common

 

15,000

 

0.01

%

Wilberger, Seth

 

Common

 

833

 

0.00

%

D’Arcy, Sean

 

Common

 

27,858

 

0.02

%

Danziger, David

 

Common

 

47,358

 

0.04

%

West, Andrew

 

Common

 

5,000

 

0.00

%

Walton, Madison

 

Common

 

8,463

 

0.01

%

White, Tiffany

 

Common

 

4,583

 

0.00

%

Tomeny, Candace

 

Common

 

10,416

 

0.01

%

Cortez, Marc

 

Common

 

4,375

 

0.00

%

Cavalieri, Brittany

 

Common

 

3,906

 

0.00

%

Carmer, Joseph

 

Common

 

10,182

 

0.01

%

Carlson, Sean

 

Common

 

3,333

 

0.00

%

Stenhouse, Kevin

 

Common

 

22,000

 

0.02

%

Stengel, Zachary

 

Common

 

151,250

 

0.13

%

Starna, Gina

 

Common

 

10,000

 

0.01

%

Spoonhower, Paul

 

Common

 

7,083

 

0.01

%

 



 

Record Owner of Interest in The Trade Desk,
Inc.

 

Class

 

No. of
Units

 

% Fully
Diluted

 

Bratone, Daniel

 

Common

 

55,000

 

0.05

%

Bohrer, Stacy

 

Common

 

40,833

 

0.03

%

Simeonova, Rositsa

 

Common

 

91,354

 

0.08

%

Blacker, Mike

 

Common

 

50,000

 

0.04

%

Shue, Jason

 

Common

 

75,000

 

0.06

%

Banales, Jimmy

 

Common

 

6,458

 

0.01

%

Scouras, Amber

 

Common

 

62,000

 

0.05

%

Schulte, Tyler

 

Common

 

3,541

 

0.00

%

Schneider, Alexander

 

Common

 

537,649

 

0.45

%

Schneider, Jarod

 

Common

 

45,000

 

0.04

%

Schenkein, Laura

 

Common

 

32,291

 

0.03

%

Schechter, Scott

 

Common

 

4,791

 

0.00

%

Buch, Jeremy

 

Common

 

7,291

 

0.01

%

Ross, Paul

 

Common

 

16,460

 

0.01

%

Albaro, Ephraim

 

Common

 

18,275

 

0.02

%

Buyer, Lise

 

Common

 

1,250

 

0.00

%

Callaghan, Frances

 

Common

 

56,331

 

0.05

%

Calkins, Bradley

 

Common

 

15,833

 

0.01

%

Potts, Angela

 

Common

 

8,750

 

0.01

%

Phillips, Christopher

 

Common

 

50,000

 

0.04

%

Perdue, Robert

 

Common

 

75,000

 

0.06

%

Parker, Zachary

 

Common

 

10,000

 

0.01

%

Vosko, Amy

 

Common

 

20,833

 

0.02

%

Mottau, Benjamin

 

Common

 

100,000

 

0.08

%

Miller, Natalie

 

Common

 

6,250

 

0.01

%

Menzies, David

 

Common

 

1,458

 

0.00

%

McBride, Meredith

 

Common

 

18,411

 

0.02

%

Matsumura, Tomomi

 

Common

 

2,500

 

0.00

%

Martinez, Jennifer

 

Common

 

1,250

 

0.00

%

Marshall, Barry

 

Common

 

18,958

 

0.02

%

Limauro, Marie

 

Common

 

40,000

 

0.03

%

Landers, Brian

 

Common

 

5,000

 

0.00

%

Founders Collective, LP

 

Seed

 

5,700,000

 

4.76

%

Founder Collective Entrepreneur

 

Seed

 

1,800,000

 

1.50

%

IA Venture Partners

 

Seed

 

7,500,000

 

6.26

%

Olliver, Paul

 

Seed

 

250,000

 

0.21

%

eValue AG

 

Seed

 

250,000

 

0.21

%

Apprendi, Joe

 

Seed

 

250,000

 

0.21

%

Young, Chris

 

Seed

 

250,000

 

0.21

%

Young, Charles

 

Seed

 

250,000

 

0.21

%

Amzallag, Robert

 

Seed

 

250,000

 

0.21

%

Giles, Wendy

 

Seed

 

250,000

 

0.21

%

Cormack, Ian

 

Seed

 

250,000

 

0.21

%

 



 

Record Owner of Interest in The Trade Desk,
Inc.

 

Class

 

No. of
Units

 

% Fully
Diluted

 

Chenard, Jesse

 

Seed

 

250,000

 

0.21

%

Kelt, Jonty

 

Seed

 

250,000

 

0.21

%

Pro-Active Consulting LLC

 

Seed

 

250,000

 

0.21

%

Boynton, Robert

 

Seed

 

250,000

 

0.21

%

Spierings, Hubertus

 

Seed

 

250,000

 

0.21

%

The Jean Frazier Evans Trust

 

Seed

 

250,000

 

0.21

%

Neumann, Gerard

 

Seed

 

500,000

 

0.42

%

The Joshua Stylman Trust 2008

 

Seed

 

250,000

 

0.21

%

SV Angel II LLC

 

Seed

 

1,000,000

 

0.83

%

Aitken Investments Limited

 

Seed

 

2,000,000

 

1.67

%

Founders Collective, LP

 

Series A-1

 

4,081,640

 

3.41

%

Founder Collective Entrepreneur

 

Series A-1

 

1,084,990

 

0.91

%

IA Venture Partners

 

Series A-1

 

5,165,600

 

4.31

%

Olliver, Paul

 

Series A-1

 

604,670

 

0.50

%

eValue AG

 

Series A-1

 

170,990

 

0.14

%

Apprendi, Joe

 

Series A-1

 

171,050

 

0.14

%

Young, Chris

 

Series A-1

 

176,190

 

0.15

%

Young, Charles

 

Series A-1

 

166,980

 

0.14

%

Giles, Wendy

 

Series A-1

 

171,810

 

0.14

%

Cormack, Ian

 

Series A-1

 

166,180

 

0.14

%

Chenard, Jesse

 

Series A-1

 

171,430

 

0.14

%

Kelt, Jonty

 

Series A-1

 

171,430

 

0.14

%

Spierings, Hubertus

 

Series A-1

 

171,980

 

0.14

%

The Jean Frazier Evans Trust

 

Series A-1

 

171,740

 

0.14

%

Neumann, Gerard

 

Series A-1

 

342,180

 

0.29

%

Aitken Investments Limited

 

Series A-1

 

2,302,980

 

1.92

%

Founders Collective, LP

 

Series A-2

 

1,104,220

 

0.92

%

Founder Collective Entrepreneur

 

Series A-2

 

293,520

 

0.25

%

IA Venture Partners

 

Series A-2

 

4,193,250

 

3.50

%

Aitken Investments Limited

 

Series A-2

 

1,395,660

 

1.17

%

IA Venture Partners

 

Series A-3

 

1,632,910

 

1.36

%

Neumann, Gerard

 

Series A-3

 

272,150

 

0.23

%

Revel Venture Fund I, LLC

 

Series A-3

 

5,443,060

 

4.54

%

Morgan Family Trust, Dated February 1, 2007

 

Series A-3

 

544,300

 

0.45

%

Perrell, Kim

 

Series A-3

 

1,632,910

 

1.36

%

Landy, Clark

 

Series A-3

 

544,300

 

0.45

%

Double M Partners, LP (transfer from Mull Capita, LLC)

 

Series A-3

 

816,450

 

0.68

%

Entrepreneurs Investment

 

Series A-3

 

544,300

 

0.45

%

Korschak Investments LP

 

Series A-3

 

2,000,000

 

1.67

%

IA Venture Partners

 

Series B

 

1,234,060

 

1.03

%

Highwind S.a.r.l.

 

Series B

 

6,993,000

 

5.84

%

Eastward Capital

 

Series B

 

143,970

 

0.12

%

 



 

Record Owner of Interest in The Trade Desk,
Inc.

 

Class

 

No. of
Units

 

% Fully
Diluted

 

Leader Ventures

 

Seed - Warrants

 

1,200,000

 

1.00

%

Eastward Capital Partners V, LP

 

Series A-3 Warrants

 

990,640

 

0.83

%

Options Outstanding and Exercisable

 

Common

 

8,733,914

 

7.29

%

Options Outstanding and Unvested

 

Common

 

6,768,164

 

5.65

%

Options Unissued and Available

 

Common

 

3,104,989

 

2.59

%

 

Name; Ownership; Jurisdiction of Subsidiaries of Loan Parties

 

Name

 

Ownership

 

Jurisdiction of
Incorporation, Formation or
Organization

The UK Trade Desk Ltd.

 

100% owned by The Trade Desk, Inc.

 

United Kingdom

 

Loan Party Foreign Qualifications

 

Name

 

Jurisdictions of Foreign Qualifications

The Trade Desk, Inc.

 

California; Colorado

 



 

SCHEDULE 6.1(p)

 

Judgments; Litigation

 

None.

 



 

SCHEDULE 6.1(v)

 

ERISA Plans

 

1.             Fidelity 401k Retirement Plan

2.             Medical Insurance

3.             Dental Insurance

4.             Vision Insurance

5.             Life/Accidental Death and Dismemberment Insurance

6.             Voluntary Life/Accidental Death and Dismemberment Insurance

7.             Short Term Disability Insurance

8.             Long Term Disability with Employee Assistance Program

9.             Business Travel Accident Insurance

 


 

SCHEDULE 6.1(w)

 

Intellectual Property

 

Patents

 

None.

 

Copyrights

 

None.

 

Trademarks - Registered

 

Owner

 

Registration
Number

 

Date of
Registration

 

Jurisdiction
of
Registration

 

Trademark

The Trade Desk, Inc.

 

4624432

 

October 21, 2014

 

United States

 

THETRADEDESK & Design

The Trade Desk, Inc.

 

1645967

 

September 9, 2014

 

Australia

 

THETRADEDESK & Design

The Trade Desk, Inc.

 

13248431

 

February 3, 2015

 

European Union

 

THETRADEDESK & Design

The Trade Desk, Inc.

 

41328717

 

August 5, 2015

 

South Korea

 

THETRADEDESK & Design

The Trade Desk, Inc.

 

T1414632E

 

September 12, 2014

 

Singapore

 

THETRADEDESK & Design

 

Trademarks - Applications

 

Owner

 

Application
Number

 

Date of
Application

 

Jurisdiction
of
Application

 

Trademark

The Trade Desk, Inc.

 

908313675

 

September 19, 2014

 

Brazil

 

THETRADEDESK & Design

The Trade Desk, Inc.

 

908313845

 

September 19, 2014

 

Brazil

 

THETRADEDESK & Design

The Trade Desk, Inc.

 

2014076471

 

September 10, 2014

 

Japan

 

THETRADEDESK & Design

The Trade Desk, Inc.

 

303589417

 

November 6, 2015

 

Hong Kong

 

THETRADEDESK & Design

 

Trademarks — Common Law

 

1.               ENTERPRISE

2.               HOUSEHOLD

 



 

3.               EXTENSION

 



 

SCHEDULE 6.1(x)

 

Labor Contracts

 

None.

 



 

SCHEDULE 6.1(cc)

 

Material Contracts

 

1.             Peer1 — The Master Services Agreement between PEER 1 and The Trade Desk, Inc.

 

2.             Unitas - Master Services Agreement between Unitas Global LLC and The Trade Desk, Inc. dated 28th January 2016.

 

3.             AWS Customer Agreement by and between Amazon Web Services, Inc. and The Trade Desk, Inc.

 

4.             The Designated Closing Date MSAs listed in Schedule 1.1.

 

5.             Google DoubleClick Ad Exchange Buyer Terms as of March 11, 2014, by and between Google Inc. and TTD.

 

6.             Foreign Exchange Agreement effective as of January 28, 2015 between TTD and Bridge Bank, N.A.  The total open value is $8,400,000 and the forward reserve is $801,000.

 

7.             ADTECH Marketplace Buyer Terms & Conditions as of May 17, 2013, between ADTECH US, Inc. and its affiliates and TTD.

 

8.             Master Services Agreement, as of August 23, 2011, by and between AppNexus Inc., and TTD, as supplemented by that certain AppNexus Buyer Services Exhibit, as of August 23, 2011.

 

9.             Real Time Bidding Agreement, effective as of March 22, 2012, by and between Casale Media Inc. and TTD.

 

10.          Statement of Rights and Responsibilities, as modified and supplemented by that certain Advertising Services Addendum, dated as of June 7, 2012, by and between TTD, Facebook, Inc. and Facebook Ireland Limited.

 

11.          LiveRail Master Services Agreement effective as of September 13, 2013 between TTD and LiveRail, as supplemented by that certain Schedule C Agreement for the Purchase of Media LiveRail Real Time Bidding Demand Service dated as of September 13, 2013 between TTD and LiveRail and as further supplemented by that certain Acceptance Form to Schedule C dated as of November 27, 2013 between TTD and Live Rail.

 

12.          OpenX Market Agreement — Demand Service effective as of August 16, 2011 by and between TTD and OpenX Technologies Inc.

 

13.          PubMatic Demand Partner Agreement effective as of November 5, 2011 by and between PubMatic, Inc. and TTD, as amended by that certain Amendment dated as of February 1, 2013, by and between PubMatic, Inc. and TTD.

 



 

14.          ContextWeb Real-Time Bidding Service Agreement effective as of October 12, 2010 by and between ContextWeb, INc. and TTD.

 

15.          Real Time Bidding Platform Agreement effective as of September 8, 2011 between Rubicon Project, Inc. and TTD.

 

16.          Data Use Agreement dated as of May 24, 2010, between Blue Kai, Inc. and TTD, as amended by that certain Addendum #1 dated January 25, 2012 between Blue Kai, Inc. and TTD, as amended by that certain Addendum #2 to Data Use Agreement entered into as of April 1, 2013 between Blue Kai, Inc. and TTD, as amended by that certain Addendum #3 dated July 1, 2013, between Blue Kai, Inc. and TTD, as amended by that certain Addendum to Data Use Agreement entered into as of July 18, 2013, between Blue Kai, Inc. and TTD, as amended by that certain Addendum #4 dated August 1, 2013, between Blue Kai, Inc. and TTD, as amended by that certain Addendum to Data Use Agreement entered into as of April 3, 2014 between Blue Kai, Inc. and TTD, as amended by that certain Addendum to Data Use Agreement entered into as of May 29, 2014 between Blue Kai, Inc. and TTD.

 



 

SCHEDULE 6.1(ff)

 

Master Service Agreements

 

1.                                       Vivaki Agreement

 



 

SCHEDULE 7.21

 

Post-Closing Schedule

 

1.             On or before April 15, 2016 (or such later date as agreed to by the Agent in its sole discretion), TTD shall have delivered to Agent the loss payee endorsements for all insurance policies required by the Loan Documents, naming the Agent as lender loss payee and an additional insured.

 



 

SCHEDULE 8.1(ii)

 

Existing Indebtedness

 

None.

 



 

SCHEDULE 8.2

 

Contingent Obligations

 

None.

 



 

SCHEDULE 8.9

 

Existing Liens

 

None.

 


 

SCHEDULE 8.11

 

Existing Investments

 

1.                                       Equity Investments made prior to the Closing Date by TTD in its Subsidiaries listed on Schedule 6.1(g).

 



 

SCHEDULE 8.24

 

Affiliate Transactions

 

None.

 



 

ANNEX A

 

Lender Name and Address for Notices

 

Revolving Credit
Commitment

 

Pro Rata Shares

 

Citibank, N.A.
One Court Square, 18th Floor,
Long Island City, NY 11120
Attn.: Asset Based Portfolio Manager
Email: william.moul@citi.com
Telecopy Number: 718-248-8411

 

$

55,000,000

 

44.00

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

East West Bank
555 Montgomery St. Suite 900
San Francisco, CA 94111
Email: gregory.peterson@eastwestbank.com

 

$

25,000,000

 

20.00

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

City National Bank
555 S. Flower St., 24th Floor
Los Angeles,CA 90071
Email: mia.bolin@cnb.com
Telecopy Number: 213-673-2858

 

$

25,000,000

 

20.00

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. Bank, National Association
221 South Figueroa, Suite 210
LM-CA-F2AB
Los Angeles, CA 90012
Email: wayne.elliott1@usbank.com
Telecopy Number: 213-620-1825

 

$

20,000,000

 

16.00

%

 



 

EXHIBITS
TO
LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

 

between

 

THE TRADE DESK, INC.
AND EACH PERSON JOINED HERETO AS A BORROWER FROM TIME TO TIME,
as the Borrowers,

 

THE LENDERS FROM TIME TO TIME PARTY HERETO,

 

and

 

CITIBANK, N.A.,
as the Agent

 

dated as of March 30, 2016

 



 

Exhibits

 

Exhibit A-1

 

 

Revolving Credit Note

 

 

 

 

 

Exhibit A-2

 

 

Swingline Note

 

 

 

 

 

Exhibit B

 

 

Notice of Borrowing

 

 

 

 

 

Exhibit C

 

 

Notice of Conversion/Continuation

 

 

 

 

 

Exhibit D

 

 

Perfection Certificate

 

 

 

 

 

Exhibit E

 

 

Letter of Credit Request

 

 

 

 

 

Exhibit F

 

 

Financial Condition Certificate

 

 

 

 

 

Exhibit G

 

 

Closing Certificate

 

 

 

 

 

Exhibit H

 

 

Compliance Certificate

 

 

 

 

 

Exhibit I

 

 

Borrowing Base Certificate

 

 

 

 

 

Exhibit J

 

 

Assignment and Acceptance

 

 

 

 

 

Exhibits K-1 to K-4

 

 

U.S. Tax Compliance Certificates

 



 

EXHIBIT A-1

 

REVOLVING CREDIT NOTE

 

(attached)

 



 

REVOLVING CREDIT NOTE

 

$                

 

New York, New York

                  , 20   

 

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned THE TRADE DESK, INC., a Delaware corporation, and together with each Person who becomes party to the Loan Agreement as a borrower (individually and collectively and jointly and severally, the “ Borrowers ” and each individually, a “ Borrower ”), hereby unconditionally promises to pay to [                      ], a [              ] (a “ Lender ”), on the Termination Date, to the Agent’s Payment Account or at such other location as the Agent may from time to time designate in writing, for the account of Lender, in lawful money of the United States of America and in immediately available funds, the principal amount equal to the lesser of (a)               MILLION DOLLARS ($           ) and (b) the aggregate unpaid principal amount of Revolving Credit Loans made to the Borrowers by such Lender under Section 2.1(a) of the Loan Agreement. The Borrowers further promise to pay interest in like money and funds to the Agent, for the account of the Lender, at the aforementioned Payment Account (or at such other location as the Agent may from time to time designate) on the unpaid principal amount hereof from time to time outstanding from and including the date hereof until paid in full (both before and after judgment and both before and after the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default) at the rates and on the dates determined in accordance with, and calculated in the manner set forth in, Sections 4.1 and 4.2 of the Loan Agreement. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given them in the Loan and Security Agreement dated as of March 30, 2016 among the Borrowers, each of the financial institutions identified as a “Lender” on Annex A attached thereto (together with each of its respective successors and assigns, and any Increasing Lender, each a “ Lender ” and, collectively, the “Lenders”), and Citibank, N.A., a national banking association (“ Citibank ”), acting not individually but as agent on behalf of, and for the benefit of, the Lenders and all other Secured Parties (Citibank, when acting in such agency capacity, herein called the “ Agent ”) (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Loan Agreement ”).

 

Whenever any payment to be made hereunder shall be stated to be due on a day that is not a Business Day, the payment shall be made on the next succeeding Business Day (except as otherwise provided in the Loan Agreement) and such extension of time shall be included in the computation of the amount of interest due hereunder.

 

This Note is a “Revolving Credit Note” referred to in the Loan Agreement and shall be entitled to the benefit of all terms and conditions of, and the security of all security interests, liens and rights granted under or in connection with, the Loan Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and is subject to optional and mandatory prepayment as provided therein.  Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any one or more of the Events of Default specified in the Loan Agreement, all amounts then remaining unpaid on this Note may be declared to be or may automatically become immediately due and payable as provided in the Loan Agreement.

 

Each Borrower acknowledges that the holder of this Note may assign, transfer or sell all or a portion of its rights and interests in, to and under this Note to one or more Persons as provided in the Loan Agreement and that such Persons shall thereupon become vested with all of

 



 

the rights and benefits of the Lender in respect hereof as to all or that portion of this Note which is so assigned, transferred or sold.

 

In the event of any conflict between the terms hereof and the terms and provisions of the Loan Agreement, the terms and provisions of the Loan Agreement shall control.

 

Each Borrower waives presentment, demand for payment, protest and notice of dishonor of this Note and authorizes the holder hereof, without notice, to increase or decrease the rate of interest on any amount owing under this Note in accordance with the Loan Agreement.  Each Borrower shall make all payments hereunder and under the Loan Agreement without setoff, deduction or counterclaim.  No failure to exercise and no delay in exercising any rights hereunder on the part of the holder hereof shall operate as a waiver of such rights.  This Note may not be changed or modified orally, but only by an agreement in writing, which is signed by the party or parties against whom enforcement of any waiver, change or modification is sought.

 

THE VALIDITY, INTERPRETATION AND ENFORCEMENT OF THIS NOTE AND ANY DISPUTE ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS NOTE, WHETHER SOUNDING IN CONTRACT, TORT, EQUITY OR OTHERWISE, SHALL BE GOVERNED BY THE INTERNAL LAWS (AS OPPOSED TO THE CONFLICTS OF LAW PROVISIONS) AND DECISIONS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

 

EACH BORROWER AND, BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF, THE LENDER HEREBY WAIVE TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW ANY RIGHT TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING BASED UPON, ARISING OUT OF, OR IN ANY WAY RELATING TO THIS NOTE OR ANY CONDUCT, ACTS OR OMISSIONS OF THE BORROWERS, ANY LENDER, THE AGENT OR ANY OF THEIR RESPECTIVE PARTNERS, EMPLOYEES, AGENTS, ATTORNEYS OR OTHER AFFILIATES, IN EACH CASE WHETHER SOUNDING IN CONTRACT, TORT OR EQUITY OR OTHERWISE.

 

2



 

WITNESS the hand of the Borrowers as of the date first above written.

 

 

THE TRADE DESK, INC., a Delaware corporation,

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 



 

EXHIBIT A-2

 

SWINGLINE NOTE

 

(attached)

 


 

SWINGLINE NOTE

 

$                

 

New York, New York

 

 

                   , 20    

 

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned THE TRADE DESK, INC., a Delaware corporation, and together with each Person who becomes party to the Loan Agreement as a borrower (individually and collectively and jointly and severally, the “ Borrowers ” and each individually, a “ Borrower ”), hereby unconditionally promises to pay to CITIBANK, N.A., a national banking association (the “ Swingline Lender ”), on demand, at the Swingline Lender’s office set forth in the Loan Agreement or at such other location as the Swingline Lender may from time to time designate in writing, in lawful money of the United States of America and in immediately available funds, the aggregate principal amount of Swingline Loans outstanding pursuant to Section 2.3(h) of the Loan Agreement. The Borrowers further promise to pay interest in like money and funds to the Swingline Lender at the aforementioned address (or at such other location as the Swingline Lender may from time to time designate) on the unpaid principal amount hereof from time to time outstanding from and including the date hereof until paid in full (both before and after judgment and both before and after the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default) at the rates and on the dates determined in accordance with, and calculated in the manner set forth in, Sections 4.1 and 4.2 of the Loan Agreement. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given them in the Loan and Security Agreement dated as March 30, 2016 among the Borrowers, each of the financial institutions identified as a “Lender” on Annex A attached thereto (together with each of its respective successors and assigns, and any Increasing Lender, each a “ Lender ” and, collectively, the “Lenders”), and Citibank, N.A., a national banking association (“ Citibank ”), acting not individually but as agent on behalf of, and for the benefit of, the Lenders and all other Secured Parties (Citibank, when acting in such agency capacity, herein called the “ Agent ”) (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Loan Agreement ”).

 

Whenever any payment to be made hereunder shall be stated to be due on a day that is not a Business Day, the payment shall be made on the next succeeding Business Day (except as otherwise provided in the Loan Agreement) and such extension of time shall be included in the computation of the amount of interest due hereunder.

 

This Note is a “Swingline Note” referred to in the Loan Agreement and shall be entitled to the benefit of all terms and conditions of, and the security of all security interests, liens and rights granted under or in connection with, the Loan Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and is subject to optional and mandatory prepayment as provided therein.  Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any one or more of the Events of Default specified in the Loan Agreement, all amounts then remaining unpaid on this Note may be declared to be or may automatically become immediately due and payable as provided in the Loan Agreement.

 

Each Borrower acknowledges that the holder of this Note may assign, transfer or sell all or a portion of its rights and interests in, to and under this Note to one or more Persons as provided in the Loan Agreement and that such Persons shall thereupon become vested with all of the rights and benefits of the Lender in respect hereof as to all or that portion of this Note which is so assigned, transferred or sold.

 

2



 

In the event of any conflict between the terms hereof and the terms and provisions of the Loan Agreement, the terms and provisions of the Loan Agreement shall control.

 

Each Borrower waives presentment, demand for payment, protest and notice of dishonor of this Note and authorizes the holder hereof, without notice, to increase or decrease the rate of interest on any amount owing under this Note in accordance with the Loan Agreement.  Each Borrower shall make all payments hereunder and under the Loan Agreement without setoff, deduction or counterclaim.  No failure to exercise and no delay in exercising any rights hereunder on the part of the holder hereof shall operate as a waiver of such rights.  This Note may not be changed or modified orally, but only by an agreement in writing, which is signed by the party or parties against whom enforcement of any waiver, change or modification is sought.

 

THE VALIDITY, INTERPRETATION AND ENFORCEMENT OF THIS NOTE AND ANY DISPUTE ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS NOTE, WHETHER SOUNDING IN CONTRACT, TORT, EQUITY OR OTHERWISE, SHALL BE GOVERNED BY THE INTERNAL LAWS (AS OPPOSED TO THE CONFLICTS OF LAW PROVISIONS) AND DECISIONS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

 

EACH BORROWER AND, BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF, THE LENDER HEREBY WAIVE TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW ANY RIGHT TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING BASED UPON, ARISING OUT OF, OR IN ANY WAY RELATING TO THIS NOTE OR ANY CONDUCT, ACTS OR OMISSIONS OF THE BORROWERS, ANY LENDER, THE AGENT OR ANY OF THEIR RESPECTIVE PARTNERS, EMPLOYEES, AGENTS, ATTORNEYS OR OTHER AFFILIATES, IN EACH CASE WHETHER SOUNDING IN CONTRACT, TORT OR EQUITY OR OTHERWISE.

 

3



 

WITNESS the hand of the Borrowers as of the date first above written.

 

 

THE TRADE DESK, INC., a Delaware corporation,

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 



 

EXHIBIT B

 

NOTICE OF BORROWING

 

(attached)

 



 

NOTICE OF BORROWING

 

Date:               , 20   

 

To:                              Citibank, N.A.

 

Re:                              Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of March 30, 2016 (as amended, modified, supplemented or extended from time to time, the “ Loan Agreement ”) among THE TRADE DESK, INC., a Delaware corporation (together with each person who thereafter becomes party thereto as a borrower, referred to hereinafter, individually and collectively, jointly and severally, as the “ Borrowers ” and each individually as a “ Borrower ”), each of the financial institutions identified as a “Lender” on Annex A attached thereto (together with each of its respective successors and assigns, and any Increasing Lender, each a “ Lender ” and, collectively, the “ Lenders ”), and CITIBANK, N.A., a national banking association (“ Citibank ”), acting not individually but as agent on behalf of, and for the benefit of, the Lenders and all other Secured Parties (Citibank, when acting in such agency capacity, herein called the “ Agent ”). Capitalized terms used herein but otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings given to such terms in the Loan Agreement.

 

The undersigned is a Responsible Officer of the Borrower Agent having the title inscribed below and in such capacity hereby requests:

 

(select one)

 

1.                                       On           , 20   (which is a Business Day)

 

2.                                       In the amount of $                   

 

3.                                       Comprised of [Base Rate Advances][LIBOR Rate Advances]

 

[4.                                   For LIBOR Rate Advances, with an Interest Period of             (      ) month(s).]

 

In connection herewith, the undersigned hereby certifies that:

 

(a)                                  all representations and warranties contained in the Loan Agreement and the other Loan Documents are true and correct in all material respects (except that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that are already qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof) on and as of the date of the requested Borrowing (except to the extent that such representations and warranties relate solely to an earlier date);

 

(b)                                  no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would result from the making of the requested Loan as of the date of such request; and

 

(c)                                   no Material Adverse Effect has occurred.

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this instrument in his/her official capacity as described below, and not individually, as of the date first above written.

 

 

THE TRADE DESK, INC., a Delaware corporation,

 

as the Borrower Agent

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 



 

EXHIBIT C

 

NOTICE OF CONVERSION/CONTINUATION

 

(attached)

 



 

NOTICE OF CONVERSION/CONTINUATION

 

Date:               , 20

 

To:                              Citibank, N.A.

 

Re:                              Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of March 30, 2016 (as amended, modified, supplemented or extended from time to time, the “ Loan Agreement ”) among THE TRADE DESK, INC., a Delaware corporation (together with each person who thereafter becomes party thereto as a borrower, referred to hereinafter, individually and collectively, jointly and severally, as the “ Borrowers ” and each individually as a “ Borrower ”), each of the financial institutions identified as a “Lender” on Annex A attached thereto (together with each of its respective successors and assigns, and any Increasing Lender, each a “ Lender ” and, collectively, the “ Lenders ”), and CITIBANK, N.A., a national banking association (“ Citibank ”), acting not individually but as agent on behalf of, and for the benefit of, the Lenders and all other Secured Parties (Citibank, when acting in such agency capacity, herein called the “ Agent ”). Capitalized terms used herein but otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings given to such terms in the Loan Agreement.

 

The undersigned is a Responsible Officer of the Borrower Agent having the title inscribed below and in such capacity hereby requests (select one):

 

o                                     a continuation, on                 , 20  , as LIBOR Rate Advances having an Interest Period of     month(s) of Revolving Credit Loans in an aggregate outstanding principal amount of $             , which have an Interest Period ending on the proposed date for such continuation;

 

o                                     a conversion, on                 , 20  , to LIBOR Rate Advances having an Interest Period of      month(s) of Revolving Credit Loans in an aggregate outstanding principal amount of $            , which amount comprises [part of/all of] the outstanding Revolving Credit Loans; and

 

o                                     a conversion, on                 , 20  , to Base Rate Advances, of Revolving Credit Loans in an aggregate outstanding principal amount of $            , which amount comprises [part of/all of] the outstanding Revolving Credit Loans,

 

[In connection herewith, the undersigned hereby certifies that:

 

(a)                                  all representations and warranties contained in the Loan Agreement and the other Loan Documents are true and correct in all material respects (except that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that are already qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof) on and as of the date of the requested Borrowing (except to the extent that such representations and warranties relate solely to an earlier date);

 



 

(b)                                  no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result from the making of such continuation or conversion as of the date of such request; and

 

(c)                                   no Material Adverse Effect has occurred.](2)

 


(2)  To be included only in connection with continuations to or conversions of LIBOR Rate Advances.

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this instrument in his/her official capacity as described below, and not individually, as of the date first above written.

 

 

THE TRADE DESK, INC., a Delaware corporation,

 

as the Borrower Agent

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 


 

EXHIBIT D

 

PERFECTION CERTIFICATE

 

(attached)

 



 

PERFECTION CERTIFICATE

 

March 30, 2016

 

Reference is hereby made to that certain Loan and Security Agreement dated as of March 30, 2016 (as amended, restated, supplemented, or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Loan Agreement ”) by and among THE TRADE DESK, INC., a Delaware corporation (together with each person who thereafter becomes party thereto as a borrower, referred to hereinafter, individually and collectively, jointly and severally, as the “ Borrowers ” and each individually as a “ Borrower ”), each of the financial institutions identified as a “ Lender ” on Annex A attached thereto (together with each of its respective successors and assigns, and any Increasing Lender, each a “ Lender ” and, collectively, the “Lenders”), and CITIBANK, N.A., a national banking association (“ Citibank ”), acting not individually but as agent on behalf of, and for the benefit of, the Lenders and all other Secured Parties (Citibank, when acting in such agency capacity, herein called the “ Agent ”).

 

All initially capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Loan Agreement.

 

The undersigned, the [              ] of Borrower Agent, hereby certifies (in his capacity as [             ] and not in any individual capacity) to Agent and each other Secured Party:

 

1.                                       Names .

 

(a)                                  The exact legal name of each Loan Party, as such name appears in its certified certificate of incorporation, articles of incorporation, certificate of formation, or any other organizational document, is set forth in Schedule 1(a) .  Each Loan Party is (i) the type of entity disclosed next to its name in Schedule 1(a)  and (ii) a registered organization except to the extent disclosed in Schedule 1(a) .  Also set forth in Schedule 1(a)  is the organizational identification number, if any, of each Loan Party that is a registered organization, the Federal Taxpayer Identification Number of each Loan Party and the jurisdiction of formation of each Loan Party.  Each Loan Party has qualified to do business in the states listed on Schedule 1(a) .

 

(b)                                  Set forth in Schedule 1(b)  hereto is a list of any other legal names each Loan Party has had in the past five years, together with the date of the relevant name change.

 

(c)                                   Set forth in Schedule 1(c)  is a list of all other names used by each Loan Party in connection with any business or organization to which such Loan Party became the successor by merger, consolidation, acquisition, change in form, nature or jurisdiction of organization or otherwise or on any filings with the Internal Revenue Service, in each case, at any time in the past five years.  Except as set forth in Schedule 1(c) , no Loan Party has changed its jurisdiction of organization at any time during the past four months.

 

2.                                       Chief Executive Offices .  The chief executive office of each Loan Party is located at the address set forth in Schedule 2 hereto.

 



 

3.                                       Real Property .

 

(a)                                  Attached hereto as Schedule 3(a)  is a list of all (i) Real Property of each Loan Party, (ii) addresses and uses of each parcel of Real Property and (iii) other information relating thereto required by such Schedule.  Except as described on Schedule 3(a)  attached hereto: (A) no Loan Party has entered into any leases, subleases, tenancies, franchise agreements, licenses or other occupancy arrangements as owner, lessor, sublessor, licensor, franchisor or grantor with respect to any of the real property described on Schedule 3(a)  and (B) no Loan Party has any leases which require the consent of the landlord, tenant or other party thereto to the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents.

 

(b)                                  Schedule 3(b)  sets forth all third parties (“ Bailees ”) with possession of any Collateral (including inventory and equipment) of the Loan Parties in an aggregate principal amount exceeding $250,000, including the name and address of such Bailee, a description of the inventory and equipment in such Bailee’s possession and the location of such inventory and equipment (if none please so state).

 

4.                                       Extraordinary Transactions .  Except for those purchases, mergers, acquisitions, consolidations, and other transactions described on Schedule 4 attached hereto, all of the Collateral has been originated by each Loan Party in the ordinary course of business or consists of goods which have been acquired by such Loan Party in the ordinary course of business from a person in the business of selling goods of that kind.

 

5.                                       File Search Reports .  Certified file search reports from (a) the Uniform Commercial Code filing offices (i) in each jurisdiction of formation identified in Section 1(a) and in each location identified Section 2 with respect to each legal name set forth in Section 1 and (ii) in each jurisdiction described in Schedule 1(c)  or Schedule 3 (with respect to fee-owned Real Property) relating to any of the transactions described in Schedule 1(c)  or Schedule 4 with respect to each legal name of the person or entity from which each Loan Party purchased or otherwise acquired any assets and (b) each filing office in each real estate recording office identified on Schedule 3(a) for any fee-owned Real Property, in each case, including judgment and tax liens, bankruptcy and pending lawsuits or other filing identified in such file search reports have been delivered to Agent.

 

6.                                       UCC Filings .  The financing statements, including the indications of the collateral or the fee-owned Real Property, are in the appropriate forms for filing in the filing offices in the jurisdictions identified in Schedule 6 hereof.

 

7.                                       Schedule of Filings .  Attached hereto as Schedule 7 is a schedule of (i) the appropriate filing offices for the financing statements attached hereto as Schedule 6 , (ii) the appropriate filing offices for the filings described in Schedule 11(c)  and (iii) any other actions required to preserve, protect and perfect the security interests in the Collateral granted, assigned or pledged to Agent pursuant to any Security Document.

 

8.                                       Termination Statements .  Attached hereto as Schedule 8 are the duly authorized termination statements in the appropriate form for filing in each applicable jurisdiction identified in Schedule 8 hereto with respect to each Lien described therein.

 



 

9.                                       Stock Ownership and Other Equity Interests .  Attached hereto as Schedule 9(a)  is a true and correct list of each of all of the authorized, and the issued and outstanding, Equity Interests of each Loan Party and its direct Subsidiaries and the record and beneficial owners of such Equity Interests.  Also set forth on Schedule 9(a)  is each equity investment of each Loan Party that represents 50% or less of the equity of the entity in which such investment was made.  Attached hereto as Schedule 9(b)  is a true and correct organizational chart of TTD and its Subsidiaries.

 

10.                                Instruments and Chattel Paper .  Attached hereto as Schedule 10 is a true and correct list of all promissory notes, instruments (other than checks to be deposited in the ordinary course of business), tangible chattel paper, electronic chattel paper and other evidence of Indebtedness held by each Loan Party as of January 31, 2016 having an aggregate value or face amount in excess of $250,000, including all intercompany notes between or among any two or more Loan Parties or any of their Subsidiaries.

 

11.                                Intellectual Property .

 

(a)                                  Schedule 11(a)  provides a complete and correct list of all registered Copyrights owned by any Loan Party, all applications for registration of Copyrights owned by any Loan Party, and all other Copyrights owned by any Loan Party and material to the conduct of the business of any Loan Party.  Schedule 11(a)  provides a complete and correct list of all registered Patents owned by any Loan Party and all applications for Patents owned by any Loan Party.  Schedule 11(a)  provides a complete and correct list of all registered Trademarks owned by any Loan Party, all applications for registration of Trademarks owned by any Loan Party, and all other trademarks owned by any Loan Party and material to the conduct of the business of any Loan Party.

 

(b)                                  Schedule 11(b)  provides a complete and correct list of all Intellectual Property licenses entered into by any Loan Party pursuant to which (i) any Loan Party has provided any license or other rights in Intellectual Property owned or controlled by such Loan Party to any other Person (other than non-exclusive software licenses granted in the ordinary course of business) or (ii) any Person has granted to any Loan Party any license or other rights in Intellectual Property owned or controlled by such Person that is material to the business of such Loan Party, including any Intellectual Property that is incorporated in any Inventory, software, or other product marketed, sold, licensed, or distributed by such Loan Party (other than licenses for commercially available off-the-shelf object code software licensed for internal use only under standard terms);

 

(c)                                   Attached hereto as Schedule 11(c)  in proper form for filing with the United States Patent and Trademark Office and United States Copyright Office (as applicable) are the filings necessary to preserve, protect and perfect the security interests in the United States Trademarks, United Patents, United States Copyrights and Intellectual Property licenses set forth on Schedule 11(a)  and Schedule 11(b) , including duly signed copies of each of the Intellectual Property Security Agreements.

 



 

12.                                Commercial Tort Claims .  Attached hereto as Schedule 12 is a true and correct list of all commercial tort claims that exceed $250,000 held by each Loan Party, including a brief description thereof.

 

13.                                Deposit Accounts and Securities Accounts .  Attached hereto as Schedule 13 is a true and complete list of all Deposit Accounts and Securities Accounts maintained by each Loan Party, including the name of each institution where each such account is held, the name of each such account and the name of each entity that holds each account.

 

14.                                Letter-of-Credit Rights .  Attached hereto as Schedule 14 is a true and correct list of all letters of credit issued in favor of any Loan Party, as beneficiary thereunder, having an aggregate value or face amount in excess of $250,000.

 

15.                                Other Assets : A Loan Party owns the following kinds of assets:

 

Aircraft:

 

Yes   o     No   o    

 

 

 

Vessels, boats or ships:

 

Yes   o     No   o    

 

 

 

Railroad rolling stock:

 

Yes   o     No   o    

 

 

 

Motor Vehicles or similar titled collateral.

 

Yes   o     No   o    

 

If the answer is yes to any of these other types of assets, please describe on Schedule 15.

 

[The Remainder of this Page has been intentionally left blank]

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , we have hereunto signed this Perfection Certificate as of the date first written above.

 

 

THE TRADE DESK, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 



 

Schedule 1(a)

 

Legal Names, Etc.

 

Legal Name

 

Type of Entity

 

Registered
Organization
(Yes/No)

 

Organizational
Number(3)

 

Federal Taxpayer
Identification
Number

 

Jurisdiction of
Formation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


(3)  If none, so state.

 



 

Schedule 1(b)

 

Prior Names

 

Loan Party

 

Prior Name

 

Date of Change

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

Schedule 1(c)

 

Changes in Corporate Identity; Other Names

 

Loan Party

 

Name of
Entity

 

Action

 

Date of
Action

 

State of
Formation

 

List of All Other
Names Used on
Any Filings with
the Internal
Revenue Service
During Past Five
Years

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[Add Information required by Section 1 to the extent required by Section 1(c) of the Perfection Certificate]

 



 

Schedule 2

 

Chief Executive Offices

 

Loan Party

 

Address

 

County

 

State

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


 

Schedule 3(a)

 

Real Property

 

Entity of
Record

 

Common
Name and
Address

 

Owned,
Leased or
Other
Interest

 

Landlord /
Owner if
Leased or
Other
Interest

 

Description
of Lease or
Other
Documents
Evidencing
Interest

 

Purpose/
Use

 

Encumbered
or to be
Encumbered
by Mortgage

 

Filing
Office for
Mortgage

 

Option to
Purchase/Right
of First Refusal

 

[  ]

 

[  ]

 

[  ]

 

[  ]

 

[  ]

 

[  ]

 

[YES/NO]

 

[  ]

 

[YES/NO]

 

 



 

Schedule 3(a)

 

Real Property (cont.)

 

Required Consents; Loan Party Held Landlord/ Grantor Interests

 

I. Landlord’s / Tenant’s Consent Required

 

1. [LIST EACH LEASE OR OTHER INSTRUMENT WHERE LANDLORD’S / TENANT’S CONSENT IS REQUIRED].

 

II. Leases, Subleases, Tenancies, Franchise Agreements, Licenses or Other Occupancy Agreements Pursuant to which any Loan Party holds Landlord’s / Grantor’s Interest

 

1. [LIST EACH LEASE OR OTHER INSTRUMENT WHERE ANY LOAN PARTY HOLDS LANDLORD’S / GRANTOR’S INTEREST]

 



 

Schedule 3(b)

 

Bailees

 



 

Schedule 4

 

Transactions Other Than in the Ordinary Course of Business

 

Loan Party

 

Description of Transaction Including Parties
Thereto

 

Date of
Transaction

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

Schedule 6

 

Copy of Financing Statements To Be Filed

 

See attached.

 



 

Schedule 7

 

Filings/Filing Offices

 

Type of Filing(4)

 

Entity

 

Applicable Security
Document
[Mortgage, Security
Agreement or Other]

 

Jurisdictions

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


(4)  UCC-1 financing statement, fixture filing, mortgage, intellectual property filing or other necessary filing.

 



 

Schedule 8

 

Termination Statement Filings To Be Filed

 

See attached.

 



 

Schedule 9(a)

 

(a) Equity Interests of Loan Parties and Direct Subsidiaries

 

Current Legal
Entities Owned

 

Record Owner

 

Certificate No.

 

No. Shares/Interest

 

Percent
Pledged

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b) Other Equity Interests

 



 

Schedule 9(b)

 

Organizational Chart

 



 

Schedule 10

 

Instruments and Chattel Paper

 

1.                                       Promissory Notes:

 

Entity

 

Principal
Amount

 

Date of Issuance

 

Interest Rate

 

Maturity Date

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2.                                       Chattel Paper:

 


 

Schedule 11(a)

 

Copyrights, Patents and Trademarks

 

UNITED STATES COPYRIGHTS

 

Registrations:

 

OWNER

 

TITLE

 

REGISTRATION
NUMBER

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Applications:

 

OWNER

 

APPLICATION NUMBER

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

OTHER COPYRIGHTS

 

Registrations:

 

OWNER

 

COUNTRY/STATE

 

TITLE

 

REGISTRATION
NUMBER

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Applications:

 

OWNER

 

COUNTRY/STATE

 

APPLICATION NUMBER

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

Schedule 11(a)

 

Copyrights, Patents and Trademarks (cont.)

 

UNITED STATES PATENTS:

 

Registrations:

 

OWNER

 

REGISTRATION
NUMBER

 

DESCRIPTION

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Applications:

 

OWNER

 

APPLICATION
NUMBER

 

DESCRIPTION

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

OTHER PATENTS:

 

Registrations:

 

OWNER

 

REGISTRATION
NUMBER

 

COUNTRY/STATE

 

DESCRIPTION

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Applications:

 

OWNER

 

APPLICATION
NUMBER

 

COUNTRY/STATE

 

DESCRIPTION

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

Schedule 11(a)

 

Copyrights, Patents and Trademarks (cont.)

 

UNITED STATES TRADEMARKS:

 

Registrations:

 

OWNER

 

REGISTRATION
NUMBER

 

TRADEMARK

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Applications:

 

OWNER

 

APPLICATION
NUMBER

 

TRADEMARK

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

OTHER TRADEMARKS:

 

Registrations:

 

OWNER

 

REGISTRATION
NUMBER

 

COUNTRY/STATE

 

TRADEMARK

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Applications:

 

OWNER

 

APPLICATION
NUMBER

 

COUNTRY/STATE

 

TRADEMARK

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

Schedule 11(b)

 

Intellectual Property Licenses

 

LICENSEE

 

LICENSOR

 

COUNTRY/STATE

 

REGISTRATION/
APPLICATION
NUMBER, IF
ANY

 

DESCRIPTION

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

Schedule 11(c)

 

Intellectual Property Filings

 


 

Schedule 12

 

Commercial Tort Claims

 



 

Schedule 13

 

Deposit Accounts and Securities Accounts

 

OWNER

 

TYPE OF
ACCOUNT

 

BANK OR
INTERMEDIARY

 

ACCOUNT
NUMBERS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

Schedule 14

 

Letter of Credit Rights

 



 

Schedule 15

 

Other Assets

 



 

EXHIBIT E

 

LETTER OF CREDIT REQUEST

 

(attached)

 



 

LETTER OF CREDIT REQUEST

 

Citibank, N.A.,
As Letter of Credit Issuer under the Loan Agreement referred to below
[ADDRESS OF LETTER OF CREDIT ISSUER]
Attention: [                   ]

 

Citibank, N.A.,
as Agent under the Loan Agreement referred to below
One Court Square, 18th Floor,
Long Island City, New York 11120
Attn.: Asset Based Portfolio Manager

 

[             ], 20[  ]

 

Re:                              Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of March 30, 2016 (as amended, modified, supplemented or extended from time to time, the “ Loan Agreement ”) among THE TRADE DESK, INC., a Delaware corporation (together with each person who thereafter becomes party thereto as a borrower, referred to hereinafter, individually and collectively, jointly and severally, as the “ Borrowers ” and each individually as a “ Borrower ”), each of the financial institutions identified as a “Lender” on Annex A attached thereto (together with each of its respective successors and assigns, and any Increasing Lender, each a “ Lender ” and, collectively, the “ Lenders ”), and CITIBANK, N.A., a national banking association (“ Citibank ”), acting not individually but as agent on behalf of, and for the benefit of, the Lenders and all other Secured Parties (Citibank, when acting in such agency capacity, herein called the “ Agent ”). Capitalized terms used herein but otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings given to such terms in the Loan Agreement.

 

The Borrower Representative, on behalf of the Borrowers, hereby gives you notice, irrevocably, pursuant to Section 2.13(c) of the Loan Agreement, of its request for your issuance of a Letter of Credit, for the benefit of [NAME OF BENEFICIARY], in the amount of $[          ], to be issued on [            ], 20[  ] (the “ Issue Date ”) with an expiration date of [       ], 20[  ].

 

In connection herewith, the undersigned hereby certifies that:

 

(a)                                  all representations and warranties contained in the Loan Agreement and the other Loan Documents are true and correct in all material respects (except that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that are already qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof) on and as of the date of the requested Borrowing (except to the extent that such representations and warranties relate solely to an earlier date);

 

(b)                                  no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would result from the issuance of the Letter of Credit as of the Issue Date; and

 



 

(c)                                   no Material Adverse Effect has occurred.

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this instrument in his official capacity as described below, and not individually, as of the date first above written.

 

 

THE TRADE DESK, INC., a Delaware corporation,

 

as the Borrower Agent

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title:

 

 



 

EXHIBIT F

 

FINANCIAL CONDITION CERTIFICATE

 

(attached)

 



 

FINANCIAL CONDITION CERTIFICATE

 

Date:               , 20    

 

To:                              Citibank, N.A.

 

Re:                              Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of March 30, 2016 (as amended, modified, supplemented or extended from time to time, the “ Loan Agreement ”) among THE TRADE DESK, INC., a Delaware corporation (together with each person who thereafter becomes party thereto as a borrower, referred to hereinafter, individually and collectively, jointly and severally, as the “ Borrowers ” and each individually as a “ Borrower ”), each of the financial institutions identified as a “Lender” on Annex A attached thereto (together with each of its respective successors and assigns, and any Increasing Lender, each a “ Lender ” and, collectively, the “ Lenders ”), and CITIBANK, N.A., a national banking association (“ Citibank ”), acting not individually but as agent on behalf of, and for the benefit of, the Lenders and all other Secured Parties (Citibank, when acting in such agency capacity, herein called the “ Agent ”). Capitalized terms used herein but otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings given to such terms in the Loan Agreement.

 

The undersigned executing this certificate is the chief financial officer of each Loan Party and as such is duly authorized to execute and deliver this certificate on behalf of the Borrower Agent.  By executing this certificate, the undersigned hereby certifies to the Lender that:

 

(a)                                  Attached hereto as Exhibit A and by reference made part hereof is a true and correct copy of the Borrowing Base Certificate required to be delivered pursuant to Section 5.1(a)(ix) of the Loan Agreement on the Closing Date which reflects a Borrowing Base of $                calculated on a pro forma basis as of the last day of the calendar month immediately preceding the Closing Date;

 

(b)                                  Attached hereto as Exhibit B and by reference made part hereof are true and correct copies of the Historical Financials required to be delivered to the Agent pursuant to Section 5.1(a)(x) of the Loan Agreement on the Closing Date;

 

(d)                                  Attached are as Exhibit C and by reference made part hereof is a true and correct copy of the Business Plan required to be delivered to the Lender pursuant to Section 5.1(a)(xviii) of the Loan Agreement on the Closing Date, and the certifications with regard thereto, as set forth on said Section 5.1(a)(xviii), are incorporated by reference herein and made part of this Certification; and

 

(e)                                   After giving effect to the execution of the Loan Agreement, the making of the initial Loans and the issuance of the initial Letter(s) of Credit on the Closing Date, and the consummation of any other transactions contemplated to occur on the Closing Date, the Loan Parties, taken as a whole, are Solvent.

 


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this instrument in his official capacity as described below, and not individually, as of the date first above written.

 

 

THE TRADE DESK, INC., a Delaware corporation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title: Chief Financial Officer

 



 

EXHIBIT G

 

CLOSING CERTIFICATE

 

(attached)

 



 

CLOSING CERTIFICATE

 

Date:               , 20

 

To:          Citibank, N.A.

 

Re:          Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of March 30, 2016 (as amended, modified, supplemented or extended from time to time, the “ Loan Agreement ”) among THE TRADE DESK, INC., a Delaware corporation (together with each person who thereafter becomes party thereto as a borrower, referred to hereinafter, individually and collectively, jointly and severally, as the “ Borrowers ” and each individually as a “ Borrower ”), each of the financial institutions identified as a “Lender” on Annex A attached thereto (together with each of its respective successors and assigns, and any Increasing Lender, each a “ Lender ” and, collectively, the “Lenders”), and CITIBANK, N.A., a national banking association (“ Citibank ”), acting not individually but as agent on behalf of, and for the benefit of, the Lenders and all other Secured Parties (Citibank, when acting in such agency capacity, herein called the “ Agent ”). Capitalized terms used herein but otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings given to such terms in the Loan Agreement.

 

The undersigned is a Responsible Officer of the Borrower Agent having the title inscribed below and in such capacity is familiar with the terms of the Loan Agreement and has made, or has caused to be made, a detailed review of the initial Loans and the other transactions contemplated by the Loan Agreement and the condition (financial or otherwise) of the Borrowers during the fiscal periods covered by the Historical Financials and the initial projections provided to the Agent by the Borrowers in order to provide the certifications set forth below. Accordingly, giving effect to the initial Loans and the other transactions contemplated by the Loan Agreement, the undersigned in his aforesaid capacity, and not individually, hereby certifies to the Agent that as of the date hereof:

 

1.                                 No Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.

 

2.                                 The representations and warranties of the Borrower contained in the Loan Agreement and each other Loan Document are true, correct and complete in all material respects (except that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof) on and as of the date hereof (except to the extent that such representations and warranties relate solely to an earlier date).

 

3.                                 No change, occurrence, event or development or event involving a prospective change that would reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to have a Material Adverse Effect has occurred and is continuing.

 

4.                                 The Loan Parties have complied with all agreements and conditions to be satisfied by them under Section 5.1 of the Loan Agreement.

 

5.                                 There is no pending or threatened litigation, proceeding, inquiry or other action (i) seeking an injunction or other restraining order, damages or other relief with respect to the transactions contemplated by the Credit Agreement or the other Loan Documents or

 



 

(ii) which affects the business, prospects, operations, assets, liabilities or condition (financial or otherwise) of any Loan Party, except, in the case of clause (ii), where such litigation, proceeding, inquiry or other action would not reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

6.                                 The Loan Parties are in compliance with all Requirements of Law and Material Contracts, other than such noncompliance that could not reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this instrument in his official capacity as described below, and not individually, as of the date first above written.

 

 

THE TRADE DESK, INC., a Delaware corporation,
as the Borrower Agent

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 



 

EXHIBIT H

 

COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

 

(attached)

 



 

COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

 

Date:               , 20

 

To:          Citibank, N.A.

 

Re:          Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of March 30, 2016 (as amended, modified, supplemented or extended from time to time, the “ Loan Agreement ”) among THE TRADE DESK, INC., a Delaware corporation (together with each person who thereafter becomes party thereto as a borrower, referred to hereinafter, individually and collectively, jointly and severally, as the “ Borrowers ” and each individually as a “ Borrower ”), each of the financial institutions identified as a “Lender” on Annex A attached thereto (together with each of its respective successors and assigns, and any Increasing Lender, each a “ Lender ” and, collectively, the “ Lenders ”), and CITIBANK, N.A., a national banking association (“ Citibank ”), acting not individually but as agent on behalf of, and for the benefit of, the Lenders and all other Secured Parties (Citibank, when acting in such agency capacity, herein called the “ Agent ”). Capitalized terms used herein but otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings given to such terms in the Loan Agreement.

 

The undersigned is the chief financial officer or the vice president, finance, of Borrower Agent and in such capacity hereby certifies to the Agent as follows in accordance with Section 7.11(d) of the Loan Agreement:

 

Use following paragraph I for fiscal year-end financial statements:]

 

[1.           Attached hereto as Schedule 1 are the year-end audited financial statements required by Section 7.11(a) of the Loan Agreement for the fiscal year of the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries ended as of December 31, 20  , together with the Auditors’ opinion required by such section.]

 

[Use following paragraph 1 for fiscal month-end financial statements:]

 

[1.           Attached hereto as Schedule 1 are the unaudited financial statements required by Section 7.11(c) of the Loan Agreement for the fiscal month of the Borrowers ended as of               , 20  .  Such financial statements have been prepared in accordance with GAAP and are fairly stated in all material respects (subject only to normal year-end audit adjustments and the absence of footnotes).]

 

2.             The undersigned has reviewed and is familiar with the terms of the Loan Agreement and has made, or has caused to be made under [his/her] supervision, detailed review of the transactions and condition (financial or otherwise) of the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries during the accounting period covered by the attached financial statements.

 

3.             A review of the activities of the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries during such fiscal period has been made under the supervision of the undersigned with a view to determining whether during such fiscal period the Loan Parties performed and observed all of their obligations under the Loan Documents.

 



 

4.             The calculation of EBITDA and the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio set forth on Schedule 2 attached hereto are true and accurate as of the end of such fiscal [month][year], without regard to whether a Covenant Testing Period is now in effect.

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this instrument in his official capacity as described below, and not individually, as of the date first above written.

 

 

THE TRADE DESK, INC., a Delaware corporation,
as the Borrower Agent

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title: [Chief Financial Officer][Vice President , Finance]

 



 

EXHIBIT I

 

BORROWING BASE CERTIFICATE

 

(attached)

 


 

The Trade Desk, Inc. Borrowing Base Certificate Dated   /  /

 

Citibank N.A.  Commercial Loan Ops ABL Servicing

6801 Colwell Blvd

Irving, TX 75039

Attention:  Beth Ann Edmond (email:  beth.ann.edmond@citi.com)

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

The Undersigned, the [   title    ] of The Trade Desk, Inc. (the “Borrower Agent”), a party to that certain Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of March 30, 2016 by and among Borrower Agent and the other borrowers joined thereto from time to time, each of the financial institutions identified as a “Lender” on Annex A attached thereto, and and Citibank N.A., acting not individually but as agent on behalf of, and for the benefit of, the Lenders and all other Secured Parties, as Agent (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Loan Agreement”) (capitalized terns used herein shall have the meanings given them in the Loan Agreement) , sets forth the information below:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Foreign

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Domestic

 

Domestic

 

Subsidiary

 

Foreign

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

Level I Receivables

 

Level II Receivables

 

Receivables

 

Receivables

 

 

 

ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts Receivable (Billed) As Of

[month-end date]

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ADD:    New Sales Since the Date Above

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ADD:    Debit Memos, Other Debit Adjustments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LESS:    Net Cash Collections Since the Date Above

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LESS:    Credit Memos, Discounts, Other Credit Adjustments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts Receivable (Billed) As Of

month-end date]

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

 

 

INELIGIBLE ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Over 120 days from invoice date

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Aged Credits >120 days

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cross-Age 50%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Customer Deposit Contra

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Contra AP

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unpaid Media Funds and Data Spend - Vivaki

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

A/R due from companies outside US/Can/UK

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

A/R invoiced outside of USD/CAD/GBP

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Concentration Limit Reserve

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other Ineligibles per the Loan Agreement

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Ineligible A/R

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Eligible A/R

 

 

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

 

 

Dilution Reserve

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net Eligible Accounts Receivable

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Advance Rate

 

 

 

 

 

90

%

85

%

90

%

85

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total A/R Availability

 

 

 

$

(0.00

)

$

 

$

 

 

 

$

(0.00

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total A/R Availability

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

(0.00

)

Less: Reserves

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Borrowing Base

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

(0.00

)

Lesser of Borrowing Base and Maximum Credit of

 

$

125,000,000.00

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

(0.00

)

Less Outstanding Revolving Loans at

/  /

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

 

Less Outstanding Letters of Credit at

/  /

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

 

Total Revolving Loans and Letters of Credit

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

 

Net Borrowing Base Availability

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

(0.00

)

 

The undersigned certifies that:

 

The information provided above is true, complete and correct in all material respects, and complies with the conditions, terms and covenants of the Loan Agreement. Since the date of the last Borrowing Base Certificate furnished to the Agent, there is no event which is, or with notice or lapse of time, or both, would be a Default or Event of Default under the Loan Agreement.

 

Borrower Agent

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Signature and Title

 

Date

 

 


 

The Trade Desk, Inc. Borrowing Base Certificate Dated   /  /

 

Citibank N.A.  Commercial Loan Ops ABL Servicing

6801 Colwell Blvd

Irving, TX 75039

Attention:  Beth Ann Edmond (email:  beth.ann.edmond@citi.com)

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

The Undersigned, the [   title    ] of The Trade Desk, Inc. (the “Borrower Agent”), a party to that certain Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of March 30, 2016 by and among Borrower Agent and the other borrowers joined thereto from time to time, each of the financial institutions identified as a “Lender” on Annex A attached thereto, and and Citibank N.A., acting not individually but as agent on behalf of, and for the benefit of, the Lenders and all other Secured Parties, as Agent (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Loan Agreement”) (capitalized terns used herein shall have the meanings given them in the Loan Agreement) , sets forth the information below:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Foreign

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Domestic

 

Domestic

 

Subsidiary

 

Foreign

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

Level I Receivables

 

Level II Receivables

 

Receivables

 

Receivables

 

 

 

ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts Receivable (Billed) As Of

[month-end date]

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

 

 

ADD:    Billable weekly sales 12/1/2015 - 12/7/2015 based on platform usage

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ADD:    Debit Memos, Other Debit Adjustments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LESS:    Net Cash Collections Since the Date Above

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LESS:    Credit Memos, Discounts, Other Credit Adjustments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts Receivable (Rollforward) As Of

[week-end date]

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Lesser of Accounts Receivable (Billed) as of

[month-end date]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

and Accounts Receivable (Rollforward) As of

[week-end date]

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

INELIGIBLE ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Over 120 days from invoice date

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Aged Credits >120 days

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cross-Age 50%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Customer Deposit Contra

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Contra AP

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unpaid Media Funds and Data Spend - Vivaki

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

A/R due from companies outside US/Can/UK

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

A/R invoiced outside of USD/CAD/GBP

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Concentration Limit Reserve

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other Ineligibles per the Loan Agreement

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Ineligible A/R

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Eligible A/R

 

 

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

 

 

Dilution Reserve

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net Eligible Accounts Receivable

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Advance Rate

 

 

 

 

 

90

%

85

%

90

%

85

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total A/R Availability

 

 

 

$

(0.00

)

$

 

$

 

 

 

$

(0.00

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total A/R Availability

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

(0.00

)

Less: Reserves

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Borrowing Base

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

(0.00

)

Lesser of Borrowing Base and Maximum Credit of

 

$

125,000,000.00

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

(0.00

)

Less Outstanding Revolving Loans at

/  /

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

 

Less Outstanding Letters of Credit at

/  /

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

 

Total Revolving Loans and Letters of Credit

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

 

Net Borrowing Base Availability

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

(0.00

)

 

The undersigned certifies that:

 

The information provided above is true, complete and correct in all material respects, and complies with the conditions, terms and covenants of the Loan Agreement. Since the date of the last Borrowing Base Certificate furnished to the Agent, there is no event which is, or with notice or lapse of time, or both, would be a Default or Event of Default under the Loan Agreement.

 

Borrower Agent

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Signature and Title

 

Date

 

 


 

EXHIBIT J

 

ASSIGNMENT AND ACCEPTANCE

 

(attached)

 



 

ASSIGNMENT AND ACCEPTANCE

 

This ASSIGNMENT AND ACCEPTANCE (“ Assignment Agreement ”) is entered into as of                 between               (“ Assignor ”) and                 (“ Assignee ”).  Reference is made to the Agreement described in Annex I hereto (the “ Loan Agreement ”).  Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Loan Agreement.

 

1.             In accordance with the terms and conditions of Section 12.7 of the Loan Agreement, the Assignor hereby sells and assigns to the Assignee without recourse, representation or warranty (except as set forth in Section 2 or Section 9 hereof), and the Assignee hereby purchases and assumes from the Assignor, that interest in and to the Assignor’s rights and obligations under the Loan Agreement and the other Loan Documents as of the Settlement Date (as defined below) to the extent specified on Annex I .

 

2.             The Assignor (a) represents and warrants that as of the date hereof (i) it is the legal and beneficial owner of the interest being assigned by it hereunder and that such interest is free and clear of any adverse claim and (ii) it has full power and authority, and has taken all action necessary, to execute and deliver this Assignment Agreement and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby; (b) makes no representation or warranty and assumes no responsibility with respect to (i) any statements, representations or warranties made in or in connection with the Loan Documents, or (ii) the execution, legality, validity, enforceability, genuineness, sufficiency or value of the Loan Documents or any other instrument or document furnished pursuant thereto; (c) makes no representation or warranty and assumes no responsibility with respect to the financial condition of Borrowers or any Guarantor or the performance or observance by Borrowers or any Guarantor of any of their respective obligations under the Loan Documents or any other instrument or document furnished pursuant thereto; (d) represents and warrants that the amount set forth as the Purchase Price on Annex I represents the amount owed by Borrowers to Assignor with respect to Assignor’s share of the Loans assigned hereunder, as reflected on Assignor’s books and records; and (e) represents and warrants that the outstanding principal amount of its commitment is equal to or in excess of the Assigned Interest (without giving effect to assignments thereof which have not yet become effective).

 

3.             The Assignee (a) represents and warrants that it has become a party hereto solely in reliance upon its own independent investigation of the financial and other circumstances surrounding the Loan Parties, the Collateral, the Obligations and all aspects of the transactions evidenced by or referred to in the Loan Agreement and the other Loan Documents, or has otherwise satisfied itself thereto, and that it is not relying upon any representation, warranty or statement (except any such representation, warranty or statement expressly set forth in this Assignment Agreement) of the Assignor in connection with the assignment made under this Assignment Agreement; (b) confirms that it has received copies of the Loan Agreement and the other Loan Documents, together with copies of the financial statements referred to therein and such other documents and information as it has deemed appropriate to make its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Assignment Agreement; (c) agrees that it will, independently and without reliance upon Agent, Assignor, or any other Lender, based upon such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit decisions in taking or not taking any action under the Loan Documents; (d) confirms that it

 



 

is an Eligible Assignee; (e) appoints and authorizes Agent to take such action as agent on its behalf and to exercise such powers under the Loan Documents as are delegated to Agent by the terms thereof, together with such powers as are reasonably incidental thereto; [and] (f) agrees that it will perform in accordance with their terms all of the obligations which by the terms of the Loan Documents are required to be performed by it as a Lender; [and (g) attaches the forms prescribed by the Internal Revenue Service of the United States certifying as to the Assignee’s status for purposes of determining exemption from United States withholding taxes with respect to all payments to be made to the Assignee under the Loan Agreement or such other documents as are necessary to indicate that all such payments are subject to such rates at a rate reduced by an applicable tax treaty].

 

4.             Following the execution of this Assignment Agreement by the Assignor and Assignee, the Assignor will deliver this Assignment Agreement to the Agent for recording by Agent.  The effective date of this Assignment (the “ Settlement Date ”) shall be the latest to occur of (a) the date of the execution and delivery hereof by the Assignor and the Assignee and, except in the case of an assignment by a Lender to an Affiliate of such Lender, delivery hereof to the Agent, (b) except in the case of an assignment by a Lender to an Affiliate of such Lender, the receipt by Agent for its sole and separate account of a processing fee in the amount of $3,500, (c) except in the case of an assignment by a Lender to an Affiliate of such Lender, the receipt of any required consent of the Agent, and (d) the date specified in Annex I .

 

5.             As of the Settlement Date (a) the Assignee shall be a party to the Loan Agreement and, to the extent of the interest assigned pursuant to this Assignment Agreement, shall be a “Lender” and shall have the rights and obligations of a Lender thereunder and under the other Loan Documents, and (b) the Assignor shall, to the extent of the interest assigned pursuant to this Assignment Agreement, relinquish its rights (except as set forth in Section 12..7(b)) and be released from its obligations under the Loan Agreement and the other Loan Documents (and if this Assignment covers all or the remaining portion of Assignor’s rights and obligations under the Loan Agreement and the other Loan Documents, Assignor shall cease to be a party thereto), provided , however , that nothing contained herein shall release any assigning Lender from obligations that survive the termination of the Loan Agreement, including such assigning Lender’s obligations under Sections 4.10, 4.11 and 12.4 of the Loan Agreement.

 

6.             Upon the Settlement Date, Assignee shall pay to Assignor the Purchase Price (as set forth in Annex I ).  From and after the Settlement Date, Agent shall make all payments that are due and payable to the holder of the interest assigned hereunder (including payments of principal, interest, fees and other amounts) to Assignor for amounts which have accrued up to but excluding the Settlement Date and to Assignee for amounts which have accrued from and after the Settlement Date.  On the Settlement Date, Assignor shall pay to Assignee an amount equal to the portion of any interest, fee, or any other charge that was paid to Assignor prior to the Settlement Date on account of the interest assigned hereunder and that are due and payable to Assignee with respect thereto, to the extent that such interest, fee or other charge relates to the period of time from and after the Settlement Date.

 

7.             This Assignment Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties on separate counterparts, each of which, when executed and delivered, shall be deemed to be an original, and all of which, when taken together, shall

 



 

constitute but one and the same Assignment Agreement.  Delivery of an executed counterpart of this Assignment Agreement by telefacsimile or other electronic method of transmission shall be equally as effective as delivery of an original executed counterpart of this Assignment Agreement.  Any party delivering an executed counterpart of this Assignment Agreement by telefacsimile or other electronic method of transmission also shall deliver an original executed counterpart of this Assignment Agreement but the failure to deliver an original executed counterpart shall not affect the validity, enforceability, and binding effect of this Assignment Agreement.

 

8.             THIS ASSIGNMENT AGREEMENT SHALL BE SUBJECT TO THE PROVISIONS REGARDING GOVERNING LAW, SUBMISSION TO JURISDICTION, SERVICE OF PROCESS AND JURY TRIAL SET FORTH IN SECTIONS 12.14 THROUGH 12.17 OF THE LOAN AGREEMENT, AND SUCH PROVISIONS ARE INCORPORATED HEREIN BY THIS REFERENCE, MUTATIS MUTANDIS

 

9.             Each of the Assignor and the Assignee represents and warrants that it has full power and authority to enter into this Assignment Agreement and to perform its obligations under this Assignment Agreement in accordance with the provisions of this Assignment Agreement, that this Assignment Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by such party and that this Assignment Agreement constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of such party, enforceable against such party in accordance with its terms, except as enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, moratorium or other similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and by general equitable principles.

 

10.          Each of the Assignor and the Assignee represents and warrants that the making and performance by it of this Assignment Agreement do not and will not violate any law or regulation of the jurisdiction of its organization or any other law or regulation applicable to it.

 

11.          Each of the Assignor and the Assignee represents and warrants that all consents, licenses, approvals, authorizations, exemptions, registrations, filings, opinions and declarations from or with any agency, department, administrative authority, statutory corporation or judicial entity necessary for the validity or enforceability of its obligations under this Assignment Agreement have been obtained, and no governmental authorizations other than any already obtained are required in connection with its execution, delivery and performance of this Assignment Agreement.

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Assignment Agreement and Annex I hereto to be executed by their respective officers, as of the first date written above.

 

 

[NAME OF ASSIGNOR]

 

 

 

as Assignor

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

[NAME OF ASSIGNEE]

 

 

 

as Assignee

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

ACCEPTED THIS      DAY OF

 

              20

 

 

 

CITIBANK, N.A.,

 

a national banking association, as Agent

 

 

 

By

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

[Consented to:

 

 

 

THE TRADE DESK, INC.,

 

as Borrower Agent

 

 

 

By

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:](5)

 

 


(5)  To be included only if the consent of the Borrower Agent is required by Section 12.7 (b) of the Loan Agreement.

 


 

ANNEX FOR ASSIGNMENT AND ACCEPTANCE

 

ANNEX I

 

1.                                       Borrowers: The Trade Desk, Inc., a Delaware corporation, together with each person who becomes party to the Loan Agreement as a borrower

 

2.                                       Name and Date of Loan Agreement:

 

Loan Agreement, dated as of March 30, 2016, by and among Borrowers, each of the financial institutions identified as a “Lender” on Annex A to the Loan Agreement (together with each of its respective successors and assigns, and any Increasing Lender, each a “ Lender ” and collectively, the “ Lenders ”), and Citibank, N.A., a national banking association (“ Citibank ”), acting not individually but as agent on behalf of, and for the benefit of, the Lenders and all other Secured Parties (Citibank, when acting in such agency capacity, the “ Agent ”).

 

3.                                       Date of Assignment Agreement:

 

4.                                       Assigned Amounts:

 

a.             Assigned Amount of Revolver Commitment

$

 

 

b.             Assigned Amount of Revolving Loans

$

 

 

5.              Settlement Date:

 

 

 

6.              Purchase Price

$

 

7.                                       Notice and Payment Instructions, etc.

 

Assignee:

 

Assignor:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

EXHIBIT K-1

 

U.S. TAX COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE
(For Foreign Lenders That Are Not Partnerships For U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes)

 

(attached)

 



 

U.S. TAX COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE
(For Foreign Lenders That Are Not Partnerships For U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes)

 

Reference is hereby made to the Loan and Security Agreement dated as of March 30, 2016 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), among (i) THE TRADE DESK, INC., a Delaware corporation (together with each person who thereafter becomes party thereto as a borrower), (ii) each of the financial institutions identified as a “Lender” on Annex A of the Credit Agreement and (iii) CITIBANK, N.A., a national banking association, acting not individually but as agent on behalf of, and for the benefit of, the Lenders and all other Secured Parties.

 

Pursuant to the provisions of Section 4.11 of the Credit Agreement, the undersigned hereby certifies that (i) it is the sole record and beneficial owner of the Loan(s) (as well as any Note(s) evidencing such Loan(s)) in respect of which it is providing this certificate, (ii) it is not a bank within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (iii) it is not a ten percent shareholder of any Borrower within the meaning of Section 871(h)(3)(B) of the Code and (iv) it is not a controlled foreign corporation related to any Borrower as described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code.

 

The undersigned has furnished the Agent and the Borrowers with a certificate of its non-U.S. Person status on IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E.  By executing this certificate, the undersigned agrees that (1) if the information provided on this certificate changes, the undersigned shall promptly so inform the Borrowers and the Agent, and (2) the undersigned shall have at all times furnished the Borrowers and the Agent with a properly completed and currently effective certificate in either the calendar year in which each payment is to be made to the undersigned, or in either of the two calendar years preceding such payments.

 

Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Credit Agreement and used herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement.

 

[NAME OF LENDER]

 

By

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

Date:                , 20[  ]

 



 

EXHIBIT K-2

 

U.S. TAX COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE
(For Foreign Participants That Are Not Partnerships For U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes)

 

(attached)

 



 

U.S. TAX COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE
(For Foreign Participants That Are Not Partnerships For U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes)

 

Reference is hereby made to the Loan and Security Agreement dated as of March 30, 2016 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), among (i) THE TRADE DESK, INC., a Delaware corporation (together with each person who thereafter becomes party thereto as a borrower), (ii) each of the financial institutions identified as a “Lender” on Annex A of the Credit Agreement and (iii) CITIBANK, N.A., a national banking association, acting not individually but as agent on behalf of, and for the benefit of, the Lenders and all other Secured Parties.

 

Pursuant to the provisions of Section 4.11 of the Credit Agreement, the undersigned hereby certifies that (i) it is the sole record and beneficial owner of the participation in respect of which it is providing this certificate, (ii) it is not a bank within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (iii) it is not a ten percent shareholder of any Borrower within the meaning of Section 871(h)(3)(B) of the Code, and (iv) it is not a controlled foreign corporation related to any Borrower as described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code.

 

The undersigned has furnished its participating Lender with a certificate of its non-U.S. Person status on IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E.  By executing this certificate, the undersigned agrees that (1) if the information provided on this certificate changes, the undersigned shall promptly so inform such Lender in writing, and (2) the undersigned shall have at all times furnished such Lender with a properly completed and currently effective certificate in either the calendar year in which each payment is to be made to the undersigned, or in either of the two calendar years preceding such payments.

 

Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Credit Agreement and used herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement.

 

[NAME OF PARTICIPANT]

 

By

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

Date:                , 20[  ]

 



 

EXHIBIT K-3

 

U.S. TAX COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE
(For Foreign Participants That Are Partnerships For U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes)

 

(attached)

 



 

U.S. TAX COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE
(For Foreign Participants That Are Partnerships For U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes)

 

Reference is hereby made to the Loan and Security Agreement dated as of March 30, 2016 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), among (i) THE TRADE DESK, INC., a Delaware corporation (together with each person who thereafter becomes party thereto as a borrower), (ii) each of the financial institutions identified as a “Lender” on Annex A of the Credit Agreement and (iii) CITIBANK, N.A., a national banking association, acting not individually but as agent on behalf of, and for the benefit of, the Lenders and all other Secured Parties.

 

Pursuant to the provisions of Section 4.11 of the Credit Agreement, the undersigned hereby certifies that (i) it is the sole record owner of the participation in respect of which it is providing this certificate, (ii) its direct or indirect partners/members are the sole beneficial owners of such participation, (iii) with respect to such participation, neither the undersigned nor any of its direct or indirect partners/members is a bank extending credit pursuant to a loan agreement entered into in the ordinary course of its trade or business within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (iv) none of its direct or indirect partners/members is a ten percent shareholder of any Borrower within the meaning of Section 871(h)(3)(B) of the Code and (v) none of its direct or indirect partners/members is a controlled foreign corporation related to any Borrower as described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code.

 

The undersigned has furnished its participating Lender with IRS Form W-8IMY accompanied by one of the following forms from each of its partners/members that is claiming the portfolio interest exemption: (i) an IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E or (ii) an IRS Form W-8IMY accompanied by an IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E from each of such partner’s/member’s beneficial owners that is claiming the portfolio interest exemption.  By executing this certificate, the undersigned agrees that (1) if the information provided on this certificate changes, the undersigned shall promptly so inform such Lender and (2) the undersigned shall have at all times furnished such Lender with a properly completed and currently effective certificate in either the calendar year in which each payment is to be made to the undersigned, or in either of the two calendar years preceding such payments.

 

Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Credit Agreement and used herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement.

 

[NAME OF PARTICIPANT]

 

By

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

Date:                , 20[  ]

 



 

EXHIBIT K-4

 

U.S. TAX COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE
(For Foreign Lenders That Are Partnerships For U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes)

 

(attached)

 



 

U.S. TAX COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE
(For Foreign Lenders That Are Partnerships For U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes)

 

Reference is hereby made to the Loan and Security Agreement dated as of March 30, 2016 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), among (i) THE TRADE DESK, INC., a Delaware corporation (together with each person who thereafter becomes party thereto as a borrower), (ii) each of the financial institutions identified as a “Lender” on Annex A of the Credit Agreement and (iii) CITIBANK, N.A., a national banking association, acting not individually but as agent on behalf of, and for the benefit of, the Lenders and all other Secured Parties.

 

Pursuant to the provisions of Section 4.11 of the Credit Agreement, the undersigned hereby certifies that (i) it is the sole record owner of the Loan(s) (as well as any Note(s) evidencing such Loan(s)) in respect of which it is providing this certificate, (ii) its direct or indirect partners/members are the sole beneficial owners of such Loan(s) (as well as any Note(s) evidencing such Loan(s)), (iii) with respect to the extension of credit pursuant to this Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document, neither the undersigned nor any of its direct or indirect partners/members is a bank extending credit pursuant to a loan agreement entered into in the ordinary course of its trade or business within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (iv) none of its direct or indirect partners/members is a ten percent shareholder of any Borrower within the meaning of Section 871(h)(3)(B) of the Code and (v) none of its direct or indirect partners/members is a controlled foreign corporation related to any Borrower as described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code.

 

The undersigned has furnished the Agent and the Borrowers with IRS Form W-8IMY accompanied by one of the following forms from each of its partners/members that is claiming the portfolio interest exemption: (i) an IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E or (ii) an IRS Form W-8IMY accompanied by an IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E from each of such partner’s/member’s beneficial owners that is claiming the portfolio interest exemption.  By executing this certificate, the undersigned agrees that (1) if the information provided on this certificate changes, the undersigned shall promptly so inform the Borrowers and the Agent, and (2) the undersigned shall have at all times furnished the Borrowers and the Agent with a properly completed and currently effective certificate in either the calendar year in which each payment is to be made to the undersigned, or in either of the two calendar years preceding such payments.

 

Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Credit Agreement and used herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement.

 

[NAME OF LENDER]

 

By

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

Date:                , 20[  ]

 




Exhibit 10.3

 

THIS WARRANT AND THE SHARES ISSUABLE HEREUNDER HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED OR ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS.  NO SALE OR DISPOSITION MAY BE EFFECTED WITHOUT (i) EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENTS RELATED THERETO, (ii) AN OPINION OF COUNSEL OR OTHER EVIDENCE, REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY, THAT SUCH REGISTRATIONS ARE NOT REQUIRED, (iii) RECEIPT OF NO-ACTION LETTERS FROM THE APPROPRIATE GOVERNMENTAL AUTHORITIES, OR (iv) OTHERWISE COMPLYING WITH THE PROVISIONS OF SECTION 8 OF THIS WARRANT.

 

THE TRADE DESK, INC.

 

WARRANT TO PURCHASE SHARES

OF SERIES PREFERRED STOCK

 

THIS CERTIFIES THAT, for value received and subject to the provisions and upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Warrant, LEADER EQUITY, LLC and its assignees are entitled to subscribe for and purchase at the Warrant Price that number of the fully paid and nonassessable shares of Series Preferred Stock of THE TRADE DESK, INC. , a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), as is equal to the nearest whole number derived from dividing the Warrant Dollar Amount by the Warrant Price.

 

1.                                       Definitions .  As used herein, capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the following respective meanings:

 

(a)                                  Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

(b)                                  Common Stock ” means the Common Stock of the Company.

 

(c)                                   Common Stock Equivalents ” means, (i) with respect to any Convertible Security, the number of shares of Common Stock that would result from full conversion, exercise or exchange of a Convertible Security in one or more steps, and (ii) with respect to a Unit, the number of shares of Common Stock resulting after aggregating all Common Stock and Common Stock Equivalents underlying Convertible Securities which are contained within a Unit.

 

(d)                                  Convertible Security ” means (i) any stock or securities directly or indirectly convertible into or exchangeable for Common Stock and (ii) any rights, warrants or options to subscribe for or purchase Common Stock or stock or securities directly or indirectly convertible into or exchangeable for Common Stock.

 

(e)                                   Date of Grant ” means August 30, 2011.

 

(f)                                    Effective Price per share of Common Stock ” means the price of a single Convertible Security or Unit divided by the sum of (i) the number of Common Stock Equivalents underlying such Convertible Security or Unit plus (ii) the number determined by dividing (A) the number of additional shares of Common Stock or Common Stock Equivalents that become issuable for no or nominal additional consideration in connection with the transaction in which such Convertible Securities or Units are sold due to adjustments in rates of conversion of

 



 

Convertible Securities or the like, including extraordinary issuances of securities to employees, directors or consultants in connection with the transaction, by (B) the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock and Common Stock Equivalents underlying the Securities sold in the transaction.

 

(g)                                   Holder ” means the initial holder of this Warrant set forth in the first paragraph of this Warrant and any other person or entity which becomes a holder of this Warrant pursuant to the terms of this Warrant.

 

(h)                                  IPO ” means the initial public offering of the Company’s Common Stock effected pursuant to a registration statement on Form S-1 (or its successor) filed under the Act.

 

(i)                                      Next Round Financing ” means the Company’s next Qualified Financing after the Date of Grant.

 

(j)                                     Next Round Price ” means the lowest Effective Price per share of Common Stock at which Securities are sold in the Next Round Financing.

 

(k)                                  Other Warrants ” means any other warrants issued by the Company in connection with the transaction with respect to which this Warrant was issued, and any warrant issued upon transfer or partial exercise of or in lieu of this Warrant.  The term “Warrant” as used herein shall be deemed to include Other Warrants unless the context clearly requires otherwise.

 

(l)                                      Qualified Financing ” means the sale prior to the Company’s IPO of Securities of the Company to purchasers which include venture capital investors in an aggregate cash amount not less than $3,000,000.

 

(m)                              Securities ” means Common Stock, Convertible Securities or Units.

 

(n)                                  Seed Series Price ” means $1.00 per share.

 

(o)                                  Series Preferred ” means (i)(A) if the Warrant Price is the Seed Series Price, the Company’s presently authorized Seed Preferred Stock, or (B) if the Warrant Price is the Next Round Price, then the type of securities sold in the Next Round Financing (the “ Next Round Securities ”), (ii) after the conversion of all of the outstanding shares of Series Preferred Stock into Common Stock, either automatically or by vote of the requisite holders thereof, the Company’s Common Stock, (iii) upon any conversion, exchange, reclassification or change, any security into which the securities described in clauses (i) or (ii) of this definition may be converted, exchanged, reclassified or otherwise changed; (iv) if Pay to Play Provisions are applied to the Series Preferred, the security that a holder of Series Preferred would have received had such holder participated in the manner necessary to receive or retain the security having the rights more favorable to the holder.  “Pay to Play Provisions” means (i) provisions that require the holder of a security to participate in a subsequent round of equity financing or lose all or a portion of the benefit of antidilution protection applicable to a security or have such security automatically convert to common stock or another series of capital stock, or (ii) an exchange transaction having the same or similar economic effect.

 

2



 

(p)                                  Shares ” means the shares of Series Preferred of Company issuable upon exercise of this Warrant.

 

(q)                                  Units ” means any combination of Common Stock and Convertible Securities issued by Company sold together as a single unit.

 

(r)                                     Warrant Dollar Amount ” means $120,000.

 

(s)                                    Warrant Price ” means, as it may be adjusted from time to time pursuant to Section 6, the Seed Series Price; provided, however, if the Next Round Financing occurs prior to the exercise or expiration of this Warrant, provided the Holder is given sufficient information from the Company regarding the Next Round to make an informed decision, the Holder may, by written notice to the Company within 30 days following closing of the Next Round Financing or when the Holder receives sufficient information, elect that the Warrant Price shall be the Next Round Price.  (For the avoidance of doubt, if the Holder does not so elect within such period of time, the Warrant Price shall be the Seed Series Price.)

 

2.                                       Term .  The purchase right represented by this Warrant is exercisable, in whole or in part, at any time and from time to time from the Date of Grant through the tenth anniversary of the Date of Grant.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event of a Corporate Event (as defined in Section 6(a)) where the consideration received by holders of Series Preferred in such Corporate Event is all cash, then this Warrant (i) to the extent the cash consideration per share of Series Preferred exceeds the Warrant Price, shall be deemed exercised in accordance with the provisions of Section 3(b) immediately prior to the closing of the Corporate Event, or (ii) to the extent the cash consideration per share of Series Preferred does not exceed the Warrant Price, shall terminate.

 

3.                                       Method of Exercise; Payment; Issuance of New Warrant; Net Issuance .

 

(a)                          Subject to Section 2 hereof, the purchase right represented by this Warrant may be exercised by the Holder, in whole or in part and from time to time, at the election of the Holder, by (a) the delivery of the notice of exercise substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A-1, duly completed and executed, at the principal office of the Company and by the payment to the Company, by certified or bank check, or by wire transfer to an account designated by the Company (a “Wire Transfer”) of an amount equal to the then applicable Warrant Price multiplied by the number of Shares then being purchased; (b) if in connection with a registered public offering of the Company’s securities, the delivery of the notice of exercise form attached hereto as Exhibit A-2, duly completed and executed, at the principal office of the Company together with notice of arrangements reasonably satisfactory to the Company for payment to the Company from the proceeds of the sale of shares to be sold by the Holder in such public offering of an amount equal to the then applicable Warrant Price per share multiplied by the number of Shares then being purchased; or (c) exercise of the “net issuance” right provided for in Section 3(b) hereof.  The person or persons in whose name(s) Shares shall be registered upon exercise of this Warrant shall be deemed to have become the holder(s) of record of, and shall be treated for all purposes as the record holder(s) of, the shares represented thereby (and such shares shall be deemed to have been issued) immediately prior

 

3



 

to the close of business on the date or dates upon which this Warrant is exercised.  In the event of any exercise of this Warrant, certificates for the shares of stock so purchased shall be delivered to the Holder as soon as possible and in any event within thirty (30) days after such exercise and, unless this Warrant has been fully exercised or expired, a new Warrant representing the portion of the Shares, if any, with respect to which this Warrant shall not then have been exercised shall also be issued to the Holder (subject to delivery of the old Warrant to the Company) as soon as possible and in any event within such thirty-day period; provided, however, that at such time as the Company is subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, if requested by the Holder, the Company shall cause its transfer agent to deliver the certificate representing Shares issued upon exercise of this Warrant to, or credit the securities account of, a broker or other person (as directed by the Holder exercising this Warrant) within the time period required to settle any trade made by the Holder after exercise of this Warrant.

 

(b)                                  Right to Convert Warrant into Stock:  Net Issuance .

 

(i)                                      Right to Convert .  In addition to and without limiting the rights of the Holder under the terms of this Warrant, the Holder shall have the right to convert this Warrant or any portion thereof (the “ Conversion Right ”) into shares of Series Preferred as provided in this Section 3(b) at any time or from time to time during the term of this Warrant.  Upon exercise of the Conversion Right with respect to a particular number of shares subject to this Warrant (the “ Converted Warrant Shares ”), the Company shall deliver to the Holder (without payment by the Holder of any exercise price or any cash or other consideration) that number of shares of fully paid and nonassessable Series Preferred as is determined according to the following formula:

 

X                =                  B – A

 

Y

 

Where:

 

X =

 

the number of shares of Series Preferred that shall be issued to Holder

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Y =

 

the fair market value of one share of Series Preferred

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

A =

 

the aggregate Warrant Price of the specified number of Converted Warrant Shares immediately prior to the exercise of the Conversion Right (i.e. , the number of Converted Warrant Shares multiplied by the Warrant Price)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

B =

 

the aggregate fair market value of the specified number of Converted Warrant Shares ( i.e. , the number of Converted Warrant Shares multiplied by the fair market value of one Converted Warrant Share)

 

4



 

(ii)                                   Method of Exercise .  The Conversion Right may be exercised by the Holder by the delivery by Holder of a written statement (which may be in the form of Exhibit A-1 or Exhibit A-2 hereto) specifying that the Holder thereby intends to exercise the Conversion Right and indicating the number of shares subject to this Warrant which are being surrendered (referred to in Section 3(b)(i) hereof as the Converted Warrant Shares) in exercise of the Conversion Right.  Such conversion shall be effective upon receipt by the Company of the aforesaid written statement, or on such later date as is specified therein (the “ Conversion Date ”), and, at the election of the Holder, may be made contingent upon the closing of the sale of the Company’s Common Stock to the public in a public offering pursuant to a registration statement under the Act (a “ Public Offering ”).

 

(iii)                                Determination of Fair Market Value .  For purposes of this Section 3(b), “fair market value” of a share of Series Preferred (or Common Stock if the Series Preferred has been automatically converted into Common Stock) as of a particular date (the “ Determination Date ”) shall mean:

 

(1)                                  If the Conversion Right is exercised in connection with and contingent upon a Public Offering, and if the Company’s registration statement relating to such Public Offering (“ Registration Statement ”) has been declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission, then the initial “Price to Public” specified in the final prospectus with respect to such Public Offering.

 

(2)                                  If the Conversion Right is not exercised in connection with and contingent upon a Public Offering, then as follows:

 

(A)                                If traded on a securities exchange, the fair market value of the Common Stock shall be deemed to be the closing price of the Common Stock on such exchange on the trading day immediately prior to the Determination Date, and the fair market value of the Series Preferred shall be deemed to be such fair market value of the Common Stock multiplied (if the Series Preferred is not then constituted as Common Stock) by the number of shares of Common Stock into which each share of Series Preferred is then convertible;

 

(B)                                If traded on the Nasdaq Stock Market or other over-the-counter system, the fair market value of the Common Stock shall be deemed to be the closing bid price of the Common Stock on the trading day immediately prior to the Determination Date, and the fair market value of the Series Preferred shall be deemed to be such fair market value of the Common Stock multiplied (if the Series Preferred is not then constituted as Common Stock) by the number of shares of Common Stock into which each share of Series Preferred is then convertible; and

 

(C)                                If there is no public market for the Common Stock, then fair market value shall be reasonably determined in good faith by the board of directors of the Company.

 

(iv)                               If closing prices or closing bid prices are no longer reported by a securities exchange or other trading system, the closing price or closing bid price shall be that which is reported by such securities exchange or other trading system at 4:00 p.m. New York City time on the applicable trading day.

 

5



 

4.                                       Voting Agreement .  Upon any exercise of this Warrant (other than an exercise contingent upon a Public Offering in which the Voting Agreement would terminate by its terms), and as a condition thereto, the Holder shall agree in writing, in a form reasonably satisfactory to the Company, to be bound by and subject to the terms of that certain Voting Agreement dated as of March 5, 2010 by and among the Company and certain of its stockholders, as the same may be amended from time to time in accordance with its terms (the “Voting Agreement”), having all the rights and obligations of a “Stockholder” thereunder.

 

5.                                       Stock Fully Paid; Reservation of Shares .  All Shares that may be issued upon the exercise of the rights represented by this Warrant will, upon issuance pursuant to the terms and conditions herein, be fully paid and nonassessable, and free from all preemptive rights and taxes, liens and charges with respect to the issue thereof.  During the period within which the rights represented by this Warrant may be exercised, the Company will at all times have authorized, and reserved for the purpose of the issue upon exercise of the purchase rights evidenced by this Warrant, a sufficient number of shares of its Series Preferred to provide for the exercise of the rights represented by this Warrant and, while applicable, a sufficient number of shares of its Common Stock to provide for the conversion of the Series Preferred into Common Stock.

 

6.                                       Adjustment of Warrant Price and Number of Shares .  The number and kind of securities purchasable upon the exercise of this Warrant and the Warrant Price shall be subject to adjustment from time to time upon the occurrence of certain events, as follows:

 

(a)                                  Corporate Events .  In case of any reclassification or change of securities of the class issuable upon exercise of this Warrant (other than a change in par value, or from par value to no par value, or from no par value to par value, or as a result of a subdivision or combination), or in case of any merger of the Company with or into another corporation (other than a merger with another corporation in which the Company is the acquiring and the surviving corporation and which does not result in any reclassification or change of outstanding securities issuable upon exercise of this Warrant) (each, a “ Corporate Event ”), the Company, or such successor corporation, as the case may be, shall duly execute and deliver to the Holder a new Warrant (in form and substance satisfactory to the Holder), or the Company shall make appropriate provision without the issuance of a new Warrant, so that the Holder shall have the right to receive upon exercise of this Warrant, at a total purchase price not to exceed that payable upon the exercise of the unexercised portion of this Warrant, and in lieu of the shares of Series Preferred theretofore issuable upon exercise of this Warrant, the kind and amount of shares of stock, other securities, money and property receivable upon such Corporate Event by a holder of the number of shares of Series Preferred then purchasable under this Warrant.  Any new Warrant shall provide for adjustments that shall be as nearly equivalent as may be practicable to the adjustments provided for in this Section 6.  The provisions of this Section 6(a) shall similarly apply to successive Corporate Events.

 

(b)                                  Subdivision or Combination of Shares .  If the Company at any time while this Warrant remains outstanding and unexpired shall subdivide or combine its outstanding shares of Series Preferred, the Warrant Price shall be proportionately decreased and the number of Shares issuable hereunder shall be proportionately increased in the case of a subdivision and the Warrant Price shall be proportionately increased and the number of Shares issuable hereunder shall be proportionately decreased in the case of a combination.

 

6


 

(c)                                   Stock Dividends and Other Distributions .  If the Company at any time while this Warrant is outstanding and unexpired shall (i) pay a dividend with respect to Series Preferred payable in Series Preferred, then the Warrant Price shall be adjusted, from and after the date of determination of shareholders entitled to receive such dividend or distribution, to that price determined by multiplying the Warrant Price in effect immediately prior to such date of determination by a fraction (A) the numerator of which shall be the total number of shares of Series Preferred outstanding immediately prior to such dividend or distribution, and (B) the denominator of which shall be the total number of shares of Series Preferred outstanding immediately after such dividend or distribution; or (ii) make any other distribution with respect to Series Preferred (except any distribution specifically provided for in Sections 6(a) and 6(b)), then, in each such case, provision shall be made by the Company such that the Holder shall receive upon exercise of this Warrant a proportionate share of any such dividend or distribution as though it were the holder of the Series Preferred (or Common Stock issuable upon conversion thereof) as of the record date fixed for the determination of the shareholders of the Company entitled to receive such dividend or distribution.

 

(d)                                  Adjustment of Number of Shares .  Upon each adjustment in the Warrant Price, the number of Shares of Series Preferred purchasable hereunder shall be adjusted, to the nearest whole share, to the product obtained by multiplying the number of Shares purchasable immediately prior to such adjustment in the Warrant Price by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the Warrant Price immediately prior to such adjustment and the denominator of which shall be the Warrant Price immediately thereafter.

 

7.                                       Antidilution Rights .  The other antidilution rights applicable to the Shares of Series Preferred purchasable hereunder are set forth in the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, as amended through the Date of Grant, a true and complete copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit B (the “ Charter ”).  Such antidilution rights shall not be restated, amended, modified or waived in any manner that treats the Shares of Series Preferred purchasable hereunder in a manner different from the treatment of all other shares of the same class of stock without the Holder’s prior written consent.  The Company shall promptly provide the Holder with any restatement, amendment, modification or waiver of the Charter promptly after the same has been made.

 

8.                                       Notice of Qualified Financing and Adjustments .

 

(a)                                  The Company shall notify the Holder not less than 10 days prior to its consummation of a Qualified Financing.

 

(b)                                  Whenever the Warrant Price or the number of Shares purchasable hereunder shall be adjusted pursuant to Section 6 hereof, the Company shall deliver to Holder a certificate signed by its chief financial officer setting forth, in reasonable detail, the event requiring the adjustment, the amount of the adjustment, the method by which such adjustment was calculated, and the Warrant Price and the number of Shares purchasable hereunder after giving effect to such adjustment.  In addition, whenever the conversion price or conversion ratio

 

7



 

of the Series Preferred shall be adjusted, the Company shall deliver to Holder a certificate signed by its chief financial officer setting forth, in reasonable detail, the event requiring the adjustment, the amount of the adjustment, the method by which such adjustment was calculated, and the conversion price or ratio of the Series Preferred after giving effect to such adjustment.

 

9.                                       Fractional Shares .  No fractional shares of Series Preferred will be issued in connection with any exercise or conversion hereunder, but in lieu of such fractional shares the Company shall make a cash payment therefor based on the fair market value of the Series Preferred on the date of exercise or conversion as reasonably determined in good faith by the Company’s Board of Directors.

 

10.                                Compliance with Act; Disposition of Warrant or Shares of Series Preferred .

 

(a)                                  Compliance with Act .  The Holder, by acceptance hereof, agrees that this Warrant, and the shares of Series Preferred to be issued upon exercise hereof and any Common Stock issued upon conversion thereof are being acquired for investment and that the Holder will not offer, sell or otherwise dispose of this Warrant, or any shares of Series Preferred to be issued upon exercise hereof or any Common Stock issued upon conversion thereof except under circumstances which will not result in a violation of the Act or any applicable state securities laws.  Upon exercise of this Warrant, unless the Shares being acquired are registered under the Act and any applicable state securities laws or an exemption from such registration is available, the Holder shall confirm in writing that the shares of Series Preferred so purchased (and any Common Stock issued upon conversion thereof) are being acquired for investment and not with a view toward distribution or resale in violation of the Act and shall confirm such other matters related thereto as may be reasonably requested by the Company.  This Warrant and all shares of Series Preferred issued upon exercise of this Warrant and all Common Stock issued upon conversion thereof (unless registered under the Act and any applicable state securities laws) shall be stamped or imprinted with legends in substantially the following forms:

 

“THE SECURITIES EVIDENCED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS.  NO SALE OR DISPOSITION MAY BE EFFECTED WITHOUT (i) EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENTS RELATED THERETO, (ii) AN OPINION OF COUNSEL OR OTHER EVIDENCE, REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY, THAT SUCH REGISTRATIONS ARE NOT REQUIRED, (iii) RECEIPT OF NO-ACTION LETTERS FROM THE APPROPRIATE GOVERNMENTAL AUTHORITIES, OR (iv) OTHERWISE COMPLYING WITH THE PROVISIONS OF SECTION 8 OF THE WARRANT UNDER WHICH THESE SECURITIES WERE ISSUED, DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY.”

 

“THE SECURITIES EVIDENCED HEREBY ARE SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER FOR A PERIOD OF TIME FOLLOWING THE COMPANY’S INITIAL PUBLIC OFFERING, AS SET FORTH IN AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE COMPANY AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE SHARES, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED FROM THE COMPANY.  TRANSFEREES OF THE SECURITIES EVIDENCED HEREBY ARE SUBJECT TO SUCH RESTRICTIONS.”

 

8



 

Said legend shall be removed by the Company, upon the request of the Holder, at such time as the restrictions on the transfer of the applicable security shall have terminated.  In addition, in connection with the issuance of this Warrant, the Holder specifically represents to the Company by acceptance of this Warrant as follows:

 

(1)                                  The Holder is aware of the Company’s business affairs and financial condition, and has acquired information about the Company sufficient to reach an informed and knowledgeable decision to acquire this Warrant.  The Holder is acquiring this Warrant for its own account for investment purposes only and not with a view to, or for the resale in connection with, any “distribution” thereof in violation of the Act.

 

(2)                                  The Holder understands that this Warrant has not been registered under the Act in reliance upon a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of the Holder’s investment intent as expressed herein.

 

(3)                                  The Holder further understands that this Warrant must be held indefinitely unless subsequently registered under the Act and qualified under any applicable state securities laws, or unless exemptions from registration and qualification are otherwise available.  The Holder is aware of the provisions of Rule 144, promulgated under the Act.

 

(4)                                  The Holder is an “accredited investor” as such term is defined in Rule 501 of Regulation D promulgated under the Act.

 

(b)                                  Disposition of Warrant or Shares .  With respect to any offer, sale or other disposition of this Warrant or any shares of Series Preferred acquired pursuant to the exercise of this Warrant, the Holder agrees to give written notice to the Company prior thereto, describing briefly the manner thereof, together with a written opinion of counsel (at the Company’s expense), or other evidence, if reasonably satisfactory to the Company, to the effect that such offer, sale or other disposition may be effected without registration or qualification (under the Act as then in effect or any federal or state securities law then in effect) of this Warrant or such shares of Series Preferred or Common Stock and indicating whether or not under the Act certificates for this Warrant or such shares of Series Preferred to be sold or otherwise disposed of require any restrictive legend as to applicable restrictions on transferability in order to ensure compliance with such law.  Upon receiving such written notice and reasonably satisfactory opinion or other evidence, the Company, as promptly as practicable but no later than fifteen (15) days after receipt of the written notice, shall notify the Holder that the Holder may sell or otherwise dispose of this Warrant or such shares of Series Preferred or Common Stock, all in accordance with the terms of the notice delivered to the Company.  If a determination has been made pursuant to this Section 10(b) that the opinion of counsel or other evidence is not reasonably satisfactory to the Company, the Company shall so notify the Holder promptly with details thereof after such determination has been made.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Warrant or such shares of Series Preferred or Common Stock may, as to such federal laws, be offered, sold or otherwise disposed of (i) pursuant to an effective registration statement covering such securities or (ii) in accordance with Rule 144 or 144A under the Act, provided that the Company shall have been furnished with such information as the Company may reasonably request to provide a reasonable assurance that the provisions of Rule 144 or 144A have been satisfied.  Each certificate representing this Warrant or the shares of Series Preferred thus

 

9



 

transferred (except a transfer pursuant to an effective registration statement or Rule 144 or 144A) shall bear a legend as to the applicable restrictions on transferability in order to ensure compliance with such laws, unless in the aforesaid opinion of counsel for the Holder, such legend is not required in order to ensure compliance with such laws.  The Company may issue stop transfer instructions to its transfer agent in connection with such restrictions.

 

(c)                                   Applicability of Restrictions .  Neither any restrictions of any legend described in this Warrant nor the requirements of Section 10(b) above shall apply to any transfer of, or grant of a security interest in, this Warrant (or the Series Preferred or Common Stock obtainable upon exercise thereof) or any part hereof (i) to a partner of the Holder if the Holder is a partnership or to a member of the Holder if the Holder is a limited liability company, (ii) to a partnership of which the Holder is a partner or to a limited liability company of which the Holder is a member, or (iii) to a single affiliate of the Holder if the Holder is a corporation, where, in each case, the transferee is an “accredited investor”; provided , however , in any such transfer, if applicable, the transferee shall on the Company’s request agree in writing to be bound by the terms of this Warrant as if an original holder hereof.

 

(d)                                  IPO Lockup .  In connection with the initial public offering of the Company’s securities in an underwritten offering under the Securities Act, and upon request of the Company or the underwriters managing such offering, Holder agrees not to sell, make any short sale of, loan, grant any option for the purchase of, or otherwise dispose of any securities of the Company held immediately prior to the effectiveness of the registration statement for such offering (other than those included in the registration) without the prior written consent of the Company or such underwriters, as the case may be, for such period of time (not to exceed 180 days or such longer period of time as may be required to comply with Rule 2711 of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. (or any successor rule thereto)) from the effective date of such registration statement as may be requested by the Company or such managing underwriters and to execute an agreement reflecting the foregoing as may be requested by the underwriters at the time of the Company’s initial public offering; provided that any such period of time shall not exceed the shortest period of time applicable to the Company’s officers and other investors.

 

11.                                Rights as Shareholders; Information .  No Holder, as a holder of this Warrant, shall be entitled to vote or receive dividends or be deemed the holder of Series Preferred or any other securities of the Company which may at any time be issuable upon the exercise or conversion hereof for any purpose, nor shall anything contained herein be construed to confer upon the Holder, as such, any of the rights of a shareholder of the Company or any right to vote for the election of directors or upon any matter submitted to shareholders at any meeting thereof, or to receive notice of meetings, or to receive dividends or subscription rights or otherwise until this Warrant shall have been exercised or converted and the Shares purchasable upon the exercise or conversion hereof shall have become deliverable, as provided herein.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company will transmit to the Holder such information, documents and reports as are generally distributed to the holders of any class or series of the securities of the Company concurrently with the distribution thereof to the shareholders.  In addition, the Company agrees to provide in a timely manner any information reasonably requested by the Holder to enable the Holder and its affiliates to comply with their accounting reporting requirements.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, prior to the effective date of the initial registration statement covering a Public Offering of Company’s securities, Company will provide Holder or successor the following information:

 

10



 

(a)                                  As soon as practicable (and in any event within thirty (30) days after the end of each quarter), unaudited financial statements for such month, certified by Company’s Chief Executive Officer or Chief Financial Officer to fairly present in all material respects the data reflected therein.

 

(b)                                  As soon as practicable (and in any event within two hundred thirty (230) days after the end of each fiscal year), audited financial statements for such year, setting forth in comparative form the corresponding figures for the preceding fiscal year, and accompanied by an audit report and unqualified opinion of the independent certified public accountants of recognized national standing selected by Company.

 

(c)                                   No later than thirty (30) days before the start of Company’s fiscal year, financial projections for the next fiscal year approved by Company’s Board of Directors.

 

(d)                                  Upon request by the Holder, the latest available stockholder or shareholder valuation report of the Company.

 

(e)                                   Upon request by the Holder, the latest available summary of the Company’s equity capital account showing share classes, number of shares outstanding in each share class, common stock equivalents for each class, stock incentive plan amounts, amounts paid per share for each share class and valuation as of the last round of financing.

 

Holder agrees to hold non-public information received in confidence and shall not disclose such information to third parties except to its employees, members, partners or the partners of its affiliated investment funds, their lenders, and professional advisors to the foregoing, including attorneys and accountants, and others under a similar duty of confidentiality, and as Holder may deem necessary in its reasonable judgment to satisfy its legal obligations or to enforce its rights under this Warrant.

 

12.                                Additional Rights .

 

(a)                                  Acquisition Transactions .  The Company shall provide the Holder with at least twenty (20) days’ written notice prior to closing thereof of the terms and conditions of any of the following transactions (to the extent the Company has notice thereof): (i) the sale, lease, exchange, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of the Company’s property or business, or (ii) its merger into or consolidation with any other corporation (other than a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company), or any transaction (including a merger or other reorganization) or series of related transactions, in which more than 50% of the voting power of the Company is disposed of (other than a sale of stock by the Company for capital raising purposes).

 

(b)                                  Exercise Prior to Expiration .  To the extent this Warrant is not previously exercised as to all of the Shares subject hereto, and if the fair market value of one share of the Series Preferred is greater than the Warrant Price then in effect, this Warrant shall be deemed automatically exercised pursuant to Section 3(b) above (even if not surrendered) immediately before its expiration.  For purposes of such automatic exercise, the fair market value of one share

 

11



 

of the Series Preferred upon such expiration shall be determined pursuant to Section 3(b).  To the extent this Warrant or any portion thereof is deemed automatically exercised pursuant to this Section 12(b), the Company agrees to promptly notify the Holder of the number of Shares, if any, the Holder is to receive by reason of such automatic exercise.

 

13.                                Representations and Warranties .  The Company represents and warrants to the Holder as follows:

 

(a)                                  This Warrant has been duly authorized and executed by the Company and is a valid and binding obligation of the Company enforceable in accordance with its terms, subject to laws of general application relating to bankruptcy, insolvency and the relief of debtors and the rules of law or principles at equity governing specific performance, injunctive relief and other equitable remedies.

 

(b)                                  The Seed Preferred Stock that may be issuable upon exercise of this Warrant has been, and to the extent that Holder elects that this Warrant become exercisable into Next Round Securities such securities shall be, duly authorized and reserved for issuance by the Company and, when issued in accordance with the terms hereof the Series Preferred will be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable and free from preemptive rights.

 

(c)                                   The rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions granted to or imposed upon the Seed Preferred Stock and the holders thereof are as set forth in the Certificate of Incorporation, and on the Date of Grant, each share of the Seed Preferred represented by this Warrant is convertible into one share of Common Stock.

 

(d)                                  The shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Seed Preferred Stock that may be issuable upon exercise of this Warrant have been, and to the extent that Holder elects that this Warrant become exercisable into Next Round Securities the shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion thereof shall be, duly authorized and reserved for issuance by the Company and, when issued in accordance with the terms of the Certificate of Incorporation will be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable.

 

(e)                                   The execution and delivery of this Warrant are not, and the issuance of the Shares upon exercise of this Warrant in accordance with the terms hereof will not be, inconsistent with the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation or by-laws, do not and will not contravene any law, governmental rule or regulation, judgment or order applicable to the Company, and do not and will not conflict with or contravene any provision of, or constitute a default under, any indenture, mortgage, contract or other instrument of which the Company is a party or by which it is bound or require the consent or approval of, the giving of notice to, the registration or filing with or the taking of any action in respect of or by, any Federal, state or local government authority or agency or other person, except for the filing of notices pursuant to federal and state securities laws, which filings will be effected by the time required thereby.

 

(f)                                    There are no actions, suits, audits, investigations or proceedings pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened against the Company in any court or before any governmental commission, board or authority which, if adversely determined, could have a material adverse effect on the ability of the Company to perform its obligations under this Warrant.

 

12


 

(g)                                   The number of shares of Common Stock of the Company outstanding on the date hereof, on a fully diluted basis (assuming the conversion of all outstanding convertible securities and the exercise of all outstanding options and warrants, but excluding the conversion of convertible notes for which the conversion price is tied to the Company’s next equity financing and cannot yet be determined, and including shares reserved for issuance under the Company’s stock plan), does not exceed 6,345,000 shares.

 

14.                                Modification and Waiver .  This Warrant and any provision hereof may be changed, waived, discharged or terminated only by an instrument in writing signed by the party against which enforcement of the same is sought.

 

15.                                Notices .  Any notice, request, communication or other document required or permitted to be given or delivered to the Holder or the Company shall be delivered, or shall be sent by certified or registered mail, postage prepaid, to the Holder at its address as shown on the books of the Company or to the Company at the address indicated therefor on the signature page of this Warrant.  Such notice, request, communication or other document may also be delivered by any other means of transmission so long as reasonable confirmation of receipt by the addressee is obtained.

 

16.                                Binding Effect on Successors .  This Warrant shall be binding upon any corporation succeeding the Company by merger, consolidation or acquisition of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets, and all of the obligations of the Company relating to the Series Preferred issuable upon the exercise or conversion of this Warrant shall survive the exercise, conversion and termination of this Warrant and all of the covenants and agreements of the Company shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Holder.

 

17.                                Lost Warrants or Stock Certificates .  The Company covenants to the Holder that, upon receipt of evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Company of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this Warrant or any stock certificate and, in the case of any such loss, theft or destruction, upon receipt of an indemnity reasonably satisfactory to the Company, or in the case of any such mutilation upon surrender and cancellation of such Warrant or stock certificate, the Company will make and deliver a new Warrant or stock certificate, of like tenor, in lieu of the lost, stolen, destroyed or mutilated Warrant or stock certificate.

 

18.                                Descriptive Headings .  The descriptive headings of the various Sections of this Warrant are inserted for convenience only and do not constitute a part of this Warrant.  The language in this Warrant shall be construed as to its fair meaning without regard to which party drafted this Warrant.

 

19.                                Governing Law .  This Warrant shall be construed and enforced in accordance with, and the rights of the parties shall be governed by, the laws of the State of California.

 

20.                                Survival of Representations, Warranties and Agreements .  All representations and warranties of the Company and the Holder contained herein shall survive the Date of Grant, the exercise or conversion of this Warrant (or any part hereof) or the termination or expiration of rights hereunder.  All agreements of the Company and the Holder contained herein shall survive indefinitely until, by their respective terms, they are no longer operative.

 

13



 

21.                                Remedies .  In case any one or more of the covenants and agreements contained in this Warrant shall have been breached, the Holder (in the case of a breach by the Company), or the Company (in the case of a breach by the Holder), may proceed to protect and enforce their or its rights either by suit in equity and/or by action at law, including, but not limited to, an action for damages as a result of any such breach and/or an action for specific performance of any such covenant or agreement contained in this Warrant.

 

22.                                Severability .  The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision of this Warrant in any jurisdiction shall not affect the validity or enforceability of such provision in any other jurisdiction, or affect any other provision of this Warrant, which shall remain in full force and effect.

 

23.                                Recovery of Litigation Costs .  If any legal action or other proceeding is brought for the enforcement of this Warrant, or because of an alleged dispute, breach, default, or misrepresentation in connection with any of the provisions of this Warrant, the successful or prevailing party or parties shall be entitled to recover reasonable attorneys’ fees and other costs incurred in that action or proceeding, in addition to any other relief to which it or they may be entitled.

 

24.                                Entire Agreement .  This Warrant constitutes the entire agreement between the parties pertaining to the subject matter contained in it and supersedes all prior and contemporaneous agreements, representations, and undertakings of the parties, whether oral or written, with respect to such subject matter.

 

14



 

The Company has caused this Warrant to be duly executed and delivered as of the Date of Grant specified above.

 

 

THE TRADE DESK, INC.

 

 

 

By

/s/ Jeffrey Green

 

 

 

Title

CEO

 

 

 

Address

 

Signature Page to Warrant

 



 

EXHIBIT A-1

 

NOTICE OF EXERCISE

 

To:                              THE TRADE DESK, INC. (the “Company”)

 

1.                                       The undersigned hereby:

 

o                                     elects to purchase            shares of Series Preferred Stock of the Company pursuant to the terms of the attached Warrant, and tenders herewith payment of the purchase price of such shares in full, or

 

o                                     elects to exercise its net issuance rights pursuant to Section 3(b) of the attached Warrant with respect to            Shares of Series Preferred Stock.

 

2.                                       Please issue a certificate or certificates representing            shares in the name of the undersigned or in such other name or names as are specified below:

 

 

 

 

(Name)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Address)

 

 

3.                                       The undersigned represents that the aforesaid shares are being acquired for the account of the undersigned for investment and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, the distribution thereof and that the undersigned has no present intention of distributing or reselling such shares, all except as in compliance with applicable securities laws.

 

4.                                       The undersigned hereby agrees to be bound by and subject to the terms of the Voting Agreement (as that term is defined in the Warrant), having all of the rights and obligations of a “Stockholder” thereunder, with the same force and effect as if the undersigned had originally executed and delivered the Voting Agreement and were originally a party thereto.

 

 

 

 

(Signature)

 

 

 

 

 

(Date)

 

 

 



 

EXHIBIT A-2

 

NOTICE OF EXERCISE

 

To:                              THE TRADE DESK, INC. (the “Company”)

 

1.                                       Contingent upon and effective immediately prior to the closing (the “Closing”) of the Company’s public offering contemplated by the Registration Statement on Form S       , filed           , 200   , the undersigned hereby:

 

o                                     elects to purchase            shares of Series Preferred Stock of the Company (or such lesser number of shares as may be sold on behalf of the undersigned at the Closing) pursuant to the terms of the attached Warrant, or

 

o                                     elects to exercise  its net issuance rights pursuant to Section 3(b) of the attached Warrant with respect to            Shares of Series Preferred Stock.

 

2.                                       Please deliver to the custodian for the selling shareholders a stock certificate representing such            shares.

 

3.                                       The undersigned has instructed the custodian for the selling shareholders to deliver to the Company $            or, if less, the net proceeds due the undersigned from the sale of shares in the aforesaid public offering.  If such net proceeds are less than the purchase price for such shares, the undersigned agrees to deliver the difference to the Company prior to the Closing.

 

 

 

 

(Signature)

 

 

 

(Date)

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

EXHIBIT B

 

CHARTER

 




Exhibit 10.4

 

THE WARRANT EVIDENCED HEREBY, AND THE SECURITIES ISSUABLE HEREUNDER, HAVE BEEN AND WILL BE ISSUED WITHOUT REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 AS AMENDED.  OR THE APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE.  SUCH SECURITIES HAVE BEEN ACQUIRED NOT WITH A VIEW TO DISTRIBUTION OR RESALE, AND SHALL NOT BE SOLD, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS THE PROPOSED DISPOSITION IS THE SUBJECT OF A CURRENTLY EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER SAID ACT AND UNDER APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS OR UNLESS AN EXEMPTION FROM SUCH REGISTRATION IS AVAILABLE.  SEE SECTION 6.

 

The Trade Desk, Inc.

Warrant for Purchase of Preferred Shares

 

For value received, The Trade Desk, Inc. (the “Company”), a Delaware corporation, hereby certifies that Eastward Capital Partners V, L.P. or the permitted assign(s) of such entity (collectively, “Holder”) is entitled to purchase from the Company, 99,064 shares of the Series A-3 Preferred Stock of the Company, fully-paid and nonassessable, with a par value of U.S. $.00001 per share (the “Preferred Shares”), at any time or from time to time, but prior to 5:00 p.m. East Coast time on the earlier of (i) ten (10) years from the date this Warrant is executed (the “Original Issue Date”), (ii) three (3) years from the date of closing of any initial public offering of the Company’s common stock (the “Company’s IPO”), and (iii) the Company’s consummation of a Liquidity Event (as defined below); provided that the Company agrees to provide Holder at least ten (10) business days prior written notice of the occurrence of such event described in this subsection (iii) which notice shall provide reasonable details of such event (the “Expiration Date”), A “Liquidity Event” shall mean any of the following transactions in which the consideration payable to the stockholders of the Company consists solely of cash, securities issued by a business entity listed on the New York Stock Exchange or the National Association of Securities Dealers Automated Quotations System (“NASDAQ”), or any combination of the foregoing: (i) a merger or consolidation in which the Company is acquired by any business entity except any such merger or consolidation involving the Company in which the holders of capital stock of Lessee immediately prior to such merger or consolidation continue to hold immediately following such merger or consolidation at least 51%, by voting power and economic interest, of the capital stock of (1) the surviving or resulting corporation, or (2) if the surviving or resulting corporation is a wholly owned subsidiary of another corporation immediately following such merger or consolidation, the parent corporation of such surviving or resulting corporation; (ii) the sale, in a single transaction or series of related transactions, by the Company of all or substantially all the assets of the Company; or (iii) any transaction or series of related transactions that involves the sale or transfer, directly or indirectly, of the Company’s capital stock, as a result of which a majority of the issued and outstanding shares of the Company’s capital stock are not held of record by persons who were holders of the Company’s capital stock as of the date hereof, provided that a merger effected exclusively for the purpose of changing the domicile of the Company or an equity financing in which the Company is the surviving corporation shall not be a “Liquidity Event”.

 

The price per share for each such share purchased pursuant to an exercise of this Warrant shall be calculated as follows:

 



 

(A)                                The “Aggregate Exercise Price” of the Preferred Shares hereunder is $182,000.38.

 

(B)                                The Holder may purchase Preferred Shares at an exercise price of $1.8372 per share, subject to adjustment as hereinafter provided (the “Per Share Exercise Price”).

 

(Hereinafter: the term “Common Stock” shall refer to all shares of the capital common stock of the Company issued and outstanding at any time during the term of this Warrant, together with any other equity securities that the Company may issue in substitution for such shares other than Warrants: the term “Preferred Shares” shall refer to all shares of the Series A-3 Preferred Stock of the Company issued and outstanding at any time during the term of this Warrant, together with any other equity securities that the Company may issue in substitution for such shares other than Warrants; the term “Warrants” shall refer to this Warrant and all warrants issued in exchange or substitution for this Warrant; the term “Warrant Shares” shall refer to the Preferred Shares purchasable under Warrants.)

 

1.                                       Exercise of Warrant .

 

(A)                                Exercise of Warrant in Whole .  The Holder may exercise this Warrant in full at any time prior to 5:00 p.m. on the Expiration Date by surrendering it (with the subscription form at the end of this Warrant duly executed and indicating the whole number of Warrant Shares with respect to which the Holder shall then be exercising the Warrant) at the principal office of the Company at the time of exercise (currently 505 Poli Street, 5 th  Floor, Ventura, CA 93001), together with a certified, registered or bank cashier’s check drawn upon Boston clearinghouse funds in the amount of the Aggregate Exercise Price payable to the order of the Company (hereinafter, the term “Payment” shall mean payment in this manner).  Upon such exercise of this Warrant in full, the Holder shall receive: (i) a certificate or certificates in the name of the Holder for the largest number of whole Warrant Shares to which the Holder shall then be entitled: (ii) cash equal in value to any fractional share to which the Holder shall then be entitled (with the amount of such cash to be calculated in such reasonable manner as the board of directors of the Company shall determine); and (iii) the other securities and properties, if any, receivable pursuant to the provisions of this Warrant.  No fractional shares shall be issued to the Holder in respect of exercise of this Warrant.

 

(B)                                Exercise of Warrant in Part .  The Holder may exercise this Warrant in part at any time and from time to time prior to 5:00 p.m. on the Expiration Date, by surrendering it (with the subscription form at the end of this Warrant duly executed and indicating the whole number of Warrant Shares with respect to which the Holder shall then be exercising the Warrant) at the principal office of the Company at the time of exercise, together with Payment of that portion of the Aggregate Exercise Price that shall bear the same ratio to the total Aggregate Exercise Price as the number of Warrant Shares in respect of which this Warrant is then being exercised shall bear to the total number of Warrant Shares subject to this Warrant.  If this Warrant shall be exercised in part, it must be exercised for a whole number of Warrant Shares; and, upon such partial exercise, the Holder shall receive: (i) a new Warrant for the number of Warrant Shares in respect of which this Warrant has not been exercised (“Remaining Shares”), which new Warrant shall be identical in all other respects to this Warrant and which Warrant shall set forth the Aggregate Exercise Price applicable to the Remaining Shares: and (ii) the applicable proportion of the other securities and properties, if any, receivable pursuant to the provisions of this Warrant.

 

2



 

2.                                       Conversion Right .

 

(A)                                In the event of a Liquidity Event or the Company’s IPO, in lieu of Payment of the Aggregate Exercise Price or any portion thereof, the Holder shall have the right (but not the obligation), to require the Company to convert this Warrant, in whole or in part, into shares of Preferred Shares (the “Conversion Right”) as provided for in this Section 2.  Upon exercise of the Conversion Right, the Company shall deliver to the Holder (without Payment by the Holder: provided , however , that the Holder shall be required to pay the par value for any shares of Preferred Shares so delivered) that number of shares of Preferred Shares equal to the quotient obtained by dividing (x) the value of the Warrant at the time the Conversion Right is exercised, by (y) the Fair Market Value of one share of Preferred Shares immediately prior to the exercise of the Conversion Right.  For purposes of this Section, the “value” of the Warrant shall be determined by subtracting the Aggregate Exercise Price in effect immediately prior to the exercise of the Conversion Right from the Aggregate Fair Market Value of the Warrant immediately prior to the exercise of the Conversion Right.

 

(B)                           The Conversion Right may be exercised by the Holder on any business day prior to 5:00 p.m. on the Expiration Date by delivering the Warrant, with the subscription form at the end of this Warrant to the Company duly executed and indicating that the Holder is exercising the Conversion Right and specifying the total number of shares of Preferred Shares the Holder will be issued pursuant to such conversion.

 

(C)                           Fair Market Value of one share of Preferred Shares as of a particular date (the “Determination Date”) shall mean:

 

(i)                                      If the Preferred Shares are listed on a national securities exchange, then the Fair Market Value shall be the average of the last ten “daily sales prices” of the Preferred Shares on the national securities exchange on which the Preferred Shares are listed or admitted for trading on the last ten business days prior to the Determination Date, or if not listed or traded on any such exchange, then the Fair Market Value shall be the average of the last ten “daily sales prices” of the Preferred Shares on the National Market or Small Cap Market of NASDAQ on the last ten business days prior to the Determination Date.  The “daily sales price” shall be the closing price of the Preferred Shares at the end of each day; or

 

(ii)                                   If the Preferred Shares are not so listed or admitted to unlisted trading privileges or if no such sale is made on at least nine of such days, then the Fair Market Value shall be the higher of (x) the book value per share, and (y) the fair value as reasonably determined in good faith by the Company’s Board of Directors or a duly appointed committee of the Board (which determination shall be reasonably described in the written notice delivered to the Holder together with the certificates for the Preferred Shares).

 

(D)                           As used herein, “Aggregate Fair Market Value of the Warrant” shall mean the Fair Market Value of one share of Preferred Shares multiplied by the Warrant Shares, all determined immediately prior to the exercise of the Conversion Right.

 

3



 

3.                                       Reservation of Warrant Shares .  The Company agrees that the Company shall, at all times during the term of this Warrant, have the Warrant Shares and other securities and properties, if any, as from time to time shall be receivable upon the exercise of this Warrant authorized, in reserve, and available solely for issuance or delivery upon exercise of this Warrant, free and clear of all restrictions upon sale or transfer, except (a) such as may exist under the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation and By-Laws as constituted on the Original Issue Date: or (b) such as may exist or arise under agreements between the Holder, on the one hand, and the Company or others, on the other hand, with respect to the securities of the Company: and (c) such as may be imposed by applicable securities laws of any state, nation or political subdivision.

 

4.                                       Adjustments .  The rights of the Holder shall be subject to the following terms and conditions:

 

(A)                           Anti-Dilution Rights of Preferred Shares .  The Preferred Shares have certain anti-dilution protections contained in the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation (as the same may be amended from time to time), which protections may result in adjustments in the price and number of shares of Common Stock of the Company issuable upon conversion of the Preferred Shares of the Company which occur prior to the exercise of this Warrant.  Such antidilution protections shall not be restated, amended or modified in any manner which affects the Holder differently than the holders of Preferred Shares without such Holder’s prior written consent (it being acknowledged that an restatement, amendment or modification which relates to all shares Series A-3 Preferred Stock as a series, or all shares of the Company’s Preferred Stock as a class, shall not be deemed to affect the Holder differently than the holders of Preferred Shares).

 

(B)                           Adjustment to Per Share Exercise Price for Subdivision or Combination .  If the Company at any time or from time to time after the Original Issue Date subdivides (by any stock split, stock dividend, recapitalization or otherwise) the outstanding shares of the class of securities issuable upon exercise hereof into a greater number of shares, the Per Share Exercise Price in effect immediately before that subdivision shall be proportionately decreased.  If the Company at any time or from time to time after the Original Issue Date combines (by reverse stock split or otherwise) the outstanding shares of the class of securities issuable upon exercise hereof, the Per Share Exercise Price in effect immediately before the combination shall be proportionately increased.  Any adjustment under this paragraph shall become effective at the close of business on the date the subdivision or combination becomes effective.

 

(C)                           Adjustment in the Number of Shares for Subdivisions or Combinations .  Whenever the Per Share Exercise Price is adjusted pursuant to Section 4, the number of shares of the class of securities issuable upon exercise hereof also shall be adjusted.

 

(D)                           Adjustments for Certain Dividends and Distributions .  In the event that at any time or from time to time after the Original Issue Date the Company shall make or issue, or fix a record date for the determination of holders of the class of securities issuable upon exercise hereof who are entitled to receive a dividend or other distribution payable in securities of the Company, then and in each such event, unless such dividend or distribution

 

4



 

results in an adjustment of the Per Share Exercise Price pursuant to Subsections 4(A) or 4(B), provision shall be made so that the Holder shall receive upon exercise hereof in addition to the securities receivable hereupon, the amount of securities of the Company that it would have received had this Warrant been exercised on the date of such event and had it thereafter, during the period from the date of such event to and including the exercise date, retained such securities receivable by it as aforesaid during such period, giving application during such period to all adjustments called for herein.

 

(E)                            Adjustment for Reclassification, Exchange, Substitution or Conversion .  In the event that at any time or from time to time after the Original Issue Date, the class of securities issuable upon the exercise of this Warrant shall be changed into the same or a different number of shares of any class or classes of stock, whether by capital reorganization, reclassification., or otherwise (other than a subdivision or combination of shares or stock dividend provided for above, or a merger, consolidation, or sale of assets provided for below), including by conversion of all of the Series A-3 Preferred Stock to Common Stock in accordance with the terms of the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, then and in each such event the Holder shall have the right thereafter to exercise this Warrant for the kind and amount of shares of stock and other securities and property receivable upon such reorganization, reclassification, conversion, or other change, by holders of the number of shares of the class of securities into which such Warrant might have been exercisable for immediately prior to such reorganization, reclassification, conversion, or change, all subject to further adjustment as provided herein.

 

(F)                             Adjustment for Merger Consolidation or Sale of Assets .  In the event that at any time or from time to time after the Original Issue Date, the Company shall merge or consolidate with or into another entity or sell all or substantially all of its assets in a transaction that does not constitute a Liquidity Event, this Warrant shall thereafter be exercisable for the kind and amount of shares of stock or other securities or property to which a holder of the number of shares of the class of securities of the Company deliverable upon exercise of this Warrant would have been entitled upon such consolidation, merger or sale; and, in such case, appropriate adjustment (as determined in good faith by the Company’s Board of Directors) shall be made in the application of the provisions set forth in this Section 4 with respect to the rights and interest thereafter of the Holder, to the end that the provisions set forth in this Section 4 (including provisions with respect to changes in and other adjustments of the Per Share Exercise Price) shall thereafter be applicable, as nearly as reasonably may be, in relation to any shares of stock or other property thereafter deliverable upon the exercise of this Warrant.

 

(G)                           No Impairment .  The Company shall not, by amendment of its Certificate of Incorporation, as in effect on the date hereof, or By-Laws or through any reorganization, transfer of assets, consolidation, merger, dissolution, issue or sale of securities or any other voluntary action, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms to be observed or performed hereunder by the Company but shall at all times in good faith assist in the carrying out of all the provisions of this Section 4 and in the taking of all such action as may be necessary or appropriate in order to protect the rights of the Holder against impairment.

 

5



 

(H)                          Notice of Adjustment of Number of Shares .  Upon any adjustment, readjustment or other change relating to the number of shares purchasable upon exercise of this Warrant or to the Per Share Exercise Price or the conversion rate between the Preferred Shares and the Common Stock, then, and in each such case, the Company shall give written notice thereof, which notice shall state the Per Share Exercise Price resulting from such adjustment and the increase or decrease in the number of shares (or other denominations of securities) purchasable at the Per Share Exercise Price upon the exercise of this Warrant setting forth in reasonable detail the method of calculation and the facts upon which such calculation is based.

 

(I)                               Notice .  In case at any time: (1) the Company shall pay any dividend or make any distribution (other than regular cash dividends from earnings or earned surplus paid at an established rate) to the holders of the class of securities issuable upon exercise of this Warrant; (2) the Company shall offer for subscription pro rata to the holders of the class of securities issuable upon exercise of this Warrant any additional shares of stock of any class or other rights; (3) there shall be any capital reorganization or reclassification of the capital stock of the Company, or consolidation or merger of the Company with or sale of all or substantially all of its assets to another corporation; or (4) there shall be a voluntary or involuntary dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the Company; then, in any one or more of such cases, the Company shall give written notice of the date on which (a) the books of the Company shall close or a record date shall be fixed for determining the shareholders entitled to such dividend, distribution or subscription right, or (b) such reorganization, reclassification, consolidation, merger, sale, dissolution, liquidation or winding up shall take place, as the case may be.  Such notice shall also provide reasonable details of the proposed transaction and specify the date as of which the holders of record of the class of securities issuable upon exercise of this Warrant shall participate in such dividend, distribution or subscription right, or shall be entitled to exchange their securities for securities or other property deliverable upon such reorganization, reclassification, consolidation, merger, sale.  dissolution, liquidation or winding up, as the case may be.  Such written notice shall be given at least 10 days prior to the action in question and not less than 10 days prior to the record date or the date on which the Company’s transfer books are closed in respect thereto.

 

(J)                               No Change Necessary .  The form of this Warrant need not be changed because of any adjustment in the Per Share Exercise Price or in the number of shares issuable upon its exercise.  A Warrant issued after any adjustment on any partial exercise or upon replacement may continue to express the same Per Share Exercise Price and the same number of shares (appropriately reduced in the case of partial exercise) as are stated on this Warrant as initially issued, and that Per Share Exercise Price and that number of shares shall be considered to have been so changed as of the close of business on the date of adjustment.

 

5.                                  Ful ly-Paid Shares; Taxes .  The Company covenants that the Preferred Shares represented by each and every certificate for Warrant Shares delivered upon exercise of this Warrant shall, at the time of such delivery, be duly authorized, validly-issued and outstanding, and fully-paid and nonassessable, and that the Company shall take any and all such actions as may be necessary to ensure that the par value or stated value, if any, of each Warrant Share is at all times equal to or less than the then Per Share Exercise Price; and that it will pay when due and payable any and all stamp, original issue or similar taxes that may be payable in respect of issuance of any Warrant Shares or certificates for Warrant Shares.

 

6


 

6.                                       Restrictions upon Transfer .  Each holder of this Warrant acknowledges that this Warrant and the Warrant Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as now in force or hereafter amended, or any successor legislation (the “ Act ”), and agrees not to sell, pledge, distribute, offer for sale, transfer or otherwise dispose of this Warrant or any Warrant Shares issued upon its exercise in the absence of (a) an effective registration statement under the Act as to this Warrant or such Warrant Shares and registration or qualification of this Warrant or such Warrant Shares under any applicable Blue Sky or state securities law then in effect, or (b) an opinion of counsel, satisfactory to the Company, that such registration and qualification are not required.  Any transfer of this Warrant or the Warrant Shares will be made at no cost to the Holder.

 

Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, unless the offering and sale of the Warrant Shares to be issued upon the particular exercise of the Warrant shall have been effectively registered under the Act, the Company shall be under no obligation to issue the shares covered by such exercise unless and until the Holder shall have executed an investment letter in form and substance satisfactory to the Company, including a warranty at the time of such exercise that it is acquiring such shares for its own account, for investment and not with a view to, or for sale in connection with, the distribution of any such shares, in which event the Holder shall be bound by the provisions of the following legend or a legend in substantially similar form which shall be endorsed upon the certificate(s) evidencing the Warrant Shares issued pursuant to such exercise:

 

The shares represented by this certificate have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Act”), or any state securities laws, have been acquired for investment, and may not be sold, pledged, hypothecated or otherwise transferred unless a registration statement under the Act and applicable state law is in effect with regard thereto or unless an exemption from such registration is available.

 

In addition, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Company may delay issuance of the Warrant Shares until completion of any action or obtaining of any consent, which the Company deems necessary under any applicable law (including without limitation state securities or “blue sky” laws).

 

In addition, Holder agrees that, other than with respect to an affiliate of Holder, this Warrant may not be assigned or transferred by it in whole or in part without the prior written consent of the Company (not to be unreasonably withheld).

 

7.                                       Accredited Investor; No Distribution .  The Holder, by acceptance hereof, represents and warrants that (i) it is an “accredited investor” as that term is defined in Rule 501 under the Act; and (ii) it is acquiring this Warrant without a view to, or for sale in connection with, a distribution thereof and not with a view to its resale, and that this Warrant has been acquired for the Holder’s own account and not with a view to its division among others, and that no other person has any direct or indirect beneficial interest in this Warrant.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company agrees that the Holder shall have the right to grant participation interests in the Warrant.

 

7



 

8.                                       Registration Rights; Market Standoff; Voting Agreement .

 

(A)                                The Holder shall be entitled, with respect to (i) its Warrant Shares and other securities issued or issuable upon exercise of this Warrant and (ii) any securities issued or issuable with respect to any Preferred Shares or other securities referred to in subdivision (i) by way of a stock dividend or stock split or in connection with a combination or other reorganization or otherwise, to the piggyback registration rights afforded to the holders of Preferred Shares (but not the right to demand a registration), all as set forth in that certain Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement dated as of May 10, 2012 (as the same may be amended from time to time in accordance with its terms, the “Registration Rights Agreement”), as such agreement may be amended or restated.  Except as may be otherwise provided in the Registration Rights Agreement, the right to have the Company register such securities pursuant to such agreement shall be automatically assigned to transferees or assignees of this Warrant or such securities, provided that immediately following such transfer or assignment, the further disposition of such securities by the transferee or assignee would be subject to restrictions under the Act.

 

(B)                                In connection with the initial public offering of the Company’s securities in a firm commitment underwritten offering, and upon request of the Company or the underwriters managing such initial public offering, Holder agrees not to sell, make any short sale of, loan, grant any option for the purchase of or otherwise dispose of any securities of the Company held immediately prior to the effectiveness of the Registration Statement for such offering (other than those included in the registration) without the prior written consent of the Company or such underwriters, as the case may be, for such period of time (not to exceed 180 days or such longer period of time as may be required to comply with Rule 2711 of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. (or any successor rule thereto)) from the effective date of such registration statement as may be requested by the Company or such managing underwriters and to execute an agreement reflecting the foregoing as may be requested by the underwriters at the time of the Company’s initial public offering.  The provisions of this section shall not apply to the sale of any shares to an underwriter pursuant to an underwriting agreement.  The provisions of this section shall apply to Holder only if all officers and directors of the Company are subject to substantially similar restrictions and any discretionary waiver or termination of such restrictions with respect to any officers or directors of the Company shall apply pro rata to Holder, based on the number of shares subject to such agreements between Holder and such officer or director.  The underwriters in connection with such offering are intended third-party beneficiaries of this section and shall have the right, power, and authority to enforce the provisions hereof as though they were a party hereto.  Holder further agrees to execute such agreements as may be reasonably requested by the underwriters in connection with such offering that are consistent with this section or that are necessary to give further effect hereto.  The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the securities of Holder in order to enforce the foregoing covenant.  This Section 8(B) shall be binding on any Holder or successor, assign or transferee of the Warrant or the Preferred Shares.

 

8



 

Holder agrees that prior to the Company’s initial public offering it will not transfer securities of the Company unless each transferee agrees in writing to be bound by all of the provisions of this Section 8(B)  provided that this Section 8(B)  shall not apply to transfers pursuant to a registration statement.

 

(C)                                Upon any exercise of this Warrant (other than an exercise contingent upon the Company’s IPO or a Liquidity Event in which the Voting Agreement would terminate by its terms), and as a condition thereto, the Holder shall agree in writing, in a form reasonably satisfactory to the Company, to be bound by and subject to the terms of that certain Amended and Restated Voting Agreement dated as of May 10, 2012 by and among the Company and certain of its stockholders, as the same may be amended from time to time in accordance with its terms (the “Voting Agreement”), having all the rights and obligations of a “Stockholder thereunder.

 

9.                                       Books of the Company .  The Company may treat the Holder of this Warrant as appearing on the Company’s books at any time as the Holder for all purposes.

 

10.                                Loss, Theft, Destruction or Mutilation of Warrant .  If this Warrant shall be lost, stolen, destroyed, or mutilated, the Company shall execute and deliver to the Holder a replacement warrant of like date, tenor, and denomination upon receipt by the Company of (a) evidence satisfactory to the Company of the occurrence of such event, (b) reimbursement of the Company’s reasonable incidental expenses, and (c) (i) in the event of mutilation, upon surrender and cancellation of this Warrant, or (ii) in the event of loss, theft, or destruction of this Warrant, of indemnity reasonably satisfactory to the Company.

 

11.                                Holder Not Shareholder .  Except as may otherwise be expressly provided in this Warrant, this Warrant does not, prior to its exercise, confer upon the Holder any right to vote, or to consent, or to receive notice, or otherwise to act, as a shareholder of the Company in respect of any matters whatsoever, or confer or impose upon the Holder any other rights or liabilities of a shareholder of the Company, but upon presentation of this Warrant with the subscription form annexed duly executed and the tender of Payment of the Exercise Price at the office of the Company pursuant to the provisions of this Warrant, the Holder shall forthwith be deemed a stockholder of the Company in respect of the securities so subscribed and paid for.

 

12.                                Notices and Other Communications .  Any notice or other communication under this Warrant shall be effective and shall be deemed to have been given if, and only if, the same shall have been given in writing and mailed by first-class mail, postage prepaid, addressed to:

 

(A)                                the Company at the address set forth in Section 1(A) above, or such other address as the Company may designate in writing to the Holder, or

 

(B)                                the Holder at 432 Cherry Street, West Newton, MA 02465, or such other address as the Holder may designate in writing to the Company.

 

13.                                Headings .  The headings contained in this Warrant have been inserted as a matter of convenience, do not form part, and shall not affect construction of, this Warrant.

 

9



 

14.                                Applicable Law .  This Warrant shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of The Commonwealth of Massachusetts applicable to contracts wholly made, accepted and performed within that jurisdiction, without application of principles of conflict of laws.

 

15.                                Confidentiality .  Holder agrees to maintain the confidentiality of, and not to disclose to any person or use, any financial, business or other information provided to Holder hereunder other than as permitted pursuant to that certain Mutual NonDisclosure Agreement between the parties effective as of December 20, 2012.

 

The Company has caused this Warrant to be executed by its President and attested by its Secretary or Assistant Secretary this 28 day of March, 2013.

 

 

The Trade Desk, Inc.

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Jeffrey Green

 

 

President

 

10



 

SUBSCRIPTION

 

 

 

Date:

 

 

To:

 

The undersigned, pursuant to the provisions set forth in the attached Warrant hereby irrevocably elects to purchase        shares of the Preferred Shares (the “Preferred Shares”) covered by such Warrant and herewith makes payment of $          representing the [full/partial] purchase price for such shares at the price per share provided for in such Warrant.

 

The undersigned is aware that the Preferred Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “1933 Act”) or any state securities laws.  The undersigned understands that the reliance by the Company on exemptions under the 1933 Act is predicated in part upon the truth and accuracy of the statements of the undersigned in this Subscription.

 

The undersigned represents and warrants that (1) it has been furnished with all information which it deems necessary to evaluate the merits and risks of the purchase of the Preferred Shares; (2) it has had the opportunity to ask questions concerning the Preferred Shares and the Company and all questions posed have been answered to its satisfaction; (3) it has been given the opportunity to obtain any additional information it deems necessary to verify the accuracy of any information obtained concerning the Preferred Shares and the Company; and (4) it has such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters that it is able to evaluate the merits and risks of purchasing the Preferred Shares and to make an informed investment decision relating thereto.

 

The undersigned hereby represents and warrants that it is purchasing the Preferred Shares for its own account and not with a view to the sale or distribution of all or any part of the Preferred Shares.

 

The undersigned understands that because the Preferred Shares have not been registered under the 1933 Act, it must continue to bear the economic risk of the investment for an indefinite time and the Preferred Shares cannot be sold unless the Preferred Shares are subsequently registered under applicable federal and state securities laws or an exemption from such registration is available.

 

The undersigned agrees that it will in no event sell or distribute or otherwise dispose of all or any part of the Preferred Shares unless (1) there is an effective registration statement under the 1933 Act and applicable state securities laws covering any such transaction involving the Preferred Shares or (2) the Company receives an opinion of legal counsel to the undersigned (concurred in by legal counsel for the Company) stating that such transaction is exempt from registration or the Company otherwise satisfies itself that such transaction is exempt from registration.

 

11



 

The undersigned acknowledges and agrees that it is subject to the market standoff provisions set forth in Section 8(B) of the Warrant and that it has certain rights and obligations under the Voting Agreement.

 

The undersigned consents to the placing of a legend on its certificate for the Preferred Shares stating that (i) the Preferred Shares have not been registered and setting forth the restriction on transfer contemplated hereby and to the placing of a stop transfer order on the books of the Company and with any transfer agents against the Preferred Shares until the Preferred Shares may be legally resold or distributed without restriction: (ii) the Preferred Shares are subject to a market standoff agreement that restricts the transfer of the Preferred Shares for a period of time following the Company’s initial public offering; and (iii) any legend required by the Voting Agreement, if applicable.

 

The undersigned has considered the Federal and state income tax implications of the exercise of the Warrant and the purchase and subsequent sale of the Preferred Shares.

 

 

Eastward Capital Partners V, L.P.

 

 

 

By:

Eastward Capital Partners V GP. L.P.,

 

 

its General Partner

 

 

 

 

By:

ECP V GP, LLC, its General Partner

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Managing Member

 

 

 

 

Date:

 

 

12




EXHIBIT 10.5(a)

 

THE TRADE DESK, INC.

 

2010 STOCK PLAN

 

Adopted on March 3, 2010

 



 

THE TRADE DESK, INC.

 

2010 STOCK PLAN

 

SECTION 1.                          Establishment And Purpose.

 

The purpose of the Plan is to offer selected individuals an opportunity to acquire a proprietary interest in the success of the Company, or to increase such interest, by purchasing Shares of the Company’s Stock. The Plan provides both for the direct award or sale of Shares and for the grant of Options to purchase Shares. Options granted under the Plan may include Nonstatutory Options as well as ISOs intended to qualify under Section 422 of the Code.

 

Certain definitions are contained in Section 12.

 

SECTION 2.                          Administration.

 

(a)                                  Committees of the Board of Directors. The Plan may be administered by one or more Committees. Each Committee shall consist of two or more members of the Board of Directors who have been appointed by the Board of Directors. Each Committee shall have such authority and be responsible for such functions as the Board of Directors has assigned to it. If no Committee has been appointed, the entire Board of Directors shall administer the Plan. Any reference to the Board of Directors in the Plan shall be construed as a reference to the Committee (if any) to whom the Board of Directors has assigned a particular function.

 

(b)                                  Authority of the Board of Directors. Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Board of Directors shall have full authority and discretion to take any actions it deems necessary or advisable for the administration of the Plan. All decisions, interpretations and other actions of the Board of Directors shall be final and binding on all Purchasers, all Optionees and all persons deriving their rights from a Purchaser or Optionee.

 

SECTION 3.                          Eligibility .

 

(a)                                  General Rule. Only Employees, Outside Directors and Consultants shall be eligible for the grant of Options or the direct award or sale of Shares. Only Employees shall be eligible for the grant of ISOs.

 

(b)                                  Ten-Percent Stockholders. An individual who owns more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of outstanding stock of the Company, its Parent or any of its Subsidiaries shall not be eligible for designation as an Optionee or Purchaser unless (i) the Exercise Price is at least 110% of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant, (ii) the Purchase Price (if any) is at least 100% of the Fair Market Value of a Share and (iii) in the case of an ISO, such ISO by its terms is not exercisable after the expiration of five years from the date of grant. For purposes of this Subsection (b), in determining stock ownership, the attribution rules of Section 424(d) of the Code shall be applied.

 

SECTION 4.                          Stock Subject To Plan

 

(a)                                  Basic Limitation.  Shares offered under the Plan shall be authorized but unissued Shares. The aggregate number of Shares that may be issued under the Plan (upon exercise of

 



 

Options or other rights to acquire Shares) shall not exceed 720,000 Shares, subject to adjustment pursuant to Section 8.  The number of Shares that are subject to Options or other rights outstanding at any time under the Plan shall not exceed the number of Shares that then remain available for issuance under the Plan. The Company, during the term of the Plan, shall at all times reserve and keep available sufficient Shares to satisfy the requirements of the Plan.

 

(b)                                  Additional Shares.   In the event that any outstanding Option or other right for any reason expires or is canceled or otherwise terminated, the Shares allocable to the unexercised portion of such Option or other right shall again be available for the purposes of the Plan. In the event that Shares issued under the Plan are reacquired by the Company pursuant to any forfeiture provision, right of repurchase or right of first refusal, such Shares shall again be available for the purposes of the Plan, except that the aggregate number of Shares which may be issued upon the exercise of ISOs shall in no event exceed 720,000 Shares (subject to adjustment pursuant to Section 8).

 

SECTION 5.                          Terms And Conditions Of Awards Or Sales.

 

(a)                                  Stock Purchase Agreement. Each award or sale of Shares under the Plan (other than upon exercise of an Option) shall be evidenced by a Stock Purchase Agreement between the Purchaser and the Company. Such award or sale shall be subject to all applicable terms and conditions of the Plan and may be subject to any other terms and conditions which are not inconsistent with the Plan and which the Board of Directors deems appropriate for inclusion in a Stock Purchase Agreement. The provisions of the various Stock Purchase Agreements entered into under the Plan need not be identical.

 

(b)                                  Duration of Offers and Nontransferability of Rights. Any right to acquire Shares under the Plan (other than an Option) shall automatically expire if not exercised by the Purchaser within 30 days after the grant of such right was communicated to the Purchaser by the Company. Such right shall not be transferable and shall be exercisable only by the Purchaser to whom such right was granted.

 

(c)                                   Purchase Price. The Purchase Price of Shares to be offered under the Plan shall not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of such Shares, unless otherwise approved by the Board of Directors, and a higher percentage may be required by Section 3(b). Subject to the preceding sentence, the Purchase Price shall be determined by the Board of Directors at its sole discretion. The Purchase Price shall be payable in a form described in Section 7.

 

(d)                                  Withholding Taxes. As a condition to the purchase of Shares, the Purchaser shall make such arrangements as the Board of Directors may require for the satisfaction of any federal, state, local or foreign withholding tax obligations that may arise in connection with such purchase.

 

(e)                                   Restrictions on Transfer of Shares and Vesting. Any Shares awarded or sold under the Plan shall be subject to such special forfeiture conditions, accelerated vesting provisions, rights of repurchase, rights of first refusal and other transfer restrictions as the Board of Directors may determine.  Such restrictions shall be set forth in the applicable Stock Purchase Agreement (or other related agreement) and shall apply in addition to any restrictions that may apply to holders of Shares generally.  In addition, the applicable Stock Purchase Agreement (or other related agreement) may provide the Company an

 

2



 

additional right to repurchase the Purchaser’s Shares at a purchase price not less than the Fair Market Value of the Shares on the date Purchaser’s Service terminates, and such right of repurchase shall terminate when the Company’s securities become publicly traded.  Any such rights of repurchase may be exercised only within 90 days after the termination of the Purchaser’s Service for cash or for cancellation of indebtedness incurred in purchasing the Shares.

 

SECTION 6.                          Terms And Conditions Of Options.

 

(a)                                  Stock Option Agreement. Each grant of an Option under the Plan shall be evidenced by a Stock Option Agreement between the Optionee and the Company. Such Option shall be subject to all applicable terms and conditions of the Plan and may be subject to any other terms and conditions which are not inconsistent with the Plan and which the Board of Directors deems appropriate for inclusion in a Stock Option Agreement. The provisions of the various Stock Option Agreements entered into under the Plan need not be identical.

 

(b)                                  Number of Shares. Each Stock Option Agreement shall specify the number of Shares that are subject to the Option and shall provide for the adjustment of such number in accordance with Section 8. The Stock Option Agreement shall also specify whether the Option is an ISO or a Nonstatutory Option.

 

(c)                                   Exercise Price . Each Stock Option Agreement shall specify the Exercise Price. The Exercise Price of an ISO shall not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant, and a higher percentage may be required by Section 3(b).  The Exercise Price of a Nonstatutory Option shall not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant, unless otherwise approved by the Board of Directors, and a higher percentage may be required by Section 3(b).  Subject to the preceding two sentences, the Exercise Price under any Option shall be determined by the Board of Directors at its sole discretion.  The Exercise Price shall be payable in a form described in Section 7.

 

(d)                                  Withholding Taxes . As a condition to the exercise of an Option, the Optionee shall make such arrangements as the Board of Directors may require for the satisfaction of any federal, state, local or foreign withholding tax obligations that may arise in connection with such exercise.  The Optionee shall also make such arrangements as the Board of Directors may require for the satisfaction of any federal, state, local or foreign withholding tax obligations that may arise in connection with the disposition of Shares acquired by exercising an Option.

 

(e)                                   Exercisability . Each Stock Option Agreement shall specify the date when all or any installment of the Option is to become exercisable.  The exercisability provisions of any Stock Option Agreement (including any accelerated vesting) shall be determined by the Board of Directors at its sole discretion.

 

(f)                                    Basic Term. The Stock Option Agreement shall specify the term of the Option. The term shall not exceed 10 years from the date of grant, and a shorter term may be required by Section 3(b).  Subject to the preceding sentence, the Board of Directors at its sole discretion shall determine when an Option is to expire.

 

(g)                                   Nontransferability.   No Option shall be transferable by the Optionee other than by beneficiary designation, will or the laws of descent and distribution.  An Option may be

 

3



 

exercised during the lifetime of the Optionee only by the Optionee or by the Optionee’s guardian or legal representative.  No Option or interest therein may be transferred, assigned, pledged or hypothecated by the Optionee during the Optionee’s lifetime, whether by operation of law or otherwise, or be made subject to execution, attachment or similar process.

 

(h)                                  Termination of Service (Except by Death).  Unless the applicable Stock Option Agreement provides for a longer period of time, if an Optionee’s Service terminates for any reason other than the Optionee’s death, then the Optionee’s Options shall expire on the earliest of the following occasions:

 

(1)                                  The expiration date determined pursuant to Subsection (f) above;

 

(2)                                  The date three months after the termination of the Optionee’s Service for any reason other than Disability, or such later date as the Board of Directors may determine;

 

(3)                                  The date six months after the termination of the Optionee’s Service by reason of Disability, or such later date as the Board of Directors may determine; or

 

(4)                                  The date of the termination of the Optionee’s Service for Cause, or such later date as the Board of Directors may determine.

 

The Optionee may exercise all or part of the Optionee’s Options at any time before the expiration of such Options under the preceding sentence, but only to the extent that such Options had become exercisable before the Optionee’s Service terminated (or became exercisable as a result of the termination) and the underlying Shares had vested before the Optionee’s Service terminated (or vested as a result of the termination).  The balance of such Options shall lapse when the Optionee’s Service terminates.  In the event that the Optionee dies after the termination of the Optionee’s Service but before the expiration of the Optionee’s Options, all or part of such Options may be exercised (prior to expiration) by the executors or administrators of the Optionee’s estate or by any person who has acquired such Options directly from the Optionee by beneficiary designation, bequest or inheritance, but only to the extent that such Options had become exercisable before the Optionee’s Service terminated (or became exercisable as a result of the termination) and the underlying Shares had vested before the Optionee’s Service terminated (or vested as a result of the termination).

 

(i)                                      Leaves of Absence . For purposes of Subsection (i) above, Service shall be deemed to continue while the Optionee is on a bona fide leave of absence, if such leave was approved by the Company in writing and if continued crediting of Service for this purpose is expressly required by the terms of such leave or by applicable law (as determined by the Company).

 

(j)                                     Death of Optionee . If an Optionee dies while the Optionee is in Service, unless the applicable Stock Option Agreement provides for a longer period of time, then the Optionee’s Options shall expire on the earlier of the following dates:

 

(1)                                  The expiration date determined pursuant to Subsection(g) above; or

 

(2)                                  The date 12 months after the Optionee’s death.

 

4



 

All or part of the Optionee’s Options may be exercised at any time before the expiration of such Options under the preceding sentence by the executors or administrators of the Optionee’s estate or by any person who has acquired such Options directly from the Optionee by beneficiary designation, bequest or inheritance, but only to the extent that such Options had become exercisable before the Optionee’s death or became exercisable as a result of the death. The balance of such Options shall lapse when the Optionee dies.

 

(k)                                  No Rights as a Stockholder.  An Optionee, or a transferee of an Optionee, shall have no rights as a stockholder with respect to any Shares covered by the Optionee’s Option until such person becomes entitled to receive such Shares by filing a notice of exercise and paying the Exercise Price pursuant to the terms of such Option.

 

(l)                                      Modification, Extension and Assumption of Options . Within the limitations of the Plan, the Board of Directors may modify, extend or assume outstanding Options or may accept the cancellation of outstanding Options (whether granted by the Company or another issuer) in return for the grant of new Options for the same or a different number of Shares and at the same or a different Exercise Price. The foregoing notwithstanding, no modification of an Option shall, without the consent of the Optionee, impair the Optionee’s rights or increase the Optionee’s obligations under such Option.

 

(m)                              Restrictions on Transfer of Shares . Any Shares issued upon exercise of an Option shall be subject to such special forfeiture conditions, accelerated vesting provisions, rights of repurchase, rights of first refusal and other transfer restrictions as the Board of Directors may determine.  Such restrictions shall be set forth in the applicable Stock Option Agreement and shall apply in addition to any restrictions that may apply to holders of Shares generally.

 

SECTION 7.                          Payment For Shares.

 

(a)                                  General Rule. The entire Purchase Price or Exercise Price of Shares issued under the Plan shall be payable in cash or cash equivalents at the time when such Shares are purchased, except as otherwise provided in this Section 7.

 

(b)                                  Surrender of Stock. To the extent that a Stock Option Agreement so provides, all or any part of the Exercise Price may be paid by surrendering, or attesting to the ownership of, Shares that are already owned by the Optionee. Such Shares shall be surrendered to the Company in good form for transfer and shall be valued at their Fair Market Value on the date when the Option is exercised.  The Optionee shall not surrender, or attest to the ownership of, Shares in payment of the Exercise Price if such action would cause the Company to recognize compensation expense (or additional compensation expense) with respect to the Option for financial reporting purposes.

 

(c)                                   Services Rendered. At the discretion of the Board of Directors, Shares may be awarded under the Plan in consideration of services rendered to the Company, a Parent or a Subsidiary prior to the award.

 

(d)                                  Promissory Note.   To the extent that a Stock Option Agreement or Stock Purchase Agreement so provides, all or a portion of the Exercise Price or Purchase Price (as the case may be) of Shares issued under the Plan, other than the par value of such Shares, which must be paid in cash or cash equivalents, may be paid with a full-recourse promissory note.  The Shares shall be pledged as security for payment of the principal

 

5



 

amount of the promissory note and interest thereon.  The interest rate payable under the terms of the promissory note shall not be less than the minimum rate (if any) required to avoid the imputation of additional interest under the Code. Subject to the foregoing, the Board of Directors (at its sole discretion) shall specify the term, interest rate, amortization requirements (if any) and other provisions of such note.

 

(e)                                   Exercise/Sale. To the extent that a Stock Option Agreement so provides, and if Stock is publicly traded, payment may be made all or in part by the delivery (on a form prescribed by the Company) of an irrevocable direction to a securities broker approved by the Company to sell Shares and to deliver all or part of the sales proceeds to the Company in payment of all or part of the Exercise Price and any withholding taxes.

 

(f)                                    Exercise/Pledge. To the extent that a Stock Option Agreement so provides, and if Stock is publicly traded, payment may be made all or in part by the delivery (on a form prescribed by the Company) of an irrevocable direction to pledge Shares to a securities broker or lender approved by the Company, as security for a loan, and to deliver all or part of the loan proceeds to the Company in payment of all or part of the Exercise Price and any withholding taxes.

 

SECTION 8.                          Adjustment Of Shares.

 

(a)                                  General.   In the event of a subdivision of the outstanding Stock, a declaration of a dividend payable in Shares, a declaration of an extraordinary dividend payable in a form other than Shares in an amount that has a material effect on the Fair Market Value of the Stock, a combination or consolidation of the outstanding Stock into a lesser number of Shares, a recapitalization, a spin-off, a reclassification or a similar occurrence, the Board of Directors shall make appropriate adjustments in one or more of (i) the number of Shares available for future grants under Section 4, (ii) the number of Shares covered by each outstanding Option or (iii) the Exercise Price under each outstanding Option.

 

(b)                                  Mergers and Consolidations. In the event that the Company is a party to a merger or consolidation, outstanding Options shall be subject to the agreement of merger or consolidation as approved by the Board of Directors. Such agreement, without the Optionees’ consent, may provide for:

 

(1)                                  The continuation of such outstanding Options by the Company (if the Company is the surviving corporation);

 

(2)                                  The assumption of the Plan and such outstanding Options by the surviving corporation or its parent;

 

(3)                                  The substitution by the surviving corporation or its parent of options with substantially the same terms for such outstanding Options;

 

(4)                                  The cancellation of each outstanding Option after payment to the Optionee of an amount in cash or cash equivalents equal to (a) the Fair Market Value of the Shares subject to such Option at the time of the merger or consolidation minus (b) the Exercise Price of the Shares subject to such Option; or

 

(5)                                  The cancellation of such outstanding Option (or unvested portion thereof) without payment of any consideration;

 

6


 

In each case as determined by the Board of Directors.

 

(c)                                   Reservation of Rights. Except as provided in this Section 8, an Optionee or Purchaser shall have no rights by reason of (i) any subdivision or consolidation of shares of stock of any class, (ii) the payment of any dividend or (iii) any other increase or decrease in the number of shares of stock of any class.  Any issuance by the Company of shares of stock of any class, or securities convertible into shares of stock of any class, shall not affect, and no adjustment by reason thereof shall be made with respect to, the number or Exercise Price of Shares subject to an Option.  The grant of an Option pursuant to the Plan shall not affect in any way the right or power of the Company to make adjustments, reclassifications, reorganizations or changes of its capital or business structure, to merge or consolidate or to dissolve, liquidate, sell or transfer all or any part of its business or assets.

 

SECTION 9.                          Securities Law Requirements.

 

(a)                                  General. Shares shall not be issued under the Plan unless the issuance and delivery of such Shares comply with (or are exempt from) all applicable requirements of law, including (without limitation) the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, state securities laws and regulations, and the regulations of any stock exchange or other securities market on which the Company’s securities may then be traded.

 

(b)                                  Financial Reports . The Company each year shall furnish to Optionees, Purchasers and Stockholders who have received Stock under the Plan its balance sheet and income statement, unless such Optionees, Purchasers or Stockholders are key Employees whose duties with the Company assure them access to equivalent information. Such balance sheet and income statement need not be audited.

 

SECTION 10.                   No Retention Rights.

 

Nothing in the Plan or in any right or Option granted under the Plan shall confer upon the Purchaser or Optionee any right to continue in Service for any period of specific duration or interfere with or otherwise restrict in any way the rights of the Company (or any Parent or Subsidiary employing or retaining the Purchaser or Optionee) or of the Purchaser or Optionee, which rights are hereby expressly reserved by each, to terminate his or her Service at any time and for any reason, with or without cause.

 

SECTION 11.                   Duration and Amendments.

 

(a)                                  Term of the Plan. The Plan, as set forth herein, shall become effective on the date of its adoption by the Board of Directors, subject to the approval of the Company’s stockholders. In the event that the stockholders fail to approve the Plan within 12 months after its adoption by the Board of Directors, any grants of Options or sales or awards of Shares that have already occurred shall be rescinded, and no additional grants, sales or awards shall be made thereafter under the Plan.  The Plan shall terminate automatically 10 years after its adoption by the Board of Directors and may be terminated on any earlier date pursuant to Subsection (b) below.

 

(b)                                  Right to Amend or Terminate the Plan. The Board of Directors may amend, suspend or terminate the Plan at any time and for any reason; provided, however, that any amendment of the Plan which increases the number of Shares available for issuance

 

7



 

under the Plan (except as provided in Section 8), or which materially changes the class of persons who are eligible for the grant of ISOs, shall be subject to the approval of the Company’s stockholders. Stockholder approval shall not be required for any other amendment of the Plan.

 

(c)                                   Effect of Amendment or Termination.  No Shares shall be issued or sold under the Plan after the termination thereof, except upon exercise of an Option granted prior to such termination. The termination of the Plan, or any amendment thereof, shall not affect any Share previously issued or any Option previously granted under the Plan.

 

SECTION 12.                   Definitions.

 

(a)                                  Board of Directors ” shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company, as constituted from time to time.

 

(b)                                  Cause ” shall mean (i) the unauthorized use or disclosure of the confidential information or trade secrets of the Company (or a Parent or Subsidiary), which use or disclosure causes material harm to the Company  (or a Parent or Subsidiary), (ii) conviction of, or a plea of “guilty” or “no contest” to, a felony or other crime involving dishonesty, breach of trust or physical or emotional harm to any person, (iii) continued refusal or failure to act in accordance with any specific lawful direction or order of the Company (or a Parent or Subsidiary) or the Board of Directors; (iv) performance of any act or failure to perform any act in bad faith and to the detriment of the Company (or a Parent or Subsidiary); (v) dishonesty, intentional misconduct or material breach of any agreement with the Company  (or a Parent or Subsidiary); or (vi) with respect to any Optionee or Purchaser, any other action or event constituting cause under any employment or other agreement between the Company and such Optionee or Purchaser.  The foregoing, however, shall not be deemed an exclusive list of all acts or omissions that the Company (or a Parent or Subsidiary) may consider as grounds for the discharge of an Optionee or Purchaser.  In addition, the definition of Cause may be altered on a case by case basis with respect to particular awards under the Plan with the approval of the Board of Directors.

 

(c)                                   Code ” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

(d)                                  Committee ” shall mean a committee of the Board of Directors, as described in Section 2(a).

 

(e)                                   Company ” shall mean The Trade Desk, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

 

(f)                                    Consultant ” shall mean a person who performs bona fide services for the Company, a Parent or a Subsidiary as a consultant or advisor, excluding Employees and Outside Directors.

 

(g)                                   Disability ” shall mean that the Optionee or Purchaser is unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment.

 

(h)                                  Employee ” shall mean any individual who is a common-law employee of the Company, a Parent or a Subsidiary.

 

8



 

(i)                                      Exercise Price ” shall mean the amount for which one Share may be purchased upon exercise of an Option, as specified by the Board of Directors in the applicable Stock Option Agreement.

 

(j)                                     Fair Market Value ” shall mean the fair market value of a Share, as determined by the Board of Directors in good faith. Such determination shall be conclusive and binding on all persons.

 

(k)                                  ISO ” shall mean an employee incentive stock option described in Section 422(b) of the Code.

 

(l)                                      Nonstatutory Option ” shall mean a stock option not described in Sections 422(b) or 423(b) of the Code.

 

(m)                              Option ” shall mean an ISO or Nonstatutory Option granted under the Plan and entitling the holder to purchase Shares.

 

(n)                                  Optionee ” shall mean an individual who holds an Option.

 

(o)                                  Outside Director ” shall mean a member of the Board of Directors who is not an Employee.

 

(p)                                  Parent ” shall mean any corporation (other than the Company) in an unbroken chain of corporations ending with the Company, if each of the corporations other than the Company owns stock possessing 50% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain. A corporation that attains the status of a Parent on a date after the adoption of the Plan shall be considered a Parent commencing as of such date.

 

(q)                                  Plan ” shall mean this The Trade Desk, Inc. 2010 Stock Plan.

 

(r)                                     Purchase Price ” shall mean the consideration for which one Share may be acquired under the Plan (other than upon exercise of an Option), as specified by the Board of Directors.

 

(s)                                    Purchaser ” shall mean an individual to whom the Board of Directors has offered the right to acquire Shares under the Plan (other than upon exercise of an Option).

 

(t)                                     Service ” shall mean service as an Employee, Outside Director or Consultant.

 

(u)                                  Share ” shall mean one share of Stock, as adjusted in accordance with Section 8 (if applicable).

 

(v)                                  Stock ” shall mean the Common Stock of the Company.

 

(w)                                Stock Option Agreement ” shall mean the agreement between the Company and an Optionee which contains the terms, conditions and restrictions pertaining to the Optionee’s Option.

 

9



 

(x)                                  Stock Purchase Agreement ” shall mean the agreement between the Company and a Purchaser who acquires Shares under the Plan which contains the terms, conditions and restrictions pertaining to the acquisition of such Shares.

 

(y)                                  Subsidiary ” means any corporation (other than the Company) in an unbroken chain of corporations beginning with the Company, if each of the corporations other than the last corporation in the unbroken chain owns stock possessing 50% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain. A corporation that attains the status of a Subsidiary on a date after the adoption of the Plan shall be considered a Subsidiary commencing as of such date.

 

10




Exhibit 10.5(b)

 

The Trade Desk, Inc.

2010 STOCK PLAN

NOTICE OF STOCK OPTION GRANT

 

You have been granted the following option to purchase Common Stock of The Trade Desk, Inc. (the “Company”):

 

Name of Optionee:

 

 

 

Total Number of Option Shares:

 

 

 

Type of Option

Incentive Stock Option

 

 

Exercise Price Per Share:

$

 

 

Date of Grant:

 

 

 

Date Exercisable / Vesting Schedule:

This option may be exercised with respect to the first 25% of the Shares subject to this option when the Optionee completes 12 months of continuous Service after the Vesting Commencement Date. This option may be exercised with respect to 1/36 th  of the remaining number of unvested Shares subject to this option when the Optionee completes each month of continuous Service thereafter.

 

 

Vesting Commencement Date:

 

 

 

Expiration Date:

10 years from grant date

 

By your signature and the signature of the Company’s representative below, you and the Company agree that this option is granted under and governed by the terms and conditions of the 2010 Stock Plan and the Stock Option Agreement, both of which are made a part of this document.

 

In addition, you agree and acknowledge that your rights to any Option Shares will be earned only as you provide services to the Company over time, that the grant of the Option is not as consideration for services you rendered to the Company prior to your Vesting Commencement Date, and that nothing herein or the attached documents confers upon you any right to continue your employment or consulting relationship with the Company for any period of time, nor does it interfere in any way with your right or the Company’s right to terminate that relationship at any time, for any reason, with or without cause.

 

The per share “Exercise Price” is intended to be at least equal to the fair market value of the Company’s Common Stock at the date of grant. The Company has attempted in good faith to make the fair market value determination in compliance with applicable tax law although there can be no certainty that the IRS will agree. If the IRS does not agree and asserts the fair market value at the time of grant is higher than the Exercise Price, the IRS could seek to impose greater taxes on you, including interest and penalties under Internal Revenue Code Section 409A. While the Company thinks this is an unlikely event, the Company cannot provide absolute assurance and you may want to consult your own tax adviser with any questions.

 

 

(a)

Optionee

 

The Trade Desk, Inc.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Jeff Green, CEO

 



 

The Trade Desk, Inc.

2010 STOCK PLAN

NOTICE OF STOCK OPTION GRANT

 

You have been granted the following option to purchase Common Stock of The Trade Desk, Inc. (the “Company”):

 

Name of Optionee:

 

 

 

Total Number of Option Shares:

 

 

 

Type of Option

Incentive Stock Option

 

 

Exercise Price Per Share:

$

 

 

Date of Grant:

 

 

 

Date Exercisable / Vesting Schedule:

This option may be exercised with respect to 1/48 th  of the Option Shares when the Optionee completes each month of continuous Service following the Vesting Commencement Date.

 

 

Vesting Commencement Date:

 

 

 

Expiration Date:

10 years from grant date

 

By your signature and the signature of the Company’s representative below, you and the Company agree that this option is granted under and governed by the terms and conditions of the 2010 Stock Plan and the Stock Option Agreement, both of which are made a part of this document.

 

In addition, you agree and acknowledge that your rights to any Option Shares will be earned only as you provide services to the Company over time, that the grant of the Option is not as consideration for services you rendered to the Company prior to your Vesting Commencement Date, and that nothing herein or the attached documents confers upon you any right to continue your employment or consulting relationship with the Company for any period of time, nor does it interfere in any way with your right or the Company’s right to terminate that relationship at any time, for any reason, with or without cause.

 

The per share “Exercise Price” is intended to be at least equal to the fair market value of the Company’s Common Stock at the date of grant. The Company has attempted in good faith to make the fair market value determination in compliance with applicable tax law although there can be no certainty that the IRS will agree. If the IRS does not agree and asserts the fair market value at the time of grant is higher than the Exercise Price, the IRS could seek to impose greater taxes on you, including interest and penalties under Internal Revenue Code Section 409A. While the Company thinks this is an unlikely event, the Company cannot provide absolute assurance and you may want to consult your own tax adviser with any questions.

 

 

(b)

Optionee

 

The Trade Desk, Inc.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Jeff Green, CEO

 



 

THE OPTION GRANTED PURSUANT TO THIS AGREEMENT AND THE SHARES ISSUABLE UPON THE EXERCISE THEREOF HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, PLEDGED, OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION THEREOF UNDER SUCH ACT OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY AND ITS COUNSEL, THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED.

 

The Trade Desk, Inc.
 2010 STOCK PLAN:
STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

 

SECTION 2.                          Grant Of Option.

 

(a)                                  Option .  On the terms and conditions set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant and this Agreement, the Company grants to the Optionee on the Date of Grant the option to purchase at the Exercise Price the number of Shares set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant.  This option is intended to be an ISO or a Nonstatutory Option, as provided in the Notice of Stock Option Grant.

 

(b)                                  Stock Plan and Defined Terms.  This option is granted pursuant to the Plan, a copy of which the Optionee acknowledges having received (either in written form or through electronic access).  The provisions of the Plan are incorporated into this Agreement by this reference.  Capitalized terms are defined in Section 14 of this Agreement.

 

SECTION 3.                          Right To Exercise.

 

Exercisability .  Subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement, all or part of this option may be exercised prior to its expiration at the time or times set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant.

 

SECTION 4.                          No Transfer Or Assignment Of Option.

 

Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, this option and the rights and privileges conferred hereby shall not be sold, pledged or otherwise transferred (whether by operation of law or otherwise) and shall not be subject to sale under execution, attachment, levy or similar process.

 

SECTION 5.                          Exercise Procedures.

 

(a)                                  Notice of Exercise.  The Optionee or the Optionee’s representative may exercise this option by giving written notice to the Company (which may be in electronic format, if so determined by the Committee).  The notice shall specify the election to exercise this option, the number of Shares for which it is being exercised and the form of payment.  The notice shall be signed by the person exercising this option.  In the event that this option is being exercised by the representative of the Optionee, the notice shall be accompanied by

 

3



 

proof (satisfactory to the Company) of the representative’s right to exercise this option.  The Optionee or the Optionee’s representative shall deliver to the Company, at the time of giving the notice, payment in a form permissible under Section 5 for the full amount of the Purchase Price.

 

(b)                                  Issuance of Shares.  After receiving a proper notice of exercise, the Company shall, in the discretion of the Committee, either cause to be issued a certificate or certificates for the Shares as to which this option has been exercised or cause such Shares to be entered in the Company’s records in book entry form, in either case, registered in the name of the person exercising this option (or in the names of such person and his or her spouse as community property or as joint tenants with right of survivorship).  To the extent that any certificates are issued in accordance with the foregoing, the Company shall cause such certificate or certificates to be deposited in escrow or delivered to or upon the order of the person exercising this option.

 

(c)                                   Withholding Taxes.  In the event that the Company determines that it is required to withhold any tax as a result of the exercise of this option, the Optionee, as a condition to the exercise of this option, shall make arrangements satisfactory to the Company to enable it to satisfy all withholding requirements.  The Optionee shall also make arrangements satisfactory to the Company to enable it to satisfy any withholding requirements that may arise in connection with the vesting or disposition of Shares purchased by exercising this option.

 

SECTION 6.                          Payment For Stock.

 

(a)                                  Cash.  All or part of the Purchase Price may be paid in cash or cash equivalents.

 

(b)                                  Surrender of Stock.  With the consent of the Board of Directors, in its sole discretion, all or any part of the Purchase Price may be paid by surrendering, or attesting to the ownership of, Shares that are already owned by the Optionee.  Such Shares shall be surrendered to the Company in good form for transfer and shall be valued at their Fair Market Value on the date when this option is exercised.  The Optionee shall not surrender, or attest to the ownership of, Shares in payment of the Purchase Price if such action would cause the Company to recognize compensation expense (or additional compensation expense) with respect to this option for financial reporting purposes.

 

(c)                                   Exercise/Sale.  If Stock is publicly traded, all or part of the Purchase Price and any withholding taxes may be paid by the delivery (on a form prescribed by the Company) of an irrevocable direction to a securities broker approved by the Company to sell Shares and to deliver all or part of the sales proceeds to the Company.

 

(d)                                  Exercise/Pledge.  If Stock is publicly traded, all or part of the Purchase Price and any withholding taxes may be paid by the delivery (on a form prescribed

 

4



 

by the Company) of an irrevocable direction to pledge Shares to a securities broker or lender approved by the Company, as security for a loan, and to deliver all or part of the loan proceeds to the Company.

 

(e)                                   Promissory Note .  With the consent of the Board of Directors, in its sole discretion, all or part of the Purchase Price, other than the par value of any Shares, which must be paid in cash or cash equivalents, may be paid with a full-recourse promissory note.  The Shares shall be pledged as security for payment of the principal amount of the promissory note and interest thereon.  The interest rate payable under the terms of the promissory note shall not be less than the minimum rate (if any) required to avoid the imputation of additional interest under the Code.  Subject to the foregoing, the Board of Directors (at its sole discretion) shall specify the term, interest rate, amortization requirements (if any) and other provisions of such note.

 

SECTION 7.                          Term And Expiration.

 

(a)                                  Basic Term.  This option shall in any event expire on the expiration date set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant, which date is 10 years after the Date of Grant (five years after the Date of Grant if this option is designated as an ISO in the Notice of Stock Option Grant and Section 3(b) of the Plan applies).

 

(b)                                  Termination of Service.  (Except by Death) .  If the Optionee’s Service terminates for any reason other than death, then this option shall expire on the earliest of the following occasions:

 

(1)                                  The expiration date determined pursuant to Subsection (a) above;

 

(2)                                  The date three months after the termination of the Optionee’s Service for any reason other than Disability;

 

(3)                                  The date six months after the termination of the Optionee’s Service by reason of Disability; or

 

(4)                                  The date of the termination of the Optionee’s Service for Cause.

 

The Optionee may exercise all or part of this option at any time before its expiration under the preceding sentence, but only to the extent that this option had become exercisable before the Optionee’s Service terminated.  When the Optionee’s Service terminates, this option shall expire immediately with respect to the number of Shares for which this option is not yet exercisable.  In the event that the Optionee dies after termination of Service but before the expiration of this option, all or part of this option may be exercised (prior to expiration) by the executors or administrators of the Optionee’s estate or by any person who has acquired this option directly from the Optionee by beneficiary designation, bequest or inheritance, but only to the extent that this option had become exercisable before the Optionee’s Service terminated.

 

5



 

(c)                                   Death of the Optionee.  If the Optionee dies while in Service, then this option shall expire on the earlier of the following dates:

 

(1)                                  The expiration date determined pursuant to Subsection (a) above; or

 

(2)                                  The date 12 months after the Optionee’s death.

 

All or part of this option may be exercised at any time before its expiration under the preceding sentence by the executors or administrators of the Optionee’s estate or by any person who has acquired this option directly from the Optionee by beneficiary designation, bequest or inheritance, but only to the extent that this option had become exercisable before the Optionee’s death.  When the Optionee dies, this option shall expire immediately with respect to the number of Shares for which this option is not yet exercisable.

 

(d)                                  Leaves of Absence.  For any purpose under this Agreement, Service shall be deemed to continue while the Optionee is on a bona fide leave of absence, if such leave was approved by the Company in writing and if continued crediting of Service for such purpose is expressly required by the terms of such leave or by applicable law (as determined by the Company).

 

(e)                                   Notice Concerning ISO Treatment.  If this option is designated as an ISO in the Notice of Stock Option Grant, it ceases to qualify for favorable tax treatment as an ISO to the extent it is exercised (i) more than three months after the date the Optionee ceases to be an Employee for any reason other than death or permanent and total disability (as defined in Section 22 (e)(3) of the Code), (ii) more than 12 months after the date the Optionee ceases to be an Employee by reason of such permanent and total disability or (iii) after the Optionee has been on a leave of absence for more than 90 days, unless the Optionee’s reemployment rights are guaranteed by statute or by contract.

 

SECTION 8.                          Right of Repurchase.

 

(a)                                  Scope of Repurchase Right.  If Optionee’s Service terminates, the Company shall have the right (but not an obligation) to repurchase all of Optionee’s Shares) at (i) the Fair Market Value of such Shares as of the date Purchaser’s Service terminates if Purchaser’s Service terminates for any reason other than Cause; or (ii) the lower of the Exercise Price or the then-current Fair Market Value for each of the Shares being repurchased if Purchaser’s Service is terminated for Cause.  Optionee shall not transfer, assign, encumber or otherwise dispose of any Shares while they are subject to the Company’s Right of Repurchase, except as provided for in the following sentence.  The optionee may transfer Shares (i) by beneficiary designation, will or intestate succession or (ii) to the Optionee’s spouse, children or to a trust established by the Optionee for the benefit of the Optionee or the Optionee’s spouse, children or grandchildren, provided in either case that the Transferee agrees in writing on a form prescribed by the Company to be bound by all provisions of this Agreement.  If the Optionee transfers any Shares acquired under this

 

6



 

Agreement, then this Section 7 shall apply to the Transferee to the same extent as to the Optionee.

 

(b)                                  Condition Precedent to Exercise.  The Right of Repurchase shall be exercisable only during the 90-day period next following the date when the Optionee’s Service terminates for any reason, with or without cause, including (without limitation) death or disability, or in the case of Shares issued upon exercise of options after the date when the Optionee’s service terminates, within 180 days after the date of exercise.

 

(c)                                   Exercise of Repurchase Right.  The Right of Repurchase shall be exercisable only by written notice delivered to the Optionee prior to the expiration of the 180-day period specified in Subsection (b) above.  The notice shall set forth the date on which the repurchase is to be effected, which date shall be not more than 30 days after the date of notice.  The certificate(s) representing the Shares to be repurchased shall, prior to the close of business on the date specified for the repurchase, be delivered to the Company properly endorsed for transfer.  The Company shall, concurrently with the receipt of such certificate(s), pay to the Optionee the purchase price determined according to Subsection (a) above.  Payment shall be made in cash or by canceling indebtedness to the Company incurred by the Optionee in the purchase of the Shares.  The Right of Repurchase shall terminate with respect to any Shares for which it has not been timely exercised pursuant to this Subsection (c).

 

(d)                                  Additional Shares or Substituted Securities.  In the event of the declaration of a stock dividend, the declaration of an extraordinary dividend payable in a form other than stock, a spin-off, a stock split, an adjustment in conversion ratio, a recapitalization or a similar transaction affecting the Company’s outstanding securities without receipt of consideration, any new, substituted or additional securities or other property (including money paid other than as an ordinary cash dividend) which are by reason of such transaction distributed with respect to any Shares subject to this Section 7 or into which such Shares thereby become convertible shall immediately be subject to this Section 7.  Appropriate adjustments to reflect the distribution of such securities or property shall be made to the number and/or class of the Shares subject to this Section 7.

 

(e)                                   Termination of Right of Repurchase.  The Right of Repurchase set forth in this Section 7 shall terminate upon any underwritten public offering by the Company of its securities pursuant to an effective registration statement filed under the Securities Act, including the Company’s initial public offering.

 

(f)                                    Termination of Rights as Stockholder .  If the Company makes available, at the time and place and in the amount and form provided in this Agreement, the consideration for the Shares to be purchased in accordance with this Section 7, then after such time the person from whom such Shares are to be purchased shall no longer have any rights as a holder of such Shares (other than the right to receive payment of such consideration in accordance with this Agreement).  Such Shares shall be deemed to have been purchased in accordance with the

 

7



 

applicable provisions hereof, whether or not the certificate(s) therefor have been delivered as required by this Agreement.

 

SECTION 9.                          Consent for Transfers; Right Of First Refusal.

 

(a)                                  Consent to Transfer.  The Optionee shall not sell, pledge, assign or otherwise transfer or encumber any Shares or any interest therein without the prior written consent of the Company, which may be withheld in the Company’s sole discretion, prior to the earliest of (i) a Change of Control; (ii) the Company’s initial public offering; or (iii) seven years following the purchase of the Shares upon exercise of the option.

 

(b)                                  Right of First Refusal.  In the event that the Optionee proposes to sell, pledge or otherwise transfer to a third party any Shares acquired under this Agreement, or any interest in such Shares (either because the Company has consented under Section 8(a) above or the applicable time period has lapsed or otherwise), the Company shall have the Right of First Refusal with respect to all (and not less than all) of such Shares.  If the Optionee desires to transfer Shares acquired under this Agreement, the Optionee shall give a written Transfer Notice to the Company describing fully the proposed transfer, including the number of Shares proposed to be transferred, the proposed transfer price, the name and address of the proposed Transferee and proof satisfactory to the Company that the proposed sale or transfer will not violate any applicable federal or state securities laws.  The Transfer Notice shall be signed both by the Optionee and by the proposed Transferee and must constitute a binding commitment of both parties to the transfer of the Shares.  The Company shall have the right to purchase all, and not less than all, of the Shares on the terms of the proposal described in the Transfer Notice (subject, however, to any change in such terms permitted under Subsection (c) below) by delivery of a notice of exercise of the Right of First Refusal within 30 days after the date when the Transfer Notice was received by the Company.  The Company’s rights under this Subsection (b) shall be freely assignable, in whole or in part.

 

(c)                                   Transfer of Shares.  If the Company fails to exercise its Right of First Refusal within 30 days after the date when it received the Transfer Notice, the Optionee may, not later than 90 days following receipt of the Transfer Notice by the Company, conclude a transfer of the Shares subject to the Transfer Notice on the terms and conditions described in the Transfer Notice, provided that any such sale is made in compliance with applicable federal and state securities laws and not in violation of any other contractual restrictions to which the Optionee is bound.  Any proposed transfer on terms and conditions different from those described in the Transfer Notice, as well as any subsequent proposed transfer by the Optionee, shall again be subject to the Right of First Refusal and shall require compliance with the procedure described in Subsection (b) above.  If the Company exercises its Right of First Refusal, the parties shall consummate the sale of the Shares on the terms set forth in the Transfer Notice within 60 days after the date when the Company received the Transfer Notice (or within such longer period as may have been

 

8


 

specified in the Transfer Notice); provided, however, that in the event the Transfer Notice provided that payment for the Shares was to be made in a form other than cash or cash equivalents paid at the time of transfer, the Company shall have the option of paying for the Shares with cash or cash equivalents equal to the present value of the consideration described in the Transfer Notice.

 

(d)                                  Additional Shares or Substituted Securities.  In the event of the declaration of a stock dividend, the declaration of an extraordinary dividend payable in a form other than stock, a spin-off, a stock split, an adjustment in conversion ratio, a recapitalization or a similar transaction affecting the Company’s outstanding securities without receipt of consideration, any new, substituted or additional securities or other property (including money paid other than as an ordinary cash dividend) which are by reason of such transaction distributed with respect to any Shares subject to this Section 8 or into which such Shares thereby become convertible shall immediately be subject to this Section 8.  Appropriate adjustments to reflect the distribution of such securities or property shall be made to the number and/or class of the Shares subject to this Section 8.

 

(e)                                   Termination of Right of First Refusal.  Any other provision of this Section 8 notwithstanding, in the event that the Stock is readily tradable on an established securities market when the Optionee desires to transfer Shares, the Company shall have no Right of First Refusal, and the Optionee shall have no obligation to comply with the procedures prescribed by Subsections (b) and (c) above.

 

(f)                                    Permitted Transfers.  This Section 8 shall not apply to (i) a transfer by beneficiary designation, will or intestate succession or (ii) a transfer to the Optionee’s spouse, children or to a trust established by the Optionee for the benefit of the Optionee or the Optionee’s spouse, children or grandchildren, provided in either case that the Transferee agrees in writing on a form prescribed by the Company to be bound by all provisions of this Agreement.  If the Optionee transfers any Shares acquired under this Agreement, either under this Subsection (f) or after the Company has failed to exercise the Right of First Refusal, then this Section 8 shall apply to the Transferee to the same extent as to the Optionee.

 

(g)                                   Termination of Rights as Stockholder .  If the Company makes available, at the time and place and in the amount and form provided in this Agreement, the consideration for the Shares to be purchased in accordance with this Section 8, then after such time the person from whom such Shares are to be purchased shall no longer have any rights as a holder of such Shares (other than the right to receive payment of such consideration in accordance with this Agreement).  Such Shares shall be deemed to have been purchased in accordance with the applicable provisions hereof, whether or not the certificate(s) therefor have been delivered as required by this Agreement.

 

9



 

SECTION 10.                   Approved Sale Transactions.

 

In the event that a Change of Control is approved by the Company’s Board of Directors and the holders of a majority of the Company’s outstanding common stock (making such proposed transaction an “Approved Sale”), then Purchaser agrees to take the actions set forth in Sections 6(a)-(d) below.  In addition to any other restrictions set forth herein, any transfer of the Shares shall be conditioned upon, the transferee agreeing in writing, on a form prescribed by the Company, to be bound by all provisions of this Section 5.

 

(a)                                  If the Approved Sale requires stockholder approval, the Purchaser shall vote all of such Investor’s voting securities (in person, by proxy or by action by written consent, as applicable) in favor of, and adopt, such Approved Sale, and will vote in opposition to any and all other proposals that could reasonably be expected to delay or impair the ability of the Company or its stockholders to consummate such Approved Sale.

 

(b)                                  If the Approved Sale requires the sale of Shares by Purchaser, Purchaser shall sell the same proportion of shares of capital stock of the Company beneficially held by Purchaser on the terms and conditions approved by the Board of Directors and stockholders as set forth above.

 

(c)                                   Purchaser agrees to execute and deliver all reasonably required documentation and take such other action as is reasonably requested in order to carry out the Approved Sale, including without limitation executing and delivering instruments of conveyance and transfer, and any purchase agreement, merger agreement or similar or related agreement or document.

 

(d)                                  Purchaser further agrees to refrain from exercising any dissenters’ rights or rights of appraisal under applicable law at any time with respect to such Approved Sale.

 

SECTION 11.                   Legality Of Initial Issuance.

 

No Shares shall be issued upon the exercise of this option unless and until the Company has determined that:

 

(a)                                  It and the Optionee have taken any actions required to register the Shares under the Securities Act or to perfect an exemption from the registration requirements thereof;

 

(b)                                  Any applicable listing requirement of any stock exchange or other securities market on which Stock is listed has been satisfied; and

 

(c)                                   Any other applicable provision of state or federal law has been satisfied.

 

SECTION 12.                   No Registration Rights.

 

The Company may, but shall not be obligated to, register or qualify the sale of Shares under the Securities Act or any other applicable law.  The Company shall not be obligated to take any

 

10



 

affirmative action in order to cause the sale of Shares under this Agreement to comply with any law.

 

SECTION 13.                   Restrictions On Transfer.

 

(a)                                  Securities Law Restrictions.  Regardless of whether the offering and sale of Shares under the Plan have been registered under the Securities Act or have been registered or qualified under the securities laws of any state, the Company at its discretion may impose restrictions upon the sale, pledge or other transfer of such Shares (including the placement of appropriate legends on stock certificates or the imposition of stop-transfer instructions) if, in the judgment of the Company, such restrictions are necessary or desirable in order to achieve compliance with the Securities Act, the securities laws of any state or any other law.

 

(b)                                  Market Stand-Off.  In connection with any underwritten public offering by the Company of its equity securities pursuant to an effective registration statement filed under the Securities Act, including the Company’s initial public offering, the Optionee shall not directly or indirectly sell, make any short sale of, loan, hypothecate, pledge, offer, grant or sell any option or other contract for the purchase of, purchase any option or other contract for the sale of, or otherwise dispose of or transfer, or agree to engage in any of the foregoing transactions with respect to, any Shares acquired under this Agreement without the prior written consent of the Company or its underwriters.  Such restriction (the “Market Stand-Off”) shall be in effect for such period of time following the date of the final prospectus for the offering as may be requested by the Company or such underwriters.  In no event, however, shall such period exceed 180 days.  The Market Stand-Off shall in any event terminate two years after the date of the Company’s initial public offering.  In the event of the declaration of a stock dividend, a spin-off, a stock split, an adjustment in conversion ratio, a recapitalization or a similar transaction affecting the Company’s outstanding securities without receipt of consideration, any new, substituted or additional securities which are by reason of such transaction distributed with respect to any Shares subject to the Market Stand-Off, or into which such Shares thereby become convertible, shall immediately be subject to the Market Stand-Off.  In order to enforce the Market Stand-Off, the Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the Shares acquired under this Agreement until the end of the applicable stand-off period.  The Company’s underwriters shall be beneficiaries of the agreement set forth in this Subsection (b).  This Subsection (b) shall not apply to Shares registered in the public offering under the Securities Act, and the Optionee shall be subject to this Subsection (b) only if the directors and officers of the Company are subject to similar arrangements.

 

(c)                                   Investment Intent at Grant.  The Optionee represents and agrees that the Shares to be acquired upon exercising this option will be acquired for investment, and not with a view to the sale or distribution thereof.

 

11



 

(d)                                  Investment Intent at Exercise .  In the event that the sale of Shares under the Plan is not registered under the Securities Act but an exemption is available which requires an investment representation or other representation, the Optionee shall represent and agree at the time of exercise that the Shares being acquired upon exercising this option are being acquired for investment, and not with a view to the sale or distribution thereof, and shall make such other representations as are deemed necessary or appropriate by the Company and its counsel.

 

(e)                                   Legends.  All certificates evidencing Shares purchased under this Agreement shall bear the following legend:

 

“THE SHARES REPRESENTED HEREBY MAY NOT BE SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, ENCUMBERED OR IN ANY MANNER DISPOSED OF, EXCEPT IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE TERMS OF A WRITTEN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE COMPANY AND THE REGISTERED HOLDER OF THE SHARES (OR THE PREDECESSOR IN INTEREST TO THE SHARES).  SUCH AGREEMENT GRANTS TO THE COMPANY CERTAIN RIGHTS OF FIRST REFUSAL UPON AN ATTEMPTED TRANSFER OF THE SHARES AND CERTAIN REPURCHASE RIGHTS UPON TERMINATION OF SERVICE WITH THE COMPANY.  THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY WILL UPON WRITTEN REQUEST FURNISH A COPY OF SUCH AGREEMENT TO THE HOLDER HEREOF WITHOUT CHARGE.”

 

All certificates evidencing Shares purchased under this Agreement in an unregistered transaction shall bear the following legend (and such other restrictive legends as are required or deemed advisable under the provisions of any applicable law):

 

“THE SHARES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, PLEDGED, OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION THEREOF UNDER SUCH ACT OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY AND ITS COUNSEL, THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED.”

 

(f)                                    Removal of Legends .  If, in the opinion of the Company and its counsel, any legend placed on a stock certificate representing Shares sold under this Agreement is no longer required, the holder of such certificate shall be entitled to exchange such certificate for a certificate representing the same number of Shares but without such legend.

 

(g)                                   Administration .  Any determination by the Company and its counsel in connection with any of the matters set forth in this Section 11 shall be conclusive and binding on the Optionee and all other persons.

 

12



 

SECTION 14.                   Adjustment Of Shares.

 

In the event of any transaction described in Section 8(a) of the Plan, the terms of this option (including, without limitation, the number and kind of Shares subject to this option and the Exercise Price) shall be adjusted as set forth in Section 8(a) of the Plan.  In the event that the Company is a party to a merger or consolidation, this option shall be subject to the agreement of merger or consolidation, as provided in Section 8(b) of the Plan.

 

SECTION 15.                   Miscellaneous Provisions.

 

(a)                                  Tax Consequences.  The Company has not provided any tax advice with respect to this Option or the disposition of the Shares.  Optionee should obtain advice from an appropriate independent professional adviser with respect to the taxation implications of the grant, exercise, assignment, release, cancellation or any other disposal of this Option (each, a “Trigger Event”) and on any subsequent sale or disposition of the Shares.  Optionee should also take advice in respect of the taxation indemnity provisions under Section 8 below.  The per share Exercise Price of the Option is intended to be at least equal to the fair market value of the Company’s Common Stock at the date of grant.  The Company has attempted in good faith to make the fair market value determination in compliance with applicable tax law although there can be no certainty that the IRS will agree.  If the IRS does not agree and asserts the fair market value at the time of grant is higher than the Exercise Price, the IRS could seek to impose greater taxes on Optionee, including interest and penalties under Internal Revenue Code Section 409A.  While the Company thinks this is an unlikely event, the Company cannot provide absolute assurance and Optionee may want to consult Optionee’s own tax adviser with any questions.  To the extent permitted by law, Optionee hereby agrees to indemnify and keep indemnified the Company and the Company as trustee for and on behalf of any affiliate entity, in respect of any liability or obligation of the Company and/or any affiliate entity to account for income tax or any other taxation provisions under the laws of Optionee’s country or citizenship and/or residence to the extent arising from a Trigger Event or arising out of the acquisition, retention and disposal of the Shares.  The Company shall not be obliged to allot and issue any of the Shares or any interest in the Shares unless and until Optionee has paid to the Company such sum as is, in the opinion of the Company, sufficient to indemnify the Company in full against any liability the Company has for any amount of, or representing, income tax or any other tax arising from a Trigger Event (the “Option Tax Liability”), or Optionee has made such other arrangement as in the opinion of the Company will ensure that the full amount of any Option Tax Liability will be recovered from Optionee within such period as the Company may then determine.

 

(b)                                  Rights as a Stockholder.  Neither the Optionee nor the Optionee’s representative shall have any rights as a Stockholder with respect to any Shares subject to this option until the Optionee or the Optionee’s representative becomes entitled to receive such Shares by filing a notice of exercise and paying the Purchase Price pursuant to Sections 4 and 5.

 

13



 

(c)                                   No Retention Rights.  Nothing in this option or in the Plan shall confer upon the Optionee any right to continue in Service for any period of specific duration or interfere with or otherwise restrict in any way the rights of the Company (or any Parent or Subsidiary employing or retaining the Optionee) or of the Optionee, which rights are hereby expressly reserved by each, to terminate his or her Service at any time and for any reason, with or without cause.

 

(d)                                  Proprietary Information.  Optionee agrees that all financial and other information relating to the Company furnished to Optionee pursuant to the Plan constitutes “Proprietary Information” of the Company.  Optionee further agrees to hold in confidence and not disclose or, except within the scope of Optionee’s Service, use any Proprietary Information.  Optionee shall not be obligated under this paragraph with respect to information Optionee can document is or becomes readily publicly available without restriction through no fault of Optionee.  Upon termination of Optionee’s employment, Optionee shall promptly return to Company all items containing or embodying Proprietary Information (including all copies), except that Optionee may keep personal copies of materials distributed to stockholders generally.

 

(e)                                   Notice .  Any notice required or permitted to be delivered under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed received (i) the business day following electronic verification of receipt by the receiving machine, if sent by telecopy, provided an additional copy is sent by First Class mail as provided herein, (ii) upon personal delivery to the party to whom the notice is directed, if sent by a reputable messenger service, (iii) the business day following deposit with a reputable overnight courier, or (iv) five days after deposit in the U.S. mail, First Class with postage prepaid.  Notice shall be addressed to the Company at its principal executive office and to the Optionee at the address that he or she most recently provided to the Company.

 

(f)                                    Entire Agreement.  The Notice of Stock Option Grant, this Agreement and the Plan constitute the entire contract between the parties hereto with regard to the subject matter hereof.  They supersede any other agreements, representations or understandings (whether oral or written and whether express or implied) which relate to the subject matter hereof.

 

(g)                                   No Other Equity Commitments.  Optionee acknowledges that the grant of Options pursuant to this Agreement satisfies all outstanding commitments, agreements and understandings between the Company and the Optionee with respect to the grant or issue of any stock, options or other Company equity or securities as of the date hereof.

 

(h)                                  Choice of Law.  This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of California, as such laws are applied to contracts entered into and performed in such State.

 

14



 

SECTION 16.                   Definitions.

 

(a)                                  Agreement ” shall mean this Stock Option Agreement.

 

(b)                                  Board of Directors ” shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company, as constituted from time to time or, if a Committee has been appointed, such Committee.

 

(c)                                   Cause ” shall mean (i) the unauthorized use or disclosure of the confidential information or trade secrets of the Company (or a Parent or Subsidiary), which use or disclosure causes material harm to the Company (or a Parent or Subsidiary), (ii) conviction of, or a plea of “guilty” or “no contest” to, a felony or other crime involving dishonesty, breach of trust or physical or emotional harm to any person, (iii) gross negligence or refusal or failure to act in accordance with any specific lawful direction or order of the Company (or a Parent or Subsidiary); (iv) performance of any act or failure to perform any act in bad faith and to the detriment of the Company (or a Parent or Subsidiary); (v) dishonesty, intentional misconduct or material breach of any agreement with the Company (or a Parent or Subsidiary); or (vi) any other event or action constituting cause under any employment or other agreement between the Company and Purchaser.  The foregoing, however, shall not be deemed an exclusive list of all acts or omissions that the Company (or a Parent or Subsidiary) may consider as grounds for the discharge of an Optionee or Purchaser.

 

(d)                                  Change of Control ” means (i) a sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets; (ii) a merger, consolidation or other corporate reorganization in which the holders of the Company’s voting stock prior to such transaction will hold less than a majority of the voting stock of the surviving corporation, (iii) any other sale transaction, change of control or similar transaction which the Board of Directors determines constitutes a “Change of Control” hereunder.  A transaction shall not constitute a Change in Control if its sole purpose is to change the state of the Company’s incorporation or to create a holding company that will be owned in substantially the same proportions by the persons who held the Company’s securities immediately before such transaction.

 

(e)                                   Code ” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

(f)                                    Committee ” shall mean a committee of the Board of Directors, as described in Section 2 of the Plan.

 

(g)                                   Company ” shall mean The Trade Desk, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

 

(h)                                  Consultant ” shall mean a person who performs bona fide services for the Company, a Parent or a Subsidiary as a consultant or advisor, excluding Employees and Outside Directors.

 

15



 

(i)                                      Date of Grant ” shall mean the date specified in the Notice of Stock Option Grant, which date shall be the later of (i) the date on which the Board of Directors resolved to grant this option or (ii) the first day of the Optionee’s Service.

 

(j)                                     Disability ” shall mean that the Optionee is unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment.

 

(k)                                  Employee ” shall mean any individual who is a common-law employee of the Company, a Parent or a Subsidiary.

 

(l)                                      Exercise Price ” shall mean the amount for which one Share may be purchased upon exercise of this option, as specified in the Notice of Stock Option Grant.

 

(m)                              Fair Market Value ” shall mean the fair market value of a Share, as determined by the Board of Directors in good faith.  Such determination shall be conclusive and binding on all persons.

 

(n)                                  ISO ” shall mean an employee incentive stock option described in Section 422(b) of the Code.

 

(o)                                  Nonstatutory Option ” shall mean a stock option not described in Sections 422(b) or 423(b) of the Code.

 

(p)                                  Notice of Stock Option Grant ” shall mean the document so entitled to which this Agreement is attached.

 

(q)                                  Optionee ” shall mean the individual named in the Notice of Stock Option Grant.

 

(r)                                     Outside Director ” shall mean a member of the Board of Directors who is not an Employee.

 

(s)                                    Parent ” shall mean any corporation (other than the Company) in an unbroken chain of corporations ending with the Company, if each of the corporations other than the Company owns stock possessing 50% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain.

 

(t)                                     Plan ” shall mean The Trade Desk, Inc.  2010 Stock Plan, as in effect on the Date of Grant.

 

(u)                                  Purchase Price ” shall mean the Exercise Price multiplied by the number of Shares with respect to which this option is being exercised.

 

(v)                                  Right of First Refusal ” shall mean the Company’s right of first refusal described in Section 8.

 

16



 

(w)                                “Right of Repurchase” shall mean the Company’s right of repurchase described in Section 7.

 

(x)                                  Securities Act ” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

(y)                                  Service ” shall mean service as an Employee, Outside Director or Consultant.

 

(z)                                   Share ” shall mean one share of Stock, as adjusted in accordance with Section 8 of the Plan (if applicable).

 

(aa)                           Stock ” shall mean the Common Stock of the Company.

 

(bb)                           Subsidiary ” shall mean any corporation (other than the Company) in an unbroken chain of corporations beginning with the Company, if each of the corporations other than the last corporation in the unbroken chain owns stock possessing 50% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain.

 

(cc)                             Transferee ” shall mean any person to whom the Optionee has directly or indirectly transferred any Share acquired under this Agreement.

 

(dd)                           Transfer Notice ” shall mean the notice of a proposed transfer of Shares described in Section 8.

 

17




EXHIBIT 10.5(c)

 

THE TRADE DESK, INC.

 

EXERCISE NOTICE

 

The Trade Desk, Inc.

Attention: Stock Administration

 

1.                                       Exercise of Option(s) .  Effective as of today,            , 20  , the undersigned (the “ Participant ”) hereby elects to exercise one or more of the Participant’s options (each, an “ Option ”) to purchase shares of the Common Stock (the “ Shares ”) of The Trade Desk, Inc. (the “ Company ”), under and pursuant to the applicable Company equity plan identified below (each, a “ Plan ”) and the applicable Stock Option Agreement identified below (each, an “ Option Agreement ”).  Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings given in the applicable Option Agreement.

 

OPTION GRANT TABLE

 

Grant
ID
Number

 

Date of
Grant

 

Vesting
Start
Date

 

Applicable
Plan(1)
(2010 Plan
or 2015
Plan)

 

Type of
Option
(ISO or
NSO)

 

Number
of Shares
for Which
Option is
Exercised

 

Remaining
Option
Shares

 

Per Share
Exercise
Price

 

Total
Option
Exercise
Price

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

AGGREGATE EXERCISE PRICE :

 

 

 


(1) 2010 Plan refers to the Company’s 2010 Stock Plan and 2015 Plan refers to the Company’s 2015 Equity Incentive Plan, each as amended from time to time.

 

Certificate(s) (if any) to be issued in name of:

 

 

 

 

 

Cash Payment delivered herewith:

o

$

 

 

 

Other form of consideration delivered
herewith (only if approved by the
Administrator):

o

Form of Consideration:

$

 

2.                                       Representations of the Participant .  The Participant acknowledges that the Participant has received, read and understood the applicable Plan(s) and Option Agreement(s).  The Participant agrees to abide by and be bound by their terms and conditions.

 

3.                                       Rights as Stockholder .  Until the stock certificate evidencing Shares purchased pursuant to the

 



 

exercise of the Option(s) is issued (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company) or the Shares purchased pursuant to the exercise of the Option(s) are entered into the Company’s records in book entry form (as applicable), no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a stockholder shall exist with respect to Shares subject to the Option(s), notwithstanding the exercise of the Option(s).  The Company shall issue (or cause to be issued) such stock certificate with respect to the Shares subject to the Option(s) or shall enter (or cause to be entered) such Shares into the Company’s records in book entry form, in either case, promptly after the Option(s) are exercised.  No adjustment will be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date the stock certificate is issued or the Shares are entered into the Company’s records in book entry form (as applicable), except as otherwise provided in the applicable Plan.  The Participant shall enjoy rights as a stockholder until such time as the Participant disposes of the Shares, subject to the terms and conditions of the applicable Plan.

 

4.                                       The Participant’s Rights to Transfer Shares . Without limiting the generality of any other provision hereof, the Participant hereby expressly acknowledges that (i) Sections 10(h) (“ Lock-Up Period ”), 10(i) (“ Right of First Refusal ”) and 10(j) (“ Take-Along Rights ”) of the 2015 Plan and (ii) Sections 7 (“ Right of Repurchase ”), 8 (“ Consent for Transfers; Right Of First Refusal ”) and 12 (“ Restrictions On Transfer ”) of the 2010 Plan, in each case, as applicable, are expressly incorporated into this Agreement and are applicable to the Shares acquired by the Participant under the applicable Plan.

 

5.                                       Transfer Restrictions .  Any transfer or sale of the Shares is further subject to restrictions on transfer imposed by any applicable state and federal securities laws.  Any transfer or attempted transfer of any of the Shares not in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, and/or applicable law shall be void and the Company may enforce the terms of this Agreement by stop transfer instructions or similar actions by the Company and its agents or designees.

 

6.                                       Tax Consultation .  The Participant understands that the Participant may suffer adverse tax consequences as a result of the Participant’s purchase or disposition of the Shares.  The Participant represents that the Participant has consulted with any tax consultants the Participant deems advisable in connection with the purchase or disposition of the Shares and that the Participant is not relying on the Company for any tax advice.

 

7.                                       Restrictive Legends and Stop-Transfer Orders .

 

(a)                                  Legends .  The Participant understands and agrees that the Company shall cause the legends set forth below or legends substantially equivalent thereto, to be placed upon any certificate(s), if any, evidencing ownership of the Shares together with any other legends that may be required by state or federal securities laws:

 

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE BEEN ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO, OR IN CONNECTION WITH, THE SALE OR DISTRIBUTION THEREOF. THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”), OR ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED OR HYPOTHECATED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION THEREOF UNDER THE ACT AND SUCH LAWS OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, IN FORM AND SUBSTANCE SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES AND ITS COUNSEL, THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED.

 



 

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE MAY NOT BE SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, ENCUMBERED OR IN ANY MANNER DISPOSED OF, EXCEPT IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE TERMS OF A WRITTEN STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE COMPANY AND THE REGISTERED HOLDER OF THE SHARES (OR THE PREDECESSOR IN INTEREST TO THE SHARES).  SUCH STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT GRANTS TO THE ISSUER OF THESE SHARES CERTAIN RIGHTS OF FIRST REFUSAL UPON AN ATTEMPTED TRANSFER OF THE SHARES AND CERTAIN REPURCHASE RIGHTS UPON TERMINATION OF SERVICE WITH THE ISSUER.  THE SECRETARY OF THE ISSUER WILL UPON WRITTEN REQUEST FURNISH A COPY OF SUCH STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT TO THE HOLDER HEREOF WITHOUT CHARGE.

 

(b)                                  Stop-Transfer Notices .  The Participant agrees that, in order to ensure compliance with the restrictions referred to herein, the Company may issue appropriate “stop transfer” instructions to its transfer agent, if any, and that, if the Company transfers its own securities, it may make appropriate notations to the same effect in its own records.

 

(c)                                   Refusal to Transfer .  The Company shall not be required (i) to transfer on its books any Shares that have been sold or otherwise transferred in violation of any of the provisions of this Agreement or (ii) to treat as owner of such Shares or to accord the right to vote or pay dividends to any purchaser or other transferee to whom such Shares shall have been so transferred.

 

8.                                       Successors and Assigns .  The Company may assign any of its rights under this Agreement to single or multiple assignees, and this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Company.  Subject to the restrictions on transfer herein set forth, this Agreement shall be binding upon the Participant and his or her heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns.

 

9.                                       Interpretation .  The Participant hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Administrator upon any questions arising under this Agreement.

 

10.                                Governing Law; Severability .  This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware excluding that body of law pertaining to conflicts of law.  Should any provision of this Agreement be determined by a court of law to be illegal or unenforceable, the other provisions shall nevertheless remain effective and shall remain enforceable.

 

11.                                Notices .  Any notice required or permitted hereunder shall be given in writing and shall be deemed effectively given upon personal delivery or upon deposit in the United States mail by certified mail, with postage and fees prepaid, addressed to the other party at its address as shown below beneath its signature, or to such other address as such party may designate in writing from time to time to the other party.

 

12.                                Further Instruments .  The Participant hereby agrees to execute such further instruments and to take such further action as may be reasonably necessary to carry out the purposes and intent of this Agreement including, without limitation, the Investment Representation Statement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A .

 

13.                                Delivery of Payment .  The Participant herewith delivers to the Company the full Exercise Price for the Shares, as well as any applicable withholding tax.  Payment of the Aggregate Exercise Price shall be made in accordance with Section 5 of the applicable Option Agreement.

 

14.                                Entire Agreement .  The Plan(s) and Option Agreement(s) are incorporated herein by reference.

 



 

This Agreement, the Plan(s), the Option Agreement(s) and the Investment Representation Statement constitute the entire agreement of the parties and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and the Participant with respect to the subject matter hereof.

 

 

Submitted by:

 

 

 

PARTICIPANT

 

 

 

 

 

Participant

 

 

 

 

 

Address:

 

 

 



 

EXHIBIT A

 

INVESTMENT REPRESENTATION STATEMENT

 

PARTICIPANT

:

 

 

 

 

COMPANY

:

The Trade Desk, Inc.

 

 

 

SECURITY

:

Common Stock

 

 

 

AMOUNT

:

 

 

 

 

DATE

:

 

 

In connection with the purchase of the above-listed shares of Common Stock (the “ Securities ”) of The Trade Desk, Inc. (the “ Company ”), the undersigned (the “ Participant ”) represents to the Company the following:

 

(a)                                  The Participant is aware of the Company’s business affairs and financial condition and has acquired sufficient information about the Company to reach an informed and knowledgeable decision to acquire the Securities.  The Participant is acquiring these Securities for investment for the Participant’s own account only and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any “distribution” thereof within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”).

 

(b)                                  The Participant acknowledges and understands that the Securities constitute “restricted securities” under the Securities Act and have not been registered under the Securities Act in reliance upon a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of the Participant’s investment intent as expressed herein.  The Participant understands that, in the view of the Securities and Exchange Commission, the statutory basis for such exemption may be unavailable if the Participant’s representation was predicated solely upon a present intention to hold these Securities for the minimum capital gains period specified under tax statutes, for a deferred sale, for or until an increase or decrease in the market price of the Securities, or for a period of one year or any other fixed period in the future.  The Participant further understands that the Securities must be held indefinitely unless they are subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration is available.  The Participant further acknowledges and understands that the Company is under no obligation to register the Securities.  The Participant understands that the certificate evidencing the Securities will be imprinted with a legend which prohibits the transfer of the Securities unless they are registered or such registration is not required in the opinion of counsel satisfactory to the Company and any other legend required under applicable securities laws or agreements.

 

(c)                                   The Participant is familiar with the provisions of Rule 701 and Rule 144, each promulgated under the Securities Act, which, in substance, permit limited public resale of “restricted securities” acquired, directly or indirectly from the issuer thereof, in a non-public offering subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions.  Rule 701 provides that if the issuer qualifies under Rule 701 at the time of the grant of the Option(s) to the Participant, the exercise(s) will be exempt from registration under the Securities Act.  In the event the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act ”), ninety (90) days thereafter (or such longer period as any market stand-off agreement may require) the Securities exempt under Rule 701 may under present law be resold, subject to the satisfaction of certain of the conditions specified by Rule 144, including:  (1) the resale being made through a broker in an unsolicited “broker’s transaction” or in transactions directly with a market maker (as this term is defined under the Exchange Act); and, in the case of an affiliate, (2) the availability of certain public information about the Company, (3) the amount of Securities being sold during any three (3)-month period not exceeding the limitations

 



 

specified in Rule 144(e), and (4) the timely filing of a Form 144, if applicable.  In the event that the Company does not qualify under Rule 701 at the time of grant of the Option(s), then the Securities may be resold in certain limited circumstances subject to the provisions of Rule 144, which requires the resale to occur not less than six months, or, in the event the Company is not subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, not less than one year, after the later of the date the Securities were sold by the Company or the date the Securities were sold by an affiliate of the Company, within the meaning of Rule 144; and, in the case of acquisition of the Securities by an affiliate, the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in sections (1), (2), (3) and (4) of the paragraph immediately above or, in the case of a non-affiliate who subsequently holds the Securities less than one year, the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in section (2) of the paragraph immediately above.

 

(d)                                  The Participant further understands that in the event all of the applicable requirements of Rule 701 or 144 are not satisfied, registration under the Securities Act, compliance with Regulation A, or some other registration exemption will be required; and that, notwithstanding the fact that Rules 144 and 701 are not exclusive, the Staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission has expressed its opinion that persons proposing to sell private placement securities other than in a registered offering and otherwise than pursuant to Rules 144 or 701 will have a substantial burden of proof in establishing that an exemption from registration is available for such offers or sales, and that such persons and their respective brokers who participate in such transactions do so at their own risk.  The Participant understands that no assurances can be given that any such other registration exemption will be available in such event.

 

 

Signature of the Participant:

 

 

 

 

 

Participant

 

 

Date:                        ,

 

 




EXHIBIT 10.6(a)

 

THE TRADE DESK, INC.

 

2015 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

 

1.              Purpose .

 

The purpose of the Plan is to advance the interests of the Company’s stockholders by enhancing the Company’s ability to attract, retain and motivate persons who make (or are expected to make) important contributions to the Company by providing such persons with equity ownership opportunities and thereby better aligning the interests of such persons with those of the Company’s stockholders.  Capitalized terms used in the Plan are defined in Section 11 below.

 

2.              Eligibility .

 

Service Providers are eligible to be granted Awards under the Plan, subject to the limitations described herein.

 

3.              Administration and Delegation .

 

(a)            Administration.   The Plan will be administered by the Administrator. The Administrator shall have authority to determine which Service Providers will receive Awards, to grant Awards and to set all terms and conditions of Awards (including, but not limited to, vesting, exercise and forfeiture provisions). In addition, the Administrator shall have the authority to take all actions and make all determinations contemplated by the Plan and to adopt, amend and repeal such administrative rules, guidelines and practices relating to the Plan as it shall deem advisable. The Administrator may correct any defect or ambiguity, supply any omission or reconcile any inconsistency in the Plan or any Award in the manner and to the extent it shall deem necessary or appropriate to carry the Plan and any Awards into effect, as determined by the Administrator. The Administrator shall make all determinations under the Plan in the Administrator’s sole discretion and all such determinations shall be final and binding on all persons having or claiming any interest in the Plan or in any Award.

 

(b)            Appointment of Committees.   To the extent permitted by Applicable Laws, the Board may delegate any or all of its powers under the Plan to one or more Committees. The Board may abolish any Committee at any time and re-vest in itself any previously delegated authority.

 

4.              Stock Available for Awards .

 

(a)            Number of Shares.   Subject to adjustment under Section 8 hereof, the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock which may be issued pursuant to Awards under the Plan is the sum of (i) 4,000,619 shares of Common Stock and (ii) any shares of Common Stock which, as of the Effective Date, are subject to awards under the Prior Plan and which, following the Effective Date, are forfeited or repurchased for a nominal price, terminated or lapse without being exercised.  If any Award expires or lapses or is terminated, surrendered or canceled without having been fully exercised or is forfeited in whole or in part (including as the result of shares of Common Stock subject to such Award being repurchased by the Company at or below the original issuance price), in any case in a manner that results in any shares of Common Stock covered by such Award not being issued or being so reacquired by the Company, the unused Common Stock covered by such Award shall again be available for the grant of Awards under the Plan.  Further, shares of Common Stock delivered (either by actual delivery or attestation) to the Company by a Participant to satisfy the applicable exercise or purchase price of an Award and/or to satisfy any applicable tax withholding obligation (including shares retained by the Company from the Award being exercised or purchased and/or creating the tax obligation) shall be added

 



 

to the number of shares of Common Stock available for the grant of Awards under the Plan.  However, in the case of Incentive Stock Options (as hereinafter defined), the foregoing provisions shall be subject to any limitations under the Code.  Shares of Common Stock issued under the Plan may consist in whole or in part of authorized but unissued shares, shares purchased on the open market or treasury shares.

 

(b)            Substitute Awards .  In connection with a merger or consolidation of an entity with the Company or the acquisition by the Company of property or stock of an entity, the Administrator may grant Awards in substitution for any options or other stock or stock-based awards granted prior to such merger or consolidation by such entity or an affiliate thereof (“ Substitute Awards ”).  Substitute Awards may be granted on such terms as the Administrator deems appropriate in the circumstances, notwithstanding any limitations on Awards contained in the Plan.  Substitute Awards shall not count against the overall share limit set forth in Section 4(a) hereof, except as may be required by reason of Section 422 of the Code.

 

5.              Stock Options .

 

(a)            General.   The Administrator may grant Options to any Service Provider, subject to the limitations on Incentive Stock Options described below.  The Administrator shall determine the number of shares of Common Stock to be covered by each Option, the exercise price of each Option and the conditions and limitations applicable to the exercise of each Option, including conditions relating to Applicable Laws, as it considers necessary or advisable.

 

(b)            Incentive Stock Options.   The Administrator may grant Options intended to qualify as Incentive Stock Options only to employees of the Company, any of the Company’s present or future “parent corporations” or “subsidiary corporations” as defined in Sections 424(e) or (f) of the Code, respectively, and any other entities the employees of which are eligible to receive Incentive Stock Options under the Code. All Options intended to qualify as Incentive Stock Options shall be subject to and shall be construed consistently with the requirements of Section 422 of the Code.  Neither the Company nor the Administrator shall have any liability to a Participant, or any other party, (i) if an Option (or any part thereof) which is intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option fails to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option or (ii) for any action or omission by the Administrator that causes an Option not to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option, including without limitation, the conversion of an Incentive Stock Option to a Non-Qualified Stock Option or the grant of an Option intended as an Incentive Stock Option that fails to satisfy the requirements under the Code applicable to an Incentive Stock Option.  Any Option that is intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option, but fails to so qualify for any reason, including without limitation, the portion of any Option becoming exercisable in excess of the $100,000 limitation described in Treasury Regulation Section 1.422-4, shall be treated as a Non-Qualified Stock Option for all purposes.

 

(c)            Exercise Price.   The Administrator shall establish the exercise price of each Option and specify the exercise price in the applicable Award Agreement. The exercise price shall be not less than 100% of the Fair Market Value on the date the Option is granted.  In the case of an Incentive Stock Option granted to an employee who, at the time of grant of the Option, owns (or is treated as owning under Section 424 of the Code) stock representing more than 10% of the voting power of all classes of stock of the Company (or a “parent corporation” or “subsidiary corporation” thereof within the meaning of Sections 424(e) or 424(f) of the Code, respectively), the per share exercise price shall be no less than 110% of the Fair Market Value on the date the Option is granted.

 

(d)            Duration of Options.   Each Option shall be exercisable at such times and subject to such terms and conditions as the Administrator may specify in the applicable Award Agreement, provided that the term of any Option shall not exceed ten years.  In the case of an Incentive Stock Option granted to an employee who, at the time of grant of the Option, owns (or is treated as owning under

 

2



 

Section 424 of the Code) stock representing more than 10% of the voting power of all classes of stock of the Company (or a “parent corporation” or “subsidiary corporation” thereof within the meaning of Sections 424(e) or 424(f) of the Code, respectively), the term of the Option shall not exceed five years.

 

(e)            Exercise of Option; Notification of Disposition.   Options may be exercised by delivery to the Company of a written notice of exercise, in a form approved by the Administrator (which may be an electronic form), signed by the person authorized to exercise the Option, together with payment in full (i) as specified in Section 5(f) hereof for the number of shares for which the Option is exercised and (ii) as specified in Section 9(e) hereof for any applicable withholding taxes.  Unless otherwise determined by the Administrator, an Option may not be exercised for a fraction of a share of Common Stock.  If an Option is designated as an Incentive Stock Option, the Participant shall give prompt notice to the Company of any disposition or other transfer of any shares of Common Stock acquired from the Option if such disposition or transfer is made (i) within two years from the grant date with respect to such Option or (ii) within one year after the transfer of such shares to the Participant (other than any such disposition made in connection with a Change in Control).  Such notice shall specify the date of such disposition or other transfer and the amount realized, in cash, other property, assumption of indebtedness or other consideration, by the Participant in such disposition or other transfer.

 

(f)             Payment Upon Exercise.   Common Stock purchased upon the exercise of an Option granted under the Plan shall be paid for in cash or by check, payable to the order of the Company, or, to the extent permitted by the Administrator, by:

 

(i)             (A) delivery of an irrevocable and unconditional undertaking by a broker acceptable to the Company to deliver promptly to the Company sufficient funds to pay the exercise price and any required tax withholding, or (B) delivery by the Participant to the Company of a copy of irrevocable and unconditional instructions to a broker acceptable to the Company to deliver promptly to the Company cash or a check sufficient to pay the exercise price and any required tax withholding;

 

(ii)            delivery (either by actual delivery or attestation) of shares of Common Stock owned by the Participant valued at their Fair Market Value, provided (A) such method of payment is then permitted under Applicable Laws, (B) such Common Stock, if acquired directly from the Company, was owned by the Participant for such minimum period of time, if any, as may be established by the Company at any time, and (C) such Common Stock is not subject to any repurchase, forfeiture, unfulfilled vesting or other similar requirements;

 

(iii)           surrendering shares of Common Stock then issuable upon exercise of the Option valued at their Fair Market Value on the date of exercise;

 

(iv)           delivery of a promissory note of the Participant to the Company on terms determined by the Administrator;

 

(v)            delivery of property of any other kind which constitutes good and valuable consideration as determined by the Administrator; or

 

(vi)           any combination of the above permitted forms of payment (including cash or check).

 

(g)           Early Exercise of Options .  The Administrator may provide in the terms of an Award Agreement that the Service Provider may exercise an Option in whole or in part prior to the full vesting of the Option in exchange for unvested shares of Restricted Stock with respect to any unvested

 

3



 

portion of the Option so exercised.  Shares of Restricted Stock acquired upon the exercise of any unvested portion of an Option shall be subject to such terms and conditions as the Administrator shall determine.

 

6.              Restricted Stock; Restricted Stock Units .

 

(a)            General .  The Administrator may grant Restricted Stock, or the right to purchase Restricted Stock, to any Service Provider, subject to the right of the Company to repurchase all or part of such shares at their issue price or other stated or formula price from the Participant (or to require forfeiture of such shares if issued at no cost) in the event that conditions specified by the Administrator in the applicable Award Agreement are not satisfied prior to the end of the applicable restriction period or periods established by the Administrator for such Award.  In addition, the Administrator may grant to Service Providers Restricted Stock Units, which may be subject to vesting and forfeiture conditions during applicable restriction period or periods, as set forth in an applicable Award Agreement.

 

(b)            Terms and Conditions for All Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Unit Awards .  The Administrator shall determine and set forth in the applicable Award Agreement the terms and conditions applicable to each Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Unit Award, including the conditions for vesting and repurchase (or forfeiture) and the issue price, in each case, if any.

 

(c)            Additional Provisions Relating to Restricted Stock .

 

(i)             Dividends .  Participants holding shares of Restricted Stock will be entitled to all ordinary cash dividends paid with respect to such shares to the extent such dividends have a record date that is on or after the date on which the Participant to whom such Restricted Shares are granted becomes the record holder of such Restricted Shares, unless otherwise provided by the Administrator in the applicable Award Agreement.  In addition, unless otherwise provided by the Administrator, if any dividends or distributions are paid in shares, or consist of a dividend or distribution to holders of Common Stock of property other than an ordinary cash dividend, the shares or other property will be subject to the same restrictions on transferability and forfeitability as the shares of Restricted Stock with respect to which they were paid. Each dividend payment will be made as provided in the applicable Award Agreement, but in no event later than the end of the calendar year in which the dividends are paid to stockholders of that class of stock or, if later, the 15th day of the third month following the later of (A) the date the dividends are paid to stockholders of that class of stock, and (B) the date the dividends are no longer subject to forfeiture.

 

(ii)            Stock Certificates .  The Company may require that any stock certificates issued in respect of shares of Restricted Stock be deposited in escrow by the Participant, together with a stock power endorsed in blank, with the Company (or its designee).

 

(d)            Additional Provisions Relating to Restricted Stock Units .

 

(i)             Settlement .  Upon the vesting of a Restricted Stock Unit, the Participant shall be entitled to receive from the Company one share of Common Stock or an amount of cash or other property equal to the Fair Market Value of one share of Common Stock on the settlement date, as the Administrator shall determine and as provided in the applicable Award Agreement.  The Administrator may provide that settlement of Restricted Stock Units shall occur upon or as soon as reasonably practicable after the vesting of the Restricted Stock Units or shall instead be deferred, on a mandatory basis or at the election of the Participant, in a manner that complies with Section 409A.

 

4



 

(ii)            Voting Rights .  A Participant shall have no voting rights with respect to any Restricted Stock Units unless and until shares are delivered in settlement thereof.

 

(iii)           Dividend Equivalents .  To the extent provided by the Administrator, a grant of Restricted Stock Units may provide a Participant with the right to receive Dividend Equivalents.  Dividend Equivalents may be paid currently or credited to an account for the Participant, may be settled in cash and/or shares of Common Stock and may be subject to the same restrictions on transfer and forfeitability as the Restricted Stock Units with respect to which the Dividend Equivalents are paid, as determined by the Administrator, subject, in each case, to such terms and conditions as the Administrator shall establish and set forth in the applicable Award Agreement.

 

7.              Other Stock-Based Awards .

 

Other Stock-Based Awards may be granted hereunder to Participants, including, without limitation, Awards entitling Participants to receive shares of Common Stock to be delivered in the future. Such Other Stock-Based Awards shall also be available as a form of payment in the settlement of other Awards granted under the Plan, as stand-alone payments and/or as payment in lieu of compensation to which a Participant is otherwise entitled.  Other Stock-Based Awards may be paid in shares of Common Stock, cash or other property, as the Administrator shall determine.  Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Administrator shall determine the terms and conditions of each Other Stock-Based Award, including any purchase price, transfer restrictions, vesting conditions and other terms and conditions applicable thereto, which shall be set forth in the applicable Award Agreement.

 

8.              Adjustments for Changes in Common Stock and Certain Other Events .

 

(a)            In the event that the Administrator determines that any dividend or other distribution (whether in the form of cash, Common Stock, other securities, or other property), reorganization, merger, consolidation, combination, repurchase, recapitalization, liquidation, dissolution, or sale, transfer, exchange or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, or sale or exchange of Common Stock or other securities of the Company, issuance of warrants or other rights to purchase Common Stock or other securities of the Company, or other similar corporate transaction or event, as determined by the Administrator, affects the Common Stock such that an adjustment is determined by the Administrator to be appropriate in order to prevent dilution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended by the Company to be made available under the Plan or with respect to any Award, then the Administrator may, in such manner as it may deem equitable, adjust any or all of:

 

(i)             the number and kind of shares of Common Stock (or other securities or property) with respect to which Awards may be granted or awarded (including, but not limited to, adjustments of the limitations in Section 4 hereof on the maximum number and kind of shares which may be issued);

 

(ii)            the number and kind of shares of Common Stock (or other securities or property) subject to outstanding Awards;

 

(iii)           the grant or exercise price with respect to any Award; and

 

(iv)           the terms and conditions of any Awards (including, without limitation, any applicable financial or other performance “targets” specified in an Award Agreement).

 

5



 

(b)            In the event of any transaction or event described in Section 8(a) hereof (including without limitation any Change in Control) or any unusual or nonrecurring transaction or event affecting the Company or the financial statements of the Company, or any change in any Applicable Laws or accounting principles, the Administrator, on such terms and conditions as it deems appropriate, either by the terms of the Award or by action taken prior to the occurrence of such transaction or event and either automatically or upon the Participant’s request, is hereby authorized to take any one or more of the following actions whenever the Administrator determines that such action is appropriate in order to (x) prevent dilution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended by the Company to be made available under the Plan or with respect to any Award granted or issued under the Plan, (y) to facilitate such transaction or event or (z) give effect to such changes in Applicable Laws or accounting principles :

 

(i)             To provide for the cancellation of any such Award in exchange for either an amount of cash or other property with a value equal to the amount that could have been obtained upon the exercise or settlement of the vested portion of such Award or realization of the Participant’s rights under the vested portion of such Award, as applicable; provided that, if the amount that could have been obtained upon the exercise or settlement of the vested portion of such Award or realization of the Participant’s rights, in any case, is equal to or less than zero, then the vested portion of such Award may be terminated without payment;

 

(ii)            To provide that such Award shall vest and, to the extent applicable, be exercisable as to all shares covered thereby, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan or the provisions of such Award;

 

(iii)           To provide that such Award be assumed by the successor or survivor corporation, or a parent or subsidiary thereof, or shall be substituted for by awards covering the stock of the successor or survivor corporation, or a parent or subsidiary thereof, with appropriate adjustments as to the number and kind of shares and applicable exercise or purchase price, in all cases, as determined by the Administrator;

 

(iv)           To make adjustments in the number and type of shares of Common Stock (or other securities or property) subject to outstanding Awards, and/or in the terms and conditions of (including the grant or exercise price), and the criteria included in, outstanding Awards;

 

(v)            To replace such Award with other rights or property selected by the Administrator; and/or

 

(vi)           To provide that the Award will terminate and cannot vest, be exercised or become payable after the applicable event.

 

(c)            Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 8(b) above, if a Change in Control occurs and a Participant’s Awards are not continued, converted, assumed, or replaced with a  substantially similar award by (i) the Company, or (ii) a successor entity or its parent or subsidiary (an “ Assumption ”), and provided that the Participant has not had a Termination of Service, then immediately prior to the Change in Control such Awards shall become fully vested, exercisable and/or payable, as applicable, and all forfeiture, repurchase and other restrictions on such Awards shall lapse, in which case, such Awards shall be canceled upon the consummation of the Change in Control in exchange for the right to receive the Change in Control consideration payable to other holders of Common Stock (A) which may be on such terms and conditions as apply generally to holders of Common Stock under the Change in Control documents (including, without limitation, any escrow, earn-out or other deferred consideration provisions) or such other terms and conditions as the Administrator may provide, and (B) determined by reference to the number of shares subject to such Awards and net of any applicable exercise price;

 

6



 

provided that to the extent that any Awards constitute “nonqualified deferred compensation” that may not be paid upon the Change in Control under Section 409A without the imposition of taxes thereon under Section 409A, the timing of such payments shall be governed by the applicable Award Agreement (subject to any deferred consideration provisions applicable under the Change in Control documents); and provided, further, that if the amount to which a Participant would be entitled upon the settlement or exercise of such Award at the time of the Change in Control is equal to or less than zero, then such Award may be terminated without payment. The Administrator shall determine whether an Assumption of an Award has occurred in connection with a Change in Control.

 

(d)            In connection with the occurrence of any Equity Restructuring, and notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 8, the Administrator will equitably adjust each outstanding Award, which adjustments may include adjustments to the number and type of securities subject to each outstanding Award and/or the exercise price or grant price thereof, if applicable, the grant of new Awards to Participants, and/or the making of a cash payment to Participants, as the Administrator deems appropriate to reflect such Equity Restructuring.  The adjustments provided under this Section 8(d) shall be nondiscretionary and shall be final and binding on the affected Participant and the Company; provided that whether an adjustment is equitable shall be determined by the Administrator.

 

(e)            In the event of any pending stock dividend, stock split, combination or exchange of shares, merger, consolidation or other distribution (other than normal cash dividends) of Company assets to stockholders, or any other change affecting the shares of Common Stock or the share price of the Common Stock, including any Equity Restructuring, for reasons of administrative convenience the Administrator may refuse to permit the exercise of any Award during a period of up to thirty days prior to the consummation of any such transaction.

 

(f)             Except as expressly provided in the Plan or pursuant to action of the Administrator under the Plan, no Participant shall have any rights by reason of any subdivision or consolidation of shares of stock of any class, the payment of any dividend, any increase or decrease in the number of shares of stock of any class or any dissolution, liquidation, merger, or consolidation of the Company or any other corporation.  Except as expressly provided in the Plan or pursuant to action of the Administrator under the Plan, no issuance by the Company of shares of stock of any class, or securities convertible into shares of stock of any class, shall affect, and no adjustment by reason thereof shall be made with respect to, the number of shares of Common Stock subject to an Award or the grant or exercise price of any Award.  The existence of the Plan, any Award Agreements and the Awards granted hereunder shall not affect or restrict in any way the right or power of the Company to make or authorize (i) any adjustment, recapitalization, reorganization or other change in the Company’s capital structure or its business, (ii) any merger, consolidation dissolution or liquidation of the Company or sale of Company assets or (iii) any sale or issuance of securities, including without limitation, securities with rights superior to those of the Common Stock or which are convertible into or exchangeable for Common Stock.  The Administrator may treat Participants and Awards (or portions thereof) differently under this Section 8.

 

9.              General Provisions Applicable to Awards .

 

(a)            Transferability.   Except as the Administrator may otherwise determine or provide in an Award Agreement or otherwise, in any case in accordance with Applicable Laws, Awards shall not be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged or otherwise encumbered by the person to whom they are granted, either voluntarily or by operation of law, except by will or the laws of descent and distribution, and, during the life of the Participant, shall be exercisable only by the Participant. References to a Participant, to the extent relevant in the context, shall include references to authorized transferees.

 

7



 

(b)            Documentation.   Each Award shall be evidenced in an Award Agreement, which may be in such form (written, electronic or otherwise) as the Administrator shall determine. Each Award may contain terms and conditions in addition to those set forth in the Plan.

 

(c)            Discretion.   Except as otherwise provided by the Plan, each Award may be made alone or in addition or in relation to any other Award. The terms of each Award to a Participant need not be identical, and the Administrator need not treat Participants or Awards (or portions thereof) uniformly.

 

(d)            Termination of Status.   The Administrator shall determine the effect on an Award of the disability, death, retirement, authorized leave of absence or any other change or purported change in a Participant’s Service Provider status and the extent to which, and the period during which, the Participant, the Participant’s legal representative, conservator, guardian or Designated Beneficiary may exercise rights under the Award, if applicable.

 

(e)            Withholding.   Each Participant shall pay to the Company, or make provision satisfactory to the Administrator for payment of, any taxes required by law to be withheld in connection with Awards to such Participant no later than the date of the event creating the tax liability. Except as the Administrator may otherwise determine, all such payments shall be made in cash or by certified check.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent permitted by the Administrator, Participants may satisfy such tax obligations in whole or in part by delivery of shares of Common Stock, including shares retained from the Award creating the tax obligation, valued at their Fair Market Value.  The Company may, to the extent permitted by Applicable Laws, deduct any such tax obligations from any payment of any kind otherwise due to a Participant.

 

(f)             Amendment of Award.   The Administrator may amend, modify or terminate any outstanding Award, including but not limited to, substituting therefor another Award of the same or a different type, changing the date of exercise or settlement, and converting an Incentive Stock Option to a Non-Qualified Stock Option.  The Participant’s consent to such action shall be required unless (i) the Administrator determines that the action, taking into account any related action, would not materially and adversely affect the Participant, or (ii) the change is permitted under Section 8 and 10(f) hereof.

 

(g)            Conditions on Delivery of Stock.   The Company will not be obligated to deliver any shares of Common Stock pursuant to the Plan or to remove restrictions from shares previously delivered under the Plan until (i) all conditions of the Award have been met or removed to the satisfaction of the Company, (ii) in the opinion of the Company’s counsel, all other legal matters in connection with the issuance and delivery of such shares have been satisfied, including any applicable securities laws and any applicable stock exchange or stock market rules and regulations, and (iii) the Participant has executed and delivered to the Company such representations or agreements as the Administrator deems necessary or appropriate to satisfy the requirements of any Applicable Laws. The inability of the Company to obtain authority from any regulatory body having jurisdiction, which authority is determined by the Administrator to be necessary to the lawful issuance and sale of any securities hereunder, shall relieve the Company of any liability in respect of the failure to issue or sell such shares as to which such requisite authority shall not have been obtained.

 

(h)            Acceleration.   The Administrator may at any time provide that any Award shall become immediately vested and/or exercisable in full or in part, free of some or all restrictions or conditions, or otherwise realizable in full or in part, as the case may be.

 

8



 

10.           Miscellaneous .

 

(a)            No Right To Employment or Other Status.   No person shall have any claim or right to be granted an Award, and the grant of an Award shall not be construed as giving a Participant the right to continued employment or any other relationship with the Company. The Company expressly reserves the right at any time to dismiss or otherwise terminate its relationship with a Participant free from any liability or claim under the Plan or any Award, except as expressly provided in an applicable Award Agreement.

 

(b)            No Rights As Stockholder; Certificates.   Subject to the provisions of the applicable Award Agreement, no Participant or Designated Beneficiary shall have any rights as a stockholder with respect to any shares of Common Stock to be distributed with respect to an Award until becoming the record holder of such shares. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, unless otherwise determined by the Administrator or required by any Applicable Laws, the Company shall not be required to deliver to any Participant certificates evidencing shares of Common Stock issued in connection with any Award and instead such shares of Common Stock may be recorded in the books of the Company (or, as applicable, its transfer agent or stock plan administrator). The Company may place legends on stock certificates issued under the Plan deemed necessary or appropriate by the Administrator in order to comply with Applicable Laws.

 

(c)            Effective Date and Term of Plan.   The Plan shall become effective on the date on which it is adopted by the Board. No Awards shall be granted under the Plan after the completion of ten years from the earlier of (i) the date on which the Plan was adopted by the Board or (ii) the date the Plan was approved by the Company’s stockholders, but Awards previously granted may extend beyond that date in accordance with the terms of the Plan.

 

(d)            Amendment of Plan.   The Administrator may amend, suspend or terminate the Plan or any portion thereof at any time; provided that no amendment of the Plan shall materially and adversely affect any Award outstanding at the time of such amendment without the consent of the affected Participant. Awards outstanding under the Plan at the time of any suspension or termination of the Plan shall continue to be governed in accordance with the terms of the Plan and the applicable Award Agreement, as in effect prior to such suspension or termination.  The Board shall obtain stockholder approval of any Plan amendment to the extent necessary to comply with Applicable Laws.

 

(e)            Provisions for Foreign Participants .  The Administrator may modify Awards granted to Participants who are foreign nationals or employed outside the United States or establish subplans or procedures under the Plan to address differences in laws, rules, regulations or customs of such foreign jurisdictions with respect to tax, securities, currency, employee benefit or other matters.

 

(f)             Section 409A .

 

(i)             General .  The Company intends that all Awards be structured in compliance with, or to satisfy an exemption from, Section 409A, such that no adverse tax consequences, interest, or penalties under Section 409A apply in connection with any Awards.  Notwithstanding anything herein or in any Award Agreement to the contrary, the Administrator may, without a Participant’s prior consent, amend this Plan and/or Awards, adopt policies and procedures, or take any other actions (including amendments, policies, procedures and actions with retroactive effect) as are necessary or appropriate to preserve the intended tax treatment of Awards under the Plan, including without limitation, any such actions intended to (A) exempt this Plan and/or any Award from the application of Section 409A, and/or (B) comply with the requirements of Section 409A, including without limitation any such regulations, guidance,

 

9



 

compliance programs and other interpretative authority that may be issued after the date of grant of any Award. The Company makes no representations or warranties as to the tax treatment of any Award under Section 409A or otherwise.  The Company shall have no obligation under this Section 10(f) or otherwise to take any action (whether or not described herein) to avoid the imposition of taxes, penalties or interest under Section 409A with respect to any Award and shall have no liability to any Participant or any other person if any Award, compensation or other benefits under the Plan are determined to constitute non-compliant, “nonqualified deferred compensation” subject to the imposition of taxes, penalties and/or interest under Section 409A.

 

(ii)            Separation from Service .  With respect to any Award that constitutes “nonqualified deferred compensation” under Section 409A, any payment or settlement of such Award that is to be made upon a termination of a Participant’s Service Provider relationship shall, to the extent necessary to avoid the imposition of taxes under Section 409A, be made only upon the Participant’s “separation from service” (within the meaning of Section 409A), whether such “separation from service” occurs upon or subsequent to the termination of the Participant’s Service Provider relationship. For purposes of any such provision of this Plan or any Award Agreement relating to any such payments or benefits, references to a “termination,” “termination of employment” or like terms shall mean “separation from service.”

 

(iii)           Payments to Specified Employees .  Notwithstanding any contrary provision in the Plan or any Award Agreement, any payment(s) of “nonqualified deferred compensation” that are otherwise required to be made under an Award to a “specified employee” (as defined under Section 409A and determined by the Administrator) as a result of his or her “separation from service” shall, to the extent necessary to avoid the imposition of taxes under Code Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i), be delayed until the expiration of the six-month period immediately following such “separation from service” (or, if earlier, until the date of death of the specified employee) and shall instead be paid (in a manner set forth in the Award agreement) on the day that immediately follows the end of such six-month period or as soon as administratively practicable thereafter (without interest).  Any payments of “nonqualified deferred compensation” under such Award that are, by their terms, payable more than six months following the Participant’s “separation from service” shall be paid at the time or times such payments are otherwise scheduled to be made.

 

(g)            Limitations on Liability .  Notwithstanding any other provisions of the Plan, no individual acting as a director, officer, other employee or agent of the Company will be liable to any Participant, former Participant, spouse, beneficiary, or any other person for any claim, loss, liability, or expense incurred in connection with the Plan or any Award, nor will such individual be personally liable with respect to the Plan because of any contract or other instrument he or she executes in his or her capacity as an Administrator, director, officer, other employee or agent of the Company.  The Company will indemnify and hold harmless each director, officer, other employee and agent of the Company to whom any duty or power relating to the administration or interpretation of the Plan has been or will be granted or delegated, against any cost or expense (including attorneys’ fees) or liability (including any sum paid in settlement of a claim with the Administrator’s approval) arising out of any act or omission to act concerning this Plan unless arising out of such person’s own fraud or bad faith.

 

(h)            Lock-Up Period .  The Company may, at the request of any representative of the underwriters or otherwise, in connection with any registration of the offering of any securities of the Company under the Securities Act, prohibit Participants from, directly or indirectly, selling or otherwise transferring any shares of Common Stock or other securities of the Company during a period of up to one hundred eighty days following the effective date of a registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act.

 

10


 

(i)             Right of First Refusal .

 

(i)             Before any shares of Common Stock held by a Participant or any permitted transferee (each, a “ Holder ”) may be sold, pledged, assigned, hypothecated, transferred, or otherwise disposed of (each, a “ Transfer ”), the Company or its assignee(s) shall have a right of first refusal to purchase the shares of Common Stock proposed to be Transferred on the terms and conditions set forth in this Section 10(i) (the “ Right of First Refusal ”).  In the event that the Company’s charter, certificate of incorporation, bylaws, stockholders’ agreement and/or other governing documents applicable to the shares of Common Stock contain a right of first refusal with respect to the shares of Common Stock, such right of first refusal shall apply to the shares of Common Stock to the extent such provisions are more restrictive than the Right of First Refusal set forth in this Section 10(i) and the Right of First Refusal set forth in this Section 10(i) shall not in any way restrict the operation of the Company’s charter, certificate of incorporation, bylaws, stockholders’ agreement and/or other governing documents.

 

(ii)            In the event any Holder desires to Transfer any shares of Common Stock, the Holder shall deliver to the Company a written notice (the “ Notice ”) stating:  (A) the Holder’s bona fide intention to sell or otherwise Transfer such shares of Common Stock; (B) the name of each proposed purchaser or other transferee (“ Proposed Transferee ”); (C) the number of shares of Common Stock to be Transferred to each Proposed Transferee; and (D) the price for which the Holder proposes to Transfer the shares of Common Stock (the “ Offered Price ”), and the Holder shall offer such shares of Common Stock at the Offered Price to the Company or its assignee(s).

 

(iii)           Within twenty-five days after receipt of the Notice, the Company and/or its assignee(s) may elect in writing to purchase all, but not less than all, of the shares of Common Stock proposed to be Transferred to any one or more of the Proposed Transferees by delivery of a written exercise notice to the Holder (a “ Company Notice ”).  The purchase price (“ Purchase Price ”) for the shares of Common Stock repurchased under this Section 10(i) shall be the Offered Price.

 

(iv)           Payment of the Purchase Price shall be made, at the option of the Company or its assignee(s), in cash (by check or wire transfer), by cancellation of all or a portion of any outstanding indebtedness of the Holder to the Company (or, in the case of repurchase by an assignee, to the assignee), or by any combination thereof, within five days after delivery of the Company Notice or in the manner and at the times mutually agreed to by the Company and the Holder.  Should the Offered Price specified in the Notice be payable in property other than cash, the Company or its assignee shall have the right to pay the purchase price in the form of cash equal in amount to the value of such property, as determined by the Administrator.

 

(v)            If all or a portion of the shares of Common Stock proposed in the Notice to be Transferred are not purchased by the Company and/or its assignee(s) as provided in this Section 10(i), then the Holder may sell or otherwise Transfer such shares of Common Stock to that Proposed Transferee at the Offered Price or at a higher price; provided that such sale or other Transfer is consummated within sixty days after the date of the Notice; and provided, further, that any such sale or other Transfer is effected in accordance with any Applicable Laws and the Proposed Transferee agrees in writing that the provisions of this Plan and the applicable Award Agreement and any other applicable agreements governing the shares of Common Stock to be Transferred shall continue to apply to the shares of Common Stock in the hands of such Proposed Transferee.  If the shares of Common Stock described in the Notice are not Transferred to the Proposed Transferee within such sixty-day period, a new Notice shall be given to the Company, and the Company and/or its assignees shall again be offered the Right of First Refusal, as

 

11



 

provided herein, before any shares of Common Stock held by the Holder may be sold or otherwise Transferred.

 

(vi)           Anything to the contrary contained in this Section 10(i) notwithstanding and to the extent permitted by the Administrator, the Transfer of any or all of the shares of Common Stock during a Participant’s lifetime or upon a Participant’s death by will or intestacy to the Participant’s Immediate Family or a trust for the benefit of the Participant’s Immediate Family shall be exempt from the Right of First Refusal.  As used herein, “ Immediate Family ” shall mean spouse, lineal descendant or antecedent, father, mother, brother or sister or stepchild (whether or not adopted).  In such case, the transferee or other recipient shall receive and hold the shares of Common Stock so Transferred subject to the provisions of this Plan (including the Right of First Refusal), the applicable Award Agreement and any other applicable agreements governing the shares of Common Stock to be Transferred, and there shall be no further Transfer of such shares of Common Stock except in accordance with the terms of this Section 10(i) (or otherwise as expressly provided under the Plan).

 

(vii)          The Right of First Refusal shall terminate as to all shares of Common Stock if the Company becomes a Publicly Listed Company upon such occurrence.

 

(j)             Take-Along Rights.

 

(i)            If the Administrator shall deliver a notice to any Holder (a “ Sale Event Notice ”) stating that the Board has approved a sale of all or a portion of the Company (an “ Approved Sale ”) and specifying the name and address of the proposed parties to such transaction and the consideration payable in connection therewith, the Holder shall (i) consent to and raise no objections against the Approved Sale or the process pursuant to which the Approved Sale was arranged, (ii) waive any dissenter’s rights and other similar rights, and (iii) if the Approved Sale is structured as a sale of securities, agree to sell Holder’s shares of Common Stock on the terms and conditions of the Approved Sale, which terms and conditions shall treat all holders of Common Stock equally (on a pro rata basis).  The Holder will take all necessary and desirable lawful actions as directed by the Company in connection with the consummation of any Approved Sale, including without limitation, the execution of such agreements and such instruments and other actions reasonably necessary to (A) provide the representations, warranties, indemnities, covenants, conditions, non-compete agreements, escrow agreements and other provisions and agreements relating to such Approved Sale and, (B) effectuate the allocation and distribution of the aggregate consideration upon the Approved Sale, provided, that the Holder shall not be required to indemnify the acquirer in any Approved Sale for breaches of the representations, warranties or covenants of the Company or any other stockholder, except to the extent that (x) the Holder is not required to incur more than its pro rata share of such indemnity obligation (based on the total consideration to be received by all stockholders that are similarly situated and hold the same class or series of capital stock) and (y) such indemnity obligation is provided for and limited to a post-closing escrow or holdback arrangement of cash or stock paid in connection with the Approved Sale.   The rights described in this Section 10(j) are referred to as the “ Take-Along Rights ”.  In the event that the Company’s charter, certificate of incorporation, bylaws, stockholders’ agreement and/or other governing documents applicable to the shares of Common Stock contain take-along rights with respect to the shares of Common Stock, such take-along rights shall apply to the shares of Common Stock to the extent such provisions are more restrictive than the Take-Along Rights set forth in this Section 10(j) and the Take-Along Rights set forth in this Section 10(j) shall not in any way restrict the operation of the Company’s charter, certificate of incorporation, bylaws, stockholders’ agreement and/or other governing documents.

 

12



 

(ii)           The Holder will bear such Holder’s pro rata share (based upon the amount of consideration to be received) of the reasonable costs of any sale of shares of Common Stock pursuant to an Approved Sale to the extent such costs are incurred for the benefit of all selling stockholders of the Company and are not otherwise paid by the Company or the acquiring party.  Costs incurred by the Holder on the Holder’s own behalf will not be considered costs of the transaction hereunder.

 

(iii)          To the extent one or more certificates has previously been delivered to the Holder, then the Holder shall, at the consummation of the Approved Sale, deliver to the Secretary of the Company the certificate(s) representing the shares of Common Stock subject to the Company’s exercise of its Take-Along Rights, each certificate to be properly endorsed for transfer.

 

(iv)          The Take-Along Rights shall terminate as to all shares of Common Stock on the date on which the Company becomes a Publicly Listed Company.

 

(k)            Data Privacy .  As a condition of receipt of any Award, each Participant explicitly and unambiguously consents to the collection, use and transfer, in electronic or other form, of personal data as described in this paragraph by and among, as applicable, the Company and its subsidiaries and affiliates for the exclusive purpose of implementing, administering and managing the Participant’s participation in the Plan.  The Company and its subsidiaries and affiliates may hold certain personal information about a Participant, including but not limited to, the Participant’s name, home address and telephone number, date of birth, social security or insurance number or other identification number, salary, nationality, job title(s), any shares of stock held in the Company or any of its subsidiaries and affiliates, details of all Awards, in each case, for the purpose of implementing, managing and administering the Plan and Awards (the “ Data ”).  The Company and its subsidiaries and affiliates may transfer the Data amongst themselves as necessary for the purpose of implementation, administration and management of a Participant’s participation in the Plan, and the Company and its subsidiaries and affiliates may each further transfer the Data to any third parties assisting the Company in the implementation, administration and management of the Plan.  These recipients may be located in the Participant’s country, or elsewhere, and the Participant’s country may have different data privacy laws and protections than the recipients’ country.  Through acceptance of an Award, each Participant authorizes such recipients to receive, possess, use, retain and transfer the Data, in electronic or other form, for the purposes of implementing, administering and managing the Participant’s participation in the Plan, including any requisite transfer of such Data as may be required to a broker or other third party with whom the Company or the Participant may elect to deposit any shares of Common Stock.  The Data related to a Participant will be held only as long as is necessary to implement, administer, and manage the Participant’s participation in the Plan.  A Participant may, at any time, view the Data held by the Company with respect to such Participant, request additional information about the storage and processing of the Data with respect to such Participant, recommend any necessary corrections to the Data with respect to the Participant or refuse or withdraw the consents herein in writing, in any case without cost, by contacting his or her local human resources representative.  The Company may cancel Participant’s ability to participate in the Plan and, in the Administrator’s discretion, the Participant may forfeit any outstanding Awards if the Participant refuses or withdraws his or her consents as described herein.  For more information on the consequences of refusal to consent or withdrawal of consent, Participants may contact their local human resources representative.

 

(l)           Stockholder Approval .

 

(i)             Except as otherwise provided in subsection (b) below, in the event that it shall be determined that any right to receive an Award, payment or other benefit under this Plan

 

13



 

(including, without limitation, the acceleration of the vesting and/or exercisability of an Award and taking into account the effect of this Section) to or for the benefit of the Participant (the “ Payments ”), would not be deductible, in whole or part when aggregated with any other right, payment or benefit to or for the Participant under all other agreements or benefit plans of the Company, by the Company or the person making such payment or distribution or providing such right or benefit as a result of Section 280G of the Code, then, to the extent necessary to make the Payments deductible to the maximum extent possible (but only to such extent and after taking into account any reduction in the Payments relating to Section 280G of the Code under any other plan, arrangement or agreement), the Award held by the Participant or any other right, payment or benefit under this Plan shall not become exercisable, vested or paid.  For purposes of determining whether any of the Payments would not be deductible as a result of Section 280G of the Code and the amount of such disallowed deduction, all Payments will be treated as “parachute payments” within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code, and all “parachute payments” in excess of the “base amount” (as defined under Section 280G(b)(3) of the Code) shall be treated as nondeductible, unless and except to the extent that in the opinion of a nationally recognized accounting firm selected by the Company (the “ Accountants ”), such Payments (in whole or in part) either do not constitute “parachute payments,” including by reason of Section 280G(b)(4) of the Code, or are otherwise not subject to disallowance as a deduction.  All determinations required to be made under this subsection (a), including whether and which of the Payments are required to be reduced, the amount of such reduction and the assumptions to be utilized in arriving at such determination, shall be made by the Accountants.

 

(ii)            Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan, the provisions of subclause (i) above shall not apply to reduce the Payments if the Payments that would otherwise be nondeductible under Section 280G of the Code are disclosed to and approved by the Company’s stockholders in accordance with Section 280G(b)(5)(B) of the Code and related regulations.

 

(iii)           To the extent Section 280G(b)(5)(A)(ii) of the Code is available to exempt the Payments from being “parachute payments,” the Company shall use its commercially reasonable best efforts to prepare and deliver to its stockholders the disclosure required by Section 280G(b)(5)(B) of the Code with respect to the Payments and to obtain the approval of the Company’s stockholders pursuant to subclause (ii) above.

 

(m)           Severability .  In the event any portion of the Plan or any action taken pursuant thereto shall be held illegal or invalid for any reason, the illegality or invalidity shall not affect the remaining parts of the Plan, and the Plan shall be construed and enforced as if the illegal or invalid provisions had not been included, and the illegal or invalid action shall be null and void.

 

(n)            Governing Documents .  In the event of any contradiction between the Plan and any Award Agreement or any other written agreement between a Participant and the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company that has been approved by the Administrator, the terms of the Plan shall govern, unless it is expressly specified in such Award Agreement or other written document that a specific provision of the Plan shall not apply.

 

(o)            Submission to Jurisdiction; Waiver of Jury Trial .  By accepting an Award, each Participant irrevocably and unconditionally consents to submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of the State of Delaware and of the United States of America, in each case located in the State of Delaware, for any action arising out of or relating to the Plan (and agrees not to commence any litigation relating thereto except in such courts), and further agrees that service of any process, summons, notice or document by U.S. registered mail to the address contained in the records of the Company shall be effective service of process for any litigation brought against it in any such court.  By accepting an

 

14



 

Award, each Participant irrevocably and unconditionally waives any objection to the laying of venue of any litigation arising out of Plan or Award hereunder in the courts of the State of Delaware or the United States of America, in each case located in the State of Delaware, and further irrevocably and unconditionally waives and agrees not to plead or claim in any such court that any such litigation brought in any such court has been brought in an inconvenient forum.  By accepting an Award, each Participant irrevocably and unconditionally waives, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any and all rights to trial by jury in connection with any litigation arising out of or relating to the Plan or any Award hereunder.

 

(p)            Governing Law .  The provisions of the Plan and all Awards made hereunder shall be governed by and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, disregarding choice-of-law principles of the law of any state that would require the application of the laws of a jurisdiction other than such state.

 

(q)            Restrictions on Shares; Claw-back Provisions .  Shares of Common Stock acquired in respect of Awards shall be subject to such terms and conditions as the Administrator shall determine, including, without limitation, restrictions on the transferability of shares of Common Stock, the right of the Company to repurchase shares of Common Stock, the right of the Company to require that shares of Common Stock be transferred in the event of certain transactions, tag-along rights, bring-along rights, redemption and co-sale rights and voting requirements.  Such terms and conditions may be additional to those contained in the Plan and may, as determined by the Administrator, be contained in the applicable Award Agreement or in an exercise notice, stockholders’ agreement or in such other agreement as the Administrator shall determine, in each case in a form determined by the Administrator.  The issuance of such shares of Common Stock shall be conditioned on the Participant’s consent to such terms and conditions and the Participant’s entering into such agreement or agreements.  All Awards (including any proceeds, gains or other economic benefit actually or constructively received by Participant upon any receipt or exercise of any Award or upon the receipt or resale of any shares of Common Stock underlying the Award) shall be subject to the provisions of any claw-back policy implemented by the Company, including, without limitation, any claw-back policy adopted to comply with the requirements of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and any rules or regulations promulgated thereunder, to the extent set forth in such claw-back policy and/or in the applicable Award Agreement.

 

(r)             Titles and Headings .  The titles and headings of the Sections in the Plan are for convenience of reference only and, in the event of any conflict, the text of the Plan, rather than such titles or headings, shall control.

 

(s)             Conformity to Securities Laws .  Participant acknowledges that the Plan is intended to conform to the extent necessary with all provisions of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act and any and all regulations and rules promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission thereunder, and state securities laws and regulations. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Plan and all Awards granted hereunder shall be administered only in such a manner as to conform to such laws, rules and regulations. To the extent permitted by Applicable Laws, the Plan and all Award Agreements shall be deemed amended to the extent necessary to conform to such laws, rules and regulations.

 

11.           Definitions .   As used in the Plan, the following words and phrases shall have the following meanings:

 

(a)            “ Administrator ” means the Board or a Committee to the extent that the Board’s powers or authority under the Plan have been delegated to such Committee.

 

15



 

(b)            “ Applicable Laws ” means the requirements relating to the administration of equity incentive plans under U.S. federal and state securities, tax and other applicable laws, rules and regulations, the applicable rules of any stock exchange or quotation system on which the Common Stock is listed or quoted and the applicable laws and rules of any foreign country or other jurisdiction where Awards are granted or issued under the Plan.

 

(c)            Award ” means, individually or collectively, a grant under the Plan of Options, Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units or Other Stock-Based Awards.

 

(d)            Award Agreement ” means a written agreement evidencing an Award, which agreements may be in electronic medium and shall contain such terms and conditions with respect to an Award as the Administrator shall determine, consistent with and subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

 

(e)            Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

(f)             “ Cause ,” with respect to a Participant, means “Cause” (or any term of similar effect) as defined in such Participant’s employment agreement with the Company if such an agreement exists and contains a definition of Cause (or term of similar effect), or, if no such agreement exists or such agreement does not contain a definition of Cause (or term of similar effect), then Cause shall include, but not be limited to: (i) the Participant’s unauthorized use or disclosure of confidential information or trade secrets of the Company or any material breach of a written agreement between the Participant and the Company, including without limitation a material breach of any employment, confidentiality, non-compete, non-solicit or similar agreement; (ii) the Participant’s commission of, indictment for or the entry of a plea of guilty or nolo contendere by the Participant to, a felony under the laws of the United States or any state thereof or any crime involving dishonesty or moral turpitude (or any similar crime in any jurisdiction outside the United States); (iii) the Participant’s negligence or willful misconduct in the performance of the Participant’s duties or the Participant’s willful or repeated failure or refusal to substantially perform assigned duties; (iv) any act of fraud, embezzlement, material misappropriation or dishonesty committed by the Participant against the Company; or (v) any acts, omissions or statements by a Participant which the Company determines to be materially detrimental or damaging to the reputation, operations, prospects or business relations of the Company.

 

(g)            “ Change in Control ” means (i) a merger or consolidation of the Company with or into any other corporation or other entity or person, (ii) a sale, lease, exchange or other transfer in one transaction or a series of related transactions of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets, or (iii) any other transaction, including the sale by the Company of new shares of its capital stock or a transfer of existing shares of capital stock of the Company, the result of which is that a third party that is not an affiliate of the Company or its stockholders (or a group of third parties not affiliated with the Company or its stockholders) immediately prior to such transaction acquires or holds capital stock of the Company representing a majority of the Company’s outstanding voting power immediately following such transaction; provided that the following events shall not constitute a “Change in Control”: (A) a transaction (other than a sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets) in which the holders of the voting securities of the Company immediately prior to the merger or consolidation hold, directly or indirectly, at least a majority of the voting securities in the successor corporation or its parent immediately after the merger or consolidation; (B) a sale, lease, exchange or other transaction in one transaction or a series of related transactions of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets to an affiliate of the Company; (C) an initial public offering of any of the Company’s securities; (D) a reincorporation of the Company solely to change its jurisdiction; or (E) a transaction undertaken for the primary purpose of creating a holding company that will be owned in substantially the same proportion by the persons who held the Company’s securities immediately before such transaction.  Notwithstanding

 

16



 

the foregoing, if a Change in Control would give rise to a payment or settlement event with respect to any Award that constitutes “nonqualified deferred compensation,” the transaction or event constituting the Change in Control must also constitute a “change in control event” (as defined in Treasury Regulation §1.409A-3(i)(5)) in order to give rise to the payment or settlement event for such Award, to the extent required by Section 409A.

 

(h)            Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the regulations issued thereunder.

 

(i)             Committee ” means one or more committees or subcommittees of the Board, which may be comprised of one or more directors and/or executive officers of the Company, in either case, to the extent permitted in accordance with Applicable Laws.

 

(j)             Common Stock ” means the common stock of the Company.

 

(k)            Company ” means The Trade Desk, Inc., a Delaware corporation, or any successor thereto. Except where the context otherwise requires, the term “Company” includes any of the Company’s present or future parent or subsidiary corporations as defined in Sections 424(e) or (f) of the Code and any other business venture (including, without limitation, joint venture or limited liability company) in which the Company has a significant interest, as determined by the Administrator.

 

(l)             Consultant means any person, including any advisor, engaged by the Company or a parent or subsidiary of the Company to render services to such entity if: (i) the consultant or adviser renders bona fide services to the Company; (ii) the services rendered by the consultant or advisor are not in connection with the offer or sale of securities in a capital-raising transaction and do not directly or indirectly promote or maintain a market for the Company’s securities; and (iii) the consultant or advisor is a natural person, or such other advisor or consultant as is approved by the Administrator.

 

(m)           Designated Beneficiary means the beneficiary or beneficiaries designated, in a manner determined by the Administrator, by a Participant to receive amounts due or exercise rights of the Participant in the event of the Participant’s death or incapacity   In the absence of an effective designation by a Participant, “Designated Beneficiary” shall mean the Participant’s estate.

 

(n)            Director means a member of the Board.

 

(o)            “ Disability ” means a permanent and total disability within the meaning of Section 22(e)(3) of the Code, as it may be amended from time to time.

 

(p)            Dividend Equivalents ” means a right granted to a Participant pursuant to Section 6(d)(3) hereof to receive the equivalent value (in cash or shares of Common Stock) of dividends paid on shares of Common Stock.

 

(q)            “ Effective Date ” means December 9, 2015, the date on which the Plan was adopted by the Board.

 

(r)             “ Employee ” means any person, including officers and Directors, employed by the Company (within the meaning of Section 3401(c) of the Code) or any parent or subsidiary of the Company.

 

(s)             Equity Restructuring ” means, as determined by the Administrator, a non-reciprocal transaction between the Company and its stockholders, such as a stock dividend, stock split,

 

17



 

spin-off or recapitalization through a large, nonrecurring cash dividend, that affects the shares of Common Stock (or other securities of the Company) or the share price of Common Stock (or other securities of the Company) and causes a change in the per share value of the Common Stock underlying outstanding Awards.

 

(t)             Exchange Act means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

(u)            Fair Market Value ” means, as of any date, the value of Stock determined as follows:  (i) if the Common Stock is listed on any established stock exchange, its Fair Market Value shall be the closing sales price for such Common Stock as quoted on such exchange for such date, or if no sale occurred on such date, the first market trading day immediately prior to such date during which a sale occurred, as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Administrator deems reliable; (ii) if the Common Stock is not traded on a stock exchange but is quoted on a national market or other quotation system, the last sales price on such date, or if no sales occurred on such date, then on the date immediately prior to such date on which sales prices are reported, as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Administrator deems reliable; or (iii)      in the absence of an established market for the Common Stock, the Fair Market Value thereof shall be determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion.

 

(v)            Incentive Stock Option ” means an “incentive stock option” as defined in Section 422 of the Code.

 

(w)           Non-Qualified Stock Option means an Option that is not intended to be or otherwise does not qualify as an Incentive Stock Option.

 

(x)            Option ” means an option to purchase Common Stock.

 

(y)            Other Stock-Based Awards ” means other Awards of shares of Common Stock, and other Awards that are valued in whole or in part by reference to, or are otherwise based on, shares of Common Stock or other property.

 

(z)            Participant means a Service Provider who has been granted an Award under the Plan.

 

(aa)          Plan ” means this 2015 Equity Incentive Plan.

 

(bb)          “ Prior Plan ” means the Company’s 2010 Stock Plan, as amended from time to time.

 

(cc)          “ Publicly Listed Company ” means that the Company or its successor (i) is required to file periodic reports pursuant to Section 12 of the Exchange Act and (ii) the Common Stock is listed on one or more National Securities Exchanges (within the meaning of the Exchange Act) or is quoted on NASDAQ or a successor quotation system.

 

(dd)          Restricted Stock ” means Common Stock awarded to a Participant pursuant to Section 6 hereof that is subject to certain vesting conditions and other restrictions.

 

(ee)          Restricted Stock Unit ” means an unfunded, unsecured right to receive, on the applicable settlement date, one share of Common Stock or an amount in cash or other consideration determined by the Administrator equal to the value thereof as of such payment date, which right may be subject to certain vesting conditions and other restrictions.

 

18



 

(ff)           Section 409A ” means Section 409A of the Code and all regulations, guidance, compliance programs and other interpretative authority thereunder.

 

(gg)          “ Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended from time to time.

 

(hh)          Service Provider ” means an Employee, Consultant or Director.

 

(ii)            Termination of Service ” means the date the Participant ceases to be a Service Provider.

 

* * * * *

 

19



 

THE TRADE DESK, INC.

 

2015 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

 

CALIFORNIA SUPPLEMENT

 

This supplement is intended to satisfy the requirements of Section 25102(o) of the California Corporations Code and the regulations issued thereunder (“ Section 25102(o) ”).  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Plan and except as otherwise determined by the Administrator, the provisions set forth in this supplement shall apply to all Awards granted under the Plan to a Participant who is a resident of the State of California on the date of grant (a “ California Participant ”) and which are intended to be exempt from registration in California pursuant to Section 25102(o), and otherwise to the extent required to comply with Applicable Law (but only to such extent).  Definitions in the Plan are applicable to this supplement.

 

1.              Limitation On Securities Issuable Under Plan .  The amount of securities issued pursuant to the Plan shall not exceed the amounts permitted under Section 260.140.45 of the California code of regulations to the extent applicable.

 

2.              Additional Limitations For Grants.   The terms of all Awards shall comply, to the extent applicable, with section 260.140.41 and 260.140.42 of the California code of regulations.

 

3.              Additional Requirement To Provide Information To California Participants.   The company shall provide to each California Participant, not less frequently than annually, copies of annual financial statements (which need not be audited). The company shall not be required to provide such statements to key persons whose duties in connection with the company assure their access to equivalent information.  In addition, this information requirement shall not apply to any plan or agreement that complies with all conditions of Rule 701 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended; provided that for purposes of determining such compliance, any registered domestic partner shall be considered a “family member” as that term is defined in Rule 701.

 

* * * * *

 

20


 



EXHIBIT 10.6(b)

 

THE TRADE DESK, INC.

2015 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

 

STOCK OPTION GRANT NOTICE

 

The Trade Desk, Inc. (the “ Company ”), hereby grants to the individual listed below (the “ Participant ”), pursuant to the Company’s 2015 Equity Incentive Plan (as may be amended from time to time, the “ Plan ”), an option to purchase the number of shares (“ Shares ”) of the Company’s Common Stock set forth below (the “ Option ”), subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Grant Notice and in the Stock Option Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit A (together, the “ Option Agreement ”) and the Plan, each of which is incorporated herein by reference. Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the Plan shall have the same defined meanings in this Option Agreement.

 

Participant:

                                

 

 

Grant Date:

                     , 20     

 

 

Vesting Commencement Date:

                                

 

 

Total Number of Shares Subject to Option:

                       Shares

 

 

Exercise Price Per Share:(1)

$                               

 

 

Expiration Date:

                                

 

 

Type of Option:

¨    Incentive Stock Option

¨   Nonqualified Stock Option

 

Vesting Schedule:

[Vesting schedule to be customized .]

 

 

Termination :

The Option, to the extent unexercised, shall terminate on the Expiration Date set forth above or, if earlier, as set forth in this Option Agreement, in either case, without payment of consideration therefor.

 

By his or her signature below, the Participant agrees to be bound by the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Option Agreement. The Participant has received and reviewed this Option Agreement and the Plan in their entirety, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Option Agreement and fully understands the provisions of this Option Agreement and the Plan. The Participant and, if applicable, his or her spouse or registered domestic partner, shall, concurrently with the execution of this Option Agreement, sign and deliver to the Company the Consent of Spouse or Registered Domestic Partner attached to this Grant Notice as Exhibit B .  The Participant hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and

 


(1)  No less than the FMV of a share of Common Stock on the Grant Date.

 



 

final all decisions or interpretations of the Administrator upon any questions arising under the Plan or this Option Agreement.

 

THE TRADE DESK, INC.

 

PARTICIPANT

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Print Name:

 

Title:

 

 

Address:

 

Address:

 

 

 

 

2



 

EXHIBIT A

 

STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

 

Pursuant to this Stock Option Agreement (this “ Option Agreement ”), the Company hereby grants to the Participant under the Plan an option to purchase the number of Shares indicated in the Stock Option Grant Notice (the “ Grant Notice ”) at the exercise price per share set forth in the Grant Notice (the “ Exercise Price ”).

 

1.                                       Plan Incorporated By Reference .  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary anywhere else in this Option Agreement, this grant of an Option is subject to the terms, definitions and provisions of the Plan, which is incorporated herein by reference and which shall control in the event of any inconsistency between this Option Agreement and the Plan.

 

2.                                       Incentive Stock Option Designation . If designated in the Grant Notice as an Incentive Stock Option, this Option is intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option as defined in Code Section 422; provided, however , that to the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value of the Common Stock with respect to which Incentive Stock Options (within the meaning of Code Section 422, but without regard to Code Section 422(d)), including the Option, are exercisable for the first time by the Participant during any calendar year (under the Plan and all other incentive stock option plans of the Company (or any “parent corporation” or “subsidiary corporation” thereof within the meaning of Code Sections 424(e) or 424(f), respectively)) exceeds $100,000, such options shall be treated as not qualifying under Code Section 422, but rather shall be treated as Non-Qualified Stock Options to the extent required by Code Section 422.  The rule set forth in the preceding sentence shall be applied by taking options into account in the order in which they were granted.  For purposes of these rules, the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock shall be determined as of the time the option with respect to such stock is granted.

 

3.                                       Exercise of Option .

 

(a)                                  Right to Exercise .

 

(i)                                      This Option shall be exercisable cumulatively according to the vesting schedule set out in the Grant Notice.  For purposes of this Option Agreement, Shares subject to this Option shall vest based on the Participant’s continued status as a Service Provider, unless otherwise determined by the Administrator.

 

(ii)                                   This Option may not be exercised for a fraction of a Share.

 

(iii)                                In the event of the Participant’s death, Disability or other termination of the Participant’s status as a Service Provider, the exercisability of the Option shall be governed by Section 7 hereof.

 

(iv)                               If the exercise of the Option following the termination of the Participant’s status as a Service Provider would be prohibited at any time solely because the issuance of Shares would violate the registration requirements under the Securities Act or other applicable securities laws, then the Option shall terminate on the earlier of (i) the Expiration Date

 

3



 

of the Option as set forth in the Grant Notice or (ii) the expiration of the three (3)-month period immediately following the post-termination period in which the exercise of the Option would be in violation of such securities laws.

 

(v)                                  In no event may this Option be exercised after the Expiration Date of this Option as set forth in the Grant Notice.

 

(b)                                  Method of Exercise .  This Option shall be exercisable by written notice to the Company, which may be in electronic format if so determined by the Administrator (in any case, the “ Exercise Notice ”).  The Exercise Notice shall state the number of Shares for which the Option is being exercised, and such other representations and agreements with respect to such Shares of Common Stock as may be required by the Company.  The Exercise Notice shall be signed by the Participant and shall be delivered in person or by certified mail (or electronically if so determined by the Administrator) to the Secretary of the Company or such other authorized representative of the Company as the Administrator may designate.  The Exercise Notice shall be accompanied by payment of the Exercise Price, including payment of any applicable withholding tax.

 

(c)                                   Applicable Law . No Shares shall be issued pursuant to the exercise of an Option unless such issuance and such exercise comply with all relevant provisions of law and the requirements of any stock exchange upon which the Shares may then be listed.  Assuming such compliance, for income tax purposes, the Shares shall be considered transferred to the Participant on the date on which the Option is exercised with respect to such Shares.

 

4.                                       Participant Representations .  If the Shares purchasable pursuant to the exercise of this Option have not been registered under the Securities Act, at the time this Option is exercised, the Participant shall, if required by the Company, concurrently with the exercise of all or any portion of this Option, deliver to the Company his or her Investment Representation Statement in the form prescribed by the Company.  In addition, the Company may require the Participant to make any further representations and warranties as may be necessary or desirable under any applicable law or regulation before allowing the Option to be exercised.

 

5.                                       Method of Payment .  Payment of the Exercise Price shall be by cash or by check, payable to the order of the Company or, to the extent permitted by the Administrator, any of the other forms of payment described in Section 5(f) of the Plan.

 

6.                                       Restrictions on Exercise .  This Option may not be exercised until the Plan has been approved by a majority of the stockholders of the Company entitled to vote.  In addition, if the issuance of Shares upon such exercise or if the method of payment for such Shares would constitute a violation of any applicable federal or state securities or other law or regulation, then the Option may not be exercised.

 

7.                                       Termination of Service Relationship .  Following a termination of the Participant’s status as a Service Provider, the Option shall remain outstanding and exercisable (to the extent vested) for a period of three (3) months following such termination, provided , however , that notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) if the Participant’s status as a Service Provider is terminated for Cause at any time, the Option shall terminate and be forfeited in full as of the start of

 

4



 

business on the date of the Participant’s termination for Cause, without regard to the Option’s vested status, and (ii) if the Participant’s status as a Service Provider is terminated due to the Participant’s death or Disability at any time, the Option shall remain outstanding and exercisable (to the extent vested) for a period of one year following such termination (and, in the case of the Participant’s death, shall be exercisable by the Participant’s estate or by a person who acquires the right to exercise the Option by bequest or inheritance).  Notwithstanding the foregoing, (x) in no event shall any portion of the Option vest following termination of the Participant’s status as a Service Provider, and (y) in no event shall any portion of the Option be exercisable after the Expiration Date stated above.  If the Participant (or the Participant’s estate, as applicable) does not exercise the Option within the time specified herein following a termination of Service Provider status, the Option shall terminate.

 

8.                                       Non-Transferability of Option .  Except as may be expressly determined by the Administrator in accordance with Section 9(a) of the Plan, this Option may not be transferred in any manner except by will or by the laws of descent or distribution and this Option may be exercised during the lifetime of the Participant only by the Participant.  The terms of this Option shall be binding upon the executors, administrators, heirs, successors and assigns of the Participant.

 

9.                                       Adjustments .  The Participant acknowledges that the Option is subject to modification and termination in certain events as provided in this Option Agreement and Section 8 of the Plan.

 

10.                                Certain Incorporations . Without limiting the generality of any other provision hereof, Sections 10(h) (“ Lock-Up Period ”), 10(i) (“ Right of First Refusal ”), 10(j) (“ Take-Along Rights ”) and 10(l) (“ Stockholder Approval ”) of the Plan are hereby expressly incorporated into this Option Agreement as if first set forth herein and applicable to this Option and any Shares issued upon the exercise hereof.

 

11.                                No Effect on Service Provider Status .  This Option Agreement is not an employment or service contract, and nothing contained in this Option Agreement, the Grant Notice or the Plan shall be deemed to create in any way whatsoever any obligation on the Participant’s part to continue as a Service Provider of the Company, or of the Company to continue the Participant’s Service Provider status (in any form) with the Company.  The Company shall have the right, which is hereby expressly reserved, to terminate or change the Participant’s terms of employment or other service at any time for any reason whatsoever, with or without good cause, subject to the terms of any written agreement between the Participant and the Company.

 

12.                                Governing Law .  This Option Agreement and all acts and transactions pursuant hereto and the rights and obligations of the parties hereto shall be governed by the laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to principles of conflicts of law.

 

13.                                Severability .  In the event that any provision in this Option Agreement is held invalid or unenforceable, such provision will be severable from, and such invalidity or unenforceability will not be construed to have any effect on, the remaining provisions of this Option Agreement, which shall remain in full force and effect.

 

5



 

14.                                Notices .  Any notice, demand or request required or permitted to be given by either the Company or the Participant pursuant to the terms of this Option Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed given and received: (i) upon delivery, if delivered in person or by e-mail, (ii) one business day after having been deposited for overnight delivery with Federal Express or another comparable overnight courier service, or (iii) three (3) business days after having been deposited in any post office or mail depository regularly maintained by the U.S. Postal Service and sent by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, addressed to the parties at the addresses of the parties set forth at the end of the Grant Notice or such other address as a party may request by notifying the other in writing.

 

15.                                Cooperation .  The Participant agrees, upon request, to execute any further documents or instruments necessary or desirable to carry out the purposes or intent of this Option Agreement.

 

16.                                Acknowledgement .  The Participant has reviewed this Option Agreement in its entirety, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Option Agreement and fully understands all provisions of this Option Agreement.

 

17.                                Captions .  Captions provided herein are for convenience only and are not to serve as a basis for interpretation or construction of this Option Agreement.

 

18.                                Entire Agreement .  This Option Agreement sets forth the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the Option and merges all prior discussions between the parties.

 

6



 

EXHIBIT B

 

CONSENT OF SPOUSE OR REGISTERED DOMESTIC PARTNER

 

The undersigned does hereby certify that the undersigned is the spouse or registered domestic partner of                 , the individual who executed the above Stock Option Agreement (the “ Agreement ”).  The undersigned acknowledges that the interest of the undersigned’s spouse or registered domestic partner (as applicable) in the Shares (as defined in the Agreement) shall be irrevocably subject to the restrictions and bound by the terms of the Agreement.  The undersigned further understands and agree that the undersigned’s community property or similar interest in such securities, if any, shall similarly be subject to said restrictions and bound by said terms.  The undersigned agrees to execute and deliver such documents as may be necessary to carry out the intent of the Agreement.

 

Dated:             ,       

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NAME:

 

— OR —

 

I,                    , the person who executed the above Stock Option Agreement, do hereby certify that I am not married or in a registered domestic partnership.

 

Dated:             ,       

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NAME

 




EXHIBIT 10.6(c)

 

THE TRADE DESK, INC.

2015 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

 

STOCK OPTION GRANT NOTICE

 

The Trade Desk, Inc. (the “ Company ”), hereby grants to the individual listed below (the “ Participant ”), pursuant to the Company’s 2015 Equity Incentive Plan (as may be amended from time to time, the “ Plan ”), an option to purchase the number of shares (“ Shares ”) of the Company’s Common Stock set forth below (the “ Option ”), subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Grant Notice and in the Stock Option Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit A (together, the “ Option Agreement ”) and the Plan, each of which is incorporated herein by reference. Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the Plan shall have the same defined meanings in this Option Agreement.

 

Participant:

                                

 

 

Grant Date:

                     , 20     

 

 

Vesting Commencement Date:

                                

 

 

Total Number of Shares Subject to Option:

                       Shares

 

 

Exercise Price Per Share:(1)

$                               

 

 

Expiration Date:

                                

 

 

Type of Option:

¨    Incentive Stock Option

¨    Nonqualified Stock Option

 

Vesting Schedule:   The Option shall vest and become exercisable with respect to one forty-eighth (1/48th) of the Shares subject thereto on each monthly anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date (rounded down to the nearest Share until the last vesting date), subject to the Participant’s continued status as a Service Provider through the applicable vesting date.  Notwithstanding the foregoing:

 

a.                                       In the event that the Participant’s status as a Service Provider is terminated by the Company without Cause within three (3) months prior to the consummation of a Change in Control and prior to the full vesting (or forfeiture) of the Option, then, subject to and conditioned upon the Participant’s timely execution and non-revocation a general release of claims in the form prescribed by the Company (a “ Release ”) that becomes effective no later than sixty (60) days following the Participant’s Termination of Service, one hundred percent (100%) of any then-unvested portion of the Option will vest and become exercisable immediately prior to such Change in Control.  For the avoidance of doubt, upon a termination of the Participant’s status as a Service Provider by the Company without Cause prior to a Change in Control (subject to the Release condition

 


(1)  Note to Draft: No less than the FMV of a share of Common Stock on the Grant Date.

 



 

described in the preceding sentence), one hundred percent (100%) of any then-unvested portion of the Option will, following the date of the Participant’s Termination of Service, remain outstanding and eligible to vest upon the occurrence of a Change in Control in accordance with the preceding sentence and will automatically terminate on the earlier of (i) the three (3)-month anniversary of the date of the Participant’s Termination of Service (to the extent the Option does not become vested in accordance with the preceding sentence on or prior to such three (3)-month anniversary) or (ii) the Expiration Date.

 

b.                                       If the Company experiences a Change in Control prior to the full vesting (or forfeiture) of the Option and the Participant remains in continuous status as a Service Provider through at least immediately prior to such Change in Control, fifty percent (50%) of any then-unvested portion of the Option will vest immediately prior to such Change in Control.

 

c.                                        If the Company experiences a Change in Control prior to the full vesting (or forfeiture) of the Option and the Participant’s status as a Service Provider is terminated by the Company without Cause within two (2) years following the consummation of such Change in Control, then, subject to and conditioned upon the Participant’s timely execution and non-revocation of a Release that becomes effective no later than sixty (60) days following the date of the Participant’s Termination of Service, one hundred percent (100%) of any then-unvested portion of the Option will vest in full and become exercisable upon the effectiveness of the Release (and will, following such termination, remain outstanding and eligible to vest on such date if the Release has become effective and irrevocable, but in no event later than the Expiration Date).

 

Termination : The Option, to the extent unexercised, shall terminate on the Expiration Date set forth above or, if earlier, as set forth in this Option Agreement, in either case, without payment of consideration therefor.

 

By his or her signature below, the Participant agrees to be bound by the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Option Agreement. The Participant has received and reviewed this Option Agreement and the Plan in their entirety, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Option Agreement and fully understands the provisions of this Option Agreement and the Plan. The Participant and, if applicable, his or her spouse or registered domestic partner, shall, concurrently with the execution of this Option Agreement, sign and deliver to the Company the Consent of Spouse or Registered Domestic Partner attached to this Grant Notice as Exhibit B .  The Participant hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Administrator upon any questions arising under the Plan or this Option Agreement.

 

THE TRADE DESK, INC.

 

PARTICIPANT

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Print Name:

 

Title:

 

 

Address:

 

Address:

 

 

 

 

2



 

EXHIBIT A

 

STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

 

Pursuant to this Stock Option Agreement (this “ Option Agreement ”), the Company hereby grants to the Participant under the Plan an option to purchase the number of Shares indicated in the Stock Option Grant Notice (the “ Grant Notice ”) at the exercise price per share set forth in the Grant Notice (the “ Exercise Price ”).

 

1.                                       Plan Incorporated By Reference .  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary anywhere else in this Option Agreement, this grant of an Option is subject to the terms, definitions and provisions of the Plan, which is incorporated herein by reference and which shall control in the event of any inconsistency between this Option Agreement and the Plan.

 

2.                                       Incentive Stock Option Designation . If designated in the Grant Notice as an Incentive Stock Option, this Option is intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option as defined in Code Section 422; provided, however , that to the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value of the Common Stock with respect to which Incentive Stock Options (within the meaning of Code Section 422, but without regard to Code Section 422(d)), including the Option, are exercisable for the first time by the Participant during any calendar year (under the Plan and all other incentive stock option plans of the Company (or any “parent corporation” or “subsidiary corporation” thereof within the meaning of Code Sections 424(e) or 424(f), respectively)) exceeds $100,000, such options shall be treated as not qualifying under Code Section 422, but rather shall be treated as Non-Qualified Stock Options to the extent required by Code Section 422.  The rule set forth in the preceding sentence shall be applied by taking options into account in the order in which they were granted.  For purposes of these rules, the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock shall be determined as of the time the option with respect to such stock is granted.

 

3.                                       Exercise of Option .

 

(a)                                  Right to Exercise .

 

(i)                                      This Option shall be exercisable cumulatively according to the vesting schedule set out in the Grant Notice.  For purposes of this Option Agreement, Shares subject to this Option shall vest based on the Participant’s continued status as a Service Provider, unless otherwise determined by the Administrator.

 

(ii)                                   This Option may not be exercised for a fraction of a Share.

 

(iii)                                In the event of the Participant’s death, Disability or other termination of the Participant’s status as a Service Provider, the exercisability of the Option shall be governed by Section 7 hereof.

 

(iv)                               If the exercise of the Option following the termination of the Participant’s status as a Service Provider would be prohibited at any time solely because the issuance of Shares would violate the registration requirements under the Securities Act or other applicable securities laws, then the Option shall terminate on the earlier of (i) the Expiration Date

 

3



 

of the Option as set forth in the Grant Notice or (ii) the expiration of the three (3)-month period immediately following the post-termination period in which the exercise of the Option would be in violation of such securities laws.

 

(v)                                  In no event may this Option be exercised after the Expiration Date of this Option as set forth in the Grant Notice.

 

(b)                                  Method of Exercise .  This Option shall be exercisable by written notice to the Company, which may be in electronic format if so determined by the Administrator (in any case, the “ Exercise Notice ”).  The Exercise Notice shall state the number of Shares for which the Option is being exercised, and such other representations and agreements with respect to such Shares of Common Stock as may be required by the Company.  The Exercise Notice shall be signed by the Participant and shall be delivered in person or by certified mail (or electronically if so determined by the Administrator) to the Secretary of the Company or such other authorized representative of the Company as the Administrator may designate.  The Exercise Notice shall be accompanied by payment of the Exercise Price, including payment of any applicable withholding tax.

 

(c)                                   Applicable Law . No Shares shall be issued pursuant to the exercise of an Option unless such issuance and such exercise comply with all relevant provisions of law and the requirements of any stock exchange upon which the Shares may then be listed.  Assuming such compliance, for income tax purposes, the Shares shall be considered transferred to the Participant on the date on which the Option is exercised with respect to such Shares.

 

4.                                       Participant Representations .  If the Shares purchasable pursuant to the exercise of this Option have not been registered under the Securities Act, at the time this Option is exercised, the Participant shall, if required by the Company, concurrently with the exercise of all or any portion of this Option, deliver to the Company an Investment Representation Statement in the form prescribed by the Company.  In addition, the Company may require the Participant to make any further representations and warranties as may be necessary or desirable under any applicable law or regulation before allowing the Option to be exercised.

 

5.                                       Method of Payment .  Payment of the Exercise Price shall be by cash or by check, payable to the order of the Company or, to the extent permitted by the Administrator, any of the other forms of payment described in Section 5(f) of the Plan.

 

6.                                       Restrictions on Exercise .  This Option may not be exercised until the Plan has been approved by a majority of the stockholders of the Company entitled to vote.  In addition, if the issuance of Shares upon such exercise or if the method of payment for such Shares would constitute a violation of any applicable federal or state securities or other law or regulation, then the Option may not be exercised.

 

7.                                       Termination of Service Relationship .  Following a termination of the Participant’s status as a Service Provider, the Option shall remain outstanding and exercisable (a) if the Company terminates Participant’s employment without Cause prior to the consummation of a Change in Control, for a period of four (4) months following such termination (including with respect to any portion of the Option that vests upon a Change in Control following such termination), or (b) upon any other termination of employment (other than a termination for

 

4



 

Cause, discussed below), to the extent vested at the time of such termination for a period of three (3) months following such termination, provided , however , that notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) if the Participant’s status as a Service Provider is terminated for Cause at any time, the Option shall terminate and be forfeited in full as of the start of business on the date of the Participant’s termination for Cause, without regard to the Option’s vested status, and (ii) if the Participant’s status as a Service Provider is terminated due to the Participant’s death or Disability at any time, the Option shall remain outstanding and exercisable (to the extent vested) for a period of one year following such termination (and, in the case of the Participant’s death, shall be exercisable by the Participant’s estate or by a person who acquires the right to exercise the Option by bequest or inheritance).  Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall any portion of the Option be exercisable after the Expiration Date stated above.  If the Participant (or the Participant’s estate, as applicable) does not exercise the Option within the time specified herein following a termination of Service Provider status, the Option shall terminate.

 

8.                                       Non-Transferability of Option .  Except as may be expressly determined by the Administrator in accordance with Section 9(a) of the Plan, this Option may not be transferred in any manner except by will or by the laws of descent or distribution and this Option may be exercised during the lifetime of the Participant only by the Participant.  The terms of this Option shall be binding upon the executors, administrators, heirs, successors and assigns of the Participant.

 

9.                                       Adjustments .  The Participant acknowledges that the Option is subject to modification and termination in certain events as provided in this Option Agreement and Section 8 of the Plan.

 

10.                                Certain Incorporations . Without limiting the generality of any other provision hereof, Sections 10(h) (“ Lock-Up Period ”), 10(i) (“ Right of First Refusal ”), 10(j) (“ Take-Along Rights ”) and 10(l) (“ Stockholder Approval ”) of the Plan are hereby expressly incorporated into this Option Agreement as if first set forth herein and applicable to this Option and any Shares issued upon the exercise hereof.

 

11.                                No Effect on Service Provider Status .  This Option Agreement is not an employment or service contract, and nothing contained in this Option Agreement, the Grant Notice or the Plan shall be deemed to create in any way whatsoever any obligation on the Participant’s part to continue as a Service Provider of the Company, or of the Company to continue the Participant’s Service Provider status (in any form) with the Company.  The Company shall have the right, which is hereby expressly reserved, to terminate or change the Participant’s terms of employment or other service at any time for any reason whatsoever, with or without good cause, subject to the terms of any written agreement between the Participant and the Company.

 

12.                                Governing Law .  This Option Agreement and all acts and transactions pursuant hereto and the rights and obligations of the parties hereto shall be governed by the laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to principles of conflicts of law.

 

13.                                Severability .  In the event that any provision in this Option Agreement is held invalid or unenforceable, such provision will be severable from, and such invalidity or

 

5



 

unenforceability will not be construed to have any effect on, the remaining provisions of this Option Agreement, which shall remain in full force and effect.

 

14.                                Notices .  Any notice, demand or request required or permitted to be given by either the Company or the Participant pursuant to the terms of this Option Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed given and received: (i) upon delivery, if delivered in person or by e-mail, (ii) one business day after having been deposited for overnight delivery with Federal Express or another comparable overnight courier service, or (iii) three (3) business days after having been deposited in any post office or mail depository regularly maintained by the U.S. Postal Service and sent by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, addressed to the parties at the addresses of the parties set forth at the end of the Grant Notice or such other address as a party may request by notifying the other in writing.

 

15.                                Cooperation .  The Participant agrees, upon request, to execute any further documents or instruments necessary or desirable to carry out the purposes or intent of this Option Agreement.

 

16.                                Acknowledgement .  The Participant has reviewed this Option Agreement in its entirety, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Option Agreement and fully understands all provisions of this Option Agreement.

 

17.                                Captions .  Captions provided herein are for convenience only and are not to serve as a basis for interpretation or construction of this Option Agreement.

 

18.                                Entire Agreement .  This Option Agreement sets forth the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the Option and merges all prior discussions between the parties.

 

6



 

EXHIBIT B

 

CONSENT OF SPOUSE OR REGISTERED DOMESTIC PARTNER

 

The undersigned does hereby certify that the undersigned is the spouse or registered domestic partner of                 , the individual who executed the above Stock Option Agreement (the “ Agreement ”).  The undersigned acknowledges that the interest of the undersigned’s spouse or registered domestic partner (as applicable) in the Shares (as defined in the Agreement) shall be irrevocably subject to the restrictions and bound by the terms of the Agreement.  The undersigned further understands and agree that the undersigned’s community property or similar interest in such securities, if any, shall similarly be subject to said restrictions and bound by said terms.  The undersigned agrees to execute and deliver such documents as may be necessary to carry out the intent of the Agreement.

 

Dated:             ,       

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NAME:

 

— OR —

 

I,                    , the person who executed the above Stock Option Agreement, do hereby certify that I am not married or in a registered domestic partnership.

 

Dated:             ,       

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NAME

 




EXHIBIT 10.6(d)

 

THE TRADE DESK, INC.

 

EXERCISE NOTICE

 

The Trade Desk, Inc.

Attention: Stock Administration

 

1.                                       Exercise of Option(s) .  Effective as of today,            , 20  , the undersigned (the “ Participant ”) hereby elects to exercise one or more of the Participant’s options (each, an “ Option ”) to purchase shares of the Common Stock (the “ Shares ”) of The Trade Desk, Inc. (the “ Company ”), under and pursuant to the applicable Company equity plan identified below (each, a “ Plan ”) and the applicable Stock Option Agreement identified below (each, an “ Option Agreement ”).  Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings given in the applicable Option Agreement.

 

OPTION GRANT TABLE

 

Grant
ID
Number

 

Date of
Grant

 

Vesting
Start
Date

 

Applicable
Plan(1)
(2010 Plan
or 2015
Plan)

 

Type of
Option
(ISO or
NSO)

 

Number
of Shares
for Which
Option is
Exercised

 

Remaining
Option
Shares

 

Per Share
Exercise
Price

 

Total
Option
Exercise
Price

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

AGGREGATE EXERCISE PRICE :

 

 

 

 


(1) 2010 Plan refers to the Company’s 2010 Stock Plan and 2015 Plan refers to the Company’s 2015 Equity Incentive Plan, each as amended from time to time.

 

Certificate(s) (if any) to be issued in name of:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash Payment delivered herewith:

 

o

 

$            

 

 

 

 

 

Other form of consideration delivered herewith (only if approved by the Administrator):

 

o

 

Form of Consideration:
$            

 

2.                                       Representations of the Participant .  The Participant acknowledges that the Participant has received, read and understood the applicable Plan(s) and Option Agreement(s).  The Participant agrees to abide by and be bound by their terms and conditions.

 

3.                                       Rights as Stockholder .  Until the stock certificate evidencing Shares purchased pursuant to the

 



 

exercise of the Option(s) is issued (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company) or the Shares purchased pursuant to the exercise of the Option(s) are entered into the Company’s records in book entry form (as applicable), no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a stockholder shall exist with respect to Shares subject to the Option(s), notwithstanding the exercise of the Option(s).  The Company shall issue (or cause to be issued) such stock certificate with respect to the Shares subject to the Option(s) or shall enter (or cause to be entered) such Shares into the Company’s records in book entry form, in either case, promptly after the Option(s) are exercised.  No adjustment will be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date the stock certificate is issued or the Shares are entered into the Company’s records in book entry form (as applicable), except as otherwise provided in the applicable Plan.  The Participant shall enjoy rights as a stockholder until such time as the Participant disposes of the Shares, subject to the terms and conditions of the applicable Plan.

 

4.                                       The Participant’s Rights to Transfer Shares . Without limiting the generality of any other provision hereof, the Participant hereby expressly acknowledges that (i) Sections 10(h) (“ Lock-Up Period ”), 10(i) (“ Right of First Refusal ”) and 10(j) (“ Take-Along Rights ”) of the 2015 Plan and (ii) Sections 7 (“ Right of Repurchase ”), 8 (“ Consent for Transfers; Right Of First Refusal ”) and 12 (“ Restrictions On Transfer ”) of the 2010 Plan, in each case, as applicable, are expressly incorporated into this Agreement and are applicable to the Shares acquired by the Participant under the applicable Plan.

 

5.                                       Transfer Restrictions .  Any transfer or sale of the Shares is further subject to restrictions on transfer imposed by any applicable state and federal securities laws.  Any transfer or attempted transfer of any of the Shares not in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, and/or applicable law shall be void and the Company may enforce the terms of this Agreement by stop transfer instructions or similar actions by the Company and its agents or designees.

 

6.                                       Tax Consultation .  The Participant understands that the Participant may suffer adverse tax consequences as a result of the Participant’s purchase or disposition of the Shares.  The Participant represents that the Participant has consulted with any tax consultants the Participant deems advisable in connection with the purchase or disposition of the Shares and that the Participant is not relying on the Company for any tax advice.

 

7.                                       Restrictive Legends and Stop-Transfer Orders .

 

(a)                                  Legends .  The Participant understands and agrees that the Company shall cause the legends set forth below or legends substantially equivalent thereto, to be placed upon any certificate(s), if any, evidencing ownership of the Shares together with any other legends that may be required by state or federal securities laws:

 

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE BEEN ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO, OR IN CONNECTION WITH, THE SALE OR DISTRIBUTION THEREOF. THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”), OR ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED OR HYPOTHECATED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION THEREOF UNDER THE ACT AND SUCH LAWS OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, IN FORM AND SUBSTANCE SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES AND ITS COUNSEL, THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED.

 



 

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE MAY NOT BE SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, ENCUMBERED OR IN ANY MANNER DISPOSED OF, EXCEPT IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE TERMS OF A WRITTEN STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE COMPANY AND THE REGISTERED HOLDER OF THE SHARES (OR THE PREDECESSOR IN INTEREST TO THE SHARES).  SUCH STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT GRANTS TO THE ISSUER OF THESE SHARES CERTAIN RIGHTS OF FIRST REFUSAL UPON AN ATTEMPTED TRANSFER OF THE SHARES AND CERTAIN REPURCHASE RIGHTS UPON TERMINATION OF SERVICE WITH THE ISSUER.  THE SECRETARY OF THE ISSUER WILL UPON WRITTEN REQUEST FURNISH A COPY OF SUCH STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT TO THE HOLDER HEREOF WITHOUT CHARGE.

 

(b)                                  Stop-Transfer Notices .  The Participant agrees that, in order to ensure compliance with the restrictions referred to herein, the Company may issue appropriate “stop transfer” instructions to its transfer agent, if any, and that, if the Company transfers its own securities, it may make appropriate notations to the same effect in its own records.

 

(c)                                   Refusal to Transfer .  The Company shall not be required (i) to transfer on its books any Shares that have been sold or otherwise transferred in violation of any of the provisions of this Agreement or (ii) to treat as owner of such Shares or to accord the right to vote or pay dividends to any purchaser or other transferee to whom such Shares shall have been so transferred.

 

8.                                       Successors and Assigns .  The Company may assign any of its rights under this Agreement to single or multiple assignees, and this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Company.  Subject to the restrictions on transfer herein set forth, this Agreement shall be binding upon the Participant and his or her heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns.

 

9.                                       Interpretation .  The Participant hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Administrator upon any questions arising under this Agreement.

 

10.                                Governing Law; Severability .  This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware excluding that body of law pertaining to conflicts of law.  Should any provision of this Agreement be determined by a court of law to be illegal or unenforceable, the other provisions shall nevertheless remain effective and shall remain enforceable.

 

11.                                Notices .  Any notice required or permitted hereunder shall be given in writing and shall be deemed effectively given upon personal delivery or upon deposit in the United States mail by certified mail, with postage and fees prepaid, addressed to the other party at its address as shown below beneath its signature, or to such other address as such party may designate in writing from time to time to the other party.

 

12.                                Further Instruments .  The Participant hereby agrees to execute such further instruments and to take such further action as may be reasonably necessary to carry out the purposes and intent of this Agreement including, without limitation, the Investment Representation Statement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A .

 

13.                                Delivery of Payment .  The Participant herewith delivers to the Company the full Exercise Price for the Shares, as well as any applicable withholding tax.  Payment of the Aggregate Exercise Price shall be made in accordance with Section 5 of the applicable Option Agreement.

 

14.                                Entire Agreement .  The Plan(s) and Option Agreement(s) are incorporated herein by reference.

 



 

This Agreement, the Plan(s), the Option Agreement(s) and the Investment Representation Statement constitute the entire agreement of the parties and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and the Participant with respect to the subject matter hereof.

 

 

Submitted by:

 

 

 

PARTICIPANT

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Participant

 

 

 

 

 

 

Address:

 

 

 

 

 



 

EXHIBIT A

 

INVESTMENT REPRESENTATION STATEMENT

 

PARTICIPANT

:

 

 

 

 

COMPANY

:

The Trade Desk, Inc.

 

 

 

SECURITY

:

Common Stock

 

 

 

AMOUNT

:

 

 

 

 

DATE

:

 

 

In connection with the purchase of the above-listed shares of Common Stock (the “ Securities ”) of The Trade Desk, Inc. (the “ Company ”), the undersigned (the “ Participant ”) represents to the Company the following:

 

(a)                                  The Participant is aware of the Company’s business affairs and financial condition and has acquired sufficient information about the Company to reach an informed and knowledgeable decision to acquire the Securities.  The Participant is acquiring these Securities for investment for the Participant’s own account only and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any “distribution” thereof within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”).

 

(b)                                  The Participant acknowledges and understands that the Securities constitute “restricted securities” under the Securities Act and have not been registered under the Securities Act in reliance upon a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of the Participant’s investment intent as expressed herein.  The Participant understands that, in the view of the Securities and Exchange Commission, the statutory basis for such exemption may be unavailable if the Participant’s representation was predicated solely upon a present intention to hold these Securities for the minimum capital gains period specified under tax statutes, for a deferred sale, for or until an increase or decrease in the market price of the Securities, or for a period of one year or any other fixed period in the future.  The Participant further understands that the Securities must be held indefinitely unless they are subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration is available.  The Participant further acknowledges and understands that the Company is under no obligation to register the Securities.  The Participant understands that the certificate evidencing the Securities will be imprinted with a legend which prohibits the transfer of the Securities unless they are registered or such registration is not required in the opinion of counsel satisfactory to the Company and any other legend required under applicable securities laws or agreements.

 

(c)                                   The Participant is familiar with the provisions of Rule 701 and Rule 144, each promulgated under the Securities Act, which, in substance, permit limited public resale of “restricted securities” acquired, directly or indirectly from the issuer thereof, in a non-public offering subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions.  Rule 701 provides that if the issuer qualifies under Rule 701 at the time of the grant of the Option(s) to the Participant, the exercise(s) will be exempt from registration under the Securities Act.  In the event the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act ”), ninety (90) days thereafter (or such longer period as any market stand-off agreement may require) the Securities exempt under Rule 701 may under present law be resold, subject to the satisfaction of certain of the conditions specified by Rule 144, including:  (1) the resale being made through a broker in an unsolicited “broker’s transaction” or in transactions directly with a market maker (as this term is defined under the Exchange Act); and, in the case of an affiliate, (2) the availability of certain public information about the Company, (3) the amount of Securities being sold during any three (3)-month period not exceeding the limitations

 



 

specified in Rule 144(e), and (4) the timely filing of a Form 144, if applicable.  In the event that the Company does not qualify under Rule 701 at the time of grant of the Option(s), then the Securities may be resold in certain limited circumstances subject to the provisions of Rule 144, which requires the resale to occur not less than six months, or, in the event the Company is not subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, not less than one year, after the later of the date the Securities were sold by the Company or the date the Securities were sold by an affiliate of the Company, within the meaning of Rule 144; and, in the case of acquisition of the Securities by an affiliate, the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in sections (1), (2), (3) and (4) of the paragraph immediately above or, in the case of a non-affiliate who subsequently holds the Securities less than one year, the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in section (2) of the paragraph immediately above.

 

(d)                                  The Participant further understands that in the event all of the applicable requirements of Rule 701 or 144 are not satisfied, registration under the Securities Act, compliance with Regulation A, or some other registration exemption will be required; and that, notwithstanding the fact that Rules 144 and 701 are not exclusive, the Staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission has expressed its opinion that persons proposing to sell private placement securities other than in a registered offering and otherwise than pursuant to Rules 144 or 701 will have a substantial burden of proof in establishing that an exemption from registration is available for such offers or sales, and that such persons and their respective brokers who participate in such transactions do so at their own risk.  The Participant understands that no assurances can be given that any such other registration exemption will be available in such event.

 

 

 

 

Signature of the Participant:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Participant

 

 

 

 

Date:

                    ,    

 

 

 




EXHIBIT 10.9

 

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

 

THIS EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”), dated as of January 28, 2016 (the “ Effective Date ”), is entered into by and between The Trade Desk, Inc. (the “ Company ”), and Jeff Green (“ Executive ”).

 

WHEREAS, Executive is currently employed by the Company; and

 

WHEREAS, effective as of the Effective Date, the Company desires to continue to employ Executive and Executive desires to accept such continued employment, upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual agreements set forth herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereby agree as follows:

 

1.                                       At-Will Employment .  Executive’s employment with the Company under this Agreement is “at-will” and is not for a specified period of time.  Subject to the Company’s obligations under Section 6 hereof, either Executive or the Company may terminate Executive’s employment at any time and for any reason or no reason.  The at-will nature of this employment relationship cannot be changed except in a writing signed by Executive and an authorized officer of the Company.  The period of Executive’s employment with the Company under this Agreement is referred to herein as the “ Term ”.  For the avoidance of doubt, the provisions of Section 7 and 8 below shall survive any termination of the Term and/or this Agreement.

 

2.                                       Position and Duties .  During the Term, Executive shall initially serve as Chief Executive Officer of the Company, and shall serve in such other or additional positions as the Company may determine from time to time.  Executive shall perform such duties as are usual and customary for Executive’s position(s) and shall devote Executive’s full business time to the business and affairs of the Company, its subsidiaries and its affiliates as is necessary to perform the services required hereunder. Executive shall not engage in any other employment, occupation, consulting or other business activity during the Term. Notwithstanding the foregoing, during the Term, it shall not be a violation of this Agreement for Executive to: (i) serve on boards, committees or similar bodies of charitable or nonprofit organizations, or engage in charitable activities, or (ii) fulfill limited teaching, speaking and writing engagements, in each case, so long as such activities do not, individually or in the aggregate, materially interfere or conflict with the performance of Executive’s duties and responsibilities under this Agreement.  Executive agrees to observe and comply with the rules and policies of the Company, as in effect from time to time, including, and without limitation, any rules and policies relating to Executive’s obligations to the Company upon a termination of employment.

 

3.                                       Location .  During the Term, Executive shall perform the services required by this Agreement at the Company’s offices in Ventura, California, or such other location as the Company shall determine, except for travel to other locations as may be necessary to fulfill Executive’s duties and responsibilities hereunder.

 



 

4.                                       Compensation and  Benefits; Expenses .

 

(a)                                  Base Salary .  During the Term, Executive shall receive a base salary (the “ Base Salary ”) of $400,000 per year.  The Base Salary shall be reviewed annually by the Board of Directors of the Company (the “ Board ”) and may be increased (but not reduced) from time to time by the Board in its sole discretion.  The Base Salary shall be paid in accordance with the Company’s customary payroll practices, as in effect from time to time, but no less often than monthly.

 

(b)                                  Cash Incentive Programs .

 

(i)                                      Executive will be eligible to participate in the Company’s cash incentive programs made available generally to senior executives of the Company, as in effect from time to time (any such incentive, a “ Cash Incentive ”), provided that the terms and conditions on which Executive participates in any such Cash Incentive program(s) shall be determined by the Board in its sole discretion.  With respect to calendar year 2016, Executive will participate in an uncapped Cash Incentive program under which incentives are determined as a percentage of the Company’s Net Revenue (as defined below) for calendar year 2016, but only if the Company achieves the applicable Gross Managed Revenue (as defined below) targets for such calendar year, as follows:

 

If the Company’s Gross Managed
Revenue for the calendar year
2016 equals:

 

Then Executive’s Cash Incentive
for calendar year 2016 will equal
the following percentage of the
Company’s Net Revenue for such
calendar year:

 

$500,000,000 or less

 

0.0000

%

$600,000,000

 

0.0700

%

$700,000,000

 

0.1200

%

$800,000,000

 

0.1700

%

$900,000,000

 

0.2200

%

$1,000,000,000 or more

 

0.2400

%

 

If the Company’s Gross Managed Revenue for calendar year 2016 exceeds $500,000,000, but falls between any two of the Gross Managed Revenue targets set forth above, then Executive’s Cash Incentive for calendar year 2016 (the “ 2016 Cash Incentive ”) will be determined by straight-line interpolation between the Net Revenue percentages applicable to such Gross Managed Revenue targets.

 

(ii)                                   Any 2016 Cash Incentive will be paid to Executive in quarterly installments during calendar year 2016, with actual payments made no later than sixty (60) days after the end of the relevant calendar quarter, subject to Executive’s continued employment with the Company through the end of such calendar quarter.  Quarterly 2016 Cash Incentive installments will be earned during the applicable calendar quarter based on actual Gross Managed Revenue for such calendar quarter; provided , that the Company may, as determined by the Board in its sole discretion, pay quarterly amounts in excess of applicable Gross Managed Revenue attainment for the calendar quarter based on the Board’s good-faith estimate of annual

 

2



 

Gross Managed Revenue (but, for the avoidance of doubt, the Company shall have no obligation to do so).  If the Company pays any quarterly 2016 Cash Incentive in excess of the amount payable based on actual Gross Managed Revenue attainment for such calendar quarter, any such excess amount shall, to the extent determined by the Board, reduce the amount of any future quarterly installment as necessary to cause the actual annual amount of such Cash Incentive to correspond to the foregoing table.  The Board may review and revise or terminate the 2016 Cash Incentive program from time to time (including in connection with a Change in Control (as defined below)), in its sole discretion, provided that any such change shall not adversely impact any 2016 Cash Incentive earned by Executive prior to such change. In the event of a conflict between the terms of the 2016 Cash Incentive program and the provisions contained in any formal bonus plan adopted by the Company, the provisions of the formal bonus plan will control.

 

(iii)                                For purposes of this Agreement, “ Gross Managed Revenue ” shall mean, with respect to any calendar year, the Company’s total gross managed revenue during such year; and “ Net Revenue ” shall mean, with respect to any calendar year, the Company’s total Gross Managed Revenue less the total cost of media and data during such year.

 

(c)                                   Benefits; Paid Time Off .  During the Term, Executive will be eligible to participate in the health, welfare and retirement benefit plans, policies and programs (including, as applicable, medical, dental, disability, life and accidental death insurance plans and programs) and any vacation or paid-time-off policies or programs, in each case, as maintained by the Company for the benefit of its senior executives from time to time.  Executive shall be entitled to participate in any Company paid-time-off program applicable to its senior executives, as in effect from time to time.  Nothing contained in this Section 4(c) shall create or be deemed to create any obligation on the part of the Company to adopt or maintain, or restrict the Company’s ability to amend or terminate,  any health, welfare, retirement, fringe or other benefit plan(s) or program(s) at any time.

 

(d)                                  Expenses .  During the Term, Executive shall be entitled to receive prompt reimbursement for all ordinary and necessary business expenses incurred by Executive in the performance of Executive’s services hereunder, to the extent incurred and substantiated in accordance with the policies, practices and procedures of the Company applicable to its senior executives, as in effect from time to time.

 

(e)                                   Stock Option .  Subject to approval by the Board, the Company will grant Executive, during the fourth calendar quarter of 2015 (and subject to Executive’s continued employment with the Company through the grant date), under the Company’s 2015 Equity Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”), an incentive stock option to purchase 137,310  shares of Company common stock (an “ Option ”), with an exercise price equal to $1.232 per share, which is at least equal to the fair market value of the shares of Company common stock underlying the Option on the grant date.  Subject to Executive’s continued employment with the Company through the applicable vesting date, the Option will vest and become exercisable with respect to one-forty-eighth (1/48th) of the shares subject thereto on each monthly anniversary of January 1, 2016.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Company experiences a Change in Control (as defined in the Plan) prior to the full vesting (or forfeiture) of the Option and Executive’s employment is terminated by the Company without Cause (as defined below) within three (3) months prior to the consummation of such Change in Control, then, subject to Section 6(b) below, one hundred

 

3



 

percent (100%) of any then-unvested portion of the Option will vest and become exercisable immediately prior to such Change in Control.  In addition, (i) if the Company experiences a Change in Control (as defined in the Plan) prior to the full vesting (or forfeiture) of the Option and Executive remains employed by the Company through at least immediately prior to such Change in Control, fifty percent (50%) of any then-unvested portion of the Option shall vest immediately prior to such Change in Control, and (ii) if the Company experiences a Change in Control (as defined in the Plan) prior to the full vesting (or forfeiture) of the Option and Executive’s employment is terminated by the Company without Cause within two (2) years following the consummation of such Change in Control, subject to and conditioned upon Executive’s timely execution and non-revocation of a Release (as defined below), one hundred percent (100%) of any then-unvested portion of the Option will vest in full and become exercisable upon the effectiveness of the Release.  Each Option will be subject in all respects to the terms and conditions set forth in the Plan and in an award agreement to be entered into between the Company and Executive, which will evidence the grant of the Option (each, an “ Option Agreement ”).

 

5.                                       Termination of Employment . Executive’s employment may be terminated at any time by the Company, for Cause (as defined below) or without Cause, and Executive may resign for any reason, each in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.  For purposes of this Agreement, “ Cause ” shall mean the occurrence of one or more of the following:

 

a.                                       Executive’s conviction of or plea of no contest to a felony or a crime involving any financial dishonesty against the Company;

 

b.                                       Executive’s willful misconduct that causes material harm or loss to the Company, including, but not limited to, misappropriation or conversion of Company assets;

 

c.                                        Executive’s gross negligence or refusal or willful failure to act in accordance with any specific lawful direction or order of the Company (or a parent or subsidiary of the Company) which causes material harm or loss to the Company (and Executive’s failure to cure the same, to the extent capable of cure, within ten (10) days of receiving written notice from the Company (or any acquirer or successor));

 

d.                                       Executive’s material breach of any agreement with the Company (or a parent or subsidiary of the Company) which causes material harm or loss to the Company (and Executive’s failure to cure the same, to the extent capable of cure, within ten (10) days of receiving written notice from the Company (or any acquirer or successor)); or

 

e.                                        Executive’s unauthorized use or disclosure of the Company’s confidential information or trade secrets, which use or disclosure causes material harm to the Company.

 

6.                                       Obligations of the Company Upon Termination .

 

(a)                                  Accrued Obligations .  If Executive’s employment under this Agreement terminates during the Term for any reason, upon such termination, the Company will pay to Executive in a single lump-sum payment, within thirty (30) days after the Date of Termination (as defined below), or such earlier date as may be required by applicable law, the aggregate

 

4



 

amount of (i) any earned but unpaid Base Salary, (ii) unreimbursed business expenses incurred prior to the Date of Termination that are reimbursable in accordance with Section 4(d) above, and (iii) accrued, unused vacation through the Termination Date (if any) (together, the “ Accrued Obligations ”).  Vested benefits (if any) under any employee benefit plans shall be governed by the terms and conditions of the applicable plans.

 

(b)                                  Termination by the Company Without Cause .  If, during the Term, the Company terminates Executive’s employment without Cause, upon Executive’s “separation from service” from the Company (within the meaning of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”)) (a “ Separation from Service ” and, the date of any such Separation from Service, the “ Termination Date ”), subject to and conditioned upon Executive’s timely execution and non-revocation of a general release of claims substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A (the “ Release ”) and Executive’s continued compliance with the provisions of Section 7 below (the “ Restrictions ”), Executive will be entitled to receive the payments and benefits set forth below:

 

(i)                                      The Company shall continue to pay to Executive his then-current Base Salary (the “ Severance ”) during the period commencing on the Termination Date and ending on the four (4)-month anniversary of the Termination Date (the “ Severance Period ”). The Company shall pay the Severance in substantially equal installments in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll practices during the Severance Period; provided, that no Severance payments shall be made prior to the date on which the Release becomes effective and irrevocable, and if the aggregate period during which Executive is entitled to consider and/or revoke the Release spans two (2) calendar years, no payments under this Section 6(b)(i) shall be made prior to the beginning of the second (2nd) such calendar year (and any payments otherwise payable prior thereto (if any) shall instead be paid on the first regularly scheduled Company payroll date occurring in the latter such calendar year); and

 

(ii)                                   (A) If the Termination Date occurs within two (2) years following a Change in Control, one hundred percent (100%) of any then-unvested portion of the Option (to the extent then-outstanding) will vest and become exercisable upon the effectiveness of the Release (and shall, following such termination, remain outstanding and eligible to vest on such date of the Release has become effective and irrevocable); and (B) if the Termination Date occurs prior to the occurrence of a Change in Control, one hundred percent (100%) of any then-unvested portion of the Option held by Executive as of the Termination Date shall remain outstanding and eligible to vest upon the occurrence of a Change in Control (in accordance with Section 4(e) above) and shall automatically terminate on the earlier of the three (3)-month anniversary of the Termination Date (to the extent such Option does not become vested in accordance with Section 4(e) above on or prior to such three (3)-month anniversary) or any expiration date that would apply to the Option had Executive remained employed with the Company.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, upon any breach by Executive of any of the Restrictions on or following the Termination Date, (x) any unpaid portion of the Severance shall cease to be payable and shall be forfeited by Executive upon such breach, (y) any unexercised portion of the Option shall be immediately forfeited, and (z) any Severance amounts paid to Executive on or after the date of any such breach shall be repaid by Executive to the Company immediately upon

 

5



 

demand therefor.

 

(c)                                   Other Terminations .  If Executive’s employment is terminated for any reason not described in Section 6(b) above (including, without limitation, due to a termination of Executive’s employment by the Company for Cause, by Executive for any reason or due to Executive’s death or disability), the Company will pay Executive only the Accrued Obligations in accordance with Section 6(a) above.

 

(d)                                  Six-Month Delay .  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, no compensation or benefits, including without limitation any severance payments under Section 6 hereof, shall be paid to Executive during the six (6)-month period following Executive’s Separation from Service if the Company determines that paying such amounts at the time or times indicated in this Agreement would be a prohibited distribution under Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code.  If the payment of any such amounts is delayed as a result of the previous sentence, then on the first business day following the end of such six (6)-month period (or such earlier date upon which such amount can be paid under Section 409A of the Code without resulting in a prohibited distribution, including as a result of Executive’s death), the Company shall pay Executive a lump-sum amount equal to the cumulative amount that would have otherwise been payable to Executive during such period (without interest).

 

(e)                                   Termination of Offices and Directorships; Full Settlement .  Upon termination of Executive’s employment for any reason, unless otherwise specified in a written agreement between Executive and the Company, Executive shall be deemed to have resigned from all offices, directorships, and other employment positions then held with the Company or its affiliates, if any, and shall take all actions reasonably requested by the Company to effectuate the foregoing. Except as expressly provided in this Agreement, the Company shall have no further obligations, and Executive shall have no further rights or entitlements, in connection with or following Executive’s termination of employment.

 

(f)                                    Obligations of Executive Upon Termination .  Upon termination of Executive’s employment for any reason, Executive shall return to the Company (i) all keys, files, records (and copies thereof), equipment (including, but not limited to, computer hardware, software and printers, wireless handheld devices, cellular phones and pagers), access or credit cards, Company identification, and any other Company-owned property in Executive’s possession or control, and (ii) all documents and copies, including hard and electronic copies, of documents in Executive’s possession relating to any Confidential Information (as defined below) including without limitation, internal and external business forms, manuals, correspondence, notes and computer programs, and Executive shall not make or retain any copy or extract of any of the foregoing.

 

7.                                       Restrictive Covenants .

 

(a)                                  Confidentiality Agreement .  Executive acknowledges and agrees that, concurrently with the execution of this Agreement, Executive is entering into an agreement with the Company containing certain intellectual property assignment, confidentiality, non-solicitation provisions in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B (the “ Confidentiality Agreement ”). Executive acknowledges and agrees that Executive shall remain bound by, and comply with

 

6



 

Executive’s obligations under, the Confidentiality Agreement.

 

(b)                                  Continuing Operation, Survival .  Except as specifically provided in this Section 7, none of the termination of Executive’s employment, the Term or this Agreement will have any effect on the continuing operation of this Section 7, and this Section 7 shall continue to apply in accordance with its terms during and after Executive’s employment with the Company, whether or not any other provisions of this Agreement remain in effect at such time.

 

8.                                       Arbitration .

 

(a)                                  Any controversy or dispute that establishes a legal or equitable cause of action (“ Arbitration Claim ”) between any two or more Persons Subject to Arbitration (defined below), including without limitation any controversy or dispute, whether based on contract, common law, or federal, state or local statute or regulation, arising out of, or relating to Executive’s employment or the termination thereof, shall be submitted to final and binding arbitration as the sole and exclusive remedy for such controversy or dispute.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Agreement shall not require any Person Subject to Arbitration to arbitrate pursuant to this Agreement any claims: (i) under a Company benefit plan subject to the Employee Retirement Income Security Act, as amended; or (ii) as to which applicable law not preempted by the Federal Arbitration Act prohibits resolution by binding arbitration.  Either party may seek provisional non-monetary remedies in a court of competent jurisdiction to the extent that such remedies are not available or not available in a timely fashion through arbitration.  It is the parties’ intent that issues of arbitrability of any dispute shall be decided by the arbitrator.

 

(b)                                  Persons Subject to Arbitration ” means, individually and collectively, (i) Executive, (ii) any person in privity with or claiming through, on behalf of or in the right of Executive, (iii) the Company, (iv) any past, present or future affiliate, employee, officer, director or agent of the Company, and/or (v) any person or entity alleged to be acting in concert with or to be jointly liable with any of the foregoing.

 

(c)                                   The arbitration shall take place before a single neutral arbitrator at the JAMS office in Los Angeles, California.  Such arbitrator shall be provided through JAMS by mutual agreement of the parties to the arbitration; provided that , absent such agreement, the arbitrator shall be selected in accordance with the rules of JAMS then in effect.  The arbitrator shall permit reasonable discovery.  The arbitration shall be conducted in accordance with the JAMS rule applicable to employment disputes in effect at the time of the arbitration.  The award or decision of the arbitrator shall be rendered in writing; shall be final and binding on the parties; and may be enforced by judgment or order of a court of competent jurisdiction.

 

(d)                                  In the event of arbitration relating to this Agreement, the non-prevailing party shall reimburse the prevailing party for all costs incurred by the prevailing party in connection with such arbitration (including, without limitation, reasonable legal fees in connection with such arbitration, including any litigation or appeal therefrom).

 

(e)                                   WAIVER OF TRIAL BY JURY OR COURT .  EXECUTIVE AND THE COMPANY UNDERSTAND THAT BY AGREEING TO ARBITRATE ANY ARBITRATION

 

7



 

CLAIM, THEY WILL NOT HAVE THE RIGHT TO HAVE ANY ARBITRATION CLAIM DECIDED BY A JURY OR A COURT, BUT SHALL INSTEAD HAVE ANY ARBITRATION CLAIM DECIDED THROUGH ARBITRATION.

 

(f)                                    WAIVER OF OTHER RIGHTS .  EXECUTIVE AND THE COMPANY WAIVE ANY CONSTITUTIONAL OR OTHER RIGHTS OT BRING CLAIMS COVERED BY THIS AGREEMENT OTHER THAN IN THEIR INDIVIDUAL CAPACITIES.  EXCEPT AS MAY BE PROHIBITED BY LAW, THIS WAIVER INCLUDES THE ABILITY TO ASSERT CLAIMS AS A PLAINTIFF OR CLASS MEMBER IN ANY PURPORTED CLASS OR REPRESENTATIVE PROCEEDING.

 

(g)                                   This Section 8 shall be interpreted to conform to any applicable law concerning the terms and enforcement of agreements to arbitrate employment disputes.  To the extent any terms or conditions of this Section 8 would preclude its enforcement, such terms shall be severed or interpreted in a manner to allow for the enforcement of this Section 8.  To the extent applicable law imposes additional requirements to allow enforcement of this Section 8, this Agreement shall be interpreted to include such terms or conditions.

 

9.                                       Successors .  This Agreement is personal to Executive and, without the prior written consent of the Company, shall not be assignable by Executive otherwise than by will or the laws of descent and distribution.  This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the Company and its successors and assigns.

 

10.                                Notice .  For the purposes of this Agreement, notices, demands and all other communications provided for in this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given when delivered either personally, by reputable overnight courier or by United States certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed as follows:

 

If to Executive:

At Executive’s last known address

evidenced on the Company’s

payroll records.

 

If to the Company:

The Trade Desk, Inc.

42 N. Chestnut Street

Ventura, California 93001

Attn:                     Chief Financial Officer

 

or to such other address as any party may have furnished to the other in writing in accordance with this Agreement, except that notices of change of address shall be effective only upon receipt.

 

11.                                Section 409A .

 

(a)                                  To the extent applicable, this Agreement shall be interpreted in accordance with Section 409A of the Code and Department of Treasury regulations and other interpretative

 

8



 

guidance issued thereunder, including without limitation any such regulations or other such guidance that may be issued after the Effective Date (collectively, “ Section 409A ”).  Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, in the event that following the Effective Date, the Company determines that any compensation or benefits payable under this Agreement may be subject to Section 409A, the Company may adopt such amendments to this Agreement or adopt other policies or procedures (including amendments, policies and procedures with retroactive effect), or take any other actions that the Company determines are necessary or appropriate to preserve the intended tax treatment of the compensation and benefits payable hereunder, including without limitation actions intended to (i) exempt the compensation and benefits payable under this Agreement from Section 409A, and/or (ii) comply with the requirements of Section 409A, provided , that this Section 11 does not, and shall not be construed so as to, create any obligation on the part of the Company to adopt any such amendments, policies or procedures or to take any other such actions.  In no event shall the Company, its affiliates or any of their respective officers, directors or advisors be liable for any taxes, interest or penalties imposed under Section 409A or any corresponding provision of state or local law.

 

(b)                                  Any right to a series of installment payments pursuant to this Agreement, including without limitation the Severance, is to be treated as a right to a series of separate payments.  To the extent permitted under Section 409A, any separate payment or benefit under this Agreement or otherwise shall not be deemed “nonqualified deferred compensation” subject to Section 409A to the extent provided in the exceptions in Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(b)(4), Section 1.409A-1(b)(9) or any other applicable exception or provision of Section 409A.

 

12.                                Withholding .  All payments hereunder will be subject to any required withholding of federal, state and local taxes pursuant to any applicable law or regulation and the Company and its affiliates shall be entitled to withhold any and all such taxes from amounts payable hereunder.

 

13.                                Amendment; Waiver; Survival .  No provisions of this Agreement may be amended, modified, or waived unless agreed to in writing and signed by Executive and by a duly authorized officer of the Company.  No waiver by either party of any breach by the other party of any condition or provision of this Agreement shall be deemed a waiver of similar or dissimilar provisions or conditions at the same or at any prior or subsequent time.  The respective rights and obligations of the parties under this Agreement shall survive Executive’s termination of employment and the termination of this Agreement to the extent necessary for the intended preservation of such rights and obligations.

 

14.                                Governing Law .  The validity, interpretation, construction and performance of this Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of California without regard to its conflicts of law principles.

 

15.                                Validity .  The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision or provisions of this Agreement will not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision of this Agreement, which will remain in full force and effect.

 

16.                                Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which will be deemed to be an original but all of which together will constitute one and the

 

9



 

same instrument.

 

17.                                Section Headings .  The section headings in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only, and they form no part of this Agreement and will not affect its interpretation.

 

18.                                Entire Agreement .  This Agreement, together with the Option Agreement and the Confidentiality Agreement, sets forth the final and entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements, promises, covenants, arrangements, communications, representations or warranties, whether oral or written, by the Company and Executive, or any representative of the Company or Executive, with respect to the subject matter hereof (including, without limitation, that certain employment letter agreement between the Company and Executive, dated March 3, 2010).

 

19.                                Further Assurances .  The parties hereby agree, without further consideration, to execute and deliver such other instruments and to take such other action as may reasonably be required to effectuate the terms and provisions of this Agreement.

 

[ Signature Page Follows ]

 

10


 

Executive hereby represents and warrants to the Company that (a) Executive is entering into this Agreement voluntarily and that the performance of Executive’s duties and responsibilities with the Company will not violate any agreement between Executive and any other person, firm, organization or other entity, and (b) Executive is not bound by the terms of any agreement with any previous employer or other party to refrain from competing, directly or indirectly, with the business of such previous employer or other party, in any case, that would be violated by Executive’s entering into this Agreement and/or providing services to the Company pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement effective the date first above written.

 

 

THE TRADE DESK, INC.

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Paul Ross

 

 

Name:

Paul Ross

 

 

Title:

Chief Financial Officer

 

 

 

 

 

“EXECUTIVE”

 

 

 

/s/ Jeff Green

 

Jeff Green

 

11



 

EXHIBIT A

 

GENERAL RELEASE

 

For valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, the undersigned does hereby release and forever discharge the “ Releasees ” hereunder, consisting of The Trade Desk, Inc. (the “ Company ”), and its partners, subsidiaries, associates, affiliates, successors, heirs, assigns, agents, directors, officers, employees, representatives, lawyers, insurers, and all persons acting by, through, under or in concert with them, or any of them, of and from any and all manner of action or actions, cause or causes of action, in law or in equity, suits, debts, liens, contracts, agreements, promises, liability, claims, demands, damages, losses, costs, attorneys’ fees or expenses, of any nature whatsoever, known or unknown, fixed or contingent (hereinafter called “ Claims ”), which the undersigned now has or may hereafter have against the Releasees, or any of them, by reason of any matter, cause, or thing whatsoever from the beginning of time to the date hereof.

 

The Claims released herein include, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, any Claims in any way arising out of, based upon, or related to the employment or termination of employment of the undersigned by the Releasees, or any of them; any alleged breach of any express or implied contract of employment; any alleged torts or other alleged legal restrictions on Releasees’ right to terminate the employment of the undersigned; and any alleged violation of any federal, state or local statute or ordinance including, without limitation, Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, the Age Discrimination In Employment Act, the Americans With Disabilities Act and the California Fair Employment and Housing Act.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, this general release (the “ Release ”) shall not operate to release any rights or claims of the undersigned (i) to payments or benefits under Section 6 of that certain Employment Agreement, dated as of January 28, 2016, which payments and benefits (among other good and valuable consideration) are provided in exchange for this Release, (ii) to any Claims for indemnification arising under any applicable indemnification obligation of the Company, or (iii) to any Claims which cannot be waived by an employee under applicable law.

 

THE UNDERSIGNED ACKNOWLEDGES THAT THE UNDERSIGNED HAS BEEN ADVISED BY LEGAL COUNSEL AND IS FAMILIAR WITH THE PROVISIONS OF CALIFORNIA CIVIL CODE SECTION 1542, WHICH PROVIDES AS FOLLOWS:

 

“A GENERAL RELEASE DOES NOT EXTEND TO CLAIMS WHICH THE CREDITOR DOES NOT KNOW OR SUSPECT TO EXIST IN HIS OR HER FAVOR AT THE TIME OF EXECUTING THE RELEASE, WHICH IF KNOWN BY HIM OR HER MUST HAVE MATERIALLY AFFECTED HIS OR HER SETTLEMENT WITH THE DEBTOR.”

 

THE UNDERSIGNED, BEING AWARE OF SAID CODE SECTION, HEREBY EXPRESSLY WAIVES ANY RIGHTS THE UNDERSIGNED MAY HAVE THEREUNDER, AS WELL AS UNDER ANY OTHER STATUTES OR COMMON LAW PRINCIPLES OF SIMILAR EFFECT.

 



 

IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE OLDER WORKERS BENEFIT PROTECTION ACT OF 1990, THE UNDERSIGNED IS HEREBY ADVISED AS FOLLOWS:

 

A.                                     THE UNDERSIGNED HAS THE RIGHT TO CONSULT WITH AN ATTORNEY BEFORE SIGNING THIS RELEASE;

 

B.                                     THE UNDERSIGNED HAS [TWENTY-ONE (21)](1) DAYS TO CONSIDER THIS RELEASE BEFORE SIGNING IT.  IF THE UNDERSIGNED SIGNS THIS RELEASE PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION OF THE [TWENTY-ONE (21)] DAY PERIOD, THE UNDERSIGNED WAIVES THE REMAINDER OF THAT PERIOD.  UNDERSIGNED WAIVES THE RESTARTING OF THE [TWENTY-ONE (21)] DAY PERIOD IN THE EVENT OF ANY MODIFICATION OF THIS RELEASE, WHETHER OR NOT MATERIAL; AND

 

C.                                     THE UNDERSIGNED HAS SEVEN (7) DAYS AFTER SIGNING THIS RELEASE TO REVOKE THIS RELEASE, AND THIS RELEASE WILL BECOME EFFECTIVE UPON THE EXPIRATION OF THAT REVOCATION PERIOD.

 

If the undersigned wishes to revoke this Release, the undersigned must deliver written notice (which may be by email), stating the undersigned’s intent to revoke to [      ], at [       ], on or before 5:00 p.m. (PST) on the seventh (7 th ) day after the date on which the undersigned signs this Release.  The undersigned acknowledges that if the undersigned revokes this Release, the undersigned will not receive any payments or benefits pursuant to Section 6(b) of the Employment Agreement.

 

The undersigned represents and warrants that there has been no assignment or other transfer of any interest in any Claim which the undersigned may have against Releasees, or any of them, and the undersigned agrees to indemnify and hold Releasees, and each of them, harmless from any liability, Claims, demands, damages, costs, expenses and attorneys’ fees incurred by Releasees, or any of them, as the result of any such assignment or transfer or any rights or Claims under any such assignment or transfer.  It is the intention of the parties that this indemnity does not require payment as a condition precedent to recovery by the Releasees against the undersigned under this indemnity.

 

The undersigned agrees that if the undersigned hereafter commences any suit arising out of, based upon, or relating to any of the Claims released hereunder or in any manner asserts against Releasees, or any of them, any of the Claims released hereunder, then the undersigned agrees to pay to Releasees, and each of them, in addition to any other damages caused to Releasees thereby, all attorneys’ fees incurred by Releasees in defending or otherwise responding to said suit or Claim.

 

The undersigned further understands and agrees that neither the payment of any sum of money nor the execution of this Release shall constitute or be construed as an admission of any

 


(1)  If multiple terminations are contemplated at the time of termination, this may need to be increased to 45 days.

 



 

liability whatsoever by the Releasees, or any of them, who have consistently taken the position that they have no liability whatsoever to the undersigned.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Release this      day of                     20  .

 

 

 

 

Jeff Green

 



 

EXHIBIT B

 

CONFIDENTIALITY AGREEMENT

 

[ Intentionally omitted. ]

 




EXHIBIT 10.10

 

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

 

THIS EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”), dated as of January 28, 2016 (the “ Effective Date ”), is entered into by and between The Trade Desk, Inc. (the “ Company ”), and David Pickles (“ Executive ”).

 

WHEREAS, Executive is currently employed by the Company; and

 

WHEREAS, effective as of the Effective Date, the Company desires to continue to employ Executive and Executive desires to accept such continued employment, upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual agreements set forth herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereby agree as follows:

 

1.                                       At-Will Employment .  Executive’s employment with the Company under this Agreement is “at-will” and is not for a specified period of time.  Subject to the Company’s obligations under Section 6 hereof, either Executive or the Company may terminate Executive’s employment at any time and for any reason or no reason.  The at-will nature of this employment relationship cannot be changed except in a writing signed by Executive and an authorized officer of the Company.  The period of Executive’s employment with the Company under this Agreement is referred to herein as the “ Term ”.  For the avoidance of doubt, the provisions of Section 7 and 8 below shall survive any termination of the Term and/or this Agreement.

 

2.                                       Position and Duties .  During the Term, Executive shall initially serve as Chief Technology Officer of the Company, and shall serve in such other or additional positions as the Company may determine from time to time.  Executive shall perform such duties as are usual and customary for Executive’s position(s) and shall devote Executive’s full business time to the business and affairs of the Company, its subsidiaries and its affiliates as is necessary to perform the services required hereunder. Executive shall not engage in any other employment, occupation, consulting or other business activity during the Term. Notwithstanding the foregoing, during the Term, it shall not be a violation of this Agreement for Executive to: (i) serve on boards, committees or similar bodies of charitable or nonprofit organizations, or engage in charitable activities, or (ii) fulfill limited teaching, speaking and writing engagements, in each case, so long as such activities do not, individually or in the aggregate, materially interfere or conflict with the performance of Executive’s duties and responsibilities under this Agreement.  Executive agrees to observe and comply with the rules and policies of the Company, as in effect from time to time, including, and without limitation, any rules and policies relating to Executive’s obligations to the Company upon a termination of employment.

 

3.                                       Location .  During the Term, Executive shall perform the services required by this Agreement at the Company’s offices in Ventura, California, or such other location as the Company shall determine, except for travel to other locations as may be necessary to fulfill Executive’s duties and responsibilities hereunder.

 



 

4.                                       Compensation and  Benefits; Expenses .

 

(a)                                  Base Salary .  During the Term, Executive shall receive a base salary (the “ Base Salary ”) of $380,000 per year.  The Base Salary shall be reviewed annually by the Board of Directors of the Company (the “ Board ”) and may be increased (but not reduced) from time to time by the Board in its sole discretion.  The Base Salary shall be paid in accordance with the Company’s customary payroll practices, as in effect from time to time, but no less often than monthly.

 

(b)                                  Cash Incentive Programs .

 

(i)                                      Executive will be eligible to participate in the Company’s cash incentive programs made available generally to senior executives of the Company, as in effect from time to time (any such incentive, a “ Cash Incentive ”), provided that the terms and conditions on which Executive participates in any such Cash Incentive program(s) shall be determined by the Board in its sole discretion.  With respect to calendar year 2016, Executive will participate in an uncapped Cash Incentive program under which incentives are determined as a percentage of the Company’s Net Revenue (as defined below) for calendar year 2016, but only if the Company achieves the applicable Gross Managed Revenue (as defined below) targets for such calendar year, as follows:

 

If the Company’s Gross Managed
Revenue for the calendar year
2016 equals:

 

Then Executive’s Cash Incentive
for calendar year 2016 will equal
the following percentage of the
Company’s Net Revenue for such
calendar year:

 

$500,000,000 or less

 

0.0000

%

$600,000,000

 

0.0500

%

$700,000,000

 

0.0925

%

$800,000,000

 

0.1350

%

$900,000,000

 

0.1775

%

$1,000,000,000 or more

 

0.2000

%

 

If the Company’s Gross Managed Revenue for calendar year 2016 exceeds $500,000,000, but falls between any two of the Gross Managed Revenue targets set forth above, then Executive’s Cash Incentive for calendar year 2016 (the “ 2016 Cash Incentive ”) will be determined by straight-line interpolation between the Net Revenue percentages applicable to such Gross Managed Revenue targets.

 

(ii)                                   Any 2016 Cash Incentive will be paid to Executive in quarterly installments during calendar year 2016, with actual payments made no later than sixty (60) days after the end of the relevant calendar quarter, subject to Executive’s continued employment with the Company through the end of such calendar quarter.  Quarterly 2016 Cash Incentive installments will be earned during the applicable calendar quarter based on actual Gross Managed Revenue for such calendar quarter; provided , that the Company may, as determined by the Board in its sole discretion, pay quarterly amounts in excess of applicable Gross Managed Revenue attainment for the calendar quarter based on the Board’s good-faith estimate of annual

 

2



 

Gross Managed Revenue (but, for the avoidance of doubt, the Company shall have no obligation to do so).  If the Company pays any quarterly 2016 Cash Incentive in excess of the amount payable based on actual Gross Managed Revenue attainment for such calendar quarter, any such excess amount shall, to the extent determined by the Board, reduce the amount of any future quarterly installment as necessary to cause the actual annual amount of such Cash Incentive to correspond to the foregoing table.  The Board may review and revise or terminate the 2016 Cash Incentive program from time to time (including in connection with a Change in Control (as defined below)), in its sole discretion, provided that any such change shall not adversely impact any 2016 Cash Incentive earned by Executive prior to such change. In the event of a conflict between the terms of the 2016 Cash Incentive program and the provisions contained in any formal bonus plan adopted by the Company, the provisions of the formal bonus plan will control.

 

(iii)                                For purposes of this Agreement, “ Gross Managed Revenue ” shall mean, with respect to any calendar year, the Company’s total gross managed revenue during such year; and “ Net Revenue ” shall mean, with respect to any calendar year, the Company’s total Gross Managed Revenue less the total cost of media and data during such year.

 

(c)                                   Benefits; Paid Time Off .  During the Term, Executive will be eligible to participate in the health, welfare and retirement benefit plans, policies and programs (including, as applicable, medical, dental, disability, life and accidental death insurance plans and programs) and any vacation or paid-time-off policies or programs, in each case, as maintained by the Company for the benefit of its senior executives from time to time.  Executive shall be entitled to participate in any Company paid-time-off program applicable to its senior executives, as in effect from time to time.  Nothing contained in this Section 4(c) shall create or be deemed to create any obligation on the part of the Company to adopt or maintain, or restrict the Company’s ability to amend or terminate,  any health, welfare, retirement, fringe or other benefit plan(s) or program(s) at any time.

 

(d)                                  Expenses .  During the Term, Executive shall be entitled to receive prompt reimbursement for all ordinary and necessary business expenses incurred by Executive in the performance of Executive’s services hereunder, to the extent incurred and substantiated in accordance with the policies, practices and procedures of the Company applicable to its senior executives, as in effect from time to time.

 

(e)                                   Stock Option .  Subject to approval by the Board, the Company will grant Executive, during the fourth calendar quarter of 2015 (and subject to Executive’s continued employment with the Company through the grant date), under the Company’s 2015 Equity Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”), an incentive stock option to purchase 130,444  shares of Company common stock (an “ Option ”), with an exercise price equal to $1.12 per share, which is equal to the fair market value of the shares of Company common stock underlying the Option on the grant date.  Subject to Executive’s continued employment with the Company through the applicable vesting date, the Option will vest and become exercisable with respect to one-forty-eighth (1/48th) of the shares subject thereto on each monthly anniversary of January 1, 2016.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Company experiences a Change in Control (as defined in the Plan) prior to the full vesting (or forfeiture) of the Option and Executive’s employment is terminated by the Company without Cause (as defined below) within three (3) months prior to the consummation of such Change in Control, then, subject to Section 6(b) below, one hundred

 

3



 

percent (100%) of any then-unvested portion of the Option will vest and become exercisable immediately prior to such Change in Control.  In addition, (i) if the Company experiences a Change in Control (as defined in the Plan) prior to the full vesting (or forfeiture) of the Option and Executive remains employed by the Company through at least immediately prior to such Change in Control, fifty percent (50%) of any then-unvested portion of the Option shall vest immediately prior to such Change in Control, and (ii) if the Company experiences a Change in Control (as defined in the Plan) prior to the full vesting (or forfeiture) of the Option and Executive’s employment is terminated by the Company without Cause within two (2) years following the consummation of such Change in Control, subject to and conditioned upon Executive’s timely execution and non-revocation of a Release (as defined below), one hundred percent (100%) of any then-unvested portion of the Option will vest in full and become exercisable upon the effectiveness of the Release.  Each Option will be subject in all respects to the terms and conditions set forth in the Plan and in an award agreement to be entered into between the Company and Executive, which will evidence the grant of the Option (each, an “ Option Agreement ”).

 

5.                                       Termination of Employment . Executive’s employment may be terminated at any time by the Company, for Cause (as defined below) or without Cause, and Executive may resign for any reason, each in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.  For purposes of this Agreement, “ Cause ” shall mean the occurrence of one or more of the following:

 

a.                                       Executive’s conviction of or plea of no contest to a felony or a crime involving any financial dishonesty against the Company;

 

b.                                       Executive’s willful misconduct that causes material harm or loss to the Company, including, but not limited to, misappropriation or conversion of Company assets;

 

c.                                        Executive’s gross negligence or refusal or willful failure to act in accordance with any specific lawful direction or order of the Company (or a parent or subsidiary of the Company) which causes material harm or loss to the Company (and Executive’s failure to cure the same, to the extent capable of cure, within ten (10) days of receiving written notice from the Company (or any acquirer or successor));

 

d.                                       Executive’s material breach of any agreement with the Company (or a parent or subsidiary of the Company) which causes material harm or loss to the Company (and Executive’s failure to cure the same, to the extent capable of cure, within ten (10) days of receiving written notice from the Company (or any acquirer or successor)); or

 

e.                                        Executive’s unauthorized use or disclosure of the Company’s confidential information or trade secrets, which use or disclosure causes material harm to the Company.

 

6.                                       Obligations of the Company Upon Termination .

 

(a)                                  Accrued Obligations .  If Executive’s employment under this Agreement terminates during the Term for any reason, upon such termination, the Company will pay to Executive in a single lump-sum payment, within thirty (30) days after the Date of Termination (as defined below), or such earlier date as may be required by applicable law, the aggregate

 

4



 

amount of (i) any earned but unpaid Base Salary, (ii) unreimbursed business expenses incurred prior to the Date of Termination that are reimbursable in accordance with Section 4(d) above, and (iii) accrued, unused vacation through the Termination Date (if any) (together, the “ Accrued Obligations ”).  Vested benefits (if any) under any employee benefit plans shall be governed by the terms and conditions of the applicable plans.

 

(b)                                  Termination by the Company Without Cause .  If, during the Term, the Company terminates Executive’s employment without Cause, upon Executive’s “separation from service” from the Company (within the meaning of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”)) (a “ Separation from Service ” and, the date of any such Separation from Service, the “ Termination Date ”), subject to and conditioned upon Executive’s timely execution and non-revocation of a general release of claims substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A (the “ Release ”) and Executive’s continued compliance with the provisions of Section 7 below (the “ Restrictions ”), Executive will be entitled to receive the payments and benefits set forth below:

 

(i)                                      The Company shall continue to pay to Executive his then-current Base Salary (the “ Severance ”) during the period commencing on the Termination Date and ending on the four (4)-month anniversary of the Termination Date (the “ Severance Period ”). The Company shall pay the Severance in substantially equal installments in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll practices during the Severance Period; provided, that no Severance payments shall be made prior to the date on which the Release becomes effective and irrevocable, and if the aggregate period during which Executive is entitled to consider and/or revoke the Release spans two (2) calendar years, no payments under this Section 6(b)(i) shall be made prior to the beginning of the second (2nd) such calendar year (and any payments otherwise payable prior thereto (if any) shall instead be paid on the first regularly scheduled Company payroll date occurring in the latter such calendar year); and

 

(ii)                                   (A) If the Termination Date occurs within two (2) years following a Change in Control, one hundred percent (100%) of any then-unvested portion of the Option (to the extent then-outstanding) will vest and become exercisable upon the effectiveness of the Release (and shall, following such termination, remain outstanding and eligible to vest on such date of the Release has become effective and irrevocable); and (B) if the Termination Date occurs prior to the occurrence of a Change in Control, one hundred percent (100%) of any then-unvested portion of the Option held by Executive as of the Termination Date shall remain outstanding and eligible to vest upon the occurrence of a Change in Control (in accordance with Section 4(e) above) and shall automatically terminate on the earlier of the three (3)-month anniversary of the Termination Date (to the extent such Option does not become vested in accordance with Section 4(e) above on or prior to such three (3)-month anniversary) or any expiration date that would apply to the Option had Executive remained employed with the Company.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, upon any breach by Executive of any of the Restrictions on or following the Termination Date, (x) any unpaid portion of the Severance shall cease to be payable and shall be forfeited by Executive upon such breach, (y) any unexercised portion of the Option shall be immediately forfeited, and (z) any Severance amounts paid to Executive on or after the date of any such breach shall be repaid by Executive to the Company immediately upon

 

5



 

demand therefor.

 

(c)                                   Other Terminations .  If Executive’s employment is terminated for any reason not described in Section 6(b) above (including, without limitation, due to a termination of Executive’s employment by the Company for Cause, by Executive for any reason or due to Executive’s death or disability), the Company will pay Executive only the Accrued Obligations in accordance with Section 6(a) above.

 

(d)                                  Six-Month Delay .  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, no compensation or benefits, including without limitation any severance payments under Section 6 hereof, shall be paid to Executive during the six (6)-month period following Executive’s Separation from Service if the Company determines that paying such amounts at the time or times indicated in this Agreement would be a prohibited distribution under Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code.  If the payment of any such amounts is delayed as a result of the previous sentence, then on the first business day following the end of such six (6)-month period (or such earlier date upon which such amount can be paid under Section 409A of the Code without resulting in a prohibited distribution, including as a result of Executive’s death), the Company shall pay Executive a lump-sum amount equal to the cumulative amount that would have otherwise been payable to Executive during such period (without interest).

 

(e)                                   Termination of Offices and Directorships; Full Settlement .  Upon termination of Executive’s employment for any reason, unless otherwise specified in a written agreement between Executive and the Company, Executive shall be deemed to have resigned from all offices, directorships, and other employment positions then held with the Company or its affiliates, if any, and shall take all actions reasonably requested by the Company to effectuate the foregoing. Except as expressly provided in this Agreement, the Company shall have no further obligations, and Executive shall have no further rights or entitlements, in connection with or following Executive’s termination of employment.

 

(f)                                    Obligations of Executive Upon Termination .  Upon termination of Executive’s employment for any reason, Executive shall return to the Company (i) all keys, files, records (and copies thereof), equipment (including, but not limited to, computer hardware, software and printers, wireless handheld devices, cellular phones and pagers), access or credit cards, Company identification, and any other Company-owned property in Executive’s possession or control, and (ii) all documents and copies, including hard and electronic copies, of documents in Executive’s possession relating to any Confidential Information (as defined below) including without limitation, internal and external business forms, manuals, correspondence, notes and computer programs, and Executive shall not make or retain any copy or extract of any of the foregoing.

 

7.                                       Restrictive Covenants .

 

(a)                                  Confidentiality Agreement .  Executive acknowledges and agrees that, concurrently with the execution of this Agreement, Executive is entering into an agreement with the Company containing certain intellectual property assignment, confidentiality, non-solicitation provisions in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B (the “ Confidentiality Agreement ”). Executive acknowledges and agrees that Executive shall remain bound by, and comply with

 

6



 

Executive’s obligations under, the Confidentiality Agreement.

 

(b)                                  Continuing Operation, Survival .  Except as specifically provided in this Section 7, none of the termination of Executive’s employment, the Term or this Agreement will have any effect on the continuing operation of this Section 7, and this Section 7 shall continue to apply in accordance with its terms during and after Executive’s employment with the Company, whether or not any other provisions of this Agreement remain in effect at such time.

 

8.                                       Arbitration .

 

(a)                                  Any controversy or dispute that establishes a legal or equitable cause of action (“ Arbitration Claim ”) between any two or more Persons Subject to Arbitration (defined below), including without limitation any controversy or dispute, whether based on contract, common law, or federal, state or local statute or regulation, arising out of, or relating to Executive’s employment or the termination thereof, shall be submitted to final and binding arbitration as the sole and exclusive remedy for such controversy or dispute.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Agreement shall not require any Person Subject to Arbitration to arbitrate pursuant to this Agreement any claims: (i) under a Company benefit plan subject to the Employee Retirement Income Security Act, as amended; or (ii) as to which applicable law not preempted by the Federal Arbitration Act prohibits resolution by binding arbitration.  Either party may seek provisional non-monetary remedies in a court of competent jurisdiction to the extent that such remedies are not available or not available in a timely fashion through arbitration.  It is the parties’ intent that issues of arbitrability of any dispute shall be decided by the arbitrator.

 

(b)                                  Persons Subject to Arbitration ” means, individually and collectively, (i) Executive, (ii) any person in privity with or claiming through, on behalf of or in the right of Executive, (iii) the Company, (iv) any past, present or future affiliate, employee, officer, director or agent of the Company, and/or (v) any person or entity alleged to be acting in concert with or to be jointly liable with any of the foregoing.

 

(c)                                   The arbitration shall take place before a single neutral arbitrator at the JAMS office in Los Angeles, California.  Such arbitrator shall be provided through JAMS by mutual agreement of the parties to the arbitration; provided that , absent such agreement, the arbitrator shall be selected in accordance with the rules of JAMS then in effect.  The arbitrator shall permit reasonable discovery.  The arbitration shall be conducted in accordance with the JAMS rule applicable to employment disputes in effect at the time of the arbitration.  The award or decision of the arbitrator shall be rendered in writing; shall be final and binding on the parties; and may be enforced by judgment or order of a court of competent jurisdiction.

 

(d)                                  In the event of arbitration relating to this Agreement, the non-prevailing party shall reimburse the prevailing party for all costs incurred by the prevailing party in connection with such arbitration (including, without limitation, reasonable legal fees in connection with such arbitration, including any litigation or appeal therefrom).

 

(e)                                   WAIVER OF TRIAL BY JURY OR COURT .  EXECUTIVE AND THE COMPANY UNDERSTAND THAT BY AGREEING TO ARBITRATE ANY ARBITRATION

 

7



 

CLAIM, THEY WILL NOT HAVE THE RIGHT TO HAVE ANY ARBITRATION CLAIM DECIDED BY A JURY OR A COURT, BUT SHALL INSTEAD HAVE ANY ARBITRATION CLAIM DECIDED THROUGH ARBITRATION.

 

(f)                                    WAIVER OF OTHER RIGHTS .  EXECUTIVE AND THE COMPANY WAIVE ANY CONSTITUTIONAL OR OTHER RIGHTS OT BRING CLAIMS COVERED BY THIS AGREEMENT OTHER THAN IN THEIR INDIVIDUAL CAPACITIES.  EXCEPT AS MAY BE PROHIBITED BY LAW, THIS WAIVER INCLUDES THE ABILITY TO ASSERT CLAIMS AS A PLAINTIFF OR CLASS MEMBER IN ANY PURPORTED CLASS OR REPRESENTATIVE PROCEEDING.

 

(g)                                   This Section 8 shall be interpreted to conform to any applicable law concerning the terms and enforcement of agreements to arbitrate employment disputes.  To the extent any terms or conditions of this Section 8 would preclude its enforcement, such terms shall be severed or interpreted in a manner to allow for the enforcement of this Section 8.  To the extent applicable law imposes additional requirements to allow enforcement of this Section 8, this Agreement shall be interpreted to include such terms or conditions.

 

9.                                       Successors .  This Agreement is personal to Executive and, without the prior written consent of the Company, shall not be assignable by Executive otherwise than by will or the laws of descent and distribution.  This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the Company and its successors and assigns.

 

10.                                Notice .  For the purposes of this Agreement, notices, demands and all other communications provided for in this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given when delivered either personally, by reputable overnight courier or by United States certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed as follows:

 

If to Executive:

At Executive’s last known address

evidenced on the Company’s

payroll records.

 

If to the Company:

The Trade Desk, Inc.

42 N. Chestnut Street

Ventura, California 93001

Attn:                     Chief Executive Officer

Chief Financial Officer

 

or to such other address as any party may have furnished to the other in writing in accordance with this Agreement, except that notices of change of address shall be effective only upon receipt.

 

11.                                Section 409A .

 

(a)                                  To the extent applicable, this Agreement shall be interpreted in accordance

 

8



 

with Section 409A of the Code and Department of Treasury regulations and other interpretative guidance issued thereunder, including without limitation any such regulations or other such guidance that may be issued after the Effective Date (collectively, “ Section 409A ”). Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, in the event that following the Effective Date, the Company determines that any compensation or benefits payable under this Agreement may be subject to Section 409A, the Company may adopt such amendments to this Agreement or adopt other policies or procedures (including amendments, policies and procedures with retroactive effect), or take any other actions that the Company determines are necessary or appropriate to preserve the intended tax treatment of the compensation and benefits payable hereunder, including without limitation actions intended to (i) exempt the compensation and benefits payable under this Agreement from Section 409A, and/or (ii) comply with the requirements of Section 409A, provided , that this Section 11 does not, and shall not be construed so as to, create any obligation on the part of the Company to adopt any such amendments, policies or procedures or to take any other such actions.  In no event shall the Company, its affiliates or any of their respective officers, directors or advisors be liable for any taxes, interest or penalties imposed under Section 409A or any corresponding provision of state or local law.

 

(b)                                  Any right to a series of installment payments pursuant to this Agreement, including without limitation the Severance, is to be treated as a right to a series of separate payments.  To the extent permitted under Section 409A, any separate payment or benefit under this Agreement or otherwise shall not be deemed “nonqualified deferred compensation” subject to Section 409A to the extent provided in the exceptions in Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(b)(4), Section 1.409A-1(b)(9) or any other applicable exception or provision of Section 409A.

 

12.                                Withholding .  All payments hereunder will be subject to any required withholding of federal, state and local taxes pursuant to any applicable law or regulation and the Company and its affiliates shall be entitled to withhold any and all such taxes from amounts payable hereunder.

 

13.                                Amendment; Waiver; Survival .  No provisions of this Agreement may be amended, modified, or waived unless agreed to in writing and signed by Executive and by a duly authorized officer of the Company.  No waiver by either party of any breach by the other party of any condition or provision of this Agreement shall be deemed a waiver of similar or dissimilar provisions or conditions at the same or at any prior or subsequent time.  The respective rights and obligations of the parties under this Agreement shall survive Executive’s termination of employment and the termination of this Agreement to the extent necessary for the intended preservation of such rights and obligations.

 

14.                                Governing Law .  The validity, interpretation, construction and performance of this Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of California without regard to its conflicts of law principles.

 

15.                                Validity .  The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision or provisions of this Agreement will not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision of this Agreement, which will remain in full force and effect.

 

16.                                Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each

 

9



 

of which will be deemed to be an original but all of which together will constitute one and the same instrument.

 

17.                                Section Headings .  The section headings in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only, and they form no part of this Agreement and will not affect its interpretation.

 

18.                                Entire Agreement .  This Agreement, together with the Option Agreement and the Confidentiality Agreement, sets forth the final and entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements, promises, covenants, arrangements, communications, representations or warranties, whether oral or written, by the Company and Executive, or any representative of the Company or Executive, with respect to the subject matter hereof (including, without limitation, that certain employment letter agreement between the Company and Executive, dated March 3, 2010).

 

19.                                Further Assurances .  The parties hereby agree, without further consideration, to execute and deliver such other instruments and to take such other action as may reasonably be required to effectuate the terms and provisions of this Agreement.

 

[ Signature Page Follows ]

 

10


 

Executive hereby represents and warrants to the Company that (a) Executive is entering into this Agreement voluntarily and that the performance of Executive’s duties and responsibilities with the Company will not violate any agreement between Executive and any other person, firm, organization or other entity, and (b) Executive is not bound by the terms of any agreement with any previous employer or other party to refrain from competing, directly or indirectly, with the business of such previous employer or other party, in any case, that would be violated by Executive’s entering into this Agreement and/or providing services to the Company pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement effective the date first above written.

 

 

THE TRADE DESK, INC.

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Jeff Green

 

 

Name:

Jeff Green

 

 

Title:

Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

“EXECUTIVE”

 

 

 

/s/ David Pickles

 

David Pickles

 

11



 

EXHIBIT A

 

GENERAL RELEASE

 

For valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, the undersigned does hereby release and forever discharge the “ Releasees ” hereunder, consisting of The Trade Desk, Inc. (the “ Company ”), and its partners, subsidiaries, associates, affiliates, successors, heirs, assigns, agents, directors, officers, employees, representatives, lawyers, insurers, and all persons acting by, through, under or in concert with them, or any of them, of and from any and all manner of action or actions, cause or causes of action, in law or in equity, suits, debts, liens, contracts, agreements, promises, liability, claims, demands, damages, losses, costs, attorneys’ fees or expenses, of any nature whatsoever, known or unknown, fixed or contingent (hereinafter called “ Claims ”), which the undersigned now has or may hereafter have against the Releasees, or any of them, by reason of any matter, cause, or thing whatsoever from the beginning of time to the date hereof.

 

The Claims released herein include, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, any Claims in any way arising out of, based upon, or related to the employment or termination of employment of the undersigned by the Releasees, or any of them; any alleged breach of any express or implied contract of employment; any alleged torts or other alleged legal restrictions on Releasees’ right to terminate the employment of the undersigned; and any alleged violation of any federal, state or local statute or ordinance including, without limitation, Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, the Age Discrimination In Employment Act, the Americans With Disabilities Act and the California Fair Employment and Housing Act.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, this general release (the “ Release ”) shall not operate to release any rights or claims of the undersigned (i) to payments or benefits under Section 6 of that certain Employment Agreement, dated as of January 28, 2016, which payments and benefits (among other good and valuable consideration) are provided in exchange for this Release, (ii) to any Claims for indemnification arising under any applicable indemnification obligation of the Company, or (iii) to any Claims which cannot be waived by an employee under applicable law.

 

THE UNDERSIGNED ACKNOWLEDGES THAT THE UNDERSIGNED HAS BEEN ADVISED BY LEGAL COUNSEL AND IS FAMILIAR WITH THE PROVISIONS OF CALIFORNIA CIVIL CODE SECTION 1542, WHICH PROVIDES AS FOLLOWS:

 

“A GENERAL RELEASE DOES NOT EXTEND TO CLAIMS WHICH THE CREDITOR DOES NOT KNOW OR SUSPECT TO EXIST IN HIS OR HER FAVOR AT THE TIME OF EXECUTING THE RELEASE, WHICH IF KNOWN BY HIM OR HER MUST HAVE MATERIALLY AFFECTED HIS OR HER SETTLEMENT WITH THE DEBTOR.”

 

THE UNDERSIGNED, BEING AWARE OF SAID CODE SECTION, HEREBY EXPRESSLY WAIVES ANY RIGHTS THE UNDERSIGNED MAY HAVE THEREUNDER, AS WELL AS UNDER ANY OTHER STATUTES OR COMMON LAW PRINCIPLES OF SIMILAR EFFECT.

 

IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE OLDER WORKERS BENEFIT PROTECTION ACT

 



 

OF 1990, THE UNDERSIGNED IS HEREBY ADVISED AS FOLLOWS:

 

A.                                     THE UNDERSIGNED HAS THE RIGHT TO CONSULT WITH AN ATTORNEY BEFORE SIGNING THIS RELEASE;

 

B.                                     THE UNDERSIGNED HAS [TWENTY-ONE (21)](1) DAYS TO CONSIDER THIS RELEASE BEFORE SIGNING IT.  IF THE UNDERSIGNED SIGNS THIS RELEASE PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION OF THE [TWENTY-ONE (21)] DAY PERIOD, THE UNDERSIGNED WAIVES THE REMAINDER OF THAT PERIOD.  UNDERSIGNED WAIVES THE RESTARTING OF THE [TWENTY-ONE (21)] DAY PERIOD IN THE EVENT OF ANY MODIFICATION OF THIS RELEASE, WHETHER OR NOT MATERIAL; AND

 

 

C.                                     THE UNDERSIGNED HAS SEVEN (7) DAYS AFTER SIGNING THIS RELEASE TO REVOKE THIS RELEASE, AND THIS RELEASE WILL BECOME EFFECTIVE UPON THE EXPIRATION OF THAT REVOCATION PERIOD.

 

If the undersigned wishes to revoke this Release, the undersigned must deliver written notice (which may be by email), stating the undersigned’s intent to revoke to [      ], at [       ], on or before 5:00 p.m. (PST) on the seventh (7 th ) day after the date on which the undersigned signs this Release.  The undersigned acknowledges that if the undersigned revokes this Release, the undersigned will not receive any payments or benefits pursuant to Section 6(b) of the Employment Agreement.

 

The undersigned represents and warrants that there has been no assignment or other transfer of any interest in any Claim which the undersigned may have against Releasees, or any of them, and the undersigned agrees to indemnify and hold Releasees, and each of them, harmless from any liability, Claims, demands, damages, costs, expenses and attorneys’ fees incurred by Releasees, or any of them, as the result of any such assignment or transfer or any rights or Claims under any such assignment or transfer.  It is the intention of the parties that this indemnity does not require payment as a condition precedent to recovery by the Releasees against the undersigned under this indemnity.

 

The undersigned agrees that if the undersigned hereafter commences any suit arising out of, based upon, or relating to any of the Claims released hereunder or in any manner asserts against Releasees, or any of them, any of the Claims released hereunder, then the undersigned agrees to pay to Releasees, and each of them, in addition to any other damages caused to Releasees thereby, all attorneys’ fees incurred by Releasees in defending or otherwise responding to said suit or Claim.

 

The undersigned further understands and agrees that neither the payment of any sum of money nor the execution of this Release shall constitute or be construed as an admission of any liability whatsoever by the Releasees, or any of them, who have consistently taken the position

 


(1)  If multiple terminations are contemplated at the time of termination, this may need to be increased to 45 days.

 



 

that they have no liability whatsoever to the undersigned.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Release this      day of                     20  .

 

 

 

 

David Pickles

 



 

EXHIBIT B

 

 

CONFIDENTIALITY AGREEMENT

 

[ Intentionally omitted. ]

 




EXHIBIT 10.11

 

 

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

 

 

THIS EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”), dated as of January 28, 2016 (the “ Effective Date ”), is entered into by and between The Trade Desk, Inc. (the “ Company ”), and Paul Ross (“ Executive ”).

 

WHEREAS, Executive is currently employed by the Company; and

 

WHEREAS, effective as of the Effective Date, the Company desires to continue to employ Executive and Executive desires to accept such continued employment, upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual agreements set forth herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereby agree as follows:

 

1.                                       At-Will Employment .  Executive’s employment with the Company under this Agreement is “at-will” and is not for a specified period of time.  Subject to the Company’s obligations under Section 6 hereof, either Executive or the Company may terminate Executive’s employment at any time and for any reason or no reason.  The at-will nature of this employment relationship cannot be changed except in a writing signed by Executive and an authorized officer of the Company.  The period of Executive’s employment with the Company under this Agreement is referred to herein as the “ Term ”.  For the avoidance of doubt, the provisions of Section 7 and 8 below shall survive any termination of the Term and/or this Agreement.

 

2.                                       Position and Duties .  During the Term, Executive shall initially serve as Chief Financial Officer of the Company, and shall serve in such other or additional positions as the Company may determine from time to time.  Executive shall perform such duties as are usual and customary for Executive’s position(s) and shall devote Executive’s full business time to the business and affairs of the Company, its subsidiaries and its affiliates as is necessary to perform the services required hereunder. Executive shall not engage in any other employment, occupation, consulting or other business activity during the Term. Notwithstanding the foregoing, during the Term, it shall not be a violation of this Agreement for Executive to: (i) serve on boards, committees or similar bodies of charitable or nonprofit organizations, or engage in charitable activities, or (ii) fulfill limited teaching, speaking and writing engagements, in each case, so long as such activities do not, individually or in the aggregate, materially interfere or conflict with the performance of Executive’s duties and responsibilities under this Agreement.  Executive agrees to observe and comply with the rules and policies of the Company, as in effect from time to time, including, and without limitation, any rules and policies relating to Executive’s obligations to the Company upon a termination of employment.

 

3.                                       Location .  During the Term, Executive shall perform the services required by this Agreement at the Company’s offices in Ventura, California, or such other location as the Company shall determine, except for travel to other locations as may be necessary to fulfill Executive’s duties and responsibilities hereunder.

 



 

4.                                       Compensation and  Benefits; Expenses .

 

(a)                                  Base Salary .  During the Term, Executive shall receive a base salary (the “ Base Salary ”) of $380,000 per year.  The Base Salary shall be reviewed annually by the Board of Directors of the Company (the “ Board ”) and may be increased (but not reduced) from time to time by the Board in its sole discretion.  The Base Salary shall be paid in accordance with the Company’s customary payroll practices, as in effect from time to time, but no less often than monthly.

 

(b)                                  Cash Incentive Programs .

 

(i)                                      Executive will be eligible to participate in the Company’s cash incentive programs made available generally to senior executives of the Company, as in effect from time to time (any such incentive, a “ Cash Incentive ”), provided that the terms and conditions on which Executive participates in any such Cash Incentive program(s) shall be determined by the Board in its sole discretion.  With respect to calendar year 2016, Executive will participate in an uncapped Cash Incentive program under which incentives are determined as a percentage of the Company’s Net Revenue (as defined below) for calendar year 2016, but only if the Company achieves the applicable Gross Managed Revenue (as defined below) targets for such calendar year, as follows:

 

If the Company’s Gross Managed
Revenue for the calendar year
2016 equals:

 

Then Executive’s Cash Incentive
for calendar year 2016 will equal
the following percentage of the
Company’s Net Revenue for such
calendar year:

 

$500,000,000 or less

 

0.0000

%

$600,000,000

 

0.0500

%

$700,000,000

 

0.0925

%

$800,000,000

 

0.1350

%

$900,000,000

 

0.1775

%

$1,000,000,000 or more

 

0.2000

%

 

If the Company’s Gross Managed Revenue for calendar year 2016 exceeds $500,000,000, but falls between any two of the Gross Managed Revenue targets set forth above, then Executive’s Cash Incentive for calendar year 2016 (the “ 2016 Cash Incentive ”) will be determined by straight-line interpolation between the Net Revenue percentages applicable to such Gross Managed Revenue targets.

 

(ii)                                   Any 2016 Cash Incentive will be paid to Executive in quarterly installments during calendar year 2016, with actual payments made no later than sixty (60) days after the end of the relevant calendar quarter, subject to Executive’s continued employment with the Company through the end of such calendar quarter.  Quarterly 2016 Cash Incentive installments will be earned during the applicable calendar quarter based on actual Gross Managed Revenue for such calendar quarter; provided , that the Company may, as determined by the Board in its sole discretion, pay quarterly amounts in excess of applicable Gross Managed Revenue attainment for the calendar quarter based on the Board’s good-faith estimate of annual

 

2



 

Gross Managed Revenue (but, for the avoidance of doubt, the Company shall have no obligation to do so).  If the Company pays any quarterly 2016 Cash Incentive in excess of the amount payable based on actual Gross Managed Revenue attainment for such calendar quarter, any such excess amount shall, to the extent determined by the Board, reduce the amount of any future quarterly installment as necessary to cause the actual annual amount of such Cash Incentive to correspond to the foregoing table.  The Board may review and revise or terminate the 2016 Cash Incentive program from time to time (including in connection with a Change in Control (as defined below)), in its sole discretion, provided that any such change shall not adversely impact any 2016 Cash Incentive earned by Executive prior to such change. In the event of a conflict between the terms of the 2016 Cash Incentive program and the provisions contained in any formal bonus plan adopted by the Company, the provisions of the formal bonus plan will control.

 

(iii)                                For purposes of this Agreement, “ Gross Managed Revenue ” shall mean, with respect to any calendar year, the Company’s total gross managed revenue during such year; and “ Net Revenue ” shall mean, with respect to any calendar year, the Company’s total Gross Managed Revenue less the total cost of media and data during such year.

 

(c)                                   Benefits; Paid Time Off .  During the Term, Executive will be eligible to participate in the health, welfare and retirement benefit plans, policies and programs (including, as applicable, medical, dental, disability, life and accidental death insurance plans and programs) and any vacation or paid-time-off policies or programs, in each case, as maintained by the Company for the benefit of its senior executives from time to time.  Executive shall be entitled to participate in any Company paid-time-off program applicable to its senior executives, as in effect from time to time.  Nothing contained in this Section 4(c) shall create or be deemed to create any obligation on the part of the Company to adopt or maintain, or restrict the Company’s ability to amend or terminate,  any health, welfare, retirement, fringe or other benefit plan(s) or program(s) at any time.

 

(d)                                  Expenses .  During the Term, Executive shall be entitled to receive prompt reimbursement for all ordinary and necessary business expenses incurred by Executive in the performance of Executive’s services hereunder, to the extent incurred and substantiated in accordance with the policies, practices and procedures of the Company applicable to its senior executives, as in effect from time to time.

 

(e)                                   Stock Option .  Subject to approval by the Board, the Company will grant Executive, during the fourth calendar quarter of 2015 (and subject to Executive’s continued employment with the Company through the grant date), under the Company’s 2015 Equity Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”), an incentive stock option to purchase 130,444  shares of Company common stock (an “ Option ”), with an exercise price equal to $1.12 per share, which is equal to the fair market value of the shares of Company common stock underlying the Option on the grant date.  Subject to Executive’s continued employment with the Company through the applicable vesting date, the Option will vest and become exercisable with respect to one-forty-eighth (1/48th) of the shares subject thereto on each monthly anniversary of January 1, 2016.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Company experiences a Change in Control (as defined in the Plan) prior to the full vesting (or forfeiture) of the Option and Executive’s employment is terminated by the Company without Cause (as defined below) within three (3) months prior to the consummation of such Change in Control, then, subject to Section 6(b) below, one hundred

 

3



 

percent (100%) of any then-unvested portion of the Option will vest and become exercisable immediately prior to such Change in Control.  In addition, (i) if the Company experiences a Change in Control (as defined in the Plan) prior to the full vesting (or forfeiture) of the Option and Executive remains employed by the Company through at least immediately prior to such Change in Control, fifty percent (50%) of any then-unvested portion of the Option shall vest immediately prior to such Change in Control, and (ii) if the Company experiences a Change in Control (as defined in the Plan) prior to the full vesting (or forfeiture) of the Option and Executive’s employment is terminated by the Company without Cause within two (2) years following the consummation of such Change in Control, subject to and conditioned upon Executive’s timely execution and non-revocation of a Release (as defined below), one hundred percent (100%) of any then-unvested portion of the Option will vest in full and become exercisable upon the effectiveness of the Release.  Each Option will be subject in all respects to the terms and conditions set forth in the Plan and in an award agreement to be entered into between the Company and Executive, which will evidence the grant of the Option (each, an “ Option Agreement ”).

 

5.                                       Termination of Employment . Executive’s employment may be terminated at any time by the Company, for Cause (as defined below) or without Cause, and Executive may resign for any reason, each in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.  For purposes of this Agreement, “ Cause ” shall mean the occurrence of one or more of the following:

 

a.                                       Executive’s conviction of or plea of no contest to a felony or a crime involving any financial dishonesty against the Company;

 

b.                                       Executive’s willful misconduct that causes material harm or loss to the Company, including, but not limited to, misappropriation or conversion of Company assets;

 

c.                                        Executive’s gross negligence or refusal or willful failure to act in accordance with any specific lawful direction or order of the Company (or a parent or subsidiary of the Company) which causes material harm or loss to the Company (and Executive’s failure to cure the same, to the extent capable of cure, within ten (10) days of receiving written notice from the Company (or any acquirer or successor));

 

d.                                       Executive’s material breach of any agreement with the Company (or a parent or subsidiary of the Company) which causes material harm or loss to the Company (and Executive’s failure to cure the same, to the extent capable of cure, within ten (10) days of receiving written notice from the Company (or any acquirer or successor)); or

 

e.                                        Executive’s unauthorized use or disclosure of the Company’s confidential information or trade secrets, which use or disclosure causes material harm to the Company.

 

6.                                       Obligations of the Company Upon Termination .

 

(a)                                  Accrued Obligations .  If Executive’s employment under this Agreement terminates during the Term for any reason, upon such termination, the Company will pay to Executive in a single lump-sum payment, within thirty (30) days after the Date of Termination (as defined below), or such earlier date as may be required by applicable law, the aggregate

 

4



 

amount of (i) any earned but unpaid Base Salary, (ii) unreimbursed business expenses incurred prior to the Date of Termination that are reimbursable in accordance with Section 4(d) above, and (iii) accrued, unused vacation through the Termination Date (if any) (together, the “ Accrued Obligations ”).  Vested benefits (if any) under any employee benefit plans shall be governed by the terms and conditions of the applicable plans.

 

(b)                                  Termination by the Company Without Cause .  If, during the Term, the Company terminates Executive’s employment without Cause, upon Executive’s “separation from service” from the Company (within the meaning of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”)) (a “ Separation from Service ” and, the date of any such Separation from Service, the “ Termination Date ”), subject to and conditioned upon Executive’s timely execution and non-revocation of a general release of claims substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A (the “ Release ”) and Executive’s continued compliance with the provisions of Section 7 below (the “ Restrictions ”), Executive will be entitled to receive the payments and benefits set forth below:

 

(i)                                      The Company shall continue to pay to Executive his then-current Base Salary (the “ Severance ”) during the period commencing on the Termination Date and ending on the four (4)-month anniversary of the Termination Date (the “ Severance Period ”). The Company shall pay the Severance in substantially equal installments in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll practices during the Severance Period; provided, that no Severance payments shall be made prior to the date on which the Release becomes effective and irrevocable, and if the aggregate period during which Executive is entitled to consider and/or revoke the Release spans two (2) calendar years, no payments under this Section 6(b)(i) shall be made prior to the beginning of the second (2nd) such calendar year (and any payments otherwise payable prior thereto (if any) shall instead be paid on the first regularly scheduled Company payroll date occurring in the latter such calendar year); and

 

(ii)                                   (A) If the Termination Date occurs within two (2) years following a Change in Control, one hundred percent (100%) of any then-unvested portion of the Option (to the extent then-outstanding) will vest and become exercisable upon the effectiveness of the Release (and shall, following such termination, remain outstanding and eligible to vest on such date of the Release has become effective and irrevocable); and (B) if the Termination Date occurs prior to the occurrence of a Change in Control, one hundred percent (100%) of any then-unvested portion of the Option held by Executive as of the Termination Date shall remain outstanding and eligible to vest upon the occurrence of a Change in Control (in accordance with Section 4(e) above) and shall automatically terminate on the earlier of the three (3)-month anniversary of the Termination Date (to the extent such Option does not become vested in accordance with Section 4(e) above on or prior to such three (3)-month anniversary) or any expiration date that would apply to the Option had Executive remained employed with the Company.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, upon any breach by Executive of any of the Restrictions on or following the Termination Date, (x) any unpaid portion of the Severance shall cease to be payable and shall be forfeited by Executive upon such breach, (y) any unexercised portion of the Option shall be immediately forfeited, and (z) any Severance amounts paid to Executive on or after the date of any such breach shall be repaid by Executive to the Company immediately upon

 

5



 

demand therefor.

 

(c)                                   Other Terminations .  If Executive’s employment is terminated for any reason not described in Section 6(b) above (including, without limitation, due to a termination of Executive’s employment by the Company for Cause, by Executive for any reason or due to Executive’s death or disability), the Company will pay Executive only the Accrued Obligations in accordance with Section 6(a) above.

 

(d)                                  Six-Month Delay .  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, no compensation or benefits, including without limitation any severance payments under Section 6 hereof, shall be paid to Executive during the six (6)-month period following Executive’s Separation from Service if the Company determines that paying such amounts at the time or times indicated in this Agreement would be a prohibited distribution under Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code.  If the payment of any such amounts is delayed as a result of the previous sentence, then on the first business day following the end of such six (6)-month period (or such earlier date upon which such amount can be paid under Section 409A of the Code without resulting in a prohibited distribution, including as a result of Executive’s death), the Company shall pay Executive a lump-sum amount equal to the cumulative amount that would have otherwise been payable to Executive during such period (without interest).

 

(e)                                   Termination of Offices and Directorships; Full Settlement .  Upon termination of Executive’s employment for any reason, unless otherwise specified in a written agreement between Executive and the Company, Executive shall be deemed to have resigned from all offices, directorships, and other employment positions then held with the Company or its affiliates, if any, and shall take all actions reasonably requested by the Company to effectuate the foregoing. Except as expressly provided in this Agreement, the Company shall have no further obligations, and Executive shall have no further rights or entitlements, in connection with or following Executive’s termination of employment.

 

(f)                                    Obligations of Executive Upon Termination .  Upon termination of Executive’s employment for any reason, Executive shall return to the Company (i) all keys, files, records (and copies thereof), equipment (including, but not limited to, computer hardware, software and printers, wireless handheld devices, cellular phones and pagers), access or credit cards, Company identification, and any other Company-owned property in Executive’s possession or control, and (ii) all documents and copies, including hard and electronic copies, of documents in Executive’s possession relating to any Confidential Information (as defined below) including without limitation, internal and external business forms, manuals, correspondence, notes and computer programs, and Executive shall not make or retain any copy or extract of any of the foregoing.

 

7.                                       Restrictive Covenants .

 

(a)                                  Confidentiality Agreement .  Executive acknowledges and agrees that, concurrently with the execution of this Agreement, Executive is entering into an agreement with the Company containing certain intellectual property assignment, confidentiality, non-solicitation provisions in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B (the “ Confidentiality Agreement ”). Executive acknowledges and agrees that Executive shall remain bound by, and comply with

 

6



 

Executive’s obligations under, the Confidentiality Agreement.

 

(b)                                  Continuing Operation, Survival .  Except as specifically provided in this Section 7, none of the termination of Executive’s employment, the Term or this Agreement will have any effect on the continuing operation of this Section 7, and this Section 7 shall continue to apply in accordance with its terms during and after Executive’s employment with the Company, whether or not any other provisions of this Agreement remain in effect at such time.

 

8.                                       Arbitration .

 

(a)                                  Any controversy or dispute that establishes a legal or equitable cause of action (“ Arbitration Claim ”) between any two or more Persons Subject to Arbitration (defined below), including without limitation any controversy or dispute, whether based on contract, common law, or federal, state or local statute or regulation, arising out of, or relating to Executive’s employment or the termination thereof, shall be submitted to final and binding arbitration as the sole and exclusive remedy for such controversy or dispute.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Agreement shall not require any Person Subject to Arbitration to arbitrate pursuant to this Agreement any claims: (i) under a Company benefit plan subject to the Employee Retirement Income Security Act, as amended; or (ii) as to which applicable law not preempted by the Federal Arbitration Act prohibits resolution by binding arbitration.  Either party may seek provisional non-monetary remedies in a court of competent jurisdiction to the extent that such remedies are not available or not available in a timely fashion through arbitration.  It is the parties’ intent that issues of arbitrability of any dispute shall be decided by the arbitrator.

 

(b)                                  Persons Subject to Arbitration ” means, individually and collectively, (i) Executive, (ii) any person in privity with or claiming through, on behalf of or in the right of Executive, (iii) the Company, (iv) any past, present or future affiliate, employee, officer, director or agent of the Company, and/or (v) any person or entity alleged to be acting in concert with or to be jointly liable with any of the foregoing.

 

(c)                                   The arbitration shall take place before a single neutral arbitrator at the JAMS office in Los Angeles, California.  Such arbitrator shall be provided through JAMS by mutual agreement of the parties to the arbitration; provided that , absent such agreement, the arbitrator shall be selected in accordance with the rules of JAMS then in effect.  The arbitrator shall permit reasonable discovery.  The arbitration shall be conducted in accordance with the JAMS rule applicable to employment disputes in effect at the time of the arbitration.  The award or decision of the arbitrator shall be rendered in writing; shall be final and binding on the parties; and may be enforced by judgment or order of a court of competent jurisdiction.

 

(d)                                  In the event of arbitration relating to this Agreement, the non-prevailing party shall reimburse the prevailing party for all costs incurred by the prevailing party in connection with such arbitration (including, without limitation, reasonable legal fees in connection with such arbitration, including any litigation or appeal therefrom).

 

(e)                                   WAIVER OF TRIAL BY JURY OR COURT .  EXECUTIVE AND THE COMPANY UNDERSTAND THAT BY AGREEING TO ARBITRATE ANY ARBITRATION

 

7



 

CLAIM, THEY WILL NOT HAVE THE RIGHT TO HAVE ANY ARBITRATION CLAIM DECIDED BY A JURY OR A COURT, BUT SHALL INSTEAD HAVE ANY ARBITRATION CLAIM DECIDED THROUGH ARBITRATION.

 

(f)                                    WAIVER OF OTHER RIGHTS .  EXECUTIVE AND THE COMPANY WAIVE ANY CONSTITUTIONAL OR OTHER RIGHTS OT BRING CLAIMS COVERED BY THIS AGREEMENT OTHER THAN IN THEIR INDIVIDUAL CAPACITIES.  EXCEPT AS MAY BE PROHIBITED BY LAW, THIS WAIVER INCLUDES THE ABILITY TO ASSERT CLAIMS AS A PLAINTIFF OR CLASS MEMBER IN ANY PURPORTED CLASS OR REPRESENTATIVE PROCEEDING.

 

(g)                                   This Section 8 shall be interpreted to conform to any applicable law concerning the terms and enforcement of agreements to arbitrate employment disputes.  To the extent any terms or conditions of this Section 8 would preclude its enforcement, such terms shall be severed or interpreted in a manner to allow for the enforcement of this Section 8.  To the extent applicable law imposes additional requirements to allow enforcement of this Section 8, this Agreement shall be interpreted to include such terms or conditions.

 

9.                                       Successors .  This Agreement is personal to Executive and, without the prior written consent of the Company, shall not be assignable by Executive otherwise than by will or the laws of descent and distribution.  This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the Company and its successors and assigns.

 

10.                                Notice .  For the purposes of this Agreement, notices, demands and all other communications provided for in this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given when delivered either personally, by reputable overnight courier or by United States certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed as follows:

 

If to Executive:

At Executive’s last known address

evidenced on the Company’s

payroll records.

 

If to the Company:

The Trade Desk, Inc.

42 N. Chestnut Street

Ventura, California 93001

Attn:                     Chief Executive Officer

 

or to such other address as any party may have furnished to the other in writing in accordance with this Agreement, except that notices of change of address shall be effective only upon receipt.

 

11.                                Section 409A .

 

(a)                                  To the extent applicable, this Agreement shall be interpreted in accordance with Section 409A of the Code and Department of Treasury regulations and other interpretative

 

8



 

guidance issued thereunder, including without limitation any such regulations or other such guidance that may be issued after the Effective Date (collectively, “ Section 409A ”).  Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, in the event that following the Effective Date, the Company determines that any compensation or benefits payable under this Agreement may be subject to Section 409A, the Company may adopt such amendments to this Agreement or adopt other policies or procedures (including amendments, policies and procedures with retroactive effect), or take any other actions that the Company determines are necessary or appropriate to preserve the intended tax treatment of the compensation and benefits payable hereunder, including without limitation actions intended to (i) exempt the compensation and benefits payable under this Agreement from Section 409A, and/or (ii) comply with the requirements of Section 409A, provided , that this Section 11 does not, and shall not be construed so as to, create any obligation on the part of the Company to adopt any such amendments, policies or procedures or to take any other such actions.  In no event shall the Company, its affiliates or any of their respective officers, directors or advisors be liable for any taxes, interest or penalties imposed under Section 409A or any corresponding provision of state or local law.

 

(b)                                  Any right to a series of installment payments pursuant to this Agreement, including without limitation the Severance, is to be treated as a right to a series of separate payments.  To the extent permitted under Section 409A, any separate payment or benefit under this Agreement or otherwise shall not be deemed “nonqualified deferred compensation” subject to Section 409A to the extent provided in the exceptions in Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(b)(4), Section 1.409A-1(b)(9) or any other applicable exception or provision of Section 409A.

 

12.                                Withholding .  All payments hereunder will be subject to any required withholding of federal, state and local taxes pursuant to any applicable law or regulation and the Company and its affiliates shall be entitled to withhold any and all such taxes from amounts payable hereunder.

 

13.                                Amendment; Waiver; Survival .  No provisions of this Agreement may be amended, modified, or waived unless agreed to in writing and signed by Executive and by a duly authorized officer of the Company.  No waiver by either party of any breach by the other party of any condition or provision of this Agreement shall be deemed a waiver of similar or dissimilar provisions or conditions at the same or at any prior or subsequent time.  The respective rights and obligations of the parties under this Agreement shall survive Executive’s termination of employment and the termination of this Agreement to the extent necessary for the intended preservation of such rights and obligations.

 

14.                                Governing Law .  The validity, interpretation, construction and performance of this Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of California without regard to its conflicts of law principles.

 

15.                                Validity .  The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision or provisions of this Agreement will not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision of this Agreement, which will remain in full force and effect.

 

16.                                Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which will be deemed to be an original but all of which together will constitute one and the

 

9



 

same instrument.

 

17.                                Section Headings .  The section headings in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only, and they form no part of this Agreement and will not affect its interpretation.

 

18.                                Entire Agreement .  This Agreement, together with the Option Agreement and the Confidentiality Agreement, sets forth the final and entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements, promises, covenants, arrangements, communications, representations or warranties, whether oral or written, by the Company and Executive, or any representative of the Company or Executive, with respect to the subject matter hereof (including, without limitation, that certain employment letter agreement between the Company and Executive, dated September 5, 2014).

 

19.                                Further Assurances .  The parties hereby agree, without further consideration, to execute and deliver such other instruments and to take such other action as may reasonably be required to effectuate the terms and provisions of this Agreement.

 

[ Signature Page Follows ]

 

10


 

Executive hereby represents and warrants to the Company that (a) Executive is entering into this Agreement voluntarily and that the performance of Executive’s duties and responsibilities with the Company will not violate any agreement between Executive and any other person, firm, organization or other entity, and (b) Executive is not bound by the terms of any agreement with any previous employer or other party to refrain from competing, directly or indirectly, with the business of such previous employer or other party, in any case, that would be violated by Executive’s entering into this Agreement and/or providing services to the Company pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement effective the date first above written.

 

 

THE TRADE DESK, INC.

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Jeff Green

 

 

Name:

Jeff Green

 

 

Title:

Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

“EXECUTIVE”

 

 

 

/s/ Paul Ross

 

Paul Ross

 

11



 

EXHIBIT A

 

GENERAL RELEASE

 

For valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, the undersigned does hereby release and forever discharge the “ Releasees ” hereunder, consisting of The Trade Desk, Inc. (the “ Company ”), and its partners, subsidiaries, associates, affiliates, successors, heirs, assigns, agents, directors, officers, employees, representatives, lawyers, insurers, and all persons acting by, through, under or in concert with them, or any of them, of and from any and all manner of action or actions, cause or causes of action, in law or in equity, suits, debts, liens, contracts, agreements, promises, liability, claims, demands, damages, losses, costs, attorneys’ fees or expenses, of any nature whatsoever, known or unknown, fixed or contingent (hereinafter called “ Claims ”), which the undersigned now has or may hereafter have against the Releasees, or any of them, by reason of any matter, cause, or thing whatsoever from the beginning of time to the date hereof.

 

The Claims released herein include, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, any Claims in any way arising out of, based upon, or related to the employment or termination of employment of the undersigned by the Releasees, or any of them; any alleged breach of any express or implied contract of employment; any alleged torts or other alleged legal restrictions on Releasees’ right to terminate the employment of the undersigned; and any alleged violation of any federal, state or local statute or ordinance including, without limitation, Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, the Age Discrimination In Employment Act, the Americans With Disabilities Act and the California Fair Employment and Housing Act.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, this general release (the “ Release ”) shall not operate to release any rights or claims of the undersigned (i) to payments or benefits under Section 6 of that certain Employment Agreement, dated as of January 28, 2016, which payments and benefits (among other good and valuable consideration) are provided in exchange for this Release, (ii) to any Claims for indemnification arising under any applicable indemnification obligation of the Company, or (iii) to any Claims which cannot be waived by an employee under applicable law.

 

THE UNDERSIGNED ACKNOWLEDGES THAT THE UNDERSIGNED HAS BEEN ADVISED BY LEGAL COUNSEL AND IS FAMILIAR WITH THE PROVISIONS OF CALIFORNIA CIVIL CODE SECTION 1542, WHICH PROVIDES AS FOLLOWS:

 

“A GENERAL RELEASE DOES NOT EXTEND TO CLAIMS WHICH THE CREDITOR DOES NOT KNOW OR SUSPECT TO EXIST IN HIS OR HER FAVOR AT THE TIME OF EXECUTING THE RELEASE, WHICH IF KNOWN BY HIM OR HER MUST HAVE MATERIALLY AFFECTED HIS OR HER SETTLEMENT WITH THE DEBTOR.”

 

THE UNDERSIGNED, BEING AWARE OF SAID CODE SECTION, HEREBY EXPRESSLY WAIVES ANY RIGHTS THE UNDERSIGNED MAY HAVE THEREUNDER, AS WELL AS UNDER ANY OTHER STATUTES OR COMMON LAW PRINCIPLES OF SIMILAR EFFECT.

 

IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE OLDER WORKERS BENEFIT PROTECTION ACT

 



 

OF 1990, THE UNDERSIGNED IS HEREBY ADVISED AS FOLLOWS:

 

A.                                     THE UNDERSIGNED HAS THE RIGHT TO CONSULT WITH AN ATTORNEY BEFORE SIGNING THIS RELEASE;

 

B.                                     THE UNDERSIGNED HAS [TWENTY-ONE (21)](1) DAYS TO CONSIDER THIS RELEASE BEFORE SIGNING IT.  IF THE UNDERSIGNED SIGNS THIS RELEASE PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION OF THE [TWENTY-ONE (21)] DAY PERIOD, THE UNDERSIGNED WAIVES THE REMAINDER OF THAT PERIOD.  UNDERSIGNED WAIVES THE RESTARTING OF THE [TWENTY-ONE (21)] DAY PERIOD IN THE EVENT OF ANY MODIFICATION OF THIS RELEASE, WHETHER OR NOT MATERIAL; AND

 

C.                                     THE UNDERSIGNED HAS SEVEN (7) DAYS AFTER SIGNING THIS RELEASE TO REVOKE THIS RELEASE, AND THIS RELEASE WILL BECOME EFFECTIVE UPON THE EXPIRATION OF THAT REVOCATION PERIOD.

 

If the undersigned wishes to revoke this Release, the undersigned must deliver written notice (which may be by email), stating the undersigned’s intent to revoke to [      ], at [       ], on or before 5:00 p.m. (PST) on the seventh (7 th ) day after the date on which the undersigned signs this Release.  The undersigned acknowledges that if the undersigned revokes this Release, the undersigned will not receive any payments or benefits pursuant to Section 6(b) of the Employment Agreement.

 

The undersigned represents and warrants that there has been no assignment or other transfer of any interest in any Claim which the undersigned may have against Releasees, or any of them, and the undersigned agrees to indemnify and hold Releasees, and each of them, harmless from any liability, Claims, demands, damages, costs, expenses and attorneys’ fees incurred by Releasees, or any of them, as the result of any such assignment or transfer or any rights or Claims under any such assignment or transfer.  It is the intention of the parties that this indemnity does not require payment as a condition precedent to recovery by the Releasees against the undersigned under this indemnity.

 

The undersigned agrees that if the undersigned hereafter commences any suit arising out of, based upon, or relating to any of the Claims released hereunder or in any manner asserts against Releasees, or any of them, any of the Claims released hereunder, then the undersigned agrees to pay to Releasees, and each of them, in addition to any other damages caused to Releasees thereby, all attorneys’ fees incurred by Releasees in defending or otherwise responding to said suit or Claim.

 

The undersigned further understands and agrees that neither the payment of any sum of money nor the execution of this Release shall constitute or be construed as an admission of any liability whatsoever by the Releasees, or any of them, who have consistently taken the position

 


(1)  If multiple terminations are contemplated at the time of termination, this may need to be increased to 45 days.

 



 

that they have no liability whatsoever to the undersigned.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Release this      day of                     20  .

 

 

 

 

Paul Ross

 



 

EXHIBIT B

 

CONFIDENTIALITY AGREEMENT

 

[ Intentionally omitted. ]

 




EXHIBIT 10.12

 

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

 

THIS EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”), dated as of January 28, 2016 (the “ Effective Date ”), is entered into by and between The Trade Desk, Inc. (the “ Company ”), and Rob Perdue (“ Executive ”).

 

WHEREAS, Executive is currently employed by the Company; and

 

WHEREAS, effective as of the Effective Date, the Company desires to continue to employ Executive and Executive desires to accept such continued employment, upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual agreements set forth herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereby agree as follows:

 

1.                                       At-Will Employment .  Executive’s employment with the Company under this Agreement is “at-will” and is not for a specified period of time.  Subject to the Company’s obligations under Section 6 hereof, either Executive or the Company may terminate Executive’s employment at any time and for any reason or no reason.  The at-will nature of this employment relationship cannot be changed except in a writing signed by Executive and an authorized officer of the Company.  The period of Executive’s employment with the Company under this Agreement is referred to herein as the “ Term ”.  For the avoidance of doubt, the provisions of Section 7 and 8 below shall survive any termination of the Term and/or this Agreement.

 

2.                                       Position and Duties .  During the Term, Executive shall initially serve as Chief Operating Officer of the Company, and shall serve in such other or additional positions as the Company may determine from time to time.  Executive shall perform such duties as are usual and customary for Executive’s position(s) and shall devote Executive’s full business time to the business and affairs of the Company, its subsidiaries and its affiliates as is necessary to perform the services required hereunder. Executive shall not engage in any other employment, occupation, consulting or other business activity during the Term. Notwithstanding the foregoing, during the Term, it shall not be a violation of this Agreement for Executive to: (i) serve on boards, committees or similar bodies of charitable or nonprofit organizations, or engage in charitable activities, or (ii) fulfill limited teaching, speaking and writing engagements, in each case, so long as such activities do not, individually or in the aggregate, materially interfere or conflict with the performance of Executive’s duties and responsibilities under this Agreement.  Executive agrees to observe and comply with the rules and policies of the Company, as in effect from time to time, including, and without limitation, any rules and policies relating to Executive’s obligations to the Company upon a termination of employment.

 

3.                                       Location .  During the Term, Executive shall perform the services required by this Agreement at the Company’s offices in New York City, New York or such other location as the Company shall determine, except for travel to other locations as may be necessary to fulfill Executive’s duties and responsibilities hereunder.

 



 

4.                                       Compensation and  Benefits; Expenses .

 

(a)                                  Base Salary .  During the Term, Executive shall receive a base salary (the “ Base Salary ”) of $360,000 per year.  The Base Salary shall be reviewed annually by the Board of Directors of the Company (the “ Board ”) and may be increased (but not reduced) from time to time by the Board in its sole discretion.  The Base Salary shall be paid in accordance with the Company’s customary payroll practices, as in effect from time to time, but no less often than monthly.

 

(b)                                  Cash Incentive Programs .

 

(i)                                      Executive will be eligible to participate in the Company’s cash incentive programs made available generally to senior executives of the Company, as in effect from time to time (any such incentive, a “ Cash Incentive ”), provided that the terms and conditions on which Executive participates in any such Cash Incentive program(s) shall be determined by the Board in its sole discretion.  With respect to calendar year 2016, Executive will participate in an uncapped Cash Incentive program under which incentives are determined as a percentage of the Company’s Net Revenue (as defined below) for calendar year 2016, but only if the Company achieves the applicable Gross Managed Revenue (as defined below) targets for such calendar year, as follows:

 

If the Company’s Gross Managed
Revenue for the calendar year
2016 equals:

 

Then Executive’s Cash Incentive
for calendar year 2016 will equal
the following percentage of the
Company’s Net Revenue for such
calendar year:

 

$500,000,000 or less

 

0.0000

%

$600,000,000

 

0.0700

%

$700,000,000

 

0.1200

%

$800,000,000

 

0.1700

%

$900,000,000

 

0.2200

%

$1,000,000,000 or more

 

0.2400

%

 

If the Company’s Gross Managed Revenue for calendar year 2016 exceeds $500,000,000, but falls between any two of the Gross Managed Revenue targets set forth above, then Executive’s Cash Incentive for calendar year 2016 (the “ 2016 Cash Incentive ”) will be determined by straight-line interpolation between the Net Revenue percentages applicable to such Gross Managed Revenue targets.

 

(ii)                                   Any 2016 Cash Incentive will be paid to Executive in quarterly installments during calendar year 2016, with actual payments made no later than sixty (60) days after the end of the relevant calendar quarter, subject to Executive’s continued employment with the Company through the end of such calendar quarter.  Quarterly 2016 Cash Incentive installments will be earned during the applicable calendar quarter based on actual Gross Managed Revenue for such calendar quarter; provided , that the Company may, as determined by the Board in its sole discretion, pay quarterly amounts in excess of applicable Gross Managed Revenue attainment for the calendar quarter based on the Board’s good-faith estimate of annual

 

2



 

Gross Managed Revenue (but, for the avoidance of doubt, the Company shall have no obligation to do so).  If the Company pays any quarterly 2016 Cash Incentive in excess of the amount payable based on actual Gross Managed Revenue attainment for such calendar quarter, any such excess amount shall, to the extent determined by the Board, reduce the amount of any future quarterly installment as necessary to cause the actual annual amount of such Cash Incentive to correspond to the foregoing table.  The Board may review and revise or terminate the 2016 Cash Incentive program from time to time (including in connection with a Change in Control (as defined below)), in its sole discretion, provided that any such change shall not adversely impact any 2016 Cash Incentive earned by Executive prior to such change. In the event of a conflict between the terms of the 2016 Cash Incentive program and the provisions contained in any formal bonus plan adopted by the Company, the provisions of the formal bonus plan will control.

 

(iii)                                For purposes of this Agreement, “ Gross Managed Revenue ” shall mean, with respect to any calendar year, the Company’s total gross managed revenue during such year; and “ Net Revenue ” shall mean, with respect to any calendar year, the Company’s total Gross Managed Revenue less the total cost of media and data during such year.

 

(c)                                   Benefits; Paid Time Off .  During the Term, Executive will be eligible to participate in the health, welfare and retirement benefit plans, policies and programs (including, as applicable, medical, dental, disability, life and accidental death insurance plans and programs) and any vacation or paid-time-off policies or programs, in each case, as maintained by the Company for the benefit of its senior executives from time to time.  Executive shall be entitled to participate in any Company paid-time-off program applicable to its senior executives, as in effect from time to time.  Nothing contained in this Section 4(c) shall create or be deemed to create any obligation on the part of the Company to adopt or maintain, or restrict the Company’s ability to amend or terminate,  any health, welfare, retirement, fringe or other benefit plan(s) or program(s) at any time.

 

(d)                                  Expenses .  During the Term, Executive shall be entitled to receive prompt reimbursement for all ordinary and necessary business expenses incurred by Executive in the performance of Executive’s services hereunder, to the extent incurred and substantiated in accordance with the policies, practices and procedures of the Company applicable to its senior executives, as in effect from time to time.

 

(e)                                   Stock Option .  Subject to approval by the Board, the Company will grant Executive, during the fourth calendar quarter of 2015 (and subject to Executive’s continued employment with the Company through the grant date), under the Company’s 2015 Equity Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”), an incentive stock option to purchase 123,579  shares of Company common stock (an “ Option ”), with an exercise price equal to $1.12 per share, which is equal to the fair market value of the shares of Company common stock underlying the Option on the grant date.  Subject to Executive’s continued employment with the Company through the applicable vesting date, the Option will vest and become exercisable with respect to one-forty-eighth (1/48th) of the shares subject thereto on each monthly anniversary of January 1, 2016.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Company experiences a Change in Control (as defined in the Plan) prior to the full vesting (or forfeiture) of the Option and Executive’s employment is terminated by the Company without Cause (as defined below) within three (3) months prior to the consummation of such Change in Control, then, subject to Section 6(b) below, one hundred

 

3



 

percent (100%) of any then-unvested portion of the Option will vest and become exercisable immediately prior to such Change in Control.  In addition, (i) if the Company experiences a Change in Control (as defined in the Plan) prior to the full vesting (or forfeiture) of the Option and Executive remains employed by the Company through at least immediately prior to such Change in Control, fifty percent (50%) of any then-unvested portion of the Option shall vest immediately prior to such Change in Control, and (ii) if the Company experiences a Change in Control (as defined in the Plan) prior to the full vesting (or forfeiture) of the Option and Executive’s employment is terminated by the Company without Cause within two (2) years following the consummation of such Change in Control, subject to and conditioned upon Executive’s timely execution and non-revocation of a Release (as defined below), one hundred percent (100%) of any then-unvested portion of the Option will vest in full and become exercisable upon the effectiveness of the Release.  Each Option will be subject in all respects to the terms and conditions set forth in the Plan and in an award agreement to be entered into between the Company and Executive, which will evidence the grant of the Option (each, an “ Option Agreement ”).

 

5.                                       Termination of Employment . Executive’s employment may be terminated at any time by the Company, for Cause (as defined below) or without Cause, and Executive may resign for any reason, each in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.  For purposes of this Agreement, “ Cause ” shall mean the occurrence of one or more of the following:

 

a.                                       Executive’s conviction of or plea of no contest to a felony or a crime involving any financial dishonesty against the Company;

 

b.                                       Executive’s willful misconduct that causes material harm or loss to the Company, including, but not limited to, misappropriation or conversion of Company assets;

 

c.                                        Executive’s gross negligence or refusal or willful failure to act in accordance with any specific lawful direction or order of the Company (or a parent or subsidiary of the Company) which causes material harm or loss to the Company (and Executive’s failure to cure the same, to the extent capable of cure, within ten (10) days of receiving written notice from the Company (or any acquirer or successor));

 

d.                                       Executive’s material breach of any agreement with the Company (or a parent or subsidiary of the Company) which causes material harm or loss to the Company (and Executive’s failure to cure the same, to the extent capable of cure, within ten (10) days of receiving written notice from the Company (or any acquirer or successor)); or

 

e.                                        Executive’s unauthorized use or disclosure of the Company’s confidential information or trade secrets, which use or disclosure causes material harm to the Company.

 

6.                                       Obligations of the Company Upon Termination .

 

(a)                                  Accrued Obligations .  If Executive’s employment under this Agreement terminates during the Term for any reason, upon such termination, the Company will pay to Executive in a single lump-sum payment, within thirty (30) days after the Date of Termination (as defined below), or such earlier date as may be required by applicable law, the aggregate

 

4



 

amount of (i) any earned but unpaid Base Salary, (ii) unreimbursed business expenses incurred prior to the Date of Termination that are reimbursable in accordance with Section 4(d) above, and (iii) accrued, unused vacation through the Termination Date (if any) (together, the “ Accrued Obligations ”).  Vested benefits (if any) under any employee benefit plans shall be governed by the terms and conditions of the applicable plans.

 

(b)                                  Termination by the Company Without Cause .  If, during the Term, the Company terminates Executive’s employment without Cause, upon Executive’s “separation from service” from the Company (within the meaning of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”)) (a “ Separation from Service ” and, the date of any such Separation from Service, the “ Termination Date ”), subject to and conditioned upon Executive’s timely execution and non-revocation of a general release of claims substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A (the “ Release ”) and Executive’s continued compliance with the provisions of Section 7 below (the “ Restrictions ”), Executive will be entitled to receive the payments and benefits set forth below:

 

(i)                                      The Company shall continue to pay to Executive his then-current Base Salary (the “ Severance ”) during the period commencing on the Termination Date and ending on the four (4)-month anniversary of the Termination Date (the “ Severance Period ”). The Company shall pay the Severance in substantially equal installments in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll practices during the Severance Period; provided, that no Severance payments shall be made prior to the date on which the Release becomes effective and irrevocable, and if the aggregate period during which Executive is entitled to consider and/or revoke the Release spans two (2) calendar years, no payments under this Section 6(b)(i) shall be made prior to the beginning of the second (2nd) such calendar year (and any payments otherwise payable prior thereto (if any) shall instead be paid on the first regularly scheduled Company payroll date occurring in the latter such calendar year); and

 

(ii)                                   (A) If the Termination Date occurs within two (2) years following a Change in Control, one hundred percent (100%) of any then-unvested portion of the Option (to the extent then-outstanding) will vest and become exercisable upon the effectiveness of the Release (and shall, following such termination, remain outstanding and eligible to vest on such date of the Release has become effective and irrevocable); and (B) if the Termination Date occurs prior to the occurrence of a Change in Control, one hundred percent (100%) of any then-unvested portion of the Option held by Executive as of the Termination Date shall remain outstanding and eligible to vest upon the occurrence of a Change in Control (in accordance with Section 4(e) above) and shall automatically terminate on the earlier of the three (3)-month anniversary of the Termination Date (to the extent such Option does not become vested in accordance with Section 4(e) above on or prior to such three (3)-month anniversary) or any expiration date that would apply to the Option had Executive remained employed with the Company.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, upon any breach by Executive of any of the Restrictions on or following the Termination Date, (x) any unpaid portion of the Severance shall cease to be payable and shall be forfeited by Executive upon such breach, (y) any unexercised portion of the Option shall be immediately forfeited, and (z) any Severance amounts paid to Executive on or after the date of any such breach shall be repaid by Executive to the Company immediately upon

 

5



 

demand therefor.

 

(c)                                   Other Terminations .  If Executive’s employment is terminated for any reason not described in Section 6(b) above (including, without limitation, due to a termination of Executive’s employment by the Company for Cause, by Executive for any reason or due to Executive’s death or disability), the Company will pay Executive only the Accrued Obligations in accordance with Section 6(a) above.

 

(d)                                  Six-Month Delay .  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, no compensation or benefits, including without limitation any severance payments under Section 6 hereof, shall be paid to Executive during the six (6)-month period following Executive’s Separation from Service if the Company determines that paying such amounts at the time or times indicated in this Agreement would be a prohibited distribution under Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code.  If the payment of any such amounts is delayed as a result of the previous sentence, then on the first business day following the end of such six (6)-month period (or such earlier date upon which such amount can be paid under Section 409A of the Code without resulting in a prohibited distribution, including as a result of Executive’s death), the Company shall pay Executive a lump-sum amount equal to the cumulative amount that would have otherwise been payable to Executive during such period (without interest).

 

(e)                                   Termination of Offices and Directorships; Full Settlement .  Upon termination of Executive’s employment for any reason, unless otherwise specified in a written agreement between Executive and the Company, Executive shall be deemed to have resigned from all offices, directorships, and other employment positions then held with the Company or its affiliates, if any, and shall take all actions reasonably requested by the Company to effectuate the foregoing. Except as expressly provided in this Agreement, the Company shall have no further obligations, and Executive shall have no further rights or entitlements, in connection with or following Executive’s termination of employment.

 

(f)                                    Obligations of Executive Upon Termination .  Upon termination of Executive’s employment for any reason, Executive shall return to the Company (i) all keys, files, records (and copies thereof), equipment (including, but not limited to, computer hardware, software and printers, wireless handheld devices, cellular phones and pagers), access or credit cards, Company identification, and any other Company-owned property in Executive’s possession or control, and (ii) all documents and copies, including hard and electronic copies, of documents in Executive’s possession relating to any Confidential Information (as defined below) including without limitation, internal and external business forms, manuals, correspondence, notes and computer programs, and Executive shall not make or retain any copy or extract of any of the foregoing.

 

7.                                       Restrictive Covenants .

 

(a)                                  Confidentiality Agreement .  Executive acknowledges and agrees that, concurrently with the execution of this Agreement, Executive is entering into an agreement with the Company containing certain intellectual property assignment, confidentiality, non-solicitation and non-competition provisions in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B (the “ Confidentiality Agreement ”). Executive acknowledges and agrees that Executive shall remain bound by, and

 

6



 

comply with Executive’s obligations under, the Confidentiality Agreement.

 

(b)                                  Continuing Operation, Survival .  Except as specifically provided in this Section 7, none of the termination of Executive’s employment, the Term or this Agreement will have any effect on the continuing operation of this Section 7, and this Section 7 shall continue to apply in accordance with its terms during and after Executive’s employment with the Company, whether or not any other provisions of this Agreement remain in effect at such time.

 

8.                                       Arbitration .

 

(a)                                  Any controversy or dispute that establishes a legal or equitable cause of action (“ Arbitration Claim ”) between any two or more Persons Subject to Arbitration (defined below), including without limitation any controversy or dispute, whether based on contract, common law, or federal, state or local statute or regulation, arising out of, or relating to Executive’s employment or the termination thereof, shall be submitted to final and binding arbitration as the sole and exclusive remedy for such controversy or dispute.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Agreement shall not require any Person Subject to Arbitration to arbitrate pursuant to this Agreement any claims: (i) under a Company benefit plan subject to the Employee Retirement Income Security Act, as amended; or (ii) as to which applicable law not preempted by the Federal Arbitration Act prohibits resolution by binding arbitration.  Either party may seek provisional non-monetary remedies in a court of competent jurisdiction to the extent that such remedies are not available or not available in a timely fashion through arbitration.  It is the parties’ intent that issues of arbitrability of any dispute shall be decided by the arbitrator.

 

(b)                                  Persons Subject to Arbitration ” means, individually and collectively, (i) Executive, (ii) any person in privity with or claiming through, on behalf of or in the right of Executive, (iii) the Company, (iv) any past, present or future affiliate, employee, officer, director or agent of the Company, and/or (v) any person or entity alleged to be acting in concert with or to be jointly liable with any of the foregoing.

 

(c)                                   The arbitration shall take place before a single neutral arbitrator at the JAMS office in Los Angeles, California.  Such arbitrator shall be provided through JAMS by mutual agreement of the parties to the arbitration; provided that , absent such agreement, the arbitrator shall be selected in accordance with the rules of JAMS then in effect.  The arbitrator shall permit reasonable discovery.  The arbitration shall be conducted in accordance with the JAMS rule applicable to employment disputes in effect at the time of the arbitration.  The award or decision of the arbitrator shall be rendered in writing; shall be final and binding on the parties; and may be enforced by judgment or order of a court of competent jurisdiction.

 

(d)                                  In the event of arbitration relating to this Agreement, the non-prevailing party shall reimburse the prevailing party for all costs incurred by the prevailing party in connection with such arbitration (including, without limitation, reasonable legal fees in connection with such arbitration, including any litigation or appeal therefrom).

 

(e)                                   WAIVER OF TRIAL BY JURY OR COURT .  EXECUTIVE AND THE COMPANY UNDERSTAND THAT BY AGREEING TO ARBITRATE ANY ARBITRATION

 

7



 

CLAIM, THEY WILL NOT HAVE THE RIGHT TO HAVE ANY ARBITRATION CLAIM DECIDED BY A JURY OR A COURT, BUT SHALL INSTEAD HAVE ANY ARBITRATION CLAIM DECIDED THROUGH ARBITRATION.

 

(f)                                    WAIVER OF OTHER RIGHTS .  EXECUTIVE AND THE COMPANY WAIVE ANY CONSTITUTIONAL OR OTHER RIGHTS OT BRING CLAIMS COVERED BY THIS AGREEMENT OTHER THAN IN THEIR INDIVIDUAL CAPACITIES.  EXCEPT AS MAY BE PROHIBITED BY LAW, THIS WAIVER INCLUDES THE ABILITY TO ASSERT CLAIMS AS A PLAINTIFF OR CLASS MEMBER IN ANY PURPORTED CLASS OR REPRESENTATIVE PROCEEDING.

 

(g)                                   This Section 8 shall be interpreted to conform to any applicable law concerning the terms and enforcement of agreements to arbitrate employment disputes.  To the extent any terms or conditions of this Section 8 would preclude its enforcement, such terms shall be severed or interpreted in a manner to allow for the enforcement of this Section 8.  To the extent applicable law imposes additional requirements to allow enforcement of this Section 8, this Agreement shall be interpreted to include such terms or conditions.

 

9.                                       Successors .  This Agreement is personal to Executive and, without the prior written consent of the Company, shall not be assignable by Executive otherwise than by will or the laws of descent and distribution.  This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the Company and its successors and assigns.

 

10.                                Notice .  For the purposes of this Agreement, notices, demands and all other communications provided for in this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given when delivered either personally, by reputable overnight courier or by United States certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed as follows:

 

If to Executive:

At Executive’s last known address

evidenced on the Company’s

payroll records.

 

If to the Company:

The Trade Desk, Inc.

42 N. Chestnut Street

Ventura, California 93001

Attn:                     Chief Executive Officer

Chief Financial Officer

 

or to such other address as any party may have furnished to the other in writing in accordance with this Agreement, except that notices of change of address shall be effective only upon receipt.

 

11.                                Section 409A .

 

(a)                                  To the extent applicable, this Agreement shall be interpreted in accordance

 

8



 

with Section 409A of the Code and Department of Treasury regulations and other interpretative guidance issued thereunder, including without limitation any such regulations or other such guidance that may be issued after the Effective Date (collectively, “ Section 409A ”).   Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, in the event that following the Effective Date, the Company determines that any compensation or benefits payable under this Agreement may be subject to Section 409A, the Company may adopt such amendments to this Agreement or adopt other policies or procedures (including amendments, policies and procedures with retroactive effect), or take any other actions that the Company determines are necessary or appropriate to preserve the intended tax treatment of the compensation and benefits payable hereunder, including without limitation actions intended to (i) exempt the compensation and benefits payable under this Agreement from Section 409A, and/or (ii) comply with the requirements of Section 409A, provided , that this Section 11 does not, and shall not be construed so as to, create any obligation on the part of the Company to adopt any such amendments, policies or procedures or to take any other such actions.  In no event shall the Company, its affiliates or any of their respective officers, directors or advisors be liable for any taxes, interest or penalties imposed under Section 409A or any corresponding provision of state or local law.

 

(b)                                  Any right to a series of installment payments pursuant to this Agreement, including without limitation the Severance, is to be treated as a right to a series of separate payments.  To the extent permitted under Section 409A, any separate payment or benefit under this Agreement or otherwise shall not be deemed “nonqualified deferred compensation” subject to Section 409A to the extent provided in the exceptions in Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(b)(4), Section 1.409A-1(b)(9) or any other applicable exception or provision of Section 409A.

 

12.                                Withholding .  All payments hereunder will be subject to any required withholding of federal, state and local taxes pursuant to any applicable law or regulation and the Company and its affiliates shall be entitled to withhold any and all such taxes from amounts payable hereunder.

 

13.                                Amendment; Waiver; Survival .  No provisions of this Agreement may be amended, modified, or waived unless agreed to in writing and signed by Executive and by a duly authorized officer of the Company.  No waiver by either party of any breach by the other party of any condition or provision of this Agreement shall be deemed a waiver of similar or dissimilar provisions or conditions at the same or at any prior or subsequent time.  The respective rights and obligations of the parties under this Agreement shall survive Executive’s termination of employment and the termination of this Agreement to the extent necessary for the intended preservation of such rights and obligations.

 

14.                                Governing Law .  The validity, interpretation, construction and performance of this Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of New York without regard to its conflicts of law principles.

 

15.                                Validity .  The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision or provisions of this Agreement will not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision of this Agreement, which will remain in full force and effect.

 

16.                                Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each

 

9



 

of which will be deemed to be an original but all of which together will constitute one and the same instrument.

 

17.                                Section Headings .  The section headings in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only, and they form no part of this Agreement and will not affect its interpretation.

 

18.                                Entire Agreement .  This Agreement, together with the Option Agreement and the Confidentiality Agreement, sets forth the final and entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements, promises, covenants, arrangements, communications, representations or warranties, whether oral or written, by the Company and Executive, or any representative of the Company or Executive, with respect to the subject matter hereof (including, without limitation, that certain employment letter agreement between the Company and Executive, dated January 7, 2013).

 

19.                                Further Assurances .  The parties hereby agree, without further consideration, to execute and deliver such other instruments and to take such other action as may reasonably be required to effectuate the terms and provisions of this Agreement.

 

[ Signature Page Follows ]

 

10


 

Executive hereby represents and warrants to the Company that (a) Executive is entering into this Agreement voluntarily and that the performance of Executive’s duties and responsibilities with the Company will not violate any agreement between Executive and any other person, firm, organization or other entity, and (b) Executive is not bound by the terms of any agreement with any previous employer or other party to refrain from competing, directly or indirectly, with the business of such previous employer or other party, in any case, that would be violated by Executive’s entering into this Agreement and/or providing services to the Company pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement effective the date first above written.

 

 

THE TRADE DESK, INC.

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Jeff Green

 

 

Name:

Jeff Green

 

 

Title:

Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

 

“EXECUTIVE”

 

 

 

/s/ Rob Perdue

 

Rob Perdue

 

11



 

EXHIBIT A

 

GENERAL RELEASE

 

For valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, the undersigned does hereby release and forever discharge the “ Releasees ” hereunder, consisting of The Trade Desk, Inc. (the “ Company ”), and its partners, subsidiaries, associates, affiliates, successors, heirs, assigns, agents, directors, officers, employees, representatives, lawyers, insurers, and all persons acting by, through, under or in concert with them, or any of them, of and from any and all manner of action or actions, cause or causes of action, in law or in equity, suits, debts, liens, contracts, agreements, promises, liability, claims, demands, damages, losses, costs, attorneys’ fees or expenses, of any nature whatsoever, known or unknown, fixed or contingent (hereinafter called “ Claims ”), which the undersigned now has or may hereafter have against the Releasees, or any of them, by reason of any matter, cause, or thing whatsoever from the beginning of time to the date hereof.

 

The Claims released herein include, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, any Claims in any way arising out of, based upon, or related to the employment or termination of employment of the undersigned by the Releasees, or any of them; any alleged breach of any express or implied contract of employment; any alleged torts or other alleged legal restrictions on Releasees’ right to terminate the employment of the undersigned; and any alleged violation of any federal, state or local statute or ordinance including, without limitation, Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, the Age Discrimination In Employment Act, the Americans With Disabilities Act and the California Fair Employment and Housing Act.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, this general release (the “ Release ”) shall not operate to release any rights or claims of the undersigned (i) to payments or benefits under Section 6 of that certain Employment Agreement, dated as of January 28, 2016, which payments and benefits (among other good and valuable consideration) are provided in exchange for this Release, (ii) to any Claims for indemnification arising under any applicable indemnification obligation of the Company, or (iii) to any Claims which cannot be waived by an employee under applicable law.

 

THE UNDERSIGNED ACKNOWLEDGES THAT THE UNDERSIGNED HAS BEEN ADVISED BY LEGAL COUNSEL AND IS FAMILIAR WITH THE PROVISIONS OF CALIFORNIA CIVIL CODE SECTION 1542, WHICH PROVIDES AS FOLLOWS:

 

“A GENERAL RELEASE DOES NOT EXTEND TO CLAIMS WHICH THE CREDITOR DOES NOT KNOW OR SUSPECT TO EXIST IN HIS OR HER FAVOR AT THE TIME OF EXECUTING THE RELEASE, WHICH IF KNOWN BY HIM OR HER MUST HAVE MATERIALLY AFFECTED HIS OR HER SETTLEMENT WITH THE DEBTOR.”

 

THE UNDERSIGNED, BEING AWARE OF SAID CODE SECTION, HEREBY EXPRESSLY WAIVES ANY RIGHTS THE UNDERSIGNED MAY HAVE THEREUNDER, AS WELL AS UNDER ANY OTHER STATUTES OR COMMON LAW PRINCIPLES OF SIMILAR EFFECT.

 



 

IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE OLDER WORKERS BENEFIT PROTECTION ACT OF 1990, THE UNDERSIGNED IS HEREBY ADVISED AS FOLLOWS:

 

A.                                     THE UNDERSIGNED HAS THE RIGHT TO CONSULT WITH AN ATTORNEY BEFORE SIGNING THIS RELEASE;

 

B.                                     THE UNDERSIGNED HAS [TWENTY-ONE (21)](1) DAYS TO CONSIDER THIS RELEASE BEFORE SIGNING IT.  IF THE UNDERSIGNED SIGNS THIS RELEASE PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION OF THE [TWENTY-ONE (21)] DAY PERIOD, THE UNDERSIGNED WAIVES THE REMAINDER OF THAT PERIOD.  UNDERSIGNED WAIVES THE RESTARTING OF THE [TWENTY-ONE (21)] DAY PERIOD IN THE EVENT OF ANY MODIFICATION OF THIS RELEASE, WHETHER OR NOT MATERIAL; AND

 

C.                                     THE UNDERSIGNED HAS SEVEN (7) DAYS AFTER SIGNING THIS RELEASE TO REVOKE THIS RELEASE, AND THIS RELEASE WILL BECOME EFFECTIVE UPON THE EXPIRATION OF THAT REVOCATION PERIOD.

 

If the undersigned wishes to revoke this Release, the undersigned must deliver written notice (which may be by email), stating the undersigned’s intent to revoke to [      ], at [       ], on or before 5:00 p.m. (PST) on the seventh (7 th ) day after the date on which the undersigned signs this Release.  The undersigned acknowledges that if the undersigned revokes this Release, the undersigned will not receive any payments or benefits pursuant to Section 6(b) of the Employment Agreement.

 

The undersigned represents and warrants that there has been no assignment or other transfer of any interest in any Claim which the undersigned may have against Releasees, or any of them, and the undersigned agrees to indemnify and hold Releasees, and each of them, harmless from any liability, Claims, demands, damages, costs, expenses and attorneys’ fees incurred by Releasees, or any of them, as the result of any such assignment or transfer or any rights or Claims under any such assignment or transfer.  It is the intention of the parties that this indemnity does not require payment as a condition precedent to recovery by the Releasees against the undersigned under this indemnity.

 

The undersigned agrees that if the undersigned hereafter commences any suit arising out of, based upon, or relating to any of the Claims released hereunder or in any manner asserts against Releasees, or any of them, any of the Claims released hereunder, then the undersigned agrees to pay to Releasees, and each of them, in addition to any other damages caused to Releasees thereby, all attorneys’ fees incurred by Releasees in defending or otherwise responding to said suit or Claim.

 

The undersigned further understands and agrees that neither the payment of any sum of money nor the execution of this Release shall constitute or be construed as an admission of any

 


(1)  If multiple terminations are contemplated at the time of termination, this may need to be increased to 45 days.

 



 

liability whatsoever by the Releasees, or any of them, who have consistently taken the position that they have no liability whatsoever to the undersigned.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Release this      day of                     20  .

 

 

 

 

 

Rob Perdue

 



 

EXHIBIT B

 

CONFIDENTIALITY AGREEMENT

 

[ Intentionally omitted. ]

 




EXHIBIT 10.13

 

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

 

THIS EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”), dated as of January 28, 2016 (the “ Effective Date ”), is entered into by and between The Trade Desk, Inc. (the “ Company ”), and Brian Stempeck (“ Executive ”).

 

WHEREAS, Executive is currently employed by the Company; and

 

WHEREAS, effective as of the Effective Date, the Company desires to continue to employ Executive and Executive desires to accept such continued employment, upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual agreements set forth herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereby agree as follows:

 

1.                                       At-Will Employment .  Executive’s employment with the Company under this Agreement is “at-will” and is not for a specified period of time.  Subject to the Company’s obligations under Section 6 hereof, either Executive or the Company may terminate Executive’s employment at any time and for any reason or no reason.  The at-will nature of this employment relationship cannot be changed except in a writing signed by Executive and an authorized officer of the Company.  The period of Executive’s employment with the Company under this Agreement is referred to herein as the “ Term ”.  For the avoidance of doubt, the provisions of Section 7 and 8 below shall survive any termination of the Term and/or this Agreement.

 

2.                                       Position and Duties .  During the Term, Executive shall initially serve as Chief Client Officer of the Company, and shall serve in such other or additional positions as the Company may determine from time to time.  Executive shall perform such duties as are usual and customary for Executive’s position(s) and shall devote Executive’s full business time to the business and affairs of the Company, its subsidiaries and its affiliates as is necessary to perform the services required hereunder. Executive shall not engage in any other employment, occupation, consulting or other business activity during the Term. Notwithstanding the foregoing, during the Term, it shall not be a violation of this Agreement for Executive to: (i) serve on boards, committees or similar bodies of charitable or nonprofit organizations, or engage in charitable activities, or (ii) fulfill limited teaching, speaking and writing engagements, in each case, so long as such activities do not, individually or in the aggregate, materially interfere or conflict with the performance of Executive’s duties and responsibilities under this Agreement.  Executive agrees to observe and comply with the rules and policies of the Company, as in effect from time to time, including, and without limitation, any rules and policies relating to Executive’s obligations to the Company upon a termination of employment.

 

3.                                       Location .  During the Term, Executive shall perform the services required by this Agreement at the Company’s offices in New York City, New York or such other location as the Company shall determine, except for travel to other locations as may be necessary to fulfill Executive’s duties and responsibilities hereunder.

 



 

4.                                       Compensation and  Benefits; Expenses .

 

(a)                                  Base Salary .  During the Term, Executive shall receive a base salary (the “ Base Salary ”) of $360,000 per year.  The Base Salary shall be reviewed annually by the Board of Directors of the Company (the “ Board ”) and may be increased (but not reduced) from time to time by the Board in its sole discretion.  The Base Salary shall be paid in accordance with the Company’s customary payroll practices, as in effect from time to time, but no less often than monthly.

 

(b)                                  Cash Incentive Programs .

 

(i)                                      Executive will be eligible to participate in the Company’s cash incentive programs made available generally to senior executives of the Company, as in effect from time to time (any such incentive, a “ Cash Incentive ”), provided that the terms and conditions on which Executive participates in any such Cash Incentive program(s) shall be determined by the Board in its sole discretion.  With respect to calendar year 2016, Executive will participate in an uncapped Cash Incentive program under which incentives are determined as a percentage of the Company’s Net Revenue (as defined below) for calendar year 2016, but only if the Company achieves the applicable Gross Managed Revenue (as defined below) targets for such calendar year, as follows:

 

If the Company’s Gross Managed
Revenue for the calendar year
2016 equals:

 

Then Executive’s Cash Incentive
for calendar year 2016 will equal
the following percentage of the
Company’s Net Revenue for such
calendar year:

 

$500,000,000 or less

 

0.0000

%

$600,000,000

 

0.0700

%

$700,000,000

 

0.1200

%

$800,000,000

 

0.1700

%

$900,000,000

 

0.2200

%

$1,000,000,000 or more

 

0.2400

%

 

If the Company’s Gross Managed Revenue for calendar year 2016 exceeds $500,000,000, but falls between any two of the Gross Managed Revenue targets set forth above, then Executive’s Cash Incentive for calendar year 2016 (the “ 2016 Cash Incentive ”) will be determined by straight-line interpolation between the Net Revenue percentages applicable to such Gross Managed Revenue targets.

 

(ii)                                   Any 2016 Cash Incentive will be paid to Executive in quarterly installments during calendar year 2016, with actual payments made no later than sixty (60) days after the end of the relevant calendar quarter, subject to Executive’s continued employment with the Company through the end of such calendar quarter.  Quarterly 2016 Cash Incentive installments will be earned during the applicable calendar quarter based on actual Gross Managed Revenue for such calendar quarter; provided , that the Company may, as determined by the Board in its sole discretion, pay quarterly amounts in excess of applicable Gross Managed Revenue attainment for the calendar quarter based on the Board’s good-faith estimate of annual

 

2



 

Gross Managed Revenue (but, for the avoidance of doubt, the Company shall have no obligation to do so).  If the Company pays any quarterly 2016 Cash Incentive in excess of the amount payable based on actual Gross Managed Revenue attainment for such calendar quarter, any such excess amount shall, to the extent determined by the Board, reduce the amount of any future quarterly installment as necessary to cause the actual annual amount of such Cash Incentive to correspond to the foregoing table.  The Board may review and revise or terminate the 2016 Cash Incentive program from time to time (including in connection with a Change in Control (as defined below)), in its sole discretion, provided that any such change shall not adversely impact any 2016 Cash Incentive earned by Executive prior to such change. In the event of a conflict between the terms of the 2016 Cash Incentive program and the provisions contained in any formal bonus plan adopted by the Company, the provisions of the formal bonus plan will control.

 

(iii)                                For purposes of this Agreement, “ Gross Managed Revenue ” shall mean, with respect to any calendar year, the Company’s total gross managed revenue during such year; and “ Net Revenue ” shall mean, with respect to any calendar year, the Company’s total Gross Managed Revenue less the total cost of media and data during such year.

 

(c)                                   Benefits; Paid Time Off .  During the Term, Executive will be eligible to participate in the health, welfare and retirement benefit plans, policies and programs (including, as applicable, medical, dental, disability, life and accidental death insurance plans and programs) and any vacation or paid-time-off policies or programs, in each case, as maintained by the Company for the benefit of its senior executives from time to time.  Executive shall be entitled to participate in any Company paid-time-off program applicable to its senior executives, as in effect from time to time.  Nothing contained in this Section 4(c) shall create or be deemed to create any obligation on the part of the Company to adopt or maintain, or restrict the Company’s ability to amend or terminate,  any health, welfare, retirement, fringe or other benefit plan(s) or program(s) at any time.

 

(d)                                  Expenses .  During the Term, Executive shall be entitled to receive prompt reimbursement for all ordinary and necessary business expenses incurred by Executive in the performance of Executive’s services hereunder, to the extent incurred and substantiated in accordance with the policies, practices and procedures of the Company applicable to its senior executives, as in effect from time to time.

 

(e)                                   Stock Option .  Subject to approval by the Board, the Company will grant Executive, during the fourth calendar quarter of 2015 (and subject to Executive’s continued employment with the Company through the grant date), under the Company’s 2015 Equity Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”), an incentive stock option to purchase 123,579  shares of Company common stock (an “ Option ”), with an exercise price equal to $1.12 per share, which is equal to the fair market value of the shares of Company common stock underlying the Option on the grant date.  Subject to Executive’s continued employment with the Company through the applicable vesting date, the Option will vest and become exercisable with respect to one-forty-eighth (1/48th) of the shares subject thereto on each monthly anniversary of January 1, 2016.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Company experiences a Change in Control (as defined in the Plan) prior to the full vesting (or forfeiture) of the Option and Executive’s employment is terminated by the Company without Cause (as defined below) within three (3) months prior to the consummation of such Change in Control, then, subject to Section 6(b) below, one hundred 

 

3



 

percent (100%) of any then-unvested portion of the Option will vest and become exercisable immediately prior to such Change in Control.  In addition, (i) if the Company experiences a Change in Control (as defined in the Plan) prior to the full vesting (or forfeiture) of the Option and Executive remains employed by the Company through at least immediately prior to such Change in Control, fifty percent (50%) of any then-unvested portion of the Option shall vest immediately prior to such Change in Control, and (ii) if the Company experiences a Change in Control (as defined in the Plan) prior to the full vesting (or forfeiture) of the Option and Executive’s employment is terminated by the Company without Cause within two (2) years following the consummation of such Change in Control, subject to and conditioned upon Executive’s timely execution and non-revocation of a Release (as defined below), one hundred percent (100%) of any then-unvested portion of the Option will vest in full and become exercisable upon the effectiveness of the Release.  Each Option will be subject in all respects to the terms and conditions set forth in the Plan and in an award agreement to be entered into between the Company and Executive, which will evidence the grant of the Option (each, an “ Option Agreement ”).

 

5.                                       Termination of Employment . Executive’s employment may be terminated at any time by the Company, for Cause (as defined below) or without Cause, and Executive may resign for any reason, each in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.  For purposes of this Agreement, “ Cause ” shall mean the occurrence of one or more of the following:

 

a.                                       Executive’s conviction of or plea of no contest to a felony or a crime involving any financial dishonesty against the Company;

 

b.                                       Executive’s willful misconduct that causes material harm or loss to the Company, including, but not limited to, misappropriation or conversion of Company assets;

 

c.                                        Executive’s gross negligence or refusal or willful failure to act in accordance with any specific lawful direction or order of the Company (or a parent or subsidiary of the Company) which causes material harm or loss to the Company (and Executive’s failure to cure the same, to the extent capable of cure, within ten (10) days of receiving written notice from the Company (or any acquirer or successor));

 

d.                                       Executive’s material breach of any agreement with the Company (or a parent or subsidiary of the Company) which causes material harm or loss to the Company (and Executive’s failure to cure the same, to the extent capable of cure, within ten (10) days of receiving written notice from the Company (or any acquirer or successor)); or

 

e.                                        Executive’s unauthorized use or disclosure of the Company’s confidential information or trade secrets, which use or disclosure causes material harm to the Company.

 

6.                                       Obligations of the Company Upon Termination .

 

(a)                                  Accrued Obligations .  If Executive’s employment under this Agreement terminates during the Term for any reason, upon such termination, the Company will pay to Executive in a single lump-sum payment, within thirty (30) days after the Date of Termination (as defined below), or such earlier date as may be required by applicable law, the aggregate

 

4



 

amount of (i) any earned but unpaid Base Salary, (ii) unreimbursed business expenses incurred prior to the Date of Termination that are reimbursable in accordance with Section 4(d) above, and (iii) accrued, unused vacation through the Termination Date (if any) (together, the “ Accrued Obligations ”).  Vested benefits (if any) under any employee benefit plans shall be governed by the terms and conditions of the applicable plans.

 

(b)                                  Termination by the Company Without Cause .  If, during the Term, the Company terminates Executive’s employment without Cause, upon Executive’s “separation from service” from the Company (within the meaning of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”)) (a “ Separation from Service ” and, the date of any such Separation from Service, the “ Termination Date ”), subject to and conditioned upon Executive’s timely execution and non-revocation of a general release of claims substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A (the “ Release ”) and Executive’s continued compliance with the provisions of Section 7 below (the “ Restrictions ”), Executive will be entitled to receive the payments and benefits set forth below:

 

(i)                                      The Company shall continue to pay to Executive his then-current Base Salary (the “ Severance ”) during the period commencing on the Termination Date and ending on the four (4)-month anniversary of the Termination Date (the “ Severance Period ”). The Company shall pay the Severance in substantially equal installments in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll practices during the Severance Period; provided, that no Severance payments shall be made prior to the date on which the Release becomes effective and irrevocable, and if the aggregate period during which Executive is entitled to consider and/or revoke the Release spans two (2) calendar years, no payments under this Section 6(b)(i) shall be made prior to the beginning of the second (2nd) such calendar year (and any payments otherwise payable prior thereto (if any) shall instead be paid on the first regularly scheduled Company payroll date occurring in the latter such calendar year); and

 

(ii)                                   (A) If the Termination Date occurs within two (2) years following a Change in Control, one hundred percent (100%) of any then-unvested portion of the Option (to the extent then-outstanding) will vest and become exercisable upon the effectiveness of the Release (and shall, following such termination, remain outstanding and eligible to vest on such date of the Release has become effective and irrevocable); and (B) if the Termination Date occurs prior to the occurrence of a Change in Control, one hundred percent (100%) of any then-unvested portion of the Option held by Executive as of the Termination Date shall remain outstanding and eligible to vest upon the occurrence of a Change in Control (in accordance with Section 4(e) above) and shall automatically terminate on the earlier of the three (3)-month anniversary of the Termination Date (to the extent such Option does not become vested in accordance with Section 4(e) above on or prior to such three (3)-month anniversary) or any expiration date that would apply to the Option had Executive remained employed with the Company.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, upon any breach by Executive of any of the Restrictions on or following the Termination Date, (x) any unpaid portion of the Severance shall cease to be payable and shall be forfeited by Executive upon such breach, (y) any unexercised portion of the Option shall be immediately forfeited, and (z) any Severance amounts paid to Executive on or after the date of any such breach shall be repaid by Executive to the Company immediately upon

 

5



 

demand therefor.

 

(c)                                   Other Terminations .  If Executive’s employment is terminated for any reason not described in Section 6(b) above (including, without limitation, due to a termination of Executive’s employment by the Company for Cause, by Executive for any reason or due to Executive’s death or disability), the Company will pay Executive only the Accrued Obligations in accordance with Section 6(a) above.

 

(d)                                  Six-Month Delay .  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, no compensation or benefits, including without limitation any severance payments under Section 6 hereof, shall be paid to Executive during the six (6)-month period following Executive’s Separation from Service if the Company determines that paying such amounts at the time or times indicated in this Agreement would be a prohibited distribution under Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code.  If the payment of any such amounts is delayed as a result of the previous sentence, then on the first business day following the end of such six (6)-month period (or such earlier date upon which such amount can be paid under Section 409A of the Code without resulting in a prohibited distribution, including as a result of Executive’s death), the Company shall pay Executive a lump-sum amount equal to the cumulative amount that would have otherwise been payable to Executive during such period (without interest).

 

(e)                                   Termination of Offices and Directorships; Full Settlement .  Upon termination of Executive’s employment for any reason, unless otherwise specified in a written agreement between Executive and the Company, Executive shall be deemed to have resigned from all offices, directorships, and other employment positions then held with the Company or its affiliates, if any, and shall take all actions reasonably requested by the Company to effectuate the foregoing. Except as expressly provided in this Agreement, the Company shall have no further obligations, and Executive shall have no further rights or entitlements, in connection with or following Executive’s termination of employment.

 

(f)                                    Obligations of Executive Upon Termination .  Upon termination of Executive’s employment for any reason, Executive shall return to the Company (i) all keys, files, records (and copies thereof), equipment (including, but not limited to, computer hardware, software and printers, wireless handheld devices, cellular phones and pagers), access or credit cards, Company identification, and any other Company-owned property in Executive’s possession or control, and (ii) all documents and copies, including hard and electronic copies, of documents in Executive’s possession relating to any Confidential Information (as defined below) including without limitation, internal and external business forms, manuals, correspondence, notes and computer programs, and Executive shall not make or retain any copy or extract of any of the foregoing.

 

7.                                       Restrictive Covenants .

 

(a)                                  Confidentiality Agreement .  Executive acknowledges and agrees that, concurrently with the execution of this Agreement, Executive is entering into an agreement with the Company containing certain intellectual property assignment, confidentiality, non-solicitation and non-competition provisions in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B (the “ Confidentiality Agreement ”). Executive acknowledges and agrees that Executive shall remain bound by, and

 

6



 

comply with Executive’s obligations under, the Confidentiality Agreement.

 

(b)                                  Continuing Operation, Survival .  Except as specifically provided in this Section 7, none of the termination of Executive’s employment, the Term or this Agreement will have any effect on the continuing operation of this Section 7, and this Section 7 shall continue to apply in accordance with its terms during and after Executive’s employment with the Company, whether or not any other provisions of this Agreement remain in effect at such time.

 

8.                                       Arbitration .

 

(a)                                  Any controversy or dispute that establishes a legal or equitable cause of action (“ Arbitration Claim ”) between any two or more Persons Subject to Arbitration (defined below), including without limitation any controversy or dispute, whether based on contract, common law, or federal, state or local statute or regulation, arising out of, or relating to Executive’s employment or the termination thereof, shall be submitted to final and binding arbitration as the sole and exclusive remedy for such controversy or dispute.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Agreement shall not require any Person Subject to Arbitration to arbitrate pursuant to this Agreement any claims: (i) under a Company benefit plan subject to the Employee Retirement Income Security Act, as amended; or (ii) as to which applicable law not preempted by the Federal Arbitration Act prohibits resolution by binding arbitration.  Either party may seek provisional non-monetary remedies in a court of competent jurisdiction to the extent that such remedies are not available or not available in a timely fashion through arbitration.  It is the parties’ intent that issues of arbitrability of any dispute shall be decided by the arbitrator.

 

(b)                                  Persons Subject to Arbitration ” means, individually and collectively, (i) Executive, (ii) any person in privity with or claiming through, on behalf of or in the right of Executive, (iii) the Company, (iv) any past, present or future affiliate, employee, officer, director or agent of the Company, and/or (v) any person or entity alleged to be acting in concert with or to be jointly liable with any of the foregoing.

 

(c)                                   The arbitration shall take place before a single neutral arbitrator at the JAMS office in Los Angeles, California.  Such arbitrator shall be provided through JAMS by mutual agreement of the parties to the arbitration; provided that , absent such agreement, the arbitrator shall be selected in accordance with the rules of JAMS then in effect.  The arbitrator shall permit reasonable discovery.  The arbitration shall be conducted in accordance with the JAMS rule applicable to employment disputes in effect at the time of the arbitration.  The award or decision of the arbitrator shall be rendered in writing; shall be final and binding on the parties; and may be enforced by judgment or order of a court of competent jurisdiction.

 

(d)                                  In the event of arbitration relating to this Agreement, the non-prevailing party shall reimburse the prevailing party for all costs incurred by the prevailing party in connection with such arbitration (including, without limitation, reasonable legal fees in connection with such arbitration, including any litigation or appeal therefrom).

 

(e)                                   WAIVER OF TRIAL BY JURY OR COURT .  EXECUTIVE AND THE COMPANY UNDERSTAND THAT BY AGREEING TO ARBITRATE ANY ARBITRATION

 

7



 

CLAIM, THEY WILL NOT HAVE THE RIGHT TO HAVE ANY ARBITRATION CLAIM DECIDED BY A JURY OR A COURT, BUT SHALL INSTEAD HAVE ANY ARBITRATION CLAIM DECIDED THROUGH ARBITRATION.

 

(f)                                    WAIVER OF OTHER RIGHTS .  EXECUTIVE AND THE COMPANY WAIVE ANY CONSTITUTIONAL OR OTHER RIGHTS OT BRING CLAIMS COVERED BY THIS AGREEMENT OTHER THAN IN THEIR INDIVIDUAL CAPACITIES.  EXCEPT AS MAY BE PROHIBITED BY LAW, THIS WAIVER INCLUDES THE ABILITY TO ASSERT CLAIMS AS A PLAINTIFF OR CLASS MEMBER IN ANY PURPORTED CLASS OR REPRESENTATIVE PROCEEDING.

 

(g)                                   This Section 8 shall be interpreted to conform to any applicable law concerning the terms and enforcement of agreements to arbitrate employment disputes.  To the extent any terms or conditions of this Section 8 would preclude its enforcement, such terms shall be severed or interpreted in a manner to allow for the enforcement of this Section 8.  To the extent applicable law imposes additional requirements to allow enforcement of this Section 8, this Agreement shall be interpreted to include such terms or conditions.

 

9.                                       Successors .  This Agreement is personal to Executive and, without the prior written consent of the Company, shall not be assignable by Executive otherwise than by will or the laws of descent and distribution.  This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the Company and its successors and assigns.

 

10.                                Notice .  For the purposes of this Agreement, notices, demands and all other communications provided for in this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given when delivered either personally, by reputable overnight courier or by United States certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed as follows:

 

If to Executive:

 

 

At Executive’s last known address

 

 

evidenced on the Company’s

 

 

payroll records.

 

 

 

 

 

If to the Company:

 

 

The Trade Desk, Inc.

 

 

42 N. Chestnut Street

 

 

Ventura, California 93001

 

 

Attn:   Chief Executive Officer

 

 

Chief Financial Officer

 

 

 

or to such other address as any party may have furnished to the other in writing in accordance with this Agreement, except that notices of change of address shall be effective only upon receipt.

 

11.                                Section 409A .

 

(a)                                  To the extent applicable, this Agreement shall be interpreted in accordance

 

8



 

with Section 409A of the Code and Department of Treasury regulations and other interpretative guidance issued thereunder, including without limitation any such regulations or other such guidance that may be issued after the Effective Date (collectively, “ Section 409A ”). Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, in the event that following the Effective Date, the Company determines that any compensation or benefits payable under this Agreement may be subject to Section 409A, the Company may adopt such amendments to this Agreement or adopt other policies or procedures (including amendments, policies and procedures with retroactive effect), or take any other actions that the Company determines are necessary or appropriate to preserve the intended tax treatment of the compensation and benefits payable hereunder, including without limitation actions intended to (i) exempt the compensation and benefits payable under this Agreement from Section 409A, and/or (ii) comply with the requirements of Section 409A, provided , that this Section 11 does not, and shall not be construed so as to, create any obligation on the part of the Company to adopt any such amendments, policies or procedures or to take any other such actions.  In no event shall the Company, its affiliates or any of their respective officers, directors or advisors be liable for any taxes, interest or penalties imposed under Section 409A or any corresponding provision of state or local law.

 

(b)                                  Any right to a series of installment payments pursuant to this Agreement, including without limitation the Severance, is to be treated as a right to a series of separate payments.  To the extent permitted under Section 409A, any separate payment or benefit under this Agreement or otherwise shall not be deemed “nonqualified deferred compensation” subject to Section 409A to the extent provided in the exceptions in Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(b)(4), Section 1.409A-1(b)(9) or any other applicable exception or provision of Section 409A.

 

12.                                Withholding .  All payments hereunder will be subject to any required withholding of federal, state and local taxes pursuant to any applicable law or regulation and the Company and its affiliates shall be entitled to withhold any and all such taxes from amounts payable hereunder.

 

13.                                Amendment; Waiver; Survival .  No provisions of this Agreement may be amended, modified, or waived unless agreed to in writing and signed by Executive and by a duly authorized officer of the Company.  No waiver by either party of any breach by the other party of any condition or provision of this Agreement shall be deemed a waiver of similar or dissimilar provisions or conditions at the same or at any prior or subsequent time.  The respective rights and obligations of the parties under this Agreement shall survive Executive’s termination of employment and the termination of this Agreement to the extent necessary for the intended preservation of such rights and obligations.

 

14.                                Governing Law .  The validity, interpretation, construction and performance of this Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of New York without regard to its conflicts of law principles.

 

15.                                Validity .  The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision or provisions of this Agreement will not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision of this Agreement, which will remain in full force and effect.

 

16.                                Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each

 

9



 

of which will be deemed to be an original but all of which together will constitute one and the same instrument.

 

17.                                Section Headings .  The section headings in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only, and they form no part of this Agreement and will not affect its interpretation.

 

18.                                Entire Agreement .  This Agreement, together with the Option Agreement and the Confidentiality Agreement, sets forth the final and entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements, promises, covenants, arrangements, communications, representations or warranties, whether oral or written, by the Company and Executive, or any representative of the Company or Executive, with respect to the subject matter hereof.

 

19.                                Further Assurances .  The parties hereby agree, without further consideration, to execute and deliver such other instruments and to take such other action as may reasonably be required to effectuate the terms and provisions of this Agreement.

 

[ Signature Page Follows ]

 

10


 

Executive hereby represents and warrants to the Company that (a) Executive is entering into this Agreement voluntarily and that the performance of Executive’s duties and responsibilities with the Company will not violate any agreement between Executive and any other person, firm, organization or other entity, and (b) Executive is not bound by the terms of any agreement with any previous employer or other party to refrain from competing, directly or indirectly, with the business of such previous employer or other party, in any case, that would be violated by Executive’s entering into this Agreement and/or providing services to the Company pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement effective the date first above written.

 

 

THE TRADE DESK, INC.

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Jeff Green

 

 

Name:

Jeff Green

 

 

Title:

Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

 

“EXECUTIVE”

 

 

 

/s/ Brian Stempeck

 

Brian Stempeck

 

11



 

EXHIBIT A

 

GENERAL RELEASE

 

For valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, the undersigned does hereby release and forever discharge the “ Releasees ” hereunder, consisting of The Trade Desk, Inc. (the “ Company ”), and its partners, subsidiaries, associates, affiliates, successors, heirs, assigns, agents, directors, officers, employees, representatives, lawyers, insurers, and all persons acting by, through, under or in concert with them, or any of them, of and from any and all manner of action or actions, cause or causes of action, in law or in equity, suits, debts, liens, contracts, agreements, promises, liability, claims, demands, damages, losses, costs, attorneys’ fees or expenses, of any nature whatsoever, known or unknown, fixed or contingent (hereinafter called “ Claims ”), which the undersigned now has or may hereafter have against the Releasees, or any of them, by reason of any matter, cause, or thing whatsoever from the beginning of time to the date hereof.

 

The Claims released herein include, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, any Claims in any way arising out of, based upon, or related to the employment or termination of employment of the undersigned by the Releasees, or any of them; any alleged breach of any express or implied contract of employment; any alleged torts or other alleged legal restrictions on Releasees’ right to terminate the employment of the undersigned; and any alleged violation of any federal, state or local statute or ordinance including, without limitation, Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, the Age Discrimination In Employment Act, the Americans With Disabilities Act and the California Fair Employment and Housing Act.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, this general release (the “ Release ”) shall not operate to release any rights or claims of the undersigned (i) to payments or benefits under Section 6 of that certain Employment Agreement, dated as of January 28, 2016, which payments and benefits (among other good and valuable consideration) are provided in exchange for this Release, (ii) to any Claims for indemnification arising under any applicable indemnification obligation of the Company, or (iii) to any Claims which cannot be waived by an employee under applicable law.

 

THE UNDERSIGNED ACKNOWLEDGES THAT THE UNDERSIGNED HAS BEEN ADVISED BY LEGAL COUNSEL AND IS FAMILIAR WITH THE PROVISIONS OF CALIFORNIA CIVIL CODE SECTION 1542, WHICH PROVIDES AS FOLLOWS:

 

“A GENERAL RELEASE DOES NOT EXTEND TO CLAIMS WHICH THE CREDITOR DOES NOT KNOW OR SUSPECT TO EXIST IN HIS OR HER FAVOR AT THE TIME OF EXECUTING THE RELEASE, WHICH IF KNOWN BY HIM OR HER MUST HAVE MATERIALLY AFFECTED HIS OR HER SETTLEMENT WITH THE DEBTOR.”

 

THE UNDERSIGNED, BEING AWARE OF SAID CODE SECTION, HEREBY EXPRESSLY WAIVES ANY RIGHTS THE UNDERSIGNED MAY HAVE THEREUNDER, AS WELL AS UNDER ANY OTHER STATUTES OR COMMON LAW PRINCIPLES OF SIMILAR EFFECT.

 

IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE OLDER WORKERS BENEFIT PROTECTION ACT

 



 

OF 1990, THE UNDERSIGNED IS HEREBY ADVISED AS FOLLOWS:

 

A.                                     THE UNDERSIGNED HAS THE RIGHT TO CONSULT WITH AN ATTORNEY BEFORE SIGNING THIS RELEASE;

 

B.                                     THE UNDERSIGNED HAS [TWENTY-ONE (21)](1) DAYS TO CONSIDER THIS RELEASE BEFORE SIGNING IT.  IF THE UNDERSIGNED SIGNS THIS RELEASE PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION OF THE [TWENTY-ONE (21)] DAY PERIOD, THE UNDERSIGNED WAIVES THE REMAINDER OF THAT PERIOD.  UNDERSIGNED WAIVES THE RESTARTING OF THE [TWENTY-ONE (21)] DAY PERIOD IN THE EVENT OF ANY MODIFICATION OF THIS RELEASE, WHETHER OR NOT MATERIAL; AND

 

C.                                     THE UNDERSIGNED HAS SEVEN (7) DAYS AFTER SIGNING THIS RELEASE TO REVOKE THIS RELEASE, AND THIS RELEASE WILL BECOME EFFECTIVE UPON THE EXPIRATION OF THAT REVOCATION PERIOD.

 

If the undersigned wishes to revoke this Release, the undersigned must deliver written notice (which may be by email), stating the undersigned’s intent to revoke to [      ], at [       ], on or before 5:00 p.m. (PST) on the seventh (7 th ) day after the date on which the undersigned signs this Release.  The undersigned acknowledges that if the undersigned revokes this Release, the undersigned will not receive any payments or benefits pursuant to Section 6(b) of the Employment Agreement.

 

The undersigned represents and warrants that there has been no assignment or other transfer of any interest in any Claim which the undersigned may have against Releasees, or any of them, and the undersigned agrees to indemnify and hold Releasees, and each of them, harmless from any liability, Claims, demands, damages, costs, expenses and attorneys’ fees incurred by Releasees, or any of them, as the result of any such assignment or transfer or any rights or Claims under any such assignment or transfer.  It is the intention of the parties that this indemnity does not require payment as a condition precedent to recovery by the Releasees against the undersigned under this indemnity.

 

The undersigned agrees that if the undersigned hereafter commences any suit arising out of, based upon, or relating to any of the Claims released hereunder or in any manner asserts against Releasees, or any of them, any of the Claims released hereunder, then the undersigned agrees to pay to Releasees, and each of them, in addition to any other damages caused to Releasees thereby, all attorneys’ fees incurred by Releasees in defending or otherwise responding to said suit or Claim.

 

The undersigned further understands and agrees that neither the payment of any sum of money nor the execution of this Release shall constitute or be construed as an admission of any liability whatsoever by the Releasees, or any of them, who have consistently taken the position

 


(1)  If multiple terminations are contemplated at the time of termination, this may need to be increased to 45 days.

 



 

that they have no liability whatsoever to the undersigned.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Release this      day of                     20  .

 

 

 

 

 

Brian Stempeck

 



 

EXHIBIT B

 

CONFIDENTIALITY AGREEMENT

 

[ Intentionally omitted. ]

 




Exhibit 16.1

 

 

June 17, 2016

 

U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission

 

Office of the Chief Accountant

Audit · Tax · Advisory

100 F Street, NE

 

Washington, DC 20549

Grant Thornton LLP

 

515 South Flower Street, 7 th Floor

 

Los Angeles, CA 90071-2201

 

 

 

T 213.627.1717

 

F 213.624.6793
www.GrantThornton.com

 

Re:  The Trade Desk, Inc.

 

Dear Sir or Madam:

 

We have read the section entitled Changes in Accountants of the Form S-1 of The Trade Desk, Inc. dated June 17, 2016, and agree with the statements concerning our Firm contained therein.

 

Very truly yours,

 

/s/ Grant Thornton LLP

 

Grant Thornton LLP

U.S. member firm of Grant Thornton International Ltd

 




EXHIBIT 21.1

 

SUBSIDIARIES OF THE TRADE DESK, INC.

 

The UK Trade Desk Ltd (United Kingdom)

 

The Trade Desk Cayman (Cayman Islands)

 

The Trade Desk Australia PTY LTD (Australia)

 

The Trade Desk GmbH (Germany)

 

The Trade Desk Korea Yuhan Hoesa (South Korea)

 

The Trade Desk (Singapore) PTE. LTD. (Singapore)

 

The Trade Desk Japan K.K. (Japan)

 

The Trade Desk Limited (Hong Kong)

 




EXHIBIT 23.1

 

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

We hereby consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form S-1 of The Trade Desk, Inc. of our report dated April 22, 2016, except for the revision to the 2015 consolidated financial statements described in Note 2, as to which the date is June 17, 2016, and the reverse stock-split described in Note 2, as to which the date is September 2, 2016, relating to the financial statements of The Trade Desk, Inc., which appears in such Registration Statement.  We also consent to the reference to us under the heading “Experts” in such Registration Statement.

 

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

 

Los Angeles, California

September 5 , 2016